Skip to main content

Full text of "Bills, 1980, No.156-231"

See other formats


LEGISLATIVE  ASSEMBLY 

OF  ONTARIO 


FOURTH  SESSION 
THIRTY-FIRST  PARLIAMENT 


BILLS 

AS  INTRODUCED  IN  THE  HOUSE 

TOGETHER  WITH 
REPRINTS  AND  THIRD  READINGS 


SESSION 

MARCH  11th  to  JUNE  19th,  1980 

AND 

OCTOBER  6th  to  DECEMBER  12th,  1980 


INDEX 

FOURTH  SESSION 
THIRTY-FIRST  PARLIAMENT 


PUBLIC  BILLS  (GOVERNMENT) 

A 

Assessment  Act— Act  to  amend 185 

B 

Beef  Cattle  Marketing  Act— Act  to  amend 152 

Boundaries  Act— Act  to  revise 138 

Brantford-Brant  Annexation  Act,  1980 120 

Business  Corporations  Act— Act  to  revise 229 


Child  Welfare  Act,  1978— Act  to  provide  for 

the  Validation  of  Certain  Adoption  Orders 

made  under 171 

Children's  Law  Reform  Act,  1977— Act  to  amend 1^0 

Chiropody  Act— Act  to  amend 167 

Cochrane,  Local  Government  in  the  District  of 

—Act  respecting  (Lapsed) 226 

Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972— Act  to  amend 53 

Credit  Unions  and  Caisses  Populaires  Act,  1976 

and  to  provide  additional  powers  in  certain 

other  Acts  with  respect  to  Credit  Unions  and 

Caisses  Populaires— Act  to  amend 31 

D 

Dangerous  Goods  Transportation  Act,  1980 189 

Degrees,  Granting  of— Act  to  regulate 4 

Denture  Therapists  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 205 

Devolution  of  Estates  Act— Act  to  amend 210 

District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act 

—Act  to  amend 69 

Dog  Licensing  and  Live  Stock  and  Poultry 

Protection  Act— Act  to  amend 183 


Dogs—Act  to  provide  for  Liability  for  Injuries 

caused  by 169 

Drainage  Act,  1 975-- Act  to  amend 2 

Durham  Municipal  Hydro-Electric  Service 

Act,  1979— Act  to  amend 6 

E 

Education  Act,  197^-- Act  to  amend 82 

Elevating  Devices  Act,  1980 3^ 

Employment  Standards  Act,  197^-- Act  to 

amend  (Lapsed) 191 

Environment— Act  to  amend  certain  Acts 

respecting  (Lapsed) 228 

Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971— Act 

to  amend  (Lapsed) 22^ 

Executive  Council  Act— Act  to  amend ^3 

Executive  Council  Act— Act  to  amend 20^ 

F 

Farm  Products  Payments  Act— Act  to  amend 216 

Fire  Marshals  Act— Act  to  amend 1^1 

G 

Game  and  Fish  Act— Act  to  amend 59 

Gasoline  Tax  Act,  1973— Act  to  amend 5^ 

Gloucester  into  a  City  Municipality 

—Act  to  erect  the  Township  of 170 

H 

Hamilton-Wentworth— Act  to  provide  for 

Municipal  Hydro-Electric  Service  in  The 

Regional  Municipality  of 93 

Highway  Traffic  Act— Act  to  amend 65 

Highway  Traffic  Act— Act  to  amend 188 

Human  Rights  in  Ontario— Act  to  revise  and 

extend  Protection  of 209 

I 

Income  Tax  Act— Act  to  amend 55 

Insurance  Act— Act  to  amend 16^ 


Juries  Act,  197^— Act  to  amend 168 

L 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 73 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 89 

Land  Titles  Act— Act  to  amend 136 

Legislative  Assembly  Act— Act  to  amend ^2 

Legislative  Assembly  Act— Act  to  amend 201 

Libel  and  Slander  Act—Act  to  amend 1 

Limited  Partnerships  Act— Act  to  revise 85 

Live  Stock  and  Live  Stock  Products  Act 

—Act  to  amend 26 

M 

Metropolitan  Police  Force  Complaints 

Project  Act,  1980 k7 

Mineral  Resources  in  Ontario— Act  to  provide 

Incentives  for  the  Exploration  of 50 

Mining  Act— Act  to  amend 221 

Motor  Vehicle  Accident  Claims  Act— Act  to 

amend 165 

Municipal  Act— Act  to  amend ^6 

Municipal  Act— Act  to  amend 193 

Municipal  Affairs  Act— Act  to  amend ,  172 

Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977— Act  to  amend 71 

Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act 

—Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 5 

—Act  to  amend 76 

—Act  to  amend 119 

—Act  to  amend 182 

Municipal  Boundary  and  Boundary-related 
Issues— Act  to  facilitate  the  Negotiation 

and  Resolution  of  (Lapsed) 197 

N 

Non-resident  Interests  in  Agricultural  Land  in 

Ontario— Act  to  require  the  Registration  of 60 

O 

Occupiers'  Liability— Act  respecting •  .    .     202 

Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act,  1975 

—Act  to  amend 199 


Ottawa-Carleton~Act  to  provide  for  Municipal 

Hydro-Electric  Service  in  certain  area 

municipalities  in  The  Regional  Municipality 

of 92 

Oxford  Act,  197^-- Act  to  amend  the  County  of 74 

P 

Pension  Benefits  Act— Act  to  amend 214 

Pensioners  in  Ontario— Act  to  provide 

Property  Tax  Assistance  for 48 

Pits  and  Quarries  Control  Act,  1971 

—Act  to  revise 127 

Police  Village  of  St.  George— Act  respecting 122 

Public  Transportation  and  Highway  Improvement 

Act— Act  to  amend 33 

Public  Vehicles  Act— Act  to  amend 129 

R 

Railway  Fire  Charge  Act— Act  to  repeal 38 

Raising  of  Money  on  the  Credit  of  the 

Consolidated  Revenue  Fund— Act  to 

authorize  the 49 

Regional  Municipalities—Act  to  amend 

certain  Acts  respecting 81 

Regional  Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton 

Act— Act  to  amend 75 

Regional  Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton 

—Act  to  vest  Certain  Lands  in 121 

Regional  Municipality  of  Peel  Act,  1973 

—Act  to  amend 200 

Registered  Insurance  Brokers  of  Ontario 

—Act  respecting 118 

Registry  Act— Act  to  amend 137 

Retail  Sales  Tax  Act— Act  to  amend 52 

Retail  Sales  Tax  Act— Act  to  amend 187 


Sheep  and  Wool— Act  respecting  the 

Marketing  of 184 

Shoreline  Property  Assistance  Act,  1973 

—Act  to  amend 139 

Small  Business  Development  Corporations  Act, 

1979— Act  to  amend 31 


Succession  Duty  Supplementary  Provisions 

Act,  1980  ." 62 

Sudbury~Act  to  provide  for  Municipal  Hydro- 
Electric  Service  in  the  City  of 175 

Supply  Act,  1980 58 

Supply  Act,  1980 .    .  231 

T 

Telephone  Act— Act  to  amend 32 

Territorial  Division  Act— Act  to  amend 56 

Tobacco  Tax  Act— Act  to  amend 61 

Tom  Longboat  and  the  City  of  Toronto 

—Act  respecting ^5 

Toronto  Area  Transit  Operating  Authority 

Act,  197^— Act  to  amend 176 

Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  Act, 

1968-69- Act  to  revise 192 

Toronto  Islands— Act  to  stay  the  Execution 

of  certain  Writs  of  Possession  issued 

in  respect  of  certain  Premises  on 181 

Trespass  to  Property— Act  to  protect  against 203 

U 

Urban  Transportation  Development  Corporation 

Ltd.— Act  to  amend 190 

W 

Warble  Fly  Control  Act— Act  to  repeal 153 

Welfare  Units  Act— Act  to  repeal 7 

Wine  Content  Act,  1976— Act  to  amend 215 


X-ray  Machines  in  the  Healing  Arts—Act 

to  provide  for  the  Safe  Use  of 177 


NOTE;   With  the  exception  of  Bill  15,  An  Act  to  amend 
The  Game  and  Fish  Act,  all  Public  Bills  (Private 
Members')  lapsed. 

PUBLIC  BILLS  (PRIVATE  MEMBERS') 

A 

Age  of  Mandatory  Retirement—Act  respecting 11 

Agricultural  Land  in  Ontario—Act  to  provide  for 

Disclosure  of  Non-Resident  Investment  in 18 

Amusement  Rides  in  Ontario— Act  respecting 

the  Licensing  and  Inspection  of 159 

Assessment  Act— Act  to  amend 211 

Automobile  Insurance  Rate  Control  Board 

—Act  to  establish 21 

B 

Beer  at  the  Canadian  National  Exhibition 

Stadium— Act  respecting  the  Sale  of 41 

Bruce  County  Board  of  Education  and  Teachers 

Dispute— Act  respecting 186 

Business  Practices  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend    .......       28 


Citizens'  Complaints  concerning  Police  Conduct 

in  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto 

—Act  to  provide  a  Procedure  for  Reviewing 11 

Class  Actions— Act  to  provide  for 30 

Compensation  for  Victims  of  Crime  Act,  1971 

—Act  to  amend 27 

Condominium  Act,  1978— Act  to  amend 70 

Condominium  Act,  1978— Act  to  amend 143 

Consumer  Protection  Act— Act  to  amend 9 

Consumer  Protection  Act— Act  to  amend 22 

Crown  Employees  Collective  Bargaining  Act, 

1972— Act  to  amend 101 

Cults  and  Mind  Development  Groups— Act  to 

monitor  and  regulate  the  activities  of 12 

D 

Dangerous  Plants  in  Ontario—Act  respecting 

the  Sale  of 72 

Disabled  Persons— Act  to  provide  for  the 

Employment  of 104 


Education  Act,  197^-- Act  to  amend 36 

Education  Act,  197^-- Act  to  amend 173 

Education  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 179 

Election  Public  Opinion  Polls-- Act  respecting 29 

Emergency  Medical  and  First  Aid  Services—Act 

to  relieve  Persons  from  Liability  in  respect 

of  voluntary 13 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 3 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 66 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 105 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 107 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 108 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 109 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 110 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 112 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 114 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 115 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 116 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 154 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 206 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  declare 

the  Application  of  certain  Parts  of \  'ft  ^^^ 

Environmental  Assessment  Act,  1975— Act  to  "^''*1^ 

amend -pr  ^  223 

Environmental  Magna  Carta  for  Ontario— Act  to 

establish 91 

Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971— Act  to  amend   ....  67 


Fair  Pricing  of  Products  and  Services  sold 

to  Consumers  in  Ontario— Act  to  provide  for 19 

Family  Benefits  Act— Act  to  amend 80 

Farm  Products  Marketing  Act— Act  to  amend 23 

Fire  Departments  Act— Act  to  amend 220 

Foodlands— Act  to  provide  for  the  Designation 

and  Retention  of 142 

Forests  in  Ontario— Act  to  ensure  the  Regeneration        ,^  ^   . 

and  Reforestation  of j3-'>  ^^^ 

Full  Employment  in  the  Ontario  Economy 

—Act  respecting 155 

Funeral  Services  Act,  1976— Act  to  amend 125 

Funeral  Services  Act,  1976— Act  to  amend 126 

Funeral  Services  Act,  1976— Act  to  amend 128 


Game  and  Fish  Act-- Act  to  amend 13 

Go-Cart  Tracks—Act  to  license  and  regulate 95 

H 

Health  Disciplines  Act,  197^-- Act  to  amend 1^9 

Highway  Traffic  Act— Act  to  amend 217 

Highway  Traffic  Act—Act  to  amend 230 

I 

Inco  Limited— Act  to  acquire  the  Assets  of ^^ 

Innocent  Persons  from  Untimely  Publicity 

—Act  to  protect  the  Reputation  of  (Withdrawn)     ....  68 

—Act  to  protect  the  Reputation  of 178 

Insured  Services  under  the  Ontario  Health 

Insurance  Plan— Act  respecting 40 

Insured  Services  under  the  Ontario  Health 

Insurance  Plan— Act  respecting 227 


Judicature  Act— Act  to  amend 131 

Juries  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 148 


Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 24 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 96 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 97 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 98 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 99 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 100 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 103 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend Ill 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 113 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 117 

Labour  Relations  Act— Act  to  amend 160 

Law  Society  Act— Act  to  amend 87 

Legislative  Assembly  Act— Act  to  amend 88 

Liquor  Control  Act,  1975— Act  to  amend 37 


M 

Ministry  of  the  Environment  Act— Act  to  amend 162 

Mortgage  Payments  for  Persons  affected  by 

an  Interruption  of  Employment— Act  to 

provide  for  a  Moratorium  on 196 

Mortgagors  of  Residential  Property  in  Ontario 

—Act  to  provide  Temporary  Relief  to 10 

Motor  Vehicles  in  Ontario— Act  respecting 

the  Sale  and  Repair  of 17^ 

Municipal  Act— Act  to  amend 8^ 

Municipal  Act— Act  to  amend 14^ 

Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act 

—Act  to  amend 57 

Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977— Act  to  amend 213 

N 

Niagara  Escarpment  Planning  and  Development 

Act,  1973— Act  to  amend 63 

Niagara  Escarpment  Planning  and  Development 

Act,  1973— Act  to  amend 6^ 

Non-Resident  Agricultural  Land  Interests 

Registration  Act,  1980— Act  to  amend 166 

Non-Unionized  Workers— Act  respecting  the 

Rights  of 1^ 

Norfolk  Board  of  Education  and  Teachers 

Dispute— Act  respecting 180 

Nursing  Homes  Act,  1972— Act  to  amend 218 

O 

Ontario  Heritage  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 161 

Ontario  Housing  Corporation  Act— Act  to  amend 151 

Ontario  Human  Rights  Code— Act  to  amend. 8 

Ontario  Human  Rights  Code— Act  to  amend 83 

Ontario  Waste  Disposal  and  Reclamation 

Commission— Act  to  establish 16 

Ontario  Water  Resources  Act— Act  to  amend 39 

Ontario  Wilderness  Guides  Association— Act 

respecting 7S 


Parking  Facilities  for  Physically  Handicapped 

Persons-- Act  to  provide 130 

Plant  Closings  in  Ontario— Act  respecting 158 

Political  Rights  for  Public  Servants—Act  to 

provide 106 

Professional  Fund-raising  Corporations— Act 

to  control 90 

Provincial  Offences  Act,  1979— Act  to  amend 86 

Public  Advocate  in  Ontario— Act  to  provide  for 20 

Public  Vehicles  Act— Act  to  amend 222 


"Queen's  Park"— Act  respecting  the  Use  of 
Expression 


9^ 


R 


Regional  Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton 

Act— Act  to  amend 13^ 

Rent  Deposits  in  Ontario— Act  respecting 17 

Representation  in  the  Legislative  Assembly 

of  Ontario— Act  respecting 219 

Rescue  Services  in  Ontario— Act  to  provide  for 123 


Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 
Residential  Tenancies  Act 


1979— Act  to  amend 12^ 

1979— Act  to  amend 132 

1979— Act  to  amend 133 

1979— Act  to  amend 135 

1979— Act  to  amend B6 

1979— Act  to  amend 1^7 

1979— Act  to  amend 194 

1979— Act  to  amend 195 

1979— Act  to  amend 198 

1979— Act  to  amend 207 

1979— Act  to  amend 208 

1979— Act  to  amend 212 


Road  Access  Act,  1978— Act  to  amend 


150 


Security  of  Employment  in  Ontario— Act  respecting 
Succession  to  Estates  of  Deceased  Persons  in 
Ontario  who  have  Beneficiaries  residing  in 
Designated  Countries— Act  respecting     .... 


156 


225 


T 

Tax  Incentive  Costs-Act  respecting  the 
Disclosure  of    .    .    . 

35 

U 

Upper  Ottawa  Street  Landfill  Site  to  be  an 

Environmental  Disaster-Act  to  declare 163 

W 

Wild  Animal  and  Reptile  Sanctuaries- Act  to 

license  and  regulate 

Women  in  Ontario- Act  respecting  Economic  •*••*•• 

Equality  for 

Workmen's  Compensation  Act-Act  to  amend  .' 25 


PRIVATE  BILLS 

B 

Basin-3ib  Mines  Limited— Act  to  revive Prl 

Bran  tf  or  d,  City  of --Act  respecting Prll 

Brantford,  City  of— Act  respecting Pr26 


Can-Con  Enterprises  and  Explorations  Limited 

—Act  to  revive Prl 3 

Canadian  School  of  Management — Act  respecting Pr3i 

Crossroads  Christian  Communications  Incorporated 

—Act  respecting Pr22 

Christian  Reformed  Church  of  Wallaceburg 

—Act  to  revive Pr2 

Co-operative  Health  Services  of  Ontario— Act 

respecting Prl  6 

Cumberland,  Township  of  and  the  Township  of 

Gloucester— Act  respecting PrlO 

E 

Etobicoke,  Borough  of— Act  respecting Pr3 

Etobicoke,  Borough  of— Act  respecting Pr38 

F 

Fargo  Disposal  Company  Limited— Act  to  revive Pr20 

G 

Golden  Hope  Mines  Limited— Act  to  revive Prl5 

Gothic  Mines  <5c  Oils  Limited— Act  to  revive Prl 2 

Gould's  Drug  Store  Limited— Act  to  revive Pr33 

Gradore  Mines  Limited— Act  to  revive Pr^9 

Grimsby,  Town  of— Act  respecting Pr29 

H 

Hamilton,  City  of— Act  respecting Pr27 

Hamilton,  City  of— Act  respecting. Pr30 

Hamilton  Club— Act  respecting Pr51 

Hamilton  Foundation— Act  respecting Pr25 


I 

Institute  of  Chartered  Secretaries  and 

Administrators  in  Ontario— Act  respecting Pr^l 

Italian  Canadian  Benevolent  Corporation 

(Toronto  District)--Act  respecting Pr^2 


Jewish  Family  and  Child  Service  of  Metropolitan 

Toronto— Act  respecting  the  Powers  of Pr^5 

John  Madronich  Limited— Act  to  revive Pr9 

K 

Kingston,  City  of— Act  respecting Pr50 

Knox  Presbyterian  Church,  Ottawa—Act  to 

incorporate Pr23 

L 

London,  City  of— Act  respecting Pr21 

M 

McColl  Farms  Limited— Act  to  revive Pr53 

Midland,  Town  of— Act  respecting Pr36 

Midland  Young  Men's  Christian  Association 

—Act  respecting Pr^ 

Milani  Lathing  Limited— Act  to  revive Pr3 

Mississauga,  City  of— Act  respecting Pr32 

Montreal  Trust  Company  and  Montreal  Trust 

Company  of  Canada— Act  respecting Pr7 

N 

North  York,  City  of— Act  respecting Pr37 

O 

Orillia,  City  of— Act  respecting  (Lapsed) Pr32 

Ottawa,  City  of— Act  respecting Prl8 

Ottawa,  City  of— Act  respecting Pr39 


R 

Redeemer  Reformed  Christian  College—Act 

to  incorporate Pr48 

S 

Sault  Ste.  Marie,  City  of— Act  respecting Pr28 

Scarborough,  Borough  of— Act  respecting Pr2^ 

Shuter,  Mary  Agnes— Act  respecting  the 

Estate  of Pr33 

Sioux  Petroleums,  Limited— Act  to  revive  (Lapsed)     ....  Pr^7 

St.  Catharines,  City  of— Act  respecting Pr8 

Stratford,  City  of— Act  respecting Prl9 

T 

Theatre  Passe  Muraille— Act  to  revive Pr3^ 

Toronto,  City  of— Act  respecting Prl^ 

Toronto,  City  of— Act  respecting  (Lapsed) Pr^^ 

W 

Windsor,  City  of— Act  respecting Prl7 

Y 
York,  Borough  of— Act  respecting Pr^6 


^ 


BILL  156  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  the  Security 
of  Employment  in  Ontario 


Mr.  Davidson 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  establishes  measures  designed  to  protect  the  security  of  employment 
in  Ontario.  Part  I  of  the  Bill  provides  for  the  establishment  of  a  Job  Protection 
Board.  The  Job  Protection  Board  is  required  to  study,  and  report  upon  and  make 
recommendations  concerning  lay-offs  and  plant  closings  that  are  of  major  signifi- 
cance. The  Minister  of  Labour  is  given  authority  to  make  orders  designed  to  reduce 
the  impact  of  layoffs  and  plant  closings  on  individual  employees  and  communities. 
Part  II  of  the  Bill  establishes  a  Community  Adjustment  Fund  for  the  purpose  of 
providing  assistance  to  communities  that  are  detrimentally  affected  by  lay-offs  and 
plant  closings.  Part  III  of  the  Bill  contains  amendments  to  The  Employment 
Standards  Act,  1974  and  to  The  Labour  Relations  Act.  These  amendments  are 
designed  to  provide  employees  with  additional  rights  regarding  notice  of  termina- 
tion, termination  pay,  rehiring  rights  and  relocation  rights.  Part  IV  of  the  Bill 
contains  amendments  to  The  Pension  Benefits  Act.  These  amendments  reduce  the 
vesting  period  under  pension  plans  to  five  years  and  establish  a  Central  Pension 
Agency  to  administer  the  pension  credits  of  employees  whose  pension  plan  is 
terminated  or  wound  up. 


BILL  156  1980 


An  Act  respecting 
the  Security  of  Employment  in  Ontario 

WHEREAS  it  is  public  policy  in  Ontario  to  advance  the  economic  ^''eambie 
rights  of  citizens;  and  whereas  layoffs  and  plant  closings  exact  tre- 
mendous economic  and  social  costs  on  both  the  persons  directly  affected 
and  the  communities  in  which  they  reside;  and  whereas  action  is  urgently 
needed  to  protect  persons  and  communities  and  mitigate  the  effects  of 
layoffs  and  plant  closings;  and  whereas  in  particular,  immediate  action  is 
required  to  provide  minimum  severance  pay  standards,  pension  protection 
and  certain  job  transfer  rights  for  the  workers  affected; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  the  following: 

1 .  The  purpose  of  this  Act  is  to  protect  employees  and  communities  Purpose 
from  the  effects  of  unjustified  layoffs  and  plant  closures  and  to 
establish  pension,  job  transfer  rights,  and  minimum  severance  pay 
standards  for  all  employees. 

2.  In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "Board"  means  the  Job  Protection  Board; 

(b)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Labour; 

(c)  "plant  closing"  includes  the  closing  of  part  of  a  plant  or 
the  closing  of  a  product  line  in  a  plant  that  results  in  a 
permanent  loss  of  employment  for  twenty-five  or  more 
employees. 


PARTI 

JOB  PROTECTION 

3. — (1)  There  is  hereby  established  a  Job  Protection  Board  to  be  J^^ 
composed  of  five  persons  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Cover-  Board 
nor  in  Council. 


Chairman 


(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint  one  of  the 
members  of  the  Board,  who  shall  be  a  full-time  member,  as 
chairman  and  may  appoint  one  or  more  other  such  members  as 
vice-chairmen. 


Member  of 
Board 


(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint  persons  to 
the  Board  who  are  representative  of  industry  and  labour. 


Quorum 


General 
supervision 


Registrar 


Oaths, 
affirmations 


Objectives 
of  Board 


Study  of 

plant 

closings 


Factors 
to  be 
considered 


(4)  Three  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom  shall  be  the  chair- 
man or  vice-chairman,  constitute  a  quorum  and  may  exercise 
all  the  powers  of  the  Board  notwithstanding  any  vacancy  in 
the  membership. 

(5)  The  chairman  shall  have  general  supervision  and  direction 
over  the  conduct  of  the  affairs  of  the  Board,  and  shall  arrange 
the  sittings  of  the  Board  and  assign  members  to  conduct  hear- 
ings as  circumstances  require. 

(6)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a  Registrar 
for  the  Board  who  shall  perform  such  duties  as  are  assigned  to 
him  under  this  or  any  other  Act  or  by  the  chairman  of  the 
Board. 

(7)  The  Registrar  for  the  Board  and  every  member  of  the  Board 
have  power  to  administer  oaths  and  affirmations  for  the  pur- 
pose of  any  of  its  proceedings. 

4.  The  objectives  of  the  Job  Protection  Board  are  to  inquire  into  the 
causes  of  intended  layoffs  and  plant  closings,  to  assess  the  social  and 
economic  impact  of  such  layoffs  and  plant  closings  on  individual 
employees  and  communities  and  to  recommend  specific  actions 
which  are  required  in  order  to  prevent  or  mitigate  the  harmful 
effects  of  such  layoffs  and  plant  closings. 

5. — (1)  Where  the  Board  determines  that  an  intended  layoff  or  plant 
closing  is  of  major  significance,  the  Board  shall  forthwith 
commence  a  study  of  the  circumstances  and  the  expected  social 
and  economic  impact  of  the  intended  layoff  or  plant  closing 
and  through  such  study  the  Board  shall, 

(a)  determine  whether  the  ihtended  layoff  or  plant  closing  is 
or  is  not  justified; 

(b)  where  it  is  justified  what  specific  remedy  is  required; 

(c)  where  it  is  not  justified,  what  action  is  required  to  pre- 
vent the  intended  layoff  or  plant  closing  from  taking 
place. 

(2)  In  making  a  determination  under  subsection  1 ,  the  Board  shall 
have  regard  to  the  number  of  persons  affected  by  the  layoff  or 


plant  closing,  the  economic  importance  of  the  industry  to  the 
community  and  region  in  which  it  is  located,  and  such  other 
factors  as  the  Board  considers  to  be  appropriate. 

(3)  Where  the  Board  commences  a  study  under  subsection  1 ,  the  Hearing 
Board  shall  fix  the  time  and  place  for  a  hearing  in  the  com- 
munity affected  by  the  layoff  or  plant  closing  for  the  purpose  of 
receiving  representations  from  any  person  desiring  to  make 
representations,  and  the  Board  shall  publish  notice  thereof  in 

at  least  one  newspaper  having  general  circulation  in  the  com- 
munity as  the  Board  considers  appropriate. 

(4)  The  Board  shall  adopt  such  rules  of  procedure  for  a  hearing  Rules  of 
under  subsection  3  as  the  Board  considers  appropriate.  ^ 

6.  The  Board  may  designate  a  person  to  make  an  investigation  into  investi- 
any  layoff  or  plant  closing  and  the  person  so  designated  shall  report  ^^ '"" 
the  result  of  his  investigation  to  the  Board  and  for  the  purposes  of 

the  investigation,  the  person  making  it  has  all  the  powers  of  a 
commission  under  Part  II  of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971 ,  which  i97i,  c.  49 
Part  applies  to  such  investigation  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that 
Act. 

7.  Where  the  Board  conducts  an  inquiry,  it  shall  complete  its  inquiry  Report 
into  the  plant  closing  or  layoff  and  submit  its  report  to  the  Minister  cios^rTg" 
at  least  ninety  days  before  the  closng  date  set  out  in  the  layoff  notice 
and,  in  its  report,  the  Board  shall  set  out, 

(a)  its  findings  regarding  the  circumstances  of  the  plant 
closing  or  layoff; 

(b)  its  findings  regarding  the  economic  impact  of  the  plant 
closing  or  layoff  on  individual  employees  and  the  com- 
munity; 

(c)  an  opinion  by  the  Board  as  to  whether  the  Board  feels 
that  the  plant  closing  or  layoff  is  justified;  and 

(d)  proposals  to  the  Government  for  action  designed  to  miti- 
gate the  harmful  effect  of  the  plant  closing  or  layoff  on 
the  employees  and  the  community, 

and  the  report,  upon  being  submitted  to  the  Minister,  shall  be  made 
available  to  any  interested  member  of  the  public  for  examination. 

8. — (1)  The  Minister,  after  considering  the  report  of  the  Board,  may  ^l"'^**^^*"'^ 
make  such  order  as  the  Minister  considers  reasonable  in  the 
circumstances  to  reduce  the  impact  of  the  layoffs  or  plant 
closings  on  the  individual  employees  and  the  <:ommunity  and 


Acquisition 
of  property 


Order 


Enforcement 


L.G.  in  C. 
may  confirm, 
vary,  or 
rescind 
order 


9. 


without  limiting  the  generaUty  of  the  foregoing,  the  Minister 
may  order, 

(a)  that  the  employer  make  additional  contributions  to  the 
pension  plans  of  the  employees; 

(b)  the  continuation  of  payment  by  the  employer  of  the 
wages  and  benefits  being  received  by  the  employees  for  a 
specified  period  of  time; 

(c)  that  the  employer  defer  the  sale,  removal  or  transporta- 
tion of  equipment,  machinery,  parts  and  inventory 
owned  by  the  employer; 

(d)  that  the  employer  pay  reasonable  relocation  costs  to 
displaced  employees; 

(e)  that  the  employer  participate  in  providing  a  skill  train- 
ing or  retraining  program  for  the  employees; 

(/■)  that  the  employer  make  payments  to  the  Community 
Adjustment  Fund; 

(g)  the  employer  to  form  Community  Adjustment  Com- 
mittees; 

(h )  that  the  employer  make  the  plant  available  for  sale; 

(i)  any  other  reasonable  and  appropriate  remedy. 

(2)  The  Minister  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Gov- 
ernor in  Council  acquire  on  behalf  of  Her  Majesty  in  right  of 
Ontario  or  authorize  an  agency  of  the  Government  of  Ontario 
to  acquire  all  or  part  of  the  property  of  the  employer  for  the 
purpose  of  continuing  the  operation  of  the  enterprise  for  the 
benefit  of  the  employees  and  the  community. 

(3)  In  an  order  under  subsection  1  the  Minister  shall  specify,  if 
possible,  the  amount  to  be  paid  by  the  employer  under  the 
order  and  the  employer  is  liable  to  pay  that  amount. 

(4)  Where  an  employer  fails  to  comply  with  an  order  under  sub- 
section 1  the  remedy  specified  in  the  order  is  enforceable  in  a 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction. 

Upon  the  petition  of  any  employer  affected  by  an  order  under 
section  8  filed  with  the  Clerk  of  the  Executive  Council  within 
twenty-eight  days  after  the  date  of  the  order,  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council  may  confirm,  vary  or  rescind  the  whole  or  any  part  of 
the  order. 


10. — (1)  Every  employer  who,  knowingly,  Offences 

(a)  furnishes  false  information  in  an  investigation  under  this 
Act; 

(b)  fails  to  comply  with  an  order  under  this  Act;  or 

(c)  obstructs  a  person  making  an  investigation  under  this 

Act, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $10,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more 
than  one  year,  or  to  both. 

(2)  Where  a  corporation  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  subsec-  Corporations 
tion  1,  the  maximum  penalty  that  may  be  imposed  upon  the 
corporation  is  $100,000  and  not  as  provided  therein. 

(3)  Where  a  corporation  has  been  convicted  of  an  offence  under  Directors 
subsection  1 ,  each  director  and  officer  of  the  corporation  is  a  officers 
party  to  the  offence  unless  the  director  or  officer  satisfies  the 
court  that  he  did  not  authorize,  permit  or  acquiesce  in  the 
offence. 

PART  II 

COMMUNITY  ADJUSTMENT  FUND 

1 1 . — (1)  The  Minister  shall  establish  a  fund,  to  be  known  as  the  Com-  Community 
munity  Adjustment  Fund,  for  the  purpose  of  providing  assis-  Fund^  '"^" 
tance  to  communities  that  are  detrimentally  affected  by  layoffs 
or  plant  closings. 

(2)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Coun-  Regulations 
cil,  the  Minister  may  make  regulations  respecting  the  estab- 
lishment and  administration  of  a  Community  Adjustment 
Fund  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 
may  make  regulations, 

(a)  respecting  applications  for  assistance  from  the  Fund; 

(b)  respecting  entitlement  to  assistance  from  the  Fund. 

PART  III 

EMPLOYMENT  STANDARDS  ACT  AMENDMENTS 
LABOUR  RELATIONS  ACT  AMENDMENTS 

12. — (1)  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  40  of  The  Employment  Stan-  ^  "^o^^-  2). 

.  J-      ^  re-enacted 

aaras  Act,  1974,  bemg  chapter  112,  is  repealed  and  the  fol- 
lowing substituted  therefor: 


Lay-off 
deemed  to  be 
termination 


(1)  In  this  Part,  an  employer  shall  be  deemed  to  have  termi- 
nated the  employment  of  an  employee  when  the  employee  has 
been  laid  off  from  his  employment  for  a  period  of  more  than 
thirteen  weeks  in  any  period  of  more  than  twenty  weeks. 


Notice  of 
termination 


(la)  No  employer  shall  terminate  the  employment  of  an 
employee  who  has  been  employed  for  three  months  or  more  unless 
he  gives, 


(a)  four  weeks  notice  in  writing  to  the  employee  if  his  period 
of  employment  is  less  than  two  years; 

(b)  eight  weeks  notice  in  writing  to  the  employee  if  his 
period  of  employment  is  two  years  or  more  but  less  than 
five  years; 

(c)  sixteen  weeks  notice  in  writing  to  the  employee  if  his 
period  of  employment  is  five  years  or  more  but  less  than 
ten  years;  and 

(d)  twenty-six  weeks  notice  in  writing  to  the  employee  if  his 
period  of  employment  is  ten  years  or  more. 


Idem 


(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  no  employer  shall  terminate 
the  employment  of  fifty  or  more  employees  in  any  period  of  four 
weeks  or  less  unless  he  gives  twenty-six  weeks  notice  in  writing  to 
each  employee  and  the  Job  Protection  Board  and  such  notice  has 
expired. 


s.  40  (S), 
re-enacted 


(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  40  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Employer  to 
co-operate 
with 
Minister 


(5)  Where  an  employer  is  required  to  give  the  notice  referred  to 
in  subsection  2 ,  he  shall  co-operate  with  the  Minister  in  any  action 
or  program  intended  to  facilitate  the  re-establishment  in  employ- 
ment of  the  employees  whose  employment  is  to  be  terminated. 


s.  40  (7), 
re-enacted 


(3)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  40  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Termination 
pay 


Calculation 


(7)  Where  the  employment  of  an  employee  is  terminated  under 
subsection  1  or  2  the  employer  shall  pay  the  employee  termination 
pay  equal  to  the  wages  that  the  employee  receives  at  his  regular 
rate  for  a  regular  non-overtime  work  week  multiplied  by  the 
number  corresponding  to  the  number  of  years  of  service  that  the 
employee  has  earned  in  the  employment. 

(7a)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  7,  a  portion  of  a  year  served 
by  an  employee  shall  be  included  in  the  calculation  of  termination 
pay  as  a  prorated  amount. 


{7b)  Where  the  employment  of  an  employee  is  terminated  con-  Where 
trary  to  this  section,  the  employer  shall  pay  to  employee  termina-  t^mhiSed" 
tion  pay  in  addition  to  termination  pay  under  subsection  7  in  an  gg^jj^^"^  *° 
amount  equal  to  the  wages  that  the  employee  would  have  been 
entitled  to  receive  at  his  regular  rate  for  a  regular  non-overtime 
work  week  for  the  period  of  notice  prescribed  by  subsection  1  or  2 , 
and  any  wages  to  which  he  is  entitled. 

(4)  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  s  40a, 
section: 

40a. — (1)  An  employer  who  terminates  the  employment  of  Notice 

of  new 

employees  under  subsection  2  of  section  40  shall  give  reasonable  positions 
notice  and  a  right  of  first  refusal  on  the  basis  of  seniority  for  at  least 
six  month  to  these  employees  of  new  employment  positions  avail- 
able at  any  plants  or  other  locations  owned  or  operated  by  the 
employer  in  Ontario. 

(2)  Where  an  employee  whose  employment  was  terminated  Employer  to 

,  ,.  r  ■  ^•         r  <-i  Offer  new 

under  subsection  2  or  section  40  applies  for  one  of  the  new  positions  to 
employment  positions  referred  to  in  subsection  1 ,  the  employer  former 

^      -^  ^  7  1-^        employees 

shall  offer  the  position  to  the  employee  unless  the  employee  lacks 
the  skills  to  perform  the  work  or  unless  the  employer  offers  the 
position  to  a  more  qualified  employee  who  is  also  an  employee 
terminated  under  subsection  2  of  section  40. 

(3)  Where  an  employee  is  aggrieved  by  a  decision  under  sub-  Review 
section  2,  the  employee  may  apply  for  a  review  of  the  decision  by 

the  Job  Protection  Board  established  by  The  Job  Security  Act,  i^so,  c.  . . . 
1980,  and  the  Board,  upon  completion  of  a  hearing,  may  affirm 
the  decision  of  the  employer  or  rescind  that  decision  and  require 
the  employer  to  offer  the  position  to  the  aggrieved  employee. 

13. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  55  of  The  Labour  Relations  Act,  being  s  ss  (i), 
chapter  232  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  is 
amended  by  inserting  after  "section"  in  the  first  line  "and 
section  5  5a". 

(2)  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow-  s  ssa, 

enacted 

mg  section: 

55a. — (1)  Where  an  employer  relocates  his  business,  the  Relocation 
employer  is  bound  by  determination,  agreements  and  proceedings 
made  under  this  Act  in  respect  of  the  business  before  the  date  of 
the  relocation  until  the  Board  otherwise  declares,  and  the  deter- 
minations, agreements  and  proceedings  shall  continue  in  effect  as 
if  no  change  has  occurred  except  that  the  description  of  the  bar- 
gaining unit  contained  in  the  certificate  or  collective  agreement  is 
deemed  to  be  amended  to  include  the  new  location. 


8 


Continuation 

of 

employment 


(2)  An  employer  shall  provide  reasonable  notice  to  his 
employees  of  any  decision  to  relocate  his  business  and  the 
employer  shall  perinit  an  employee  affected  thereby  sixty  days 
from  the  date  of  the  notice  of  relocation  to  accept  employment  at 
the  new  location. 


Exception 


(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2 ,  an  employer  is  not  required 
to  continue  the  employment  of  an  employee  if  the  employer  no 
longer  requires  work  to  be  performed  in  the  new  location  of  the 
same  nature  as  work  performed  by  the  employee  in  the  former 
location  and  the  employer  no  longer  requires  the  skills  possessed 
by  the  employee  for  any  work  performed  at  the  new  location. 


Remedial 
power  of 
Board 


(4)  Where  a  business  has  been  relocated  and  a  trade  union  or 
council  of  trade  unions  was  the  bargaining  agent  of  any  of  the 
employees  of  the  business  in  the  former  location  or  a  trade  union  or 
council  of  trade  unions  is  the  bargaining  agent  of  the  employees  of 
a  similar  business  being  carried  on  in  the  area  of  the  new  location, 
and, 


(a)  any  question  arises  concerning  the  application  of  this 
section;  or 

(b)  any  person,  trade  union  or  council  of  trade  unions  claims 
that,  by  virtue  of  the  operation  of  subsection  1 ,  a  conflict 
exists  between  the  bargaining  rights  of  the  trade  union  or 
council  of  trade  unions  that  was  the  bargaining  agent  of 
the  employees  of  the  business  in  the  former  location  and 
a  trade  union  or  council  of  trade  unions  that  represents 
employees  of  a  similar  business  being  carried  on  in  the 
area  of  the  new  location, 

the  Board  may,  upon  the  application  of  any  person,  trade  union  or 
council  of  trade  unions  concerned, 

(c)  define  the  composition  of  the  bargaining  unit  for  the 
business  in  the  new  location  and  certify  a  trade  unian  or 
council  of  trade  unions  as  the  bargaining  agent  of 
employees  in  the  bargaining  unit;  and 


(d)  amend,  to  such  extent  as  the  Board  considers  necessary, 
any  bargaining  unit  in  any  certificate  issued  to  a  trade 
union  or  council  of  trade  unions  before  the  relocation  or 
any  bargaining  unit  defined  in  any  collective  agreement 
concluded  before  the  relocation. 


PART  IV 

PENSION  BENEFITS  ACT  AMENDMENTS 

14. — (1)  Section  16  of  The  Pension  Benefits  Act,  being  chapter  342  of  ^  ^^' 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

16.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  establish  or  ^^"*r^ 
designate  an  agency  to  be  known  as  the  Central  Pension  Agency  Agency 
for  the  purposes,  among  others,  of  receiving,  holding,  investing 
and  disbursing  pension  benefit  credits  under  this  Act. 

(2)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  2 1  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  *  ^i  (i)  (a), 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)  a  member  of  the  plan  who  has  been  in  the  service  of  the 
employer  for  a  continuous  period  of  five  years,  or  has 
been  a  member  of  the  plan  for  such  period,  is  entitled, 
upon  termination  of  his  employment  prior  to  his  attain- 
ing retirement  age,  or  upon  termination  of  his  member- 
ship in  the  plan  prior  to  his  attaining  retirement  age,  to  a 
deferred  life  annuity  commencing  at  his  normal  retire- 
ment age  equal  to  the  pension  benefits  (except  benefits 
provided  by  voluntary  additional  contributions)  pro- 
vided in  respect  of  service  as  an  employee  in  Ontario  or 
in  a  designated  province, 

(i)   under  the  terms  of  the  plan  in  respect  of  service 
on  or  after  the  qualification  date, 

(ii)    by  an  amendment  to  the  terms  of  the  plan  made 
on  or  after  the  qualification  date,  or 

(iii)    by  the  creation  of  a  new  pension  plan  on  or  after 
the  qualification  date. 

(3)  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  *  ^^ft- 
section: 

256.  Where  a  pension  plan  is  terminated  or  wound  up,  the  ^°"^'""?^'°" 
employee  may  direct  that  the  pension  benefits  to  which  he  is  or  plan 
entitled  at  the  date  of  termination  or  winding  up  of  the  pension  ^"""^  "p 
plan  be  transferred  to  the  Central  Pension  Agency  or  to  another 
pension  plan  in  which  he  becomes  a  member. 

(4)  Section  28  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  *  2*' 
following  clause: 

ip)  respecting  the  composition,  administration  and  financ- 
ing of  the  Central  Pension  Agency. 


10 
Commence-         15.  This  Act  Comcs  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

merit 

Short  title  1 6.     The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Job  Security  Act,  1980. 


^3 


Go 


d 

o 

O 

2; 


S 


Ni 

c^ 

k«4 

S 

0 

Co 

>3 

1:0 

<^ 

C7\ 

p 

r* 

CX5 

0 

00 

0 

C/5 


<  > 

o   3 


W 


r^  org 


o 

3 


BILL  157  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Economic  Equality  for  Women  in  Ontario 


Mr.  Charlton 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  establishes  the  Equal  Employment  Office  in  the  Ministry  of  Labour 
and  the  Equal  Employment  Tribunal.  The  Bill  requires  designated  employers  to 
report  to  the  Equal  Employment  Office  information  relating  to  rates  of  pay  and 
the  number  of  male  and  female  employees  in  occupational  categories.  The  Director 
of  the  Equal  Employment  Office  is  authorized  to  order  an  employer  to  prepare  an 
affirmative  action  program.  Where  an  employer  disagrees  with  the  Director's 
order,  or  where  the  employer  and  Director  cannot  agree  on  an  affirmative  action 
program,  an  application  may  be  made  to  the  Tribunal  to  resolve  the  dispute.  The 
Bill  also  contains  provisions  requiring  the  Government  of  Ontario  to  develop  a 
comprehensive  skills  training  and  apprenticeship  plan  designed  to  increase  the 
number  of  women  in  occupational  categories  in  which  women  are  traditionally 
under- represented.  The  Bill  declares  the  right  of  every  person  in  Ontario  to 
accessible,  quality  daycare  service  for  children  for  whom  the  person  is  responsible. 
The  Bill  also  contains  amendments  to  The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 
establishing  the  principle  of  equal  pay  for  work  of  equal  value  and  constituting 
sexual  harassment  as  ah  offence  under  that  Act. 


BILL  157  1980 


An  Act  respecting 
Economic  Equality  for  Women  in  Ontario 

WHEREAS  it  is  public  policy  to  advance  the  economic  rights  Preamble 
of  citizens;  and  whereas  unequal  and  discriminatory  condi- 
tions of  employment  for  women  exact  tremendous  economic  and 
social  costs  on  both  the  persons  directly  affected  and  the  com- 
munities in  which  they  reside;  and  whereas  action  is  urgently 
needed  to  ensure  increased  employment  of  women  in  occupations 
where  they  are  under-represented,  to  establish  apprenticeship  and 
skills  training  programs,  to  give  women  access  to  non-traditional 
occupations,  to  provide  accessible,  quality  child  care,  to  ensure 
equal  pay  for  work  of  equal  value  and  to  ensure  freedom  from 
sexual  harassment  in  the  work  place; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1 .  The  purpose  of  this  Act  is  to  provide  for,  Purpose 

(a)  affirmative  action  programs  designed  to  achieve 
increased  employment  of  women  in  occupational 
categories  and  sectors  of  the  labour  force  in  which 
women  employees  are  under-represented; 

(b)  the  establishment  of  an  apprenticeship  and  skills  train- 
ing plan  designed  to  increase  the  employment  of  women 
in  occupational  categories  in  which  women  employees 
are  under-represented; 

(c)  provision  of  universally  accessible  quality  daycare 
services; 

(d)  the  establishment  and  enforcement  of  equal  pay  for 
work  of  equal  value; 

(e)  protection  from  sexual  harassment  in  the  workplace. 

2.  In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 


(a)  "Director"  means  the  Director  of  the  Equal  Employment 
Office; 

(b)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Labour; 

(c)  "Tribunal"  means  the  Equal  Employment  Tribunal. 


Adminis- 
tration 


3 .  The  Minister  of  Labour  is  responsible  for  the  administration 
of  this  act,  except  section  IS. 


Equal 

Employment 

Office 


4.  There  shall  be  an  office  in  the  Ministry  of  Labour  to  be 
known  as  the  Equal  Employment  Office  and  the  Equal  Employ- 
ment Office  shall, 


Director 


(a)  assist  employers  in  the  preparation  of  affirmative  action 
plans; 

{b)  receive  and  analyze  reports  and  monitor  the  affirmative 
action  plans  filed  in  the  office. 

5.  There  shall  be  a  Director  of  the  Equal  Employment  Office 
and  the  Director  shall  perform  such  duties  and  exercise  such 
powers  as  are  given  to  or  conferred  upon  the  Director  under  this  or 
any  other  Act. 


Employer 
reports 


6.  Every  employer  in  a  class  of  employers  designated  in  the 
regulations  shall  report  to  the  Office  of  Equal  Employment  such 
information  relating  to  the  employment  practices,  rates  of  pay, 
and  the  number  of  male  and  female  employees  in  occupational 
categories  as  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Order  to 

establish 

affirmative 

action 

programs 


7. — (1)  Where,  upon  examination  of  the  reports  filed  under 
section  5 ,  the  Director  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  number  of  female 
employees  in  an  occupational  category  is  under-representative  of 
the  participation  rate  of  females  in  the  labour  force,  the  Director 
may  order  the  employer  to  establish  an  affirmative  action  program 
for  that  occupational  category. 


Employer's 
duty 


(2)  Where  the  Director  makes  an  order  under  subsection  1 ,  the 
employer  shall  commence  the  preparation  of  an  affirmative  action 
program  forthwith  and  the  Office  of  Equal  Employment  shall 
assist  the  employer  in  preparing  the  program. 


Target 
dates 


(3)  Every  affirmative  action  program  approved  by  the  Director 
shall  contain  target  dates  for  the  placement  of  women  in  the 
occupational  categories  in  which  women  are  under-represented 
and  a  timetable  for  achieving  those  target  dates. 


Affirmative 
action 
program 
binding 


8. — (1)  Where  the  employer  and  the   Equal   Employment 
Office  agree  upon  an  affirmative  action  program,  the  Director 


may  approve  the  program  and,  upon  approval  by  the  Director,  the 
affirmative  action  program  is  binding  upon  the  employer. 

(2)  Where  the  employer  and  the  Director  are  unable  to  agree  Where 
upon  an  affirmative  action  program,  the  Director  may  apply  to  the  Dh-ector  '^" 
Tribunal  for  a  determination  and,  upon  completion  of  a  hearing,  disagree 
the  Tribunal  shall  settle  the  terms  of  an  affirmative  action  pro- 
gram that  is  binding  on  the  employer. 

9. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  tribunal  to  be  known  as  the  Equal  Equal 
Employment   Tribunal    composed    of   such    members    as    are  xribun^^"^ 
appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  The  Tribunal  shall  hold  such  hearings  and  perform  such  duties 
other  duties  as  are  assigned  to  it  by  or  under  this  Act. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint  five  per-  Members 
sons  to  be  members  of  the  Tribunal  and  shall  appoint  one  of  such 
members  as  chairperson  and  one  or  more  other  such  members  as 
vice-chairperson. 

(4)  Three  members  of  the  Tribunal,  one  of  whom  shall  be  the  Quorum 
chairperson  or  vice-chairperson,  constitute  a  quorum  and  may 
exercise  all  the  powers  of  the  Tribunal  notwithstanding  any 
vacancy  in  the  membership. 

(5)  The    chairperson    shall    have    general    supervision    and  Duties 
direction  over  the  conduct  of  the  affairs  of  the  Tribunal,  and  shall 
arrange  the  sittings  of  the  Tribunal  and  assign  members  to  con- 
duct hearings  as  the  circumstances  require. 

(6)  The  Tribunal  shall  prepare  and  annually  publish  a  sum- Publishing 
mary  of  its  decisions  and  the  reasons  therefor.  ^  ^ 

(7)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a  Regis- Registrar 
trar  for  the  Tribunal  who  shall  perform  such  duties  as  are  assigned  Tribunal 
to  him  or  her  under  this  Act  or  by  the  chairperson  of  the  Tribunal. 

(8)  The  Registrar  of  the  Tribunal  and  every  member  of  theAdminis- 
Tribunal  have  power  to  administer  oaths  and  affirmations  for  the  of  oaths 
purpose  of  any  of  its  proceedings. 

1 0. — (1)  Where  the  Director  believes  on  reasonable  and  prob-  Oi'der  to 
able  grounds  that  an  employer  has  failed  to  comply  with  an  order 
of  the  Director  under  section  6  or  is  failing  to  comply  with  a 
binding  affirmative  action  program,  the  Director  may  order  the 
employer  to  comply  with  section  6  or  7,  as  the  case  may  be. 

(2)  Where  the  Director  proposes  to  make  an  order  under  sub-^"^'"  °^ 

/  f      f  proposal 

section  1 ,  the  Director  shall  serve  notice  of  the  proposed  order  on 


the  employer  and  a  representative  of  the  employees  together  with 
written  reasons  therefor. 


Request  for 
hearing 


Failure  to 

request 

hearing 


Hearing 


Conditions 


(3)  A  notice  under  subsection  2  shall  inform  the  employer 
named  in  the  order  that  the  employer  is  entitled  to  a  hearing  by  the 
Tribunal  if  the  employer  mails  or  delivers  within  fifteen  days 
after  the  notice  under  subsection  2  is  served  on  him  notice  in 
writing  requiring  a  hearing  to  the  Director  and  the  Tribunal  and 
the  employer  may  so  require  a  hearing. 

(4)  Where  the  employer  upon  whom  a  notice  is  served  under 
subsection  2  does  not  require  a  hearing,  the  Director  may  carry  out 
the  proposed  order  stated  in  the  notice. 

(5)  Where  an  employer  requests  a  hearing  by  the  Tribunal  in 
accordance  with  subsection  3,  the  Tribunal  shall  appoint  a  time 
for  and  hold  the  hearing  and,  on  the  application  of  the  Director  at 
the  hearing,  may  by  order  direct  the  Director  to  carry  out  the 
proposed  order  or  to  take  such  action  as  the  Tribunal  considers  the 
Director  ought  to  take  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  for  such 
purposes  the  Tribunal  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of  the 
Director. 

(6)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  terms  and  conditions  to  its 
order  as  it  considers  proper  to  give  effect  to  the  purposes  of  this 
Act. 


Investi- 
gations by 
order  of 
Minister 


1971,  c.  49 


Offences 


1 1 .  The  Minister  may  by  order  appoint  a  person  to  make  an 
investigation  into  any  matter  to  which  this  Act  applies  as  may  be 
specified  in  the  Minister's  order  and  the  person  appointed  shall 
report  the  result  of  his  investigation  to  the  Minister  and,  for  the 
purposes  of  the  investigation,  the  person  making  it  has  the  powers 
of  a  commission  under  Part  II  of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971, 
which  Part  applies  to  such  investigation  is  if  it  were  an  inquiry 
under  that  Act. 

12. — (1)  Every  person  who,  knowingly, 

(a)  submits  a  false  report  under  section  S; 

{b)  furnishes  false  information  in  an  investigation  under  this 
Act; 

(c)  fails  to  comply  with  an  order  made  under  this  Act;  or 

(rf)  obstructs   a   person    making   an   investigation   under 
section  10, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $10,000  and  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more 
than  one  year, 


(2)  Where  a  corporation  is  convicted  under  subsection  1,  the  Corporations 
maximum  penalty  that  may  be  imposed  upon  the  corporation  is 

$50,000. 

(3)  When  a  corporation  is  convicted  of  an  offence,  each  director  Directors  and 

officers 

or  officer  is  a  party  to  the  offence  unless  he  satisfies  the  court  that 
he  did  not  authorize,  permit  or  acquiesce  in  the  offence. 

13.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula-  Regulations 
tions, 

(a)  prescribing  classes  of  employers  for  the  purposes  of 
section  5; 

(b)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(c)  exempting  any  class  of  employer  from  this  Act  or  any 
provision  of  this  Act. 

14. — (1)  The  Equal  Employment  Office  shall  identify,  on  the  Wentifica- 
basis  of  information  reported  under  section  5 ,  those  occupational  occupational 
categories  in  which  women  are  under-represented.  categories 

(2)  The  Government  of  Ontario  shall  develop  a  comprehensive  Comprehensive 
skills  training  and  apprenticeship  plan  designed  to  increase  the  training  and 
number  of  women  in  each  of  the  occupational  categories  identified  ap^prent'ceship 
under  subsection   1  and  to  ensure  that  sufficient  women  are 
adequately  trained  in  order  to  meet  anticipated  needs  in  the 
workforce  for  skilled  tradespeople. 

(3)  The  Equal  Employment  Office  shall,  after  the  close  of  each  ^^'"^''^f 
year,  file  with  the  Minister  an  annual  report  upon  the  skills 
training  and  apprenticeship  plan. 

(4)  The  Minister  shall  submit  the  report  to  the  Lieutenant  f^^^^J^^  ^° 
Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report  before  the  committee 
Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  ensuing  session  and 

the  report  shall  then  be  referred  to  the  Standing  Committee  on 
Economic  Development. 

15. — (1)  Every  person  in  Ontario  has  a  right  to  accessible.  Right  to 
quality  daycare  service  for  children  for  whom  the  person  is 
responsible  to  ensure  that  the  person  is  not  impeded  from  accept- 
ing employment  due  to  an  inadequate  provision  of  daycare 
services. 

(2)  The  Minister  responsible  for  the  provision  of  daycare  ser-  Annual 
vices  shall,  after  the  close  of  each  year,  prepare  an  annual  report 
assessing  the  availability  of  daycare  services  in  Ontario  and 
evaluating  whether  the  right  described  in  subsection  1  is  being 
protected  by  existing  daycare  programs. 


Referral  to 

Standing 

Committee 


(3)  The  Minister  shall  submit  the  report  to  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report  before  the 
Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  ensuing  session 
and  the  report  shall  then  be  referred  to  the  Standing  Committee 
on  Economic  Development. 


R.s.o.  1970,         1 6. — (1)  Section  33  of  The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974, 
S.33, '  being  chapter  112,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 

re-enacted        therefor: 


PART  IX 


EQUAL  PAY  FOR  WORK  OF  EQUAL  VALUE 


Equal  pay 
for  work 
of  equal 
value 


33. — (1)  No  employer  or  person  acting  on  behalf  of  an 
employer  shall  establish  or  maintain  any  difference  in  wages 
paid  to  a  male  and  to  a  female  employee  employed  in  the  same 
establishment  who  are  performing  work  of  equal  value  unless  the 
difference  is  based  on  seniority  or  quantity  of  production. 


Determination 
by  employment 
standards 
officer 


(2)  An  employment  standards  officer  may  assess  the  value  of 
work  performed  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  1  and,  where  the 
officer  finds  that  an  employer  has  failed  to  comply  with  subsection 
1 ,  the  officer  may  determine  the  amount  of  moneys  owing  to  an 
employee  because  of  such  non-compliance,  and  such  amount  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  unpaid  wages. 


Assessment 
of  value 
of  work 


(3)  In  assessing  the  value  of  work  performed  by  employees 
employed  in  the  same  establishment,  the  criterion  to  be  applied  is 
the  composite  of  the  skill,  effort  and  responsibility  required  in  the 
performance  of  the  work  and  the  conditions  under  which  the  work 
is  performed. 


Separate 
establish- 
ments 


(4)  Separate  establishments  established  or  maintained  by  an 
employer  solely  or  principally  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  or 
maintaining  differences  in  wages  between  male  and  female 
employees  shall  be  deemed  for  the  purposes  of  this  Part  to  be  a 
single  establishment. 


Pay  not  to 
be  reduced 


(5)  No  employer  shall  reduce  the  rate  of  pay  of  an  employee  in 
order  to  comply  with  subsection  1. 


Employer 
not  to  be 
requested  to 
contravene 
subs.  1 


(6)  No  organization  of  employers  or  employees  or  its  agents 
shall  cause  or  attempt  to  cause  an  employer  to  agree  to  or  to  pay  to 
his  employees  wages  that  are  in  contravention  of  subsection  1 . 


Complaints  (7)  A  Complaint  that  an  employer  contravenes  this  section  may 

be  made  by  one  employee  or  any  class  of  employees  employed  in 
the  same  establishment. 


(8)  An  employer,   employee  or  class  of  employees  who  is  Review  and 
aggrieved  by  a  decision  or  order  made  by  an  employment  stan-  ^^""^ 
dards  officer  under  this  Part  or  section  47  may,  within  a  period  of 
fifteen  days  after  the  date  of  delivery,  service  or  notice  of  the 
decision  or  order,  or  such  longer  period  as  the  Director  may  for 
special  reasons  allow,  apply  for  a  review  of  the  decision  or  order  by 

way  of  a  hearing  before  a  referee  and  subsections  2  to  7  of  section 
SO  apply  to  the  review  with  necessary  modifications  except  that 
the  referee  may  make  an  order  referred  to  in  section  47  in  addition 
to  the  powers  conferred  upon  the  referee  by  section  50. 

(9)  The  Minister  shall  table  a  report  annually  in  the  Legislature  Annual 
on  the  progress  of  implementation  and  these  reports  shall  be  ^^^° 
referred  to  The  Standing  Committee  on  Economic  Development 

as  established  by  The  Full  Employment  Act,  1980.  i^so,  c.  . . . 

1 7.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  Part  ix-a 

Part-  *'•  ^^"l- 

'■  "■'■  i-  enacted 

PART  IX-A 

SEXUAL  HARASSMENT 

33a.  No  employer  or  person  shall,  Sexual 

harassment 

(a)  refuse  or  threaten  to  refuse  to  employ  any  person; 

(b)  dismiss  or  threaten  to  dismiss  an  employee; 

(c)  discipline  or  threaten  to  discipline  an  employee; 

(d)  suspend  or  threaten  to  suspend  an  employee; 

(e)  refuse  or  threaten  to  refuse  to  promote,  transfer  or  train 
an  employee; 

(/)  impose  or  threaten  to  impose  any  penalty  upon  an 
employee;  or 

(g)  intimidate  or  coerce  an  employee, 

because  of  that  person's  rejection  of  sexual  advances  or  refusal  to 
consent  to  sexual  contact  or  sexual  intercourse. 

18.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

.  ■  -^  -^       ment 

Assent. 

19.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Women's  Economic  Short  title 
Equality  Act,  1980. 


w 

n 
O 
3 
o 


Co 

bo 


n 

> 

H 

o 


ft 

ft- 


o 

o 

ro 

(-»■ 

k.^ 

S 

o 

Co 

ft- 

cr 

>3 

>3 

c^ 

ON 

«s 

ft 

(-1- 

ft 

ft- 
S 

H- ' 

00 

o 

ft- 

S 

Ons 

X!    > 
l> 


o  ^ 
3  5- 

3 


o 

13 

o 


BILL  158  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Plant  Closings  in  Ontario 


Mr.  Mackenzie 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  establish  procedures  for  giving  notice  of  plant 
closings  in  Ontario  and  to  ensure  disclosure  of  the  circumstances  related  to  the 
plant  closings.  The  Bill  requires  an  employer  to  provide  twenty-six  weeks  notice  to 
employees  of  a  decision  to  close  a  plant.  The  Bill  establishes  a  Public  Audit  Board 
to  inquire  into,  evaluate  and  report  on  the  circumstances  relating  to  the  closing  of 
plants  in  Ontario.  The  Board  is  required  to  make  a  report  on  the  plant  closing  to  the 
Minister  of  Labour  before  the  date  on  which  the  plant  is  scheduled  to  close  and  the 
Board's  report  must  contain  proposals  for  action  designed  to  mitigate  the  harmful 
effect  of  the  plant  closing.  The  Bill  also  contains  a  provision  clarifying  that  the 
Ontario  Development  Corporation  is  authorized  to  invest  in  a  plant  regarding 
which  a  notice  of  plant  closing  has  been  issued  under  the  Act. 


BILL  158  1980 


An  Act  respecting 
Plant  Closings  in  Ontario 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Notwithstanding  The  Employment  Standards  ^ci,  Notice  of 
1974 ,  no  employer  shall  terminate  the  employment  of  fifty  or  more  j^^^  ^  ^j^ 
employees  in  any  period  of  four  weeks  or  less  by  ceasing  all  or 
substantially  all  production  at  a  plant  owned  or  operated  by  the 
employer  unless  the  employer  gives  twenty-six  weeks  notice  in 
writing  to  each  employee  and  such  notice  has  expired. 

(2)  An  employer  who  gives  a  notice  under  subsection  1  regard-  Service  of 

,  1      •  1      11  1  •  r    1  •       notice  upon 

mg  a  plant  closmg  shall  at  the  same  time  serve  a  copy  of  the  notice  Board 
upon  the  Public  Audit  Board  established  by  section  3. 

(3)  Where  the  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  1  has  been  given.    Rates  of 

wages,  etc., 
not  to  be 

(a)  no  employer  shall  alter  the  rates  of  wages  or  any  other  altered 
term  or  condition  of  employment  of  any  employee  to 
whom  notice  has  been  given; 

(6 )  an  employer  shall  pay  to  the  employee  during  the  period 
of  notice  the  wages  the  employee  is  entitled  to  receive 
which  in  no  case  shall  be  less  than  his  regular  wages  for  a 
regular  non-overtime  work  week;  and 

(c )  upon  the  expiry  of  the  notice,  the  employer  shall  pay  to 
the  employee  any  wages  or  vacation  pay  to  which  he  is 
entitled. 

(4)  Where  the  employment  of  an  employee  is  terminated  con-  Where 

1  •  .11  1      11  1  1  X  •  employment 

trary  to  this  section,  the  employer  shall  pay  the  employee  termina-  terminated 
tion  pay  of  an  amount  equal  to  the  wages  that  the  employee  would  j°"g^j,^[^^ 
have  been  entitled  to  receive  at  his  regular  rate  for  a  regular 
non-overtime  work  week  for  the  period  of  notice  prescribed  by 
subsection  1,  and  any  wages  to  which  he  is  entitled. 


Enforcement 
1974,  c.  112 


(5)  The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  be  administered  and 
enforced  as  if  the  provisions  were  enacted  under  The  Employment 
Standards  Act,  1974,  with  necessary  modifications. 


Employer  to 
co-operate 
with 
Minister 


2.  Where  an  employer  is  required  to  give  the  notice  referred  to 
in  subsection  1 ,  the  employer  shall  co-operate  with  the  Minister  of 
Labour  in  any  action  or  program  intended  to  facilitate  the  re- 
establishment  in  employment  of  the  employees  whose  employ- 
ment is  to  be  terminated. 


Public 
Audit 
Board 


3. — (1)  There  is  hereby  established  a  Public  Audit  Board  to  be 
composed  of  five  persons  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council. 


Chairman  (2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint  one  of 

the  members  of  the  Board,  who  shall  be  a  full-time  member,  as 
chairman  and  may  appoint  one  or  more  other  such  members  as 
vice-chairmen. 


Members  of 
Board 


(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint  persons 
to  the  Board  who  are  representative  of  industry  and  labour. 


Quorum  (4)  Three  members  of  the  Board,  one  of  whom  shall  be  the 

chairman  or  vice-chairman,  constitute  a  quorum  and  may  exercise 
all  the  powers  of  the  Board  notwithstanding  any  vacancy  in  the 
membership. 


General 
supervision 


(5)  The  chairman  shall  have  general  supervision  and  direction 
over  the  conduct  of  the  affairs  of  the  Board,  and  shall  arrange  the 
sittings  of  the  Board  and  assign  members  to  conduct  hearings  as 
circumstances  require. 


Registrar  (6)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a  Regis- 

trar for  the  Board  who  shall  perform  such  duties  as  are  assigned  to 
him  under  this  or  any  other  Act  or  by  the  chairman  of  the  Board. 


Oaths, 
affirmations 


(7)  The  Registrar  for  the  Board  and  every  member  of  the  Board 
have  power  to  administer  oaths  and  affirmations  for  the  purpose 
of  any  of  its  proceedings. 


Purpose  of 
Board 


4.  The  purpose  of  the  Public  Audit  Board  is  to  inquire  into, 
evaluate  and  report  on  the  circumstances  relating  to  the  closing  of 
industrial  and  manufacturing  plants  in  Ontario  and  to  assess  the 
economic  impact  of  these  plant  closings  on  individual  employees 
and  communities  affected  thereby. 


Study 
of  plant 
closing 


5. — (1)  When  the  Board  receives  a  notice  of  a  plant  closing, 
the  Board  shall  forthwith  commence  a  study  of  the  circumstances 
relating  to  the  plant  closing  and  the  economic  impact  thereof. 


(2)  Within  fourteen  days  after  the  date  on  which  the  notice  is  Hearing 
received  by  the  Board,  the  Board  shall  fix  the  time  and  place  for  a 
hearing  within  the  community  in  which  the  plant  is  located  for  the 
purpose  of  receiving  representations  respecting  the  plant  closing 

by  any  person  desiring  to  make  representations  and  the  Board 
shall  publish  notice  thereof  in  such  newspapers  having  general 
circulation  in  the  area  as  the  Board  considers  appropriate. 

(3)  The  Board  shall  adopt  such  rules  of  procedure  for  a  hearing  Rules  of 
under  subsection  2  as  the  Board  considers  appropriate. 

6. — (1)  The  Board  may  designate  a  person  to  make  an  investi-  investigation 
gation  into  any  plant  closing  and  the  person  so  designated  shall 
report  the  result  of  his  investigation  to  the  Minister  of  Labour  and, 
for  the  purposes  of  the  investigation,  the  person  making  it  has  all 
the  powers  of  a  commission  under  Part  II  of  The  Public  Inquiries  ^^^''  ^-  ^^ 
Act,  1971,  which  Part  applies  to  such  investigation  as  if  it  were  an 
inquiry  under  that  Act. 

(2)  No  person  shall  obstruct  a  person  designated  to  make  an  obstruction 
investigation  under  this  section  or  withhold  from  him  or  conceal  or  investigator 
destroy  any  books,  papers,  documents  or  things  relevant  to  the 
subject-matter  of  the  investigation. 

7.  The  Board  may  at  any  time  authorize  and  direct  a  rep-  Special 
resentative  of  the  Board  appointed  for  that  purpose  to  enter  upon 

any  premises  where  the  books,  accounts  or  records  of  or  pertaining 
to  any  plant  closing  are  kept  or  may  be,  and  to  inspect,  study, 
audit,  take  extracts  from  such  books,  accounts  or  other  records, 
and  may,  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove  any  such  materi- 
al that  relates  to  the  purpose  of  the  inspection  for  the  purpose  of 
making  a  copy  thereof,  provided  that  such  copying  is  carried  out 
with  reasonable  dispatch  and  the  material  in  question  is  promptly 
thereafter  returned  to  the  person  being  inspected,  and  no  person 
shall  obstruct  the  person  inspecting  or  withhold  or  destroy,  con- 
ceal or  refuse  to  furnish  any  information  or  thing  required  by 
the  person  inspecting  for  the  purposes  of  the  inspection. 

8.  The  Board  shall  complete  its  inquiry  into  the  plant  closing  Report 
and  submit  its  report  to  the  Minister  of  Labour  at  least  thirty  days  dosing 
before  the  closing  date  set  out  in  the  notice  of  the  plant  closing  and, 

in  its  report,  the  Board  shall  set  out, 

(a)  its  findings  regarding  the  circumstances  of  the  plant 
closing; 

{b)  its  findings  regarding  the  economic  impact  of  the  plant 
closing  on  individual  employees  and  the  community; 

(c)  an  opinion  by  the  Board  as  to  whether  the  Board  feels 
that  the  plant  closing  is  justified;  and 


Annual 
report 


(d)  proposals  to  the  Government  for  action  designed  to  miti- 
gate the  harmful  effect  of  the  plant  closing  on  the 
employees  and  the  community. 

9. — (1)  The  Board  shall  after  the  close  of  each  year  file  with  the 
Minister  of  Labour  an  annual  report  upon  the  affairs  of  the  Board. 


Tabling  (2)  The  Minister  shall  submit  the  report  to  the  Lieutenant 

Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report  before  the 
Assembly  if  it-is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  ensuing  session. 

1973,  c.  84,  10.  Clause  e  of  subsection  1  of  section  12  of  The  Development 

re-enacted;'      Corporations  Act,  1973,  being  chapter  84,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


1980,  c. 


(e)  buy,  hold,  own,  hire,  maintain,  control,  take,  lease,  sell, 
assign,  exchange,  transfer,  manage,  improve,  develop 
or  otherwise  deal  in  and  dispose  of,  either  absolutely  or 
by  way  of  security  or  otherwise,  any  property  real  and 
personal,  movable  and  immovable,  and  assets  general- 
ly, including  industrial  and  manufacturing  plants 
regarding  which  a  notice  of  plant  closing  has  been  issued 
under  The  Plant  Closing  Notice  and  Disclosure  Act, 
1980. 


Commence- 
ment 


1 1 .  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


1 2.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Plant  Closing  Notice  and 
Disclosure  Act,  1980. 


bo 


^ 

■^ 

r<A. 

c2 

g 

s. 

» 

<:^ 

^ 

«) 

O 

w 

X 

^ 

Co 

N 

a. 

0^ 


o 

o 

INO 

rt- 

u^ 

s 

o 

C<i 

?i. 

cr 

>i 

rt) 
1-1 

>3 

«> 

ON 

Q 

r-t- 

O 

00 

o 

(X5 

^ 


p 

3 

> 

Q 

3 

o' 

> 

t/2_ 

o 

(-1- 

5' 

Ht 

QTQ 

(t 

t/3 

W) 

^. 

■o 

S 

fD 

O 

o 

r^_ 

3 

5' 

r+ 

Orq 

P 

BILL  159  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  the  Licensing  and  Inspection 
of  Amusement  Rides  in  Ontario 


Mr.  Eaton 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  for  the  licensing  and  inspection  of 
amusement  rides  in  Ontario.  The  Bill  requires  that  all  amusement  rides  be 
licensed.  A  Director  appointed  under  the  Act  is  given  the  authority  to  revoke  the 
licence  for  an  amusement  ride  that  does  not  comply  with  the  Act.  The  Act  provides 
for  inspectors  and  specifies  that  the  inspectors  must  apply  the  Midway  Safety  Code 
when  conducting  their  inspections.  It  is  an  offence  under  the  Act  to  operate  an 
amusement  ride  that  is  not  licensed  or  that  is  unsafe  or  to  cause  or  permit  an 
amusement  ride  to  be  operated  in  an  unsafe  manner. 


BILL  159  1980 


An  Act  respecting  the  Licensing  and 
Inspection  of  Amusement  Rides  in  Ontario 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1 .    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "amusement  ride"  means  a  roller  coaster,  ferris  wheel  or 
other  device  designed  to  entertain  people  by  physically 
moving  them  and  ordinarily  used  at  a  carnival,  exhibi- 
tion, fair  or  amusement  park; 

(b)  "Director"  means  the  Director  appointed  under  this  Act; 

(c)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and  Com- 
mercial Relations; 

(d)  "owner"  includes  the  person  in  charge  of  an  amusement 
ride  as  licensee,  lessee,  agent  or  otherwise  but  does  not 
include  an  attendant. 

2. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  an  amusement  ride  unless  the  Licence 

required 

amusement  ride  is  licensed  and  it  complies  with  this  Act  and  the 
regulations. 

(2)  No  person  shall  operate  an  amusement  ride  or  cause  or  Operation  of 
permit  it  to  be  operated  if  the  person  has  reason  to  believe  that  it  is  prohibited 
in  an  unsafe  condition. 

(3)  No  person  shall  operate  an  amusement  ride  or  cause  or  Unsafe 

...  ,   .  r  operation 

permit  it  to  be  operated  in  an  unsafe  manner.  prohibited 

3. — (1)  The  Director  shall  issue  a  licence  for  an  amusement  Licence  for 
ride  or  a  renewal  thereof  to  an  applicant  therefor  subject  to  such  ride 
terms  and  conditions  as  are  prescribed  in  the  regulations  and  as 
are  agreed  to  by  the  applicant  or  licensee. 


Where  licence 
may  be  refused 


(2)  The  Director  may  refuse  to  grant  or  to  renew  a  licence  for  an 
amusement  ride,  or  may  suspend  or  revoke  such  a  Hcence  where, 


(a)  the  amusement  ride  or  the  operation  thereof  does  not 
comply  with  this  Act  or  the  regulations;  or 

(b)  the  holder  of  the  licence  has  failed  to  comply  with  an 
order  of  an  inspector  or  is  in  contravention  of  this  Act  or 
the  regulations. 


Notice  of 
proposed 


4. — (1)  Where  the  Director  proposes, 

(a)  to  refuse  to  grant  or  to  renew  a  licence;  or 

(b)  to  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence, 

under  section  3,  he  shall  serve  notice  of  his  proposal  together  with 
written  reasons  therefor,  on  the  applicant  or  licence  holder,  as  the 
case  may  be. 


Idem  (2)  A  notice  under  subsection  1  shall  inform  the  applicant  or 

licence  holder  that  he  is  entitled  to  a  hearing  by  a  judge  of  the 
county  or  district  court  for  the  county  or  district  in  which  he 
resides  if  he  applies  to  a  judge  thereof  within  fifteen  days  after  the 
notice  under  subsection  1  is  served  on  him  and  he  may  so  apply  for 
such  a  hearing. 


Power  of 
Director 
where  no 
hearing 


(3)  Where  an  applicant  or  licence  holder  does  not  apply  to  a 
judge  for  a  hearing  in  accordance  with  subsection  2,  the  Director 
may  refuse  to  grant  a  licence  or  may  carry  out  the  proposal  stated 
in  his  notice  under  subsection  1. 


Appointment 
for  hearing 


(4)  Where  an  applicant  or  licence  holder  applies  to  a  judge  for  a 
hearing  in  accordance  with  subsection  2 ,  the  judge  shall  in  writing 
appoint  a  time  and  place  for  and  hold  the  hearing. 


Powers  of 
judge  where 
hearing 


(5)  Upon  the  application  of  the  Director  at  the  hearing,  the 
judge  may  by  order  require  the  Director  to  grant  the  licence  or 
permit  him  to  carry  out  his  proposal,  or  direct  that  such  action  as 
the  judge  considers  proper  be  taken  by  the  Director  in  accordance 
with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  for  such  purposes  the  judge 
may  substitute  his  opinion  for  that  of  the  Director. 


Service 
of  notice 


(6)  The  Director  may" serve  notice  under  subsection  1  person- 
ally or  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the  applicant  or  licence 
holder  at  his  address  last  known  to  the  Director  and  where  notice 
is  served  by  registered  mail,  the  notice  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
been  served  on  the  third  day  after  the  day  of  mailing  unless  the 
person  to  whom  notice  is  being  given  establishes  to  the  judge  to 


whom  he  applies  for  a  hearing  that  he  did  not,  acting  in  good  faith, 
through  absence,  accident,  illness  or  other  cause  beyond  his  con- 
trol receive  the  notice  or  order  until  a  later  date. 

(7)  A  judge  to  whom  application  is  made  by  an  applicant  or  Extension 
licence  holder  for  a  hearing  under  this  section  may  extend  the  time  application 
for  making  application,  either  before  or  after  expiration  of  the 

time  fixed  therein,  where  he  is  satisfied  that  there  are  prima  facie 
grounds  for  granting  relief  to  the  applicant  or  licence  holder 
pursuant  to  a  hearing  and  that  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for 
applying  for  the  extension,  and  may  give  such  directions  as  he 
considers  proper  consequent  upon  the  extension. 

(8)  Where,  within  the  time  prescribed  therefor,  or  if  no  time  is  Continuation 
prescribed,  prior  to  the  expiry  of  his  licence,  a  licence  holder  has  renewaf 
applied  for  renewal  of  his  licence  or  registration  and  paid  the 
prescribed  fee,  his  licence  shall  be  deemed  to  continue, 

(a)  until  the  renewal  is  granted;  or 

(b)  where  he  is  served  with  notice  that  the  Director  proposes 
to  refuse  to  grant  the  renewal,  until  the  time  for  applying 
for  a  hearing  by  a  judge  has  expired  and,  where  a  hear- 
ing is  applied  for,  until  the  judge  has  made  his  decision. 

5. — (1)  The  Director,  the  applicant  or  licence  holder  who  has  Parties 
applied  for  the  hearing  and  such  other  persons  as  are  specified  by 
the  judge  are  parties  to  the  proceedings  before  a  judge  under 
section  4. 

(2)  Notice  of  a  hearing  under  section  4  shall  afford  to  the  licence  Opportunity 

1     1  /  11  •  1  1  •  1  •  to  achieve 

holder  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  show  or  to  achieve  compliance  compliance 
before  the  hearing  with  all  lawful  requirements  for  the  retention  of 
the  licence. 

(3)  An  applicant  or  licence  holder  who  is  a  party  to  proceedings  Recording 
under  section  4  shall  be  afforded  an  opportunity  to  examine, 
before  the  hearing,  any  written  or  documentary  evidence  that  will 

be  produced  or  any  report,  the  content  of  which  will  be  given  in 
evidence  at  the  hearing. 

(4)  The  oral  evidence  taken  before  a  judge  at  a  hearing  shall  be  Wem 
recorded  and,  if  so  required,  copies  or  a  transcript  thereof  shall  be 
furnished  upon  the  same  terms  as  in  the  Supreme  Court. 

(5)  The  findings  of  fact  of  a  judge  pursuant  to  a  hearing  shall  be  Findings 
based  exclusively  on  evidence  admissible  on  matters  that  may  be 
noticed  un'der  sections  15  and  16  of  The  Statutory  Powers  Proce-  i97i,  c.  47 
dure  Act,  1971. 


Appeal  to 
Divisional 
Court 


6. — (1)  Any  party  to  proceedings  before  a  judge  under  section 
4  may  appeal  from  the  decision  or  order  of  the  judge  to  the 
Supreme  Court  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  court. 


Record  to 
be  filed 


(2)  Where  notice  of  an  appeal  is  served  under  this  section,  the 
judge  shall  forthwith  file  in  the  Supreme  Court  the  record  of  the 
proceedings  before  him  in  which  the  decision  or  order  was  made, 
which,  together  with  the  transcript  of  the  evidence  before  the 
judge  if  it  is  not  part  of  the  record  of  the  judge,  shall  constitute  the 
record  in  the  appeal. 


Minister 
entitled  to 
be  heard 


(3)  The  Minister  is  entitled  to  be  heard  by  counsel  or  otherwise 
upon  the  argument  of  an  appeal  under  this  section. 


Powers  of 
court  on 
appeal 


(4)  The  Supreme  Court  may,  on  the  appeal,  affirm  the  decision 
of  the  judge  appealed  from  or  may  rescind  it  and  make  such  new 
decision  as  the  court  considers  proper  under  this  Act  and  the 
regulations,  and  may  order  the  Director  to  do  any  act  or  thing  he  is 
authorized  to  do  under  this  Act  and  as  the  court  considers  proper, 
and  for  such  purpose  the  court  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that 
of  the  Director  or  of  the  judge,  or  the  court  may  refer  the  matter 
back  to  the  judge  for  rehearing,  in  whole  or  in  part,  in  accordance 
with  such  directions  as  the  court  considers  proper. 


Reporting 
accidents 


7 .  Where  an  accident  occurs  in  connection  with  an  amusement 
ride  that  results  in  death  or  serious  injury  to  any  person,  the  owner 
shall  notify  the  Director  by  telephone  forthwith  and  the  Director 
shall  cause  such  investigation  to  be  made  as  he  considers  neces- 
sary. 


Appointment 

of 

inspectors 

and 

Director 


8. — (1)  Such  inspectors  as  may  be  necessary  to  enforce  this  Act 
and  the  regulations  may  be  appointed  by  the  Minister  and  the 
Minister  may  designate  one  of  the  inspectors  as  the  Director  for  the 
purposes  of  the  general  administration  of  this  Act  and  the  regula- 
tions including  the  supervision  and  direction  of  inspectors. 


Nomination 

of 

inspectors 


(2)  The  Minister  may  appoint  as  inspectors  under  this  Act 
persons  nominated  by  the  Canadian  Outdoor  Amusement  Associ- 
ation. 


Certificate 

of 

appointment 


(3)  The  Minister  shall  issue  a  certificate  of  appointment,  bear- 
ing his  signature  or  a  facsimile  thereof,  to  every  inspector. 


Production 

of 

certificate 


(4)  Every  inspector,  while  in  the  exercise  of  any  of  his  powers  or 
duties  under  this  Act,  shall  produce  his  certificate  of  appointment 
upon  request. 


9.  For  the  purpose  of  an  inspection  or  an  investigation  under 


Right  to 

examine  person    ,  .       . 

under  oath       this  Act,  the  Director  may,  by  notice  in  writing,  require  the 
attendance  before  him  of  any  person  at  any  time  and  place  named 


in  the  notice  and  may  then  and  there  examine  such  person  under 
oath  regarding  any  matter  pertaining  to  the  inspection. 


1 0. — (1)  An  inspector  may,  for  the  purposes  of  carrying  out  his  Powers  of 
duties  under  this  Act  and  the  regulations, 

(a)  subject  to  subsection  3,  at  any  time  without  a  warrant, 
enter  in  or  upon  a  premises  where  an  amusement  ride  is 
being  installed  or  operated  and  inspect  an  amusement 
ride; 

(b)  require  the  production  of  any  licence,  report  or  record 
required  by  this  Act  or  the  regulations  and  examine  and 
copy  the  same  and  may  require  information  from  any 
person  concerning  any  matter  related  to  an  amusement 
ride  or  the  operation  thereof; 

(c)  require  the  owner  or  operator  of  an  amusement  ride  to  do 
or  refrain  from  doing  anything  the  inspector  considers 
necessary  during  an  inspection; 

(d)  make  such  examinations,  tests  or  inquiries  as  may  be 
necessary  to  ensure  compliance  with  this  Act  and  the 
regulations. 

(2)  In  carrying  out  his  duties  under  this  Act,  an  inspector  shall  ^^^^^^ 
apply  the  Midway  Safety  Code  (CSA  Standard  Z267-1971)  and  '°  ^' 
such  other  safety  codes  as  are  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

(3)  An  inspector  shall  not  enter  any  room  or  place  actually  being  Limit  on 
used  as  a  dwelling  where  the  occupier  refuses  entry  except  under  to  enter 
the  authority  of  a  search  warrant  issued  under  section  142  of  The  i979,  c.  4 
Provincial  Offences  Act,  1979. 

1 1. — (1)  No  person  shall  hinder,  obstruct,  molest  or  interfere  Obstructing 
with  or  attempt  to  hinder,  obstruct,  molest  or  interfere  with  an  prohibited 
inspector  in  the  exercise  of  a  power  or  the  performance  of  a  duty 
under  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

(2)  Every  person  shall  furnish  all  necessary  means  in  his  power  Assisting 
to  facilitate  any  entry,  inspection,  examination  or  inquiry  by  an 
inspector  in  the  exercise  of  his  powers  and  duties  under  this  Act 
and  the  regulations. 

12. — (1)  No  action  or  other  proceeding  for  damages  lies  or  Liability 
shall  be  instituted  against  an  inspector  for  an  act  or  omission  by  inspector 
him  in  good  faith  in  the  execution  or  intended  execution  of  any 
power  or  duty  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations. 


Liability 
of  Crown 

R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  365 


(2)  Subsection  1  does  not,  by  reason  of  subsections  2  and  4  of 
section  5  of  The  Proceedings  Against  the  Crown  Act,  relieve  the 
Crown  of  liability  in  respect  of  a  tort  committed  by  an  inspector  to 
which  it  would  otherwise  be  subject  and  the  Crown  is  liable  under 
that  Act  for  any  such  tort  in  like  manner  as  if  subsection  1  had  not 
been  enacted. 


Certificate 
as  evidence 


13.  A  statement  as  to  the  licensing  or  non-licensing  of  any 
amusement  ride  purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Director  is, 
without  proof  of  the  office  or  signature  of  the  Director,  receivable 
in  evidence  2i&  prima  facie  proof  of  the  facts  stated  therein  for  all 
purposes  in  any  action,  proceeding  or  prosecution. 


Offence 


14.  Every  person  who. 


(a)  fails  to  comply  with  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations; 

{b)  knowingly  makes  a  false  statement  in  any  document 
required  by  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(c)  fails  to  comply  with  a  term  or  condition  of  a  licence;  or 

{d)  fails  to  comply  with  an  order  or  requirement  of  an 
inspector, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $10,000. 

Regulations  15.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 

tions, 

(a)  respecting  the  installation,  operation,  maintenance  and 
inspection  of  amusement  rides; 

{b)  providing  for  and  requiring  the  keeping  of  records 
regarding  the  design,  construction,  installation,  repair, 
maintenance,  alteration  and  use  of  amusement  rides; 

(c)  respecting  the  term,  issue  and  renewal  of  licences,  the 
transfer  of  licences  and  the  terms  and  conditions  that 
may  be  attached  to  licences; 

{d)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use. 


Commence- 
ment 


1 6 .  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


1 7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Amusement  Ride  Safety 
Act,  1980. 


tX3 


^ 

'^ 

»■*. 

<2 

C5 

g 

^ 

w 

«i 

W 

§ 

> 

o- 

H 

(^ 

O 

c^ 

Z 

s- 

►~4 
Co 

cr 

m 

>3 

a 

(-»■ 

& 

A. 

n 
o 

> 

3 

o' 

3 

> 

(-1- 

O 

1-1 

►-n 

a> 

>>o 

3 

o 

c 

cr. 

n 

3 

s? 


D. 

ft 

(T> 

3 

in 

Cfl_ 

5' 

5" 

(W 

O 

p 

3 

3 

sr 

a 

BILL  160  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Labour  Relations  Act 


Mr.  Mackenzie 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  T.  C.  Thatcher,  Oueen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

Section  1  of  the  Bill  repeals  a  provision  in  the  Act  that  permits  an  employer  to 
request,  either  before  or  after  the  commencement  of  a  strike  or  lock-out,  that  a  vote 
be  held  on  the  employer's  last  offer.  Section  2  of  the  Bill  repeals  a  provision  of  the 
Act  that  permits  employees  in  a  bargaining  unit  who  are  not  members  of  the  trade 
union  to  participate  in  a  strike  vote  or  a  vote  to  ratify  a  proposed  collective 
agreement. 


BILL  160  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Labour  Relations  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Section  34e  oiThe  Labour  Relations  Act,  being  chapter  232  of  the  ^  34€, 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  "^^^^ 
Ontario,  1980,  chapter  34,  section  1,  is  repealed. 

2.  Subsection  4a  of  section  63  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  ^  63  (4a), 
of  Ontario,  1980,  chapter  34,  section  3,  is  repealed.  ^^^^ 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

-^  ■'  ment 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Labour  Relations  Amendment  Act ,  short  title 
1980. 


3. 


bo 


a- 

0^ 


r\j 

rj- 

1.^ 

S 

O 

o. 

a. 

cr 

«. 

CD 

Q 

t-t- 

PL 

00 

o 

s 

H 

cr 

fT> 

r  > 

fa 

3 

cr 
o 

> 

c 

o 

►^ 

(-1- 

?o 

O 

ft> 

fa 

K 

3 

O 

13 

3 

> 
n 

BILL  161  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Heritage  Act,  1974 


Mrs.  Campbell 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  make  several  amendments  to  The  Ontario 
Heritage  Act,  1974.  Section  1  of  the  Bill  removes  the  180  day  limitation  on  the 
ability  of  a  municipality  to  prohibit  the  demolition  or  removal  of  a  building  or 
structure  that  has  been  designated  under  the  Act.  Section  2  of  the  Bill  enacts  a  new 
Part  V-A  of  the  Act  that  provides  powers  to  the  Minister  of  Culture  and  Recreation 
to  designate  properties  of  historic  or  architectural  value  in  Ontario.  These  powers 
are  similar  to  the  powers  already  provided  to  municipalities  under  the  Act.  The  Bill 
also  contains  a  provision  permitting  the  Minister  to  provide  assistance  to  individu- 
als, institutions,  agencies,  organizations  and  municipalities  for  the  purpose  of 
conserving  buildings  of  historic  or  architectural  value  in  Ontario. 


BILL  161  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Heritage  Act,  1974 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 . — (1)  Clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  section  34  of  The  Ontario  Heritage  *  ^^  (2)  (fc), 
Act,  1974,  being  chapter  122,  is  repealed  and  the  following '^^"^"^'^  *^ 
substituted  therefor: 

(b)  refuse  the  application, 


(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  34  is  repealed.  «•  34  (4), 

repealed 

(3)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  34  is  repealed  and  the  following  reinacted 
substituted  therefor: 

(5)  Where  the  council  consents  to  an  application  under  clause  a  By-law 

c      \  •  1  !•         •        designating 

of  subsection  2 ,  or  is  deemed  to  have  consented  to  an  application  property 
under  subsection  3 ,  the  council  shall  pass  a  by-law  repealing  the  repelled 
by-law  or  part  thereof  designating  the  property  and  shall  cause, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  repealing  by-law  to  be  served  on  the  owner 
and  on  the  Foundation; 

(b)  notice  of  the  repealing  by-law  to  be  published  in  a  news- 
paper having  general  circulation  in  the  municipality; 

(c)  reference  to  the  property  to  be  deleted  from  the  Register 
referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  27;  and 

(d)  a  copy  of  the  repealing  by-law  to  be  registered  against 
the  property  affected  in  the  proper  land  registry  office. 

2.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  Part:      ss  39a-39/, 


Proposed 
designation 


Notice  of 
intention 


Contents 
of  notice 


PART  V-A 

Conservation  of  Buildings  of  Historic 
OR  Architectural  Value 

designation  of  properties  by  minister 

39a. — (1)  Where  the  Minister  intends  to  designate  property 
within  a  municipahty  to  be  of  historic  or  architectural  value  or 
interest,  the  Minister  shall  cause  notice  of  intention  to  designate  to 
be  given  in  accordance  with  subsection  2. 

(2)  Notice  of  intention  to  designate  under  subsection  1  shall  be, 

(a)  served  on  the  owner  of  the  property  and  on  the  Founda- 
tion; and 

(b)  published  in  a  newspaper  having  general  circulation  in 
the  municipality. 

(3)  Notice  of  intention  to  designate  under  subsection  2  shall 
contain, 

(a)  an  adequate  description  of  the  property  so  that  it  may  be 
readily  ascertained; 

(b)  a  statement  of  the  reason  for  the  proposed  designation; 
and 


Objection 


Where  no 
notice  of 
objection 


(c)  a  statement  that  notice  of  objection  to  the  designation 
may  be  served  on  the  Minister  within  thirty  days  of  the 
date  of  the  first  publication  of  the  notice  of  intention  in  a 
newspaper  having  general  circulation  in  the  municipal- 
ity. 

(4)  A  person  who  objects  to  a  proposed  designation  shall, 
within  thirty  days  after  the  date  of  first  publication  of  the  notice  of 
intention  in  a  newspaper  having  general  circulation  in  the  munici- 
pality, serve  on  the  Minister  a  notice  of  objection  setting  out  the 
reasons  for  the  objection  and  all  the  relevant  facts. 

(5)  Where  no  notice  of  objection  is  served  within  the  thirty-day 
period  under  subsection  4,  the  Minister  shall, 

(a)  issue  an  order  designating  the  property  and  cause  a  copy 
of  the  order  together  with  reasons  for  the  designation, 

(i)   to  be  registered  against  the  property  affected  in 
the  proper  land  registry  office, 

(ii)    to  be  served  on  the  owner  and  the  Foundation, 


I 


and  publish  a  notice  of  the  order  in  a  newspaper  having 
general  circulation  in  the  municipality;  or 

(b)  withdraw  the  notice  of  intention  to  designate  the  prop-- 
erty  by  serving  and  publishing  notice  of  the  withdrawal 
in  the  manner  and  to  the  persons  as  required  for  the 
notice  of  intention  to  designate  under  subsection  2. 

(6)  Where  a  notice  of  objection  has  been  served  under  subsec-  Referral 
tion  4,  the  Minister  shall,  upon  expiration  of  the  thirty-day  period  Board 
under  subsection  3,  refer  the  matter  to  the  Review  Board  for  a 
hearing  and  report. 

(7)  Pursuant  to  a  reference  by  the  Minister  under  subsection  6,  Hearing 
the  Review  Board,  as  soon  as  is  practicable,  shall  hold  a  hearing 
open  to  the  public  to  determine  whether  the  property  in  question 
should  be  designated,  and  the  Minister,  the  owner,  and  any 
person  who  has  filed  an  objection  under  subsection  4  and  such 
other  persons  as  the  Review  Board  may  specify,  are  parties  to  the 
hearing. 

(8)  A  hearing  under  subsection  7  shall  be  held  at  such  place  in  idem 
the  municipality  in  which  the  property  is  situated  as  the  Review 
Board  may  determine,  and  notice  of  such  hearing  shall  be  pub- 
lished in  a  newspaper  having  general  circulation  in  the  munici- 
pality at  least  ten  days  prior  to  the  date  of  such  hearing. 

(9)  The  Review  Board  may  combine  two  or  more  related  hear-  Review  Board 
ings  and  conduct  them  in  all  respects  and  for  all  purposes  as  one  heanngs 
hearing. 

(10)  Sections  6  to  16  and  21  to  23  of  The  Statutory  Powers  Application 

n  7  A  .^r,.  1  1  •  I  ,  •  ►,  ofl971,  c.  47 

Froceaure  Act,  1971  apply  to  a  hearmg  under  subsection  7. 

(11)  Within  thirty  days  after  the  conclusion  of  a  hearing  under  Report 
subsection  7 ,  the  Review  Board  shall  make  a  report  to  the  Minister 
setting  out  its  findings  of  fact,  its  recommendations  as  to  whether 

or  not  the  property  should  be  designated  under  this  Part  and  any 
information  or  knowledge  used  by  it  in  reaching  its  recommenda- 
tions, and  the  Review  Board  shall  send  a  copy  of  its  report  to  the 
other  parties  to  the  hearing. 

(12)  Where  the  Review  Board  fails  to  make  a  report  within  the  Failure 

1    1  1      '°  report 

time  limited  by  subsection  1 1 ,  such  failure  does  not  invalidate  the 
procedure. 

(13)  After  considering  the  report  under  subsection   11,  the  ^ecis'^on  of 
Minister  without  a  further  hearing  shall, 

(a)  issue  an  order  designating  the  property  and  cause  a  copy 
of  the  order  together  with  reasons  for  the  designation. 


(i)    to  be  registered  against  the  property  affected  in 
the  proper  land  registry  office, 

(ii)    to  be  served  on  the  owner  and  the  Foundation, 

and  publish  a  notice  of  the  order  in  a  newspaper  having 
general  circulation  in  the  municipality;  or 

(b)  withdraw  the  notice  of  intention  to  designate  the  prop- 
erty by  serving  and  publishing  notice  of  the  withdrawal 
in  the  manner  and  to  the  persons  as  required  for  the 
notice  of  intention  to  designate  under  subsection  3, 

and  the  Minister's  decision  is  final. 


Revocation 
of  order 


39b . — ( 1)  Where  the  Minister  intends  to  revoke  an  order  or  part 
thereof  designating  property,  the  Minister  shall  cause  notice  of 
intention  to  revoke  the  order  or  part  thereof  to  be  given  in  accord- 
ance with  subsection  2. 


Notice  of 
intention 


(2)  Notice  of  intention  to  revoke  an  order  or  part  thereof  under 
subsection  1  shall  be. 


(a)  served  on  the  owner  of  the  property  and  on  the  Founda- 
tion; and 

(b)  published  in  a  newspaper  having  general  circulation  in 
the  municipality. 


Contents 
of  notice 


(3)  Notice  of  intention  to  revoke  an  order  or  part  thereof  under 
subsection  1  shall  contain, 


(a)  an  adequate  description  of  the  property  so  that  it  may  be 
readily  ascertained; 

(b)  a  statement  of  the  reason  for  the  proposed  revoking 
order;  and 

(c)  a  statement  that  notice  of  objection  to  the  revoking  order 
may  be  served  on  the  Minister  within  thirty  days  of  the 
date  of  the  first  publication  of  the  notice  of  intention  in  a 
newspaper  having  general  circulation  in  the  municipal- 
ity. 


Objection 


(4)  A  person  who  objects  to  a  proposed  revoking  order  shall 
object  to  the  revoking  order  in  the  manner  set  out  in  subsection  4 
of  section  39a. 


Idem 


(5)  Subsections  5  to  13  of  section  39a  as  they  apply  to  an 
intention  to  designate  a  property  shall  apply  with  necessary  mod- 


ifications  to  an  intention  to  revoke  an  order  or  part  thereof  desig- 
nating a  property  under  this  section. 

(6)  Where  the  Minister  issues  an  order  revoking  the  designation  Deletion 
of  a  property  under  this  section,  the  Minister  shall  cause  the  clerk  Register 
of  the  appropriate  municipality  to  delete  any  reference  to  the 
property  from  the  Register  referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  27. 

39c. — (1)  No  owner  of  property  designated  under  this  Part  Application 
shall  demolish  or  remove  any  building  or  structure  on  such  prop-  demolition 
erty  or  permit  the  demolition  or  removal  of  any  building  or  struc- 
ture on  such  property  unless  he  applies  to  the  Minister  and 
receives  consent  in  writing  to  such  demolition  or  removal. 

(2)  The  Minister  shall  consider  an  application  under  subsection  Decision  of 
1  and  within  ninety  days  of  receipt  thereof  shall, 

(a)  consent  to  the  application;  or 

(b)  refuse  the  application, 

and  shall  cause  notice  of  the  decision, 

(c)  to  be  given  to  the  owner  and  to  the  Foundation;  and 

(d)  to  be  published  in  a  newspaper  having  general  circula- 
tion in  the  municipality, 

and  the  Minister's  decision  is  final. 


(3)  The  applicant  and  the  Minister  may  agree  to  extend  the  time  Extension 
under  subsection  2  and,  where  the  Minister  fails  to  notify  the 
applicant  of  the  decision  within  ninety  days  after  the  notice  of 
receipt  is  served  on  the  applicant  or  within  such  extended  time  as 

may  be  agreed  upon,  the  Minister  shall  be  deemed  to  have  con- 
sented to  the  application. 

(4)  Where  the  Minister  consents  or  is  deemed  to  have  consented  ^•^^".,. 

'  demolition 

to  an  application,  the  Minister  shall  issue  an  order  revoking  the  may  proceed 
order  designating  the  property  and  shall  cause, 

(a)  a  copy  of  the  revoking  order  to  be  served  on  the  owner 
and  on  the  Foundation; 

(b)  notice  of  the  revoking  order  to  be  published  in  a  news- 
paper having  general  circulation  in  the  municipality; 

(c)  reference  to  the  property  to  be  deleted  from  the  Register 
referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  27;  and 


New  owner 
to  give 
notice 


(d)  a  copy  of  the  revoking  order  to  be  registered  against  the 
property  affected  in  the  proper  land  registry  office. 

39d.  Every  person  who  becomes  the  owner  of  property  desig- 
nated under  this  Part  shall  give  notice  to  the  Minister  of  the  change 
of  ownership  within  thirty  days  of  becoming  owner  of  the  prop- 
erty. 


Purchase 
or  lease 


39e. — (1)  The  Minister  may  acquire,  by  purchase,  lease  or 
otherwise,  any  property  or  part  thereof  designated  under  this 
Part,  including  any  interest  therein,  for  the  use  or  purposes  of  this 
Part  and  for  disposing  of  such  property  or  any  interest  therein,  by 
sale,  lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  the  property,  when  no  longer  so 
required,  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Minister  consid- 
ers necessary  for  the  purposes  of  this  Part. 


Expropriation 

R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  154 


(2)  Subject  to  The  Expropriations  Act,  the  Minister  may,  by 
order,  expropriate  any  property  designated  under  this  Part  and 
required  for  the  purposes  of  this  Part  and  may  sell,  lease  or 
otherwise  dispose  of  the  property,  when  no  longer  so  required, 
upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Minister  considers  neces- 
sary for  the  purposes  of  this  Part. 


Assistance 


39/.  The  Minister  may  provide  financial  assistance  to  indi- 
viduals, institutions,  agencies,  organizations  and  municipalities 
for  the  purpose  of  conserving  buildings  of  historic  or  architectural 
value  in  Ontario. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Ontario  Heritage  Amendment  Act, 
1980. 


^ 

>« 

g 

w 

c^ 

in 

^ 

n 

a 

> 

§ 

s 

<3- 

^ 

to 

dd 
M 

t» 

f 

055 


ro 

r-f- 

S-^ 

S 

o 

^ 

51, 

a" 

>a 

>i 

c^ 

-^ 

«> 

;:^ 

r-f- 

Q 

op 

jr 

Pi- 

o 

0^ 

00 

o 

H 

tr 

rt> 

o 

3 

> 

3 

o' 

> 

ffl 

n 

rt> 

r*- 

p. 

O 

? 

P 

(W 

3 

m 

ft 

> 

3 

BILL  162  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ministry  of  the  Environment  Act 


Mr.  Isaacs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  confer  responsibility  on  the  Minister  of  the 
Environment  to  manage  all  aspects  of  a  spill  or  accumulation  of  hazardous  or  toxic 
substances  that  may  endanger  public  health  or  safety  and  that  has  been  designated 
an  environmental  disaster  by  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  Ontario. 


BILL  162  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ministry  of  the  Environment  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  The  Ministry  of  the  Environment  Act,  being  chapter  112  of  the  »  4«. 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  ^"^'^  ^ 
following  section: 

4a. — (1)  Notwithstanding  any  other  Act,  the  Minister  shall  Environmental 
assume  responsibility  for  all  aspects  of  the  management  of  any 
spill  or  accumulation  of  hazardous  or  toxic  substances  that  may 
endanger  public  health  or  safety  and  that  has  been  designated  an 
environmental  disaster  under  subsection  2. 

(2)  The  Legislative  Assembly  of  Ontario  may  designate,  by  Designation 
resolution  or  otherwise,  any  spill  or  accumulation  of  hazardous  or 
toxic  substances  to  be  an  environmental  disaster  for  the  purposes 
of  subsection  1. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  14th  day  of  October,  1980.  Commence- 

ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Ministry  of  the  Environment  Short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1980. 


Co 

Go 


Pi- 


t\> 

r-<- 

K^ 

s 

O 

Co 

Pi- 

cr 

<?* 

>3 

i-t 

>2 

a 

o 

Q 

c* 

Pi. 

tr 

?:i. 

^4. 

S 

0^5 

00 

o 

1' 

^  > 

O    > 

o  a 


BILL  163  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  declare  the  Upper  Ottawa  Street 
Landfill  Site  to  be  an  Environmental  Disaster 


Mr.  Isaacs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  declare  the  Upper  Ottawa  Street  Landfill  Site  in 
the  City  of  Hamilton  an  environmental  disaster.  This  Bill  is  complementary  to  Bill 
162  entitled  The  Ministry  of  the  Environment  Amendment  Act,  1980  that  confers 
responsibility  upon  the  Minister  of  the  Environment  to  manage  all  aspects  of  any 
environmental  disaster  designated  by  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  Ontario. 


BILL  163  1980 


An  Act  to  declare  the  Upper  Ottawa  Street 
Landfill  Site  to  be  an  Environmental  Disaster 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  For  the  purposes  of  section  4a  of  The  Ministry  of  the  Envi-  Designation 
ronment  Act,  the  landfill  site  located  in  the  City  of  Hamilton  in  environ- 
The  Regional  Municipality  of  Hamilton- Wentworth  and  known  ^^^^ItL 
municipally  as  the  Upper  Ottawa  Street  Landfill  Site  is  hereby 
designated  an  environmental  disaster. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  15th  day  of  October,  1980.     Commence- 

^  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Upper  Ottawa  Street  Short  title 
Environmental  Disaster  Act,  1980. 


to 


055 


tNj 

<-»• 

k»4 

s 

o 

Co 

R- 

cr 

r-K 

>3 

>i 

r^ 

vO 

c^ 

a 

r-f- 

(^ 

R- 

«<•>> 

JT- 

Pi. 

s 

S 

c^ 

1— ' 
CX) 

o 

(A5 

3    re    re 
o    m    n 


3  ^§ 

fD  p     f^ 

3  3     r+ 

^  «^   ^ 

wi  re    5 


BILL  164  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 


The  Hon.  Frank  Drea 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Sections  l  and  2.     Paragraphs  30  and  35  of  section  1  of  the  Act  now  read  as 
follows: 

30.  "insurance"  means  the  undertaking  by  one  person  to  indemnify  another 
person  against  loss  or  liability  for  loss  in  respect  of  a  certain  risk  or  peril  to 
which  the  object  of  the  insurance  may  be  exposed,  or  to  pay  a  sum  of 
money  or  other  thing  of  value  upon  the  happening  of  a  certain  event; 


35.    "life  insurance"  means  insurance  whereby  an  insurer  undertakes  to  pay 
insurance  money, 

(a)  on  death;  or 

(b)  on  the  happening  of  an  event  or  contingency  dependent  on  human 
life;  or 

(c)  at  a  fixed  or  determinable  future  time;  or 

(d)  for  a  term  dependent  on  human  life, 

and,  without  restricting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  includes  acci- 
dental death  insurance  but  not  accident  insurance. 

Paragraph  30  is  re-enacted  and  clause  g  of  paragraph  35  is  enacted  to  clarify 
that  an  annuity  contract  entered  into  by  an  insurer  is,  and  is  deemed  always  to  have 
been,  life  insurance  for  the  purposes  of  the  Act. 

Clausem  of  section  145  of  the  Act  which  will  be  repealed  by  section  2  of  the  Bill 
now  reads  as  follows: 

(m)   "life  insurance"  includes  disability  insurance  and  accidental  death 
insurance. 

The  proposed  clauses  e  and /of  paragraph  35  of  section  1  will  eliminate  the 
need  for  this  definition  of  "life  insurance". 


BILL  164  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

s.  1,  pars.  30 

1.  Paragraphs  30  and  35  of  section  1  of  The  Insurance  Act,  being  and  3S, 
chapter  224  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  are  repealed  '■^-'^"^^t'^d 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

30.  "insurance"  means  the  undertaking  by  one  person  to 
indemnify  another  person  against  loss  or  liability  for  loss 
in  respect  of  a  certain  risk  or  peril  to  which  the  object  of 
the  insurance  may  be  exposed,  or  to  pay  a  sum  of  money 
or  other  thing  of  value  upon  the  happening  of  a  certain 
event  and  includes  life  insurance; 


35.  "life  insurance"  means  an  undertaking  by  an  insurer  to 
pay  insurance  money, 

(a)  on  death;  or 

{b)  on  the  happening  of  an  event  or  contingency 
dependent  on  human  life;  or 

(c)  at  a  fixed  or  determinable  future  time;  or 

{d)  for  a  term  dependent  on  human  life, 

and,  without  restricting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 
includes, 

{e)  accidental   death   insurance   but  not  accident 
insurance; 

(/)  disability  insurance;  and 


s.  145  (m), 
repealed 


s.  218(1-3), 
re-enacted 


Minimum 
liability 
under  policy 


Priorities 


Minimum 

limits 

where 

separate 

limits 

designated 


Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


Short  title 


(g)  an  undertaking  entered  into  by  an  insurer  to 
provide  an  annuity  or  what  would  be  an  annuity 
except  that  the  periodic  payments  may  be 
unequal  in  amount  and  such  an  undertaking 
shall  be  deemed  always  to  have  been  life  insur- 
ance. 

2.  Clause  m  of  section  145  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

3 .  Subsections  1 ,  2  and  3  of  section  2 1 8  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  75,  section  1,  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  contract  evidenced  by  a  motor  vehicle  liability  policy 
insures,  in  respect  of  any  one  accident,  to  the  limit  of  at  least 
$200,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and  costs,  against  liability  resulting 
from  bodily  injury  to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and  loss 
of  or  damage  to  property. 

(2)  The  contract  shall  be  interpreted  to  mean  that  where,  by 
reason  of  any  one  accident,  liability  results  from  bodily  injury  or 
death  and  from  loss  of  or  damage  to  property, 

(a)  claims  against  the  insured  arising  out  of  bodily  injury  or 
death  have  priority  to  the  extent  of  $190,000  over  claims 
arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to  property;  and 

(b)  claims  against  the  insured  arising  out  of  loss  of  or  dam- 
age to  property  have  priority  to  the  extent  of  $10,000 
over  claims  arising  out  of  bodily  injury  or  death. 

(3)  The  insurer  may,  instead  of  specifying  a  limit  in  the  policy 
for  an  inclusive  amount,  specify  a  limit  of  liability  of  at  least 
$200,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and  costs,  against  liability  resulting 
from  bodily  injury  to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and  a 
limit  of  liability  of  at  least  $200,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and 
costs,  against  liability  for  loss  of  or  damage  to  property. 

4. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  3,  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it 
receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  3  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1980. 


Section  3.     Subsections  1,  2  and  3  of  section  218  of  the  Act  are  re-enacted 
with  the  following  changes  only: 

1.  In  section  218  (1),  the  limit  is  increased  to  $200,000  from  $100,000. 

2.  In  section  218  (2)  (a),  the  limit  is  increased  to  $190,000  from  $95,000. 

3.  In  section  218  (2)  (b),  the  limit  is  increased  to  $10,000  from  $5,000. 

4.  In  section  2 18  (3),  the  minimum  limit  for  both  bodily  injury  and  property 
damage  is  increased  to  $200,000  from  $100,000. 


bo 


Sh 


o 

5'  K 

o 

t:.  M 

3 
3 

^    O 

CD 

s,;^ 

p] 

n  ^ 

^ 

3  ^ 

o" 

-  5 

3 
t/i 

p  § 

5  > 

a- 

t\, 

s 

>-«i 

t<i 

>0 

i-i 

::q 

^ 

1— ' 

<:^ 

55 

0 

a 

s 

00 
0 

> 

3 


O 
P 

3 

n 
3 

a 

H 
3- 


BILL  164 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 


The  Hon.  Frank  Drea 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


I  Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  164  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

s.  1,  pars.  30 

1.  Paragraphs  30  and  35  of  section  1  of  The  Insurance  Act,  being  and  3S, 
chapter  224  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  are  repealed  '^-^""^^^^^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

30.  "insurance"  means  the  undertaking  by  one  person  to 
indemnify  another  person  against  loss  or  liability  for  loss 
in  respect  of  a  certain  risk  or  peril  to  which  the  object  of 
the  insurance  may  be  exposed,  or  to  pay  a  sum  of  money 
or  other  thing  of  value  upon  the  happening  of  a  certain 
event  and  includes  life  insurance; 


35.  "life  insurance"  means  an  undertaking  by  an  insurer  to 
pay  insurance  money, 

(a)  on  death;  or 

0)  on  the  happening  of  an  event  or  contingency 
dependent  on  human  life;  or 

(c)  at  a  fixed  or  determinable  future  time;  or 

{d)  for  a  term  dependent  on  human  life, 

and,  without  restricting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 
includes, 

(e)  accidental  death   insurance   but  not  accident 
insurance; 

(/)  disability  insurance;  and 


s.  145  (m), 
repealed 


(g)  an  undertaking  entered  into  by  an  insurer  to 
provide  an  annuity  or  what  would  be  an  annuity 
except  that  the  periodic  payments  may  be 
unequal  in  amount  and  such  an  undertaking 
shall  be  deemed  always  to  have  been  life  insur- 
ance. 

2.  Clause  m  of  section  145  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 


s.  218(1-3), 
re-enacted 


Minimum 
liability 
under  policy 


■  Priorities 


Minimum 

limits 

where 

separate 

limits 

designated 


Cpmmence- 
ment 


Idem 
Short  title 


3.  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  of  section  2 18  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  75,  section  1,  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  contract  evidenced  by  a  motor  vehicle  liability  policy 
insures,  in  respect  of  any  one  accident,  to  the  limit  of  at  least 
$200,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and  costs,  against  liability  resulting 
from  bodily  injury  to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and  loss 
of  or  damage  to  property. 

(2)  The  contract  shall  be  interpreted  to  mean  that  where,  by 
reason  of  any  one  accident,  liability  results  from  bodily  injury  or 
death  and  from  loss  of  or  damage  to  property, 

(a)  claims  against  the  insured  arising  out  of  bodily  injury  or 
death  have  priority  to  the  extent  of  $190,000  over  claims 
arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to  property;  and 

(b)  claims  against  the  insured  arising  out  of  loss  of  or  dam- 
age to  property  have  priority  to  the  extent  of  $10,000 
over  claims  arising  out  of  bodily  injury  or  death. 

(3)  The  insurer  may,  instead  of  specif)dng  a  limit  in  the  policy 
for  an  inclusive  amount,  specify  a  limit  of  liability  of  at  least 
$200,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and  costs,  against  liability  resulting 
from  bodily  injury  to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and  a 
limit  of  liability  of  at  least  $200,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and 
costs,  against  liability  for  loss  of  or  damage  to  property. 

4. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  3,  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it 
receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  3  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1980. 


o 

rr.-  w 

3 
3 

C/l 

^    O 

2. 

a? 

B^ 

n  ^ 

K 

3  ^ 

o 

3 

-  5 
p  § 

5  > 

(X 

0 

0 

0 

<- 

n 

0 

re 

3 

cr 

u 

s 

r\j 

s 

I-* 

a. 

cr 

a. 

cr 

>3 
1^ 

h- ' 

>3 

I— ' 

Si 

00 

J5 

0 

Ci 

PL 

S- 

B- 

S- 

!:r 

s 

^ 

s' 

^ 

J' 

"• 

l>C! 

H-> 

ona 

I—* 

I>i5 

i_i 

vO 

vO 

0 

00 

00 

00 

0 

0 

0 

> 

> 


3 

3 
a 

H 

3- 

fD 


# 


BILL  165  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  Claims  Act 


The  Hon.  Frank  Drea 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1. — Subsection  1.  The  new  section  22  (1)  of  the  Act  provides  that 
payments  out  of  the  Fund  in  respect  of  damages  for  injury  or  death  caused  by  an 
uninsured  motor  vehicle  after  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981  may  be  made  up  to  an 
amount  of  $200,000.  This  increases  the  present  maximum  payment  of  $100,000. 

The  new  section  21  (la)of  the  Act  is  a  re-enactment  of  the  former  section  22  (1) 
with  the  words  "and  before  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981"  inserted  after  "the  1st  day 
of  January,  1977".  The  effect  is  to  leave  unchanged  the  present  maximum  payment 
in  respect  of  an  accident  occurring  prior  to  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981. 


BILL  165  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  Claims  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of  the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  22  of  The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  »•  22  (i), 
Claims  Act,   being  chapter  281  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976, 
chapter  76,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 

(1)  In  respect  of  any  application  under  section  5  or  6  for  pay-  Limits 
ment  of  damages  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occurring  From  Fund 
in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981,  and  subject  to 
subsection  5 ,  the  Minister  shall  not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more  than 
the  total  amount  of  $200,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for  all  damages  on 
account  of  injury  or  death  to  one  or  more  persons,  or  loss  of  or 
damage  to  property  occasioned  in  Ontario  by  any  one  uninsured 
motor  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  accident,  provided  that 
any  claims  arising  out  of  any  loss  of  or  damage  to  property  shall 
have  priority  over  any  claims  arising  out  of  any  bodily  injury  or 
death  to  the  extent  of  $10,000,  but  in  any  event  the  Minister  shall 
not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more  than  a  total  of  $10,000  in  respect  of 
all  claims  arising  out  of  the  loss  of  or  damage  to  property 
occasioned  by  any  one  uninsured  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any 
one  accident. 

(la)  In  respect  of  any  application  under  section  5  or  6  for  idem 
payment  of  damages  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occur- 
ring in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1977,  and  before 
the  1st  day  of  March,  1981,  and  subject  to  subsection  5,  the 
Minister  shall  not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more  than  the  total  amount 
of  $100,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for  all  damages  on  account  of 
injury  or  death  to  one  or  more  persons,  or  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property  occasioned  in  Ontario  by  any  one  uninsured  motor 
vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  accident,  provided  that  any 
claims  arising  out  of  any  loss  of  or  damage  to  property  shall  have 
priority  over  any  claims  arising  out  of  any  bodily  injury  or  death  to 


the  extent  of  $5 ,000,  but  in  any  event  the  Minister  shall  not  pay  out 
of  the  Fund  more  than  a  total  of  $5,000  in  respect  of  all  claims 
arising  out  of  the  loss  of  or  damage  to  property  occasioned  by  any 
one  uninsured  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  accident. 


s.  22  (la), 
renumbered 


(2)  Subsection  la  of  the  said  section  22 ,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  76,  section  1,  is  renumbered  as 
subsection  lb. 


s.  22  (S)  (a), 
re-enacted 


(3)  Clause  a  of  subsection  5  of  the  said  section  22 ,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  76,  section  1,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(a)  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occurring  in 
Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981,  more 
than  $200,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for  all  damages  on 
account  of  injury  to  one  or  more  persons  and  the  death  of 
one  or  more  persons  occasioned  by  any  one  uninsured 
motor  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  accident;  or 

(aa)  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occurring  in 
Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1977,  and 
before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981,  more  than  $100,000, 
exclusive  of  costs,  for  all  damages  on  account  of  injury  to 
one  or  more  persons  and  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons 
occasioned  by  any  one  uninsured  motor  vehicle  and 
arising  out  of  any  one  accident;  or 


s.  22  (S)  iaa), 
relettered 


(4)  Clause  aa  of  subsection  5  of  the  said  section  22,  as  enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  76,  section  1,  is  relet- 
tered as  clause  ab . 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  Claims 
Amendment  Act,  1980. 


Subsection  2.     Self-explanatory. 


Subsection  3 .  Section  22  (5)  of  the  Act  sets  out  various  limits  to  payments  out 
of  the  Fund  in  respect  of  judgments  against  the  Superintendent  where  motor 
vehicle  accidents  occurred  within  certain  specified  periods.  The  lead-in  to  subsec- 
tion 5  reads  as  follows: 

(S)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  the  Minister  shall  not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  in 
respect  of  judgments  against  the  Superintendent  for  damages, 


The  new  clause  a  permits  payments  out  of  the  Fund  up  to  a  maximum  of 
$200,000  where  there  is  a  judgment  against  the  Superintendent  in  respect  of  a 
motor  vehicle  accident  occurring  after  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981.  The  present 
maximum  is  $100,000. 

The  new  clause  aa  is  a  re-enactment  of  the  former  clause  a  with  the  words  "and 
before  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981"  inserted  after  "the  1st  day  of  January,  1977". 
The  effect  is  to  leave  unchanged  the  present  maximum  payment  in  respect  of  an 
accident  occurring  prior  to  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981. 


Subsection  4.     Self-explanatory. 


ba 


n  5'  K 

§  E^-  " 

S  ^  ffi 
3  "«  o 

ft>      O      '7' 
p'    O    ITJ 

ill 

p  g   W 

5-^   O 

=^  P   S 
^   g    M 


1^0 

r-t- 
O 

>-^ 

s 

Q- 

Co 

a. 

fti 

r-k 

>3 

1-1 

>3 

^ 

t—* 

c^ 

^ 

o 

S> 

S- 

R- 

^•i* 

00 

o 

^ 

<> 

n 

3 

rr 

o' 

> 

o 

rT 

r-i- 

> 

o 

o 

o_ 

p 

a 

3 

O) 

CD 

3 

3 

<-^ 

a 

n 

e! 

BILL  165 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  Claims  Act 


The  Hon.  Frank  Drea 

Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


i 


BILL  165  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  Claims  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  22  of  The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  s.  22  (i), 
Claims  Act,   being  chapter  281  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976, 
chapter  76,  section  1 ,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 

(1)  In  respect  of  any  application  under  section  5  or  6  for  pay-  Limits 
ment  of  damages  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occurring  from  Fund 
in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981,  and  subject  to 
subsection  5 ,  the  Minister  shall  not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more  than 
the  total  amount  of  $200,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for  all  damages  on 
account  of  injury  or  death  to  one  or  more  persons,  or  loss  of  or 
damage  to  property  occasioned  in  Ontario  by  any  one  uninsured 
motor  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  accident,  provided  that 
any  claims  arising  out  of  any  loss  of  or  damage  to  property  shall 
have  priority  over  any  claims  arising  out  of  any  bodily  injury  or 
death  to  the  extent  of  $10,000,  but  in  any  event  the  Minister  shall 
not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more  than  a  total  of  $10,000  in  respect  of 
all  claims  arising  out  of  the  loss  of  or  damage  to  property 
occasioned  by  any  one  uninsured  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any 
one  accident. 

(la)  In  respect  of  any  application  under  section  5  or  6  for  ^dem 
payment  of  damages  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occur- 
ring in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1977,  and  before 
the  1st  day  of  March,  1981,  and  subject  to  subsection  5,  the 
Minister  shall  not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more  than  the  total  amount 
of  $100,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for  all  damages  on  account  of 
injury  or  death  to  one  or  more  persons,  or  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property  occasioned  in  Ontario  by  any  one  uninsured  motor 
vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  accident,  provided  that  any 
claims  arising  out  of  any  loss  of  or  damage  to  property  shall  have 
priority  over  any  claims  arising  out  of  any  bodily  injury  or  death  to 


s.  22  (la), 
renumbered 


the  extent  of  $5 ,000,  but  in  any  event  the  Minister  shall  not  pay  out 
of  the  Fund  more  than  a  total  of  $5,000  in  respect  of  all  claims 
arising  out  of  the  loss  of  or  damage  to  property  occasioned  by  any 
one  uninsured  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  accident. 

(2)  Subsection  la  of  the  said  section  22 ,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  76,  section  1,  is  renumbered  as 
subsection  lb. 


s.  22  (5)  (o), 
re-enacted 


(3)  Clause  a  of  subsection  5  of  the  said  section  22 ,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  76,  section  1,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(a)  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occurring  in 
Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981,  more 
than  $200,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for  all  damages  on 
account  of  injury  to  one  or  more  persons  and  the  death  of 
one  or  more  persons  occasioned  by  any  one  uninsured 
motor  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  accident;  or 

(aa)  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occurring  in 
Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1977,  and 
before  the  Istday  of  January,  1981,  more  than  $100,000, 
exclusive  of  costs,  for  all  damages  on  account  of  injury  to 
one  or  more  persons  and  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons 
occasioned  by  any  one  uninsured  motor  vehicle  and 
arising  out  of  any  one  accident;  or 


s.  22  (5)  (aa), 
relettered 


(4)  Clause  aa  of  subsection  5  of  the  said  section  22,  as  enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  76,  section  1,  is  relet- 
tered as  clause  ab . 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  March,  1981. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  Claims 
Amendment  Act,  1980. 


s 

H 

ns' 

W 

o  r^- 

w 

3  ^ 

o 

2  o 

3  ^ 

z 

p'  o 

•n 

I—  o 

^ 

>3S 

2; 

o-^ 

d 

> 

0 

0 

0 

< 

n 

n 

ft 

3 
cr 

0 
cr 

Pi. 

0 
cr 

05 

fD 

>3 

i-i 

>3 

i-t 

s 

c^ 

tsj 

h- » 

<^ 

H-» 

a 

CX) 

0 

a 

S- 

tr 

13- 

IS' 

s' 

"• 

s' 

s 

0^5 

H-» 

0^ 

1— ' 

0r<5 

1— ' 

0 

0 

0 

00 

00 

CX) 

0 

0 

0 

<> 

fD 

3 

tr 

n' 

> 

n 

fT 

<-► 

> 

s- 

n 

0 

p 

a 

3 

CD 

n 

3 

3 

r-t- 

a 

0 

p' 

M* 

3 

BILL  166  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Non-resident 
Agricultural  Land  Interests  Registration  Act,  1980 


Mr.  Donald  C.  MacDonald 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Bill  amends  The  Non-resident  Agricultural  Land  Interests  Registration 
Act,  1980  by  requiring  the  Minister  to  appoint  a  Director  to  administer  the  Act  and 
by  requiring  the  Minister  to  appoint  inspectors  to  enforce  the  Act. 

Furthermore,  the  Bill  provides  for  a  moratorium  on  the  sale  of  agricultural 
land  in  Ontario  to  non-resident  persons  for  a  period  of  time  consistent  with  the  time 
requirements  provided  in  the  Act  for  the  registration  of  agricultural  land  holdings 
of  non-resident  persons.  It  also  requires  the  Minister,  after  such  registration  has 
been  completed,  to  table  a  report  in  the  Assembly  on  the  extent  of  non-resident 
agricultural  land  holdings  in  Ontario. 


BILL  166  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Non-resident  Agricultural 
Land  Interests  Registration  Act,  1980 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Section    6    of    The    Non-resident    Agricultural   Land    Interests  *^'  ,  . 
Registration  Act,  1980,  being  chapter  26,  is  amended  by  striking 

out  "may"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  third  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "shall". 

2.  Section  10  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  *  lo- 

,  _  re-enacted 

therefor: 

10 — (1)  No  person  shall  sell  or  agree  to  sell  any  agricultural  Moratorium 
land  to  a  non-resident  prior  to  the  31st  day  of  December,  1981. 

(2)  As  soon  as  possible  after  the  3 1st  day  of  December,  1981 ,  the  Report 
Minister  shall  table  in  the  Assembly  a  report  stating  the  amount  of 
agricultural  land  in  Ontario  owned  by  non-resident  persons. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

ment 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Non-resident  Agricultural  Land  Short  title 
Interests  Registration  Amendment  Act,  1980. 


bo 


& 

a, 

0^5 


O 

o 

K) 

s- 

k-^ 

S 

ex 

c^ 

a- 

n 

t-l. 

>3 

'-« 

^ 

^ 

t—" 

CT) 

a 

O 

R 

r-i- 

tr 

1— « 
vO 

00 
o 

0^ 

H 

)-H 

cr 

3 

re 

ff 

■:z; 

o 

3 

(/I 

> 

?« 

w 

3 

a 

3 

> 
n 

r-^ 

<-^ 

>-< 

> 

s- 

(-►■_ 

OfQ 

P2 

o' 

3 
> 

2_ 
o' 
3^ 

3 

3 

o 

3 

a 

"* 

>-< 

t— ' 

00 

r 

o 

3 

a 

BILL  167  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Chiropody  Act 


The  Hon.  D.  R.  Timbrell 
Minister  of  Health 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 .     The  composition  of  the  Board  of  Regents  is  changed  from  five 
persons  to  not  fewer  than  three  and  not  more  than  seven  persons. 


Section  2.  Section  3  of  the  Act  authorizes  the  Board  of  Regents,  with  the 
approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  to  make  regulations.  New  section 
3a  of  the  Act  authorizes  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  make,  amend  or 
revoke  a  regulation  if  the  Minister  of  Health  has  requested  in  writing  that 
the  Board  of  Regents  do  so  and  the  Board  has  failed  to  do  so  within  sixty 
days  after  the  request. 


BILL  167  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Chiropody  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by  and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Chiropody  Act,  being  chapter  70  of  ^  2  (i), 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following  "'^"^"^'^  ^ 
substituted  therefor: 

( 1)  The  Board  of  Regents  is  continued  and  shall  be  composed  of  Board  of 
not  fewer  than  three  and  not  more  than  seven  persons  appointed 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

2.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section:    «  ^a, 

2>a.  Where  the  Minister  of  Health  requests  in  writing  that  the  Regulations 
Board  make,  amend  or  revoke  a  regulation  under  section  3  and  the  Lieutenant 
Board  has  failed  to  do  so  within  sixty  days  after  the  request,  the  ,^°coum;n 
Lieutenant   Governor   in   Council   may   make   the   regulation, 
amendment  or  revocation  specified  in  the  request. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

•^  -^  ment 

4 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Chiropody  Amendment  Act,  1980.    Short  title 


r2 


tM 


H 

a 
w 

2.  ^ 

v>    ■ 

?  p 

W 


a. 

s 


INJ 

S 

K* 

S 

Q* 

V5 

a. 

n 

'^ 

>3 

<-t 

>3 

c^ 

H- ' 

n, 

^ 

-P^ 

a 

cr 

1— ' 

vO 
00 
0 

> 

> 
o 


3 

a> 
S 

CL 

H 
rt 
O 

o 

O 


BILL  167 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Chiropody  Act 


The  Hon.  D.  R.  Timbrell 
Minister  of  Health 


TORONTO 
Pmnted  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


i 


BILL  167  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Chiropody  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Chiropody  Act,  being  chapter  70  of  s  2  (D, 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following  ""^'^"^  ^ 
substituted  therefor: 

(1)  The  Board  of  Regents  is  continued  and  shall  be  composed  of  Board  of 
not  fewer  than  three  and  not  more  than  seven  persons  appointed    ^^^" 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

2.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section:    s.  3a, 

3a .  Where  the  Minister  of  Health  requests  in  writing  that  the  Regulations 
Board  make,  amend  or  revoke  a  regulation  under  section  3  and  the  Lieutenant 
Board  has  failed  to  do  so  within  sixty  days  after  the  request,  the  j^^coTndi 
Lieutenant   Governor   in   Council   may   make   the   regulation, 
amendment  or  revocation  specified  in  the  request. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

■'  ■'  ment 

4 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Chiropody  Amendment  Act,  1980.    Short  title 


H 

M 

w 

gw 

5_ 

C/5 

o 

<->■ 

p 

o 

?« 

re 

H 

i 

cr 

u 

w 

w 

f 

f 

2; 

0 

0 
< 
fti 

3 

cr 

fD 

0 

< 

fD 

3 
cr 
ft 

>3 

>3 

0 
<->■ 
0 

cr 

fO 

>-* 
>3 

r^ 

>-t 

c^ 

H- * 

«i 

tsi 

& 

4^ 

?i 

-P>. 

» 

rt- 

ex, 

cr 

- 

0^5 

!X5 

H- ' 

ona 

00 

0 

00 
0 

0 

00 

0 

> 

C3 


ft 

3 

a 

H 

cr 

fD 

n 

o 
-o 
o 
o- 


BILL  168  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Juries  Act,  1974 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.     The  amendment  makes  persons  seventy  years  of  age  or  more 
eligible  to  serve  as  jurors. 


Section  2. — Subsection  1.     The  amendment  addsjusticesofthe  peace  to  the 
persons  ineligible  to  serve  on  juries. 

Subsection  2.     The  amendment  makes  members  of  a  religious  order  eligible 
to  serve  as  jurors.  The  provision  repealed  reads  as  follows: 

3. — (1)   The  following  persons  are  ineligible  to  serve  as  jurors: 


8.  Every  ordained  minister,  priest  or  clergyman  under  any  form  or 
profession  or  of  any  faith  or  worship,  licensed  to  perform  mar- 
riages in  Ontario. 

9.  Every  person  who  is  a  member  of  a  religious  order  vowed  to  live  in 
a  convent,  monastery  or  other  like  religious  community. 

Section  3. — Subsection  1 .     The  amendment  makes  blind  persons  eligible  to 
serve  as  jurors. 

Subsection  2.     The  new  provision  permits  blind  persons  and  persons  over 
seventy  years  of  age  to  elect  not  to  serve  as  jurors. 


Section  4.     Complementary  to  section  1  of  the  Bill. 


BILL  168  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Juries  Act,  1974 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Clause  c  of  section  2  of  The  Juries  Act,  1974,  being  chapter  63,  is  »•  2  (c), 
amended  by  striking  out  "and  had  not  attained  the  age  of  sixty-nine 
years  or  more"  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines. 

2. — (1)  Paragraph  3  of  subsection  1  of  section  3  of  the  said  Act  is  ^j^^^]^' 
amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "and  every  justice  of  the  amended 
peace". 

(2)  Paragraphs  8  and  9  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  3  are  ^  J^^^^'  g 

repealed.  repealed 

3. — (1)  Clauses  a  and  6  of  section  4  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the  s.  4(a), 

following  substituted  therefor:  TT^,  ^  ' 

repealed 

(a)  has  a  physical  or  mental  disability  that  would  seriously 
impair  his  ability  to  discharge  the  duties  of  a  juror. 

(2)  The  said  section  4  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  ^jj^g'^^gj 
subsection: 

(2)  Every  person  is  ineligible  to  serve  as  a  juror,  who,  for  bfindness 

or  age 

(a)  in  the  year  preceding  the  year  for  which  the  jury  is 
selected  had  attained  the  age  of  sixty-nine  years  or  more; 
or 

{b)  is  blind, 

and  has  indicated  on  his  return  to  the  jury  service  notice  that  he 
does  not  wish  to  serve  as  a  juror. 

4.  Clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  section  6  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  *  ^  ^^J  5^' 

.         amended 

striking  out  "and  are  not  of  and  will  not  attain  the  age  of  sixty-nme 
years  or  more"  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines. 


s.  21  (2), 
re-enacted 


Excusing 
of  jurors 


5.  Subsection  2  of  section  21  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  sheriff  may  excuse  any  person  summoned  for  a  jury 
sittings  on  the  ground, 


(a)  of  illness;  or 

(b)  that  serving  as  a  juror  may  cause  serious  hardships  or 
loss  to  him  or  others, 

but  unless  the  local  judge  of  the  High  Court  directs  otherwise  and 
notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Act,  such  person  shall 
be  included  in  a  panel  to  be  returned  for  a  sittings  later  in  the  year 
or,  where  there  are  not  further  sittings  in  that  year,  in  a  panel  to  be 
returned  for  a  sittings  in  the  year  next  following. 


s.  25, 
re-enacted 


6.  Section  25  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 


Excusing  of 
juror  for 
religious 
reasons 


25 . — (1)  A  person  summoned  for  jury  duty  may  be  excused  by  a 
judge  from  service  as  a  juror  on  the  ground  that  service  as  a  juror 
is  incompatible  with  the  beliefs  or  practices  of  a  religion  or  religi- 
ous order  to  which  he  belongs. 


Excusing  of 
jurors  for 
illness  or 
hardship 


(2)  A  person  summoned  for  jury  duty  may  be  excused  by  a 
judge  from  attending  the  sittings  on  the  ground, 

(a)  of  illness;  or 

(b)  that  serving  as  a  juror  may  cause  serious  hardships  or 
loss  to  him  or  others, 

and  the  judge  may  excuse  the  person  from  all  service  as  a  juror,  or 
the  judge  may  direct  that  the  service  of  a  person  excused  be 
postponed  and  that  notwithstanding  any  provision  of  this  Act,  he 
be  included  in  a  panel  to  be  returned  for  a  sittings  later  in  that  year 
or  in  a  panel  to  be  returned  for  a  sittings  in  the  year  next  following. 


Application 

for 

excusing 


(3)  A  person  summoned  for  jury  service  may  be  excused  under 
subsection  1  or  2, 

(a)  before  the  day  for  attendance  by  the  local  judge  of  the 
High  Court; 

(b)  on  or  after  the  day  for  attendance,  by  the  judge  presiding 
at  the  sittings, 

and  the  application  to  be  excused  may  be  made  to  the  sheriff. 


Section  5 .  The  provision  that  is  proposed  to  be  re-enacted  reads  the  same 
as  the  present  provision  except  that  clause  b  of  the  proposed  provision  takes  the 
place  of  the  word  "hardship". 


Section  6.     Provision  is  made  for  persons  having  religious  conscientious 
objection  or  illness  or  hardship  to  be  excused  from  jury  duty  by  the  judge. 


Section  7.     Self-explanatory. 


1 


7.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section:    «  44a, 

enacted 

44a. — (1)  Every  employer  shall  grant  to  an  employee  who  is  i>eave  of 
summoned  for  jury  service  a  leave  of  absence,  with  or  without  from"'^^ 
pay,  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  the  discharge  of  the  employee's  employment 
duties,   and,  upon  the  employee's  return,  the  employer  shall 
reinstate  the  employee  to  his  position,  or  provide  him  with  alter- 
native work  of  a  comparable  nature  at  not  less  than  his  wages  at 
the  time  his  leave  of  absence  began  and  without  loss  of  seniority  or 
benefits  accrued  to  the  commencement  of  his  leave  of  absence. 

(2)  An  employer  who  fails  to  comply  with  subsection  1  is  liable  Liability 
to  the  employee  for  any  loss  occasioned  by  the  breach  of  his  employer 
obligation.  ^°^  ^^ 

(3)  Every  employer  who,  directly  or  indirectly,  Penalty 

reprisals 

(a)  threatens  to  cause  or  causes  an  employee  loss  of  position, 
or  employment;  or 

(b)  threatens  to  impose  or  imposes  on  an  employee  any 
pecuniary  or  other  penalty, 

because  of  his  response  to  a  summons,  or  his  service  as  a  juror,  is 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $5,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  three 
months,  or  to  both. 

8.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

-^  -^  ment 

9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Juries  Amendment  Act,  1980.       short  title 


C2 


ba 


H 
X 
w 

ft)      H"! 

3  n 

H 


1^0 

r-f- 
O 

1-^ 

rt> 

0, 

>3 

1-1 

>0 

^ 

K^ 

«> 

4^ 

Si 

ft- 

cr 

e^ 

^•k. 

1' 

o 

> 

3 


3 

a 

H 
cr 


I 


BILL  168 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Juries  Act,  1974 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  168  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Juries  Act,  1974 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1.  Clause  c  of  section  2  of  The  Juries  Act,  1974,  being  chapter  63,  is  s.  2  (c), 
amended  by  striking  out  "and  had  not  attained  the  age  of  sixty-nine  ^^^^ 
years  or  more"  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines. 

2. — (1)  Paragraph  3  of  subsection  1  of  section  3  of  the  said  Act  is  ^3^^]^' 
amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "and  every  justice  of  the  amended 
peace". 

(2)  Paragraphs  8  and  9  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  3  are  ^^3*^3  9 

repealed.  repealed 

3. — (1)  Clauses  a  and  6  of  section  4  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the  s.  4(a), 

following  substituted  therefor:  "^I'T^^,^  ' 

repealed 

(a)  has  a  physical  or  mental  disability  that  would  seriously 
impair  his  ability  to  discharge  the  duties  of  a  juror. 

(2)  The  said  section  4  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  ^^^g'^jjej 
subsection: 

(2)  Every  person  is  ineligible  to  serve  as  a  juror,  who,  for  bfindness 

or  age 

(a)  in  the  year  preceding  the  year  for  which  the  jury  is 
selected  had  attained  the  age  of  sixty-nine  years  or  more; 
or 

(6)  is  blind, 

and  has  indicated  on  his  return  to  the  jury  service  notice  that  he 
does  not  wish  to  serve  as  a  juror. 

.  Clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  section  6  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  *  ^  ^^}  ^'''' 

.         amended 

striking  out  "and  are  not  of  and  will  not  attain  the  age  of  sixty-nme 
years  or  more"  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines.  .uo 


s.  21  (2), 
re-enacted 


5.  Subsection  2  of  section  21  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Excusing 
of  jurors 


(2)  The  sheriff  may  excuse  any  person  summoned  for  a  jury 
sittings  on  the  ground, 


(a)  of  illness;  or 

(6)  that  serving  as  a  juror  may  cause  serious  hardships  or 
loss  to  him  or  others, 

but  unless  the  local  judge  of  the  High  Court  directs  otherwise  and 
notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Act,  such  person  shall 
be  included  in  a  panel  to  be  returned  for  a  sittings  later  in  the  year 
or,  where  there  are  not  further  sittings  in  that  year,  in  a  panel  to  be 
returned  for  a  sittings  in  the  year  next  following. 


s.  25, 
re-enacted 


6.  Section  25  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 


Excusing  of 
juror  for 
religious 


25 . — (1)  A  person  summoned  for  jury  duty  may  be  excused  by  a 
judge  from  service  as  a  juror  on  the  ground  that  service  as  a  juror 
is  incompatible  with  the  beliefs  or  practices  of  a  religion  or  religi- 
ous order  to  which  he  belongs. 


Excusing  of 
jurors  for 
illness  or 
hardship 


(2)  A  person  summoned  for  jury  duty  may  be  excused  by  a 
judge  from  attending  the  sittings  on  the  ground, 

(a)  of  illness;  or 

(b)  that  serving  as  a  juror  may  cause  serious  hardships  or 
loss  to  him  or  others, 

and  the  judge  may  excuse  the  person  from  all  service  as  a  juror,  or 
the  judge  may  direct  that  the  service  of  a  person  excused  be 
postponed  and  that  notwithstanding  any  provision  of  this  Act,  he 
be  included  in  a  panel  to  be  returned  for  a  sittings  later  in  that  year 
or  in  a  panel  to  be  returned  for  a  sittings  in  the  year  next  following. 


Application 

for 

excusing 


(3)  A  person  summoned  for  jury  service  may  be  excused  undei 
subsection  1  or  2, 


(a)  before  the  day  for  attendance  by  the  local  judge  of  th 
High  Court; 


(b)  on  or  after  the  day  for  attendance,  by  the  judge  presidi 
at  the  sittings. 


and  the  application  to  be  excused  may  be  made  to  the  sheriff. 


7.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section:    «  44a, 

enacted 

44a. — (1)  Every  employer  shall  grant  to  an  employee  who  is  Leave  of 
summoned  for  jury  service  a  leave  of  absence,  with  or  without  from 
pay,  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  the  discharge  of  the  employee's  employment 
duties,  and,   upon  the  employee's  return,  the  employer  shall 
reinstate  the  employee  to  his  position,  or  provide  him  with  alter- 
native work  of  a  comparable  nature  at  not  less  than  his  wages  at 
the  time  his  leave  of  absence  began  and  without  loss  of  seniority  or 
benefits  accrued  to  the  commencement  of  his  leave  of  absence. 

(2)  An  employer  who  fails  to  comply  with  subsection  1  is  liable  Liability 
to  the  employee  for  any  loss  occasioned  by  the  breach  of  his  employer 
obligation.  J-^^^j^ 

(3)  Every  employer  who,  directly  or  indirectly,  Penalty 

reprisals 

(a)  threatens  to  cause  or  causes  an  employee  loss  of  position, 
or  employment;  or 

(b)  threatens  to  impose  or  imposes  on  an  employee  any 
pecuniary  or  other  penalty, 

because  of  his  response  to  a  summons,  or  his  service  as  a  juror,  is 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $5,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  three 
months,  or  to  both. 

8.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

-^  ment 

9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Juries  Amendment  Act,  1980.       Short  title 


H 

a 

w 

> 

M 

<->■ 

o 

o 

z 

3 

.^ 

o 

g 

3 

o 

§ 

B- 

a 
w 

H 

» 

•< 

0 

n 

o 

O 

o 

3 

cr 

Oj 

< 

rv) 

o 

t-^ 

2. 

3 

cr 

n 
o 

>3 

a. 

cr 

>3 

>3 

Pi- 
S 

^ 

0^ 

0^ 

i—t 

0^ 

H-^ 

H- ' 

o 

vO 

vO 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

o 

> 
> 


3 

n 

13 

H 

cr 


BILL  169  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for 
Liability  for  Injuries  caused  by  Dogs 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  would  replace  the  present  Vicious  Dogs  Act  which  provides  for  the 
destruction  of  a  dog  that  has  bitten  a  person.  The  Vicious  Dogs  Act  has  remained 
unchanged  since  its  enactment  in  1931. 

The  Bill  would  make  the  owner  civilly  liable  for  damages  resulting  from  an 
attack  by  his  dog.  The  liability  does  not  depend  on  negligence  and  the  common  law 
principle  of  scienter  requiring  foreknowledge  of  the  dog's  vicious  propensity  is 
removed.  The  owner's  liability  is  reduced  by  the  extent  to  which  the  victim's  own 
fault  or  negligence  caused  the  attack  and  the  owner  is  entitled  to  contribution  or 
indemnity  from  any  other  person  at  fault. 

A  procedure  for  ordering  destruction  of  the  dog  is  retained  with  guidelines  for 
the  court  to  consider. 


BILL  169  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  Liability 
for  Injuries  caused  by  Dogs 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  "owner",  when  used  in  relation  to  a  dog,  interpre- 
includes  a  person  who  possesses  or  harbours  the  dog  and,  where 
the  owner  is  a  minor,  the  person  responsible  for  the  custody  of  the 
minor. 

2. — (1)  The  owner  of  a  dog  is  liable  for  damages  resulting  from  Liability 
a  bite  or  attack  by  the  dog  on  another  person. 

(2)  Where  there  is  more  than  one  owner  of  a  dog,  they  are  Where  more 
jointly  and  severally  liable  under  this  section.  owner 

(3)  The  liability  of  the  owner  does  not  depend  upon  scienter  or  Extent  of 
fault  or  negligence  on  the  part  of  the  owner,  but  the  court  shall 
reduce  the  damages  awarded  in  proportion  to  the  degree,  if  any,  to 
which  the  fault  or  negligence  of  the  plaintiff  caused  or  contributed 

to  the  damages. 

(4)  An  owner  who  is  liable  to  pay  damages  under  this  section  is  Contribution 
entitled  to  recover  contribution  and  indemnity  from  any  other  fauk^*^^""  ^ 
person  in  proportion  to  the  degree  to  which  the  other  person's  fault 

or  negligence  caused  or  contributed  to  the  damages. 

3. — (1)  Where  damage  is  caused  by  being  bitten  or  attacked  by  Application 
a  dog  on  the  premises  of  the  owner,  the  liability  of  the  owner  is  i980,  c.  u 
determined  under  this  Act  and  not  under  The  Occupiers'  Liability 
Act,  1980. 

(2)  Where  a  person  is  on  premises  with  the  intention  of  com-  Protection 
mitting,  or  in  the  commission  of,  a  criminal  act  on  the  premises  property 
and  incurs  damage  caused  by  being  bitten  or  attacked  by  a  dog, 
the  owner  is  not  liable  under  section  2  unless  the  keeping  of  the 
dog  on  the  premises  was  unreasonable  for  the  purpose  of  the 
protection  of  persons  or  property. 


Proceeding 
against 
owner  of 
dog 
1979,  c.  4 


4. — (1)  Where  it  is  alleged  that  a  dog  has  bitten  or  attacked  a 
person,  a  proceeding  may  be  commenced  against  the  owner  of  the 
dog  and  the  proceeding  is  one  to  which  Part  VIII  oiThe  Provincial 
Offences  Act,  1979  applies. 


Order  (2)  Where,  in  a  proceeding  under  subsection  1,  the  provincial 

offences  court  finds  that  the  dog  has  bitten  or  attacked  a  person, 
and  the  court  is  satisfied  that  the  destruction  of  the  dog  is  neces- 
sary for  the  protection  of  the  public,  the  court  may  order  that  the 
dog  be  destroyed  in  such  manner  as  is  provided  for  in  the  order. 


Considera- 
tions 


(3)  In  determining  whether  it  is  necessary  to  destroy  a  dog  for 
the  protection  of  the  public,  the  court  may  take  into  consideration 
the  following  circumstances: 


1 .  The  past  and  present  temperament  and  behaviour  of  the 
dog. 

2.  The  seriousness  of  the  injuries  caused  by  the  biting  or 
attack. 

3.  Unusual  contributing  circumstances  tending  to  justify 
the  action  of  the  dog. 

4.  The  improbability  that  a  similar  attack  will  be  repeated. 

5.  The  dog's  physical  potential  for  inflicting  harm. 

6.  Precautions  taken  by  the  owner  to  preclude  similar 
attacks  in  the  future. 

7.  Any  other  circumstances  that  the  court  considers  to  be 
relevant. 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  482, 
repealed 


5. — (1)  The  Vicious  Dogs  Act,  being  chapter  482  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed. 


Application 
of  repeal 


(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  The  Vicious  Dogs  Act  con- 
tinues to  apply  in  respect  of  bites  of  dogs  incurred  before  this  Act 
comes  into  force. 


Commence- 
ment 


6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title  7 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Dog  Owners'  Liability  Act, 

1980. 


bo 


H 

M 
H 


0^ 


o 

r^ 

S" 

^-* 

S 

or* 

Co 

a. 

n 

«. 

>3 

•-t 

>0 

^ 

h- ' 

«i 

a 

-t^ 

& 

<-<■ 

0^5 

00 

o 

0^ 

cr 


^  > 


o 

< 

(= 

a 

c« 

fD 

rD 

o~ 

o' 

cr 

!-( 

v: 

O 

o 

(W 

BILL  169  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for 
Liability  for  Injuries  caused  by  Dogs 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  would  replace  the  present  Vicious  Dogs  Act  which  provides  for  the 
destruction  of  a  dog  that  has  bitten  a  person.  The  Vicious  Dogs  Act  has  remained 
unchanged  since  its  enactment  in  1931. 

The  Bill  would  make  the  owner  civilly  liable  for  damages  resulting  from  an 
attack  by  his  dog.  The  liability  does  not  depend  on  negligence  and  the  common  law 
principle  of  scienter  requiring  foreknowledge  of  the  dog's  vicious  propensity  is 
removed.  The  owner's  liability  is  reduced  by  the  extent  to  which  the  victim's  own 
fault  or  negligence  caused  the  attack  and  the  owner  is  entitled  to  contribution  or 
indemnity  from  any  other  person  at  fault. 

A  procedure  for  ordering  destruction  of  the  dog  is  retained  with  guidelines  for 
the  court  to  consider. 


BILL  169  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  Liability 
for  Injuries  caused  by  Dogs 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  "owner",  when  used  in  relation  to  a  dog,  interpre 
includes  a  person  who  possesses  or  harbours  the  dog  and,  where 
the  owner  is  a  minor,  the  person  responsible  for  the  custody  of  the 
minor. 

2 . — ( 1)  The  owner  of  a  dog  is  liable  for  damages  resulting  from  lability 
a  bite  or  attack  by  the  dog  on  another  person. 


tation 


of  owner 


(2)  Where  there  is  more  than  one  owner  of  a  dog,  they  are  where  more 
jointly  and  severally  liable  under  this  section. 


owner 


(3)  The  liability  of  the  owner  does  not  depend  upon  scienter  or  Extent  of 
fault  or  negligence  on  the  part  of  the  owner,  but  the  court  shall   '*  '  '^^ 
reduce  the  damages  awarded  in  proportion  to  the  degree,  if  any,  to 
which  the  fault  or  negligence  of  the  plaintiff  caused  or  contributed 

to  the  damages. 

(4)  An  owner  who  is  liable  to  pay  damages  under  this  section  is  Contribution 
entitled  to  recover  contribution  and  indemnity  from  any  other  fauk^"^^""  ^ 
person  in  proportion  to  the  degree  to  which  the  other  person's  fault 

or  negligence  caused  or  contributed  to  the  damages. 

3. — (1)  Where  damage  is  caused  by  being  bitten  or  attacked  by  Application 
a  dog  on  the  premises  of  the  owner,  the  liability  of  the  owner  is  i98o,  c.  u 
determined  under  this  Act  and  not  under  The  Occupiers'  Liability 
Act,  1980. 

(2)  Where  a  person  is  on  premises  with  the  intention  of  com-  Protection 
mitting,  or  in  the  commission  of,  a  criminal  act  on  the  premises  property 
and  incurs  damage  caused  by  being  bitten  or  attacked  by  a  dog, 
the  owner  is  not  liable  under  section  2  unless  the  keeping  of  the 
dog  on  the  premises  was  unreasonable  for  the  purpose  of  the 
protection  of  persons  or  property. 


Proceeding 
against 
owner  of 
dog 
1979,  c.  4 


Order 


4. — (1)  Where  it  is  alleged  that  a  dog  has  bitten  or  attacked  a 
person,  a  proceeding  may  be  commenced  against  the  owner  of  the 
dog  and  the  proceeding  is  one  to  which  Part  VIII  of  The  Provincial 
Offences  Act,  1979  applies. 


(2)  Where,  in  a  proceeding  under  subsection  1,  the  provincial 
offences  court  finds  that  the  dog  has  bitten  or  attacked  a  person, 
and  the  court  is  satisfied  that  an  order  is  necessary  for  the  protec- 
tion of  the  public,  the  court  may  order, 

(a)  that  the  dog  be  destroyed  in  such  manner  as  is  provided 
in  the  order;  or 


Considera- 
tions 


(6)  that  the  owner  of  the  dog  take  such  steps  as  are  provided 
in  the  order  for  the  more  effective  control  of  the  rloLv 


(3)  In  exercising  its  powers  to  make  an  order  under  subsection 
2,  the  court  may  take  into  consideration  the  follow  iim 
circumstances:  "^Pl 


1 .  The  past  and  present  temperament  and  behaviour  of  the 
dog. 

2.  The  seriousness  of  the  injuries  caused  by  the  biting  or 
attack. 

3.  Unusual  contributing  circumstances  tending  to  justify 
the  action  of  the  dog. 

4.  The  improbability  that  a  similar  attack  will  be  repeated. 

5.  The  dog's  physical  potential  for  inflicting  harm. 

6.  Precautions  taken  by  the  owner  to  preclude  similar 
attacks  in  the  future. 

7.  Any  other  circumstances  that  the  court  considers  to  be 
relevant. 


Penalty  (4)  An  owner  who  Contravenes  an  Order  made  Under  subsection 

2  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  not 
exceeding  $2,000.  "^1 


5. — (1)  The  Vicious  Dogs  Act,  being  chapter  482  of  the  Revised 


R.S.O.  1970, 

repealed  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed. 


Application 
of  repeal 


(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  The  Vicious  Dogs  Act  con- 
tinues to  apply  in  respect  of  bites  of  dogs  incurred  before  this  Act 
comes  into  force. 


6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

»  ,  ment 

Assent. 


7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Dog  Owners'  Liability  Act,  Short  title 
1980. 


o 

o 

>3 

3. 

r* 

s 

«i 

rn- 

CTi 

C^ 

?i. 

'^ 

a 

^^ 

05 

s- 

a 

«> 

5 

^ 

PL 

!i: 

0- 

o 

s 

H 
K 
w 

O  t> 

3    O 
H 


iz; 

q 

0 

< 

r> 

a. 

3 

cr 

fD 

>3 

fD 

>s 

>-« 

>0 

«1 

c^ 

h—* 

c^ 

(i^ 

KJ 

a 

4^ 

a 

«4, 

S- 

r-f- 

s 

cr 

s' 

" 

s 

O-Sl 

00 
0 

Or^ 

1— ' 
00 

0 

0^ 

cr 


v; 


^  O 

C/i  i-( 

-^  < 

p  s. 

C  CL 

t/)  fD 
CO 

cr  -^ 

o 

o 


I 


BILL  169 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for 
Liability  for  Injuries  caused  by  Dogs 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  169  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  Liability 
for  Injuries  caused  by  Dogs 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  "owner",  when  used  in  relation  to  a  dog,  interpre- 
includes  a  person  who  possesses  or  harbours  the  dog  and,  where 
the  owner  is  a  minor,  the  person  responsible  for  the  custody  of  the 
minor.  'm-i-.u;- 

2. — (1)  The  owner  of  a  dog  is  liable  for  damages  resulting  from  Liability 
a  bite  or  attack  by  the  dog  on  another  person. 

(2)  Where  there  is  more  than  one  owner  of  a  dog,  they  are  Where  more 
jointly  and  severally  liable  under  this  section.  owner "^ 

(3)  The  liability  of  the  owner  does  not  depend  upon  scienter  or  Extent  of 
fault  or  negUgence  on  the  part  of  the  owner,  but  the  court  shall   '^  '  '^^ 
reduce  the  damages  awarded  in  proportion  to  the  degree,  if  any,  to 
which  the  fault  or  negligence  of  the  plaintiff  caused  or  contributed 

to  the  damages. 

(4)  An  owner  who  is  liable  to  pay  damages  under  this  section  is  Contribution 
entitled  to  recover  contribution  and  indemnity  from  any  other  fauu'^'^  °"  ^ 
person  in  proportion  to  the  degree  to  which  the  other  person's  fault 

or  negligence  caused  or  contributed  to  the  damages. 

3. — (1)  Where  damage  is  caused  by  being  bitten  or  attacked  by  Application 
a  dog  on  the  premises  of  the  owner,  the  liability  of  the  owner  is  i98o,  c.  u 
determined  under  this  Act  and  not  under  The  Occupiers'  Liability 
Act,  1980. 

(2)  Where  a  person  is  on  premises  with  the  intention  of  com-  Protection 
mitting,  or  in  the  commission  of,  a  criminal  act  on  the  premises  property 
and  incurs  damage  caused  by  being  bitten  or  attacked  by  a  dog, 
the  owner  is  not  liable  under  section  2  unless  the  keeping  of  the 
dog  on  the  premises  was  unreasonable  for  the  purpose  of  the 
protection  of  persons  or  property. 


Proceeding 
against 
owner  of 
dog 

1979,  c.  4 


4. — (1)  Where  it  is  alleged  that  a  dog  has  bitten  or  attacked  a 
person,  a  proceeding  may  be  commenced  against  the  owner  of  the 
dog  and  the  proceeding  is  one  to  which  Part  VIII  oiThe  Provincial 
Offences  Act,  1979  applies. 


Order 


(2)  Where,  in  a  proceeding  under  subsection  1,  the  provincial 
offences  court  finds  that  the  dog  has  bitten  or  attacked  a  person, 
and  the  court  is  satisfied  that  an  order  is  necessary  for  the  protec- 
tion of  the  public,  the  court  may  order, 

(a)  that  the  dog  be  destroyed  in  such  manner  as  is  provided 
in  the  order;  or 

{b)  that  the  owner  of  the  dog  take  such  steps  as  are  provided 
in  the  order  for  the  more  effective  control  of  the  dog. 


Considera- 
tions 


(3)  In  exercising  its  powers  to  make  an  order  under  subsection 
2,  the  court  may  take  into  consideration  the  following 
circumstances: 


1 .  The  past  and  present  temperament  and  behaviour  of  the 
dog. 

2.  The  seriousness  of  the  injuries  caused  by  the  biting  or 
attack. 

3.  Unusual  contributing  circumstances  tending  to  justify 
the  action  of  the  dog. 

4.  The  improbability  that  a  similar  attack  will  be  repeated. 

5.  The  dog's  physical  potential  for  inflicting  harm. 

6.  Precautions  taken  by  the  owner  to  preclude  similar 
attacks  in  the  future. 

7.  Any  other  circumstances  that  the  court  considers  to  be 
relevant. 

Penalty  (4)  An  owner  who  contravenes  an  order  made  under  subsection 

2  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  not 
exceeding  $2,000. 


5. — (1)  The  Vicious  Dogs  Act,  being  chapter  482  of  the  Revised 


R.S.O.  1970, 

repealed  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed. 


Application 
of  repeal 


(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  The  Vicious  Dogs  Act  con- 
tinues to  apply  in  respect  of  bites  of  dogs  incurred  before  this  Act 
comes  into  force. 


6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 
Assent.  "^^"^ 

7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Dog  Owners'  Liability  Act   Short  title 
1980. 


I 


H 
X 
w 

3    O 

pa  d 


o 

O 

n 

< 

n 

B 

;5 

n 

B 

r-f- 
O 

to 

cr 

Cu 

cr 

R- 

n 

«. 

^ 

>3 

^ 

>3 

c^ 

^ 

H-* 

c^ 

K-* 

Si 

tsj 

Q 

-t>. 

» 

o 

S- 

■^ 

c* 

S- 

13- 

J^" 

s' 

cr 

S" 

'' 

s 

c^ 

"^ 

Orz) 

I— > 

Onj 

t— » 

H- ' 

O 

vO 

vO 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

o 

p 
cr 


^  > 


fD    "CJ 


o 

pa 

< 

(= 

a 

c« 

ft> 

ft 

CL 

o' 

cr 

■-I 

v; 

O 

o 

(W 

BILL  170  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  erect 
the  Township  of  Gloucester  into  a  City  Municipality 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 


The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  erect  the  Township  of  Gloucester  into  a  city 
municipality  effective  January  1st,  1981. 


BILL  170  1980 


An  Act  to  erect  the  Township  of 
Gloucester  into  a  City  Municipality 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province   of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  The  Corporation  of  the  Township  of  Gloucester  is  erected  Township  of 
into  a  city  municipality  bearing  the  name  of  The  Corporation  of  erected  into 
the  City  of  Gloucester.  municipality 

2.  Sections  17,  19  and  22  of  The  Municipal  Act  apply  with  Application 
necessary  modifications  in  respect  of  the  erecting  of  the  Township  r.s.o.  i97o, 
of  Gloucester  into  a  city  municipality.  ^^  ^'^'  jg  22 

3 .  A  reference  in  any  general  or  special  Act  to  The  Corporation  ?,^^^j^^g"/^* 
of  the  Township  of  Gloucester  or  to  the  Township  of  Gloucester  Acts 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  The  Corporation  of  the  City  of 
Gloucester  and  to  the  City  of  Gloucester,  respectively. 

4.— (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,   1981,  the  reeve  of  the  J^^yo"" 
Township  of  Gloucester  shall  be  the  mayor  of  the  City  of  aldermen 
Gloucester  and  the  councillors  of  the  Township  shall  be  aldermen 
of  the  City. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1  of  section  28  oiThe  Munici-  Composition 

,  ,  -  -1     r  °'  subsequent 

pal  Act,  on  and  after  the  1st  day  of  December,  1982,  the  council  of  councils 
the  City  of  Gloucester  shall  consist  of  a  mayor  and  six  aldermen  all  R  so.  1970, 

cc    284    407 

to  be  elected  by  general  vote  until  such  time  as  the  City  is  divided 
into  wards  or  the  composition  of  the  council  is  varied  by  an  order 
of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  under  section  7a  oiThe  Regional 
Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton  Act. 

5 .  For  the  purpose  of  the  calculation  and  payment  of  grants  by  Grants 
the  Ministry  of  Transportation  and  Communications  to  the  City  of 
Gloucester  for  the  years  1981  and  1982  in  respect  of  the  construc- 
tion of  an  overpass  by  the  City  over  that  part  of  the  King's 
Highway  known  as  Number  17  at  Orleans  Boulevard,  the  City 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  township  municipality. 


Speed  limits 
continued 


6. — (1)  For  the  purposes  of  section  82  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
Rso  1970  ^^^'  ^^^  ^^^y  ^^  Gloucester  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  township 
c.  202  municipality. 


By-laws  of 
Regional 
Council  and 
City  council 


(2)  Every  by-law  in  force  in  the  City  under  any  provision  of 
section  82  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  that  applies,  on  the  1st  day 
of  January,  1981,  to  any  highway  or  portion  thereof  in  the  City, 
shall  continue  to  apply  until  a  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton,  or  the  council  of  the 
City,  under  the  said  section  82  applies  thereto. 


Idem  (3)  The  consolidation  of  any  by-laws  in  which  the  provisions  of 

f  20?  ^'^^^'     section  82  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  are  incorporated,  without 
amendment,  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  affected  by  subsection  2. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


7.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981. 

8.  The  short  title  of  this  Actisr/?eCi^yo/G/owce5^er^c^,  1980. 


ba 


H 


I— I  HH 

^  o 

'-<  . 

crq 

<  p 


3    M 


0r<5 


s 
s 

0K> 


o 
cr 


00 

o 


>3 

I' 


3    ^  ft 

•5-g  ri 


I 


BILL  170 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  erect 
the  Township  of  Gloucester  into  a  City  Municipality 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  170  1980 


An  Act  to  erect  the  Township  of 
Gloucester  into  a  City  Municipality 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province   of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  The  Corporation  of  the  Township  of  Gloucester  is  erected  Township  of 

..1.1  .  r  rr«i  /-^  •  r    "lOUCestCr 

into  a  city  municipality  bearing  the  name  of  1  he  Corporation  of  erected  into 
the  City  of  Gloucester.  municipality 

2.  Sections  17,  19  and  22  of  The  Municipal  Act  apply  with  Application 
necessary  modifications  in  respect  of  the  erecting  of  the  Township  r.s.o.  i97o, 
of  Gloucester  into  a  city  municipality.  '^-  ^^^'  j^  ^2 

3.  A  reference  in  any  general  or  special  Act  to  The  Corporation  References 
of  the  Township  of  Gloucester  or  to  the  Township  of  Gloucester  Acts 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  The  Corporation  of  the  City  of 
Gloucester  and  to  the  City  of  Gloucester,  respectively. 

4.— (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,   1981,  the  reeve  of  the  Mayor 
Township  of  Gloucester  shall  be  the  mayor  of  the  City  of  aldermen 
Gloucester  and  the  councillors  of  the  Township  shall  be  aldermen 
of  the  City. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1  of  section  28  of  The  Munici-  Composition 

'  "  r  1  •!     r  °'  subsequent 

pal  Act,  on  and  after  the  Istday  of  December,  1982,  the  council  of  councils 
the  City  of  Gloucester  shall  consist  of  a  mayor  and  six  aldermen  all  R  so.  i97o, 

.        .         .     .  cc    284    407 

to  be  elected  by  general  vote  until  such  time  as  the  City  is  divided 
into  wards  or  the  composition  of  the  council  is  varied  by  an  order 
of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  under  section  7a  of  The  Regional 
Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carle  ton  Act. 

5 .  For  the  purpose  of  the  calculation  and  payment  of  grants  by  Grants 
the  Ministry  of  Transportation  and  Communications  to  the  City  of 
Gloucester  for  the  years  1981  and  1982  in  respect  of  the  construc- 
tion of  an  overpass  by  the  City  over  that  part  of  the  King's 
Highway  known  as  Number  17  at  Orleans  Boulevard,  the  City 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  township  municipality. 


Speed  limits 
continued 
R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  202 


By-laws  of 
Regional 
Council  and 
City  council 


6. — (1)  For  the  purposes  of  section  82  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
Act,  the  City  of  Gloucester  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  township 
municipality. 

(2)  Every  by-law  in  force  in  the  City  under  any  provision  of 
section  82  oiThe  Highway  Traffic  Act  that  applies,  on  the  1st  day 
of  January,  1981,  to  any  highway  or  portion  thereof  in  the  City, 
shall  continue  to  apply  until  a  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  The 
Regional  Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton,  or  the  council  of  the 
City,  under  the  said  section  82  applies  thereto. 


Wem  (3)  The  consolidation  of  any  by-laws  in  which  the  provisions  of 

f  20?  ^^^°'     section  82  oiThe  Highway  Traffic  Act  are  incorporated,  without 
amendment,  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  affected  by  subsection  2. 

Commence-  7.  TMs  Act  comes  into  force  ou  the  Ist  day  of  January,  1981 . 

Short  title  8.  The  shorttitleoi  this  ActisThe  City  of  Gloucester  Act,  1980. 


^    O 

Crq    • 

3  r 


o 
< 

(V 

B 
cr 


O 
00 

o 


a. 


O 


00 

o 


0^5 


o 
cr 


00 

o 


>3 

0^ 


BILL  171  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Validation  of  Certain 
Adoption  Orders  made  under  The  Child  Welfare  Act,  1978 


The  Hon.  K.  C.  Norton 
Minister  of  Community  and  Social  Services 


I  = 

I  TORONTO 

I  Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  make  it  clear  that  an  adoption  order  that  was 
made  by  the  Supreme  Court  or  a  county  or  district  court  with  respect  to  a 
proceeding  commenced  before  The  Child  Welfare  Act,  1978  came  into  force  is  a 
valid  order  notwithstanding  that  the  order  was  not  made  by  a  provincial  court 
(family  division)  or  the  Unified  Family  Court. 


BILL  171  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Validation  of  Certain 
Adoption  Orders  made  under  The  Child  Welfare 

Act,  1978 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  No  adoption  order  made  on  or  after  the  15th  day  of  June,  i^^^-  ^  ^^ 
1979  by  the  Supreme  Court  or  a  county  or  district  court  in 
proceedings  commenced  before  the  15th  day  of  June,  1979,  being 

the  day  The  Child  Welfare  Act,  1978,  being  chapter  85,  came  into 
force,  shall  be  invalid  solely  because  the  order  was  not  made  by  a 
provincial  court  (family  division)  or  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

•^  -^        ment 

Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Child  Welfare  Validation  of  Short  title 
Adoption  Orders  Act,  1980. 


Qi 


r3 


6a 


o  H 


3 

3 

c 

n    H 

Ei 


C/3 


Ui 

t\j 

^ 

S 

Pi- 

a. 

^ 

>i 

«> 

<:^ 

c> 

?) 

es- 

Pi. 

v<4. 

«<A. 

s 

S 

»C1 

OQ 

o 

o 

O 

cr 
n 


O 


c 

^  ?> 

3 

a 

>-< 

H 

>-< 

13- 

g   o 

rt 

5'>a 

n 

>3 

3t 

a  < 

a 

^ 

ft 

> 

^  ^ 

n 

VI     P3 

y^ 

3  5: 

t— * 

p  p 

vO 

a  a 

^I 

(D     O 

00 

3 

BILL  171 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Validation  of  Certain 
Adoption  Orders  made  under  The  Child  Welfare  Act,  1978 


The  Hon.  K.  C.  Norton 
Minister  of  Community  and  Social  Services 


Co 


I  TORONTO 

\t  Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  171  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Validation  of  Certain 
Adoption  Orders  made  under  The  Child  Welfare 

Act,  1978 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  No  adoption  order  made  on  or  after  the  15th  day  of  June,  ^978,  c.  85 
1979  by  the  Supreme  Court  or  a  county  or  district  court  in 
proceedings  commenced  before  the  15th  day  of  June,  1979,  being 

the  day  The  Child  Welfare  Act,  1978,  being  chapter  85,  came  into 
force,  shall  be  invalid  solely  because  the  order  was  not  made  by  a 
provincial  court  (family  division)  or  the  Unified  Family  Court. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

■^  -^         ment 

Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Child  Welfare  Validation  of  Short  title 
Adoption  Orders  Act,  1980. 


Co 


fD 
1-1 

o  H 

n  w 

i  5 

c  • 

^  2 


o 

O 

o 

< 

o 

o 

ft) 

3 
cr 

u 

r-t- 

o 

INO 

B 

►-* 

a 

cr 
ft) 

cr 
n 

ft 

>0 

>3 
ft 

H-L 

Ci 

00 

o 

» 

R- 

p 

s^ 

l^- 

s' 

s' 

- 

r^ 

" 

C><5 

1— ' 

1X3 

h- 

OX) 

(.^ 

vO 

vO 

o 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

o 

<=  o  > 

ft  n  > 

^  s:^  <-^ 

tr  P  o 

ft  p,  <^ 

>^  ^ 

n    tA  P 

3  a 

*;:::  f^  E. 

O    p.  ft- 

>J  ft  o 

00  13 


BILL  172  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Affairs  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

Section  S3  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

53.  Notwithstanding  the  other  provisions  of  this  Act  or  any  other  Act,  where 
land  in  respect  of  which  a  tax  arrears  certificate  has  been  registered  has 
become  vested  in  the  municipality  and  the  period  for  redemption  has 
expired  and  where  the  land  has  not  been  sold  or  conveyed  and  has  not 
been  declared  by  by-law  to  be  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  municipali- 
ty, any  person  to  whom  notice  was  sent  under  subsection  4  of  section  47, 
with  the  approval  of  the  Ministry,  is  entitled  at  any  time  to  a  conveyance 
of  the  land  upon  payment  of  the  full  amount  that  would  have  been  payable 
in  respect  of  taxes,  interest  and  penalties  had  the  land  not  become  vested 
in  the  municipality,  together  with  the  amount  with  interest  thereon  of  any 
expenditure  incurred  for  repairs  and  insurance  and  together  with  the 
costs  in  connection  with  such  vesting  and  of  the  conveyance. 

As  the  section  now  reads,  the  person  paying  the  arrears  of  taxes  under  the 
circumstances  set  out  is  entitled,  with  the  approval  of  the  Ministry,  to  a  conveyance 
of  the  land.  As  re-enacted,  the  Ministry  may,  where  it  appears  just  to  do  so,  direct 
instead  the  registration  of  a  redemption  certificate,  thereby  vesting  the  land  in  the 
persons  who  would  be  entitled  thereto  if  the  tax  arrears  certificate  had  not  been 
registered,  according  to  their  respective  interests.  If  the  land  is  redeemed  by  a 
person  other  than  the  owner  that  person  has  a  lien  upon  the  owner's  interest  in  the 
land  for  the  amount  paid. 


BILL  172  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Municipal  Affairs  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by  and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
"ollows: 

1.  Section  53  of  The  Municipal  Affairs  Act,  being  chapter  118  of  the  s.  S3, 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  "^ '  "^ 
Ontario,  1974,  chapter  111,  section  3,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

53.  Notwithstanding  the  other  provisions  of  this  Act  or  any  Redemption 
other  Act,  where  land  in  respect  of  which  a  tax  arrears  certificate  o"  '  '^^  ^ 
has  been  registered  has  become  vested  in  the  municipality  and  the  conveyance 
period  for  redemption  set  out  in  section  49  has  expired  and  where 
the  land  has  not  been  sold  or  conveyed  and  has  not  been  declared 
by  by-law  to  be  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  municipality,  the 
Ministry,  on  the  application  of  any  person  to  whom  notice  was 
sent  under  subsection  4  of  section  47,  shall  direct  the  treasurer  of 
the  municipality,  upon  payment  by  the  applicant  of  the  full 
amount  that  would  have  been  payable  in  respect  of  taxes,  interest 
and  penalties  had  the  land  not  become  vested  in  the  municipality, 
together  with  the  amount  with  interest  thereon  of  any  expenditure 
incurred  for  repairs  and  insurance  and  together  with  the  costs  in 
connection  with  such  vesting,  to  either, 

(a)  register  in  the  land  registry  office  a  redemption  certifi- 
cate in  respect  of  the  land  in  Form  3;  or 

(6)  convey  the  land  to  the  applicant, 

as  the  Ministry  considers  just  in  the  circumstances,  and  where  a 
redemption  certificate  is  registered  under  clause  a,  subsections  2 
and  3  of  section  49  apply  with  necessary  modifications. 

2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  16th  day  of  Commence- 
October,  1980.  '"'"' 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Affairs  Amendment  Act,  Short  title 
1980. 


ta 


I— I    l-|H 


<-♦ 

o 

1-1 

"^ 

orq 

O 
< 

H 

n 

3 

^ 

3 

^ 

3 

w 

E 

0^ 


r\j 

O 

Kt 

S 

cr 

to 

fX 

fC 

"^ 

>3 

a 

ON 

a 

!3- 

S" 

0^ 

00 

o 

0^5 

H 
2.  > 

o    n 

B-    O 


BILL  172  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Affairs  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  Subsection  3  of  section  49  of  the  Act  as  it  now  reads  is  set  out 
below: 

(3)  If  land  is  redeemed  by  any  person  entitled  to  redeem  the  land  other  than 
the  owner,  such  person  has  a  lien  upon  the  owner's  interest  thereinfor  the 
amount  paid  to  redeem  the  land. 

The  effect  of  the  re-enactment  will  be  to  give  to  a  person,  other  than  the 
owner,  who  pays  the  arrears  of  taxes  owing  to  obtain  a  redemption  certificate  a  lien 
for  the  amount  paid  that  ranks  ahead  of  the  claim  of  any  other  encumhraiui.  r. 


Section  2.     Section  S3  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

53.  Notwithstanding  the  other  provisions  of  this  Act  or  any  other  Act,  where 
land  in  respect  of  which  a  tax  arrears  certificate  has  been  registered  has 
become  vested  in  the  municipality  and  the  period  for  redemption  has 
expired  and  where  the  land  has  not  been  sold  or  conveyed  and  has  not 
been  declared  by  by-law  to  be  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  municipali- 
ty, any  person  to  whom  notice  was  sent  under  subsection  4  of  section  47, 
with  the  approval  of  the  Ministry,  is  entitled  at  any  time  to  a  conveyance 
of  the  land  upon  payment  of  the  full  amount  that  would  have  been  payable 
in  respect  of  taxes,  interest  and  penalties  had  the  land  not  become  vested 
in  the  municipality,  together  with  the  amount  with  interest  thereon  of  any 
expenditure  incurred  for  repairs  and  insurance  and  together  with  the 
costs  in  connection  with  such  vesting  and  of  the  conveyance. 

As  the  section  now  reads,  the  person  paying  the  arrears  of  taxes  under  the 
circumstances  set  out  is  entitled,  with  the  approval  of  the  Ministry,  to  a  conveyance 
of  the  land.  As  re-enacted,  the  Ministry  may,  where  it  appears  just  to  do  so,  direct 
instead  the  registration  of  a  redemption  certificate,  thereby  vesting  the  land  in  the 
persons  who  would  be  entitled  thereto  if  the  tax  arrears  certificate  had  not  been 
registered,  according  to  their  respective  interests.  If  the  land  is  redeemed  by  a 
person  other  than  the  owner  that  person  has  a  first  lien  upon  the  land  for  the 
amount  paid. 


BILL  172  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Municipal  Affairs  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of  the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  3  of  section  49  of  The  Municipal  Affairs  Act,  beings  49(3), 
chapter  118of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and 

the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  If  land  is  redeemed  by  any  person  entitled  to  redeem  the  ^'^"  °" .     ^ 

11  1-1  ri       redemption  bv 

land  other  than  the  owner,  such  person  has  a  hen  thereon  for  the  other  than 
amount  paid  to  redeem  the  land  and  the  lien  has  priority  over  the  °^"^'' 
interest  in  the  land  of  any  other  person  to  whom  notice  was  sent 
under  subsection  4  of  section  47.  ""^S 

2.  Section  53  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  re-enacted 
1974,  chapter  111,  section  3,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

SZ.  Notwithstanding  the  other  provisions  of  this  Act  or  any  Redemption 
other  Act,  where  land  in  respect  of  which  a  tax  arrears  certificate  of 
has  been  registered  has  become  vested  in  the  municipality  and  the  conveyance 
period  for  redemption  set  out  in  section  49  has  expired  and  where 
the  land  has  not  been  sold  or  conveyed  and  has  not  been  declared 
by  by-law  to  be  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  municipality,  the 
Ministry,  on  the  application  of  any  person  to  whom  notice  was 
sent  under  subsection  4  of  section  47,  shall  direct  the  treasurer  of 
the  municipality,  upon  payment  by  the  applicant  of  the  full 
amount  that  would  have  been  payable  in  respect  of  taxes,  interest 
and  penalties  had  the  land  not  become  vested  in  the  municipality, 
together  with  the  amount  with  interest  thereon  of  any  expenditure 
incurred  for  repairs  and  insurance  and  together  with  the  costs  in 
connection  with  such  vesting,  to  either, 

(a)  register  in  the  land  registry  office  a  redemption  certifi- 
cate in  respect  of  the  land  in  Form  3;  or 

{h)  convey  the  land  to  the  applicant. 


as  the  Ministry  considers  just  in  the  circumstances,  and  where  a 
redemption  certificate  is  registered  under  clause  a ,  subsections  2 
and  3  of  section  49  apply  with  necessary  modifications. 

Commence-  3.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  16th  day  of 

""""'  October,  1980. 

Short  title  4 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Affairs  Amendment  Act, 

1980. 


H 

o 

w 

3 

ffi 

^-^ 

o 

^ 

o 
< 

H 

n 

3 

p 

3 

n 

^ 

O 

M 

(-1- 

r 

o 

O 

n 

o 

u» 

o 

rv) 

s 

Ki 

a. 

R- 

cr 

re 

>3 

i-t 

>3 

>-« 

^ 

c^ 

NJ 

{^ 

I— ' 

«i 

;:i 

t— » 

a 

On 

?) 

R- 

(-I- 

s 

OTQ 

I—" 
00 

o 

c^ 

1— ' 
00 

o 

OTQ 

H 
rt> 

^> 

2.  > 

o    o 

> 


BILL  172 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Affairs  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


■  1  !r\ 


BILL  172  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Municipal  Affairs  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  3  of  section  49  of  The  Municipal  Affairs  Act,  being  ^^q  (3), 
chapter  1 18  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and 

the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  If  land  is  redeemed  by  any  person  entitled  to  redeem  the  ^'^"  °" .     , 

1111  1  11  1-1  ri       redemption  b\' 

land  other  than  the  owner,  such  person  has  a  hen  thereon  for  the  other  than 
amount  paid  to  redeem  the  land  and  the  lien  has  priority  over  the  °^"^'' 
interest  in  the  land  of  any  other  person  to  whom  notice  was  sent 
under  subsection  4  of  section  47. 

2.  Section  53  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  re.enacted 
1974,  chapter  111,  section  3,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

53.  Notwithstanding  the  other  provisions  of  this  Act  or  any  Redemption 

111-  <-i-i  ■  r-  certificate 

Other  Act,  where  land  in  respect  of  which  a  tax  arrears  certiiicate  of 
has  been  registered  has  become  vested  in  the  municipality  and  the  conveyance 
period  for  redemption  set  out  in  section  49  has  expired  and  where 
the  land  has  not  been  sold  or  conveyed  and  has  not  been  declared 
by  by-law  to  be  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  municipality,  the 
Ministry,  on  the  application  of  any  person  to  whom  notice  was 
sent  under  subsection  4  of  section  47,  shall  direct  the  treasurer  of 
the  municipality,  upon  payment  by  the  applicant  of  the  full 
amount  that  would  have  been  payable  in  respect  of  taxes,  interest 
and  penalties  had  the  land  not  become  vested  in  the  municipality, 
together  with  the  amount  with  interest  thereon  of  any  expenditure 
incurred  for  repairs  and  insurance  and  together  with  the  costs  in 
connection  with  such  vesting,  to  either, 

(a)  register  in  the  land  registry  office  a  redemption  certifi- 
cate in  respect  of  the  land  in  Form  3;  or 

Q))  convey  the  land  to  the  applicant. 


Commence- 
ment 


as  the  Ministry  considers  just  in  the  circumstances,  and  where  a 
redemption  certificate  is  registered  under  clause  a ,  subsections  2 
and  3  of  section  49  apply  with  necessary  modifications. 

3.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  16th  day  of 
October,  1980. 


Short  title  4 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Affairs  Amendment  A ct, 

1980. 


Co 


3 

ffi 

^ 

O 

2: 

orq 

O 
< 

H 

a> 

3 

r 

3 

a> 

^ 

3 

w 

£ 

f 
f 

B. 


O 

O 

O 

o 

o 

3 

s 

cr 

>3 

i-( 

>0 

>-l 

l::^ 

<^ 

NJ 

^ 

H^ 

«> 

H^ 

K 

1— ' 

f5- 

On 

a 

S- 

Pi- 

ty 

s' 

s 

Crz, 

H-i 

0^ 

H^ 

(/Q 

1— ' 

o 

vO 

vO 

00 

00 

00 

o 

O 

O 

H 
2.  > 

o    n 
15 


> 


BILL  173  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Education  Act,  1974 


Mr.  Martel 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  authorize  the  apportionment  of  school 
rates  between  public  and  separate  schools  in  the  case  of  a  mixed  marriage 
where  the  husband  and  wife  own  or  lease  rateable  property  jointly. 


BILL  173  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Education  Act,  1974 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Section  122  of  The  Education  Act,  1974,  being  chapter  109,  is  ^  122 

II-  1       r  11        •  •  amended 

amended  by  addmg  thereto  the  foUowmg  subsection: 

(3)  Where  more  than  one  owner  or  tenant  is  the  occupant  or  J"'"^   , . 

11  ownership, 

tenant  of  land,  each  owner  or  tenant  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  tenancy, 
person  primarily  liable  for  the  payment  of  school  rates  and  for  ^^*^ 
determining  whether  those  rates  shall  be  applied  to  public  or 
separate  school  purposes  and,  in  such  case,  the  owners  or  tenants 
who  are  primarily  liable  for  the  payment  of  school  rates  may 
determine  that  the  application  of  the  rates  shall  be  apportioned 
between  public  and  separate  school  purposes. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

•'  •'  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Education  Amendment  Act,  1980.    short  title 


H 

ET 

u> 

tsj 

o 

O 
r-f- 
O 

K-* 

s. 

^^ 

>3 

>) 

i-« 

>i 

^- 

<:^ 

^ 

t— ' 

«i 

?;•  !:r 

O 

{5 

-^ 

a 

O    O 

G- 

A. 

p 

S" 

==  P 

S* 

S' 

J" 

>3 

0^ 

!><5 

o 

00 

o 

(X5 

I 


BILL  174  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  the 
Sale  and  Repair  of  Motor  Vehicles  in  Ontario 


Mr.  Samis 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  protection  for  purchasers  of  used  cars  and 
consumers  of  car  repair  services.  The  Bill  requires  a  motor  vehicle  dealer  to  affix  a 
notice  containing  useful  information  for  potential  purchasers  to  every  used  motor 
vehicle  offered  for  sale.  The  Bill  sets  out  a  statutory  warranty  covering  the  sale  of 
used  motor  vehicles.  The  Bill  also  contains  provisions  requiring  a  motor  vehicle 
repair  station  operator  to  provide  to  consumers  an  accurate  estimate  of  the  costs  of 
repairs.  This  estimate,  if  accepted  by  the  consumer,  becomes  binding  on  the  repair 
station  operator.  The  Bill  also  contains  a  statutory  guarantee  for  repairs.  The  Bill  is 
based  upon  provisions  of  the  Quebec  Consumer  Protection  Act. 


BILL  174  1980 


An  Act  respecting  the  Sale  and 
Repair  of  Motor  Vehicles  in  Ontario 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  In  this  Act,  Interpre 

tation 

(a)  "motor  vehicle"  means  an  automobile,  truck  or  other 
vehicle  propelled  or  driven  otherwise  than  by  muscular 
power,  including  a  motorcycle,  but  not  including  a 
motorized  snow  vehicle  or  a  farm  tractor  or  other  self- 
propelled  machinery  primarily  intended  for  farming  or 
construction  purposes; 

(b)  "motor  vehicle  dealer"  means  a  person  who  carries  on 
the  business  of  buying  or  selling  motor  vehicles,  whether 
for  his  own  account  or  the  account  of  any  other  person, 
or  who  holds  himself  out  as  carrying  on  the  business  of 
buying  or  selling  motor  vehicles; 

(c)  "motor  vehicle  repair  station"  means  a  premises  main- 
tained and  operated  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on  the 
business  of  repairing  motor  vehicles; 

(d)  "repair  station  operator"  means  a  person  who  owns  or 
operates  a  motor  vehicle  repair  station,  and  includes  a 
motor  vehicle  dealer. 

2.  A  motor  vehicle  dealer  shall  affix  a  notice  on  every  used  Notice 
motor  vehicle  that  the  dealer  offers  for  sale  and  the  notice  shall  be 

so  affixed  that  it  may  be  read  entirely  from  outside  the  motor 
vehicle. 


3.  The  notice  shall  disclose, 

(a)  the  price  at  which  the  used  motor  vehicle  is  offered  for 
sale; 


Content  of 
notice 


I 


(b)  the  number  of  miles  or  kilometres  registered  on  the 
odometer  and  the  number  of  miles  or  kilometres  actu- 
ally travelled  by  the  motor  vehicle,  if  different  from  that 
indicated  on  the  odometer; 

(c)  the  model  year  ascribed  by  the  manufacturer  and  the 
serial  number,  make,  model  and  cubic  capacity  of  the 
engine; 

(d)  where  applicable,  the  fact  that  the  motor  vehicle  has 
been  used  as  a  taxi-cab,  a  driving  school  vehicle,  a  police 
car,  an  ambulance,  a  leased  automobile,  an  automobile 
for  customers  or  as  a  demonstrator  and  the  identity  of 
every  business  or  of  every  public  agency  that  owned  the 
motor  vehicle  or  leased  it  on  a  long-term  basis; 

(e)  where  applicable,  every  repair  done  on  the  used  motor 
vehicle  since  it  has  been  in  the  possession  of  the  dealer; 

(/)  the  class  of  the  motor  vehicle,  as  set  out  in  section  7; 

(g )  the  nature  of  the  warranty  offered  by  the  motor  vehicle 
dealer; 

{h )  that  the  motor  vehicle  dealer  shall,  at  the  request  of  the 
consumer,  provide  the  consumer  with  the  name  and 
telephone  number  of  the  most  recent  owner  of  the  motor 
vehicle. 


Notice 
part  of 
contract 
Idem 


Contract 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  47S 


4. — (1)  A  copy  of  the  notice  shall  be  attached  to  the  contract. 

(2)  All  the  information  disclosed  on  the  notice  except  the  price 
at  which  the  motor  vehicle  is  offered  for  sale  and  the  terms  of  the 
warranty,  form  an  integral  part  of  the  contract. 

5.  The  contract  for  the  purchase  and  sale  of  a  motor  vehicle 
shall  indicate, 

(a)  the  place  and  date  of  the  contract; 

(b)  the  name  and  address  of  the  consumer  and  of  the  motor 
vehicle  dealer; 

(c)  the  price  of  the  motor  vehicle; 

(d)  the  terms  of  the  warranty; 

(e)  all  other  information  required  to  be  included  on  a  sales  or 
purchase  order  by  or  under  The  Motor  Vehicle  Dealers 
Act. 


6.  The  sale  of  a  used  motor  vehicle  carries  with  it  a  warranty  Warranty 
that  the  motor  vehicle  will  remain  in  good  working  condition, 

(a)  for  a  period  of  six  months  or  10,000  kilometres, 
whichever  occurs  first,  in  the  case  of  a  class  A  motor 
vehicle; 

(b)  for  a  period  of  three  months  or  5,000  kilometres, 
whichever  occurs  first,  in  the  case  of  a  class  B  motor 
vehicle; 

(c)  for  a  period  of  one  month  or  1 ,  700  kilometres,  whichever 
occurs  first,  in  the  case  of  a  class  C  motor  vehicle. 

7.  For  the  purposes  of  section  6,  Classes  of 

motor 
vehicle 

(a)  "class  A  motor  vehicle"  means  a  motor  vehicle  that  is  less 
than  two  years  old  and  has  been  driven  less  than  40,000 
kilometres; 

(b)  "class  B  motor  vehicle"  means  a  motor  vehicle  that  is 
less  than  three  years  old  and  has  been  driven  less  than 
60,000  kilometres; 

(c)  "class  C  motor  vehicle"  means  a  motor  vehicle  that  is  less 
than  five  years  old  and  has  been  driven  less  than  80,000 
kilometres; 

(d)  "class  D  motor  vehicle"  means  a  motor  vehicle  that  is  not 
a  class  A,  B  or  C  motor  vehicle. 

8.  The  warranty  provided  for  in  section  6  does  not  apply  to,    Limitation 

■^  ^  *^^  -^        '     of  warranty 

(a)  normal  maintenance  service  and  the  replacement  of 
parts  resulting  from  it; 

(b)  interior  upholstery  or  exterior  decorative  items; 

(c)  damage  resulting  from  abuse  by  the  consumer  after 
delivery  of  the  motor  vehicle; 

(d)  any  accessory  designated  by  the  regulations;  and 

(e)  any  manufacturing  defect  that  the  motor  vehicle  dealer 
could  not  reasonably  be  expected  to  detect  before  selling 
the  motor  vehicle. 

9.  The  warranty  referred  to  in  section  6  takes  effect  upon  When 
delivery  of  the  used  motor  vehicle. 


Written 
estimate 
required 


10. — (1)  Before  carrying  out  any  repairs  to  a  motor  vehicle, 
the  operator  of  a  motor  vehicle  repair  station  shall  give  the  con- 
sumer a  written  estimate  of  the  cost  of  the  repairs,  and  upon 
acceptance  by  the  consumer,  the  estimate  is  binding  on  the 
operator,  and  the  consumer  shall  not  be  charged  any  amount  for 
the  repairs  in  excess  of  the  amount  of  the  estimate  unless  the 
consumer  agrees  to  pay  all  or  part  of  the  increased  amount. 


Exception 


Charge  for 
estimate 


(2)  An  estimate  is  not  required  if  the  repairs  are  to  be  made 
without  charge  to  the  consumer. 

(3)  A  repair  station  operator  shall  not  charge  a  fee  for  making 
an  estimate  unless  the  operator  advises  the  consumer  of  the  charge 
before  undertaking  to  make  the  estimate. 


Cost  of 
reassembly 


11.  Where,  in  order  to  make  an  estimate,  it  is  necessary  to 
disassemble  all  or  part  of  a  motor  vehicle,  the  amount  referred  to 
in  subsection  1  of  section  10  shall  include  the  cost  of  reassembly 
should  the  consumer  decide  not  to  have  the  repairs  carried  out  and 
the  costs  of  labour  and  of  any  component  required  to  replace  a 
part  that  is  rendered  unusable  as  a  result  of  the  disassembling. 


Content  of 
estimate 


12.  The  estimate  shall  indicate, 

(a)  the  name  and  address  of  the  consumer  and  repair  station 
operator; 

(b)  the  make,  model  and  registration  number  of  the  motor 
vehicle; 

(c)  the  nature  and  total  cost  of  the  repairs  to  be  made; 

(d)  a  description  of  the  parts  to  be  installed,  if  any,  specify- 
ing whether  each  part  is  new,  used,  re-tooled  or  recon- 
ditioned; and 

(e)  the  date  and  duration  of  the  estimate. 


Repairs  not 
included  in 
estimate 


13. — (1)  The  repair  station  operator  shall  not  carry  out  any 
repairs  not  provided  for  in  the  accepted  estimate  unless  the 
operator  obtains  the  express  agreement  of  the  consumer. 


Record  of 
change  in 
estimate 


(2)  Where  the  operator  obtains  the  express  agreement  of  the 
consumer  to  make  additional  repairs,  the  operator  shall  indicate 
the  terms  of  the  agreement  in  the  estimate  and  the  date  of  the 
agreement. 


Content  of 
repair  bill 


1 4 .  When  a  repair  station  operator  has  completed  the  repairs, 
the  operator  shall  give  the  consumer  a  bill  indicating. 


(a)  the  name  and  address  of  the  consumer  and  repair  station 
operator; 

(b)  the  make,  model  and  registration  number  of  the  motor 
vehicle; 

(c)  the  date  of  delivery  of  the  motor  vehicle  to  the  consumer 
and  the  number  of  miles  or  kilometres  registered  on  the 
odometer  of  the  motor  vehicle  on  that  date; 

(d)  the  repairs  carried  out; 

(e)  the  part  or  parts  installed,  specifying  whether  each  part 
is  new,  used,  re-tooled  or  reconditioned  and  the  price  of 
the  part; 

if)  the  number  of  hours  of  labour  billed,  the  hourly  rate  and 
the  total  cost  of  labour; 

ig )  the  total  amount  the  consumer  is  charged  under  clauses  e 
and/;  and 

(h )  the  terms  of  the  warranty. 

15.  The  repair  station  operator  shall,  if  the  consumer  so  Parts 
requests,  give  to  the  consumer  at  the  same  time  as  the  consumer 
takes  delivery  of  the  motor  vehicle,  the  parts  that  have  been 
replaced  unless, 

(a)  the  repairs  are  made  without  charge  to  the  consumer; 

(b)  the  part  is  exchanged  for  a  re- tooled  or  reconditioned 
part;  or 

(c)  the  replaced  part  is  subject  to  a  warranty  contract  under 
which  the  motor  vehicle  dealer  must  return  the  part  to 
the  manufacturer  or  to  the  distributor. 

16. — (1)  Repairs  are  guaranteed  for  three  months  or  5,000  ^"^^'^^^^ 

^   '  r-  o  1  i'r         °t  repairs 

kilometres,  whichever  occurs  first,  and  the  guarantee  takes  effect 
upon  the  delivery  of  the  motor  vehicle. 

(2)  The  guarantee  under  subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  damage  ^^^^^^^ 
resulting  from  damage  caused  by  the  consumer  after  the  repairs  consumer 
are  completed. 

1 7.  Acceptance  of  the  estimate  or  payment  by  the  consumer  ^""^"""ot 
does  not  prejudice  his  recourse  against  a  repair  station  operator  on  prejudiced 
the  grounds  of  absence  of  prior  authorization  for  the  repairs,  bad 


workmanship  or  the  price  exceeding  the  price  indicated  in  the 
estimate. 


Posting  up 
of  sign 


18.  A  repair  station  operator  who  carries  out  motor  vehicle 
repairs  shall  post  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  his  establishment  a  sign 
informing  consumers  of  the  principal  provisions  of  this  Act. 


Repair 
warranty 


1 9.  In  the  case  of  a  warranty  provided  under  this  Act, 

(a)  the  motor  vehicle  dealer  or  the  manufacturer  shall 
assume  the  reasonable  costs  of  towing  or  breakdown 
service  for  the  motor  vehicle,  whether  the  towing  or 
breakdown  service  is  carried  out  by  the  motor  vehicle 
dealer,  the  manufacturer  or  a  third  person;  or 

(b)  the  motor  vehicle  dealer  or  the  manufacturer  shall  carry 
out  the  repairs  to  the  motor  vehicle  and  assume  their  cost 
or  shall  permit  the  consumer  to  have  the  repairs  carried 
out  by  a  third  person  and  shall  assume  their  cost. 


Subsequent 
purchaser 


20.  The  motor  vehicle  dealer  or  the  manufacturer  is  liable  for 
the  performance  of  a  warranty  provided  for  by  this  Act  or  of  any 
other  warranty  to  a  consumer  who  is  the  subsequent  purchaser  of 
the  motor  vehicle. 


Parts  and 

labour 

included 


2 1 .  The  warranty  provided  for  by  this  Act  includes  parts  and 
labour. 


Regulations  22.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 

tions, 

(a)  designating  accessories  for  the  purpose  of  clause  d  of 
section  8; 

{b)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(c)  respecting  any  matter  necessary  or  advisable  to  carry  out 
effectively  the  intent  and  purpose  of  this  Act. 


Commence- 
ment 


23.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title  24.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Motor  Vehicle  Sales  and 

Service  Protection  Act,  1980. 


Co 


Co 

bo 


^ 

s. 

«3 

& 

^ 

^ 

W 

«> 

cn 

§ 

> 

S 

0^ 


o 

o 

Nj 

S" 

t-^ 

?5. 

n 

Co 

>3 

5^ 

1— » 

P> 

?x 

00 
o 

> 

3 


? 

5' 

Bt 

Orq 

o^ 

? 

rT 

n> 

c« 

C/) 

5" 

£L 

O 

3 

P 

CL 

i-l 

o' 

S? 

re 

•o 

e. 

BILL  175  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  Municipal  Hydro-Electric  Service 
in  the  City  of  Sudbury 


The  Hon.  R.  Welch 
Minister  of  Energy 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  establishes  a  new  hydro-electric  commission  for  the  City  of  Sudbury. 

A  transitional  period  is  provided  before  the  new  commission  becomes  fully 
operational. 

The  members  of  the  Commission  will  be  the  mayor  of  the  City  and  additional 
members  qualified  as  municipal  electors  in  the  City. 

The  council  of  the  City  will  determine  whether  after  November  30,  1982  the 
members  of  the  Commission  should  be  elected  or  appointed. 

All  customers  in  Sudbury  will  be  supplied  with  power, by  the  new  Commis- 
sion. 

The  Bill  does  not  affect  existing  agreements  for  the  supply  of  power  by  private 
companies. 

Provision  is  made  for  the  transfer  of  employees  and  the  protection  of  their 
salaries  and  benefits. 


Bill  175  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  Municipal  Hydro- Electric 
Service  in  the  City  of  Sudbury 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1 .    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "accumulated  net  retail  equity"  means  the  portion  of 
equity  accumulated  through  debt  retirement  appropria- 
tions recorded  for  the  Rural  Power  District  relating  to 
Ontario  Hydro's  rural  retail  system  plus  the  portion  of 
the  balance  recorded  for  customers  in  the  Stabilization  of 
Rates  and  Contingencies  Account,  in  the  books  of 
Ontario  Hydro; 

(b)  "City"  means  the  municipality  or  corporation  of  the  City 
of  Sudbury; 

(c)  "Commission"  means  the  hydro-electric  commission 
established  by  section  2; 

(d)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Intergovernmental 
Affairs; 

(e)  "municipal  commission"  means  the  Hydro-Electric 
Commission  of  the  City  of  Sudbury  as  it  existed 
immediately  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act; 

(/)  "power"  means  electrical  power  and  includes  electrical 
energy; 

(g)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

(h)  "retail",  when  used  in  relation  to  the  distribution  and 
supply  of  power,  refers  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of 
power  at  voltages  less  than  50  kilovolts,  but  does  not 


refer  to  works  located  within  a  transformer  station  that 
transform  power  from  voltages  greater  than  50  kilovolts 
to  voltages  less  than  50  kilovolts. 


Commission 
established 


2. — (1)  A  hydro-electric  commission,  to  be  known  as  the 
"Sudbury  Hydro-Electric  Commission",  is  hereby  established  for 
the  City  of  Sudbury. 


Application  (2)  The  Commission  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  commission  estab- 

R.S.O.  1970,  lished  under  Part  Ill'of  The  Public  Utilities  Act  and  a  municipal 
cc.  390,  354      commission  within  the  meaning  of  The  Power  Corporation  Act. 

Composition         (3)  The  Commission  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the  City  and 
1977,  c.  62       additional  members  who  are  qualified  electors  under  The  Munici- 
pal Elections  Act,  1977  in  the  City. 

When  council  (4)  Exccpt  as  provided  in  subsection  5 ,  the  council  of  the  City 
mayjietermine  ^^^^^  determine  by  by-law  whether  the  number  of  additional 
Commission      members  of  the  Commission  shall  be  two  or  four. 

First  (5)  For  the  term  expiring  with  the  30th  day  of  November,  1982, 

commission       ^^^  Commission  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the  City  and  the 

following  additional  members  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the 

council  of  the  City: 

1.  Two  members  of  the  municipal  commission, 

2 .  Two  other  persons  who  reside  in  the  City  of  Sudbury, 
one  of  whom  is  a  resident  of  that  part  of  the  City  supplied 
with  power  by  Ontario  Hydro  immediately  before  the 
coming  into  force  of  this  Act. 


Additional 
members  of 
first 
commission 


(6)  Where  the  number  of  qualified  additional  members  to  be 
appointed  under  paragraph  1  of  subsection  5  is  less  than  the 
required  number  of  additional  members,  the  council  of  the  City 
shall  appoint  an  additional  member  or  additional  members  so  that 
there  will  be  the  required  number  of  additional  members  of  the 
Commission. 


Additional 
members  of 
subsequent 
commissions 


(7)  For  terms  commencing  after  the  30th  day  of  November, 
1982,  the  additional  members  of  the  Commission  shall  be  elected 
by  a  general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  City,  unless  before  the  1st 
day  of  July,  1982  the  council  of  the  City  provides  by  by-law  that 
the  additional  members  shall  be  elected  by  wards  or  appointed  by 
the  council. 


Eligibility 
of  members 
of  council 


(8)  Members  of  the  council  of  the  City  may  be  members  of  the 
Commission,  but  the  members  of  the  council  shall  not  form  a 
majority  of  the  Commission. 


(9)  Subject  to  subsection  5,  a  member  of  the  Commission  shall  Term  of 
hold  office  for  the  same  term  as  the  members  of  council  or  until  his 
successor  is  elected  or  appointed. 

(10)  The  council  of  the  City  may,  by  by-law  passed  with  the  Delegates 
written  consent  of  the  mayor,  appoint  a  delegate  from  among  the 
members  of  the  council  to  represent  the  mayor  on  the  Commis- 
sion. 

(11)  The  salaries  of  the  members  of  the  Commission  for  the  Salary 
term  expiring  with  the  30th  day  of  November,  1982  shall  be  fixed  commission 
on  or  before  the  31st  day  of  December,  1980  in  an  amount  that 

does  not  exceed  the  highest  salary  paid  to  members  of  the  munici- 
pal commission  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1980. 

(12)  A  resignation  from  the  council  of  the  City  of  a  member  of  Resignations 
the  council  who  is  a  member  of  the  Commission  shall  be  deemed  to 

be  a  resignation  from  both  the  council  and  the  Commission. 

3. — (1)  Except  as  herein  provided,  all  the  powers,  rights.  Powers  of 
authorities  and  privileges  that  are  conferred  by  The  Public  ^^q  j^^q 
Utilities  Act  on  a  municipal  corporation  with  respect  to  power  c.  390 
shall,  on  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981,  be  exercised  on 
behalf  of  the  City  by  the  Commission  and  not  by  the  council  of  the 
City  or  any  other  person. 

(2)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981,  the  Commission  J^^^^" 
has  the  sole  right  to  distribute  and  supply  power  within  the  City,  and  supply 
except  for  those  areas  of  the  City  then  being  supplied  power  by  p"^^"" 
other  than  Ontario  Hydro  or  the  municipal  commission. 

(3)  The  right  of  the  Commission  to  distribute  and  supply  Exception 

'  ®  *^*^  -^  to  right  to 

power,  distribute 

and  supply 

(a)  is  subject  to  any  subsisting  contracts  for  the  supply  of  p^^^"^ 
power  made  under  section  70  of  The  Power  Corporation  R  so.  1970, 
Act;  and 

(b)  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  those  parts  of  the  City  that 
are  supplied  with  power  as  of  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1980  by  other  than  Ontario  Hydro  or  the  municipal 
commission. 

(4)  The  Commission  may  contract  with  Ontario  Hydro  without  Contract 
electoral  assent  or  other  approval  or  authorization  for  the  trans-  Ontario 
jnission  and  supply  to  the  Commission  of  power  to  be  distributed  ^y^^° 
and  sold  in  the  City. 

(5)  A  contract  under  subsection  4  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  idem 
agreement  within  the  meaning  of  clauses  of  subsection  2  of  section 

293  of  The  Municipal  Act.  ,      ,,       ..,        R.s.o.  1970, 

^  '■  c.  284 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  3S4 


(6)  Except  where  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act, 
the  provisions  of  The  Power  Corporation  Act  applicable  to  a 
municipal  corporation  that  has  entered  into  a  contract  with 
Ontario  Hydro  for  the  distribution  and  supply  of  power  to  the 
municipal  corporation  apply  to  the  Commission. 


Direct 

customers 


(7)  With  the  consent  of  the  Commission,  Ontario  Hydro  may 
distribute  and  supply  power  directly  to  customers  in  the  City. 


Transfer  of 
assets  and 
liabilities 


4. — (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981,  all  assets  under  the 
control  and  management  of  and  all  liabilities  of  the  municipal 
commission  are,  without  compensation,  assets  under  the  control 
and  management  of  and  liabilities  of  the  Commission. 


Transitional  (2)  Any  of  the  asscts,  powers  and  responsibilities  of  the  munici- 

pal commission  that  pertain  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of 
power  in  the  City  may  be  transferred  by  agreement  before  the  1st 
day  of  January,  1981  to  the  Commission. 


Purchase 

of  retail 

distribution 

facilities 

from 

Ontario 

Hydro 

Leased 
equipment 


5. — (1)  On  or  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981,  the  Commis- 
sion shall  purchase,  on  behalf  of  the  City,  and  Ontario  Hydro  shall 
sell  to  the  Commission,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  Ontario  Hydro 
that  pertain  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of  power  at  retail  in  the 
City. 

(2)  The  purchases  mentioned  in  subsection  1  shall  include 
equipment  leased  by  Ontario  Hydro  to  retail  customers  in  the  City 
for  the  use  of  power  supplied  to  the  retail  customers. 


Purchcise 
price 


(3)  The  purchase  price  shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with 
the  regulations  and  shall  be  equal  to  the  original  cost  of  the  assets 
less  the  sum  of, 

(a)  the  accumulated  net  retail  equity  of  the  customers 
supplied  with  power  through  the  assets;  and 

0)  the  accumulated  depreciation  associated  with  the  assets. 


Interpre- 
tation 


6. — (1)  In  this  section,  "parties"  means  Ontario  Hydro  and  the 
Commission. 


Where  price 
to  be 

determined 
by 
arbitration 


(2)  If  the  purchase  price  under  section  5  is  not  determined 
before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1982,  either  of  the  parties  at  any 
time  thereafter  may  request  that  the  purchase  price  be  determined 
by  a  single  arbitrator  agreed  on  by  the  parties. 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  25 

Vesting 
of  real 
property 


(3)  The  Arbitrations  Act  applies  where  a  request  is  made  under 
subsection  2. 

7. — (1)  All  real  property  transferred  by  section  4  to  the  control 
and  management  of  the  Commission  or  otherwise  acquired  by  or 


for  the  Commission  shall  be  held  by  the  Commission  in  trust  for 
the  City. 

(2)  Where  a  Commission  is  of  the  opinion,  and  so  declares  by  Disposition 
resolution,  that  any  real  property  under  its  control  and  manage-  property 
ment  is  not  required  for  its  purposes,  unless  otherwise  agreed  upon 
by  the  Commission  and  the  City,  the  real  property  may  be  dis- 
posed of  as  follows: 

1 .  In  the  event  that  the  City  wishes  in  good  faith  to  use  the 
real  property  for  a  municipal  purpose,  it  shall  compen- 
sate the  Commission  for  the  real  property  at  its  actual 
cost,  less  accrued  depreciation  as  shown  on  the  books  of 
the  Commission  or  the  assessed  value  of  the  real  prop- 
erty, whichever  is  the  greater,  and  when  the  City  in  good 
faith  no  longer  wishes  to  use  the  real  property  for  a 
municipal  purpose,  the  City  may  sell,  lease  or  otherwise 
dispose  of  the  real  property  without  the  assent  of  Ontario 
Hydro  and  may  retain  the  proceeds  of  the  sale,  lease  or 
disposition  as  municipal  funds. 

2 .  In  the  event  that  the  City  does  not  wish  to  use  the  real 
property  in  accordance  with  paragraph  1 ,  the  Commis- 
sion shall,  as  soon  as  practicable,  sell,  lease  or  otherwise 
dispose  of  the  real  property  at  fair  market  value  on 
behalf  of  the  City  and  the  net  proceeds  derived  from  the 
sale,  lease  or  other  disposition  of  the  real  property  or  the 
compensation  paid  therefor  under  this  subsection  shall 
be  received  by  the  Commission  and  shall  be  applied  in 
accordance  with  The  Public  Utilities  Act.  ^^■9'  ^^^°' 

c.  390 

8.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  sections  92  to  112  Borrowing 
of  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Sudbury  Act,  1972  apply,  with  1^72,  c.  104 
necessary  modifications,  to  any  borrowing  for  the  purposes  of  the 
Commission. 


9. — (1)  In  this  section,  "transfer  date",  when  used  in  respect  of  interpre- 

1  r     1  .    .       ,  .      .  ^  •      TT     1  tation 

an  employee  of  the  municipal  commission  or  Ontario  Hydro, 
means  the  date  on  which  the  Commission  assumes  liability  for  the 
payment  of  the  wages  or  salary  of  the  employee. 

(2)  On  or  before  the  31st  day  of  December,  1980,  Ontario  Transfer 
Hydro  and  the  municipal  commission  shall  designate  those  of  their  employees 
full-time  employees  who  were  employed  in  the  distribution  and 
supply  of  power  in  the  City  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1980,  and 
who  continued  such  employment  until  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1980  or  until  their  transfer  dates,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  the 
Commission  shall  offer  employment  to  the  employees  so  desig- 
nated in  respect  of  the  area  municipality. 


Wages  (3)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  is 

salaries  entitled  to  receive,  for  a  period  of  one  year  commencing  on  the 

transfer  date,  a  wage  or  salary  not  less  than  the  wage  or  salary  he 
was  receiving  on  the  day  nine  months  before  the  transfer  date. 


Partici- 
pation in 
O.M.E.R.S. 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  324 


(4)  The  Commission  shall  be  deemed  to  have  elected  to  partici- 
pate in  the  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  System  on 
the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force,  and  a  person  who  accepts 
employment  under  this  section  shall  be  deemed  to  continue  or  to 
become  a  member  of  the  System,  as  the  case  requires,  on  his 
transfer  date,  and  The  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement 
System  Act  applies  to  such  person  as  a  member  of  the  System. 


Supple- 
mentary 
agreements 


Transfer  of 

pension 

credits 

from 

Ontario 

Hydro 

Plan 


(5)  When  a  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section 
with  the  Commission  is  entitled  immediately  before  his  transfer 
date  to  the  benefit  of  a  supplementary  agreement  between  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  Board  and  the  munici- 
pal commission,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  in  respect  of  the 
person,  all  rights  and  obligations  under  the  supplementary  agree- 
ment as  if  the  Commission  had  been  a  party  to  the  agreement  in 
the  place  of  the  municipal  commission. 

(6)  Where  a  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section 
is  a  contributor  to  The  Pension  and  Insurance  Fund  of  Ontario 
Hydro  immediately  before  his  transfer  date,  the  present  value  of 
the  pension  earned  by  the  person  in  The  Pension  and  Insurance 
Fund  of  Ontario  Hydro  at  the  transfer  date  or  the  contributions  of 
the  person  in  the  Fund  with  interest  accumulated  and  credited  to 
the  person  in  the  Fund,  whichever  is  the  greater,  shall  be  transfer- 
red to  the  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  Fund  and  the 
person  shall  be  given  credit  in  the  Ontario  Municipal  Employees 
Retirement  System  for  a  period  of  service  equal  to  the  period  of 
service  for  which  he  was  given  credit  in  The  Ontario  Hydro 
Pension  and  Insurance  Plan. 


Pension 
guarantee 


(7)  Notwithstanding   subsection   4,    a   person    who   accepts 
employment  under  this  section  with  the  Commission  and  who, 

(a)  was  employed  by  Ontario  Hydro  immediately  before  his 
transfer  date;  and 

{b)  continues  in  the  employment  of  a  municipal  hydro- 
electric commission  until  he  or  his  beneficiary  becomes 
entitled  to  a  pension  benefit, 

is  entitled  to  at  least  the  pension  benefit  he  would  have  been 
entitled  to  under  The  Ontario  Hydro  Pension  and  Insurance  Plan 
if  his  years  of  continuous  service  with  the  commission  had  been 
additional  years  of  continuous  service  with  Ontario  Hydro  and  if 
there  had  been  no  change  in  the  Plan  after  the  31st  day  of 


December,  1980,  calculated  on  the  basis  of  the  wage  or  salary  paid 
to  the  person  by  Ontario  Hydro  and  the  commission,  and  the  cost, 
if  any,  of  the  pension  benefit  over  the  cost  of  the  pension  benefit  to 
which  the  person  is  entitled  under  subsection  4  shall  be  appor- 
tioned and  paid  as  provided  by  the  regulations. 

(8)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  is  9™"p 
entitled  as  a  term  of  his  employment  to  continue  as  a  member  of  insurance 
the  group  life  insurance  plan  in  which  he  was  a  member  with  his 
former  employer  until  the  effective  date  of  a  common  group  life 
insurance  plan  covering  all  eligible  employees  of  the  Commission. 

(9)  On  or  before  the  31st  day  of  December,  1982,  the  Commis-  idem 
sion  shall  provide  a  common  group  life  insurance  plan  covering  all 

of  the  eligible  employees  of  the  Commission,  and  the  plan  shall 
provide  to  any  person  accepting  employment  under  this  section, 
by  option  or  otherwise,  insurance  coverage  not  inferior  to  the 
insurance  coverage  to  which  the  person  was  entitled  immediately 
before  his  transfer  date. 

(10)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  shall  Sick  leave 
continue  to  enjoy  the  rights  and  benefits  of  sick  leave  entitlements 

or  sick  leave  insurance  provided  by  his  former  employer 
immediately  before  the  transfer  date  until  the  Commission  estab- 
lishes a  sick  leave  entitlement  plan  or  sick  leave  insurance  plan, 
and  thereupon  the  person  shall  receive  allowance  or  credit  for  any 
accrued  sick  leave  rights  or  benefits. 

(11)  The  Commission  shall  continue  the  provision  of  life  insur-  Life 
ance  to  pensioners  formerly  employed  by  the  municipal  commis-  provided  to 

cjQjj  pensioners 

(12)  Nothing  in  this  section  prevents  an  employer  from  ter-  Termination 
minating  the  employment  of  an  employee  for  cause. 

(13)  Where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister,  a  person  who  is  Special 
designated  or  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  experi-  stances 
ences  any  difficulty  or  hardship  with  regard  to  life  insurance 
benefits,  pension  rights,  pension  benefits  or  sick  leave  rights  or 
benefits,  the  Minister  by  order  may  do  anything  necessary  to 
remedy  or  alleviate  such  difficulty  or  hardship. 

10.  For  the  purposes  of  section  132  of  The  Regional  Munici-  Dissolution 
pality  of  Sudbury  Act,  1972,  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981  is  the  existing 
date  determined  by  the  Minister  in  respect  of  the  City  and  on  that  commissions 
date  the  municipal  commission  is  dissolved  and  any  by-laws  ^ 
establishing  it  shall  be  deemed  to  be  repealed  and  the  assent  of  the 
municipal  electors  is  not  required. 

1 1 .  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula-  Regulations 
tions, 


Commence- 
ment 


(a)  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  3  of  section  5  in  respect  of, 

(i)  the  method  of  determining  the  original  cost  of  the 
assets  or  of  any  asset  or  of  any  part  of  any  asset, 

(ii)  the  allocation  of  the  original  cost  of  the  assets  or 
of  any  asset  or  of  any  part  of  any  asset, 

(iii)  the  method  of  determining  the  amount  of  any 
component  of  the  accumulated  net  retail  equity, 

(iv)  the  allocation  of  the  accumulated  net  retail  equity 
or  any  component  of  the  accumulated  net  retail 
equity, 

(v)  the  method  of  calculating  accumulated  deprecia- 
tion of  any  component  of  accumulated  deprecia- 
tion-, 

(vi)  the  allocation  of  accumulated  depreciation  or  any 
component  of  accumulated  depreciation, 

(vii)  the  method  of  payment  of  the  price  of  the  assets; 

(b)  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  7  of  section  9  in  respect  of 
the  apportionment  of  the  excess  cost  of  any  benefit  refer- 
red to  in  the  subsection  and  the  payment  of  the  excess 
cost  or  any  part  thereof. 

12.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

Assent. 


Short  title 


13.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  City  of  Sudbury  Hydro- 
Electric  Service  Act,  1980. 


r2 


bo 


H 

$ 

X 

C/l' 

ffl 

<-*■ 

O 

•1 

;^ 

o 

?^ 

m 

3 

n> 
i-t 

ora 

f 

*< 

o 

W 

uj 

t\J 

S 

•-* 

;5 

S 

CT" 

o> 

?i- 

es. 

n 

<r>. 

>3 

>3 

^ 

55 

^J 

Q 

S- 

S- 

s' 

s' 

"• 

rS 

0K> 

c^ 

00 

o 

0^ 

c 
a 
cr 


ft     i-h 

^  o 


3    3 
P 


BILL  175 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  Municipal  Hydro- Electric  Service 
in  the  City  of  Sudbury 


The  Hon.  R.  Welch 
Minister  of  Energy 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Bill  175  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  Municipal  Hydro-Electric 
Service  in  the  City  of  Sudbury 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1 .    In  this  Act,  Interpre 


tation 


(a)  "accumulated  net  retail  equity"  means  the  portion  of 
equity  accumulated  through  debt  retirement  appropria- 
tions recorded  for  the  Rural  Power  District  relating  to 
Ontario  Hydro's  rural  retail  system  plus  the  portion  of 
the  balance  recorded  for,  customers  in  the  Stabilization  of 
Rates  and  Contingencies  Account,  in  the  books  of 
Ontario  Hydro; 

(b)  "City"  means  the  municipality  or  corporation  of  the  City 
of  Sudbury; 

(c)  "Commission"  means  the  hydro-electric  commission 
established  by  section  2; 

(d)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Intergovernmental 

Affairs; 

(e)  "municipal  commission"  means  the  Hydro-Electric 
Commission  of  the  City  of  Sudbury  as  it  existed 
immediately  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act; 

(/)  "power"  means  electrical  power  and  includes  electrical 
energy; 

(g)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

(h)  "retail",  when  used  in  relation  to  the  distribution  and 
supply  of  power,  refers  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of 
power  at  voltages  less  than  SO  kilo  volts,  but  does  not 


refer  to  works  located  within  a  transformer  station  that 
transform  power  from  voltages  greater  than  50  kilovolts 
to  voltages  less  than  SO  kilovolts. 


Commission 
established 


2. — (1)  A  hydro-electric  commission,  to  be  known  as  the 
"Sudbury  Hydro-Electric  Commission",  is  hereby  established  for 
the  City  of  Sudbury. 


Application  (2)  The  Commission  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  commission  estab- 

R.s.o.  1970,  lished  under  Part  III  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act  and  a  municipal 

cc.  390, 354  commission  within  the  meaning  of  The  Power  Corporation  Act. 

ComposiUon  (3)  xhc  Commission  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the  City  and 

1977,  c.  62  additional  members  who  are  qualified  electors  under  The  Munici- 
pal Elections  Act,  1977  in  the  City. 

When  council  (4)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  5,  the  council  of  the  City 

size  of  shall  determine  by  by-law  whether  the  number  of  additional 

Commission  members  of  the  Commission  shall  be  two  or  four. 


First 
commission 


(5)  For  the  term  expiring  with  the  30th  day  of  November,  1982, 
the  Commission  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the  City  and  the 
following  additional  members  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
council  of  the  City: 


1.  Two  members  of  the  municipal  commission. 

2.  Two  other  persons  who  reside  in  the  City  of  Sudbury, 
one  of  whom  is  a  resident  of  that  part  of  the  City  supplied 
with  power  by  Ontario  Hydro  immediately  before  the 
coming  into  force  of  this  Act. 


Additional 
members  of 
first 
commission 


(6)  Where  the  number  of  qualified  additional  members  to  be 
appointed  under  paragraph  1  of  subsection  5  is  less  than  the 
required  number  of  additional  members,  the  council  of  the  City 
shall  appoint  an  additional  member  or  additional  members  so  that 
there  will  be  the  required  number  of  additional  members  of  the 
Commission. 


Additional 
members  of 
subsequent 
commissions 


(7)  For  terms  commencing  after  the  30th  day  of  November, 
1982,  the  additional  members  of  the  Commission  shall  be  elected 
by  a  general  vote  of  the  electors  of  the  City,  unless  before  the  1st 
day  of  July,  1982  the  council  of  the  City  provides  by  by-law  that 
the  additional  members  shall  be  elected  by  wards  or  appointed  by 
the  council. 


Eligibility 
of  members 
of  council 


(8)  Members  of  the  council  of  the  City  may  be  members  of  the 
Commission,  but  the  members  of  the  council  shall  not  form  a 
majority  of  the  Commission. 


(9)  Subject  to  subsection  5,  a  member  of  the  Commission  shall  Term  of 
hold  office  for  the  same  term  as  the  members  of  council  or  until  his 
successor  is  elected  or  appointed. 

(10)  The  council  of  the  City  may,  by  by-law  passed  with  the  Delegates 
written  consent  of  the  mayor,  appoint  a  delegate  from  among  the 
members  of  the  council  to  represent  the  mayor  on  the  Commis- 
sion. 

(11)  The  salaries  of  the  members  of  the  Commission  for  the  Salary 
term  expiring  with  the  30th  day  of  November,  1982  shall  be  fixed  commission 
on  or  before  the  31st  day  of  December,  1980  in  an  amount  that 

does  not  exceed  the  highest  salary  paid  to  members  of  the  munici- 
pal commission  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1980. 

(12)  A  resignation  from  the  council  of  the  City  of  a  member  of  Resignations 
the  council  who  is  a  member  of  the  Commission  shall  be  deemed  to 

be  a  resignation  from  both  the  council  and  the  Commission. 


3. — (1)  Except  as  herein  provided,  all  the  powers,  rights,  Powers  of 
authorities  and  privileges  that  are  conferred  by  The  Public  j^  g  q  ^g^Q 
Utilities  ^c^  on  a  municipal  corporation  with  respect  to  power  c.  390 
shall,  on  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981,  be  exercised  on 
behalf  of  the  City  by  the  Commission  and  not  by  the  council  of  the 
City  or  any  other  person. 

(2)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981,  the  Commission  ^s\^° 
has  the  sole  right  to  distribute  and  supply  power  within  the  City,  and  supply 
except  for  those  areas  of  the  City  then  being  supplied  power  by  p'^^^"' 
other  than  Ontario  Hydro  or  the  municipal  commission. 

(3)  The  right  of  the  Commission  to  distribute  and  supply  Exception 

"^  "  ^*^  -^  to  right  to 

power,  distribute 

and  supply 

(a)  is  subject  to  any  subsisting  contracts  for  the  supply  of  p"^^"^ 
power  made  under  section  70  of  The  Power  Corporation  R  so.  1970, 
Act;  and 

(b)  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  those  parts  of  the  City  that 
are  supplied  with  power  as  of  the  3 1st  day  of  December, 
1980  by  other  than  Ontario  Hydro  or  the  municipal 
commission. 

(4)  The  Commission  may  contract  with  Ontario  Hydro  without  Contract 
electoral  assent  or  other  approval  or  authorization  for  the  trans-  Ontario 
mission  and  supply  to  the  Commission  of  power  to  be  distributed  ^y^^° 
and  sold  in  the  City. 

(5)  A  contract  under  subsection  4  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  idem 
agreement  within  the  meaning  of  clause  5  of  subsection  2  of  section 

293  of  The  Municipal  Act.  R  s.o.  1970, 

•^  c.  284 


Application 

of 

R.S.O.  1970, 

c.  354 


(6)  Except  where  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act, 
the  provisions  of  The  Power  Corporation  Act  applicable  to  a 
municipal  corporation  that  has  entered  into  a  contract  with 
Ontario  Hydro  for  the  distribution  and  supply  of  power  to  the 
municipal  corporation  apply  to  the  Commission. 


Direct 
customers 


(7)  With  the  consent  of  the  Commission,  Ontario  Hydro  may 
distribute  and  supply  power  directly  to  customers  in  the  City. 


Transfer  of 
assets  and 
liabilities 


4. — (1)  On  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981,  all  assets  under  the 
control  and  management  of  and  all  liabilities  of  the  municipal 
commission  are,  without  compensation,  assets  under  the  control 
and  management  of  and  liabilities  of  the  Commission. 


Transitional  (2)  Any  of  the  asscts,  powcrs  and  responsibilities  of  the  munici- 

pal commission  that  pertain  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of 
power  in  the  City  may  be  transferred  by  agreement  before  the  1st 
day  of  January,  1981  to  the  Commission. 


Purchase 

of  retail 

distribution 

facilities 

from 

Ontario 

Hydro 

Leased 
equipment 


5. — (1)  On  or  before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981,  the  Commis- 
sion shall  purchase,  on  behalf  of  the  City,  and  Ontario  Hydro  shall 
sell  to  the  Commission,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  Ontario  Hydro 
that  pertain  to  the  distribution  and  supply  of  power  at  retail  in  the 
City. 

(2)  The  purchases  mentioned  in  subsection  1  shall  include 
equipment  leased  by  Ontario  Hydro  to  retail  customers  in  the  City 
for  the  use  of  power  supplied  to  the  retail  customers. 


Purchase 
price 


(3)  The  purchase  price  shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with 
the  regulations  and  shall  be  equal  to  the  original  cost  of  the  assets 
less  the  sum  of, 

(a)  the  accumulated  net  retail  equity  of  the  customers 
supplied  with  power  through  the  assets;  and 

{b)  the  accumulated  depreciation  associated  with  the  assets. 


Interpre- 
tation 


6. — (1)  In  this  section,  "parties"  means  Ontario  Hydro  and  the 
Commission. 


Where  price 
to  be 

determined 
by 
arbitration 


(2)  If  the  purchase  price  under  section  5  is  not  determined 
before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1982,  either  of  the  parties  at  any 
time  thereafter  may  request  that  the  purchase  price  be  determined 
by  a  single  arbitrator  agreed  on  by  the  parties. 


Application 
of 

R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  25 

Vesting 
of  real 
property 


(3)  The  Arbitrations  Act  applies  where  a  request  is  made  under 
subsection  2. 

7. — (1)  All  real  property  transferred  by  section  4  to  the  control 
and  management  of  the  Commission  or  otherwise  acquired  by  or 


for  the  Commission  shall  be  held  by  the  Commission  in  trust  for 
the  City. 

(2)  Where  a  Commission  is  of  the  opinion,  and  so  declares  by  Disposition 
resolution,  that  any  real  property  under  its  control  and  manage-  property 
ment  is  not  required  for  its  purposes,  unless  otherwise  agreed  upon 
by  the  Commission  and  the  City,  the  real  property  may  be  dis- 
posed of  as  follows: 

1 .  In  the  event  that  the  City  wishes  in  good  faith  to  use  the 
real  property  for  a  municipal  purpose,  it  shall  compen- 
sate the  Commission  for  the  real  property  at  its  actual 
cost,  less  accrued  depreciation  as  shown  on  the  books  of 
the  Commission  or  the  assessed  value  of  the  real  prop- 
erty, whichever  is  the  greater,  and  when  the  City  in  good 
faith  no  longer  wishes  to  use  the  real  property  for  a 
municipal  purpose,  the  City  may  sell,  lease  or  otherwise 
dispose  of  the  real  property  without  the  assent  of  Ontario 
Hydro  and  may  retain  the  proceeds  of  the  sale,  lease  or 
disposition  as  municipal  funds. 

2 .  In  the  event  that  the  City  does  not  wish  to  use  the  real 
property  in  accordance  with  paragraph  1 ,  the  Commis- 
sion shall,  as  soon  as  practicable,  sell,  lease  or  otherwise 
dispose  of  the  real  property  at  fair  market  value  on 
behalf  of  the  City  and  the  net  proceeds  derived  from  the 
sale,  lease  or  other  disposition  of  the  real  property  or  the 
compensation  paid  therefor  under  this  subsection  shall 
be  received  by  the  Commission  and  shall  be  applied  in 
accordance  with  The  Public  Utilities  Act.  ^  ?-9  ^'^°' 

c.  390 

8.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  sections  92  to  112  Borrowing 
of  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Sudbury  Act,  1972  apply,  with  i972,  c.  i04 
necessary  modifications,  to  any  borrowing  for  the  purposes  of  the 
Commission. 


9. — (1)  In  this  section,  "transfer  date",  when  used  in  respect  of  imerpre- 

.    .  .      .  •       TT     1  tation 

an  employee  of  the  municipal  commission  or  Ontario  Hydro, 
means  the  date  on  which  the  Commission  assumes  liability  for  the 
payment  of  the  wages  or  salary  of  the  employee. 

(2)  On  or  before  the  31st  day  of  December,  1980,  Ontario  Transfer 
Hydro  and  the  municipal  commission  shall  designate  those  of  their  employees 
full-time  employees  who  were  employed  in  the  distribution  and 
supply  of  power  in  the  City  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1980,  and 
who  continued  such  employment  until  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1980  or  until  their  transfer  dates,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  the 
Commission  shall  offer  employment  to  the  employees  so  desig- 
nated in  respect  of  the  area  municipality. 


Wages 
or 

salaries 


(3)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  is 
entitled  to  receive,  for  a  period  of  one  year  commencing  on  the 
transfer  date,  a  wage  or  salary  not  less  than  the  wage  or  salary  he 
was  receiving  on  the  day  nine  months  before  the  transfer  date. 


Partici- 
pation in 
O.M.E.R.S. 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  324 


Supple- 
mentary 
agreements 


Transfer  of 

pension 

credits 

from 

Ontario 

Hydro 

Plan 


(4)  The  Commission  shall  be  deemed  to  have  elected  to  partici- 
pate in  the  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  System  on 
the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force,  and  a  person  who  accepts 
employment  under  this  section  shall  be  deemed  to  continue  or  to 
become  a  member  of  the  System,  as  the  case  requires,  on  his 
transfer  date,  and  The  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement 
System  Act  applies  to  such  person  as  a  member  of  the  System. 

(5)  When  a  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section 
with  the  Commission  is  entitled  immediately  before  his  transfer 
date  to  the  benefit  of  a  supplementary  agreement  between  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  Board  and  the  munici- 
pal commission,  the  Commission  shall  assume,  in  respect  of  the 
person,  all  rights  and  obligations  under  the  supplementary  agree- 
ment as  if  the  Commission  had  been  a  party  to  the  agreement  in 
the  place  of  the  municipal  commission. 

(6)  Where  a  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section 
is  a  contributor  to  The  Pension  and  Insurance  Fund  of  Ontario 
Hydro  immediately  before  his  transfer  date,  the  present  value  of 
the  pension  earned  by  the  person  in  The  Pension  and  Insurance 
Fund  of  Ontario  Hydro  at  the  transfer  date  or  the  contributions  of 
the  person  in  the  Fund  with  interest  accumulated  and  credited  to 
the  person  in  the  Fund,  whichever  is  the  greater,  shall  be  transfer- 
red to  the  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  Fund  and  the 
person  shall  be  given  credit  in  the  Ontario  Municipal  Employees 
Retirement  System  for  a  period  of  service  equal  to  the  period  of 
service  for  which  he  was  given  credit  in  The  Ontario  Hydro 
Pension  and  Insurance  Plan. 


Pension 
guarantee 


(7)  Notwithstanding   subsection    4,    a   person    who   accepts 
employment  under  this  section  with  the  Commission  and  who, 

(a)  was  employed  by  Ontario  Hydro  immediately  before  his 
transfer  date;  and 

{b)  continues  in  the  employment  of  a  municipal  hydro- 
electric commission  until  he  or  his  beneficiary  becomes 
entitled  to  a  pension  benefit, 

is  entitled  to  at  least  the  pension  benefit  he  would  have  been 
entitled  to  under  The  Ontario  Hydro  Pension  and  Insurance  Plan 
if  his  years  of  continuous  service  with  the  commission  had  been 
additional  years  of  continuous  service  with  Ontario  Hydro  and  if 
there  had  been  no  change  in  the  Plan  after  the  31st  day  of 


December,  1980,  calculated  on  the  basis  of  the  wage  or  salary  paid 
to  the  person  by  Ontario  Hydro  and  the  commission,  and  the  cost, 
if  any,  of  the  pension  benefit  over  the  cost  of  the  pension  benefit  to 
which  the  person  is  entitled  under  subsection  4  shall  be  appor- 
tioned and  paid  as  provided  by  the  regulations. 

(8)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  is  pi"""? 
entitled  as  a  term  of  his  employment  to  continue  as  a  member  of  insurance 
the  group  life  insurance  plan  in  which  he  was  a  member  with  his 
former  employer  until  the  effective  date  of  a  common  group  life 
insurance  plan  covering  all  eligible  employees  of  the  Commission. 

(9)  On  or  before  the  31st  day  of  December,  1982,  the  Commis-  idem 
sion  shall  provide  a  common  group  life  insurance  plan  covering  all 

of  the  eligible  employees  of  the  Commission,  and  the  plan  shall 
provide  to  any  person  accepting  employment  under  this  section, 
by  option  or  otherwise,  insurance  coverage  not  inferior  to  the 
insurance  coverage  to  which  the  person  was  entitled  immediately 
before  his  transfer  date. 

(10)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  shall  Sick  leave 
continue  to  enjoy  the  rights  and  benefits  of  sick  leave  entitlements 

or  sick  leave  insurance  provided  by  his  former  employer 
immediately  before  the  transfer  date  until  the  Commission  estab- 
lishes a  sick  leave  entitlement  plan  or  sick  leave  insurance  plan, 
and  thereupon  the  person  shall  receive  allowance  or  credit  for  any 
accrued  sick  leave  rights  or  benefits. 


(11)  The  Commission  shall  continue  the  provision  of  life  insur- 


Life 
.  ,  1111  •    •       1  •       insurance 

ance  to  pensioners  formerly  employed  by  the  municipal  commis-  provided  to 

_:«_  pensioners 


(12)  Nothing  in  this  section  prevents  an  employer  from  ter-  Termination 
minating  the  employment  of  an  employee  for  cause. 

(13)  Where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister,  a  person  who  is  Special 

I'll  1         1  •  •  •     circum- 

designated  or  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  experi-  stances 
ences  any  difficulty  or  hardship  with  regard  to  life  insurance 
benefits,  pension  rights,  pension  benefits  or  sick  leave  rights  or 
benefits,  the  Minister  by  order  may  do  anything  necessary  to 
remedy  or  alleviate  such  difficulty  or  hardship. 

10.  For  the  purposes  of  section  132  of  The  Regional  Munici-  Dissolution 
pality  of  Sudbury  Act,  1972,  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981  is  the  existing 
date  determined  by  the  Minister  in  respect  of  the  City  and  on  that  commissions 
date  the  municipal  commission  is  dissolved  and  any  by-laws 
establishing  it  shall  be  deemed  to  be  repealed  and  the  assent  of  the 
municipal  electors  is  not  required. 

1 1 .  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula-  Regulations 
tions, 


Commence- 
ment 


(a)  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  3  of  section  5  in  respect  of, 

(i)  the  method  of  determining  the  original  cost  of  the 
assets  or  of  any  asset  or  of  any  part  of  any  asset, 

(ii)  the  allocation  of  the  original  cost  of  the  assets  or 
of  any  asset  or  of  any  part  of  any  asset, 

(iii)  the  method  of  determining  the  amount  of  any 
component  of  the  accumulated  net  retail  equity, 

(iv)  the  allocation  of  the  accumulated  net  retail  equity 
or  any  component  of  the  accumulated  net  retail 
equity, 

(v)  the  method  of  calculating  accumulated  deprecia- 
tion of  any  component  of  accumulated  deprecia- 
tion-, 

(vi)  the  allocation  of  accumulated  depreciation  or  any 
component  of  accumulated  depreciation, 

(vii)  the  method  of  payment  of  the  price  of  the  assets; 

(b)  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  7  of  section  9  in  respect  of 
the  apportionment  of  the  excess  cost  of  any  benefit  refer- 
red to  in  the  subsection  and  the  payment  of  the  excess 
cost  or  any  part  thereof. 

12.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


13.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  City  of  Sudbury  Hydro- 
Electric  Service  Act,  1980. 


ST  ^ 
O 


e^ 


o 
< 

ft! 

Uj 

o 
< 

n 

3 
cr 
ft> 

tNJ 

O 

o 

3 

cr 
ft> 

ft- 
>3 

O 

cr 

CD 
—I 

to 

>3 

<^ 

"i 

TO 

rso 

TO 

H- ' 

G 

4^ 

a 

^i 

» 

Vol. 

cr 

cr 

Pi- 

0^ 

H-^ 

OrCl 

^_> 

0^ 

O 

ex 

00 

00 
O 

o 

o 

> 

ffiC! 
a> 

S'  <^ 

o  ^ 

'  i?" 

W  o 

^  fi  3 

c/)  '^  a 

c  en  "> 

•^  2  c^ 

c  2  ^ 

VJ  ft.  g 

Ci     C! 


n 

o 


<T!    t3 


BILL  176  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Toronto  Area  Transit  Operating  Authority  Act,  1974 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  Currently,  the  chairman  of  the  Authority  is  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  a  five-year  term.  The  term  is  being  reduced  to 
three  years  subject  to  the  incumbent  serving  out  his  full  five-year  term. 

Certain  provisions  of  The  Public  Vehicles  Act  regulating  the  leasing  of  buses 
do  not  apply  in  respect  of  a  bus  leased  to  or  from  the  Authority. 


Section  2 .     The  objects  of  the  Authority  are  being  expanded  and  clarified. 
Section  6  (6)  currently  reads  as  follows: 

(b)  to  co-ordinate  the  operations  of  surface  and  subsurface  inter-regional 
transit  systems  and  surface  and  subsurface  regional  transit  systems  and  to 
operate,  within  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  the  Authority  on  routes  where 
the  Authority  operates  an  inter-regional  transit  service,  transit  services 
within  a  regional  area  at  the  request  of  and  under  an  agreement  with  the 
council  of  the  regional  area  or  the  council  of  an  area  municipality  within 
the  regional  area. 

The  proposed  change  to  section  6  (c)  is  complementary  to  the  new  section  6  {b). 


BILL  176  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Toronto  Area 
Transit  Operating  Authority  Act,  1974 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection   3   of  section   2   of  The   Toronto  Area   Transit  ^^^^j'j 

.  •  1     1   amended 

Operating  Authority  Act,  1974,  being  chapter  69,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "five"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "three". 

(2)  The  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^^'      , 

^    '  '  -^  amended 

1977,  chapter  39,  section  2,  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(10)  Sections  2a  and  9b  of  The  Public  Vehicles  Act  do  not  apply  where 

R  S  O    1Q70 

to  the  Authority  or  to  the  holder  of  an  operating  licence  issued  c.  392 
under  that  Act  who  leases  a  bus  to  or  from  the  Authority.  ^^^^  ^^^  ^pp'^ 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  3  of  section  2  of  The  Toronto  Present 

A  -n  •      ^  ■  A       1        ■  A  chairman 

Area  Transit  Operating  Authority  Act,  1974,  as  amended 
by  subsection  1,  the  member  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  holding  office  on  the  day  this  Act  comes 
into  force  remains  in  office  until  his  term  of  five  years  expires. 

2. — (1)  Clause  b  of  section  6  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  ^^^^1^*^^^^ 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1977,  chapter  39,  section  4,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

{b)  to  facilitate  the  operational  integration  of  surface  and 
subsurface  inter-regional  transit  systems  and  surface 
and  subsurface  regional  transit  systems,  and  to  operate, 
within  the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  the  Authority  on  routes 
where  the  Authority  operates  an  inter-regional  transit 
service,  transit  services  within  a  regional  area  at  the 
request  of  and  under  an  agreement  with  the  council  of 
the  regional  area  or  the  council  of  an  area  municipality 
within  the  regional  area. 


s.  6  (c), 
amended 


(2)  Clause  c  of  the  said  section  6  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"co-ordinating"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"operational  integration". 


s.  7  (1)  («), 
amended 


3. — (1)  Clause  e  of  subsection  1  of  section  7  of  the  said  Act  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "the  integration  or  co-ordination  or  both"  in 
the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the  operational 
integration". 


s.  7  (2)  (d)  (i), 
amended 


(2)  Subclause  i  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  7, 
as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1977,  chapter 
39,  section  5,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "with"  in  the 
second  line  "or  without". 


ss.  la,  7b, 
enacted 


Agreements 

with 

Minister 


4.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  sections: 

7a. — (1)  The  Minister  and  the  Authority  may,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  enter  into  an 
agreement  that  the  Authority  shall  establish,  acquire,  construct, 
operate  and  maintain  a  transit  system  that  is  not  within  or  limited 
to  its  area  of  jurisdiction. 


Powers 


(2)  The  powers  of  the  Authority  under  subsection  2  of  section  7 
shall  extend  to  activities  carried  out  by  the  Authority  pursuant  to 
an  agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  1 ,  and,  for  purposes  of 
carrying  out  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  shall  not  be  limited  to 
inter-regional  transit  systems. 


Payment  of 
expenditures 


(3)  The  Minister  may  pay  all  or  part  of  the  expenditures, 
pursuant  to  an  agreement  made  under  subsection  1,  to  establish, 
acquire,  construct,  operate  and  maintain  a  transit  system  and  to 
acquire  lands  and  equipment  necessary  and  incidental  thereto. 


Use  of  "GO 

Transit" 

trademark 


7b .  The  Authority  is  hereby  granted  the  non-exclusive  right  to 
use  the  trademark  "GO  Transit"  and  shall  identify  all  transit 
vehicles  and  railway  rolling  stock,  when  practical,  operated  by  or 
on  behalf  of  the  Authority  by  the  display  of  the  trademark  thereon . 


s.  10  (3), 
re-enacted 


Motor  vehicle 
owner  and 
driver  liable 
for  penalties 


5.  Subsection  3  of  section  10  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  owner  of  a  vehicle  may  be  charged  with  and  convicted 
of  any  contravention  of  a  regulation  made  under  subsection  1 
prohibiting  or  regulating  vehicular  traffic  for  which  the  driver  of 
the  vehicle  is  subject  to  be  charged  unless,  at  the  time  of  the 
contravention,  the  vehicle  was  in  the  possession  of  some  person 
other  than  the  owner  without  the  owner's  consent  and  on  convic- 
tion the  owner  is  liable  to  the  penalty  prescribed  for  the  offence. 


Section  3. — Subsection  1.     The  proposed  change  is  complementary  to  the 
new  section  6b  of  the  Act. 


Subsection  2.  Section  7  (2)  (d)  of  the  Act  currently  enables  the  Authority  to 
enter  into  agreements  to  lease  out  transit  vehicles  owned  by  the  Authority  with 
drivers.  The  proposed  amendment  permits  the  leasing  of  vehicles  without  drivers. 


Section  4.  The  provisions  set  out  in  the  proposed  section  7a  of  the  Act 
permits  the  Minister  and  the  Authority  to  enter  into  agreements  related  to  transit 
systems  and  enables  the  Minister  to  contribute,  in  whole  or  in  part,  toward  the  cost. 

The  proposed  section  7b  of  the  Act  is  self-explanatory. 


Section  5.  Section  10  of  the  Act  authorizes  the  making  of  regulations  and 
provides  for  a  penalty  for  contravention  of  certain  regulations. 

The  proposed  amendment  clarifies  that  in  respect  of  parking  and  traffic 
offences,  the  owner  of  a  vehicle  may  be  charged  and  convicted  without  the  driver  of 
the  vehicle  being  charged.  A  similar  clarification  was  enacted  in  The  Highway 
Traffic  Act  in  the  spring. 


3 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

ment 

7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Toronto  Area  Transit  Operating  Short  title 
Authority  Amendment  Act,  1980. 


(30 


v>' 

H 

cr 

hC 

o 

w 

o 
3 

o 

o 

3 

H 

_^ 

c 

o' 

rj- 

3 
O 

o' 

r-i- 

3 

P 

c/: 

v> 

^-^ 

^2 

o' 

o 

3 

^ 

p 

3 

CL 

S 

►-< 

>^ 

i-j 

>3 

c^ 

Oj 

«) 

C) 

o 

R 

<-^ 

PL 

^4. 

s 

"^ 

S 

c^ 

00 

o 

O-Q 

H 

3- 
a> 

H 

o 

>3  ^ 
^  O  3 
O    >> 

,r-t-    fT>     r+ 

O  -(  p 
^"^     i 

^  ^'  o. 
4.   O 
XJ 
•-t 

p 

r-f- 
5' 

Orq 


BILL  177  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for 
the  Safe  Use  of  X-ray  Machines  in  the  Healing  Arts 


The  Hon.  D.  R.  Timbrell 
Minister  of  Health 


I 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  provides  for  regulation  of  the  installation  and  the  operation  of  x-ray 
machines  in  the  healing  arts.  X-ray  machine  is  defined  in  section  1  as  "an  electri- 
cally powered  device  the  purpose  and  function  of  which  is  the  production  of  x-rays 
for  the  irradiation  of  a  human  being  for  a  therapeutic  or  diagnostic  purpose". 

Section  3  regulates  the  installation  of  x-ray  machines. 

Section  4  requires  the  registration  of  x-ray  machines,  their  locations  and  the 
names  and  addresses  of  their  owners. 

Section  5  prohibits  the  operation  of  an  x-ray  machine  by  an  unqualified 
person.  Qualifications  are  to  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations.  A  transitional  period 
until  the  1st  day  of  January,  1984  or  such  later  date  as  may  be  named  by  proclama- 
tion is  provided  in  the  section. 

Section  6  prohibits  the  operation  of  an  x-ray  machine  upon  a  human  being 
except  upon  the  prescription  of  a  medical  practitioner,  a  dentist,  a  chiropodist,  a 
chiropractor  or  an  osteopath. 

Section  7  will  prohibit  the  use  of  unqualified  persons  as  operators  of  x-ray 
machines. 

Section  8  prohibits  the  operation  of  a  substandard  x-ray  machine. 

Section  9  requires  the  designation  of  a  radiation  protection  officer  in  a  facility 
and  sets  out  the  responsibilities  of  the  radiation  protection  officer. 

Sections  10,  11  and  12  provide  for  appeals  from  decisions  of  the  Director  in 
respect  of  approvals. 

Section  13  provides  for  orders  by  the  Director  or  an  inspector  because  of 
danger  to  the  health  or  safety  of  any  person  and  section  14  provides  for  emergency 
orders. 

Provision  is  made  for  appeals  to  the  Health  Facilities  Appeal  Board  in  respect 
of  approvals  and  orders. 

Section  15  establishes  the  Healing  Arts  Radiation  Protection  Commission  and 
sets  out  its  functions. 

Section  19  provides  for  the  appointment  of  the  Director  of  X-ray  Safety  and 
section  20  provides  for  the  appointment  and  powers  of  inspectors. 


BILL  177  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Safe  Use 
of  X-ray  Machines  in  the  Healing  Arts 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. (1)    In  this  Act,  imerpre- 

'  tation 

(a)  "Appeal  Board"  means  the  Health  Facilities  Appeal 

Board  established  by  The  Ambulance  Act;  R.s.o.  1970 


c.  20 


(6)  "Commission"  means  the  Healing  Arts  Radiation  Pro- 
tection Commission  established  under  section  15; 

(c )  "Director"  means  the  Director  of  X-ray  Safety  appointed 
under  section  19; 

{d)  "inspector"  means  an  inspector  appointed  under  section 
20; 

{e)  "owner",  when  used  with  reference  to  an  x-ray  machine, 
means  the  owner  or  other  person  who  has  the  manage- 
ment and  control  of  the  x-ray  machine; 

(/)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Health; 

(g)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

{h)  "x-ray  equipment"  includes  x-ray  imaging  systems,  pro- 
cessing equipment  and  equipment  directly  related  to  the 
production  of  images  for  diagnosis  or  directly  related  to 
irradiation  with  x-rays  for  therapy; 

(i)  "x-ray  machine"  means  an  electrically  powered  device 
the  purpose  and  function  of  which  is  the  production  of 
x-rays  for  the  irradiation  of  a  human  being  for  a 
therapeutic  or  diagnostic  purpose; 


Shielding 


Administration 
of  Act 


Approval  of 
installation 


Issuance  of 
approval 


Criteria 


Installation 


Revocation 
of  approval 


ij)  "x-rays"  means  artificially  produced  electromagnetic 
radiation  with  peak  energy  greater  than  five  kilo  volts. 

(2)  In  this  Act,  a  reference  to  the  installation  of  an  x-ray 
machine  includes  a  reference  to  the  shielding  of  the  area  in  which 
the  x-ray  machine  is  installed. 

2.  The  Minister  is  reponsible  for  the  administration  of  this 
Act. 

3. — (1)  No  person  shall  install  an  x-ray  machine  unless  the 
Director  has  issued  written  approval  for  the  installation. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  any  person  who  applies  in  accord- 
ance with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  for  written  approval  for  the 
installation  of  an  x-ray  machine  and, 

(a)  submits  to  the  Director  the  plans,  specifications  and 
information  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

(b)  who  meets  the  requirements  of  this  Act  and  the  regula- 
tions; and 

(c)  pays  the  prescribed  fee, 

is  entitled  to  be  issued  the  written  approval. 

(3)  The  Director  may  refuse  to  approve  a  proposed  installation 
of  an  x-ray  machine  where, 

(a)  the  proposed  installation  will  not  comply  with  this  Act  or 
the  regulations; 

(b)  the  application  therefor  is  incomplete; 

(c)  the  plans,  specifications  and  information  required  by 
this  Act  and  the  regulations  in  respect  of  the  installation 
of  the  x-ray  machine  have  not  been  submitted  to  the 
Director  or  are  incomplete;  or 

(d)  any  fees  due  are  unpaid. 

(4)  Where  the  Director  has  issued  written  approval  for  the 
installation  of  an  x-ray  machine,  no  person  shall  install  the  x-ray 
machine  other  than  in  accordance  with  the  plans,  specifications 
and  information  on  the  basis  of  which  the  Director  issued  the 
written  approval. 

(5)  Subject  to  section  10,  the  Director  may  revoke  an  approval 
where  it  was  issued  on  mistaken  or  false  information. 


(6)  Where  the  Director  has  given  written  approval  for  the  Approval 
installation  of  an  x-ray  machine  and  the  x-ray  machine  has  been 
installed  in  accordance  with  the  plans,  specifications  and  other 
information  on  the  basis  of  which  the  Director  issued  the  approv- 
al, no  person  shall  change  the  installation  without  the  written 
approval  of  the  Director  for  the  change. 

(7)  Subsections  1  to  5  apply  with  necessary  modifications  in  Application 
respect  of  a  change  in  an  installation  of  an  x-ray  machine  and,  for  ° 

the  purpose,  changing  an  installation  of  an  x-ray  machine  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  installing  an  x-ray  machine. 

4. — (1)  The  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine  shall  not  operate  the  Registration 
x-ray  machine  or  cause  or  permit  the  x-ray  machine  to  be  operated 
for  the  irradiation  of  a  human  being  unless  the  x-ray  machine,  the 
location  of  the  x-ray  machine  and  the  name  and  business  address 
of  the  owner  of  the  x-ray  machine  are  registered  with  the  Director. 

(2)  Upon  the  application  of  the  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine  and  Application 
upon  payment  of  the  fee  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  the  Direc- 
tor shall  register  the  x-ray  machine,  its  location  and  the  name  and 
business  address  of  the  owner  thereof. 

(3)  An  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine  registered  with  the  Director  Notice  of 
who  changes  his  business  address  shall  give  written  notice  of  the 
change  to  the  Director  within  fifteen  days  of  the  occurrence  of  the 
change. 

(4)  An  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine  who  is  registered  with  the  Transitional 
Ministry  immediately  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act  shall 

be  deemed  to  have  registered  with  the  Director  under  subsection 
1. 

(5)  The  Director  may  require  a  person  mentioned  in  subsection  Filing  of 

.         ^.,  •  1      1       T^-  1  .-.         .  ,  •     r  •        ■       nnatenal 

4  to  tile  with  the  Director  plans,  specifications  and  information  in 
respect  of  the  x-ray  machine  and  its  installation  and  every  such 
person  shall  file  the  plans,  specifications  and  information  when  so 
required. 

5. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  an  x-ray  machine  for  the  Use  of 
irradiation  of  a  human  being  unless  the  person  meets  the  qualifi-  machine 
cations  and  requirements  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

(2)  The  following  persons  shall  be  deemed  to  meet  the  qualifi-  Persons 
cations  prescribed  by  the  regulations:  be  qualified 

1.  A  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner. 

2 .  A  member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Dental  Surgeons  of 
Ontario. 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  70 


3.  A    person    registered    as    a    chiropodist    under    The 
Chiropody  Act  on  the  1st  day  of  November,  1980. 


A  person  registered  as  a  chiropodist  under  The 
Chiropody  Act  after  the  Istday  of  November,  1980,  who 
is  a  graduate  of  a  four-year  course  of  instruction  in 
chiropody  accredited  by  the  Council  on  Education  of 
The  Canadian  Association  of  Chiropodists. 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  137 


A  person  registered  as  a  chiropractor  under  The  Drug- 
less  Practitioners  Act. 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  399 


6.  A  person  registered  as  an  osteopath  under  The  Drugless 
Practitioners  Act. 

7.  A     radiological     technician     registered     under     The 
Radiological  Technicians  Act. 

8.  A  person  registered  as  a  dental  hygienist  by  the  Council 
of  the  Royal  College  of  Dental  Surgeons  of  Ontario. 


Transitional  (3)  Subsection  1  docs  not  apply  before  the  1st  day  of  January, 

1984,  or  such  later  date  as  may  be  named  by  proclamation  of  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  respect  of  a  person  who,  prior  to  the 
coming  into  force  of  this  section,  was  operating  an  x-ray  machine 
for  the  irradiation  of  human  beings. 


Instructions 
required 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  70 


R.S.O.  1970 
c.  137 


6 .  No  person  shall  operate  an  x-ray  machine  for  the  irradiation 
of  a  human  being  unless  the  irradiation  has  been  prescribed  by, 

{a)  3,  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner; 

(b)  a  member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Dental  Surgeons  of 
Ontario; 

(c)  a  person  registered  as  a  chiropodist  under  The 
Chiropody  Act  on  the  1st  day  of  November,  1980; 

(d)  a  person  registered  as  a  chiropodist  under  The 
Chiropody  Act  after  the  Istday  of  November,  1980,  who 
is  a  graduate  of  a  four-year  course  of  instruction  in 
chiropody  accredited  by  the  Council  on  Education  of 
The  Canadian  Association  of  Chiropodists; 

(e)  a  person  registered  as  a  chiropractor  under  The  Drugless 
Practitioners  Act;  or 

if)  a  person  registered  as  an  osteopath  under  The  Drugless 
Practitioners  Act. 


7.  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1984,  or  such  later  date  Causing  or 
as  may  be  named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor,  no  Le™   "^ 
person  shall  cause  or  permit  any  other  person  to  operate  an  x-ray  ''•'^y. 
machine  for  the  irradiation  of  a  human  being  unless  the  other 
person  meets  the  qualifications  and  requirements  prescribed  by 

the  regulations. 

8.  No  person  shall  operate  an  x-ray  machine  for  the  irradiation  '^-^^y 

.,  ,.  ,,  ,.  ,  ,,      machine 

of  a  human  bemg,  unless  the  x-ray  machme  meets  the  standards  standards 
prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

9. — (1)  The  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine  that  is  installed  for  the  Radiation 

...  „   ,  ,      .  1      11      1      •  protection 

purpose  of  the  irradiation  of  human  beings  shall  designate  a  officer 
person  who  meets  the  qualifications  prescribed  by  the  regulations 
and  who  is, 

(a)  a  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner; 

(6)  a  member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Dental  Surgeons  of 
Ontario; 

(c)  a    person    registered    as    a    chiropodist    under    The  R  so.  i97o, 
Chiropody  Act  on  the  1st  day  of  November,  1980; 

{d),  a  person  registered  under  The  Chiropody  Act  after  the 
1st  day  of  November,  1980  who  is  a  graduate  of  a 
four-year  course  of  instruction  in  chiropody  accredited 
by  the  Council  of  Education  of  The  Canadian  Associa- 
tion of  Chiropodists; 

(e)  a  person  registered  as  a  chiropractor  under  r/^e  £)n/g/e55  ^^9  ^^^°' 
Practitioners  Act;  or 

(/)  a  person  registered  as  an  osteopath  under  The  Drugless 
Practitioners  Act, 

as  the  radiation  protection  officer  for  the  facility  in  which  the  x-ray 
machine  is  installed. 

(2)  The  owner  of  a  portable  x-ray  machine  shall  designate  a  ^^^'^\, 
person  who  meets  the  qualifications  prescribed  by  the  regulations  x-ray 
and  who  is  described  in  clause  a,  b,  c,  d,  e  or/ of  subsection  1  as  the  "machine 
radiation  protection  officer  for  the  portable  x-ray  machine. 

(3)  Subsection  2  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  a  portable  x-ray  Exception 
machine  that  is  operated  only  in  a  facility  for  which  a  radiation 
protection  officer  has  been  appointed  under  subsection  1 ,  but  the 
radiation  officer  is  responsible  in  respect  of  the  portable  x-ray 
machine  in  accordance  with  subsection  4. 


Responsi- 
bilities 


(4)  A  radiation  protection  officer  for  a  facility  is  responsible, 

(a)  for  ensuring  that  every  x-ray  machine  operated  in  the 
facility  is  maintained  in  safe  operating  condition;  and 


Proposal 
to  refuse 
to  issue 
or  to  revoke 
an  approval 


(6)  for  such  other  matters  related  to  the  safe  operation  of 
each  x-ray  machine  in  the  facility  as  are  prescribed  by 
the  regulations. 

10. — (1)  Where  the  Director  proposes  to  refuse  to  issue  or  to 
revoke  an  approval  under  section  3  for  the  installation  or  for  a 
change  in  the  installation  of  an  x-ray  machine,  the  Director  shall 
serve  notice  of  his  proposal,  together  with  written  reasons  there- 
for, on  the  applicant  or  the  person  to  whom  the  approval  was 
issued,  as  the  case  may  be. 


Notice  (2)  A  notice  under  subsection  1  shall  inform  the  applicant  or 

person  to  whom  the  approval  was  issued  that  he  is  entitled  to  a 
hearing  by  the  Appeal  Board  if,  within  fifteen  days  after  the  notice 
under  subsection  1  is  served  on  him,  he  gives  written  notice  to  the 
Director  and  the  Appeal  Board  requiring  a  hearing  by  the  Appeal 
Board  and  he  may  so  require  such  a  hearing. 


Powers  of 

Appeal 

Board 


(3)  Where  a  hearing  is  required  under  subsection  2 ,  the  Appeal 
Board  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  the  hearing  and  may  direct 
the  Director  to  carry  out  his  proposal  or  refrain  from  carrying  out 
his  proposal  and  to  take  such  action  as  the  Appeal  Board  considers 
the  Director  ought  to  take  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the 
regulations  and,  for  such  purposes,  the  Appeal  Board  may  sub- 
stitute its  opinion  for  that  of  the  Director. 


Parties  1 1 . — (1)  The  Director,  the  applicant  or  other  person  who  has 

required  the  hearing  and  such  other  persons  as  the  Appeal  Board 
may  specify  are  parties  to  proceedings  before  the  Appeal  Board 
under  this  Act. 


Notice  of 
hearing 


Examination 
of  docu- 
mentary 
evidence 


Members 
holding 
hearing  not 
to  have 
taken  part 
in  investiga- 
tion, etc. 


(2)  Notice  of  a  hearing  shall  afford  the  applicant  or  other  person 
who  has  required  the  hearing  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  show  or 
to  achieve  compliance  before  the  hearing  with  all  lawful  require- 
ments for  the  issue  of  the  approval  of  the  Director. 

(3)  Any  party  to  proceedings  under  section  10  shall  be  afforded 
an  opportunity  to  examine  before  the  hearing  any  written  or 
documentary  evidence  that  will  be  produced  or  any  report  the 
contents  of  which  will  be  given  in  evidence  at  the  hearing. 

(4)  Members  of  the  Appeal  Board  holding  a  hearing  shall  not 
have  taken  part  before  the  hearing  in  any  investigation  or  consid- 
eration of  the  subject-matter  of  the  hearing  and  shall  not  com- 
municate directly  or  indirectly  in  relation  to  the  subject-matter  of 


7 

the  hearing  with  any  person  or  with  any  party  or  his  representative 
except  upon  notice  to  and  opportunity  for  all  parties  to  participate, 
but  the  Appeal  Board  may  seek  legal  advice  from  an  adviser 
independent  from  the  parties  and  in  such  case  the  nature  of  the 
advice  shall  be  made  known  to  the  parties  in  order  that  they  may 
make  submissions  as  to  the  law. 

(5)  The  oral  evidence  taken  before  the  Appeal  Board  at  a  Recording 

of  evidence 

hearing  shall  be  recorded  and,  if  so  required,  copies  of  a  transcript 
thereof  shall  be  furnished  upon  the  same  terms  as  in  the  Supreme 
Court. 

(6)  The  findings  of  fact  of  the  Appeal  Board  pursuant  to  a  Findings 
hearing  shall  be  based  exclusively  on  evidence  admissible  or  mat- 
ters that  may  be  noticed  under  sections  15  and  16  of  The  Statutory  ^^^i-  ^^  ^"^ 
Powers  Procedure  Act,  1971. 

(7)  No  member  of  the  Appeal  Board  shall  participate  in  a  o^iy  members 

...  r    ,       »  1  XA  1  1  .  11  at  hearing  to 

decision  of  the  Appeal  Board  pursuant  to  a  hearing  unless  he  was  participate 
present  throughout  the  hearing  and  heard  the  evidence  and  argu-  '"  decision 
ment  of  the  parties  and,  except  with  the  consent  of  the  parties,  no 
decision  of  the  Appeal  Board  shall  be  given  unless  all  members  so 
present  participate  in  the  decision. 

(8)  Documents  and  things  put  in  evidence  at  a  hearing  shall.  Release  of 

1  <-i  1  1  11  1  11         documentary 

upon  the  request  of  the  person  who  produced  them,  be  released  to  evidence 
him  by  the  Appeal  Board  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  matter 
in  issue  has  been  finally  determined. 

12. — (1)  Any  party  to  the  proceedings  before  the  AppeaMPP^ai  to 
Board  under  this  Act  may  appeal  from  its  decision  or  order  to  the 
Supreme  Court  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  court. 

(2)  Where  any  party  appeals  from  a  decision  or  order  of  the  ?*^r°,''^ "^^ 
Appeal  Board,  the  Appeal  Board  shall  forthwith  file  in  the  Sup-  in  court 
reme  Court  the  record  of  the  proceedings  before  it  in  which  the 
decision  was  made,  which,  together  with  the  transcript  of  evi- 
dence if  it  is  not  part  of  the  Appeal  Board's  record,  shall  constitute 

the  record  in  the  appeal. 

(3)  The  Minister  is  entitled  to  be  heard,  by  counsel  or  other-  Minister 

.  c  111-  •  entitled  to 

Wise,  upon  the  argument  of  an  appeal  under  this  section.  be  heard 

(4)  An  appeal  under  this  section  may  be  made  on  questions  of  Powers  of 

,  -  ri"  .11       court  on 

law  or  fact  or  both  and  the  court  may  affirm,  alter  or  rescind  the  appeal 
decision  of  the  Appeal  Board  and  may  exercise  all  powers  of  the 
Appeal  Board  to  direct  the  Director  to  take  any  action  which  the 
Appeal  Board  may  direct  him  to  take  and  as  the  court  considers 
proper  and  for  such  purposes  the  court  may  substitute  its  opinion 
for  that  of  the  Director  or  of  the  Appeal  Board,  or  the  court  may 


8 


Order  by 
Director  or 
inspector 


refer  the  matter  back  to  the  Appeal  Board  for  rehearing,  in  whole 
or  in  part,  in  accordance  with  such  directions  as  the  court  consid- 
ers proper. 

13. — (1)  The  Director  or  an  inspector  may  make  a  written 
order  directed  to  any  one  or  more  of, 

(a)  the  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine; 

(b)  any  person  who  operates  the  x-ray  machine;  or 

(c)  the  radiation  protection  officer  for  the  facility  in  which 
the  machine  is  installed  or,  in  the  case  of  a  portable  x-ray 
machine,  the  radiation  protection  officer  for  the  portable 
x-ray  machine, 

requiring  the  taking  of  such  action  as,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Director  or  inspector,  upon  reasonable  and  probable  grounds,  is 
necessary  in  order  to  achieve  compliance  with  this  Act  or  the 
regulations,  or  both,  or  is  necessary  or  advisable  to  protect  the 
health  or  safety  of  any  patient  or  member  of  the  public  in  or  near 
the  premises  where  the  x-ray  machine  is  operated. 


Notice  of 
proposal  to 
make  order 


(2)  The  Director  or  the  inspector  who  proposes  to  make  an 
order  under  subsection  1  shall  serve  notice  of  the  proposal, 
together  with  written  reasons  therefor,  on  the  person  to  whom  he 
proposes  to  direct  the  order. 


Notice 

requiring 

hearing 


Power  of 
Director  or 
inspector 
where  no 
hearing 

Powers  of 

Appeal 

Board 

where 

hearing 


Application 

of 

ss.  11,  12 


(3)  A  notice  under  subsection  2  shall  inform  the  person  that  he  is 
entitled  to  a  hearing  by  the  Appeal  Board  if  he  gives  notice  in 
writing  to  the  Director  and  the  Appeal  Board,  within  fifteen  days 
after  the  notice  under  subsection  2  is  served  on  him,  requiring  a 
hearing  and  he  may  so  require  such  a  hearing. 

(4)  Where  a  person  served  with  notice  under  subsection  2  does 
not  require  a  hearing  in  accordance  with  subsection  3,  the  Director 
or  inspector  may  carry  out  the  proposal  stated  in  his  notice. 

(5)  Where  a  hearing  is  required  under  subsection  3,  the  Appeal 
Board  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  the  hearing  and  by  order 
may  direct  the  Director  or  the  inspector  to  carry  out  his  proposal  or 
refrain  from  carrying  out  his  proposal  and  to  take  such  action  as 
the  Appeal  Board  considers  the  Director  or  the  inspector  ought  to 
take  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and,  for  such 
purposes,  the  Appeal  Board  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of 
the  Director  or  the  inspector. 

(6)  Sections  11  and  12  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to 
proceedings  under  this  section. 


14. — (1)  Where  the  Director  or  an  inspector  is  of  the  opinion,  Emergency 
upon  reasonable  and  probable  grounds,  that  an  emergency  exists 
by  reason  of  danger  to  the  health  or  safety  of  any  patient  or 
member  of  the  public  in  respect  of  an  x-ray  machine  or  the 
installation,  operation  or  maintenance  of  an  x-ray  machine,  the 
Director  or  inspector  may  make  an  oral  or  written  order  directed 
to  any  one  or  more  of, 

(a)  the  owner  of  the  x-ray  machine; 

(b)  any  person  who  operates  the  x-ray  machine; 

(c)  the  radiation  protection  officer  for  the  facility  in  which 
the  x-ray  machine  is  installed  or,  in  the  case  of  a  portable 
x-ray  machine,  the  radiation  protection  officer  for  the 
portable  x-ray  machine. 

(2)  An  order  under  subsection  1  may  require  the  person  to  Contents 

,..,.,  .  ,  .  -    ,       of  order 

whom  it  IS  directed  to  stop  operating  or  stop  the  operation  of  the 
x-ray  machine  either  permanently  or  for  a  specific  period  of  time. 

(3)  A  person  affected  by  an  order  under  subsection  1  may  immediate 
appeal  therefrom  in  person  or  by  an  agent  and  by  telephone  or 
otherwise  to  the  Director,  and  the  Director,  after  receiving  the 
submissions  of  the  person  and  of  the  inspector,  shall  vary,  rescind 

or  confirm  the  order. 

(4)  Where  the  director  makes  an  order  under  subsection  1  or  Written 

.  ,      T-^.  reasons 

vanes  or  confirms  an  order  under  subsection  3,  the  Director  shall  for  order 
forthwith  thereafter  serve  a  written  copy  of  the  order  or  the  order 
as  varied  or  confirmed,  together  with  written  reasons  therefor, 
upon  the  person  to  whom  the  order  is  directed. 

(5)  An  order  under  subsection  1  or  an  order  as  varied  or  con-  Notice 
firmed  under  subsection  3  shall  inform  the  person  to  whom  it  is 
directed  that  he  is  entitled  to  a  hearing  by  the  Appeal  Board  if  he 
gives  notice  to  the  Director  and  the  Appeal  Board,  within  fifteen 
days  after  a  copy  of  the  order  or  the  order  as  varied  or  confirmed  is 
served  on  him,  notice  in  writing  requiring  a  hearing  and  he  may  so 
require  such  a  hearing. 

(6)  Notwithstanding  that  an  appeal  is  taken  against  an  order  ^I^^'^\ 
under  subsection  1  or  an  order  as  varied  or  confirmed  under 
subsection  3,  the  order  is  effective  at  and  from  the  time  it  is 
communicated  to  the  person  to  whom  it  is  directed  until  it  is 
confirmed,  varied  or  rescinded  on  appeal  and  the  person  shall 
comply  with  the  order  immediately. 

(7)  Where  a  hearing  is  required  under  subsection  5,  the  Appeal  ^PT'^^gai 
Board  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  the  hearing  and  the  Board 
Appeal  Board  by  order  may  confirm,  alter  or  rescind  the  order  of 


10 


the  Director  and  for  such  purposes  the  Appeal  Board  may  substi- 
tute its  opinion  for  that  of  the  Director. 


Application 
of 

ss.  11,  12 


(8)  Sections  11  and  12  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to 
proceedings  under  this  section. 


Where  order 
rescinded 
by  Director 


(9)  The  Director  by  an  order  may  rescind  an  order  made  under 
subsection  1  or  an  order  as  varied  or  confirmed  and  in  such  case 
shall  serve  a  copy  of  the  order  upon  the  person  to  whom  the  order 
or  the  order  as  varied  or  confirmed  was  directed. 


Commission 
established 


15. — (1)  There  is  hereby  established  a  commission  to  be 
known  as  the  Healing  Arts  Radiation  Protection  Commission. 


Composition         (2)  The  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  five  persons. 


Disquali- 
fication 


(3)  No  person  who  is  or  has  been  a  member  of  the  governing 
body  of,  or  who  is  or  has  been  registered  under  any  Act  governing 
a  health  discipline  or  a  health  practice,  shall  be  a  member  of  the 
Commission. 


Chairman 
and  vice- 
chairman 


(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint  the 
members  of  the  Commission  and  shall  designate  a  chairman  and  a 
vice-chairman  from  among  the  members  of  the  Commission. 


Terms  of 
office 


(5)  The  members  of  the  Commission  may  be  appointed  for  a 
term  of  one,  two  or  three  years  and  members  may  be  reappointed, 
but  in  no  case  shall  a  member  serve  for  more  than  six  consecutive 
years. 


Vacancy  (6)  Every  vacancy  on  the  Commission  caused  by  the  death, 

resignation  or  incapacity  of  a  member  may  be  filled  by  the 
appointment  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  of  a  person  to 
hold  office  for  the  remainder  of  the  term  of  the  member. 

Remuneration  (7)  The  members  of  the  Commission  shall  be  paid  such  remun- 
eration and  expenses  as  are  determined  by  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council. 

Staff  (8)  Such  employees  as  are  necessary  to  carry  out  the  duties  of 

f  386  ^^^°'     ^^^  Commission  shall  be  employed  under  The  Public  Service  Act. 


Duties 

of 

Commission 


16. — (1)  The  Commission, 

(a)  shall  advise  the  Minister  on  matters  relating  to  the  health 
and  safety  of  persons  in  respect  of  irradiation  by  x-rays; 


{h)  is  responsible  for  the  continuing  development  of  an 
X-ray  Safety  Code; 


11 

(c)  shall  review  the  contents  of  courses  in  the  operation  of 
x-ray  machines  and  x-ray  equipment  and  approve  the 
courses  it  considers  satisfactory; 

{d)  shall  examine,  study  and  report  to  the  Minister  on  such 
matters,  including  health  screening  programs  involving 
the  use  of  x-rays,  as  the  Minister  may  refer  to  the  Com- 
mission for  the  purpose;  and 

{e)  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  are  assigned  to  it  by  or 
under  this  or.  any  other  Act. 


(2)  The  Commission  shall  submit  an  annual  report  on  its  Annual 
tivities  to  the  Minister  which  shall  ii 
information  as  the  Minister  may  require. 


activities  to  the  Minister  which  shall  include  such  additional  "^^^""^ 


1  7. — (1)  The  Commission  shall  establish  advisory  committees  Advisory 
to  assist  it  in  the  continuing  development  of  an  X-ray  Safety  Code 
and  to  assist  it  in  respect  of  safety  in  relation  to  irradiation  from 
x-rays  in  each  of  the  following  disciplines: 

1.  Chiropody. 

2.  Chiropractic. 

3.  Dentistry. 

4.  Medical  radiology. 

5.  Radiological  technology. 

(2)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Minister,  the  Commission  Wem 
may  establish  additional  advisory  committees  to  assist  it  in  respect 

of  safety  in  relation  to  irradiation  from  x-rays. 

(3)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Minister,  the  Commission  Composition 
shall  fix  the  total  number  of  members  of  each  advisory  committee 
established  under  subsection  1  or  2. 

(4)  The  members  of  an  advisory  committee  appointed  under  Remuneration 
subsection  1  or  2  may  be  paid  such  remuneration  on  a  daily  or 

other  basis,  and  such  necessary  expenses,  as  may  be  fixed  or 
approved  by  the  Minister. 

18.   Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Minister,  the  Commission  Professional 
may  engage  scientific,  technical  and  professional  consultants  in  assistance 
matters  relating  to  protection  from  irradiation  by  x-rays. 


12 


Director 
of  X-ray 
Safety 


1 9 .  The  Minister  shall  appoint  an  employee  of  the  Ministry  of 
Health  as  Director  of  X-ray  Safety  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
the  regulations. 


Inspectors  20. — (1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  in  writing  one  or  more 

employees  of  the  Ministry  or  other  persons  as  inspectors  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  in  an  appointment 
may  limit  the  authority  of  an  inspector  in  such  manner  as  the 
Minister  considers  necessary  or  advisable. 


Certificate 

of 

appointment 


(2)  The  Minister  shall  issue  to  every  inspector  appointed  under 
subsection  1  a  certificate  of  his  appointment. 


Production 

of 

certificate 


(3)  Every  inspector,  in  the  execution  of  his  duties  under  this  Act 
and  the  regulations,  shall  produce  his  certificate  of  appointment 
upon  request. 


Inspection 


Powers 

of 

inspector 


(4)  An  inspector  at  all  reasonable  times  may  enter  and  inspect 
the  premises  and  may  inspect  the  operations  and  all  records  and 
radiographs  where  an  x-ray  machine  is  installed  or  operated  and 
may  require  the  production  of  proof  that  any  person  who  operates 
an  x-ray  machine  meets  the  qualifications  and  requirements  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations  to  ensure  that  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
and  the  regulations  are  complied  with. 

(5)  Upon  an  inspection  under  this  section,  an  inspector  is 
entitled  to  make  tests  and  examinations  to  determine  whether 
or  not  x-ray  machines  are  installed  and  used  in  compliance  with 
this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


Copies 


Admissibility 

of 

copies 


(6)  Upon  an  inspection  under  this  Act,  an  inspector,  upon 
giving  a  receipt  therefor,  may  remove  any  material  that  relates  to 
the  purpose  of  the  inspection  in  order  to  make  a  copy  thereof,  but 
the  copying  shall  be  carried  out  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  the 
material  in  question  shall  be  promptly  thereafter  returned  to  the 
person  being  inspected. 

(7)  Any  copy  made  as  provided  in  subsection  6  and  purporting 
to  be  certified  by  an  inspector  is  admissible  in  evidence  in  any 
action,  proceeding  or  prosecution  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the 
original. 


Obstruction 


Information 
confidential 


(8)  No  person  shall  obstruct  an  inspector  or  withhold  or 
destroy,  conceal  or  refuse  to  furnish  any  information  or  thing 
required  by  the  inspector  for  the  purposes  of  an  inspection. 

2 1 . — (1)  Each  member  of  the  Commission,  each  employee  of 
the  Commission,  each  consultant  engaged  by  the  Commission,  the 


13 

Director,  each  inspector  appointed  under  this  Act  and  each  person 
engaged  in  the  administration  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  shall 
preserve  secrecy  with  respect  to  all  matters  that  come  to  his 
knowledge  in  the  course  of  his  employment  or  duties  pertaining  to 
the  health  of  any  person  and  shall  not  communicate  any  such 
matter  to  any  other  person  except  as  provided  in  this  Act. 

(2)  A  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  furnish  information  Exceptions 
pertaining  to  the  health  of  a  person, 

(a)  in  connection  with  the  administration  of  this  Act  or  any 
Act  of  Ontario  or  of  Canada  related  to  the  delivery  of 
health  services  or  to  safety  in  relation  to  irradiation  from 
x-rays  or  regulations  made  thereunder; 

(b)  in  proceedings  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(c)  to  the  person  who  provided  a  service  to  which  the  infor- 
mation is  related,  his  solicitor  or  personal  representa- 
tive, the  executor,  administrator  or  committee  of  his 
estate,  his  trustee  in  bankruptcy  or  other  legal  represen- 
tative; or 

id)  to  the  person  who  received  the  service  to  which  the 
information  is  related,  his  solicitor,  personal  represen- 
tative, another  person  who  has  lawful  custody  of  or  is 
guardian  for  the  person  or  other  legal  representative  of 
the  person. 

(3)  The  Director  may  communicate  information  of  the  kind  Exception 

,  for 

referred  to  in  subsection  2  and  any  other  information  related  professional 
thereto  to  the  statutory  body  governing  the  profession  or  to  a  fi'^cipime 
professional  association  of  which  a  person  who  provides  a  service 
referred  to  in  subsection  2  is  a  member  or  governing  the  health 
practice  practised  by  the  person. 

22.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula-  Regulations 
tions, 

(a)  prescribing  any  matter  required  or  authorized  by  this 
Act  to  be,  or  referred  to  in  this  Act  as,  prescribed  by  the 
regulations; 

(b)  prescribing  classes  of  or  in  respect  of  any  matter  that  is  or 
may  be  prescribed  under  the  regulations; 

(c)  limiting  the  application  of  any  regulation  to  any  one  or 
more  of  the  classes  prescribed  under  clause  b; 


14 

(d)  exempting  any  class  of  persons,  x-ray  machines  or 
facilities  from  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations 
and  attaching  conditions  to  any  such  exemption; 

(e)  governing  or  limiting,  or  both,  the  purposes  for  which 
any  class  of  persons  may  operate  x-ray  machines  or  any 
class  of  x-ray  machines; 

(/)  prescribing  an  X-ray  Safety  Code  including, 

(i)  prescribing  standards  for  the  installation  of  x-ray 
machines, 

(ii)  prescribing  standards  for  darkrooms  and  dark- 
room procedures  associated  with  the  operation 
of  x-ray  machines  or  any  class  of  x-ray  machines, 

(iii)  prescribing  standards  and  procedures  for  the 
operation  of  x-ray  machines  and  x-ray  equipment 
or  any  class  of  x-ray  machines  or  x-ray  equip- 
ment, 

(iv)  prescribing  physical  standards  for  persons  who 
operate  x-ray  machines  or  x-ray  equipment, 

(v)  prescribing  standards  and  procedures  for  the 
purpose  of  minimizing  exposure  to  x-rays  of 
patients  and  members  of  the  public, 

(vi)  governing  the  testing  of  x-ray  machines  and  x-ray 
equipment  including,  but  not  limited  to,  pre- 
scribing tests  in  respect  of  x-ray  machines  and 
x-ray  equipment  and  requiring  persons  operating 
x-ray  machines  and  x-ray  equipment  and  radia- 
tion protection  officers  to  perform  the  tests, 

(vii)  prescribing  programs  for  evaluation  of  per- 
formance of  procedures  and  observance  of 
standards, 

(viii)  prescribing  additional  duties  of  radiation  protec- 
tion officers  and  persons  who  own  or  operate 
x-ray  machines, 

(ix)  prescribing  standards  of  design,  construction, 
operation  and  performance  for  x-ray  machines 
and  x-ray  equipment  operated  in  Ontario, 


IS 

(x)  requiring  compliance  with  any  matter  prescribed 
or  governed  under  subclauses  i  to  ix; 

(g)  governing  the  keeping  of  records  by  persons  who  own  or 
operate  x-ray  machines  and  by  radiation  protection 
officers  and  requiring  and  governing  returns  by  them  to 
the  Director; 

(h)  prescribing  classes  of  radiation  protection  officers  and 
restricting  or  limiting  the  types  of  facilities  or  x-ray 
machines  or  both  for  which  any  such  class  may  be  desig- 
nated as  radiation  protection  officers; 

(i)  prescribing  subject-matters  for  courses  of  study  in  the 
operation  of  x-ray  machines  and  x-ray  equipment  and 
prohibiting  approval  by  the  Commission  of  any  course  of 
study  that  does  not  include  a  subject-matter  so  pre- 
scribed for  the  course  of  study; 

ij)  prescribing  additional  duties  and  powers  of  the  Com- 
mission, the  Director  and  inspectors; 

(k)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(/)  adopting  by  reference,  in  whole  or  in  part,  with  such 
changes  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  consid- 
ers necessary,  any  code  or  standard  and  requiring  com- 
pliance with  any  code  or  standard  that  is  so  adopted; 

(w)  prescribing  fees  for  registrations  and  approvals. 

23. — (1)  Every  person  who.  Offences 

(a)  knowingly  furnishes  false  information  in  an  application 
under  this  Act  or  in  any  statement  or  return  required  to 
be  furnished  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  fails  to  comply  with  any  order,  direction  or  other 
requirement  made  under  this  Act;  or 

(c )  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations , 

and  every  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who  knowingly 
concurs  in  such  furnishing,  failure  or  contravention  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 
$5,000. 

(2)  Where  a  corporation  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  sub-  Corporations 
section  1,  the  maximum  penalty  that  may  be  imposed  upon  the 
corporation  is  $25,000  and  not  as  provided  therein. 


16 


Proceedings 

to  prohibit 

continuation 

or 

repetition 

of 

contravention 


24.  Where  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  any 
order  issued  under  this  Act  by  the  Director  is  contravened,  not- 
withstanding any  other  remedy  or  any  penalty  imposed,  the 
Director  may  apply  to  the  Divisional  Court  by  originating  motion 
for  an  order  prohibiting  the  continuation  or  repetition  of  the 
contravention  or  the  carrying  on  of  any  activity  specified  in  the 
order  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  court,  will  or  is  likely  to  result  in 
the  continuation  or  repetition  of  the  contravention  by  the  person 
committing  the  contravention,  and  the  court  may  make  the  order 
and  it  may  be  enforced  in  the  same  manner  as  any  other  judgment 
of  the  Supreme  Court. 


Protection 
from 
personal 
liability 


25. — (1)  No  action  or  other  proceeding  for  damages  shall  be 
instituted  against  the  Director  or  an  inspector  for  any  act  done  in 
good  faith  in  the  execution  or  intended  execution  of  his  duty  or  for 
any  alleged  neglect  or  default  in  the  execution  in  good  faith  of  his 
duty. 


Crown  not 
relieved  of 
liability 

R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  365 


(2)  Subsection  1  does  not,  by  reason  of  subsections  2  and  4  of 
section  5  of  The  Proceedings  Against  the  Crown  Act,  relieve  the 
Crown  of  liability  in  respect  of  a  tort  committed  by  an  agent  or 
servant  of  the  Crown  to  which  it  would  otherwise  be  subject  and 
the  Crown  is  liable  under  that  Act  for  any  such  tort  in  a  like 
manner  as  if  subsection  1  had  not  been  enacted. 


Service 


26. — (1)  Any  notice,  order,  decision  or  other  document 
required  to  be  given,  served  or  delivered  under  this  Act  or  the 
regulations  is  sufficiently  given,  served  or  delivered  if  delivered 
personally  or  sent  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the  person  to 
whom  it  is  required  to  be  given,  served  or  delivered  at  the  latest 
address  for  service  appearing  on  the  records  of  the  Ministry  or, 
where  there  is  no  address  for  service  so  appearing,  at  the  address, 
if  any,  last  known  to  the  Director. 


When  service 
deemed  made 


(2)  Where  service  is  made  by  registered  mail  in  accordance  with 
subsection  1,  the  service  shall  be  deemed  to  be  made  on  the 
seventh  day  after  the  day  of  mailing  unless  the  person  on  whom 
service  is  being  made  establishes  that  he  did  not,  acting  in  good 
faith,  through  absence,  accident,  illness  or  other  cause  beyond  his 
control,  receive  the  notice,  order,  decision  or  other  document  until 
a  later  date. 


Commence- 
ment 


2  7 .  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  procla- 
mation of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


Short  title 


28.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Healing  Arts  Radiation 
Protection  Act,  1980. 


r5 


t» 


H 

M 

5.  2; 

?   P 

n    H 

w 
t-' 
r 


a. 

S 

0^5 


"Z 

o 

< 

tNO 

O) 

l-^ 

>2 

B 
cr 

n 

Co 

1-1 

1" 

oq 

00 

o 

>< 

> 
3 

■-1 

> 

"<; 

n 
(-1- 

g 

g- 

p 

o 

•o 

sr 

>-( 

o 

5" 

< 

<D 

in 

a 

^. 

re 

3 

i-h 

r* 

O 

ET 

•-s 

n> 

(-1- 

tr 

ffi 

fC 

ft 

c^ 

^ 

5' 

n> 

orq 

C 

> 

BILL  177 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for 
the  Safe  Use  of  X-ray  Machines  in  the  Healing  Arts 


The  Hon.  D.  R.  Timbrell 
Minister  of  Health 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  177  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Safe  Use 
of  X-ray  Machines  in  the  Healing  Arts 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.— (1)    In  this  Act,  Interpre- 

'  '  tation 

(a)  "Appeal  Board"  means  the  Health  Facilities  Appeal 

Board  established  by  The  Ambulance  Act;  ^  f n^  ^^^° 


c.  20 


(6)  "Commission"  means  the  Healing  Arts  Radiation  Pro- 
tection Commission  established  under  section  15; 

(c )  "Director"  means  the  Director  of  X-ray  Safety  appointed 
under  section  19; 

(d)  "inspector"  means  an  inspector  appointed  under  section 
20; 

(e)  "owner",  when  used  with  reference  to  an  x-ray  machine, 
means  the  owner  or  other  person  who  has  the  manage- 
ment and  control  of  the  x-ray  machine; 

if)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Health; 

(g)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 

Act; 

(h)  "x-ray  equipment"  includes  x-ray  imaging  systems,  pro- 
cessing equipment  and  equipment  directly  related  to  the 
production  of  images  for  diagnosis  or  directly  related  to 
irradiation  with  x-rays  for  therapy; 

(i)  "x-ray  machine"  means  an  electrically  powered  device 
the  purpose  and  function  of  which  is  the  production  of 
x-rays  for  the  irradiation  of  a  human  being  for  a 
therapeutic  or  diagnostic  purpose; 


Shielding 


(i)  "x-rays"  means  artificially  produced  electromagnetic 
radiation  with  peak  energy  greater  than  five  kilo  volts. 

(2)  In  this  Act,  a  reference  to  the  installation  of  an  x-ray 
machine  includes  a  reference  to  the  shielding  of  the  area  in  which 
the  x-ray  machine  is  installed. 


Administration 
of  Act 


2.  The  Minister  is  reponsible  for  the  administration  of  this 
Act. 


Approval  of 
installation 


Issuance  of 
approval 


Criteria 


Installation 


Revocation 
of  approval 


3. — (1)  No  person  shall  install  an  x-ray  machine  unless  the 
Director  has  issued  written  approval  for  the  installation. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  any  person  who  applies  in  accord- 
ance with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  for  written  approval  for  the 
installation  of  an  x-ray  machine  and, 

(a)  submits  to  the  Director  the  plans,  specifications  and 
information  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

(b)  who  meets  the  requirements  of  this  Act  and  the  regula- 
tions; and 

(c)  pays  the  prescribed  fee, 

is  entitled  to  be  issued  the  written  approval. 

(3)  The  Director  may  refuse  to  approve  a  proposed  installation 
of  an  x-ray  machine  where, 

(a)  the  proposed  installation  will  not  comply  with  this  Act  or 
the  regulations; 

(b)  the  application  therefor  is  incomplete; 

(c)  the  plans,  specifications  and  information  required  by 
this  Act  and  the  regulations  in  respect  of  the  installation 
of  the  x-ray  machine  have  not  been  submitted  to  the 
Director  or  are  incomplete;  or 

(d)  any  fees  due  are  unpaid. 

(4)  Where  the  Director  has  issued  written  approval  for  the 
installation  of  an  x-ray  machine,  no  person  shall  install  the  x-ray 
machine  other  than  in  accordance  with  the  plans,  specifications 
and  information  on  the  basis  of  which  the  Director  issued  the 
written  approval. 

(5)  Subject  to  section  10,  the  Director  may  revoke  an  approval 
where  it  was  issued  on  mistaken  or  false  information. 


(6)  Where  the  Director  has  given  written  approval  for  the  Approval 

11      •  r  I'll  1-11  of  change 

installation  of  an  x-ray  machine  and  the  x-ray  machine  has  been 
installed  in  accordance  with  the  plans,  specifications  and  other 
information  on  the  basis  of  which  the  Director  issued  the  approv- 
al, no  person  shall  change  the  installation  without  the  written 
approval  of  the  Director  for  the  change. 

(7)  Subsections  1  to  5  apply  with  necessary  modifications  in  Application 
respect  of  a  change  in  an  installation  of  an  x-ray  machine  and,  for 

the  purpose,  changing  an  installation  of  an  x-ray  machine  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  installing  an  x-ray  machine. 

4. — (1)  The  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine  shall  not  operate  the  Registration 
x-ray  machine  or  cause  or  permit  the  x-ray  machine  to  be  operated 
for  the  irradiation  of  a  human  being  unless  the  x-ray  machine,  the 
location  of  the  x-ray  machine  and  the  name  and  business  address 
of  the  owner  of  the  x-ray  machine  are  registered  with  the  Director. 

(2)  Upon  the  application  of  the  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine  and  Application 
upon  payment  of  the  fee  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  the  Direc- 
tor shall  register  the  x-ray  machine,  its  location  and  the  name  and 
business  address  of  the  owner  thereof. 

(3)  An  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine  registered  with  the  Director  Notice  of 
who  changes  his  business  address  shall  give  written  notice  of  the 
change  to  the  Director  within  fifteen  days  of  the  occurrence  of  the 
change. 

(4)  An  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine  who  is  registered  with  the  Transitional 
Ministry  immediately  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act  shall 

be  deemed  to  have  registered  with  the  Director  under  subsection 
1. 

(5)  The  Director  may  require  a  person  mentioned  in  subsection  ^^'^"^.^^ 
4  to  file  with  the  Director  plans,  specifications  and  information  in 
respect  of  the  x-ray  machine  and  its  installation  and  every  such 
person  shall  file  the  plans,  specifications  and  information  when  so 
required. 


5. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  an  x-ray  machine  for  the  Use  of 
irradiation  of  a  human  being  unless  the  person  meets  the  qualifi-  machin 
cations  and  requirements  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


(2)  The  following  persons  shall  be  deemed  to  meet  the  qualifi-  ^^^^^^l 
cations  prescribed  by  the  regulations:  be  qualified 

1.  A  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner. 

2 .  A  member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Dental  Surgeons  of 
Ontario. 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  70 


A    person    registered    as    a    chiropodist    under    The 
Chiropody  Act  on  the  1st  day  of  November,  1980. 


4.  A  person  registered  as  a  chiropodist  under  The 
Chiropody  Act  after  the  1st  day  of  November,  1980,  who 
is  a  graduate  of  a  four-year  course  of  instruction  in 
chiropody  accredited  by  the  Council  on  Education  of 
The  Canadian  Association  of  Chiropodists. 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  137 


5.  A  person  registered  as  a  chiropractor  under  The  Drug- 
less  Practitioners  Act. 


6.  A  person  registered  as  an  osteopath  under  The  Drugless 
Practitioners  Act. 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  399 


7.  A     radiological     technician     registered     under     The 
Radiological  Technicians  Act. 


8.  A  person  registered  as  a  dental  hygienist  by  the  Council 
of  the  Royal  College  of  Dental  Surgeons  of  Ontario. 

Transitional  (3)  Subscction  1  does  not  apply  before  the  1st  day  of  January, 

1984,  or  such  later  date  as  may  be  named  by  proclamation  of  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  respect  of  a  person  who,  prior  to  the 
coming  into  force  of  this  section,  was  operating  an  x-ray  machine 
for  the  irradiation  of  human  beings. 


Instructions 
required 


6 .  No  person  shall  operate  an  x-ray  machine  for  the  irradiation 
of  a  human  being  unless  the  irradiation  has  been  prescribed  by, 


(a)  a  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner; 

{b)  a  member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Dental  Surgeons  of 
Ontario; 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  70 


(c)  a    person    registered    as    a    chiropodist    under    The 
Chiropody  Act  on  the  1st  day  of  November,  1980; 


ifi)  a  person  registered  as  a  chiropodist  under  The 
Chiropody  Act  after  the  1st  day  of  November,  1980,  who 
is  a  graduate  of  a  four-year  course  of  instruction  in 
chiropody  accredited  by  the  Council  on  Education  of 
The  Canadian  Association  of  Chiropodists; 


R.S.O.  1970 
c.  137 


(e)  a  person  registered  as  a  chiropractor  under  The  Drugless 
Practitioners  Act;  or 


(/)  a  person  registered  as  an  osteopath  under  The  Drugless 
Practitioners  Act. 


7.  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1984,  or  such  later  date  Causing  or 
as  may  be  named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor,  no  use™  *"^ 
person  shall  cause  or  permit  any  other  person  to  operate  an  x-ray  ^'^^^ 
machine  for  the  irradiation  of  a  human  being  unless  the  other 
person  meets  the  qualifications  and  requirements  prescribed  by 

the  regulations. 

8.  No  person  shall  operate  an  x-ray  machine  for  the  irradiation  ^■'^y 

11  1  •  machine 

of  a  human  bemg,  unless  the  x-ray  machme  meets  the  standards  standards 
prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

9. — (1)  The  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine  that  is  installed  for  the  Radiation 

/-     1        •  1-      •  r   1  1      •  1      11      1      •  protection 

purpose  of  the  irradiation  of  human  beings  shall  designate  a  officer 
person  who  meets  the  qualifications  prescribed  by  the  regulations 
and  who  is, 

(a)  a  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner; 

(b)  a  member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Dental  Surgeons  of 
Ontario; 

(c)  a    person    registered    as    a    chiropodist    under    The  ^  ?;P  ^^^°' 
Chiropody  Act  on  the  1st  day  of  November,  1980; 

(d),  a  person  registered  under  The  Chiropody  Act  after  the 
1st  day  of  November,  1980  who  is  a  graduate  of  a 
four-year  course  of  instruction  in  chiropody  accredited 
by  the  Council  of  Education  of  The  Canadian  Associa- 
tion of  Chiropodists; 

(e)  a  person  registered  as  a  chiropractor  under  r/?eZ)rwg/e55  RS_o.  i97o, 
Practitioners  Act;  or 

(J)  a  person  registered  as  an  osteopath  under  The  Drugless 
Practitioners  Act, 

as  the  radiation  protection  officer  for  the  facility  in  which  the  x-ray 
machine  is  installed. 

(2)  The  owner  of  a  portable  x-ray  machine  shall  designate  a  ^^^'"' 
person  who  meets  the  qualifications  prescribed  by  the  regulations  x°ray 
and  who  is  described  in  clause  a,  b,  c,  d,  e  or/ of  subsection  1  as  the  "la^^hine 
radiation  protection  officer  for  the  portable  x-ray  machine. 

(3)  Subsection  2  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  a  portable  x-ray  Exception 
machine  that  is  operated  only  in  a  facility  for  which  a  radiation 
protection  officer  has  been  appointed  under  subsection  1,  but  the 
radiation  officer  is  responsible  in  respect  of  the  portable  x-ray 
machine  in  accordance  with  subsection  4. 


Responsi- 
bilities 


(4)  A  radiation  protection  officer  for  a  facility  is  responsible, 

(a)  for  ensuring  that  every  x-ray  machine  operated  in  the 
facility  is  maintained  in  safe  operating  condition;  and 

(b)  for  such  other  matters  related  to  the  safe  operation  of 
each  x-ray  machine  in  the  facility  as  are  prescribed  by 
the  regulations. 


Proposal 
to  refuse 
to  issue 
or  to  revoke 
an  approval 


10. — (1)  Where  the  Director  proposes  to  refuse  to  issue  or  to 
revoke  an  approval  under  section  3  for  the  installation  or  for  a 
change  in  the  installation  of  an  x-ray  machine,  the  Director  shall 
serve  notice  of  his  proposal,  together  with  written  reasons  there- 
for, on  the  applicant  or  the  person  to  whom  the  approval  was 
issued,  as  the  case  may  be. 


NoUce  (2)  A  notice  under  subsection  1  shall  inform  the  applicant  or 

person  to  whom  the  approval  was  issued  that  he  is  entitled  to  a 
hearing  by  the  Appeal  Board  if,  within  fifteen  days  after  the  notice 
under  subsection  1  is  served  on  him,  he  gives  written  notice  to  the 
Director  and  the  Appeal  Board  requiring  a  hearing  by  the  Appeal 
Board  and  he  may  so  require  such  a  hearing. 


Powers  of 

Appeal 

Board 


(3)  Where  a  hearing  is  required  under  subsection  2,  the  Appeal 
Board  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  the  hearing  and  may  direct 
the  Director  to  carry  out  his  proposal  or  refrain  from  carrying  out 
his  proposal  and  to  take  such  action  as  the  Appeal  Board  considers 
the  Director  ought  to  take  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the 
regulations  and,  for  such  purposes,  the  Appeal  Board  may  sub- 
stitute its  opinion  for  that  of  the  Director. 


Parties  1 1 . — (1)  The  Director,  the  applicant  or  other  person  who  has 

required  the  hearing  and  such  other  persons  as  the  Appeal  Board 
may  specify  are  parties  to  proceedings  before  the  Appeal  Board 
under  this  Act. 


Notice  of 
hearing 


(2)  Notice  of  a  hearing  shall  afford  the  applicant  or  other  person 
who  has  required  the  hearing  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  show  or 
to  achieve  compliance  before  the  hearing  with  all  lawful  require- 
ments for  the  issue  of  the  approval  of  the  Director. 


Examination 
of  docu- 
mentary 
evidence 


(3)  Any  party  to  proceedings  under  section  10  shall  be  afforded 
an  opportunity  to  examine  before  the  hearing  any  written  or 
documentary  evidence  that  will  be  produced  or  any  report  the 
contents  of  which  will  be  given  in  evidence  at  the  hearing. 


Members 
holding 
hearing  not 
to  have 
taken  part 
in  investiga- 
tion, etc. 


(4)  Members  of  the  Appeal  Board  holding  a  hearing  shall  not 
have  taken  part  before  the  hearing  in  any  investigation  or  consid- 
eration of  the  subject-matter  of  the  hearing  and  shall  not  com- 
municate directly  or  indirectly  in  relation  to  the  subject-matter  of 


the  hearing  with  any  person  or  with  any  party  or  his  representative 
except  upon  notice  to  and  opportunity  for  all  parties  to  participate, 
but  the  Appeal  Board  may  seek  legal  advice  from  an  adviser 
independent  from  the  parties  and  in  such  case  the  nature  of  the 
advice  shall  be  made  known  to  the  parties  in  order  that  they  may 
make  submissions  as  to  the  law. 

(5)  The  oral  evidence  taken  before  the  Appeal  Board  at  a  Recording 
hearing  shall  be  recorded  and,  if  so  required,  copies  of  a  transcript 
thereof  shall  be  furnished  upon  the  same  terms  as  in  the  Supreme 
Court. 

(6)  The  findings  of  fact  of  the  Appeal  Board  pursuant  to  a  Findings 
hearing  shall  be  based  exclusively  on  evidence  admissible  or  mat- 
ters that  may  be  noticed  under  sections  15  and  16  of  The  Statutory  ^^^i-  <^  "^^ 
Powers  Procedure  Act,  1971 . 

(7)  No  member  of  the  Appeal  Board  shall  participate  in  a  On'y  members 
decision  of  the  Appeal  Board  pursuant  to  a  hearing  unless  he  was  participate 
present  throughout  the  hearing  and  heard  the  evidence  and  argu-  '"  decision 
ment  of  the  parties  and,  except  with  the  consent  of  the  parties,  no 
decision  of  the  Appeal  Board  shall  be  given  unless  all  members  so 

present  participate  in  the  decision. 

(8)  Documents  and  things  put  in  evidence  at  a  hearing  shall.  Release  of 
upon  the  request  of  the  person  who  produced  them,  be  released  to  evidence 
him  by  the  Appeal  Board  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  matter 

in  issue  has  been  finally  determined. 

12. — (1)  Any  party  to  the  proceedings  before  the  AppeaMPpe'*' *° 
Board  under  this  Act  may  appeal  from  its  decision  or  order  to  the 
Supreme  Court  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  court. 

(2)  Where  any  party  appeals  from  a  decision  or  order  of  the  ^^S?,*"^'" 
Appeal  Board,  the  Appeal  Board  shall  forthwith  file  in  the  Sup-  in  court 
reme  Court  the  record  of  the  proceedings  before  it  in  which  the 
decision  was  made,  which,  together  with  the  transcript  of  evi- 
dence if  it  is  not  part  of  the  Appeal  Board's  record,  shall  constitute 

the  record  in  the  appeal. 

(3)  The  Minister  is  entitled  to  be  heard,  by  counsel  or  other-  Minister 

.  ,  -  ,  ,  ,  •  •  entitled  to 

Wise,  upon  the  argument  of  an  appeal  under  this  section.  be  heard 

(4)  An  appeal  under  this  section  may  be  made  on  questions  of  Powers  of 

,  r  t       t  ri"  1  •      1     1       court  on 

law  or  fact  or  both  and  the  court  may  affirm,  alter  or  rescind  the  appeal 
decision  of  the  Appeal  Board  and  may  exercise  all  powers  of  the 
Appeal  Board  to  direct  the  Director  to  take  any  action  which  the 
Appeal  Board  may  direct  him  to  take  and  as  the  court  considers 
proper  and  for  such  purposes  the  court  may  substitute  its  opinion 
for  that  of  the  Director  or  of  the  Appeal  Board,  or  the  court  may 


Order  by 
Director  or 
inspector 


refer  the  matter  back  to  the  Appeal  Board  for  rehearing,  in  whole 
or  in  part,  in  accordance  with  such  directions  as  the  court  consid- 
ers proper. 

13. — (1)  The  Director  or  an  inspector  may  make  a  written 
order  directed  to  any  one  or  more  of, 

(a)  the  owner  of  an  x-ray  machine; 

(b)  any  person  who  operates  the  x-ray  machine;  or 

(c)  the  radiation  protection  officer  for  the  facility  in  which 
the  machine  is  installed  or,  in  the  case  of  a  portable  x-ray 
machine,  the  radiation  protection  officer  for  the  portable 
x-ray  machine, 

requiring  the  taking  of  such  action  as,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Director  or  inspector,  upon  reasonable  and  probable  grounds,  is 
necessary  in  order  to  achieve  compliance  with  this  Act  or  the 
regulations,  or  both,  or  is  necessary  or  advisable  to  protect  the 
health  or  safety  of  any  patient  or  member  of  the  public  in  or  near 
the  premises  where  the  x-ray  machine  is  operated. 


Notice  of 
proposal  to 
make  order 


(2)  The  Director  or  the  inspector  who  proposes  to  make  an 
order  under  subsection  1  shall  serve  notice  of  the  proposal, 
together  with  written  reasons  therefor,  on  the  person  to  whom  he 
proposes  to  direct  the  order. 


Notice 

requiring 

hearing 


Power  of 
Director  or 
inspector 
where  no 
hearing 

Powers  of 

Appeal 

Board 

where 

hearing 


Application 

of 

ss.  11,  12 


(3)  A  notice  under  subsection  2  shall  inform  the  person  that  he  is 
entitled  to  a  hearing  by  the  Appeal  Board  if  he  gives  notice  in 
writing  to  the  Director  and  the  Appeal  Board,  within  fifteen  days 
after  the  notice  under  subsection  2  is  served  on  him,  requiring  a 
hearing  and  he  may  so  require  such  a  hearing. 

(4)  Where  a  person  served  with  notice  under  subsection  2  does 
not  require  a  hearing  in  accordance  with  subsection  3,  the  Director 
or  inspector  may  carry  out  the  proposal  stated  in  his  notice. 

(5)  Where  a  hearing  is  required  under  subsection  3,  the  Appeal 
Board  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  the  hearing  and  by  order 
may  direct  the  Director  or  the  inspector  to  carry  out  his  proposal  or 
refrain  from  carrying  out  his  proposal  and  to  take  such  action  as 
the  Appeal  Board  considers  the  Director  or  the  inspector  ought  to 
take  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and,  for  such 
purposes,  the  Appeal  Board  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of 
the  Director  or  the  inspector. 

(6)  Sections  11  and  12  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to 
proceedings  under  this  section. 


14. — (1)  Where  the  Director  or  an  inspector  is  of  the  opinion,  Emergency 
upon  reasonable  and  probable  grounds,  that  an  emergency  exists 
by  reason  of  danger  to  the  health  or  safety  of  any  patient  or 
member  of  the  public  in  respect  of  an  x-ray  machine  or  the 
installation,  operation  or  maintenance  of  an  x-ray  machine,  the 
Director  or  inspector  may  make  an  oral  or  written  order  directed 
to  any  one  or  more  of, 

(a)  the  owner  of  the  x-ray  machine; 

(b)  any  person  who  operates  the  x-ray  machine; 

(c)  the  radiation  protection  officer  for  the  facility  in  which 
the  x-ray  machine  is  installed  or,  in  the  case  of  a  portable 
x-ray  machine,  the  radiation  protection  officer  for  the 
portable  x-ray  machine. 

(2)  An  order  under  subsection  1  may  require  the  person  to  Contents 
whom  it  is  directed  to  stop  operating  or  stop  the  operation  of  the 
x-ray  machine  either  permanently  or  for  a  specific  period  of  time. 

(3)  A  person  affected  by  an  order  under  subsection  1  may  immediate 
appeal  therefrom  in  person  or  by  an  agent  and  by  telephone  or 
otherwise  to  the  Director,  and  the  Director,  after  receiving  the 
submissions  of  the  person  and  of  the  inspector,  shall  vary,  rescind 

or  confirm  the  order.  ' 


(4)  Where  the  director  makes  an  order  under  subsection  1  or  Written 

c-  11-  1       T^-  1      ,,   reasons 

vanes  or  confirms  an  order  under  subsection  3,  the  Director  shall  for  order 
forthwith  thereafter  serve  a  written  copy  of  the  order  or  the  order 
as  varied  or  confirmed,  together  with  written  reasons  therefor, 
upon  the  person  to  whom  the  order  is  directed. 

(5)  An  order  under  subsection  1  or  an  order  as  varied  or  con-  ^o*^'" 
firmed  under  subsection  3  shall  inform  the  person  to  whom  it  is 
directed  that  he  is  entitled  to  a  hearing  by  the  Appeal  Board  if  he 
gives  notice  to  the  Director  and  the  Appeal  Board,  within  fifteen 
days  after  a  copy  of  the  order  or  the  order  as  varied  or  confirmed  is 
served  on  him,  notice  in  writing  requiring  a  hearing  and  he  may  so 
require  such  a  hearing. 

(6)  Notwithstanding  that  an  appeal  is  taken  against  an  order  ^/^^'^l 

,.  1  -1  r-  of  order 

under  subsection  1  or  an  order  as  varied  or  confirmed  under 
subsection  3,  the  order  is  effective  at  and  from  the  time  it  is 
communicated  to  the  person  to  whom  it  is  directed  until  it  is 
confirmed,  varied  or  rescinded  on  appeal  and  the  person  shall 
comply  with  the  order  immediately. 

(7)  Where  a  hearing  is  required  under  subsection  5,  the  Appeal  Powers 

T>  1      1      11  ■  ■  r  111111  •  11       of  Appeal 

Board  shall  appoint  a  time  tor  and  hold  the  hearing  and  the  Board 
Appeal  Board  by  order  may  confirm,  alter  or  rescind  the  order  of 


10 


Application 
of 

ss.  11,  12 


Where  order 
rescinded 
by  Director 


the  Director  and  for  such  purposes  the  Appeal  Board  may  substi- 
tute its  opinion  for  that  of  the  Director. 

(8)  Sections  11  and  12  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to 
proceedings  under  this  section. 

(9)  The  Director  by  an  order  may  rescind  an  order  made  under 
subsection  1  or  an  order  as  varied  or  confirmed  and  in  such  case 
shall  serve  a  copy  of  the  order  upon  the  person  to  whom  the  order 
or  the  order  as  varied  or  confirmed  was  directed. 


Commission 
established 


15. — (1)  There  is  hereby  established  a  commission  to  be 
known  as  the  Healing  Arts  Radiation  Protection  Commission. 


Composition         (2)  The  Commissiou  shall  be  composed  of  five  persons. 


Disquali- 
fication 


Chairman 
and  vice- 
chairman 


Terms  of 
office 


Vacancy 


(3)  No  person  who  is  or  has  been  a  member  of  the  governing 
body  of,  or  who  is  or  has  been  registered  under  any  Act  governing 
a  health  discipline  or  a  health  practice,  shall  be  a  member  of  the 
Commission. 

(4)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint  the 
members  of  the  Commission  and  shall  designate  a  chairman  and  a 
vice-chairman  from  among  the  members  of  the  Commission. 

(5)  The  members  of  the  Commission  may  be  appointed  for  a 
term  of  one,  two  or  three  years  and  members  may  be  reappointed, 
but  in  no  case  shall  a  member  serve  for  more  than  six  consecutive 
years. 

(6)  Every  vacancy  on  the  Commission  caused  by  the  death, 
resignation  or  incapacity  of  a  member  may  be  filled  by  the 
appointment  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  of  a  person  to 
hold  office  for  the  remainder  of  the  term  of  the  member. 


Remuneration 


(7)  The  members  of  the  Commission  shall  be  paid  such  remun- 
eration and  expenses  as  are  determined  by  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council. 


Staff  (8)  Such  employees  as  are  necessary  to  carry  out  the  duties  of 

f  38?  ^^^°'     ^^^  Commission  shall  be  employed  under  The  Public  Service  Act. 

16. — (1)  The  Commission, 


Duties 

of 

Commission 


{a)  shall  advise  the  Minister  on  matters  relating  to  the  health 
and  safety  of  persons  in  respect  of  irradiation  by  x-rays; 


{b)  is  responsible  for  the  continuing  development  of  an 
X-ray  Safety  Code; 


11 

(c)  shall  review  the  contents  of  courses  in  the  operation  of 
x-ray  machines  and  x-ray  equipment  and  approve  the 
courses  it  considers  satisfactory; 

(d)  shall  examine,  study  and  report  to  the  Minister  on  such 
matters,  including  health  screening  programs  involving 
the  use  of  x-rays,  as  the  Minister  may  refer  to  the  Com- 
mission for  the  purpose;  and 

(e)  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  are  assigned  to  it  by  or 
under  this  or  any  other  Act. 


(2)  The  Commission  shall  submit  an  annual  report  on  its  Annual 
tivities  to  the  Minister  which  shall  ii 
information  as  the  Minister  may  require. 


rcDort 

activities  to  the  Minister  which  shall  include  such  additional 


1  7. — (1)  The  Commission  shall  establish  advisory  committees  Advisory 
to  assist  it  in  the  continuing  development  of  an  X-ray  Safety  Code 
and  to  assist  it  in  respect  of  safety  in  relation  to  irradiation  from 
x-rays  in  each  of  the  following  disciplines: 

1.  Chiropody. 

2.  Chiropractic. 

3.  Dentistry. 

4.  Medical  radiology. 

5.  Radiological  technology. 

(2)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Minister,  the  Commission  Wem 
may  establish  additional  advisory  committees  to  assist  it  in  respect 

of  safety  in  relation  to  irradiation  from  x-rays. 

(3)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Minister,  the  Commission  Composition 
shall  fix  the  total  number  of  members  of  each  advisory  committee 
established  under  subsection  1  or  2. 

(4)  The  members  of  an  advisory  committee  appointed  under  Remuneration 
subsection  1  or  2  may  be  paid  such  remuneration  on  a  daily  or 

other  basis,  and  such  necessary  expenses,  as  may  be  fixed  or 
approved  by  the  Minister. 

18.   Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Minister,  the  Commission  Professional 
may  engage  scientific,  technical  and  professional  consultants  in  assistance 
matters  relating  to  protection  from  irradiation  by  x-rays. 


12 


Director 
of  X-ray 
Safety 


1 9.  The  Minister  shall  appoint  an  employee  of  the  Ministry  of 
Health  as  Director  of  X-ray  Safety  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
the  regulations. 


Inspectors  20. — (1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  in  writing  one  or  more 

employees  of  the  Ministry  or  other  persons  as  inspectors  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  in  an  appointment 
may  limit  the  authority  of  an  inspector  in  such  manner  as  the 
Minister  considers  necessary  or  advisable. 


Certificate 

of 

appointment 


(2)  The  Minister  shall  issue  to  every  inspector  appointed  under 
subsection  1  a  certificate  of  his  appointment. 


Production 

of 

certificate 


(3)  Every  inspector,  in  the  execution  of  his  duties  under  this  Act 
and  the  regulations,  shall  produce  his  certificate  of  appointment 
upon  request. 


Inspection 


Powers 

of 

inspector 


(4)  An  inspector  at  all  reasonable  times  may  enter  and  inspect 
the  premises  and  may  inspect  the  operations  and  all  records  and 
radiographs  where  an  x-ray  machine  is  installed  or  operated  and 
may  require  the  production  of  proof  that  any  person  who  operates 
an  x-ray  machine  meets  the  qualifications  and  requirements  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations  to  ensure  that  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
and  the  regulations  are  complied  with. 

(5)  Upon  an  inspection  under  this  section,  an  inspector  is 
entitled  to  make  tests  and  examinations  to  determine  whether 
or  not  x-ray  machines  are  installed  and  used  in  compliance  with 
this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


Copies  (6)  Upon  an  inspection  under  this  Act,  an  inspector,  upon 

giving  a  receipt  therefor,  may  remove  any  material  that  relates  to 
the  purpose  of  the  inspection  in  order  to  make  a  copy  thereof,  but 
the  copying  shall  be  carried  out  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  the 
material  in  question  shall  be  promptly  thereafter  returned  to  the 
person  being  inspected. 


Admissibility 

of 

copies 


(7)  Any  copy  made  as  provided  in  subsection  6  and  purporting 
to  be  certified  by  an  inspector  is  admissible  in  evidence  in  any 
action,  proceeding  or  prosecution  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the 
original. 


Obstruction  (g)  No  person   shall  obstruct  an  inspector  or  withhold  or 

destroy,  conceal  or  refuse  to  furnish  any  information  or  thing 
required  by  the  inspector  for  the  purposes  of  an  inspection. 


Information 
confidential 


21 . — (1)  Each  member  of  the  Commission,  each  employee  of 
the  Commission,  each  consultant  engaged  by  the  Commission,  the 


13 

Director,  each  inspector  appointed  under  this  Act  and  each  person 
engaged  in  the  administration  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  shall 
preserve  secrecy  with  respect  to  all  matters  that  come  to  his 
knowledge  in  the  course  of  his  employment  or  duties  pertaining  to 
the  health  of  any  person  and  shall  not  communicate  any  such 
matter  to  any  other  person  except  as  provided  in  this  Act. 

(2)  A  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  furnish  information  Exceptions 
pertaining  to  the  health  of  a  person, 

(a)  in  connection  with  the  administration  of  this  Act  or  any 
Act  of  Ontario  or  of  Canada  related  to  the  delivery  of 
health  services  or  to  safety  in  relation  to  irradiation  from 
x-rays  or  regulations  made  thereunder; 

(b)  in  proceedings  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(c)  to  the  person  who  provided  a  service  to  which  the  infor- 
mation is  related,  his  solicitor  or  personal  representa- 
tive, the  executor,  administrator  or  committee  of  his 
estate,  his  trustee  in  bankruptcy  or  other  legal  represen- 
tative; or 

(d)  to  the  person  who  received  the  service  to  which  the 
information  is  related,  his  solicitor,  personal  represen- 
tative, another  person  who  has  lawful  custody  of  or  is 
guardian  for  the  person  or  other  legal  representative  of 
the  person. 

(3)  The  Director  may  communicate  information  of  the  kind  Exception 
referred  to  in  subsection  2  and  any  other  information  related  professional 
thereto  to  the  statutory  body  governing  the  profession  or  to  a  discipline 
professional  association  of  which  a  person  who  provides  a  service 
referred  to  in  subsection  2  is  a  member  or  governing  the  health 
practice  practised  by  the  person. 

22.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula-  Regulations 
tions, 

(a)  prescribing  any  matter  required  or  authorized  by  this 
Act  to  be,  or  referred  to  in  this  Act  as,  prescribed  by  the 
regulations; 

(b)  prescribing  classes  of  or  in  respect  of  any  matter  that  is  or 
may  be  prescribed  under  the  regulations; 

(c)  limiting  the  application  of  any  regulation  to  any  one  or 
more  of  the  classes  prescribed  under  clause  b; 


14 

(d)  exempting  any  class  of  persons,  x-ray  machines  or 
facilities  from  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations 
and  attaching  conditions  to  any  such  exemption; 

(e)  governing  or  limiting,  or  both,  the  purposes  for  which 
any  class  of  persons  may  operate  x-ray  macthines  or  any 
class  of  x-ray  machines; 

(/)  prescribing  an  X-ray  Safety  Code  including, 

(i)  prescribing  standards  for  the  installation  of  x-ray 
machines, 

(ii)  prescribing  standards  for  darkrooms  and  dark- 
room procedures  associated  with  the  operation 
of  x-ray  machines  or  any  class  of  x-ray  machines, 

(iii)  prescribing  standards  and  procedures  for  the 
operation  of  x-ray  machines  and  x-ray  equipment 
or  any  class  of  x-ray  machines  or  x-ray  equip- 
ment, 

(iv)  prescribing  physical  standards  for  persons  who 
operate  x-ray  machines  or  x-ray  equipment, 

(v)  prescribing  standards  and  procedures  for  the 
purpose  of  minimizing  exposure  to  x-rays  of 
patients  and  members  of  the  public, 

(vi)  governing  the  testing  of  x-ray  machines  and  x-ray 
equipment  including,  but  not  limited  to,  pre- 
scribing tests  in  respect  of  x-ray  machines  and 
x-ray  equipment  and  requiring  persons  operating 
x-ray  machines  and  x-ray  equipment  and  radia- 
tion protection  officers  to  perform  the  tests, 

(vii)  prescribing  programs  for  evaluation  of  per- 
formance of  procedures  and  observance  of 
standards, 

(viii)  prescribing  additional  duties  of  radiation  protec- 
tion officers  and  persons  who  own  or  operate 
x-ray  machines, 

(ix)  prescribing  standards  of  design,  construction, 
operation  and  performance  for  x-ray  machines 
and  x-ray  equipment  operated  in  Ontario, 


IS 

(x)  requiring  compliance  with  any  matter  prescribed 
or  governed  under  subclauses  i  to  ix; 

(g)  governing  the  keeping  of  records  by  persons  who  own  or 
operate  x-ray  machines  and  by  radiation  protection 
officers  and  requiring  and  governing  returns  by  them  to 
the  Director; 

Qi)  prescribing  classes  of  radiation  protection  officers  and 
restricting  or  limiting  the  types  of  facilities  or  x-ray 
machines  or  both  for  which  any  such  class  may  be  desig- 
nated as  radiation  protection  officers; 

(i)  prescribing  subject-matters  for  courses  of  study  in  the 
operation  of  x-ray  machines  and  x-ray  equipment  and 
prohibiting  approval  by  the  Commission  of  any  course  of 
study  that  does  not  include  a  subject-matter  so  pre- 
scribed for  the  course  of  study; 

0)  prescribing  additional  duties  and  powers  of  the  Com- 
mission, the  Director  and  inspectors; 

{k)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(/)  adopting  by  reference,  in  whole  or  in  part,  with  such 
changes  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  consid- 
ers necessary,  any  code  or  standard  and  requiring  com- 
pliance with  any  code  or  standard  that  is  so  adopted; 

(m)  prescribing  fees  for  registrations  and  approvals. 

23. — (1)  Every  person  who.  Offences 

(a)  knowingly  furnishes  false  information  in  an  application 
under  this  Act  or  in  any  statement  or  return  required  to 
be  furnished  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

{b)  fails  to  comply  with  any  order,  direction  or  other 
requirement  made  under  this  Act;  or 

(c)  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations, 

and  every  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who  knowingly 
concurs  in  such  furnishing,  failure  or  contravention  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 
$5,000. 

(2)  Where  a  corporation  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  sub-  Corporations 
section  1,  the  maximum  penalty  that  may  be  imposed  upon  the 
corporation  is  $25,000  and  not  as  provided  therein. 


16 


Proceedings 

to  prohibit 

continuation 

or 

repetition 

of 

contravention 


24.  Where  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  any 
order  issued  under  this  Act  by  the  Director  is  contravened,  not- 
withstanding any  other  remedy  or  any  penalty  imposed,  the 
Director  may  apply  to  the  Divisional  Court  by  originating  motion 
for  an  order  prohibiting  the  continuation  or  repetition  of  the 
contravention  or  the  carrying  on  of  any  activity  specified  in  the 
order  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  court,  will  or  is  likely  to  result  in 
the  continuation  or  repetition  of  the  contravention  by  the  person 
committing  the  contravention,  and  the  court  may  make  the  order 
and  it  may  be  enforced  in  the  same  manner  as  any  other  judgment 
of  the  Supreme  Court. 


Protection 
from 
personal 
liability 


25. — (1)  No  action  or  other  proceeding  for  damages  shall  be 
instituted  against  the  Director  or  an  inspector  for  any  act  done  in 
good  faith  in  the  execution  or  intended  execution  of  his  duty  or  for 
any  alleged  neglect  or  default  in  the  execution  in  good  faith  of  his 
duty. 


Crown  not 
relieved  of 
liability 
R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  365 


(2)  Subsection  1  does  not,  by  reason  of  subsections  2  and  4  of 
section  5  of  The  Proceedings  Against  the  Crown  Act,  relieve  the 
Crown  of  liability  in  respect  of  a  tort  committed  by  an  agent  or 
servant  of  the  Crown  to  which  it  would  otherwise  be  subject  and 
the  Crown  is  liable  under  that  Act  for  any  such  tort  in  a  like 
manner  as  if  subsection  1  had  not  been  enacted. 


Service  26. — (1)  Any   notice,    order,    decision    or   other   document 

required  to  be  given,  served  or  delivered  under  this  Act  or  the 
regulations  is  sufficiently  given,  served  or  delivered  if  delivered 
personally  or  sent  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the  person  to 
whom  it  is  required  to  be  given,  served  or  delivered  at  the  latest 
address  for  service  appearing  on  the  records  of  the  Ministry  or, 
where  there  is  no  address  for  service  so  appearing,  at  the  address, 
if  any,  last  known  to  the  Director. 


When  service 
deemed  made 


(2)  Where  service  is  made  by  registered  mail  in  accordance  with 
subsection  1,  the  service  shall  be  deemed  to  be  made  on  the 
seventh  day  after  the  day  of  mailing  unless  the  person  on  whom 
service  is  being  made  establishes  that  he  did  not,  acting  in  good 
faith,  through  absence,  accident,  illness  or  other  cause  beyond  his 
control,  receive  the  notice,  order,  decision  or  other  document  until 
a  later  date. 


Commence- 
ment 


27.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  procla- 
mation of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


Short  uue  28.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Healing  Arts  Radiation 

Protection  Act,  1980. 


ffi 

w 

gffi 

5_ 

c 

on' 

r^ 

•-t 

P 

o 

.^ 

H 

r-f- 

§ 

nr 

w 

» 

w 

t:^ 

f 

o 

O 

Z 

fp 

n> 

o 

o 

n 

< 

m 

Cjo 

n 

tM 

rt 

Ki 

3 

'^ 

B 

s 

g 

C-5 

a- 

G- 

cr 

R- 

Q" 

>3 

>3 

s 

>i 

tSJ 

t->- 

a- 

•-1 

0^ 

0^ 

(—* 

vO 

o 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

o 

^ 

US 

>-< 

> 

v; 

n 

§ 

S" 

p 

o 

"a 

cr 

►-< 

o 

5* 

< 

n 

C/l 

ol 

^^. 

n 

3 

*->% 

c-i- 

o 

nr 

*^ 

m 

(-1- 

cr 

ffi 

a> 

fD 
P, 

B- 

•-h 

13 

m 

oq 

d 

> 

BILL  178 


Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  protect  the  Reputation  of  Innocent 
Persons  from  Untimely  Publicity 


Mr.  Stong 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  protect  persons  who  have  been  charged  with  an 
offence  from  adverse  publicity  until  such  time  as  a  court  begins  to  hear  evidence  in 
the  case  or  the  person  enters  a  plea  of  guilty  to  the  offence. 

The  exceptions  to  the  principle  are  occasioned  when  a  person  holding  such 
public  office  is  accused  of  committing  a  breach  of  a  public  trust  or  where  a  person 
accused  of  having  committed  an  offence  cannot  be  located  and  publication  of  the 
name  of  the  person  can  reasonably  be  expected  to  assist  in  finding  the  person. 


BILL  178  1980 


An  Act  to  protect  the  Reputation 
of  Innocent  Persons  from  Untimely  Publicity  ; 

WHEREAS  the  freedoms  of  speech  and  of  press  have  been  Preamble 
enshrined  in  legislation;  and  whereas  there  must  be  a  proper 
balancing  of  the  public's  right  to  know  with  the  obligation  to 
report  any  occurrences  objectively,  fairly  and  accurately;  and 
whereas  it  is  recognized  as  an  inherent  principle  of  law  and  order 
and  fundamental  to  the  preservation  of  the  freedom  and  dignity  of 
every  person  that  any  person  charged  with  a  contravention  of  an 
enactment  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario 
or  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada  is  innocent  and  so  remains  until 
proven  guilty  in  accordance  with  due  process  of  the  law; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 

1 .  No  person  shall  publish  or  broadcast  any  report  in  Restriction 
Ontario  of  an  offence  committed  or  alleged  to  have  been  commit-  publication 
ted  under  the  law  of  Ontario  or  Canada  that  contains  the  name  of  °^  "^"!f  °^ 

accused 

the  person  accused  of  committing  the  offence,  the  name  of  a  person 
relative  of  the  accused  person,  or  any  other  information  that  is 
reasonably  likely  to  disclose  the  identity  of  the  accused  person 
until, 

(a)  the  trial  of  the  person  has  commenced;  and 

(b)  the  person  has  pleaded  guilty  to  the  offence;  or 

(c)  the  court  has  begun  to  receive  evidence  in  respect  of  the 
offence, 

unless  the  accused  person  permits  in  writing  such  publication  or 
broadcasting. 

2.  Section   1  does  not  apply.  Exceptions 

(a)  to  a  person  who  is  a  public  official  accused  of  committing 
a  fraud  on  or  a  breach  of  a  public  trust;  or 


Saving 


(b)  to  a  person  accused  of  having  committed  an  offence 
where  the  person  cannot  be  located  and  publication  of 
the  name  of  the  person  can  reasonably  be  expected  to 
assist  in  finding  the  person. 

3.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  prohibit  the  full, 
responsible  and  factual  publishing  or  broadcasting  of  a  report  of 
any  occurrence  that  does  not  disclose  the  identity  of  an  accused 
person. 


Offence 


4. — (1)  Every  person  who  knowingly  contravenes  section  1  of 
this  Act  and  every  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who  know- 
ingly concurs  in  such  contravention  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $2,000. 


Corporation  (2)  Where  a  corporation  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  sub- 

section 1,  the  maximum  penalty  that  may  be  imposed  upon  the 
corporation  is  $25,000  and  not  as  provided  therein. 


Commence- 
ment 


5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title  (J.  xhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Innocent  Persons  Protec- 

tion Act,  1980. 


CP 


CP 


5 


<3- 

Co 

Go 


en 
H 
o 

o 


»«5 


a. 

ex. 


o 
< 

n 

3 
cr 


00 
o 


>3 

0r<3 


3 

3 

0 

> 

0 
n 

3 

3 

> 

0 

•TJ 

^-^ 

fD 

<-f- 

-1 

0 

W 

0 

•0 

3 

►t 

v> 

0 

r* 

!:^ 

(T) 

3 

0 

3 

(-♦ 

cr 

cj 

fD 

3 

^ 

ft> 

3 

T3 

rt 

C 

'<' 

sr 

s 

0 
3 

ct; 

0 

0* 

i-t^ 

BILL  179  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Education  Act,  1974 


Mr.  Dukszta 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  for  heritage  language  instruction  in 
Ontario.  The  Bill  sets  forth  a  procedure  for  the  establishment  of  heritage  language 
programs  in  order  that  a  heritage  language  may  be  taught  as  a  language  of 
instruction,  as  a  subject  of  instruction  or  as  a  language  of  instruction  for  the 
purpose  of  transition  to  English  or  French.  When  a  school  board  decides  to 
institute  a  heritage  language  program,  the  Bill  requires  that  a  local  heritage 
language  advisory  committee  be  established  to  provide  continuing  advice  to  the 
board  concerning  the  nature  and  content  of  the  heritage  language  program.  In  the 
case  of  a  dispute  between  the  board  and  the  advisory  committee,  the  Bill  provides 
that  the  matter  in  dispute  may  be  referred  to  the  Minister  for  determination. 


BILL  179  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Education  Act,  1974 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Clause/ of  subsection  1  of  section  229  oiThe  Education  Act,  1974,  s.  229  (i)  (/), 
being  chapter  109,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- 
for: 

(/)  in  instruction  and  in  all  communications  with  pupils  in  Language 
regard  to  discipline  and  the  management  of  the  school,  instruction 
to  use  English  or  another  language  that  will  be  under- 
stood by  the  pupil,  except  in  respect  of  a  language  that  is 
\.  being  taught  as  one  of  the  subjects  in  the  course  of  study. 

2.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  Part:      Part  xi-a 

-^  "  "^  (ss.  271a-271g), 

enacted 

PART  XI-A 

HERITAGE  LANGUAGE  INSTRUCTION 

271a.   In  this  Part,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "board"  means  a  board  of  education,  public  school 
board,  secondary  school  board  or  separate  school  board; 

{b)  "board  area"  means  the  area  in  which  a  board  has  juris- 
diction; 

(c)  "heritage    language"    means    a   language   other   than 
English  or  French; 

{d)  "student"  means  any  person  who  has  a  right  to  attend  a 
!  school  in  a  board  area  in  which  the  person  is  qualified  to 

!■  be  a  resident  pupil. 

2716.  The  purpose  of  this  Part  is.  Purpose 

(a)  to  provide  students,   where  numbers  warrant,   with 
instruction  in  a  heritage  language  to  enable  the  students 


to  preserve  or  establish  links  with  their  heritage  lan- 
guage communities; 

(b)  to  provide  students,  where  numbers  warrant,  with  the 
opportunity  to  study  a  heritage  language  as  a  subject  of 
instruction  in  order  to  preserve  or  establish  links  with  a 
heritage  language  community;  and 

(c)  to  provide  students,  where  numbers  warrant,  with 
instruction  in  a  heritage  language  as  a  means  of  transi- 
tion to  learning  and  working  in  the  English  or  French 
language. 


Heritage 
language 
classes 


271c. — (1)  A  board  may  establish  and  maintain  classes  for  the 
purpose  of  providing  a  heritage  language  as  a  language  of  instruc- 
tion, as  a  subject  of  instruction  or  as  a  language  of  instruction  for 
the  purpose  of  transition  to  English  or  French. 


Heritage 
language  as 
a  language  of 
instruction 


(2)  Where,  after  the  first  school  day  in  September  and  on  or 
before  the  first  day  of  April  next  following,  written  evidence  is 
presented  to  a  board  that  a  number  of  students  resident  in  the 
board  area  whose  mother  tongue  is  a  heritage  language  has  elected 
to  be  taught  in  the  heritage  language  as  a  language  of  instruction, 
the  board  shall  forthwith  determine  whether  students  can  be 
assembled  for  this  purpose  in  one  or  more  classes  or  groups  of 
twenty  or  more  and,  where  the  board  determines  that  such  stu- 
dents can  be  so  assembled,  it  shall  provide  the  language  as  a 
language  of  instruction  in  such  classes  or  groups. 


Instruction 
in  English 
or  French 


Heritage 
language  as 
a  subject  of 
instruction 


(3)  English  or  French  shall  be  a  subject  of  instruction  in  all 
grades  in  which  a  heritage  language  is  a  language  of  instruction. 

27 Id. — (1)  Where,  after  the  first  school  day  in  September  and 
on  or  before  the  first  day  of  April  next  following,  written  evidence 
is  presented  to  a  board  that  a  number  of  students  resident  in  the 
board  area  and  directly  related  to  a  heritage  language  community 
has  elected  to  be  taught  the  heritage  language  as  a  subject  of 
instruction,  the  board  shall  forthwith  determine  whether  students 
can  be  assembled  for  this  purpose  in  one  or  more  classes  of  twenty 
or  more  and,  where  the  board  determines  that  such  students  can 
be  so  assembled,  it  shall  provide  the  language  as  a  subject  of 
instruction  in  such  classes  or  groups. 


When  classes 
to  be  held 


(2)  The  board  shall  provide  the  heritage  language  as  a  cur- 
riculum subject  for  academic  credit  during  the  regular  school  day 
where  the  board  determines  that  one  or  more  classes  or  groups  of 
twenty  or  more  students  can  be  assembled  for  the  purpose  and  the 
board  may  establish  such  other  classes  at  such  times  and  locations 
as  the  board  considers  necessary  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  heritage 
language  community. 


(3)  Upon  determining  that  a  heritage  language  shall  be  taught  Admission 
as  a  subject  of  instruction,  a  board  may  permit  students  who  have 

no  direct  relationship  to  the  heritage  language  community  to 
receive  instruction  in  the  language. 

(4)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  French  shall  be  deemed  to  lF^^y\ 
be  a  heritage  language  except  where  the  number  of  English-  as  heritage 
speaking  students  of  a  board  is  fewer  than  the  number  of  students  languages 
of  the  board  for  whom  French  is  the  language  of  instruction,  in 
which  case  English  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  heritage  language. 

271e. — (1)  Where,  after  the  first  school  day  in  September  and  Transition 
on  or  before  the  first  day  of  April  next  following,  written  evidence 
is  presented  to  a  board  that  a  number  of  students  resident  in  the 
board  area  whose  mother  tongue  is  a  heritage  language  has  elected 
to  be  taught  in  the  heritage  language  as  a  language  of  instruction 
for  the  purpose  of  transition  to  English  or  French,  the  board  shall 
forthwith  determine  whether  students  can  be  assembled  for  this 
purpose  in  one  or  more  classes  or  groups  of  twenty  or  more  and, 
where  the  board  determines  that  such  students  can  be  so  assem- 
bled, it  shall  provide  the  language  as  a  language  of  instruction  in 
such  classes  or  groups. 

(2)  English  or  French  shall  be  a  subject  of  instruction  in  all  ?"*truction 
grades  in  which  a  heritage  language  is  a  language  of  instruction,  or  French 

271/. — (1)  Where  a  board  establishes,  extends  or  decides  to  Advisory 

,  ,.   ,  ,         .  •  1  .    ,        1       •  committee 

establish  or  extend  a  class,  group  or  program  m  which  a  heritage 
language  is  a  language  of  instruction,  a  subject  of  instruction  or  a 
language  of  instruction  for  the  purpose  of  transition  to  English  or 
French,  the  board  shall,  within  two  months  of  the  establishment, 
extension  or  decision  to  establish  or  extend,  by  resolution,  estab- 
lish an  advisory  committee  and  provide  for  the  holding  of  election 
of  members  thereof. 

(2)  The  advisory  committee  is  responsible  for  developing  pro-  Recom- 

11-  1  1  1  •!  11  iir  mendations 

posals  designed  to  meet  the  educational  and  cultural  needs  or 
students  and  community  members  who  speak  or  wish  to  study  the 
heritage  language  and  for  such  purpose  may  make  recommenda- 
tions in  respect  of, 

(a)  the  establishment,  operation  and  management  of  heri- 
tage language  instructional  programs; 

(b)  the  use  of  the  heritage  language  and  of  the  English  and 
French  languages  in  heritage  language  instructional 
programs; 

(c)  the  recruitment  and  appointment  of  the  required  teach- 
ing, supervisory  and  administrative  personnel; 


{d)  the  establishment  of  the  course  of  study  and  the  use  of 
textbooks; 

(g)  the  estabhshment  of  attendance  areas  for  heritage  lan- 
guage instructional  programs; 

(/)  the  provision  of  transportation  for  pupils; 

(g)  the  entering  into  agreements  with  other  boards  in  respect 
of  the  provision  of  instruction  in  the  heritage  language 
and  supervising  and  consultative  services; 

{h)  the  development  and  establishment  of  adult  education 
programs; 

{i)  the  use  of  any  facility  and  means  necessary  to  meet  the 
educational  and  cultural  needs  of  the  heritage  language 
community; 

ij)  the  provision  of  summer  school  programs;  and 

{k)  any  other  matter  pertaining  to  heritage  language  educa- 
tion. 


Committee 
report  to 
board 


(3)  The  committee  shall  report  at  each  regular  meeting  of  the 
board. 


Board  to 
seek 

advice  of 
committee 


(4)  The  board  shall  seek  the  advice  of  the  committee  on  all 
matters  affecting  the  establishment,  program,  administration  and 
termination  of  heritage  language  classes,  groups  or  programs 
before  any  final  decision  regarding  such  matters  is  taken  by  the 
board. 


Consider- 
ation of 
recommen- 
dations by 
board 


(5)  The  board  shall  consider  any  recommendation  submitted  to 
it  in  writing  by  the  committee  and  shall  not  refuse  its  approval 
without  having  given  the  committee  an  opportunity  to  be  heard  by 
the  board  or  by  any  committee  of  the  board  to  which  such  recom- 
mendation is  referred  and,  where  a  board  refuses  a  recommenda- 
tion of  the  committee,  it  shall,  within  thirty  days  after  receiving 
the  recommendation  of  the  committee,  forward  to  the  committee 
written  reasons  for  its  refusal. 


Referral 

to 

Minister 


2  71g. — (1)  Upon  receipt  of  a  refusal  and  the  reasons  therefor 
under  subsection  5  of  section  271/,  the  committee  may,  by 
motion,  refer  the  matter  to  the  Minister,  in  which  case  it  shall  send 
to  the  Minister  and  to  the  board  copies  of  the  motion,  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  committee  and  the  written  reasons  of  the  board 
for  its  refusal. 


5 

(2)  When  a  matter  is  referred  to  the  Minister,  the  board  con-  Deferral  of 
cerned  shall  defer  action  thereon  until  the  matter  has  been  resol-  board   ^ 
ved. 

(3)  The  Minister  shall  provide  written  reasons  to  the  committee  Written 
and  the  board  in  respect  of  a  decision  made  on  a  matter  referred  to  "^^^""^ 
the  Minister  by  the  committee. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

ment 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Education  Amendment  Act,  1980.    Short  title 


?2 


Co 

bo 


d 

CO 
N 
H 
> 


H 

iz: 

Uj 

K> 

o 

< 

n 

^-i 

>3 

>3 

3 
cr 

c   > 

|-5 

OTi 

OTQ 

t— ' 

Orci 

I-  0- 

00 

o 

vO 

BILL  180  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting 
The  Norfolk  Board  of  Education  and  Teachers  Dispute 


Mr.  Miller 
(Haldimand-Norfolk) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 


The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  resolve  the  dispute  between  The  Norfolk  Board  of 
Education  and  the  secondary  school  teachers  who  are  employees  of  the  board.  The 
Bill  orders  an  end  to  the  strike  that  commenced  on  the  2nd  day  of  October,  1980 
and  establishes  a  final  offer  selection  procedure  as  a  means  of  settling  the  matters  in 
dispute  between  the  parties. 


BILL  180  1980 


An  Act  respecting 

The  Norfolk  Board  of  Education 

and  Teachers  Dispute 

WHEREAS  The  Norfolk  Board  of  Education  and  its  Preamble 
secondary  school  teachers  have  been  negotiating  terms  and 
conditions  of  employment;  and  whereas  a  state  of  strike  by  the 
teachers  against  the  board  of  education  has  been  in  effect  since  the 
2ndday  of  October,  1980;  and  whereas  the  board  of  education  and 
its  secondary  school  teachers  have  been  unable  to  make  an  agree- 
ment as  to  terms  and  conditions  of  employment;  and  whereas  the 
public  interest  requires  that  means  be  found  for  the  settlement  of 
the  matters  in  dispute  between  the  board  of  education  and  its 
secondary  school  teachers;  Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province 
of  Ontario,  enacts  as  follows: 

1 .    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "arbitrator"  means  the  arbitrator  appointed  under  this 

Act; 

{b)  "board"  means  The  Norfolk  Board  of  Education; 

(c)  "branch  affiliate"  means  the  organization  composed  of 
all  the  teachers  employed  by  the  board  who  are  members 
of  The  Ontario  Secondary  School  Teachers'  Federation; 

(d)  "Commission"  means  the  Education  Relations  Commis- 
sion established  under  The  School  Boards  and  Teachers  i^vs,  c.  72 
Collective  Negotiations  Act,  1975; 

{e)  "lock-out"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  The  School 
Boards  and  Teachers  Collective  Negotiations  Act,  1975 \ 

if)  "parties"  means  the  board  and  the  branch  affiliate; 

(g)  "strike"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  The  School  Boards 
and  Teachers  Collective  Negotiations  Act,  1975; 


(h)  "teachers"  means  the  secondary  school  teachers 
employed  on  permanent  or  probationary  contracts  by 
the  board. 


Resumption 
of  employment 
and  operation 
of  schools 


2. — (1)  The  teachers  who  are  on  strike  against  the  board  shall, 
on  the  first  Tuesday  following  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force, 
return  to  and  resume  their  duties  in  accordance  with  their 
contracts  of  employment  and  written  collective  understandings  in 
effect  on  the  31st  day  of  August,  1979  with  the  board  and  the 
board  shall,  on  the  first  Tuesday  following  the  day  this  Act  comes 
into  force,  resume  the  employment  of  such  teachers  in  accordance 
with  such  contracts  and  written  collective  understandings  and 
resume  the  normal  operation  of  the  schools  in  which  the  teachers 
are  employed. 


Strike  or 
lock-out 


(2)  During  the  period  from  and  including  the  first  Tuesday 
following  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  until  the  day  an 
agreement  that  is  made  between  the  parties  or  that  includes  the 
decision  of  the  arbitrator  comes  into  effect,  no  teacher  shall  take 
part  in  a  strike  against  the  board  and  the  board  shall  not  lock 
out  a  teacher. 


Exception  (3)  Nothing  in  this  Act  precludes  a  teacher  from  not  returning 

to  and  resuming  his  duties  with  the  board  for  reasons  of  health  or 
by  mutual  consent  in  writing  of  the  teacher  and  the  board. 


Final  offer 
selection 


1975,  c.  72 


3. — (1)  The  parties  shall  be  deemed  to  have  agreed, 

(a)  to  refer  all  matters  remaining  in  dispute  between  them 
that  may  be  provided  for  in  an  agreement  under  The 
School  Boards  and  Teachers  Collective  Negotiations 
Act,  1975  to  a  selector  for  determination  under  and  in 
accordance  with  Part  V  of  that  Act;  and 


{b)  to  not  withdraw  from  the  proceedings. 


Notice  of 
appointment 
of  selector 


(2)  The  parties,  within  seven  days  after  the  day  this  Act  comes 
into  force,  shall  jointly  give  written  notice  to  the  Commission 
stating, 


(a)  the  date  of  appointment  and  the  name  and  address  of  the 
selector;  or 

(6)  that  the  parties  have  not  appointed  the  selector  and  that 
the  parties  request  the  Commission  to  appoint  the  selec- 
tor. 


Appointment  (3)  Where  the  parties  fail  to  give  a  notice  to  the  Commission  in 

of  selector  ,                  •  1          ,            •                         .              ■ 

by  accordance  with  subsection  2  or  where  the  parties  request  the 

Commission  Commission  to  appoint  the  selector,  the  Commission  shall  make 


the  appointment  and  give  notice  of  the  appointment  of  the  selector 
to  the  parties  and  the  notice  shall  set  out  the  name  and  address  of 
the  person  appointed  and  the  date  of  the  appointment. 

(4)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  The  School  Application 
Boards  and  Teachers  Collective  Negotiations  Act,  1975  applies  to  197s,  c.  72 
the  selector,  to  the  proceedings  conducted  before  him,  to  the 
parties  and  to  the  teachers. 

4. — (1)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1  of  section  51  of  The  Term  of 

'  ^  ...  agreement 

School  Boards  and  Teachers  Collective  Negotiations  Act,  1975,  jg^j  ^  72 
the  agreement  giving  effect  to  all  matters  agreed  upon  by  the 
parties  and  the  decision  of  the  selector  shall  be  for  the  period 
commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  September,  1979  and  expiring  on 
the  31st  day  of  August,  1980. 

(2)  The  Commission  may,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  selector  Reduction 
and  the  parties,  reduce  any  period  of  time  referred  to  in  section  41 ,  period 
42,  44,  45  or  48  of  The  School  Boards  and  Teachers  Collective 
Negotiations  Act,  1975 . 

5. — (1)  Every  person  or  party  that  contravenes  any  of  the  Offences 
provisions  of  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(2)  The  provisions  oiThe  School  Boards  and  Teachers  Collec-  Wem 
live  Negotiations  Act,  1975  respecting  offences  and  penalties  and 
the  procedures  relating  thereto  apply  in  respect  of  a  contravention 
of  any  provision  of  this  Act. 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

ment 
Assent. 

7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Norfolk  Board  of  Education  Short  title 
and  Teachers  Dispute  Resolution  Act,  1980. 


a.) 


bo 


2;  tr' 

O    M 


o 


u 

rv) 

re 

Ki 

2. 

R- 

3 

«^ 

>3 

>3 

Si 

«> 

c^ 

l-« 

«i 

1A5 

cr 

00 
o 


H 

cr 

n> 

p 

'Z 

3 

o    ^ 

a 

H 

O    3 

CD 

^  > 

O 

bdJi 

cr 

?  "« 

(T) 

P    n 

l-« 

!-<         W 

Cfl 

ci-*a 

O 

an 

'-^   r* 

t/i 

t3 

m  B' 

C 

cxcw 

ft 

n 

P 

(-♦ 

^-*« 

o 

3 

BILL  181  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  stay  the  Execution  of  certain  Writs  of  Possession 
issued  in  respect  of  certain  Premises  on  Toronto  Islands 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 
Self-explanatory. 


BILL  181  1980 


An  Act  to  stay  the  Execution  of 

certain  Writs  of  Possession  issued  in  respect 

of  certain  Premises  on  Toronto  Islands 

HER  MAJESTY,    by  and   with   the   advice   and   consent 
of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  The  execution  of  the  writs  of  possession  issued  pur-  stay  of 
suant  to  the  orders  of  His  Honour  Judge  George  Ferguson  of  the  of  ^rits  of 
County  Court  of  the  Judicial  District  of  York,  made  on  the  24th  possession 
day  of  October,  1977  under  the  authority  of  The  Landlord  and  ^'^|^'|,"? 
Tenant  Act  in  respect  of  the  premises  listed  in  the  Schedule  to  this  ^  §  q  jq^q 
Act,  shall  be  stayed  during  the  period  from  the  13th  day  of  c.  236 
November,  1980  until  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981. 


(2)  During  the  period  of  the  stay  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  no  Further 
further  writs  of  possession  shall  be  issued  or  executed  for  the  possession 
recovery  of  possession  by  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  [°J,^^'"^ 
Toronto  in  respect  of  premises  listed  in  the  Schedule. 

(3)  After  the  expiration  of  the  period  of  the  stay  referred  to  in  Change  of 

occupier 

subsection  1 ,  each  writ  of  possession  referred  to  in  subsection  1 
remains  valid  and  effective  for  the  purpose  of  the  recovery  of 
possession  of  the  premises  named  in  the  writ,  notwithstanding 
that  the  occupier  is  a  person  other  than  the  person  named  in  the 
writ  and  that  no  new  order  has  been  made  for  a  writ  of  possession 
or  no  new  writ  of  possession  has  been  issued  in  respect  of  the 
premises. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

.  •'  ■'       ment 

Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Toronto  Islands  Act,  1980.   short  title 


SCHEDULE 


Premises  on  Toronto  Islands  in  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto. 


Street 

Municipal  No . 

Street 

Municipal  No. 

Bay  view 

22 

Fifth 

23 

Bayview 

24 

Fifth 

24 

Bayview 

26 

Fifth 

25 

Bayview 

28 

First 

2 

Bayview 

30 

First 

4 

Bayview 

32 

First 

6 

Bayview 

34 

First 

8 

Channel 

1 

First 

10 

Channel 

3 

First 

12 

Channel 

4 

First 

14 

Channel 

5 

First 

16 

Channel 

6 

Fourth 

1 

Channel 

7 

Fourth 

2 

Channel 

8 

Fourth 

3 

Channel 

9 

Fourth 

4 

Channel 

10 

Fourth 

5 

Channel 

11 

Fourth 

6 

Channel 

12 

Fourth 

8 

Channel 

13 

Fourth 

9 

Channel 

14 

Fourth 

10 

Channel 

IS 

Fourth 

11 

Channel 

16 

Fourth 

12 

Channel 

18 

Fourth 

14 

Dacotah 

1 

Fourth 

IS 

Dacotah 

2 

Fourth 

16 

Dacotah 

3 

Fourth 

17 

Dacotah 

4 

Fourth 

18 

Dacotah 

5 

Fourth 

19 

Dacotah 

6 

Fourth 

20 

Dacotah 

7 

Fourth 

21 

Dacotah 

8 

Fourth 

22 

Dacotah 

9 

Fourth 

23 

Dacotah 

10 

Fourth 

24 

Dacotah 

11 

Fourth 

2S 

Dacotah 

12 

Fourth 

26 

Dacotah 

13 

Lakeshore 

2 

Dacotah 

14 

Lakeshore 

6 

Dacotah 

IS 

Lakeshore 

8 

Dacotah 

16 

Lakeshore 

10 

Dacotah 

17 

Lakeshore 

12 

Dacotah 

18 

Lakeshore 

14 

Fifth 

1 

Lakeshore 

16 

Fifth 

3 

Lakeshore 

18 

Fifth 

S 

Lakeshore 

20 

Fifth 

9 

Lakeshore 

22 

Fifth 

11 

Lakeshore 

24 

Fifth 

13 

Lakeshore 

26 

Fifth 

14 

Lakeshore 

28 

Fifth 

IS 

Lakeshore 

30 

Fifth 

16 

Lakeshore 

32 

Fifth 

17 

Lakeshore 

34 

Fifth 

18 

Lakeshore 

36 

Fifth 

19 

Lakeshore 

38 

Fifth 

20 

Lakeshore 

40 

Fifth 

22 

Lenore 

1 

Street 

Municipal  No. 

Street 

Municipal  No. 

Lenore 

2 

Nottawa 

14 

Lenore 

3 

Second 

1 

Ojibway 

1 

Second 

2 

Ojibway 

2 

Second 

3 

Ojibway 

3 

Second 

4 

Ojibway 

4 

Second 

5 

Ojibway 

S 

Second 

6 

Ojibway 

6 

Second 

7 

Ojibway 

7 

Second 

8 

Ojibway 

8 

Second 

12 

Ojibway 

9 

Second 

14 

Ojibway 

10 

Second 

IS 

Ojibway 

11 

Second 

16 

Ojibway 

12 

Seneca 

1 

Ojibway 

13 

Seneca 

3 

Ojibway 

14 

Seneca 

5 

Ojibway 

16 

Seneca 

7 

Omaha 

2 

Seneca 

9 

Omaha 

8 

Seneca 

11 

Omaha 

10 

Seneca 

13 

Omaha 

12 

Seneca 

15 

Omaha 

14 

Seneca 

17 

Omaha 

16 

Seneca 

19 

Omaha 

18 

Seneca 

21 

Omaha 

20 

Seneca 

23 

Omaha 

22 

Seneca 

25 

Omaha 

24 

Seneca 

29 

Omaha 

26 

Seneca 

31 

Omaha 

28 

Seneca 

33 

Omaha 

30 

Seneca 

35 

Omaha 

32 

Sixth 

15 

Omaha 

34 

Sixth 

17 

Omaha 

36 

Sixth 

19 

Oneida 

1 

Sixth 

21 

Oneida 

2 

Sixth 

23 

Oneida 

3 

Sixth 

25 

Oneida 

4 

Third 

2 

Oneida 

S 

Third 

4 

Oneida 

6 

Third 

S 

Oneida 

7 

Third 

6 

Oneida 

8 

Third 

7 

Oneida 

9 

Third 

8 

Oneida 

10 

Third 

9 

Oneida 

11 

Third 

10 

Oneida 

12 

Third 

11 

Oneida 

13 

Third 

12 

Oneida 

14 

Third 

13 

Oneida 

IS 

Third 

14 

Oneida 

16 

Third 

15 

Oneida 

18 

Third 

16 

Nottawa 

1 

Third 

17 

Nottawa 

2 

Third 

18 

Nottawa 

3 

Third 

19 

Nottawa 

4 

Third 

20 

Nottawa 

S 

Third 

21 

Nottawa 

6 

Third 

22 

Nottawa 

7 

Third 

23 

Nottawa 

8 

Third 

24 

Nottawa 

9 

Third 

25 

Nottawa 

12 

Third 

26 

Street 

Municipal  No. 

Street 

Municipal  No. 

Third 

27 

Withrow 

10  and  20 

Third 

29 

Wyandot 

1 

Willow 

1 

Wyandot 

3 

Willow 

2 

Wyandot 

5 

Willow 

3 

Wyandot 

7 

Willow 

S 

Wyandot 

9 

Willow 

7 

Wyandot 

11 

Willow 

9 

Wyandot 

13 

Willow 

11 

Wyandot 

15 

Withrow 

2 

Wyandot 

17 

Withrow 

4 

Wyandot 

18 

3 


t» 


H 

O 

w 

1— I 

ffi 

rt- 

o 

^ 

orq 

O 
< 

H 

n 

13 

t:^ 

3 

n 

^ 

S 

M 

f 
f 

> 

C/2 

0^ 


O 

< 

tsj 

3 

^~i 

S 

Ol 

a. 

cr 

^^ 

>) 

•-t 

>3 

«> 

H- ' 

a 

51- 

0^ 

tr 

s 

~* 

OKi 

(-^ 

vO 

00 

o 

«g- 


a>    2 


> 

B. 

o 

o 

(-^ 

5' 

i-h 

("^ 

hd  ^ 

o 

■-( 

O 

C/1 

m 

C/2 

rf 

3 

t/1 

P 

Q 

^ 

t/) 

t/2 

C/1 

r+ 

C/2 

o' 

rr 

O 
3 

3 

W 

on' 

X 

H 

TO 

o 

o 

1-1 

o 

a. 

s 

(--• 

o 

o 

ElS 

3 

l-H 
t/3 

en 

O 

pT 

T3 

n 

TO 

TO 

3 

O 

i-« 

a 

ft- 

f? 

BILL  181 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  stay  the  Execution  of  certain  Writs  of  Possession 
issued  in  respect  of  certain  Premises  on  Toronto  Islands 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  181  1980 


An  Act  to  stay  the  Execution  of 

certain  Writs  of  Possession  issued  in  respect 

of  certain  Premises  on  Toronto  Islands 

HER  MAJESTY,    by  and   with   the   advice   and   consent 
of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  The  execution  of  the  writs  of  possession  issued  pur-  stay  of 
suant  to  the  orders  of  His  Honour  Judge  George  Ferguson  of  the  of  writs*of 
County  Court  of  the  Judicial  District  of  York,  made  on  the  24th  possession 
day  of  October,  1977  under  the  authority  of  The  Landlord  and  j!*!^*^.'" 
Tenant  Act  in  respect  of  the  premises  listed  in  the  Schedule  to  this  ^  g  q  1970 
Act,  shall  be  stayed  during  the  period  from  the   13th  day  of  c.  236 
November,  1980  until  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981. 


(2)  During  the  period  of  the  stay  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  no  Further 
further  writs  of  possession  shall  be  issued  or  executed  for  the  possession 
recovery  of  possession  by  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  ["J^i^^^ 
Toronto  in  respect  of  premises  listed  in  the  Schedule. 

(3)  After  the  expiration  of  the  period  of  the  stay  referred  to  in  Change  of 

occuDicr 

subsection  1 ,  each  writ  of  possession  referred  to  in  subsection  1 
remains  valid  and  effective  for  the  purpose  of  the  recovery  of 
possession  of  the  premises  named  in  the  writ,  notwithstanding 
that  the  occupier  is  a  person  other  than  the  person  named  in  the 
writ  and  that  no  new  order  has  been  made  for  a  writ  of  possession 
or  no  new  writ  of  possession  has  been  issued  in  respect  of  the 
premises. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

*  .  ment 

Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Toronto  Islands  Act,  1980.   Short  title 


SCHEDULE 


Premises  on  Toronto  Islands  in  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto. 


Street 
Bay  view 
Bayview 
Bayview 
Bayview 
Bayview 
Bayview 
Bayview 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Channel 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Dacotah 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 
Fifth 


Municipal  No. 
22 
24 
26 
28 
30 
32 
34 

1 

3 

4 

S 

6 

7 

8 

9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
IS 
16 
18 

1 

2 

3 

4 

S 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 

1 

3 

5 

9 

11 

13 

14 

IS 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

22 


Street 

Municipal  No. 

Fifth 

23 

Fifth 

24 

Fifth 

2S 

First 

2 

First 

4 

First 

6 

First 

8 

First 

10 

First 

12 

First 

14 

First 

16 

Fourth 

1 

Fourth 

2 

Fourth 

3 

Fourth 

4 

Fourth 

5 

Fourth 

6 

Fourth 

8 

Fourth 

9 

Fourth 

10 

Fourth 

11 

Fourth 

12 

Fourth 

14 

Fourth 

15 

Fourth 

16 

Fourth 

17 

Fourth 

18 

Fourth 

19 

Fourth 

20 

Fourth 

21 

Fourth 

22 

Fourth 

23 

Fourth 

24 

Fourth 

25 

Fourth 

26 

Lakeshore 

2 

Lakeshore 

6 

Lakeshore 

8 

Lakeshore 

10 

Lakeshore 

12 

Lakeshore 

14 

Lakeshore 

16 

Lakeshore 

18 

Lakeshore 

20 

Lakeshore 

22 

Lakeshore 

24 

Lakeshore 

26 

Lakeshore 

28 

Lakeshore 

30 

Lakeshore 

32 

Lakeshore 

34 

Lakeshore 

36 

Lakeshore 

38 

Lakeshore 

40 

Lenore 

1 

Street 

Municipal  No. 

Street 

Municipal  No. 

Lenore 

2 

Nottawa 

14 

Lenore 

3 

Second 

1 

Ojibway 

1 

Second 

2 

Ojibway 

2 

Second 

3 

Ojibway 

3 

Second 

4 

Ojibway 

4 

Second 

5 

Ojibway 

5 

Second 

6 

Ojibway 

6 

Second 

7 

Ojibway 

7 

Second 

8 

Ojibway 

8 

Second 

12 

Ojibway 

9 

Second 

14 

Ojibway 

10 

Second 

IS 

Ojibway 

11 

Second 

16 

Ojibway 

12 

Seneca 

1 

Ojibway 

13 

Seneca 

3 

Ojibway 

14 

Seneca 

S 

Ojibway 

16 

Seneca 

7 

Omaha 

2 

Seneca 

9 

Omaha 

8 

Seneca 

11 

Omaha 

10 

Seneca 

13 

Omaha 

12 

Seneca 

IS 

Omaha 

14 

Seneca 

17 

Omaha 

16 

Seneca 

19 

Omaha 

18 

Seneca 

21 

Omaha 

20 

Seneca 

23 

Omaha 

22 

Seneca 

25 

Omaha 

24 

Seneca 

29 

Omaha 

26 

Seneca 

31 

Omaha 

28 

Seneca 

33 

Omaha 

,      30 

Seneca 

35 

Omaha 

32 

Sixth 

15 

Omaha 

34 

Sixth 

17 

Omaha 

36 

Sixth 

19 

Oneida 

1 

Sixth 

21 

Oneida 

2 

Sixth 

23 

Oneida 

3 

Sixth 

25 

Oneida 

4 

Third 

2 

Oneida 

S 

Third 

4 

Oneida 

6 

Third 

5 

Oneida 

7 

Third 

6 

Oneida 

8 

Third 

7 

Oneida 

9 

Third 

8 

Oneida 

10 

Third 

9 

Oneida 

11 

Third 

10 

Oneida 

12 

Third 

11 

Oneida 

13 

Third 

12 

Oneida 

14 

Third 

13 

Oneida 

IS 

Third 

14 

Oneida 

16 

Third 

IS 

Oneida 

18 

Third 

16 

Nottawa 

1 

Third 

17 

Nottawa 

2 

Third 

18 

Nottawa 

3 

Third 

19 

Nottawa 

4 

Third 

20 

Nottawa 

5 

Third 

21 

Nottawa 

6 

Third 

22 

Nottawa 

7 

Third 

23 

Nottawa 

8 

Third 

24 

Nottawa 

9 

Third 

25 

Nottawa 

12 

Third 

26 

Street 

Municipal  No. 

Street 

Municipal  No. 

Third 

27 

Withrow 

10  and  20 

Third 

29 

Wyandot 

1 

Willow 

1 

Wyandot 

3 

Willow 

2 

Wyandot 

5 

Willow 

3 

Wyandot 

7 

Willow 

S 

Wyandot 

9 

Willow 

7 

Wyandot 

11 

Willow 

9 

Wyandot 

13 

Willow 

11 

Wyandot 

IS 

Withrow 

2 

Wyandot 

17 

Withrow 

4 

Wyandot 

18 

i 


1— t 
13 

K 

c- 

o 

1-1 

;2 

orq 

O 
< 

H 

n> 

3 

p 

3 

^ 

J3 

w 

rt- 

r 

Z 

Z 

:2; 

o 

o 

o 

< 

< 

< 

fTJ 

u> 

(V 

r\j 

3 
cr 

t-l 

3 

a 

3 

>3 

>3 

I-* 

c-f- 

4^ 

(X5 

h-^ 

h-* 

H^ 

o 

\o 

o 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

o 

^> 


a>    2. 


p_ 

o 

o 

(-»• 

5" 

•-h 

<-!• 

^ 

^ 

O 

1-1 

o 

C/2 

re 

in 

(-»■ 

3. 

Ui 

P 

n 

v; 

en 

en 

r* 

fD 

3- 

C/i 

o" 

ft> 

O 
3 

3 

w 

on' 

X 

H 

W3 

fD 

n 

o 

3 

3 

>^« 

o" 

(-^ 

3 

3 

O 

1-1 

ft 

O 

p" 

•o 

n 

ft 

ft) 

3 

ri 

>-i 

t/5 

? 

O 

&• 

!-►> 

3 

BILL  182  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  effect  of  the  re-enactment  is  to  confer  on  the  councils  of 
area  municipalities,  in  respect  of  roads  under  their  jurisdiction,  the  same  authority 
regarding  reserved  lanes  for  public  transit  vehicles  as  the  Metropolitan  Council 
now  has  in  respect  of  metropolitan  roads  and  to  expand  the  definition  of  "public 
transit  motor  vehicle"  so  as  to  permit  the  inclusion  of  classes  of  transit  motor 
vehicles  other  than  those  operated  by  the  T.T.C. 

Section  2.  The  new  clause  g  confers  on  the  Toronto  Transit  Commission 
the  powers  therein  set  out. 

Section  3.  The  subsections  proposed  to  be  added  authorize  the  Met- 
ropolitan Council,  by  by-law,  to  delegate  to  a  department  head  or  other  named 
official  the  powers  of  the  Council  under  the  provisions  of  The  Municipal  Act 
mentioned  in  respect  of  the  granting  of  approvals  and  the  issuing  and  revoking  of 
permits.  The  delegation  will  be  subject  to  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the 
Metropolitan  Council  specifies  in  the  by-law  and  any  person  objecting  to  a  decision 
of  the  department  head  or  other  official  is  entitled  to  a  hearing  by  the  Council  which 
may  confirm,  rescind  or  vary  the  decision  objected  to.  The  provisions  of  The 
Municipal  Act  that  are  mentioned  deal  with  the  following  subjects: 

354(1)  par.  93      —  buildings  encroaching  on  highways. 

354(1)  par. 94      —  permit  for  the  use  of  highway  during  building  opera- 
tions. 


354(1)  par. 95      —  projections  encroaching  on  highways. 

354(1)  par. 96      —  encroachment  on  highway  for  building  refacing. 

453(3)  —  maintenance  and  use  of  objects  in,  over  or  under 

sidewalks  and  highways. 

457(2)  —  person  planting  trees  on  highway. 

457(4)  cl.a  —  planting  shade  trees  on  highways. 

457(4)  cl.c  —  planting  shade  trees  by  municipality  adjacent  to  high- 

ways on  private  property. 


I 


BILL  182  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipality  of 
Metropolitan  Toronto  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by  and  with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Section  79a  of  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act ,  being  re-Inacted 
chapter  295  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  re-enacted 

by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  42,  section  6,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

79a.  The  Metropolitan  Council  and  the  council  of  any  area  .^'^^^''Y^^ 

^  -^  lanes  for 

municipality  may  by  by-law  designate  any  lane  on  any  road  over  public  transit 
which  it  has  jurisdiction  as  a  lane  solely  or  principally  for  use  by  ^°'^°'^  vehicles, 
public  transit  motor  vehicles,  taxicabs  and  private  motor  vehicles 
carrying  such  number  of  passengers  as  may  be  specified  in  the 
by-law  and  prohibit  and  regulate  the  use  thereof  by  all  other 
vehicles  to  such  extent  and  for  such  period  or  periods  as  may  be 
specified,  and,  for  the  purposes  of  this  section,  "public  transit 
motor  vehicle"  means  any  motor  vehicle  owned  and  operated  by 
the  Toronto  Transit  Commission  as  part  of  its  regular  passenger 
transportation  service  and  such  other  class  or  classes  of  transit 
motor  vehicles  as  may  be  specified  in  the  by-law. 

2.  Subsection  1  of  section  105  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  ^^g^^^^^'^^' 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

(g)  To  engage  in  the  business  of  providing  consulting  ser- 
vices in  transit  related  matters  within  or  outside  the 
Metropolitan  Area,  either  directly  or  through  a  sub- 
sidiary, provided  that  the  investment  by  the  Commis- 
sion in  the  capital  stock  of  the  subsidiary,  shall  not 
exceed  the  sum  of  $100,000  without  the  consent  of  the 
Metropolitan  Council. 

3.  Section  241  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^^^^^^^^ 
1977,  chapter  37,  section  4,  1979,  chapter  64,  section  19  and  1979, 
chapter  90,  section  5,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsections: 


Delegation 
of  powers  of 
Metropolitan 
Council 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  284 


(11)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  in  this  or  any  other  Act, 
the  Metropolitan  Council  may,  by  by-law,  authorize  the  head  of  a 
department  or  other  official  thereof,  subject  to  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  the  by-law  specifies,  to  exercise  the  powers  of  the 
Metropolitan  Council  under  paragraphs  93,  94,  95  and  96  of 
subsection  1  of  section  354,  subsection  3  of  section  453  and  sub- 
section 2  and  clauses  a  and  c  of  subsection  4  of  section  457  of  The 
Municipal  Act. 


Hearing  by 

Metropolitan 

Council 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


(12)  Where  any  applicant,  resident  or  ratepayer  objects  to  the 
decision  or  approval  of  the  department  head  or  other  official 
described  in  subsection  11,  the  Metropolitan  Council  shall  afford 
that  person  an  opportunity  to  be  heard  and  the  Metropolitan 
Council  may  confirm,  rescind,  change,  alter  or  vary  any  such 
decision  or  approval. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan 
Toronto  Amendment  Act,  1980. 


I 


C2 


CM 


o 
2; 


O 
< 


n 


fa 


P? 


a. 

Op 


0 

< 

INO 

a> 

k^ 

S 

g 

Co 

O- 

cr 

>3 

•-< 

Q 

H-» 

a 

S- 

s' 

cr 

s 

O-q 

0 
0 

OTQ 

o   »-  > 


->   ■  ■   2 


BILL  182 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  182  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipality  of 
Metropolitan  Toronto  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Section  79a  of  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act ,  being  re-enacted 
chapter  295  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  re-enacted 

by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  42,  section  6,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

79a.  The  Metropolitan  Council  and  the  council  of  any  area '^^^^''Y^'^ 

^  -^  lanes  for 

municipality  may  by  by-law  designate  any  lane  on  any  road  over  public  transit 
which  it  has  jurisdiction  as  a  lane  solely  or  principally  for  use  by  ^^°^°^  ^^  "^  ^*' 
public  transit  motor  vehicles,  taxicabs  and  private  motor  vehicles 
carrying  such  number  of  passengers  as  may  be  specified  in  the 
by-law  and  prohibit  and  regulate  the  use  thereof  by  all  other 
vehicles  to  such  extent  and  for  such  period  or  periods  as  may  be 
specified,  and,  for  the  purposes  of  this  section,  "public  transit 
motor  vehicle"  means  any  motor  vehicle  owned  and  operated  by 
the  Toronto  Transit  Commission  as  part  of  its  regular  passenger 
transportation  service  and  such  other  class  or  classes  of  transit 
motor  vehicles  as  may  be  specified  in  the  by-law. 

2.  Subsection  1  of  section  105  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  amended' 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

(g)  To  engage  in  the  business  of  providing  consulting  ser- 
vices in  transit  related  matters  within  or  outside  the 
Metropolitan  Area,  either  direfctly  or  through  a  sub- 
sidiary, provided  that  the  investment  by  the  Commis- 
sion in  the  capital  stock  of  the  subsidiary,  shall  not 
exceed  the  sum  of  $100,000  without  the  consent  of  the 
Metropolitan  Council. 

3.  Section  241  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  am^g'^nded 
1977,  chapter  37,  section  4,  1979,  chapter  64,  section  19  and  1979, 
chapter  90,  section  5,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsections: 


Delegation 
of  powers  of 
Metropolitan 
Council 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  284 


(11)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  in  this  or  any  other  Act, 
the  MetropoHtan  Council  may,  by  by-law,  authorize  the  head  of  a 
department  or  other  official  thereof,  subject  to  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  the  by-law  specifies,  to  exercise  the  powers  of  the 
Metropolitan  Council  under  paragraphs  93,  94,  95  and  96  of 
subsection  1  of  section  354,  subsection  3  of  section  453  and  sub- 
section 2  and  clauses  a  and  c  of  subsection  4  of  section  457  of  The 
Municipal  Act. 


Hearing  by 

Metropolitan 
Council 


(12)  Where  any  applicant,  resident  or  ratepayer  objects  to  the 
decision  or  approval  of  the  department  head  or  other  official 
described  in  subsection  1 1 ,  the  Metropolitan  Council  shall  afford 
that  person  an  opportunity  to  be  heard  and  the  Metropolitan 
Council  may  confirm,  rescind,  change,  alter  or  vary  any  such 
decision  or  approval. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan 
Toronto  Amendment  Act,  1980. 


I 


o 

(— 1 

ffi 

r+ 

O 

Z 

orq 

O 

< 

H 

3    W 


o 

o 

z 

n> 

n 

o 

n 

n 

< 

3 

;5 

B 

n 

B 
cr 

Co 

cr 

fx 

a- 

Cl 

>3 

^ 

>3 

c^ 

«i 

«> 

►~* 

C3 

ISJ 

C3 

H-k 

© 

o 

a. 

3 

ei- 

OJ 

S- 

p 

a 

s' 

1— ' 

00 
O 

0^ 

00 

o 

0^5 

00 

o 

(X5 

3 

H 

> 

V 

(T> 

3 

o^ 

^> 

P 

3_ 

o 

3 

(-1- 

n| 

O 

H 
o 

"5' 

P 

o 

3 

n 
3 

o 

o 

D- 

BILL  183  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Dog  Licensing  and 
Live  Stock  and  Poultry  Protection  Act 


The  Hon.  L.  C.  Henderson 
Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

Subsections  2  and  3  of  section  19  of  the  Act  deal  with  compensation  for  the 
kiUing  or  injuring  of  Hve  stock  or  poultry  by  wolves  in  territory  without  municipal 
organization. 

The  subsections  are  re-enacted  to  constitute  agricultural  representatives  and 
assistant  agricultural  representatives  valuers  in  territory  without  municipal 
organization  and  to  set  out  in  detail  and  expand  the  procedures  for  determining  the 
amount  of  compensation  payable.  At  present,  such  procedures  are  incorporated  by 
reference  to  certain  subsections  of  section  14  of  the  Act. 


BILL  183  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Dog  Licensing  and 
Live  Stock  and  Poultry  Protection  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1.  Subsections  2  and  3  of  section  19  of  The  Dog  Licensing  and  Live  ^g^^^^^^J' 
Stock  and  Poultry  Protection  Act,  being  chapter  133  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1974,  chapter  94,  section  5,  are  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  every  agricultural  rep- ^^^^^^^'^^^ 
resentative  and  every  assistant  agricultural  representative  is  ex  territory 
officio  a  valuer  in  territory  without  municipal  organization. 

(3)  Where,  in  territory  without  municipal  organization,  live  Payment  of 

iri/~.  ••  compensation 

stock  or  poultry  are  killed  or  mjured  by  a  wolf,  the  Commissioner 
may  pay  compensation  to  the  owner  of  the  live  stock  or  poultry  for 
the  amount  of  the  damage  determined  in  accordance  with  this 
section. 

(4)  Where,  in  territory  without  municipal  organization,  the  and^re^ort"" 
owner  of  live  stock  or  poultry  discovers  that  any  of  his  live  stock  or  by  valuer 
poultry  has  been  killed  or  injured  and  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge 

and  belief  such  killing  or  injuring  was  done  by  a  wolf,  he  shall 
immediately  notify  a  valuer,  and  such  valuer  shall  immediately 
make  full  investigation  and  shall  make  his  report  in  writing  within 
ten  days  thereafter  to  the  Commissioner  giving  in  detail  the  extent 
and  amount  of  the  damage  and  his  award  therefor,  and  he  shall  at 
the  same  time  forward  a  copy  of  such  report  to  the  owner  of  the 
live  stock  or  poultry. 

(5)  Where  the  owner  of  live  stock  or  poultry  notifies  a  valuer  'Y^'^^n^j^ 
under  subsection  4,  he  shall,  within  ten  days,  file  with  the  Com- 
missioner an  affidavit  that  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge  and  belief 

the  live  stock  or  poultry  were  killed  or  injured  by  a  wolf. 

(6)  Where  the  valuer  finds  evidence  that  to  the  best  of  his  pen'ai  of 

^    '  liability 

knowledge  and  belief  shows, 


(a)  that  any  of  the  live  stock  or  poultry  was  not  killed  or 
injured  by  a  wolf;  or 

(b)  that  the  owner  had  not  taken  reasonable  care  to  prevent 
the  killing  or  injuring  of  his  live  stock  or  poultry  by 
wolves, 

the  valuer  shall  include  in  his  report  to  the  Commissioner  and  to 
the  owner  of  the  live  stock  or  poultry  a  statement  of  his  belief  and 
shall  make  forthwith  a  further  report  to  the  Commissioner  giving 
particulars  of  the  evidence  found,  and  the  Commissioner  may 
thereupon  deny  liability  in  whole  or  in  part  by  written  notice  given 
by  the  Commissioner  to  the  owner  of  the  live  stock  or  poultry 
within  thirty  days  after  the  filing  of  his  affidavit  with  the  Commis- 
sioner. 


Report 


Damages 
limited 


Where 
carcass 
not  to  be 
destroyed 


Appeal  to 
Commissioner 


Time  for 

appeal; 

deposit 


Report  of 
valuer 

appointed  by 
Commissioner 


(7)  The  valuer  shall  include  in  his  report  a  finding  as  to  whether 
the  live  stock  or  poultry  were  killed  or  injured  by  wolves. 

(8)  The  amount  of  damage  incurred  by  an  owner  shall  not 
include  damage  incurred  under  the  circumstances  set  out  in  clause 
a  or  6  of  subsection  6  and  for  which  the  Commissioner  has  denied 
liability  in  accordance  with  subsection  6. 

(9)  No  owner  of  live  stock  or  poultry  shall  destroy  or  permit  to 
be  destroyed  the  carcass  of  any  live  stock  or  poultry  reported  killed 
under  subsection  4  until  the  carcass  has  been  seen  by  the  valuer. 

(10)  Where  the  owner  of  live  stock  or  poultry  is  dissatisfied  with 
the  report  of  the  valuer  made  under  subsection  4,  the  owner  may 
appeal  to  the  Commissioner  who  shall  name  a  valuer,  and  the 
valuer  so  named  shall  make  a  further  investigation  and  report. 

(11)  Such  appeal  shall  be  made  within  thirty  days  after  the 
making  of  the  report  to  the  Commissioner  by  the  valuer  under 
subsection  4,  and  $25  shall  be  deposited  with  the  Commissioner  at 
the  time  of  making  the  appeal  to  be  forfeited  to  the  Crown  if  the 
report  of  the  valuer  is  sustained  on  an  appeal  under  this  section. 

(12)  A  copy  of  the  report  of  a  valuer  named  by  the  Commis- 
sioner under  subsection  10  shall  be  forwarded  by  the  Commis- 
sioner as  soon  as  practicable  to  the  owner  of  the  live  stock  or 
poultry. 


Idem 


(13)  A  valuer  named  by  the  Commissioner  under  subsection  10 
shall,  where  applicable,  include  in  his  report  a  statement  of  his 
belief  that  the  amount  of  damage  to  live  stock  or  poultry  includes 
damage  incurred  under  the  circumstances  set  out  in  clause  a  orb  of 
subsection  6,  and  the  Commissioner  may  thereupon  deny  liability 
in  whole  or  in  part  by  written  notice  given  by  him  to  the  owner  of 


the  live  stock  or  poultry  within  thirty  days  after  the  receipt  of  the 
report  of  the  valuer. 

(14)  Where  the  owner  of  live  stock  or  poultry  is  dissatisfied  with  Appeal 
the  report  of  the  valuer  made  under  subsection  10,  the  owner  may,  report  of 
within  thirty  days  after  receipt  of  the  report,  appeal  to  a  judge  of  ^^"^^ 
the  district  court  of  the  district  in  which  he  resides,  and  the  judge 

may  determine  liability  and,  subject  to  subsection  15,  the  amount 
payable  to  the  owner. 

(15)  No  compensation  shall  be  paid  to  an  owner  in  excess  of  the  Amount  of 
maximum  amount  prescribed  for  live  stock  or  poultry  in  the 
regulations  made  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  13  of  section  14. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

■'  ■'  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Dog  Licensing  and  Live  Stock  and  Short  title 
Poultry  Protection  Amendment  Act,  1980. 


3 


ba 


5' 

H 
M 

on' 

M 

n 

ffi 

o 

O 

i-h 

;z: 

> 

ar«5 

r 

i-t_ 

p 

ffi 

s 

o 
w 

^ 

C/3 

o 

o 
o 

2; 

a 

Pi- 

0^ 


0 

< 

rsj 

(X> 

Ki 

S 

B 

O) 

?i. 

cr 

■^ 

>3 

a 
R 
O- 

h— ' 

» 

Oo 

0^ 

cr 

S 

~' 

0^ 

h^ 

0 

00 

0 

H 

J"     l-l 
CL  O 

^    hH    > 

pr  fD  > 
^  S  '^ 
•x)  5'  s" 

J»    3    3 

I"  C^o- 

O 


BILL  184  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  the 
Marketing  of  Sheep  and  Wool 


The  Hon.  L.  C.  Henderson 
Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  extend  the  application  of  The  Wool  Marketing 
Act,  1974  to  the  production  and  marketing  of  sheep  that  are  sold  for  the  production 
of  meat. 


iTUr^ttii 


BILL  184  1980 


An  Act  respecting  the 
Marketing  of  Sheep  and  Wool 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  J"^"P''^- 

'  tation 

(a)  "Association"  means  The  Ontario  Sheep  Association 

incorporated  under  The  Agricultural  Associations  Act;  ^^  so.  i97o, 


c.  8 


{b)  "buyer"  means  a  person  engaged  in  buying  sheep  or  wool 
from  producers  of  sheep  or  wool  in  Ontario; 

(c)  "inspector"  means  an  inspector  appointed  for  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act; 

{d)  "licence"  means  a  licence  issued  under  this  Act; 

{e)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food; 

(/)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

(g)  "sheep"  includes  rams,  ewes  and  lambs  but  does  not 
include  sheep  that  are  not  sold  for  the  production  of 
meat. 


2. — (1)  The  purpose  and  intent  of  this  Act  is  to  provide  for  the  Purpose 

.-,,..  .  and  intent 

fmancmg  of  the  Association  so  it  may  expend  moneys  to  advance  of  Act 
the  production  of  sheep  and  wool  in  all  its  branches  and  improve 
the  marketing  of  sheep  and  wool  by, 

(a)  encouraging  and  promoting  improvement  in  all  phases 
of  sheep  breeding,  production  and  marketing; 

{b)  sponsoring  sales,  competitive  exhibitions  and  projects  to 
further  the  interests  of  sheep  owners; 


Use  of 
licence 
fees  by 
Association 


Licences 


Idem 


Exemption 


(c)  co-operating  with  government  and  agencies  of  govern- 
ment to  improve  the  breeding,  production  and  market- 
ing of  sheep  and  the  production  and  marketing  of  wool; 

(d)  holding  meetings  for  the  consideration  of  questions 
relating  to  the  sheep  and  wool  industry; 

(e)  co-operating  with  organizations  of  producers  of 
agricultural  products; 

(/)  collecting,  arranging,  assembling  and  disseminating 
information;  and 

(g)  making  representations  to  all  levels  of  government  and 
to  agencies  of  government. 

(2)  The  Association  may  use  licence  fees  paid  to  it  under  this 
Act  for  defraying  the  expenses  of  the  Association  in  doing  any 
thing  referred  to  in  subsection  1  and  in  carrying  out  its  objects. 

3. — (1)  Except  under  the  authority  of  a  licence  no  person  shall 
sell  sheep  to  a  buyer. 

(2)  Every  person  who  sells  sheep  to  a  buyer  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  the  holder  of  a  licence,  except  when  in  default  of  payment  of 
licence  fees  prescribed  under  this  Act. 

(3)  A  person  who  sells  sheep  produced  by  him  directly  to 
another  producer  of  sheep  or  directly  to  a  consumer  is  exempt  from 
this  Act  in  respect  of  such  sheep. 


Licences 


Idem 


4. — (1)  Except  under  the  authority  of  a  licence,  no  person  shall 
sell  wool  to  a  buyer. 

(2)  Every  person  who  sells  wool  to  a  buyer  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
the  holder  of  a  licence,  except  when  in  default  of  payment  of 
licence  fees  prescribed  under  this  Act. 


Refund  of 
licence  fees 


5. — (1)  Every  person  who  is  the  holder  of  a  licence  under 
section  3  or  4  may  apply  for  a  refund  of  any  licence  fees  paid  by 
him  to  the  Association  under  this  Act. 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  Every  application  for  a  refund  shall  be  made  in  the  manner 
prescribed  in  the  regulations. 

(3)  Where  the  Association  receives  an  application  for  a  refund, 
it  shall  refund  the  licence  fees  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the 
regulations  and  in  any  case  not  later  than  six  months  after  receipt 
of  the  application  therefor. 


(4)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  buyer  is  entitled  in  his  Producer- 
respective  capacities  as  a  producer  and  as  a  buyer  to  all  the  rights 

and  privileges  and  is  subject  to  all  the  duties  and  obligations  of  a 
producer  and  of  a  buyer. 

(5)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  a  buyer  shall  be  deemed  ^'^^"^ 
to  have  received  in  his  capacity  as  a  buyer  from  himself  in  his 
capacity  as  a  producer  the  sheep  or  wool  produced  by  him  that  he 
buys,  and  to  have  contracted  in  that  capacity  with  himself  in  his 
capacity  as  a  producer  for  the  marketing  thereof  upon  the  condi- 
tion that  this  Act  and  regulations  apply. 

6.  Where  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Association  is  of  the  J^ecommenda- 
opinion  that  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Association  are  in  directors  of 
favour  thereof,  the  board  of  directors  may  recommend  through  Association 
the  Minister  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  the  making, 
amending  or  revoking  of  regulations  respecting  any  of  the  matters 
set  forth  in  section  7. 

7. — (1)  Notwithstanding  section  6,  the  Lieutenant  Governor ''Regulations 
in  Council  may  make  regulations, 

(a)  fixing  the  amount  of  licence  fees  up  to  but  not  exceeding, 

(i)  in  the  case  of  sheep,  50  cents  for  each  head  of 
sheep,  and 

(ii)  in  the  case  of  wool,  1 1  cents  for  each  kilogram  of 
wool; 

(b)  requiring  persons  to  pay  to  the  Association  licence  fees 
owing  by  them; 

(c)  requiring  any  buyer  who  receives  sheep  or  wool  from  a 
seller  thereof  to  deduct,  from  the  moneys  payable  to  the 
seller,  any  licence  fee  payable  by  the  seller  to  the  Associ- 
ation, and  to  forward  such  licence  fees  to  the  Associa- 
tion; 

(d)  providing  for  the  recovery  by  the  Association  of  licence 
fees  owing  to  the  Association  by  suit  in  a  court  of  com- 
petent jurisdiction; 

(e)  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  applications  for  refund 
of  licence  fees  shall  be  made  and  the  manner  in  which 
refunds  shall  be  made; 

(/)  providing  for  the  exemption  from  any  or  all  of  the  regu- 
lations of  any  sheep  or  wool  or  class  thereof  or  any  person 
or  class  of  persons; 


(g)  prescribing  the  duties  of  inspectors; 

Qi)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use. 


Application 
of  regulations 

Definitions 


(2)  Any  regulation  may  be  Hmited  as  to  time  or  place,  or  to  both. 

(3)  Any  word  or  expression  used  in  a  regulation  may  be  defined 
in  the  regulation  for  the  purposes  of  the  regulation. 


Appointment 
of  inspectors 


8.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  inspec- 
tors for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Powers  of 
inspectors 


9. — (1)  For  the  purposes  of  enforcing  this  Act  and  the  regula- 
tions, an  inspector  may,  during  normal  business  hours,  enter  any 
premises,  other  than  a  dwelling,  that  he  has  reason  to  believe  is 
used  by  a  buyer  for  receiving,  assembling  or  storing  wool  or  for 
receiving,  assembling  or  slaughtering  sheep,  or  an  office  used  in 
connection  therewith. 


Production  of 
documents 


(2)  For  the  purpose  of  enforcing  this  Act  and  the  regulations,  an 
inspector  may  demand  the  production  or  furnishing  by  the  owner 
or  custodian  thereof  of  any  books,  records,  documents  or  extracts 
therefrom,  in  a  place  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  relating  to  sheep 
or  wool. 


Wem  (3)  Where  an  inspector  demands  the  production  or  furnishing 

of  books,  records,  documents  or  extracts  therefrom  the  person 
having  custody  thereof  shall  produce  or  furnish  them  to  the 
inspector,  and  the  inspector  may  detain  them  for  the  purpose  of 
photocopying  them,  provided  such  photocopying  is  carried  out 
with  reasonable  dispatch  and  the  inspector  shall  forthwith  there- 
after return  them  to  the  person  who  produced  or  furnished  them. 


Photocopy 
as  evidence 


Demand 
to  be  in 
writing 


(4)  Where  a  book,  record,  document  or  extract  has  been  photo- 
copied under  subsection  3,  a  photocopy  purporting  to  be  certified 
by  an  inspector  to  be  a  copy  made  pursuant  to  subsection  3  is 
admissible  in  evidence  and  has  the  same  probative  force  as  the 
original  document  would  have  had  if  it  had  been  proven  in  the 
ordinary  way. 

(5)  Where  an  inspector  makes  a  demand  under  subsection  2, 
the  demand  shall  be  in  writing  and  shall  include  a  statement  of  the 
nature  of  the  investigation  and  the  general  nature  of  the  books, 
records,  documents  or  extracts  required. 


Obstruction 
of  inspector 


(6)  No  person  shall  hinder  or  obstruct  an  inspector  in  the  course 
of  his  duties  or  furnish  him  with  false  information  or  refuse  to 
furnish  him  with  information  relating  to  his  duties  under  this 
section. 


10.  The  production  by  an  inspector  of  a  certificate  of  his  Certificate  of 
appointment  purporting  to  be  signed  by  the  Minister  is  admissible  oHnspector 
in  evidence  SiS  prima  facie  proof  of  the  facts  stated  in  the  certificate 

and  of  the  authority  of  the  inspector  to  exercise  the  powers  and 
perform  the  duties  prescribed  in  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

1 1 .  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  of  offence 
this  Act  or  the  regulations  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction 

is  liable  for  a  first  offence  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $100  and  for  a 
subsequent  offence  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $500. 

12. — (1)  The  Wool  Marketing  Act,  1974,  being  chapter  56,  Repeals 
and  section  10  of  The  Metric  Conversion  Statute  Law  Amendment 
Act,  1978,  being  chapter  87,  are  repealed. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  Ontario  Regulation  841/75  Regulation 
made  under  The  Wool  Marketing  Act,  1974  continues  in  force  to 
the  extent  that  it  is  not  inconsistent  with  this  Act  as  if  it  had  been 
made  under  this  Act  and  may  be  amended  or  revoked  by  a 
regulation  made  under  this  Act. 

13.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  procla-  Commence- 
mation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

14.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Sheep  and  Wool  Market-  Short  title 
ingAct,  1980. 


c2 


bo 


H^ 

H 

5* 

K 

55' 

w 

<-»- 

n 
•-I 

ffi 

o 

o 

i-t, 

;z; 

> 

oq 

t" 

i-i^ 

n' 

n 

B 

ffl 

S 

a 

d 
w 

^ 

en 

o 

o 
o 

z 

a 

a. 
s 

OK, 


Z 

O 

< 

rsj 

a> 

1.^ 

S 

B 

Co 

?i- 

cr 

<r* 

>3 

Oo 

<-♦■ 

S- 

tr 

s" 

" 

0^ 

H— ^ 

o 

00 

o 

(T) 

> 

3 

»-rf* 

s 

> 

(W 

o 

o 

c-f- 

I-+1 

►3 

a> 

en 

C/l 

tr-d 

n> 

m 

Oi 

n 

•o 

r+ 

P 

S 

5' 

a 

e-t- 

^ 

<TI 

o 

o 

BILL  185  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 


The  Hon.  L.  Maeck 
Minister  of  Revenue 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  postpone  to  December,  1981,  the  return  of 
assessments  at  market  value.  Accordingly,  the  amendment  proposed  in  section  4  of 
the  Bill  will  add  a  new  clause  g  to  subsection  1  of  section  86  of  the  Act  to  continue 
present  levels  of  assessment  for  the  year  1980.  The  subsequent  amendments  are 
consequential  on  the  amendment  proposed  in  section  4  of  the  Bill.  In  addition, 
certain  administrative  amendments  are  proposed  in  the  first  three  sections  of  the 
Bill. 

Section  1 .  The  definition  of  "municipality"  is  re-enacted  with  the  addition 
of  a  reference  to  "locality",  which  is  defined  in  clause  m  of  section  1  of  the  Act.  The 
amendment  will  ensure  that  the  same  provisions  of  the  Act  that  apply  to 
municipalities  will  apply  in  "localities"  when  assessments  are  required  to  be  made 
in  such  localities  for  school  tax  purposes. 

Section  2 .  The  purpose  of  the  amendments  proposed  in  this  section  is  to 
provide  a  mechanism  for  the  review  and  updating  of  rates  for  pipe  lines  in  areas 
where  a  market  value  assessment  is  in  force  by  reason  of  a  proclamation  under 
section  9  7  of  the  Act.  The  present  provisions  of  subsection  1 6  of  section  33  of  the  Act 
do  not  provide  for  the  prescribing  of  new  rates.  Subsection  16  reads: 

(16)  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  this  section  to  the  contrary,  where,  as 
a  result  of  making  a  proclamation  under  section  97,  an  assessment  at 
market  value  is  made  of  real  property  in  any  municipality  or  in  territory 
without  municipal  organization  comprised  in  a  locality,  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  may  by  regulation, 

(a)  prescribe  rates  in  lieu  of  the  rates  in  subsection  4  to  be  applied  for 
the  taxation  of  pipe  lines  in  such  municipality  or  territory; 

(b)  where  two  or  more  pipe  lines  occupy  the  same  right  of  way, 
designate  the  second  and  subsequent  pipe  lines  and  prescribe  the 
percentage  of  the  rates  as  so  prescribed  at  which  the  second  and 
subsequent  pipe  lines  are  assessable  and  taxable, 

and  the  rates  and  percentages  of  rates  as  so  prescribed  shall  apply  in  such 
municipality  and  territory  in  the  year  in  which  taxation  is  first  levied  on 
the  basis  of  the  new  assessment  at  market  value  resulting  from  such  a 
proclamation  and  in  each  year  thereafter,  but  the  rates  as  so  prescribed  do 
not  apply  to  taxation  in  any  year  prior  to  1974. 

Section  3.     Subsection  1  of  section  71  of  the  Act  reads: 

(1)  The  Ministry  shall  examine  the  amounts  of  the  assessments  of  rateable 
property  in  each  municipality  and  locality  on  the  last  revised  assessment 
roll  of  each  municipality  and  locality  and  determine  as  nearly  as  may  be 
what  the  total  of  the  amounts  of  the  assessment  of  such  rateable  property 
should  be  so  that  costs  may  be  apportioned  and  grants  provided  on  a  basis 
which  is  just  and  equitable  as  between  municipalities  and  localities. 

The  proposed  amendment  to  change  the  reference  from  the  last  revised 
assessment  roll  to  the  last  returned  assessment  roll  is  designed  to  reflect  the  practice 
of  the  Ministry  in  the  equalization  made  under  section  7 1  of  the  Act  commencing  in 
1979.  The  revised  roll  is  not  available  until  all  appeals  have  been  finally  deter- 
mined, and  in  many  large  municipalities,  the  appeal  process  lasts  for  many  years 
with  the  result  that  the  last  revised  assessment  roll  does  not  reflect  current  assess- 
ments. The  last  returned  roll  is  the  most  current  up-to-date  roll,  and  provides  the 
best  basis  in  equalization  under  section  7 1  of  the  Act. 


BILL  185  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Clauseo  of  section  1  of  The  Assessment  Act,  being  chapter  32  of  the  ^  ^  <">' 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(o)  "municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village  or  township, 
and  includes  a  locality  for  the  purpose  of  making  any 
assessment  required  for  the  levying  in  a  locality  of  a  tax 
for  school  purposes. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  16  of  section  33  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  *  ^^  9^'' 

f-  r/^-^i  •  •  ,.   amended 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  148,  section  1,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "but  the  rates  as  so  prescribed  do  not  apply  to 
taxation  in  any  year  prior  to  1974"  in  the  nineteenth,  twentieth 
and  twenty-first  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "until  such 
rates  and  percentages  of  rates  are  altered  in  accordance  with 
subsection  17". 

(2)  The  said  section  33,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^  ^^',  , 

.„..,  ,  .        ^  ^         ■.  .  amended 

1973,  chapter  26,  section  7,  1973,  chapter  148,  section  1,  1974, 
chapter  41,  section  10  and  1979,  chapter  88,  section  1,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(17)  Any  rates  and  percentages  of  rates  prescribed  under  sub-  J^^tg^'^^n?^ 
section  16  shall  be  reviewed  by  the  Minister  in  the  year  1980  and  in  subs.  i6 
every  third  year  thereafter,  and  in  any  such  year  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  may  by  regulation  prescribe  different  rates 
and  percentages  of  rates  to  be  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act. 

3.  Subsection  1  of  section  7 1  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  *  ^i  f.^)- 

amended 


"revised"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "returned". 

Subsection  1  of  section  86  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  65,  section  1  and  amended  by 


1977,  chapter  56,  section  1,  1978,  chapter  73,  section  1  and  1979, 
chapter  88,  section  2,  is  further  amended, 

(a)  by  striking  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  e  as  inserted  bi 
the  1979  amendment; 

{b)  by  adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause/;  and 

(c)  by  striking  out  all  that  part  of  the  subsectioi 
immediately  following  clause  /  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof, 

ig)  subject  to  subsection  2,  the  assessment  roll  of  a 
municipality  to  be  returned  in  the  year  1980  shall 
be  the  assessment  of  all  real  property  as  set  forth 
in  the  assessment  roll  returned  for  the  year  1979 
for  taxation  in  the  year  1980  as  amended,  added 
to  or  otherwise  altered  up  to  the  date  when  the 
assessment  roll  for  taxation  in  the  year  1981  is 
returned, 

provided  that,  where  the  assessor  is  of  the  opinion  that  an  assess- 
ment to  be  shown  on  the  assessment  roll  to  be  returned  for  the  years 
1974  to  and  including  1980  is  inequitable  with  respect  to  the  assess- 
ment of  similar  real  property  in  the  vicinity,  the  assessor  may  alter 
the  value  of  the  assessment  to  the  extent  necessary  to  make  the 
assessment  equitable  with  the  assessment  of  such  similar  real  prop- 
erty. 


s.  95, 
re-enacted 


5.  Section  95  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1979,  chapter  88,  section  3,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 


Application 


s.  96  (1), 
re-enacted 


95.  Section  90  ceases  to  be  in  force  on  the  22  nd  day  of 
December,  1981,  but  shall  continue  in  force  for  the  purpose  of  any 
pending  complaint,  appeal,  proceeding  or  action  that  will  affect 
taxes  for  the  years  1971  to  and  including  1981. 

6.  Subsection  1  of  section  96  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  88,  section  4,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Application 


(1)  Subject  to  section  97,  subsection  6  of  section  2>2>  continues  to 
be  not  in  force  and  remains  inoperative  until  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1981. 


s.  97  (2), 
amended 


7.  Subsection  2  of  section  97  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  161,  section  2  and  amended  by  1975  (2nd 
Session),  chapter  2,  section  3,  1977,  chapter  56,  section  4,  1978, 
chapter  73,  section  4  and  1979,  chapter  88,  section  5,  is  further 


amended  by  striking  out  "earlier  than  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981" 
in  the  second  and  third  Hnes  and  in  the  amendment  of  1979. 

8. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  2  and  3,  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  Commence- 
day  of  December,  1980.  '"^" 

(2)  Section  2  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  idem 
day  of  January,  1980. 

(3)  Section  3  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  Wem 
day  of  January,  1979. 

9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Assessment  Amendment  Act,  1980.  Short  title 


ba 


g 

2. 

tFi 

ffi 

n 

o 

•-t 

z 

^ 


(V 


u 

t\) 

O 
< 

k.^ 

3 

^ 

s 

3 

cr 
n 

Co 

ft 

>3 

3 

P> 

;^ 

I—* 

Si 

cr 

S- 

g- 

n> 

(X5 

vO 
00 
O 

> 

fD 

in 
m 

3 
ft 

3 

> 

3 


BILL  185 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 


The  Hon.  L.  Maeck 
Minister  of  Revenue 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  185  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Clause  0  of  section  1  of  The  Assessment  Act,  being  chapter  32  of  the  *  '  ^''''  ^ 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(o)  "municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village  or  township, 
and  includes  a  locality  for  the  purpose  of  making  any 
assessment  required  for  the  levying  in  a  locality  of  a  tax 
for  school  purposes. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  16  of  section  33  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  ^  ^^  i^^}' 

o  >^  ••11   amended 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  148,  section  1,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "but  the  rates  as  so  prescribed  do  not  apply  to 
taxation  in  any  year  prior  to  1974"  in  the  nineteenth,  twentieth 
and  twenty-first  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "until  such 
rates  and  percentages  of  rates  are  altered  in  accordance  with 
subsection  17". 

(2)  The  said  section  33,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^  ^^'    _, 

'  '  -^  '  amended 

1973,  chapter  26,  section  7,  1973,  chapter  148,  section  1,  1974, 
chapter  41,  section  10  and  1979,  chapter  88,  section  1,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(17)  Any  rates  and  percentages  of  rates  prescribed  under  sub-  ^^153*^^^^^^ 
section  16  shall  be  reviewed  by  the  Minister  in  the  year  1980  and  in  subs.  16 
every  third  year  thereafter,  and  in  any  such  year  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  may  by  regulation  prescribe  different  rates 
and  percentages  of  rates  to  be  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act,>,»,   ,4^,i 

3.   Subsection  1  of  section  7 1  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  *•  ^^  ^}'>' 

•^  ^  amended 


"revised"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "returned". 

Subsection  1  of  section  86  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  65,  section  1  and  amended  by 


1977,  chapter  56,  section  1,  1978,  chapter  73,  section  1  and  1979, 
chapter  88,  section  2,  is  further  amended, 

(a)  by  striking  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  e  as  inserted  by 
the  1979  amendment; 

(b)  by  adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause/;  and 

(c)  by  striking  out  all  that  part  of  the  subsection 
immediately  following  clause  /  and  inserting  in  Heu 
thereof, 

(g)  subject  to  subsection  2,  the  assessment  roll  of  a 
municipaHty  to  be  returned  in  the  year  1980  shall 
be  the  assessment  of  all  real  property  as  set  forth 
in  the  assessment  roll  returned  for  the  year  1979 
for  taxation  in  the  year  1980  as  amended,  added 
to  or  otherwise  altered  up  to  the  date  when  the 
assessment  roll  for  taxation  in  the  year  1981  is 
returned, 

provided  that,  where  the  assessor  is  of  the  opinion  that  an  assess- 
ment to  be  shown  on  the  assessment  roll  to  be  returned  for  the  years 
1974  to  and  including  1980  is  inequitable  with  respect  to  the  assess- 
ment of  similar  real  property  in  the  vicinity,  the  assessor  may  alter 
the  value  of  the  assessment  to  the  extent  necessary  to  make  the 
assessment  equitable  with  the  assessment  of  such  similar  real  prop- 
erty. 


s.  95, 
re-enacted 


5.  Section  95  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1979,  chapter  88,  section  3,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 


Application 


s.  96  (1), 
re-enacted 


6. 


95.  Section  90  ceases  to  be  in  force  on  the  22  nd  day  of 
December,  1981,  but  shall  continue  in  force  for  the  purpose  of  any 
pending  complaint,  appeal,  proceeding  or  action  that  will  affect 
taxes  for  the  years  1971  to  and  including  1981. 

Subsection  1  of  section  96  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  88,  section  4,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Application 


s.  97  (2), 
amended 


(1)  Subject  to  section  97,  subsection  6  of  section  33  continues  to 
be  not  in  force  and  remains  inoperative  until  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1981. 

7.  Subsection  2  of  section  97  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  161,  section  2  and  amended  by  1975  (2nd 
Session),  chapter  2,  section  3,  1977,  chapter  56,  section  4,  1978, 
chapter  73,  section  4  and  1979,  chapter  88,  section  5,  is  further 


amended  by  striking  out  "earlier  than  the  1st  day  of  January,  1981" 
in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  in  the  amendment  of  1979. 

8. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  2  and  3,  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  Commence- 
day  of  December,  1980.  ""^^ 

(2)  Section  2  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  Wem 
day  of  January,  1980. 

(3)  Section  3  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  idem 
day  of  January,  1979. 

9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Assessment  Amendment  Act,  1980.  Short  title 


> 

> 


n 

O 

o 

o 

< 

< 

n 

Uj 

n> 

fSJ 

n 

B 

^ 

3 

S 

3 

cr 

?5- 

cr 

?i- 

cr 

•-t 

a> 

>3 

KJ 

R 

NJ 

© 

t— » 

3 

s 

vO 
00 

o 

t— ' 
00 

o 

1—' 
00 

o 

a 

0^ 


3 

a 

H 

cr 


BILL  186  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  The  Bruce  County 
Board  of  Education  and  Teachers  Dispute 


Mr.  Sargent 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  resolve  the  dispute  between  The  Bruce  County 
Board  of  Education  and  the  secondary  school  teachers  who  are  employees  of  the 
board.  The  Bill  orders  an  end  to  the  strike  that  commenced  on  the  2nd  day  of 
October,  1980  and  establishes  a  final  offer  selection  procedure  as  a  means  of 
settling  the  matters  in  dispute  between  the  parties. 


BILL  186  1980 


An  Act  respecting  The  Bruce  County 
Board  of  Education  and  Teachers  Dispute 

WHEREAS  The  Bruce  County  Board  of  Education  and  its  Preamble 
secondary  school  teachers  have  been  negotiating  terms  and 
conditions  of  employment;  and  whereas  a  state  of  strike  by  the 
teachers  against  the  board  of  education  has  been  in  effect  since  the 
2nd  day  of  October,  1980;  and  whereas  the  board  of  education  and 
its  secondary  school  teachers  have  been  unable  to  make  an  agree- 
ment as  to  terms  and  conditions  of  employment;  and  whereas  the 
public  interest  requires  that  means  be  found  for  the  settlement  of 
the  matters  in  dispute  between  the  board  of  education  and  its 
secondary  school  teachers; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of 
Ontario,  enacts  as  follows: 

1 .    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "arbitrator"  means  the  arbitrator  appointed  under  this 
Act; 

(b)  "board"  means  The  Bruce  County  Board  of  Education; 

(c)  "branch  affiliate"  means  the  organization  composed  of 
all  the  teachers  employed  by  the  board  who  are  members 
of  The  Ontario  Secondary  School  Teachers'  Federation; 

(d)  "Commission"  means  the  Education  Relations  Commis- 
sion established  under  The  School  Boards  and  Teachers  i97s,  c.  72 
Collective  Negotiations  Act,  1975; 

{e)  "lock-out"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  The  School 
Boards  and  Teachers  Collective  Negotiations  Act,  1975 \ 

if)  "parties"  means  the  board  and  the  branch  affiliate; 

(g)  "strike"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  The  School  Boards 
and  Teachers  Collective  Negotiations  Act,  1975; 


Qi)  "teachers"  means  the  secondary  school  teachers 
employed  on  permanent  or  probationary  contracts  by 
the  board. 


Resumption 
of  employ- 
ment and 
operation 
of  schools 


2. — (1)  The  teachers  who  are  on  strike  against  the  board  shall, 
on  the  first  Tuesday  following  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force, 
return  to  and  resume  their  duties  in  accordance  with  their  con- 
tracts of  employment  and  written  collective  understandings  in 
effect  on  the  31st  day  of  August,  1979  with  the  board  and  the 
board  shall,  on  the  first  Tuesday  following  the  day  this  Act  comes 
into  force,  resume  the  employment  of  such  teachers  in  accordance 
with  such  contracts  and  written  collective  understandings  and 
resume  the  normal  operation  of  the  schools  in  which  the  teachers 
are  employed. 


Strike  or 
lock-out 


(2)  During  the  period  from  and  including  the  first  Tuesday 
following  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  until  the  day  an 
agreement  that  is  made  between  the  parties  or  that  includes  the 
decision  of  the  arbitrator  comes  into  effect,  no  teacher  shall  take 
part  in  a  strike  against  the  board  and  the  board  shall  not  lock  out  a 
teacher. 


Exception  (3)  Nothing  in  this  Act  precludes  a  teacher  from  not  returning 

to  and  resuming  his  duties  with  the  board  for  reasons  of  health  or 
by  mutual  consent  in  writing  of  the  teacher  and  the  board. 


Final  offer 
selection 


1975,  c.  72 


3. — (1)  The  parties  shall  be  deemed  to  have  agreed, 

(a)  to  refer  all  matters  remaining  in  dispute  between  them 
that  may  be  provided  for  in  an  agreement  under  The 
School  Boards  and  Teachers  Collective  Negotiations 
Act,  1975  to  a  selector  for  determination  under  and  in 
accordance  with  Part  V  of  that  Act;  and 


Notice  of 
appointment 
of  selector 


{b)  to  not  withdraw  from  the  proceedings. 

(2)  The  parties,  within  seven  days  after  the  day  this  Act  comes 
into  force,  shall  jointly  give  written  notice  to  the  Commission 
stating, 

(a)  the  date  of  appointment  and  the  name  and  address  of  the 
selector;  or 

{b)  that  the  parties  have  not  appointed  the  selector  and  that 
the  parties  request  the  Commission  to  appoint  the  selec- 
tor. 


Appointment         (3)  Where  the  parties  fail  to  give  a  notice  to  the  Commission  in 

by  Commbsion  accordance  with  subsection  2  or  where  the  parties  request  the 

Commission  to  appoint  the  selector,  the  Commission  shall  make 


the  appointment  and  give  notice  of  the  appointment  of  the  selector 
to  the  parties  and  the  notice  shall  set  out  the  name  and  address  of 
the  person  appointed  and  the  date  of  the  appointment. 

(4)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,   The  School  ^^fl^''^^^2  °^ 
Boards  and  Teachers  Collective  Negotiations  Act,  1975  applies  to 
the  selector,  to  the  proceedings  conducted  before  him,  to  the 
parties  and  to  the  teachers. 

4. — (1)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1  of  section  51  of  The^^'^'^^^ 

I  /^    ji        •         »T  •      •  A  agreement 

School  Boards  and  Teachers  Collective  Negotiations  Act,  1975 ,  1975  j.  72 
the  agreement  giving  effect  to  all  matters  agreed  upon  by  the 
parties  and  the  decision  of  the  selector  shall  be  for  the  period 
commencing  on  the  1st  day  of  September,  1979  and  expiring  on 
the  31st  day  of  August,  1980. 

(2)  The  Commission  may,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  selector  Reduction 
and  the  parties,  reduce  any  period  of  time  referred  to  in  section  41 ,  period 
42,  44,  45  or  48  of  The  School  Boards  and  Teachers  Collective 
Negotiations  Act,  1975 . 

5. — (1)  Every  person  or  party  that  contravenes  any  of  the  Offences 
provisions  of  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

(2)  The  provisions  of  The  School  Boards  and  Teachers  Collec-  ^^^"" 
tive  Negotiations  Act,  1975  respecting  offences  and  penalties  and 
the  procedures  relating  thereto  apply  in  respect  of  a  contravention 
of  any  provision  of  this  Act. 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

.  "^  ■'        ment 

Assent. 

7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Bruce  County  Board  of  short  title 
Education  and  Teachers  Dispute  Resolution  Act,  1980. 


ba 


^ 

3. 

r2 

^ 

<:^ 

» 

^ 

C/) 

«i 

> 

^ 

Ud 

cy 

O 

c^ 

W 

-^ 

2; 

Co 

H 

Pi. 


0 

< 

r^o 

n 

k..,^ 

S 

B 

0, 

5c 

<M. 

>3 

00 

cr 

s 

0^ 

h-» 

0 

00 

0 

o  W  > 

3  2    3 

CL  Q    r^ 

n?  c    <^ 

fD  t;    in 

p  3  13 

^  p  crq 

T3  O 

3  ^ 


BILL  187  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  L.  Maeck 
Minister  of  Revenue 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1. — Subsections  1,  2  and  3.  The  substitution  of  "December"  for 
"March"  will  extend  the  exemptions  for  occupancy  of  transient  accommodation, 
for  prepared  meals  provided  on  the  American  Plan  or  the  Modified  American  Plan, 
and  for  furnishing  and  food  preparation  equipment  used  in  restaurants  and  hotels. 
The  present  exemptions  expire  at  the  end  of  March  in  1981.  The  proposed  amend- 
ments will  extend  the  exemptions  to  the  end  of  December,  1981. 


Subsection  4.  The  three  paragraphs  to  be  added  to  subsection  1  of  section  5 
of  the  Act  will  provide  exemptions  for  household  furniture,  certain  major  home 
appliances,  and  building  materials  that  are  defined  by  the  Minister.  The  exemp- 
tions will  be  available  for  purchases  made  before  July  1st,  1981,  provided  that 
delivery  of  the  item  purchased  is  taken  by  the  purchaser  on  or  after  November 
14th,  1980  and  before  July  1st,  1981. 


BILL  187  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Paragraph  41  of  subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Retail  Sales  ^  s  (i), 
Tax  Act,  being  chapter  415  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  amended 
1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  6, 
section  2  and  amended  by  1979,  chapter  27,  section  3,  is 
further  amended  by  striking  out  "March"  in  the  third  line  and 
in  the  tenth  line  as  inserted  by  the  1979  amendment  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "December". 

(2)  Paragraph  41a  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  *  ^  (i), 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  6,  section  2  and  amended 
amended  by  1979,  chapter  27,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by 
striking  out  "March"  in  the  third  line  as  inserted  by  the  1979 
amendment  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "December". 

(3)  Paragraph  70  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  S,  as  enacted  ^  s  (i), 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  27,  section  3,  is  amended 
amended  by  striking  out  "March"  in  the  twelfth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "December". 

(4)  Subsection  1  of  the  said  section  5,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  ^  s  (i), 
of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  21,  section  1,  1973,  chapter  23, 
section  4,  1974,  chapter  7,  section  2,  1975,  chapter  9,  section  4, 
1976,  chapter  23,  section  3,  1976,  chapter  82,  section  3,  1977, 
chapter  13,  section  4,  1978,  chapter  6,  section  2,  1979,  chapter 

27,  section  3  and  1980,  chapter  22,  section   1,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  paragraphs: 

71.  furniture,  other  than  that  prescribed  by  the  Minister  to 
be  excluded  from  the  exemption  conferred  by  this  para- 
graph, that  is  purchased  for  private  household  use,  if  the 
purchase  is  made  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981  and 
delivery  thereof  is  taken  by  the  purchaser  on  or  after  the 


14th  day  of  November,  1980  and  before  the  1st  day  of 
July,  1981; 

72.  major  home  appHances  that  are  manufactured  for  pri- 
vate household  use  and  that  are, 

(a)  refrigerators,  freezers  or  kitchen  ranges,  includ- 
ing ovens  and  cooking  tops  sold  separately  for 
installation  as  a  kitchen  range;  or 

(b)  washers  or  dryers  for  the  laundering  of  clothes, 

but  only  when  such  appliances  have  never  previously 
been  sold,  leased  or  rented  by  a  dealer  to  a  customer  at  a 
retail  sale  anywhere  and  are, 

(c)  purchased  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981  and 
delivered  to  the  purchaser  thereof  on  or  after  the 
14th  day  of  November,  1980  and  before  the  1st 
day  of  July,  1981;  and 

(d)  not  appliances  or  a  class  or  kind  of  appliance 
prescribed  by  the  Minister  to  be  excluded  from 
the  exemption  conferred  by  this  paragraph; 

73.  building  materials,  as  defined  by  the  Minister,  that  are 
purchased  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981  and  are  deli- 
vered to  the  purchaser  thereof  on  or  after  the  14th  day  of 
November,  1980  and  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981. 

s.  19(1),  2.  Subsection  1  of  section  19  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "sixty"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"ninety". 

s  20,  3.  Section  20  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

1976,  chapter  23,  section  9,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection: 

Extension  (7)  The  time  within  which  a  notice  of  objection  Under  section  19 

of  time  .  -  111-  .         .  i 

or  a  notice  of  appeal  under  this  section  is  to  be  served  may  be 
extended  by  the  Minister  if  application  for  such  extension  is  made 
before  the  time  for  service  of  the  notice  of  objection  or  a  notice  of 
appeal,  as  the  case  may  be,  has  expired. 

Commence-  4 .  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  14th  day  of 

ment  -kt  . 

November,  1980. 

Short  title  5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act\ 

1980. 


Section  2 .  The  proposed  amendment  will  extend  from  sixty  to  ninety  days 
the  period  within  which  a  notice  of  objection  to  an  assessment  under  the  Act  can 
validly  be  served  on  the  Minister.  The  period  for  filing  a  notice  of  objection  under 
the  other  major  taxing  statutes  of  Ontario  is  ninety  days,  and  the  amendment  will 
make  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act  consistent  with  the  other  provincial  taxing  statutes. 

Section  3.  The  new  subsection  to  be  added  by  the  amendment  will 
authorize  the  Minister  to  extend  the  time  within  which  a  notice  of  objection  or 
notice  of  appeal  may  validly  be  filed,  provided  that  the  request  for  extension  is 
made  within  the  ninety-day  time  limit  for  filing  such  notices. 


3 


bo 


g 

H 

5_ 

w 

CAl' 

ffi 

n 

o 

i-( 

25 

o 

i-h 

p 

!« 

< 

^ 

13 

t?tl 

C 

o 

n 

^ 

0^ 


< 

3 

Co 

O. 

cr 

r<. 

>0 

>3 

S- 

S- 

tr 

§■ 

~* 

0^ 

H- ' 

o 

00 

o 

H 

13" 

fD 

> 

3 

> 

o 

r*- 

C/} 

(-^ 

P 

O 

^^ 

3 

g 

3 

a. 

> 

o 

BILL  187 


Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  L.  Maeck 
Minister  of  Revenue 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1. — Subsections  1,  2  and  3.  The  substitution  of  "December"  for 
"March"  will  extend  the  exemptions  for  occupancy  of  transient  accommodation, 
for  prepared  meals  provided  on  the  American  Plan  or  the  Modified  American  Plan, 
and  for  furnishing  and  food  preparation  equipment  used  in  restaurants  and  hotels. 
The  present  exemptions  expire  at  the  end  of  March  in  1 98 1 .  The  proposed  amend- 
ments will  extend  the  exemptions  to  the  end  of  December,  1981. 


Subsection  4.  The  three  paragraphs  to  be  added  to  subsection  1  of  section  5 
of  the  Act  will  provide  exemptions  for  household  furniture,  certain  major  home 
appliances,  and  building  materials  that  are  defined  by  the  Minister.  The  exemp- 
tions will  be  available  for  purchases  made  before  July  1st,  1981,  provided  that 
delivery  of  the  item  purchased  is  taken  by  the  purchaser  on  or  after  November 
14th,  1980  and  before  July  1st,  1981. 


BILL  187 


1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Paragraph  41  of  subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Retail  Sales  ^  s  (i), 
Tax  Act,  being  chapter  415  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  amended 
1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  6, 
section  2  and  amended  by  1979,  chapter  27,  section  3,  is 
further  amended  by  striking  out  "March"  in  the  third  line  and 
in  the  tenth  line  as  inserted  by  the  1979  amendment  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "December". 

(2)  Paragraph  41a  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  ^  s  (i)^, 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  6,  section  2  and  amended 
amended  by  1979,  chapter  27,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by 
striking  out  "March"  in  the  third  line  as  inserted  by  the  1979 
amendment  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "December". 

(3)  Paragraph  70  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  *  s  (i), 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  27,  section  3,  is  amended 
amended  by  striking  out  "March"  in  the  twelfth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "December". 


(4)  Subsection  1  of  the  said  section  5 ,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  21,  section  1,  1973,  chapter  23, 
section  4,  1974,  chapter  7,  section  2,  1975,  chapter  9,  section  4, 
1976,  chapter  23,  section  3,  1976,  chapter  82,  section  3,  1977, 
chapter  13,  section  4,  1978,  chapter  6,  section  2,  1979,  chapter 
27,  section  3  and  1980,  chapter  22,  section  1,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  paragraphs: 


s.  5  (1), 
amended 


71.  furniture,  other  than  that  prescribed  by  the  Minister  to 
be  excluded  from  the  exemption  conferred  by  this  para- 
graph, that  is  purchased  for  private  household  use,  if  the 
purchase  is  made  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981  and 
delivery  thereof  is  taken  by  the  purchaser  on  or  after  the 


14th  day  of  November,  1980  and  before  the  1st  day  of 
July,  1981; 

72.  major  home  appliances  that  are  manufactured  for  pri- 
vate household  use  and  that  are, 

(a)  refrigerators,  freezers  or  kitchen  ranges,  includ- 
ing ovens  and  cooking  tops  sold  separately  for 
installation  as  a  kitchen  range;  or 

(b)  washers  or  dryers  for  the  laundering  of  clothes, 

but  only  when  such  appliances  have  never  previously 
been  sold,  leased  or  rented  by  a  dealer  to  a  customer  at  a 
retail  sale  anywhere  and  are, 

(c)  purchased  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981  and 
delivered  to  the  purchaser  thereof  on  or  after  the 
14th  day  of  November,  1980  and  before  the  1st 
day  of  July,  1981;  and 

(d)  not  appliances  or  a  class  or  kind  of  appliance 
prescribed  by  the  Minister  to  be  excluded  from 
the  exemption  conferred  by  this  paragraph; 

73.  building  materials,  as  defined  by  the  Minister,  that  are 
purchased  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981  and  are  deli- 
vered to  the  purchaser  thereof  on  or  after  the  14th  day  of 
November,  1980  and  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981. 

*mtd  d  ^'  ^"^section  1  of  section  19  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "sixty"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"ninety". 

^  ^°'d  d  ^"   ^^^t^O"  20  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

1976,  chapter  23,  section  9,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection: 

Extension  (7)  The  time  within  which  a  notice  of  objection  Under  scction  19 

of  time  •  r  1  1 

or  a  notice  of  appeal  under  this  section  is  to  be  served  may  be 
extended  by  the  Minister  if  application  for  such  extension  is  made 
before  the  time  for  service  of  the  notice  of  objection  or  a  notice  of 
appeal,  as  the  case  may  be,  has  expired. 

s.  42  (3),        ^^4 .   Subsection  3  of  section  42  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statut 

amended  r   /^  •  _  ,  .  ,  i     i    i 

of  Ontario,   19/ ^,  chapter  9,  section  11  and  amended  by  197 
chapter  23,  section  12,  1976,  chapter  82,  section 4,  1979,  chapter  2 
section  8  and  1980,  chapter  22,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 


I 


Section  2 .  The  proposed  amendment  will  extend  from  sixty  to  ninety  days 
the  period  within  which  a  notice  of  objection  to  an  assessment  under  the  Act  can 
validly  be  served  on  the  Minister.  The  period  for  filing  a  notice  of  objection  under 
the  other  major  taxing  statutes  of  Ontario  is  ninety  days,  and  the  amendment  will 
makeThe  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act  consistent  with  the  other  provincial  taxing  statutes. 

Section  3.  The  new  subsection  to  be  added  by  the  amendment  will 
authorize  the  Minister  to  extend  the  time  within  which  a  notice  of  objection  or 
notice  of  appeal  may  validly  be  filed,  provided  that  the  request  for  extension  is 
made  within  the  ninety-day  time  limit  for  filing  such  notices. 


MXTiON  4.  The  Minister  is  empowered,  by  regulation,  to  extend  the  period 
u  iliiin  which  delivery  is  required  to  be  made  for  the  purposes  of  paragraph-  71.72 
or  73  to  a  date  not  later  than  the  30th  day  of  September,  1981.  ""^BC 


ij)  extending  to  a  date  not  later  than  the  30th  day  of 
September,  1981,  the  period  within  which  dehvery  is 
required  to  be  made  for  the  purpose  of  any  exemption 
conferred  by  paragraph  71,  72  or  73  of  subsection  1  of 
section  5.  "^pif 

5.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  14th  day  of  Commence- 
November,  1980.  ""'"' 

6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  Short  title 
1980. 


n 

o 

>3 

§ 

t-*. 

^. 

^ 

S 

c^ 

r**« 

rfe 

c^ 

R- 

tP 

"-s 

?s 

o, 

s^ 

» 

c^ 

5 

^ 

S- 

^ 

?5, 

t:: 

o 

s 

>~ 

0 

o 

Uj 

CD 
O 

K) 

< 

n 

1-^ 

2. 

3 
cr 

B 
cr 

>3 

>0 

n 

^ 
«> 

?i 

vO 

Q 

1— ' 

?i 

s 

0^ 

Oo 

13- 

J' 

On5 

I— ' 

^ 

On5 

o 

t— ^ 

00 

vO 

o 

00 

o 

13- 

fD 

> 

3 

P. 

> 

o 

r+ 

CA) 

^-^ 

B- 

O 

en 

3 

H 

n 

a 

X 

CL 

BILL  187 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 


The  Hon.  L.  Maeck 
Minister  of  Revenue 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  187  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 . — (1)  Paragraph  41  of  subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Retail  Sales  ^  s  (i), 
Tax  Act,  being  chapter  415  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  amended 
1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  6, 
section  2  and  amended  by  1979,  chapter  27,  section  3,  is 
further  amended  by  striking  out  "March"  in  the  third  line  and 
in  the  tenth  line  as  inserted  by  the  1979  amendment  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "December". 

(2)  Paragraph  41a  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  »  ^  <i'' 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  6,  section  2  and  amended 
amended  by  1979,  chapter  27,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by 
striking  out  "March"  in  the  third  line  as  inserted  by  the  1979 
amendment  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "December". 

(3)  Paragraph  70  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  «  s  (i), 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  27,  section  3,  is  amended 
amended  by  striking  out  "March"  in  the  twelfth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "December". 

(4)  Subsection  1  of  the  said  section  5,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  s  s  (i), 
of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  21,  section  1,  1973,  chapter  23, 
section  4,  1974,  chapter  7,  section  2,  1975,  chapter  9,  section  4, 
1976,  chapter  23,  section  3,  1976,  chapter  82,  section  3,  1977, 
chapter  13,  section  4,  1978,  chapter  6,  section  2,  1979,  chapter 
27,  section  3  and  1980,  chapter  22,  section  1,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  paragraphs: 

71.  furniture,  other  than  that  prescribed  by  the  Minister  to 
be  excluded  from  the  exemption  conferred  by  this  para- 
graph, that  is  purchased  for  private  household  use,  if  the 
purchase  is  made  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981  and 
delivery  thereof  is  taken  by  the  purchaser  on  or  after  the 


14th  day  of  November,  1980  and  before  the  1st  day  of 
July,  1981; 

72.  major  home  appliances  that  are  manufactured  for  pri- 
vate household  use  and  that  are, 

(a)  refrigerators,  freezers  or  kitchen  ranges,  includ- 
ing ovens  and  cooking  tops  sold  separately  for 
installation  as  a  kitchen  range;  or 

(b)  washers  or  dryers  for  the  laundering  of  clothes, 

but  only  when  such  appliances  have  never  previously 
been  sold,  leased  or  rented  by  a  dealer  to  a  customer  at  a 
retail  sale  anywhere  and  are, 

(c)  purchased  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981  and 
delivered  to  the  purchaser  thereof  on  or  after  the 
14th  day  of  November,  1980  and  before  the  1st 
day  of  July,  1981;  and 

id)  not  appliances  or  a  class  or  kind  of  appliance 
prescribed  by  the  Minister  to  be  excluded  from 
the  exemption  conferred  by  this  paragraph; 


s.  19  (1), 
amended 


73.  building  materials,  as  defined  by  the  Minister,  that  are 
purchased  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981  and  are  deli- 
vered to  the  purchaser  thereof  on  or  after  the  14th  day  of 
November,  1980  and  before  the  1st  day  of  July,  1981. 

2.  Subsection  1  of  section  19  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  23,  section  8,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "sixty"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ^^ 
"ninety". 


s.  20, 
amended 


Extension 
of  time 


s.  42  (3), 
amended 


3.  Section  20  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,] 
1976,  chapter  23,  section  9,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection: 

(7)  The  time  within  which  a  notice  of  objection  under  section  1< 
or  a  notice  of  appeal  under  this  section  is  to  be  served  may  be 
extended  by  the  Minister  if  application  for  such  extension  is  made 
before  the  time  for  service  of  the  notice  of  objection  or  a  notice  of 
appeal,  as  the  case  may  be,  has  expired. 

4 .  Subsection  3  of  section  42  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  9,  section  11  and  amended  by  1976, 
chapter  23,  section  12,  1976,  chapter  82,  section  4,  1979,  chapter  27, 
section  8  and  1980,  chapter  22,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 


ij)  extending  to  a  date  not  later  than  the  30th  day  of 
September,  1981,  the  period  within  which  deUvery  is 
required  to  be  made  for  the  purpose  of  any  exemption 
conferred  by  paragraph  71,  72  or  73  of  subsection  1  of 
section  S. 

5.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  14th  day  of  Commence- 
November,  1980.  ""'"^ 

6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  Short  title 
1980. 


H 
K 
w 

K 
o 


n> 


So 


o 

rD 

0 

o 

n 
n 

B 
cr 

n 
a> 

B 
cr 
a> 

S 

< 
3 

m 
1-1 

o 

a 

0^ 

r-»- 

0^ 

H-^ 

"" 

0^ 

vO 
00 

o 

o 

00 

o 

00 

o 

H 

rr 

ft! 

(T) 

> 

1 

> 

o 

r+ 

C/) 

r* 

B- 

O 

H 

P 

3 
ft) 

g 

3 

BILL  188  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Sections  1  and  2.  The  Act  provides  for  the  issue  of  motor  vehicle  permits 
and  number  plates.  The  Bill  introduces  the  concept  of  a  CAVR  cab  card  which  is  a 
permit  that  is  issued  without  an  accompanying  number  plate  for  a  commercial 
vehicle  that  has  a  permit  and  plate  from  another  province.  The  fee  for  the  cab  card 
would  be  prorated  to  correspond  to  the  use  that  a  vehicle  makes  of  Ontario 
highways  compared  to  its  use  of  highways  out  of  Ontario.  Pursuant  to  an  agree- 
ment, operators  of  commercial  vehicles  from  Ontario  would  be  able  to  obtain 
similar  permits  in  other  provinces.  The  net  effect  of  the  scheme  is  that  operators 
whose  enterprises  extend  to  several  provinces  will  not  be  required  to  obtain 
number  plates  from  each  province  and  to  pay  the  full  permit  fee  in  each  province  in 
which  they  do  business. 

The  Minister  is  given  discretionary  powers  to  decide  if  an  applicant  for  or 
holder  of  a  CAVR  cab  card  is  entitled  to  reciprocity  privileges  and  the  benefit  of  the 
prorated  permit  fee. 


BILL  188  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,    by  and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
Follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  b  of  section  5a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  ^^"  ^''j' 
chapter  202  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  as 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  66,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(b)  "permit"  means  a  permit  issued  or  validated  under  sub- 
section 3  of  section  6  and  includes  a  CAVR  cab  card. 

(2)  The  said  section  5a,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^  ^"'    . 

1  1     1   1         1       r>  r  amended 

1974,  chapter  66,  section  1  and  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1979,  chapter  103,  section  1,  is  further  amended  by 
relettering  clauses  a  and  aa  as  clauses  aa  and  ab,  respectively, 
and  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(a)  "CAVR  cab  card"  means  a  cab  card  issued  by  the 
Ministry  pursuant  to  the  Canadian  Agreement  on 
Vehicle  Registration. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  *  ^  ^^j- 

'  .1.1       amended 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "issued  or  validated  under  subsection  3"  in  the 
seventh  and  eighth  lines. 

(2)  Clause  a  of  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  6,  as  re-enacted  by  ^  ^  <^J  *;?*' 

'  ...     amended 

the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is 
amended  by  inserting  after  "and"  in  the  second  line  ",  except 
in  the  case  where  the  permit  is  a  CAVR  cab  card,". 

(3)  The  said  section  6,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  *^  ,  , 

'  '      .  1        J^        1  •  •     amended 

1973,  chapter  45,  section  2  and  1974,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

(4a)  The  Minister  may,  in  his  discretion,  cancel  or  refuse  Minister 

.  .  ^         r         r  i-i-  "^^y  cancel 

to   issue   a   permit,    the   fee   for   which   is   prorated   under   a  or  refuse 


reciprocity  agreement  or  arrangement  with  another  jurisdiction, 
where  the  owner  or  lessee  has  been  convicted  of  an  offence  under 
section  12a  or  if  in  his  opinion  the  owner  or  lessee  is  not  entitled 
to  reciprocity  privileges  under  the  Canadian  Agreement  on 
Vehicle  Registration. 


Notice  of 
proposal 


(46)  Where  the  Minister  proposes  to  cancel  or  refuse  to  issue  a 
permit  referred  to  in  subsection  4a,  he  shall  notify  the  permit 
holder  or  applicant,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  his  proposal. 


Show 
cause 


(4c)  A  person  who  has  received  a  notification  under  subsection 
4b  may,  within  thirty  days  after  receiving  the  notification,  submit 
to  the  Minister  such  documents  and  records  as  may  show  cause 
why  the  Minister  should  not  cancel  or  refuse  to  issue  the  permit. 


Proceeding 

with 

proposal 


{4d)  Upon  the  expiration  of  thirty  days  after  the  notification 
referred  to  in  subsection  4b  and  consideration  of  any  documents  or 
records  submitted  under  subsection  4c ,  the  Minister  may  carry  out 
his  proposal  or  refrain  from  carrying  out  his  proposal. 


Permit 
documen- 
tation 


(Sa)  Prior  to  the  issuance  or  validation  of  a  permit  under 
this  section,  the  Minister  may  require  production  of  such 
documentation  as  he  considers  necessary  to  enable  him  to 
determine  whether  a  permit  may  be  issued  or  validated  and  that 
documentation  may  be  different  for  different  vehicles  or  classes  of 
vehicles  or  in  respect  of  the  same  vehicles  or  classes  of  vehicles 
used  for  different  purposes. 


s.  6a, 
enacted 

Permit 
limitations 


3.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

6a. — (1)  Where  the  fee  prescribed  by  the  regulations  for  a 
permit  or  validated  permit  for  a  motor  vehicle  is  calculated  with 
regard  to  specific  limitations  or  restrictions  on  the  use  of  a  vehicle, 
the  owner  of  the  vehicle  shall  not  drive  or  cause  or  permit  the 
vehicle  to  be  driven  on  a  highway  except  in  accordance  with  such 
limitations  or  restrictions. 


Penalty 


(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  the  provisions  of  subsection 
1  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $200. 


s.  7, 
amended 


4.  Section  7  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,] 
1974,  chapter  66,  section  3,  1978,  chapter  4,  section  2  and  1980, 
chapter  37,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  th^ 
following  subsection: 


Notice  of 

new 

address 


(2fl)  Where  the  name  of  a  lessee  is  on  a  permit  and  the  lessee! 
changes  his  address  from  the  address  shown  on  the  permit  or  from] 


Section  3.     Self-explanatory. 


Section  4.     Self-explanatory. 


Section  5.     The  proposed  amendment  is  complementary  to  the  CAVR  cab 
card  concept. 


Section  6.     The  re-enacted  subsection  9  (3)  is  self-explanatory. 

Currently,  the  Act  provides  that  number  plates  are  the  property  of  the  Crown 
and  are  to  be  returned  to  the  Ministry  when  so  required.  Subsection  9  (4)  extends 
this  to  provide  that  CAVR  cab  cards  are  similarly  property  of  the  Crown  and  are  to 
be  returned  when  so  required. 


Section  7 .  Section  1 1  of  the  Act  currently  provides  that  a  peace  officer  who 
believes  that  a  number  plate  on  a  vehicle  is  there  improperly  may  take  possession 
of  the  plate  until  the  facts  have  been  determined. 

The  new  provision  gives  a  peace  officer  similar  authority  to  take  possession 
of  a  CAVR  cab  card. 


Section  8.  The  new  provisions  are  complementary  to  the  introduction 
of  CAVR  cab  cards.  They  provide  that  persons  who  receive  permits  in  the 
form  of  CAVR  cab  cards  at  a  prorated  fee  shall  maintain  certain  records 
which  will  be  available  for  and  subject  to  inspection. 


not  paid 


There  is  also  provision  for  cancelling  a  permit  where  appropriate  fees  are 


that  filed  under  this  subsection,  he  shall  within  six  days  send  by 
registered  mail  to  or  file  with  the  Ministry  notice  of  his  new 
address. 

5.  Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^^'  .  ^ 

■'  '    amended 

1974,  chapter  66,  section  4,  is  amended  by  addmg  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 

(3)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  motor  vehicle  if  the  permit  Where  subs,  i 
therefor  is  a  CAVR  cab  card.  apply 

6 .  Subsection  3  of  section  9  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  *  ^  (^)' 
substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Where  the  name  of  the  lessee  is  on  a  permit  and  the  lease  Notice  of 
terminates,  the  lessor  shall,  within  six  days,  forward  to  the  of  lease ' 
Ministry  notice  thereof  together  with  the  permit  number. 

(4)  Every  number  plate,  evidence  of  validation  and  CAVR  cab  Property 
card  furnished  by  the  Ministry  under  this  Act  or  pursuant  to  the  Crown 
Canadian  Agreement  on  Vehicle  Registration  is  the  property  of 

the  Crown  and  shall  be  returned  to  the  Ministry  when  required  by 
the  Ministry. 

7.  Section  1 1  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  «  n. 
1974,  chapter  66,  section  6,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  ^'"'^"  ^ 
following  subsection: 

(2)  Where  a  peace  officer  has  reason  to  believe  that  a  CAVR  cab  invalid 
card  produced  by  a  driver  as  being  the  permit  for  the  motor  ^^ 
vehicle, 

(a)  was  not  furnished  by  the  Ministry  for  that  motor  vehicle; 
or 

(6)  has  been  cancelled  by  the  Ministry, 

the  peace  officer  may  take  possession  of  the  CAVR  cab  card  and 
retain  it  until  the  facts  in  respect  of  the  card  have  been  determined. 

8.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  ««  ^^a,  126, 

..  enacted 

sections: 

12a. — (1)  A  person  to  whom  a  permit  is  issued  for  a  prorated  Records 

c  J  •  •.  .  ,  *^  ,  to  be  kept 

tee  under  a  reciprocity  agreement  or  arrangement  with  another 
jurisdiction  shall  maintain  and  preserve  such  records  as  are 
required  by  regulation  during  the  period  of  validity  of  the  permit 
and  for  the  four  years  immediately  following  expiry  thereof  and 
shall  submit  such  reports  to  the  Ministry  as  are  prescribed  by  the 
regulations  within  the  prescribed  times. 


Production 

of 

records 


(2)  A  person  to  whom  subsection  1  applies  shall  produce  for 
inspection,  within  a  reasonable  time  under  the  prevailing 
circumstances,  the  records  required  under  subsection  1  upon  the 
demand  of  an  officer  appointed  by  the  Minister  to  carry  out  the 
provisions  of  this  Part. 


Examination 

of 

records 


(3)  An  officer  appointed  by  the  Minister  for  carrying  out  the 
provisions  of  this  Part  may,  at  any  reasonable  time,  enter  the 
business  premises  of  a  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  and 
examine  those  books,  records  and  documents  of  that  person  that 
relate  to  his  business  of  operating  commercial  vehicles. 


Removal 

of 

documents 


Copies  as 
evidence 


(4)  Any  person  making  an  investigation  under  this  section  may, 
upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove,  for  the  purpose  of  making 
copies,  any  records  produced  under  subsection  2  or  examined 
under  subsection  3  and  when  he  does  remove  any  records,  the 
copies  shall  be  made  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  the  records 
promptly  returned. 

(5)  Any  copy  made  under  subsection  4  and  certified  to  be  a  true 
copy  by  the  person  making  the  copy  is  admissible  in  evidence  in 
any  action,  proceeding  or  prosecution  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the 
original  book,  paper  or  document  and  its  contents. 


Penalty 


(6)  Every  person  who  contravenes  subsection  1  or  2  or 
obstructs,  or  interferes  with  an  officer  in  the  performance  of  his 
duties  under  subsection  3,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction 
is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $200  or  to  imprisonment  for  a 
term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both. 


Regulations 


Cancellation 
of  permit 


Notice 


(7)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 
tions, 

(a)  prescribing  the  records  to  be  kept  by  persons  referred  to 
in  subsection  1; 

(b)  governing  reports  to  be  made  to  the  Ministry  by  persons 
referred  to  in  subsection  1. 

12b. — (1)  Where  the  fee  paid  under  subsection  3  of  section  6 
was  prorated  under  a  reciprocity  agreement  or  arrangement  with 
another  jurisdiction  and  the  appropriate  fees  are  not  paid  within 
sixty  days  after  the  issue  of  the  permit,  the  permit  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  cancelled  upon  notice  of  the  cancellation  being  given  to  the 
permit  holder. 

(2)  Where  the  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  1  is  sent  by 
prepaid  mail  addressed  to  the  person  to  whom  the  permit  was 
issued  at  his  latest  address  appearing  on  the  records  of  the  Minis-^ 
try,  notice  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  given  on  the  fifth  day  aftei 
the  day  of  mailing. 


Section  9.  Section  29  of  the  Act  currently  provides  for  appeals  from 
decisions  of  the  Registrar  made  under  section  27  which  provides  for  the 
cancellation  of  certain  licences  and  permits.  The  re-enacted  provisions  expand  the 
section  to  also  provide  for  appeals  from  decisions  of  the  Minister  made  under  a 
provision  that  permits  the  Minister  to  alter  conditions  affecting  drivers'  licences. 


Sections  10  and  11.  Sections  35  and  36  ofthe  Act  deal  with  the  licencing 
of  used  car  and  vehicle  wrecking  lots.  This  section  is  being  expanded  to  include 
trailers  which  currently  are  not  covered. 


Section  12.     This  is  complementary  to  the  introduction  of  CAVR  cab 
cards. 


9.   Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  29  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the  *  ^^  ^^'  ^'' 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  person  aggrieved  by  a  decision  of  the  Minister  under  Appeal 
subclause  i  of  clause  b  of  subsection  4  of  section  13  or  a  decision  of 

the  Registrar  under  section  27  may  appeal  the  decision  to  The 
Licence  Suspension  Appeal  Board. 

(2)  The  Board  may  confirm,  modify  or  set  aside  the  decision  of  Powers  of 
the  Minister  or  Registrar. 

1 0. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  35  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  s.  3S  (i), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "vehicles"  in  the  first  line  "or  trailers". 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  35,  as  re-enacted  by  the  s.  3S  o), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  amended  by  ^'"^"  ^ 
inserting  after  "vehicles"  in  the  first  line  "or  trailers". 

(3)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  35,  as  re-enacted  by  the  s.  3s  (4), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "vehicles"  in  the  third  line  ",  trailers". 

(4)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  35,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Stat-  s.  35  (6) 


utes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "vehicles"  in  the  second  line  "or  trailers". 


amended 


(5)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  35,  as  re-enacted  by  the  ^^fg^A^H 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  amended  by  ^'"^'^  ^ 
inserting  after  "vehicles"  in  the  third  line  "or  trailers". 

11.  Subsection  1  of  section  36  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  s.  36(i), 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  person  who  buys,  sells,  wrecks  or  otherwise  deals  Record  of 

•  111  1  •   1  -1  1  •         1  1     II   1  second-hand 

m  second-hand  motor  vehicles,  trailers  or  bicycles  shall  keep  a  vehicles 
complete  record  of  all  motor  vehicles,  trailers  and  bicycles  bought,  ^^^^^^l^ 
sold  or  wrecked  and  of  such  information  as  will  enable  the  motor 
vehicles,  trailers  and  bicycles  to  be  readily  identified,  and  shall 
transmit  to  the  Ministry,  within  six  days  after  the  event,  on  forms 
furnished  by  the  Ministry,  a  statement  of  each  motor  vehicle  or 
trailer  bought,  sold  or  wrecked  by  him  and  such  information  with 
reference  thereto  as  may  be  required  by  the  Ministry. 

12. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  586  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  ^  ssfc  (2), 

o  r  /-\  •  ,-t  ►,.  .  11  amended 

Statutes  01  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  8,  is  amended 
by  inserting  after  "permit"  in  the  first  line  "other  than 
a  CAVR  cab  card". 


s.  S8A  (3), 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  586  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "permit"  in  the  first  Hne  "other  than  a  CAVR  cab  card". 


s.  60  (1)  (a), 
re-enacted 


13. — (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  60  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(a)  requiring  the  use  or  incorporation  of  any  device  or  any 
equipment,  in  or  on  any  vehicle  or  any  class  of  vehicle, 
that  may  affect  the  safe  operation  of  the  vehicle  on  the 
highway  or  that  may  reduce  or  prevent  injury  to  persons 
using  the  highway,  and  prescribing  the  specifications 
and  regulating  the  installation  thereof. 


s.  60(1), 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  1  of  the  said  section  60,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  section  19  and  1977,  chapter  54, 
section  10,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
clause: 


(/)  exempting  any  type  or  class  of  vehicle  or  any  class  of 
driver  or  passenger  in  a  vehicle  from  the  provisions  of 
any  regulations  made  under  this  section. 


s.  75  (2), 
re-enacted 


14. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  75  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1977,  chapter  65,  section  3,  and  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  90,  section  6,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Designation 

of 

"freeze-up" 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  an  official  of  the  Ministry 
authorized  by  the  Minister  in  writing  may  designate  the  date  on 
which  a  "freeze-up"  shall  commence  and  the  date  on  which  a 
"freeze-up"  shall  terminate  and  the  part  of  the  Province  to  which 
the  designation  shall  apply. 


s.  75, 
amended 


(2)  The  said  section  75  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
subsection: 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c,  410  does 
not  apply 


s.  77, 
amended 


Idem 


(2a)  A  designation  under  subsection  2  is  not  a  regulation  within 
the  meaning  of  The  Regulations  Act. 


1 5.  Section  77  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario 
1977,  chapter  65,  section  3,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  th 
following  subsection: 


(2a)  Where  the  permit  referred  to  in  subsection  2  is  a  CAVR  cab 
card,  the  requirements  of  subsection  2  apply  to  the  original  permit 
and  not  to  any  copy  thereof  and  to  the  permit  from  the  jurisdiction 
that  issued  the  number  plates  for  the  vehicle. 


s.  78  (6), 
re-enacted 


1 6 .   Subsection  6  of  section  78  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,    1977,   chapter  65,  section  3  and  amended  by  the 


Section   13.     The  provisions,   as  recast,   clarify  the  authority  to  make 
regulations  in  respect  of  the  use  of  safety  devices  and  equipment  in  vehicles. 


Section  14.     Subsection  75  (2)  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  the  Minister  may  designate  by  regulation 
the  date  on  which  a  "freeze-up"  shall  commence  and  the  date  on  which  a 
"freeze-up"  shall  terminate  and  the  part  of  the  Province  to  which  the 
designation  shall  apply. 

The  proposed  amendments  authorize  an  official  of  the  Ministry  to  designate 
the  dates.  Furthermore,  the  designation  would  no  longer  be  a  regulation  within 

The  Regulations  Act. 


Section  1 5 .  The  Act  requires  a  permit  for  a  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  a 
true  copy  thereof  to  be  carried  in  the  vehicle  for  which  it  was  issued  and  to  be 
produced  to  a  police  officer  on  demand. 

The  new  provision  requires  that  where  the  permit  is  a  CAVR  cab  card  only  the 
original  will  suffice. 

Section  16.  Subsection  78  (6)  now  provides  one  penalty  for  failure  to 
comply  with  subsection  1,  3  or  5  or  for  obstructing,  the  penalty  being  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

The  new  provisions  provide  for  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $  100  and  not  more  than 
$500  and  a  thirty-day  suspension  of  a  driver's  licence  where  the  offence  is  refusing 
to  proceed  to  a  weigh  scale. 

The  fine  for  refusing  to  redistribute  a  load  or  obstructing  a  weighing,  etc., 
remains  the  same. 


Section  17.  The  Act  now  provides  that  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  designate,  by  regulation,  intersections  on  the  King's  Highway  at 
which  stop  signs  shall  be  erected.  The  amendment  substitutes  "Minister"  for 
"Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council". 

Section  18.  Section  lOCto  of  the  Act  provides  for  the  designation  by  way  of 
regulation  of  paved  shoulders  for  use  by  vehicular  traffic  and  for  the  making  of 
regulations  governing  the  posting  of  signs.  Currently,  the  regulations  are  made  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council.  This  is  being  amended  so  that  "Minister"  is 
substituted  for  "Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council". 

Section  19.  The  provision,  as  recast,  exempts  road-building  machines  and 
road  maintenance  and  snow  removal  vehicles  from  the  requirement  to  follow 
designated  traffic  routes. 


Section  20.     Subsection  116  (3)  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regulations  prohibiting 
or  regulating  the  parking,  standing  or  stopping  of  vehicles  upon  a  highway 
or  any  part  of  a  highway  or  upon  any  class  or  classes  thereof. 

"Minister"  is  being  substituted  for  "Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council". 


Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  57,  section  9,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(6)  Every  driver  who,  when  required  pursuant  to  subsection  1  Penalty 
or  3  to  proceed  to  a  weigh  scale,  refuses  or  fails  to  do  so  is  guilty  of 

an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 
and  not  more  than  $500  and  to  the  suspension  of  his  driver's 
licence  for  a  period  of  not  more  than  thirty  days. 

(7)  Every  driver  who,  ^^^"^ 

(a)  when  required,  pursuant  to  subsection  5,  to  redistribute 
or  remove  part  of  a  load  refuses  or  fails  to  do  so  or  to 
make  arrangements  to  do  so;  or 

(b)  obstructs  any  weighing,  measuring  or  examination 
authorized  by  this  section, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

1 7.  Clause  b  of  section  89  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  ^  *^  i*^- 

,,-r  .  r^  •      /~.  .1,,  .       1       r-        !•  .  •  •         •      amended 

Lieutenant  Governor  m  Council    in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

18.  Subsection  2  of  section  100a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  ^  looa  (2), 

.  wi  ^  •  •  ,     1  1       amended 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  37,  section  14,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council"  in  the  first  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

1 9.  Clause  c  of  section  103  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  *  ^°^  ^'^)' 
of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  37,  section  15,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

(c)  any  lane  may  be  designated  for  slowly  moving  traffic, 
traffic  moving  in  a  particular  direction  or  classes  or  types 
of  vehicles  provided  that  official  signs  are  erected  to 
indicate  such  designation,  and,  notwithstanding  section 
93,  where  a  highway  is  so  designated  every  driver  of  a 
vehicle  shall  obey  the  instructions  on  the  official  signs 
but  this  does  not  apply  to  a  motor  vehicle  or  road-build- 
ing machine,  operated  by  or  on  behalf  of  an  authority 
having  jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  highway,  while 
the  vehicle  or  machine  is  engaged  in  construction, 
marking  or  maintenance  activities  on  a  highway 
including  the  removal  of  snow  from  a  highway. 


amended 


20.  Subsection3of  section  116  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  ^  ii6(3), 
"Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


8 


s.  120(5), 
re-enacted 


21.  Subsection  5  of  section  120  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  57,  section  12,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


When 
markings 
to  be 
covered 


(5)  The  words  on  a  school  bus  "do  not  pass  when  signals  flash- 
ing" shall  be  covered  or  concealed  when  the  school  bus  is  being 
operated  on  a  highway  during  a  trip  that  does  not  at  any  time 
during  that  trip  involve  the  transportation  of  children  or  mentally 
retarded  adults  to  or  from  a  school  or  a  training  centre. 


s.  156(1), 
amended 


22.  Subsection  1  of  section  156  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "Ministry"  in  the  second  line  "or  any  other  ministry  of  the 
Government  of  Ontario". 


Commence- 
ment 


23. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  1,  section  2  (other  than  subsection  5a 
of  section  6  of  the  Act  as  set  out  in  subsection  3  of  section  2)  and 
sections  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  14,  15  and  22,  comes 
into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 


Idem 


Short  title 


(2)  Section  1 ,  section  2  (other  than  subsection  5a  of  section  6  of  the 
Act  as  set  out  in  subsection  3  of  section  2)  and  sections  3,  4,  5,  6, 
7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  14,  15  and  22,  come  into  force  on  aday  to  be 
named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

24.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act, 
1980. 


Section  21.     The  provision  is  recast  to  clarify  when  school  bus  markings 
shall  be  covered. 


Section  22.  The  Act  now  provides  that  the  Minister  may  appoint  persons 
from  the  Ministry  staff  to  be  officers  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  provisions  of 
the  Act.  The  amendment  permits  him  to  also  appoint  persons  from  other  minis- 
tries. 


i» 


I 


3 


bo 


5' 

En' 

o 

K 

o 

O 

o 

3 

i-h 

Z 

3 

H 

«-H 

3_ 

3 

CO 

^ 

P 

*C 

o' 

o 

CO 

3 

P 

o 

t/5 

o 

3 

^ 

0^ 


O 

< 

3 

1-^ 

Co 

Cl 

>3 

Q 

^—k 

a 

el- 

4^ 

?i- 

<-K 

r**. 

s' 

cr 

s 

o^s 

o 

CXi 

o 

OfQ 

H 

cr 

n> 

ffi 

> 
3 

3- 

> 

^ 

o 

'^ 

S" 

HP 

3 

3 

BILL  188 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  188  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  b  of  section  5a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  ^  ^^^^l'^ 
chapter  202  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  as 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  66,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(b)  "permit"  means  a  permit  issued  or  validated  under  sub- 
section 3  of  section  6  and  includes  a  CAVR  cab  card. 

(2)  The  said  section  5a,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^  ^'''    . 

1  1     1   1  1       r>  c  amended 

1974,  chapter  66,  section  1  and  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1979,  chapter  103,  section  1,  is  further  amended  by 
relettering  clauses  a  and  aa  as  clauses  aa  and  ab,  respectively, 
and  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(a)  "CAVR  cab  card"  means  a  cab  card  issued  by  the 
Ministry  pursuant  to  the  Canadian  Agreement  on 
Vehicle  Registration. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  *  ^  '^J- 

'  111        amended 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "issued  or  validated  under  subsection  3"  in  the 
seventh  and  eighth  lines. 

(2)  Clause  a  of  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  6,  as  re-enacted  by  ^^^g|,^jg^^' 
the   Statutes  of  Ontario,    1974,   chapter  66,   section   2,   is 
amended  by  inserting  after  "and"  in  the  second  line  ",  except 

in  the  case  where  the  permit  is  a  CAVR  cab  card,". 

(3)  The  said  section  6,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^^^g^^jg^j 
1973,  chapter  45,  section  2  and  1974,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

(4a)  The  Minister  may,  in  his  discretion,  cancel  or  refuse  Minister 

.  .  ,         r         r  i-i-  ""^y  cancel 

to   issue   a   permit,    the   fee   for   which   is   prorated   under   a  or  refuse 

to  issue 


reciprocity  agreement  or  arrangement  with  another  jurisdiction, 
where  the  owner  or  lessee  has  been  convicted  of  an  offence  under 
section  12a  or  if  in  his  opinion  the  owner  or  lessee  is  not  entitled 
to  reciprocity  privileges  under  the  Canadian  Agreement  on 
Vehicle  Registration. 


Notice  of 
proposal 


{4b)  Where  the  Minister  proposes  to  cancel  or  refuse  to  issue  a 
permit  referred  to  in  subsection  4a,  he  shall  notify  the  permit 
holder  or  applicant,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  his  proposal. 


Show 
cause 


(4c)  A  person  who  has  received  a  notification  under  subsection 
4b  may,  within  thirty  days  after  receiving  the  notification,  submii 
to  the  Minister  such  documents  and  records  as  may  show  cause 
why  the  Minister  should  not  cancel  or  refuse  to  issue  the  permit. 


Proceeding 

with 

proposal 


{4d)  Upon  the  expiration  of  thirty  days  after  the  notificatior 
referred  to  in  subsection  46  and  consideration  of  any  documents  oi 
records  submitted  under  subsection  4c ,  the  Minister  may  carry  out 
his  proposal  or  refrain  from  carrying  out  his  proposal. 


Permit 
documen- 
tation 


(5a)  Prior  to  the  issuance  or  validation  of  a  permit  undei 
this  section,  the  Minister  may  require  production  of  sucJf 
documentation  as  he  considers  necessary  to  enable  him  t( 
determine  whether  a  permit  may  be  issued  or  validated  and  tha 
documentation  may  be  different  for  different  vehicles  or  classes  o 
vehicles  or  in  respect  of  the  same  vehicles  or  classes  of  vehicle; 
used  for  different  purposes. 


s.  6a, 
enacted 

Permit 
limitations 


3.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

6a. — (1)  Where  the  fee  prescribed  by  the  regulations  for  £ 
permit  or  validated  permit  for  a  motor  vehicle  is  calculated  with 
regard  to  specific  limitations  or  restrictions  on  the  use  of  a  vehicle 
the  owner  of  the  vehicle  shall  not  drive  or  cause  or  permit  th( 
vehicle  to  be  driven  on  a  highway  except  in  accordance  with  sucl 
limitations  or  restrictions. 


Penalty 


(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  the  provisions  of  subsectioi 
1  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  no 
less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $200. 


s.  7, 
amended 


4.  Section  7  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontarioj 
1974,  chapter  66,  section  3,  1978,  chapter  4,  section  2  and  1980 
chapter  37,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  th 
following  subsection: 


Notice  of 

new 

address 


i2a)  Where  the  name  of  a  lessee  is  on  a  permit  and  the  lesse 
changes  his  address  from  the  address  shown  on  the  permit  or  fror 


that  filed  under  this  subsection,  he  shall  within  six  days  send  by 
registered  mail  to  or  file  with  the  Ministry  notice  of  his  new 
address. 

5.  Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1974,  chapter  66,  section  4,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 


amended 


(3)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  motor  vehicle  if  the  permit  Where  subs,  i 
therefor  is  a  CAVR  cab  card.  apply 

6 .  Subsection  3  of  section  9  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  ^  ^  ^^^' 
substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Where  the  name  of  the  lessee  is  on  a  permit  and  the  lease  Notice  of 
terminates,  the  lessor  shall,  within  six  days,  forward  to  the  of  lease 
Ministry  notice  thereof  together  with  the  permit  number. 

(4)  Every  number  plate,  evidence  of  validation  and  CAVR  cab  Property 
card  furnished  by  the  Ministry  under  this  Act  or  pursuant  to  the  crown 

n         Canadian  Agreement  on  Vehicle  Registration  is  the  property  of 
i:i        the  Crown  and  shall  be  returned  to  the  Ministry  when  required  by 
the  Ministry. 

7.  Section  11  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  *^^' .  , 
1974,  chapter  66,  section  6,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 

(2)  Where  a  peace  officer  has  reason  to  believe  that  a  CAVR  cab  ^"y*''**, 
card  produced  by  a  driver  as  being  the  permit  for  the  motor 
vehicle, 

(a)  was  not  furnished  by  the  Ministry  for  that  motor  vehicle; 
or 

(b)  has  been  cancelled  by  the  Ministry, 

the  peace  officer  may  take  possession  of  the  CAVR  cab  card  and 
retain  it  until  the  facts  in  respect  of  the  card  have  been  determined. 

8.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  ^^  i^a,  126, 
sections: 

12a. — (1)  A  person  to  whom  a  permit  is  issued  for  a  prorated  Records 

-  ,  .  .  .  ,  ,  to  be  kept 

fee  under  a  reciprocity  agreement  or  arrangement  with  another 
jurisdiction  shall  maintain  and  preserve  such  records  as  are 
required  by  regulation  during  the  period  of  validity  of  the  permit 
and  for  the  four  years  immediately  following  expiry  thereof  and 
shall  submit  such  reports  to  the  Ministry  as  are  prescribed  by  the 
regulations  within  the  prescribed  times. 


Production 

of 

records 


(2)  A  person  to  whom  subsection  1  applies  shall  produce  for 
inspection,  within  a  reasonable  time  under  the  prevailing 
circumstances,  the  records  required  under  subsection  1  upon  the 
demand  of  an  officer  appointed  by  the  Minister  to  carry  out  the 
provisions  of  this  Part. 


Examination 

of 

records 


Removal 

of 

documents 


Copies  as 
evidence 


(3)  An  officer  appointed  by  the  Minister  for  carrying  out  the 
provisions  of  this  Part  may,  at  any  reasonable  time,  enter  the 
business  premises  of  a  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  and 
examine  those  books,  records  and  documents  of  that  person  that 
relate  to  his  business  of  operating  commercial  vehicles. 

(4)  Any  person  making  an  investigation  under  this  section  may, 
upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove,  for  the  purpose  of  making 
copies,  any  records  produced  under  subsection  2  or  examined 
under  subsection  3  and  when  he  does  remove  any  records,  the 
copies  shall  be  made  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  the  records 
promptly  returned. 

(5)  Any  copy  made  under  subsection  4  and  certified  to  be  a  true 
copy  by  the  person  making  the  copy  is  admissible  in  evidence  in 
any  action,  proceeding  or  prosecution  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the 
original  book,  paper  or  document  and  its  contents. 


Penalty 


(6)  Every  person  who  contravenes  subsection  1  or  2  or 
obstructs,  or  interferes  with  an  officer  in  the  performance  of  his 
duties  under  subsection  3 ,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction 
is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $200  or  to  imprisonment  for  a 
term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both. 


Regulations 


(7)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 
tions. 


Cancellation 
of  permit 


Notice 


(a)  prescribing  the  records  to  be  kept  by  persons  referred  to 
in  subsection  1; 

(b)  governing  reports  to  be  made  to  the  Ministry  by  persons 
referred  to  in  subsection  1. 

126. — (1)  Where  the  fee  paid  under  subsection  3  of  section  6 
was  prorated  under  a  reciprocity  agreement  or  arrangement  with 
another  jurisdiction  and  the  appropriate  fees  are  not  paid  within 
sixty  days  after  the  issue  of  the  permit,  the  permit  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  cancelled  upon  notice  of  the  cancellation  being  given  to  the 
permit  holder. 

(2)  Where  the  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  1  is  sent  by 
prepaid  mail  addressed  to  the  person  to  whom  the  permit  was 
issued  at  his  latest  address  appearing  on  the  records  of  the  Minis- 
try, notice  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  given  on  the  fifth  day  after 
the  day  of  mailing. 


9.   Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  29of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the  ^  ^^(^'  ^). 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  person  aggrieved  by  a  decision  of  the  Minister  under  Appeal 
subclause  i  of  clause  b  of  subsection  4  of  section  13  or  a  decision  of 

the  Registrar  under  section  27  may  appeal  the  decision  to  The 
Licence  Suspension  Appeal  Board. 

(2)  The  Board  may  confirm,  modify  or  set  aside  the  decision  of  Powers  of 
the  Minister  or  Registrar. 

1 0. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  35  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  s.  3S  (i), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "vehicles"  in  the  first  line  "or  trailers". 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  35,  as  re-enacted  by  the  s.  3S  (3), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "vehicles"  in  the  first  line  "or  trailers". 

(3)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  35,  as  re-enacted  by  the  ^^^l'*^ 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "vehicles"  in  the  third  line  ",  trailers". 

(4)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  35,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Stat-  s.  3S  (6) 


utes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "vehicles"  in  the  second  line  "or  trailers". 


amended 


(5)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  35,  as  re-enacted  by  the^^^^*^^- 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  24,  section  4,  is  amended  by  ^'".^"  ^ 
inserting  after  "vehicles"  in  the  third  line  "or  trailers". 

11.  Subsection  1  of  section  36  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  s  36(i), 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  person  who  buys,  sells,  wrecks  or  otherwise  deals  ^con'd  hLd 
in  second-hand  motor  vehicles,  trailers  or  bicycles  shall  keep  a  vehicles 
complete  record  of  all  motor  vehicles,  trailers  and  bicycles  bought,  soid^*^etc 
sold  or  wrecked  and  of  such  information  as  will  enable  the  motor 
vehicles,  trailers  and  bicycles  to  be  readily  identified,  and  shall 
transmit  to  the  Ministry,  within  six  days  after  the  event,  on  forms 
furnished  by  the  Ministry,  a  statement  of  each  motor  vehicle  or 
trailer  bought,  sold  or  wrecked  by  him  and  such  information  with 
reference  thereto  as  may  be  required  by  the  Ministry. 

12. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  586  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  ^  586  (2), 

<-  r  ,r^  •  >,i  ►,•  •  11  amended 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  8,  is  amended 
by  inserting  after  "permit"  in  the  first  line  "other  than 
a  CAVR  cab  card". 


s.  5Sb  (3), 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  SSb  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "permit"  in  the  first  line  "other  than  a  CAVR  cab  card". 


s.  60  (1)  (a), 
re-enacted 


13. — (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  60  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(a)  requiring  the  use  or  incorporation  of  any  device  or  any 
equipment,  in  or  on  any  vehicle  or  any  class  of  vehicle, 
that  may  affect  the  safe  operation  of  the  vehicle  on  the 
highway  or  that  may  reduce  or  prevent  injury  to  persons 
using  the  highway,  and  prescribing  the  specifications 
and  regulating  the  installation  thereof. 


s.  60  (1), 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  1  of  the  said  section  60,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  section  19  and  1977,  chapter  54, 
section  10,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
clause: 


if)  exempting  any  type  or  class  of  vehicle  or  any  class  of 
driver  or  passenger  in  a  vehicle  from  the  provisions  of 
any  regulations  made  under  this  section. 


s.  75  (2), 
re-enacted 


14. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  75  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1977,  chapter  65,  section  3,  and  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1978,  chapter  90,  section  6,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Designation 

of 

"freeze-up" 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  an  official  of  the  Ministry 
authorized  by  the  Minister  in  writing  may  designate  the  date  on 
which  a  "freeze-up"  shall  commence  and  the  date  on  which  a 
"freeze-up"  shall  terminate  and  the  part  of  the  Province  to  which 
the  designation  shall  apply. 


s.  75, 
amended 


(2)  The  said  section  75  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
subsection: 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  410  does 
not  apply 


(2a)  A  designation  under  subsection  2  is  not  a  regulation  within 
the  meaning  of  The  Regulations  Act. 


s.  77, 
amended 


1 5.  Section  77  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1977,  chapter  65,  section  3,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 


Idem 


{2a)  Where  the  permit  referred  to  in  subsection  2  is  a  CAVR  cal 
card,  the  requirements  of  subsection  2  apply  to  the  original  permit 
and  not  to  any  copy  thereof  and  to  the  permit  from  the  jurisdictioi 
that  issued  the  number  plates  for  the  vehicle. 


s.  78  (6), 
re-enacted 


16.   Subsection  6  of  section  78  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,    1977,  chapter  65,  section  3  and  amended  by  the 


Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  57,  section  9,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(6)  Every  driver  who,  when  required  pursuant  to  subsection  1  Penalty 
or  3  to  proceed  to  a  weigh  scale,  refuses  or  fails  to  do  so  is  guilty  of 

an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 
and  not  more  than  $500  and  to  the  suspension  of  his  driver's 
licence  for  a  period  of  not  more  than  thirty  days. 

(7)  Every  driver  who,  ^^^"^ 

(a)  when  required,  pursuant  to  subsection  5,  to  redistribute 
or  remove  part  of  a  load  refuses  or  fails  to  do  so  or  to 
make  arrangements  to  do  so;  or 

(b)  obstructs  any  weighing,  measuring  or  examination 
authorized  by  this  section, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

1 7.  Clause  b  of  section  89  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  *  *^  ?)- 

amenaea 

"Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister", 

18.  Subsection  2  of  section  100a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  *  »oto  (2), 

<-.  r<^-  ••  111       amended 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  37,  section  14,  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council"  in  the  first  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

19.  Clause  c  of  section  103  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  ^  ^°^  ^'^^' 

re-enacted 

of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  37,  section  IS,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

(c)  any  lane  may  be  designated  for  slowly  moving  traffic, 
traffic  moving  in  a  particular  direction  or  classes  or  types 
of  vehicles  provided  that  official  signs  are  erected  to 
indicate  such  designation,  and,  notwithstanding  section 
93,  where  a  highway  is  so  designated  every  driver  of  a 
vehicle  shall  obey  the  instructions  on  the  official  signs 
but  this  does  not  apply  to  a  motor  vehicle  or  road-build- 
ing machine,  operated  by  or  on  behalf  of  an  authority 
having  jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  highway,  while 
the  vehicle  or  machine  is  engaged  in  construction, 
marking  or  maintenance  activities  on  a  highway 
including  the  removal  of  snow  from  a  highway. 

20.  Subsection3of  section  116  ofthe  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  ^  ^^^^^j- 

^  o  amended 

Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


8 


s.  120(5), 
re-enacted 


When 

markings 
to  be 
covered 


21.  Subsection  5  of  section  120  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  57,  section  12,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(5)  The  words  on  a  school  bus  "do  not  pass  when  signals  flash-| 
ing"  shall  be  covered  or  concealed  when  the  school  bus  is  being 
operated  on  a  highway  during  a  trip  that  does  not  at  any  time 
during  that  trip  involve  the  transportation  of  children  or  mentally 
retarded  adults  to  or  from  a  school  or  a  training  centre. 


s.  156  (1), 
amended 


22.  Subsection  1  of  section  156  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "Ministry"  in  the  second  line  "or  any  other  ministry  of  the 
Government  of  Ontario". 


Commence- 
ment 


23. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  1,  section  2  (other  than  subsection  5a 
of  section  6  of  the  Act  as  set  out  in  subsection  3  of  section  2)  and 
sections  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  14,  15  and  22,  comes 
into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 


Idem 


(2)  Section  1,  section  2  (other  than  subsection  5a  of  section  6  of  the 
Act  as  set  out  in  subsection  3  of  section  2)  and  sections  3,4,5,6, 
7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  14,  15  and  22,  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be 
named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


Short  title 


24.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act 
1980. 


9.  o 


o 


p 

O 

5-« 


C/) 


fD 

m 

O 

n 

o 

< 

B 

3 

B 

cr 

cr 

f5- 

cr 

o. 

<~i. 

>3 

a> 

>3 

l-J 

>) 

a 

c^ 

C^ 

H- ' 

Ci 

1— ' 

55 

t—* 

B 

0^ 

h- » 

r-f- 

0n5 

(-1- 

1— ' 

1—* 

h- » 

o 

o 

vO 

00 

ex 

00 

o 

o 

o 

H 
nr 


o 

> 
o 


<i 


BILL  189  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  3  1st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


The  Dangerous  Goods  Transportation  Act,  1980 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  regulate  the  transportation  of  dangerous  goods  in 
vehicles  on  Ontario  highways. 

The  main  features  of  the  Bill  are  as  follows: 

1.  The  transportation  of  dangerous  goods  in  a  vehicle  on  a  highway  is 
prohibited  except  in  accordance  with  prescribed  safety  requirements 
(section  3). 

2.  Certain  exemptions  are  provided  (section  2). 

3.  Dangerous  goods  are  set  out  in  the  Schedule. 

4.  Provision  is  made  for  regulations  to  prescribe  safety  requirements  for 
containers,  packaging  and  vehicles. 

5.  The  Act  binds  the  Crown  (section  2  (5)  ). 

6.  Provision  is  made  for  designation  of  inspectors  (section  10). 

7.  The  powers  of  inspectors  are  set  out  (section  11). 

8.  Provision  is  made  to  enter  into  agreements  with  the  Government  of 
Canada  with  respect  to  the  administration  and  enforcement  of  the  Act 
(section  13). 


BILL  189  1980 


The  Dangerous  Goods  Transportation  Act,  1980 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1      In  this  Act  Interpre- 

i.    Ill  ull^  rvcL,  ^^^^^^^ 

(a)  "analyst"  means  any  person  designated  as  an  analyst 

pursuant  to  the  Transportation  of  Dangerous  Goods  Act  j^^^'*^-    ■  ■ 
(Canada); 

(6)  "container"  means  an  article  of  transport  equipment, 
including  one  that  is  carried  on  a  chassis,  that  is  strong 
enough  to  be  suitable  for  repeated  use  and  is  designed  to 
facilitate  the  transportation  of  goods  without  inter- 
mediate reloading,  but  does  not  include  a  vehicle; 

(c)  "dangerous  goods"  means  any  product,  substance  or 
organism  included  by  its  nature  or  by  the  regulations  in 
any  of  the  classes  listed  in  the  Schedule; 

(d)  "highway"  means  a  highway  as  defined  in  The  Highway  ^20?  '^^°' 
Traffic  Act; 

(e)  "inspector"  means  any  person  designated  as  an  inspector 
by  the  Minister  under  this  Act; 

(/)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Transportation  and 
Communications; 

(g)  "packaging"  means  any  receptacle  or  enveloping  ma- 
terial used  to  contain  or  protect  goods,  but  does  not 
include  a  container  or  a  means  of  transport; 

(h )  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

(i )  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this  Act 
unless  the  context  indicates  otherwise; 


(j)  "safety  mark"  includes  any  design,  symbol,  device,  sign, 
label,  placard,  letter,  word,  number,  abbreviation  or 
any  combination  thereof  that  is  to  be  displayed  on 
dangerous  goods,  packaging  or  containers  or  vehicles 
used  in  the  transporting  of  dangerous  goods; 

(k)  "safety  requirements"  means  requirements  for  the 
transporting  of  dangerous  goods,  for  the  reporting  of 
those  activities,  for  the  training  of  persons  engaged  in 
those  activities  and  for  the  inspection  of  those  activities; 

(/)  "safety  standards"  means  standards  regulating  the 
design,  construction,  equipping,  functioning  or  perfor- 
mance of  containers,  packaging  or  vehicles  used  in  the 
transporting  of  dangerous  goods; 

(m)  "shipping  document"  means  any  document  that  accom- 
panies dangerous  goods  being  transported  and  that 
describes  or  contains  information  relating  to  the  goods 
and,  in  particular,  but  without  restricting  the  generality 
of  the  foregoing,  includes  a  bill  of  lading,  cargo  manifest, 
shipping  order  or  way-bill; 

(«)  "Transportation  of  Dangerous  Goods  Act  (Canada)" 
means  the  Transportation  of  Dangerous  Goods  Act 
(Canada),  as  amended  from  time  to  time  and  includes 
the  regulations  made  under  that  Act  from  time  to  time 
unless  the  context  indicates  otherwise. 


Where  Act  2. — (1)  This  Act  docs  not  apply  to  dangerous  goods  trans- 

does  not  .     1  •    '  1-1 

apply  ported  m  a  vehicle, 

(a)  while  under  the  sole  direction  or  control  of  the  Minister 
of  National  Defence  for  Canada;  or 

(b)  for  which  a  permit  is  issued  under  subsection  2  while 
there  is  compliance  with  the  permit. 

Permit  (2)  The  Minister  or  a  person  designated  by  him  may  issue  a 

permit  exempting,  from  the  application  of  this  Act,  the  transpor- 
tation of  dangerous  goods  in  a  vehicle. 

Idem  (3)  A  permit  issued  under  subsection  2  is  subject  to  such  terms 

and  conditions  as  the  issuer  considers  appropriate  and  are  con- 
tained in  the  permit. 

Person  (4)  The  Minister  may  designate  in  writing  any  person  as  a 

esigna  e         person  authorized  to  issue  a  permit  referred  to  in  subsection  2 . 


(5)  This  Act  is  binding  on  Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Canada  or  a  Application 

^    '  1  r  '^°  Crown 

province  and  any  agent  thereof. 

3.  No  person  shall  transport  any  dangerous  goods  in  a  vehicle  o^ences 
on  a  highway  unless, 

(a)  all  applicable  prescribed  safety  requirements  are  com- 
plied with;  and 

(b)  the  vehicle  and  all  containers  and  packaging  in  it  comply 
with  all  applicable  prescribed  safety  standards  and  dis- 
play all  applicable  prescribed  safety  marks. 

4. — (1)  Every  person  who  contravenes  section  3  is  guilty  of  an  Penalty 
offence  and  is  liable  on  the  first  conviction  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $50,000,  and  on  each  subsequent  conviction  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $100,000. 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  ^'^^^ 
the  regulations  for  which  no  other  penalty  is  provided  by  this  Act 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  is  liable  on  conviction  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $10,000. 

(3)  No  proceedings  under  this  section  may  be  instituted  after  jTime 
two  years  from  the  day  the  offence  was  committed. 

5.  No  prosecution  shall  be  instituted  under  this  Act  without  Consent  to 

^  prosecutions 

the  consent  of  a  police  officer  or  of  an  officer  of  the  Mmistry  of 
Transportation  and  Communications  designated  by  the  Minister 
to  assist  in  the  enforcement  of  this  Act. 

6.  It  is  a  defence  to  a  charge  under  this  Act  for  the  accused  to  Defence 
establish  that  he  took  all  reasonable  measures  to  comply  with  this 

Act. 

7 .  In  any  prosecution  for  an  offence  under  this  Act,  it  is  suffi-  Offences  by 

1  1  •   1      1         •  •         .  1  employee  or 

cient  proof  of  the  offence  to  establish  that  it  was  committed  by  an  agent 
employee  or  agent  of  the  accused  whether  or  not  the  employee  or 
agent  is  identified  or  has  been  prosecuted  for  the  offence,  but  it  is  a 
defence  for  the  accused  to  establish  that  the  offence  was  commit- 
ted without  his  knowledge  or  that  he  took  all  reasonable  measures 
to  prevent  its  commission. 

8.  Any  officer,   director  or  agent  of  the  corporation  who  officers, 
directed,  authorized,  assented  to,  acquiesced  in  or  participated  in  corporation 
the  commission  of  an  offence  is  a  party  to  and  guilty  of  the  offence 

and  is  liable  on  conviction  to  the  penalty  provided  for  the  offence 
whether  or  not  the  corporation  has  been  prosecuted  or  convicted. 


Certificate 
or  report  of 
inspector 
or  analyst 


9. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  3  and  4,  a  certificate  or  report 
appearing  to  have  been  signed  by  an  inspector  or  analyst  stating 
that  he  has  made  an  inspection  or  analyzed  or  examined  a  vehicle, 
product,  substance  or  organism  and  stating  the  results  of  the 
inspection,  analysis  or  examination  is  admissible  in  evidence  in 
any  prosecution  for  an  offence  under  this  Act  without  proof  of  the 
signature  or  official  character  of  the  person  appearing  to  have 
signed  the  certificate  or  report  and,  in  the  absence  of  any  evidence 
to  the  contrary,  is  proof  of  the  statements  contained  in  the  certifi- 
cate or  report. 


Copies  or 
extracts 


(2)  Subject  to  subsections  3  and  4,  a  copy  or  an  extract  made  by 
an  inspector  under  clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  section  11  and 
appearing  to  have  been  certified  under  his  signature  as  a  true  copy 
or  extract  is  admissible  in  evidence  in  any  prosecution  for  an 
offence  under  this  Act  without  proof  of  the  signature  or  official 
character  of  the  person  appearing  to  have  signed  the  copy  or 
extract  and,  in  the  absence  of  any  evidence  to  the  contrary,  has  the 
same  probative  force  as  the  original  document  would  have  if  it  had 
been  proved  in  the  ordinary  way. 


Attendance 
of  inspector 
or  analyst 


(3)  The  party  against  whom  a  certificate  or  report  is  produced 
under  subsection  1  or  against  whom  a  copy  or  an  extract  is 
produced  under  subsection  2  may  require  the  attendance  of  the 
inspector  or  analyst  who  signed  or  appears  to  have  signed  the 
certificate,  report,  copy  or  extract  for  the  purposes  of  cross-exami- 
nation. 


Notice  (4)  No  certificate,  report,  copy  or  extract  referred  to  in  subsec- 

tion 1  or  2  shall  be  received  in  evidence  unless  the  party  intending 
to  produce  it  has  served  on  the  party  against  whom  it  is  intended  to 
be  produced  a  notice  of  such  intention  together  with  a  duplicate  of 
the  certificate,  report,  copy  or  extract. 


Designation 
of  inspectors 


10. — (1)  The   Minister   may   designate   any   person   as   an 
inspector  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Inspector 
to  show 
certificate 


(2)  An  inspector  shall  be  furnished  with  a  certificate  of  his 
designation  and,  on  inspecting  any  container,  packaging  or 
vehicle  he  shall,  if  so  required,  produce  the  certificate  to  the 
person  in  charge  thereof. 


Certificate  (3)  Where  an  inspector  inspects  or  takes  a  sample  of  anything 

under  this  Act  he  shall,  if  the  thing  is  sealed  or  closed  up,  provide 
the  person  in  charge  of  it  with  a  certificate  in  prescribed  form 
evidencing  the  inspection  or  taking  of  the  sample. 


Effect  of 
certificate 


(4)  A  certificate  provided  under  subsection  3  relieves  the  person 
to  or  for  whose  benefit  it  is  provided  of  liability  with  respect  to  the 
inspection  or  taking  of  a  sample  evidenced  by  the  certificate,  but 


does  not  otherwise  exempt  that  person  from  compliance  with  this 
Act  and  the  regulations. 

11. — ( 1)  For  the  purpose  of  ensuring  compliance  with  this  Act  Powers  of 

'  r-       I-  or-  inspectors 

and  the  regulations,  an  mspector  may,  at  any  time,  stop  and 
inspect  a  vehicle  and  its  load  where  he  believes  that  dangerous 
goods  are  being  transported,  and  request  the  opening  and  inspec- 
tion of  or  open  and  inspect  any  container,  packaging  or  vehicle  on 
a  highway  wherein  or  whereby  he  believes  that  the  dangerous 
goods  are  being  transported. 

(2)  On  inspecting  any  container,  packaging  or  vehicle  under  inspection 
subsection  1,  an  inspector  may, 

(a)  for  the  purpose  of  analysis,  take  samples  of  anything 
found  therein  that  he  believes  on  reasonable  and 
probable  grounds  to  be  dangerous  goods;  and 

(b)  examine  and  make  copies  and  extracts  of  any  books, 
records,  shipping  documents  or  other  documents  or  pap- 
ers that  he  believes  on  reasonable  and  probable  grounds 
contain  any  information  relevant  to  the  administration 
or  enforcement  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

(3)  The  owner  or  person  who  has  the  charge,  management  or  Assistance 
control  of  any  container,  packaging  or  vehicle  inspected  under  inspectors 
subsection  1  shall  give  an  inspector  all  reasonable  assistance  in  his 
power  to   enable  the  inspector  to   carry  out  his  duties  and 
functions  under  this  Act. 


(4)  No  person  shall,  while  an  inspector  is  exercising  his  powers  obstruction 

of 
inspectors 


or  carrying  out  his  duties  and  functions  under  this  Act,  °^ 


(a)  fail  to  comply  with  any  reasonable  request  of  the 
inspector; 

(b)  knowingly  make  any  false  or  misleading  statement 
either  verbally  or  in  writing  to  the  inspector; 

(c)  except  with  the  authority  of  the  inspector,  remove,  alter 
or  interfere  in  any  way  with  anything  removed  by  the 
inspector;  or 

id)  otherwise  obstruct  or  hinder  the  inspector. 

12.— (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  ^^g"'**^'""* 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing  products,  substances  and  organisms  to  be 
included  in  the  classes  listed  in  the  Schedule; 


(b)  establishing  divisions,  subdivisions  and  groups  of 
dangerous  goods  and  classes  thereof; 

(c)  specifying,  for  each  product,  substance  and  organism 
prescribed  under  clause  a ,  the  class  listed  in  the  Schedule 
and  the  division,  subdivision  or  group  into  which  it  falls; 

(d)  determining  or  providing  the  manner  of  determining  the 
class  listed  in  the  Schedule  and  the  division,  subdivision 
or  group  into  which  any  dangerous  goods  not  prescribed 
under  clause  a  falls; 

(e)  exempting  from  the  application  of  this  Act  and  the 
regulations  or  any  provision  thereof  the  transporting  of 
dangerous  goods  in  such  quantities  or  concentrations,  in 
such  circumstances,  for  such  purposes  or  in  such 
vehicles  as  are  specified  in  the  regulations; 

(/)  prescribing  the  manner  of  identifying  any  quantities  or 
concentrations  of  dangerous  goods  exempted  under 
clause  e; 

(g)  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  a  permit  under  clause  b 
of  subsection  1  of  section  2  shall  be  applied  for  and 
issued; 

{h )  prescribing  safety  marks,  safety  requirements  and  safety 
standards  of  general  or  particular  application; 

(i )  prescribing  shipping  documents  and  other  documents  to 
be  used  in  respect  of  the  transporting  of  dangerous  goods 
in  a  vehicle  on  a  highway,  the  information  to  be  included 
in  such  documents  and  the  persons  by  whom  and  man- 
ner in  which  such  documents  are  to  be  used  and  retained; 

ij)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  the 
regulations; 

(k)  amending  the  Schedule, 

Code,  etc.,  (2)  Any  regulation  made  under  subsection  1  may  adopt  by 

adapted  by       reference,  in  whole  or  in  part,  with  such  changes  as  the  Lieutenant 

reference  Govemor  in  Council  considers  necessary  any  code  or  standard,  or 

any  regulation  made  by  the  Government  of  Canada,  and  may 

require  compliance  with  any  code,  standard  or  regulation  that  is 

so  adopted. 

Agreements  13. — (1)  The  Minister  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Lieuten- 

rcsDCCtinc 

enforcement      ant  Govemor  in  Council,  enter  into  an  agreement  with  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Canada  with   respect  to  the  administration  and 


enforcement  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  or  any  provision 
thereof. 

(2)  An  agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  1  may  provide  Costs, 
for  any  matters  necessary  for  or  incidental  to  the  implementation,  revenues' 
administration  or  enforcement  agreed  on  and  for  the  apportion-  and  related 

"  ...  matters 

ment  of  any  costs,  expenses  or  revenues  arismg  therefrom. 

14.  In  the  event  of  any  inconsistency  between  the  regulations  inconsistent 
made  under  this  Act  and  any  orders,  rules  or  regulations  made 

under  any  other  Act,  the  regulations  made  under  this  Act  prevail 
to  the  extent  of  the  inconsistency. 

1 5 .  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  procla-  Commence- 
mation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

16.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Dangerous  Goods  Trans-  ^^^^  ^^^^ 
portation  Act,  1980. 


SCHEDULE 

Class  1  —  Explosives,  including  explosives  within  the  meaning  of  the  Explosives 
Act  (Canada) 

Class  2  —  Gases:  compressed,  deeply  refrigerated,  liquefied  or  dissolved  under 
pressure 

Class  3  —  Flammable  and  combustible  liquids 

Class  4  —  Flammable  solids;  substances  liable  to  spontaneous  combustion;  sub- 
stances that  on  contact  with  water  emit  flammable  gases 

Class  5  —  Oxidizing  substances;  organic  peroxides 

Class  6  —  Poisonous  (toxic)  and  infectious  substances 

Class  7  — 

Class  8  —  Corrosives 

Class  9  —  Miscellaneous  products,  substances  or  organisms  considered  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  be  dangerous  to  life,  health,  prop- 
erty or  the  environment  when  transported  in  a  vehicle  on  a  highway 
and  prescribed  to  be  included  in  this  class. 


t» 


H 

C!" 

ffi 

o 

•-t 

w 

o 

3 

S. 

o 

3 

H 

25 

2. 

o' 

p 

1^ 

3 

o 

o 

3 

CT) 

(/) 

ff. 

2: 

O 

o 

13 

^ 

P 

3 

D- 

a. 

(»5 


n 

B 

>i 

n 

>3 

«> 

«> 

» 

h-» 

ft 

R- 

-F>. 

R- 

V4. 

<-<■ 

V«k. 

s 

tr 

a 

OTQ 

■^ 

0^ 

o 

00 

o 


H 
cr 
ft 

d 

3 
(W 

o 
-    o 

K-     O 

00  c/i 
O   J 


o 


BILL  190  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  3  1st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting 


An  Act  respecting 
Urban  Transportation  Development  Corporation  Ltd 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is,  in  part,  to  clarify  that  Urban  Transportation 
Development  Corporation,  a  corporation  incorporated  under  the  Canada  Cor- 
porations Act  with  Ontario  being  the  sole  shareholder,  is  not  a  Crown  agency  or  an 
agent  of  the  Crown. 

It  also  provides  that  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  on  behalf  of 
Ontario,  may  guarantee  the  performance  by  Urban  Transportation  Development 
Corporation  of  any  contract  of  indemnity  to  which  the  Corporation  is  a  party. 


BILL  190  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Urban  Transportation 
Development  Corporation  Ltd. 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  In  this  Act,  "Urban  Transportation  Development  Corpora-  J"^"^'^^' 
tion"  means  the  Urban  Transportation  Development  Corporation 
Ltd.,  a  corportion  incorporated  by  letters  patent  dated  the  10th 

day  of  October,  1974  issued  under  the  Canada  Corporations  Act .    R  s.c.  1970, 

2.  It   is   hereby   declared   that   the   Urban   Transportation  Not  a  Crown 
Development  Corporation  is  not  an  agent  of  Her  Majesty  at 
common  law  nor  a  Crown  agency  within  the  meaning  of  The  ^cq  1970 
Crown  Agency  Act.  c  100 

3. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  on  behalf  of  Guaranteeing 
the  Province  of  Ontario,  on  such  terms  as  are  approved  by  order  in  of  contact" 
council,  enter  into  any  covenants  or  agreements  of  guaranty  or  °^ '"'^^'^"'^y 
indemnity  in  connection  with  any  contract  of  indemnity  to  which 
Urban  Transportation  Development  Corporation  is  a  party  and 
may  guarantee  the  observance  and  performance  by  Urban  Trans- 
portation Development  Corporation  of  any  such  contract  of  in- 
demnity or  indemnify  any  person  in  the  event  of  any  failure  by 
Urban  Transportation  Development  Corporation  to  perform  any 
such  contract  of  indemnity. 

(2)  All  moneys  required  to  be  paid  by  the  terms  of  a  guaranty  or  Payment 
indemnity  under  subsection  1  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  °  """^^^ 
Revenue  Fund. 

4 .  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

.  ,  ment 

Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Urban  Transportation  Short  title 
Development  Corporation  Ltd.  Act,  1980. 


ta 


5. 

CAl* 

H 

^ 

w 

n 

w 

o 
3 

S. 

o 

B 

H 

;z: 

3 

«^ 

n' 

C/l 

•a 
o 

;^ 

o 

3 

CA) 

in 

r+ 

:^ 

o" 

o 

3 

^ 

^ 

P 

CL 

Pi- 


2: 

o 

< 

K) 

n 

k«l 

S 

B 

to 

a- 

cr 

r* 

>3 

>3 

a. 

4i- 

r-t- 

1' 

cr 

1—' 
o 

00 

o 

S 

0^ 

cr 

3 

H 
OP  > 

O    3    3 

-a  "o  > 

O    O    O 

CL  ft>    3 
•      <  OQ 

►L 

O* 

X3 

B 
ft) 

3 


BILL  190 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting 
Urban  Transportation  Development  Corporation  Ltd. 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  190  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Urban  Transportation 
Development  Corporation  Ltd. 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  In  this  Act,  "Urban  Transportation  Development  Corpora-  ["j^p*^^" 
tion"  means  the  Urban  Transportation  Development  Corporation 
Ltd.,  a  corportion  incorporated  by  letters  patent  dated  the  10th 

day  of  October,  1974  issued  under  the  Canada  Corporations  Act.    R  s.c.  1970, 

2.  It   is   hereby   declared   that   the    Urban    Transportation  Not  a  Crown 
Development  Corporation  is  not  an  agent  of  Her  Majesty  at  ^^  "*^^ 
common  law  nor  a  Crown  agency  within  the  meaning  of  The  ^cq 

Crown  Agency  Act.  c.  100 

3. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  on  behalf  of  Guaranteeing 
the  Province  of  Ontario,  on  such  terms  as  are  approved  by  order  in  of  contra^ '^ 
council,  enter  into  any  covenants  or  agreements  of  guaranty  or  °^ '"^^"""'^y 
indemnity  in  connection  with  any  contract  of  indemnity  to  which 
Urban  Transportation  Development  Corporation  is  a  party  and 
may  guarantee  the  observance  and  performance  by  Urban  Trans- 
portation Development  Corporation  of  any  such  contract  of  in- 
demnity or  indemnify  any  person  in  the  event  of  any  failure  by 
Urban  Transportation  Development  Corporation  to  perform  any 
such  contract  of  indemnity. 

(2)  All  moneys  required  to  be  paid  by  the  terms  of  a  guaranty  or  Payment 
indemnity  under  subsection  1  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  '^  ™°"^^^ 
Revenue  Fund. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

A  J  ment 

Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Urban  Transportation  ^^^^  ^^^^^ 
Development  Corporation  Ltd.  Act,  1980. 


s  o 


Hi 


o  o 


0 

O 

•z, 

fC 

a> 

o 

n 

n 

< 

3 

;5 

n 

B 

3 

cr 

fi. 

cr 

R. 

cr 

r* 

fti 

>3 

>3 

>-s 

r-f- 

4^ 

Jir 

0«5 

Jir 

0^5 

p" 

cm 

1— « 

I— ' 

(— ' 

vO 

o 

vO 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

o 

cr 

s 

H 

o 

>-« 

> 

o 

3 

3 

-a 

> 

o 

o 

n 

*t 

i-« 

r+ 

a 

P 

o 

3 

H-- 

C/l 

O 

3 

ft 

r-t- 

0 

o 

P- 

(D 

5' 

< 

(n 

2- 

o" 

t3 

3 

n 

S 

BILL  191  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 


The  Hon.  R.  G.  Elgie 
Minister  of  Labour 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1. — Subsection  1.  The  re-enacted  subsection  5  of  section  40  will 
give  the  Minister  specific  authority  to  require  employers  to  participate  in  and 
contribute  to  the  funding  of  committees  to  facilitate  the  re-establishment  in 
employment  of  employees  who  are  being  terminated. 


Subsection  2 .     The  re-enacted  clause  b  of  subsection  6  of  section  40  clarifies 
that  contributions  to  benefit  plans  must  be  maintained  during  the  notice  period. 


Subsection  3.  The  re-enacted  subsection  7  provides  that  employers  who 
terminate  employees  without  notice  must  continue  to  pay  contributions  to  benefit 
plans  during  the  period  for  which  notice  should  have  been  given.  The  re-enacted 
provision  also  provides  that  employees  are  deemed  to  have  worked  during  the 
period  for  which  notice  should  have  been  given  in  order  that  they  will  be  entitled  to 
benefits  during  that  period. 


BILL  191  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of  the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1 . — (1)  Subsection  5  of  section  40  of  The  Employment  Standards  Act,  ^  40  (S), 
1974,  being  chapter  112,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

(5)  Where  the  Minister  so  requires,  the  employer  shall.  Duty  of 

employer 

(a)  participate  in  the  establishment  and  operation  of  a 
committee,  upon  such  terms  as  the  Minister  considers 
necessary,  to  facilitate  the  re-establishment  in  employ- 
ment of  employees  being  terminated;  and 

(b)  contribute  to  the  costs  and  expenses  of  the  establishment 
and  operation  of  the  committee  and  its  members  as 
directed  or  approved  by  the  Minister. 


(2)  Clause  b  of  subsection  6  of  the  said  section  40  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(b)  an  employer  shall  pay  during  the  period  of  notice, 

(i)  the  wages  the  employee  is  entitled  to  receive, 
which  in  no  case  shall  be  less  than  his  regular 
wages  for  a  regular  non-overtime  work  week, 
and 

(ii)  those  contributions  to  be  made  with  respect  to  a 
fund,  plan  or  arrangement  to  which  Part  X 
applies  in  order  to  maintain  the  benefits  to  which 
the  employee  is  entitled;  and 


s.  40  (6)  (b), 
re-enacted 


(3)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  40  is  repealed  and  the  following  l-^  l^SJtl 
substituted  therefor: 


re-enacted 


Where 
employment 
terminated 
contrary 
to  section 


s.  40, 
amended 


Employer's 
contributions 
deemed  to  be 
wages 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


(7)  Where  the  employment  of  an  employee  is  terminated  con 
trary  to  this  section, 


(a) 


] 


the  employer  shall  pay  termination  pay,  in  an  amount 
equal  to  the  wages  that  the  employee  would  have  been 
entitled  to  receive  at  his  regular  rate  for  a  regular  non- 
overtime  work  week  for  the  period  of  notice  prescribed 
by  subsection  1  or  2,  and  any  wages  to  which  he  is 
entitled;  I 

(b)  the  employer  shall  pay  during  the  period  of  notice  pre- 
scribed by  subsection  1  or  2  those  contributions  to  be 
made  with  respect  to  a  fund,  plan  or  arrangement  to 
which  Part  X  applies  in  order  to  maintain  the  benefits  to 
which  the  employee  is  entitled  during  that  period;  and^ 


(c)  the  employee  shall  be  deemed  during  the  period  of  notic 
prescribed  by  subsection  1  or  2  to  be  actively  employed 
on  the  same  terms  and  conditions  existing  during  his 
employment  for  the  purpose  of  entitlement  to  benefits 
under  a  plan,  fund  or  arrangement  to  which  Part  X 
applies. 


(4)  The  said  section  40  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
subsection: 

(9)  Notwithstanding  subclause  iv  of  clause />  of  section  1,  the 
contributions  to  be  made  under  subsection  6  or  7  with  respect  to  a 
fund,  plan  or  arrangement  to  which  Part  X  applies  shall,  for  the 
purposes  of  Part  XIII,  be  deemed  to  be  wages  to  which  an 
employee  is  entitled. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

3 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Employment  Standards  Amendment 
Act,  1980. 


Subsection  4.     The  proposed  subsection  9  deems  the  contributions  to  benefit 
plans  to  be  wages  for  the  purposes  of  the  administration  provisions  of  the  Act. 


S 

bo 


H 

g 

5_ 

ffl 

Eo' 

O 

n 

;z: 

<-t 

o 

f^ 

r 

P 

cr 

o 

w 

c 

f 

i-f 

o 

0«5 


a 

Pi- 
s 

On5 


o 
< 

3 
cr 


00 

o 


>3 


H 

tr 

CD 

W 
3 

!"> 

3  » 

a  3 

3    3 


BILL  192  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  revise 
The  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  Act,  1968-69 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Bill  provides  for  the  reorganization  of  the  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam 
Corporation  and  extends  its  power  with  respect  to  the  supply  of  steam.  At  present, 
the  Corporation  may  supply  steam  only  to  the  Toronto  General  Hospital,  The 
Hospital  for  Sick  Children,  Mount  Sinai  Hospital  and  Women's  College  Hospital. 
After  the  reorganization,  the  Corporation  will  be  able  to  supply  steam  to  any  user  of 
steam  located  adjacent  to  the  Corporation's  distribution  pipes.  Major  customers 
will  include  the  University  of  Toronto  and  the  Province  of  Ontario. 

The  Act  will  enable  the  Corporation  to  purchase  or  lease  the  steam  utility 
division  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners.  The  Bill  also  provides  for  the 
transfer  of  those  employees  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  and  Toronto 
General  Hospital  to  the  Corporation  who  will  be  affected  by  the  reorganization  of 
the  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation. 

The  Corporation's  board  of  directors  will  consist  of  members  appointed  by  the 
City  of  Toronto,  the  Hospitals,  the  University  of  Toronto  and  the  Minister  of 
Intergovernmental  Affairs. 


BILL  192  1980 


An  Act  to  revise 

The  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam 

Corporation  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "Board"  means  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Corpora- 
tion; 

(6)  "City"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  City  of  Toronto; 

(c)  "Corporation"  means  the  body  corporate  continued  by 
subsection  1  of  section  2; 

(d)  "Hospitals"  means  The  Trustees  of  the  Toronto  General 
Hospital,  The  Hospital  for  Sick  Children,  Mount  Sinai 
Hospital  and  Women's  College  Hospital; 

(e)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Intergovernmental 
Affairs  or  such  other  member  of  the  Executive  Council 
as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  designates; 

if)  "Participating  Institutions"  means  The  Nightingale 
School  of  Nursing,  The  Queen  Elizabeth  Hospital  and 
the  Toronto  Institute  of  Medical  Technology; 

ig)  "steam"  means  steam  or  hot  water; 

(h )  "University"  means  The  Governing  Council  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Toronto.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  1,  amended. 

PART  I 

TORONTO  DISTRICT  HEATING  CORPORATION 

2. — (1)  The  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  is  hereby  Toronto 
continued  as  a  body  corporate  without  share  capital  under  the  steam 
name  "Toronto  District  Heating  Corporation".  S'ndnued"" 


Change  not 
to  affect 
rights,  etc. 


(2)  The  change  in  the  name  of  the  Corporation  does  not  affect 
its  rights  or  obligations,  and  without  restricting  the  generality  of 
the  foregoing,  nothing  in  this  Act  affects  the  rights  of  creditors  of 
the  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  against  the  property, 
rights  and  assets  of  the  Corporation  and  all  liens  upon  the  prop- 
erty, rights  and  assets  of  the  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corpora- 
tion are  unimpaired  by  this  continuation  and  reconstitution  and 
all  debts,  contracts,  liabilities  and  duties  of  the  Toronto  Hospitals 
Steam  Corporation  are  debts,  contracts,  liabilities  and  duties  of 
the  Corporation  and  may  be  enforced  against  it  including,  without 
limitation,  the  debts  and  obligations  created  by  or  pursuant  to  a 
certain  trust  deed  dated  as  of  the  15th  day  of  December,  1972 
between  the  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  and  the  Can- 
ada Permanent  Trust  Corporation. 


Head 
office 


(3)  The  head  office  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  in  the  City  of 
Toronto. 


Seal  (4)  The  Corporation  shall  have  a  seal  which  shall  be  adopted  by 

resolution  or  by-law.     New. 


Composition 
of  Board 


3.  There  shall  be  a  board  of  directors  of  the  Corporation 
consisting  of  ten  directors  of  whom, 

(a)  four  shall  be  appointed  by  the  City,  at  least  one  of  whom 
shall  be  a  representative  of  a  user  of  steam  purchased 
from  the  Corporation,  other  than  the  Hospitals,  the 
City,  the  University  or  the  Province  of  Ontario; 

{b)  two  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Hospitals; 

(c)  two  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Minister;  and 

{d)  two  shall  be  appointed  by  the  University.  1968-69, 
c.  131,  s.  2,  part,  amended. 


Term  of 
office 


4. — (1)  Every  director  shall  be  a  resident  Canadian  and  shall, 
subject  to  subsection  2,  hold  office  during  the  pleasure  of  his 
appointor,  and  upon  the  death,  resignation  or  removal  from  office 
of  any  director,  the  appointor  of  such  director  under  section  3  may 
appoint  some  other  person  in  his  place. 


City 
appointees 


Quorum 


(2)  Every  director  appointed  by  the  City  shall  be  appointed  for 
a  term  of  office  not  exceeding  the  term  of  office  of  the  members  of 
the  council  that  made  the  appointment  and  shall  hold  office  until 
his  successor  is  appointed  and  every  such  director  is  eligible  for 
reappointment. 

(3)  Five  directors  constitute  a  quorum  at  meetings  of  the  Board. 


(4)  The  directors  shall  elect  a  chairman  from  among  the  persons  Chairman 
appointed  to  the  Board  by  the  City. 

(5)  The  chairman  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Board.    Duties  of 

chairman 

(6)  The  Board  may  appoint  one  of  its  members  to  be  vice-  Vice- 
chairman,  and,  in  the  case  of  the  absence  of  the  chairman  or  of 
there  being  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  the  chairman,  the  vice- 
chairman  shall  act  as  and  have  all  the  powers  of  the  chairman. 

(7)  In  the  absence  of  the  chairman  and  vice-chairman,  the  Acting 
Board  may  appoint  one  of  its  members  to  act  as  chairman  for  the 
time  being  and  the  person  so  appointed  shall  act  as  and  have  all  the 
powers  of  the  chairman. 

(8)  The  Corporation  may  pay  the  directors,  or  any  of  them,  Remuneration 
such  remuneration  and  expenses  as  are  from  time  to  time  recom-  expenses 
mended  by  the  Board  and  approved  by  the  City. 

(9)  Where  there  is  a  vacancy  or  vacancies  in  the  Board,  the  Vacancies 
remaining  directors  may  exercise  all  the  powers  of  the  Board  so 

long  as  a  quorum  of  the  Board  remains  in  office.     1968-69,  c.  131, 
s.  3,  amended. 

5.  The  acts  of  a  director  or  of  an  officer  are  valid  not-  VaHdity 
withstanding  any  defect  that  may  afterwards  be  discovered  in  his  directors  and 
appointment  or  qualification.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  4.  officers 

6.  Every  director  and  his  heirs,  executors  and  administrators,  indemnifica- 
and  estate  and  effects,  respectively,  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  directors 
Board,  from  time  to  time  and  at  all  times,  be  indemnified  and 

saved  harmless  out  of  the  funds  of  the  Corporation,  from  and 
against, 

(a)  any  liability  and  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses  that  he 
siistains  or  incurs  in  respect  of  any  action  or  proceeding 
that  is  proposed  or  commenced  against  him  for  or  in 
respect  of  anything  done  or  permitted  by  him  in  respect 
of  the  execution  of  the  duties  of  his  office;  and 

{b)  all  other  costs,  charges  and  expenses  that  he  sustains  or 
incurs  in  respect  of  the  affairs  of  the  Corporation,  except 
such  costs,  charges  or  expenses  as  are  occasioned  by  his 
own  wilful  neglect  or  default.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  5. 

7. — (1)  The  Board  may  authorize  the  election  from  among  the  Executive 
directors  of  an  executive  committee  consisting  of  not  fewer  than 
three  members,  at  least  one  of  whom  is  not  a  person  appointed  to 
the  Board  by  the  City. 


Delegation 
of  powers 


(2)  The  Board  may  delegate  to  the  executive  committee  any 
powers  of  the  Board,  subject  to  the  restrictions,  if  any,  imposed  by 
the  Board. 


Quorum  (3)  An  executive  committee  may  fix  its  quorum  at  not  fewer 

than  a  majority  of  its  members  and  may  make  rules  governing  its 
proceedings.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  6,  amended. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
Board 


8. — (1)  The  Board  has  the  management  and  control  of  the 
affairs  of  the  Corporation  and  has  power  to  make  by-laws  gov- 
erning its  proceedings  and  the  calling  of  meetings  of  the  Board, 
providing  for  the  appointment  of  officers  of  the  Corporation, 
specifying  the  powers,  duties  and  remuneration  of  officers, 
employees  and  agents  of  the  Corporation,  and  generally  dealing 
with  the  management  of  the  affairs  of  the  Corporation. 


Contracts 


(2)  The  Board  shall  at  its  first  meeting,  which  shall  be  held 
within  thirty  days  of  the  coming  into  force  of  this  section,  adopt  in 
the  name  of  and  on  behalf  of  the  Corporation  the  contracts, 
agreements  and  supplemental  indenture  referred  to  in  subsection 
1  of  section  29  as  negotiated  by  the  interim  committee.  1968-69, 
c.  131,  s.  7,  amended. 


Disclosure 
by  directors 
of  interests 
in  contracts 


Time  of 
declaration 


9. — (1)  Every  director  of  the  Corporation  who  is  directly  or 
indirectly  interested  in  a  contract  or  a  proposed  contract  with  the 
Corporation  shall  declare  his  interest  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board 
and,  in  respect  of  such  contract  or  proposed  contract,  shall  not 
vote  or  be  counted  in  the  quorum. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  proposed  contract,  the  declaration  required 
by  this  section  shall  be  made  at  the  meeting  of  the  Board  at  which 
the  question  of  entering  into  the  contract  is  first  taken  into  consid- 
eration or,  if  the  director  is  not  at  the  date  of  that  meeting 
interested  in  the  proposed  contract,  at  the  next  meeting  of  the 
Board  held  after  he  becomes  so  interested,  and,  in  a  case  where  the 
director  becomes  interested  in  a  contract  after  it  is  made,  the 
declaration  shall  be  made  at  the  first  meeting  of  the  Board  held 
after  be  becomes  so  interested. 


General 
notice 


(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  a  general  notice  given  to  the 
Board  by  a  director  to  the  effect  that  he  is  interested  in  any  other 
company,  institution  or  governmental  body  or  is  a  member  of  a 
specified  firm  and  is  to  be  regarded  as  interested  in  any  contract 
made  with  such  other  company,  institution,  governmental  body 
or  firm  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  sufficient  declaration  of  interest  in 
relation  to  a  contract  so  made,  but  no  such  notice  is  effective  unless 
it  is  given  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board  or  the  director  takes  reason- 
able steps  to  ensure  that  it  is  brought  up  and  read  at  the  next 
meeting  of  the  Board  after  it  is  given. 


(4)  If  a  director  has  made  a  declaration  of  his  interest  in  a  Effect  of 

,  .  , .  .  ,      ,  .  .  ,  declaration 

proposed  contract  or  contract  in  comphance  with  this  section  and 
has  not  voted  in  respect  of  the  contract,  he  is  not  accountable  to  the 
Corporation  or  to  any  of  its  creditors  for  any  profit  realized  from 
the  contract,  and  the  contract  is  not  voidable  by  reason  only  of  his 
holding  that  office  or  of  the  fiduciary  relationship  established 
thereby. 

(5)  A  director  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  an  interest  in  a  Saving 
contract  or  proposed  contract  by  reason  only  of  his  being  an 
appointee  of  a  party  referred  to  in  section  3.     New. 

10. — (1)  The  Corporations  Act,  The  Municipal  Franchises  Application  of 

R  S  O    1970 

Act  and  The  Mortmain  and  Charitable  Uses  Act  do  not  apply  to  cc.  89, 289, 
the  Corporation.  ^^° 

(2)  Section  58  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act  does  not  apply  to  the  Application  of 

R  S  O    1970, 

Corporation.      1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  9(1,  2).  c.  390,  s.  ss' 

(3)  Except  for  purposes  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Corporation 

_.      .  ^^  rAi       ^  •  .1111,  1  "ot  a  local 

Retirement  System,  The  Corporation  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  a  board 
local  board  of  the  City. 

(4)  The  Corporation  shall  be  deemed  to  have  elected  to  partici-  Partici- 
pate  in   the   Ontario   Municipal    Employees   Retirement   Sys-  o.m.e.r.s. 
tem.     New. 

1 1 .  A  copy  of  any  by-law,  resolution  or  minute  certified  by  the  Authentica- 

.  1       ,  1    r  1     ^  •  tio"  of 

secretary  or  assistant  secretary  under  the  seal  or  the  Corporation  to  by-laws,  etc. 

be  a  true  copy  may  be  received  in  evidence  in  any  court  as  prima 

facie  proof  of  its  making  and  content.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  8. 

12.  The  objects  of  the  Corporation  are  to  construct,  purchase  0''jects 
or  otherwise  acquire,  own,  lease,  maintain,  operate,  extend, 
replace  and  manage  steam  plants,  including  refuse-fired  steam 
plants,  steam  distribution  systems,  steam  condensate  return  sys- 
tems and  steam  supply  systems  within  the  City  of  Toronto  for  the 
purpose  of  supplying  steam  to  users  thereof  including,  without 
limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  acquisition  by  pur- 
chase or  lease  of  all  of  the  assets  and  undertaking  of  the  steam 
utility  division  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners.     1968-69, 

c.  131,  s.  10  (1),  amended. 

13. — (1)  The  powers  of  the  Corporation  include,  without  Powers 
limiting  the  generality  of  section  12, 

(a)  subject  to  subsection  2  of  section  10,  the  powers  confer- 
red on  a  company  incorporated  for  the  purpose  of  own- 
ing, operating  or  supplying  a  public  utility  under  The  ^^„^  '^""' 
Public  Utilities  Act,  but. 


(i)  the  Corporation  shall  notify  in  writing  the 
municipality  or  authority  on  which  duty  to  repair 
has  been  imposed  and  the  municipality  or 
authority  having  jurisdiction  over  any  highway, 
public  lane  or  public  communication  on,  over, 
under  or  across  which  the  Corporation  proposes 
to  put  down,  place,  install  and  maintain  con- 
duits, pipes,  wires,  poles,  rods,  cables,  transfor- 
mers, machinery,  apparatus,  devices,  appli- 
ances, equipment,  materials,  structures  or 
works,  and  submit  to  such  municipalities  or 
authorities  its  plans  therefor, 


(ii)  such  conduits,  pipes,  wires,  poles,  rods,  cables, 
transformers,  machinery,  apparatus,  devices, 
appliances,  equipment,  materials,  structures  or 
works  as  the  Corporation  deems  necessary  or 
desirable  on,  over,  under  or  across  any  public 
highway,  public  lane  or  public  communication 
shall  be  put  down,  placed  and  installed  in  such 
location  and  manner  as  the  municipality  or 
authority  on  which  duty  to  repair  has  been 
imposed  and  the  municipality  or  authority  hav- 
ing jurisdiction  over  any  such  highway,  lane  or 
public  communication  may  direct  any  such 
highway,  lane  or  public  communication  restored 
to  its  former  state,  and  any  dispute  between 
the  Corporation  and  such  municipalities  or 
authorities  as  to  the  location  and  manner  of  put- 
ting down,  placing  and  installing  shall  be  refer- 
red to  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  to  be  deter- 
mined, and  the  decision  of  the  Ontario  Municipal 
Board  shall  be  final, 


(iii)  the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  and  save  harm- 
less the  municipality  or  authority  on  which  duty 
to  repair  has  been  imposed  and  the  municipality 
or  authority  having  jurisdiction  over  any  such 
highway,  lane  or  public  communication  against, 
from  and  for  any  and  all  damages,  claims,  losses, 
costs  and  expenses  sustained  or  incurred  by 
reason  of  the  negligent  use,  operation,  mainten- 
ance, installation,  placing  and  putting  down  of 
the  conduits,  pipes,  wires,  poles,  rods,  cables, 
transformers,  machinery,  apparatus,  devices, 
appliances,  equipment,  materials,  structures  or 
works  by  the  Corporation,  its  agents,  servants, 
employees,  contractors  and  subcontractors; 


(b)  power  to  draw,  make,  accept,  endorse,  discount,  exe- 
cute and  issue  bills  of  exchange,  promissory  notes,  war- 
rants and  other  negotiable  or  transferable  instruments; 

(c)  power  to  acquire  by  purchase,  lease  or  otherwise  and  to 
hold  and  enjoy  any  property  or  interest  therein  what- 
soever, whether  real  or  personal,  and  to  sell,  grant, 
convey,  assign,  transfer,  lease,  mortgage,  charge, 
pledge  or  otherwise  dispose  of  or  encumber  any  such 
property  or  interest  or  any  part  thereof  from  time  to  time 
as  the  occasion  may  require,  and  to  acquire  other  prop- 
erty or  interest  therein,  in  addition  thereto  or  in  place 
thereof; 

id)  power  to  enter  into  any  agreement  or  arrangement  with 
any  person  for  the  management  in  whole  or  in  part  of  its 
undertaking; 

(e)  power  to  invest  and  deal  with  the  moneys  of  the  Cor- 
poration not  immediately  required  for  its  objects  in  such 
manner  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Board; 

(f)  power  to  pay  all  costs  and  expenses  of  or  incidental  to  the 
continuance  and  organization  of  the  Corporation,  and  to 
pay  or  reimburse  the  City  for  all  costs  and  expenses 
incurred  by  it  at  any  time  prior  to  the  date  that  this 
section  comes  into  force  in  connection  with  the  planning, 
design  or  construction  of  a  system  to  integrate  the  steam 
plants  and  steam  distribution  systems  owned  or  oper- 
ated by  Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario,  the  Toronto 
Electric  Commissioners,  the  Corporation  and  the  Uni- 
versity; 

(g)  power  to  purchase  steam  from  and  trade  steam  with 
other  suppliers  of  steam; 

{h )  power  to  carry  on  any  other  business  capable  of  being 
conveniently  carried  on  in  connection  with  the  business 
of  the  Corporation  or  likely  to  enhance  the  value  of  or 
make  profitable  any  of  the  property  or  rights  of  the 
Corporation;  and 

(i)  power  to  do  any  of  the  above  things  and  all  things 
authorized  as  principal,  agent,  contractor,  trustee  or 
otherwise,  and  either  alone  or  in  conjunction  with 
others.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  11,  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  section  55  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act,  the  J^j"^p|^\°^ 
Board  shall  conduct  the  business  of  the  Corporation  so  that  the  hospitals 
requirements  of  the  Hospitals  for  steam  throughout  the  year  for  R  so.  i97o, 


8 


their  existing  facilities  and  any  new  expansion  of  or  modification 
to  such  facilities  will  be  given  priority  over  any  other  users  of 
steam  supplied  by  the  Corporation. 


No  breach 
of  contract 


(3)  Nothing  done  under  subsection  2  shall  be  deemed  a  breach 
of  contract  by  the  Corporation  or  entitle  any  person  to  rescind  any 
contract  or  release  any  guarantor  from  the  performance  of  his 
obligation,  or  render  the  Corporation,  its  servants  or  agents  liable 
in  any  action-at-law  or  other  legal  proceedings  for  damages  or 
otherwise.     New. 


Rate= 

for  stemn 
for  named 
customer? 


14. — (1)  The  Corporation  shall  enter  into  long-term  contracts 
for  the  supply  of  steam  to  the  Hospitals,  the  Participating  Institu- 
tions, the  University  and  the  Province  of  Ontario  at  such  rates  as 
may  be  negotiated  between  the  parties  to  such  contracts,  which 
contracts  may  be  for  terms  in  excess  of  twenty  years,  and  the 
long-term  contracts  entered  into  with  the  Hospitals  and  the  Par- 
ticipating Institutions  shall  replace  the  steam  supply  agreements 
made  between  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  and  each  of 
the  Hospitals  and  the  Participating  Institutions. 


Rates  for 

other 

customers 


(2)  Subject  to  subsections  4  and  5,  the  rates  for  steam  supplied 
by  the  Corporation  to  its  customers,  other  than  those  named  in 
subsection  1,  shall  be  set  by  the  Corporation  in  such  amounts  and 
for  such  periods  of  time  as  the  Corporation  considers  appropriate 
and  in  setting  such  rates  the  Corporation  may  use  its  discretion  as 
to  the  rates  to  be  charged  to  the  various  classes  of  its  customers. 


Rates  and 
charges  for 
work, 
services, 
etc. 


(3)  The  Corporation  may  fix  the  charges  for  the  cost  of  any 
work  or  service  done  or  furnished  for  the  purpose  of  a  supply  of 
steam,  and  the  rent  of  or  charges  for  fittings,  apparatus,  meters  or 
other  things  leased  or  furnished  to  its  customers. 


Collection 

of 

accounts 


(4)  The  Corporation  may  provide  for  the  collection  of  the  rates, 
charges  and  rents  referred  to  in  subsections  1  to  3  and  the  times 
and  places  when  and  where  they  shall  be  payable,  and  for  allow- 
ing for  prepayment  or  punctual  payment  such  discounts  as  may  be 
considered  expedient. 


Appeal  (S)  Where  the  rates  referred  to  in  subsection  2  are  increased  by 

Energy  Board  the  Corporation,  a  customer  affected  thereby  may  appeal  to  the 
Ontario  Energy  Board,  which  may  fix  the  amount  of  such  rates, 
and  the  decision  of  the  Ontario  Energy  Board  is  final  and  binding. 


Idem 


(6)  A  decision  of  the  Ontario  Energy  Board  under  subsection  5 
remains  in  effect  for  the  period  of  time  for  which  the  rate  was 
originally  fixed  by  the  Corporation,  and  thereafter  until  such  time 
as  the  Corporation  changes  the  rates  under  subsection  2. 


(7)  In  fixing  rates  under  subsection  2  or  6,  the  Corporation  and  Matters 
the  Ontario  Energy  Board  shall  take  into  account  the  intent  that  considered 
the  operations  of  the  Corporation  are  to  be  financed  from  the 
revenues  of  the  Corporation.     New. 

15. — (1)  In  this  section,  "transfer  date"  when  used  in  respect  interpre- 
of  the  employees  of  the  steam  utility  division  of  the  Toronto 
Electric  Commissioners  means  the  date  on  which  the  Corporation 
assumes  liability  for  the  payment  of  the  salaries,  wages  and 
benefits  of  such  employees  by  reason  of  the  acquisition  by  pur- 
chase or  lease  of  substantially  all  of  the  assets  and  undertaking  of 
the  steam  utility  division  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners. 

(2)  Three  months  prior  to  the  transfer  date,  the  Toronto  Elec-  Transfer  of 
trie  Commissioners  shall  designate  those  of  its  employees  who  are  Toronto*  ** 
involved  in  the  operation  of  the  steam  utility  division  and  the  Electric 

„  •  11       rr  111  Commissioners, 

Corporation  shall  offer  employment  to  each  such  employee  so  wages,  etc. 
designated  commencing  on  the  transfer  date  and  at  a  wage  or 
salary  not  less  than  the  wage  or  salary  being  received  by  each  such 
employee  immediately  before  the  transfer  date. 

(3)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  is  Group 
entitled  as  a  term  of  his  employment  to  continue  as  a  member  of  insurance 
the  group  life  insurance  plan  in  which  he  was  a  member  with  the 
Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  until  the  effective  date  of  a  com- 
mon group  life  insurance  plan  covering  all  eligible  employees  of 

the  Corporation. 

(4)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  shall  Sick  leave 
continue  to  enjoy  the  rights  and  benefits  of  sick  leave  entitlement 
provided  by  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  immediately 
before  the  transfer  date  until  the  Corporation  establishes  a  sick 

leave  entitlement  plan  or  sick  leave  insurance  plan,  and  thereupon 
the  employee  shall  receive  allowance  or  credit  for  any  accrued  sick 
leave  rights  or  benefits. 

(5)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  is  Service 

credits 

entitled  as  a  term  of  his  employment  to  retain  as  service  credits 
with  the  Corporation  service  credits  with  the  Toronto  Electric 
Commissioners  as  of  the  date  of  transfer  for  the  purpose  of  estab- 
lishing vacation  entitlement  and  seniority  for  promotion. 

(6)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  shall  be  Continuation 
deemed  to  continue  as  a  member  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  o.m.e.r.s. 
Employees  Retirement  System  on  his  transfer  date,  and  The  RS.o.  i97o, 
Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  System  Act  applies  to  ^'  ^^'^ 
such  person  as  a  member  of  the  System. 

(7)  When  a  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  Suppie- 
with  the  Corporation  is  entitled  immediately  before  his  transfer  Agreements 


10 


date  to  the  benefit  of  any  supplementary  agreement  between  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  Board  and  the  Toronto 
Electric  Commissioners,  the  Corporation  shall  assume,  in  respect 
of  the  person,  all  rights  and  obligations  under  the  supplementary 
agreement  as  if  the  Corporation  had  been  a  party  to  the  agreement 
in  the  place  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners. 


Termination 

for 

cause 


Existing 
collective 
agreements 


(8)  Subject  to  any  collective  agreement,  nothing  in  this  section 
prevents  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  prior  to  the  transfer 
date  or  the  Corporation  after  the  transfer  date  from  terminating 
the  employment  of  an  employee  for  cause. 

(9)  Subject  to  subsections  3  to  7,  every  person  who  accepts 
employment  under  this  section  and  who  is  part  of  a  bargaining 
unit,  as  recognized  by  the  existence  of  a  collective  agreement,  or 
agreements,  between  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners,  and  a 
union,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  employed  by  the  Corporation  on  the 
transfer  date,  pursuant  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  employment 
as  set  out  in  such  collective  agreement,  or  agreements,  and  the 
Corporation  shall  be  bound  by,  and  be  deemed  a  party  to,  such 
collective  agreement,  or  agreements,  on  the  transfer  date.     New. 


Transfer  of 

Toronto 

General 

Hospital 

employees, 

wages,  etc. 


Pensions 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  324 


16. — (1)  Within  fifteen  days  of  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  order 
of  the  Minister,  which  day  shall  be  prior  to  the  coming  into  force  of 
section  30,  the  Toronto  General  Hospital  shall  designate  those  of 
its  employees  who  are  involved  in  the  operation  of  the  steam  plant 
and  distribution  system  of  the  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corpora- 
tion, and  the  interim  committee  referred  to  in  subsection  1  of 
section  29  on  behalf  of  the  Corporation  shall  offer  to  employ  each 
such  employee  so  designated  on  the  day  section  30  comes  into 
force,  which  day  shall  be  known  as  the  "transfer  date",  on  terms 
and  conditions,  including  recognition  of  service  and  seniority 
credits,  not  less  favourable  than  those  being  recognized  or 
received  by  or  provided  to  each  such  employee  immediately  before 
the  day  section  30  comes  into  force. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  4  of  section  10,  a  person  who 
accepts  employment  under  this  section  shall  be  deemed  to  con- 
tinue as  a  member  of  the  Hospitals  of  Ontario  Pension  Plan  on  his 
transfer  date  and,  notwithstanding  section  8  of  The  Ontario 
Municipal  Employees  Retirement  System  Act,  the  Corporation 
shall  make  such  contributions  to  the  Hospitals  of  Ontario  Pension 
Plan  as  it  may,  from  time  to  time,  be  required  to  make. 


Termination 

for 

cause 


Existing 
collective 
agreements 


(3)  Subject  to  any  collective  agreement,  nothing  in  subsection  1 
prevents  the  Toronto  General  Hospital  prior  to  the  day  section  30 
comes  into  force  or  the  Corporation  after  that  day  from  terminat- 
ing the  employment  of  an  employee  for  cause. 

(4)  Every  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section 
and  who  is  part  of  a  bargaining  unit,  as  recognized  by  the  existence 


11 

of  a  collective  agreement,  or  agreements,  between  the  Toronto 
General  Hospital,  and  a  union,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  employed  by 
the  Corporation  on  the  transfer  date,  pursuant  to  the  terms  and 
conditions  of  employment  as  set  out  in  such  collective  agreement, 
or  agreements,  and  the  Corporation  shall  be  bound  by,  and  be 
deemed  a  party  to,  such  collective  agreement,  or  agreements,  on 
the  transfer  date.     New. 

1  7. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  City,  the  Corporation  Borrowing 
may  from  time  to  time  borrow  or  raise  by  way  of  loan  such  sums  of 
money  as  the  Corporation  may  consider  requisite  for  any  of  the 
purposes  of  the  Corporation  in  either  or  both  of  the  following 
ways, 

(a)  by  loans  from  the  City;  or 

{b)  by  loans  from  any  chartered  bank  or  banks  or  from  any 
other  person  either  by  way  of  bank  overdraft  or  loan  as 
the  Board  may  determine,  provided  that  any  such  over- 
draft or  loan  shall  be  required  for  current  expenditures  of 
the  Corporation  pending  the  collection  of  revenue  and 
shall  be  payable  within  one  year  of  the  incurring  or 
making  thereof,  and  may  mortgage,  charge,  pledge  and 
otherwise  encumber  all  or  any  part  of  the  property  of  the 
Corporation,  whether  real  or  personal,  present  or 
future,  including  its  book  debts,  rights,  powers,  fran- 
chises and  undertakings,  to  secure  any  such  loan. 

(2)  The  purposes  of  the  Corporation,  without  limiting  the  gen-  Purposes 
erality  thereof,  include, 

(a)  the  carrying  out  of  the  powers  of  the  Corporation  men- 
tioned in  section  13; 

{b)  the  payment,  refunding  or  renewal  from  time  to  time  of 
the  whole  or  any  part  of  any  sum  or  sums  of  money  raised 
by  way  of  loan  or  of  any  debentures  issued  by  the  Cor- 
poration; and 

(c)  the  payment  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  any  obligation, 
liability  or  indebtedness  of  the  Corporation. 

(3)  The  Corporation  may  enter  into  supplemental  indentures  Amendment 
amending  the  trust  deed  referred  to  in  subsection  2  of  section  2  on  deed 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  may  be  approved  by  the  Board  to 

reflect  the  continuation  and  reconstitution  of  the  Corporation 
effected  by  this  Act  and  may  mortgage,  charge,  pledge  and  other- 
wise encumber  all  or  any  part  of  the  property  of  the  Corporation, 
whether  real  or  personal,  present  or  future,  including  its  book 
debts,  rights,  powers,  franchises  and  undertakings,  to  secure  the 


12 


Priority  of 
payment  of 
debentures 


debentures  issued  pursuant  to  the  trust  deed  and  outstanding  on 
the  date  of  execution  of  any  such  supplemental  indenture. 

(4)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  contained,  the  assets  of 
the  Corporation  shall  be  used  to  pay,  as  they  accrue  due,  the 
principal  of,  premium  (if  any)  and  interest  (including  interest  on 
interest)  on  the  debentures  issued  under  the  trust  deed  in  priority 
to  any  other  debts  or  obligations  of  the  Corporation  existing  at  the 
date  any  such  payment  on  the  debentures  accrues  due. 


Proviso 


(5)  Subsection  4  does  not  affect  the  security  for  any  debt  or 
obligation  of  the  Corporation  or  any  lien  against  the  Corporation 
or  its  assets,  where  the  security  or  lien  is  provided  for  under  any 
other  Act.     New. 


Auditor 


18.  The  accounts  and  financial  transactions  of  the  Corpora- 
tion shall  be  audited  annually  by  the  auditor  of  the  City.     New. 


Financial 
report 


19.  The  Board  shall  make  a  financial  report  annually  to  the 
City  in  such  form  and  containing  such  information  as  the  City 
requires  for  each  fiscal  year  of  the  Corporation  within  three 
months  after  the  end  of  that  fiscal  year,  or  for  such  other  periods 
and  within  such  other  time  or  times  as  the  City  requires  and  a  copy 
of  each  annual  financial  report  shall  be  sent  to  each  of  the  Hospi- 
tals, the  Participating  Institutions,  the  University  and  the  Minis- 
ter.    New. 


PART  II 


POWERS  OF  THE  CITY 


Provision 

of 

funds 


2  O .  The  City  is  authorized  and  empowered  to  provide  funds  to 
the  Corporation  to  enable  it  to  carry  out  its  objects  and  the  funds 
advanced  to  the  Corporation  by  the  City  shall  be  on  such  terms  as 
the  City  may  from  time  to  time  determine.     New. 


Refuse-fired 
steam  plant 


21.  The  City  may, 

(a)  design  and  construct  a  steam  plant  fired  in  part  by  refuse 
on  the  lands  acquired  by  the  City  from  Gulf  Canada 
Limited  on  Lake  Shore  Boulevard  East  in  the  City  of 
Toronto  between  Cherry  Street  and  the  Don  River; 

{b)  participate  with  any  person,  including  The  Municipality 
of  Metropolitan  Toronto,  the  Corporation  and  any 
ministry  or  agency  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  or,  with 
the  approval  of  the  Minister,  the  Government  of  Can- 
ada, in  the  financing,  ownership  or  operation  of  the 
steam  plant  referred  to  in  clause  a;  and 


13 

(c)  sell,  lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  the  lands  referred  to  in 
clause  a.     New. 

22.  Notwithstanding  subsection    1   of  section   293   of  The  Assent  of 
Municipal  Act,  a  by-law  providing  money  for  the  purposes  of  required"" 
section  20  or  2 1  does  not  require  the  assent  of  the  electors.     New.  RS.o.  1970, 

c.  284 


PART  III 

GENERAL 

23.  Subject  to  section  24,  upon  the  acquisition  by  purchase  or  Assumption 
lease  of  all  of  the  assets  and  undertaking  of  the  steam  utility  obligation 
division  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners,  the  Corporation 
shall  assume  and  discharge  the  liabilities,  debts,  contractual 
obligations  and  commitments  of  the  steam  utility  division  of  the 
Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  and  the  Toronto  Electric  Com- 
missioners shall  be  released  therefrom.     New. 

24. — (1)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  any  agreements  Frustration 
for  steam  services  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  may  have  Hydro 
with  its  steam  customers  at  the  date  of  its  transfer  of  its  steam  agreement 

for  steam 

distribution  system  under  section  12,  all  agreements  which  the  services 
Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  may  have  with  steam  customers 
at  the  date  of  such  transfer  will,  on  the  date  of  such  transfer,  cease 
to  have  any  legal  effect  and  will  be  unenforceable. 

(2)  As  against  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners,  all  judg-  Existing 
ments  or  orders  of  any  court  dealing  with  the  interpretation  of  any  etc. 
agreement  referred  to  in  subsection  1  shall,  from  the  date  of  the 
transfer  referred  to  in  that  subsection,  be  assumed  by  and  be 
enforceable  against  the  Corporation  and  the  Corporation  shall 
indemnify  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  in  respect  of  any 

such  judgment  or  order  enforced  against  the  Toronto  Electric 
Commissioners  after  the  date  of  the  transfer. 

(3)  Subsection  1  does  not  affect  or  prejudice  any  right  of  any  Rights 
person  arising  out  of  any  agreement  referred  to  in  subsection  1  if  affected 
the  cause  of  action  arose  prior  to  the  day  of  the  transfer  of  the 
steam  distribution  system  referred  to  in  that  subsection  and  any 
action,  litigation  or  other  proceeding  may  be  brought  against  the 
Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  with  respect  to  any  such  right  or 
may  be  continued  and  finally  adjudicated  upon  to  the  same  extent 

as  if  this  Act  had  not  been  passed  and  the  Corporation  shall 
assume  the  liability  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  arising 
out  of  any  such  right  and  shall  indemnify  the  Toronto  Electric 
Commissioners  with  respect  to  any  judgment  or  order  arising 
therefrom. 


14 


Notice 


(4)  Notice  of  any  action,  litigation  or  other  proceeding  to  which 
subsection  3  applies  shall  be  served  on  the  Corporation  by  the 
Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  and  the  Corporation  may  be  a 
party  to  any  such  action,  litigation  or  other  proceeding.     New. 


Steam 
plant 


25.  Nothing  in  this  Act  restricts  the  right  of  The  Hospital  for 
Sick  Children  to  require  a  reconveyance  to  it  of  the  steam  plant  site 
described  in  the  trust  deed  referred  to  in  subsection  2  of  section  2 
upon  payment  of  an  amount  equal  to  the  purchase  price  of 
approximately  $475,000  if  the  said  site  is  no  longer  used  by  the 
Corporation  for  the  purposes  of  a  steam  plant  supplying  steam  to 
the  Hospitals  and  the  Participating  Institutions  and,  if  such  right 
is  exercised,  to  require  the  Corporation,  at  its  expense,  to  level  the 
said  site  to  grade.     New. 


Application  of 
R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  208 


26.  The  steam  plant  of  the  Corporation  located  on  the  steam 
plant  site  described  in  the  trust  deed  referred  to  in  subsection  2  of 
section  2  and  all  related  equipment  and  facilities  and  any  other  site 
used  to  generate  the  supply  of  steam  are  deemed  to  be  a  hospital 
and  persons  employed  thereat  are  deemed  to  be  hospital 
employees  for  the  purposes  of  The  Hospital  Labour  Disputes 
Arbitration  Act  as  long  as  steam  generated  therefrom  is  being 
supplied  to  the  Hospitals  and  Participating  Institutions  or  any  of 
them.     New. 


Grants  by 

municipalities 

to 

Corporation 

authorized 

R.S.O. 

c.  284 


1970, 


Authority 
of 

Lieutenant 
Governor 
in  Council 


27.  The  operations  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  deemed  not  to 
be  a  manufacturing  business  or  other  industrial  or  commercial 
enterprise  for  the  purposes  of  section  248  of  The  Municipal 

Act.     New. 

28.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Minister,  may  by  order  authorize  all  such  acts  or 
things  not  specifically  provided  for  in  this  Act  that  are  considered 
necessary  or  advisable  to  carry  out  effectively  the  purposes  of  this 
Act.     New. 


Transitional 
provisions 


29. — (1)  Within  sixty  days  of  the  coming  into  force  of  this 
section,  the  City  shall  appoint  an  interim  committee  composed  of 
four  persons  which  shall  have  the  power  on  behalf  of  the  Corpora- 
tion to  negotiate  and  settle  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  con- 
tracts referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  14,  a  supplemental 
indenture  amending  the  trust  deed  as  referred  to  in  subsection  3  of 
section  17,  and  the  agreements  for  steam  services  to  replace  the 
agreements  referred  to  in  section  24. 


Idem 


(2)  The  interim  committee  shall  report  to  the  Minister  forth- 
with after  it  has  settled  with  the  other  parties  thereto  the  terms  and 
conditions  of  the  contracts,  agreements  and  supplemental 
indenture  referred  to  in  subsection  1. 


IS 

(3)  The  offers  of  employment  referred  to  in  subsection  2  of  Offers  of 
section  15  shall  be  made  by  the  interim  committee  on  behalf  of  the  ^"^^  oy^^n 
Corporation  where  the  transfer  date  of  the  employees  affected  by 
that  section  is  a  day  less  than  three  months  after  the  coming  into 
force  of  section  30.     New. 

30.  The  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  Act,  1968-69,  Repeal 
being  chapter  131,  is  repealed. 

31. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  2  to  15,  17  to  28  and  30,  Commence- 
comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  2  to  15,  17  to  28  and  30  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  Wem 
be  named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

32.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Toronto  District  Heating  Short  title 
Corporation  Act,  1980. 


I 


bo 


1— 1 

K 

r-f- 

o 

'^ 

QTQ 

O 
< 

H 

n 

•-1 

3 

p 

3 

^ 

3 

w 

E 

> 

CO 

ti 

B. 


o 

< 

rvj 

n 

h.^ 

S 

B 

Oj 

a. 

cr 

"^ 

>3 

1— » 

>3 

R- 

-1^ 

a- 

s' 

cr 

s" 

c^ 

o 

Orq 

1  H 

2  §  !^ 
cr.  S-  > 
2  °  o 

3      HH  '^ 

>   O  O 

^      IS.  f» 

<-^  < 

H- '    £13  ^, 

ON   f? 
O   p 

3 


BILL  192 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  revise 
The  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  Act,  1968-69 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  192  1980 


An  Act  to  revise 

The  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam 

Corporation  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "Board"  means  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Corpora- 
tion; 

(b)  "City"  means  The  Corporation  of  the  City  of  Toronto; 

(c)  "Corporation"  means  the  body  corporate  continued  by 
subsection  1  of  section  2; 

(d)  "Hospitals"  means  The  Trustees  of  the  Toronto  General 
Hospital,  The  Hospital  for  Sick  Children,  Mount  Sinai 
Hospital  and  Women's  College  Hospital; 

(e)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Intergovernmental 
Affairs  or  such  other  member  of  the  Executive  Council 
as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  designates; 

(/)  "Participating  Institutions"  means  The  Nightingale 
School  of  Nursing,  The  Queen  Elizabeth  Hospital  and 
the  Toronto  Institute  of  Medical  Technology; 

(g)  "steam"  means  steam  or  hot  water; 

{h )  "University"  means  The  Governing  Council  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Toronto.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  1,  amended. 

PART  I 

TORONTO  DISTRICT  HEATING  CORPORATION 

2. — (1)  The  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  is  hereby  Toronto 

,  ,       ,  ^  .  ,  ,  .      ,  1        xi       Hospitals 

contmued  as  a  body  corporate  without  share  capital  under  the  steam 
name  "Toronto  District  Heating  Corporation".  S'ndnLed''" 


Change  not 
to  affect 
rights,  etc. 


(2)  The  change  in  the  name  of  the  Corporation  does  not  affect 
its  rights  or  obligations,  and  without  restricting  the  generahty  of 
the  foregoing,  nothing  in  this  Act  affects  the  rights  of  creditors  of 
the  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  against  the  property, 
rights  and  assets  of  the  Corporation  and  all  liens  upon  the  prop- 
erty, rights  and  assets  of  the  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corpora- 
tion are  unimpaired  by  this  continuation  and  reconstitution  and 
all  debts,  contracts,  liabilities  and  duties  of  the  Toronto  Hospitals 
Steam  Corporation  are  debts,  contracts,  liabilities  and  duties  of 
the  Corporation  and  may  be  enforced  against  it  including,  without 
limitation,  the  debts  and  obligations  created  by  or  pursuant  to  a 
certain  trust  deed  dated  as  of  the  15th  day  of  December,  1972 
between  the  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  and  the  Can- 
ada Permanent  Trust  Corporation. 


Head 
office 


(3)  The  head  office  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  in  the  City  of 
Toronto. 


Seal  (4)  The  Corporation  shall  have  a  seal  which  shall  be  adopted  by 

resolution  or  by-law.     New. 

Composition         3.  There  shall  be  a  board  of  directors  of  the  Corporation 

of  Board  .     .  -  , .  r       1 

consistmg  of  ten  directors  or  whom, 

(a)  four  shall  be  appointed  by  the  City,  at  least  one  of  whom 
shall  be  a  representative  of  a  user  of  steam  purchased 
from  the  Corporation,  other  than  the  Hospitals,  the 
City,  the  University  or  the  Province  of  Ontario; 

{b)  two  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Hospitals; 

(c)  two  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Minister;  and 

{d)  two  shall  be  appointed  by  the  University.  1968-69, 
c.  131,  s.  2,  part,  amended. 


Term  of 
office 


4. — (1)  Every  director  shall  be  a  resident  Canadian  and  shall, 
subject  to  subsection  2,  hold  office  during  the  pleasure  of  his 
appointor,  and  upon  the  death,  resignation  or  removal  from  office 
of  any  director,  the  appointor  of  such  director  under  section  3  may 
appoint  some  other  person  in  his  place. 


City 
appointees 


(2)  Every  director  appointed  by  the  City  shall  be  appointed  for 
a  term  of  office  not  exceeding  the  term  of  office  of  the  members  of 
the  council  that  made  the  appointment  and  shall  hold  office  until 
his  successor  is  appointed  and  every  such  director  is  eligible  for 
reappointment. 


Quorum 


(3)  Five  directors  constitute  a  quorum  at  meetings  of  the  Board. 


(4)  The  directors  shall  elect  a  chairman  from  among  the  persons 
appointed  to  the  Board  by  the  City. 


Chairman 


(5)  The  chairman  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Board.    Duties  of 

chairman 

(6)  The  Board  may  appoint  one  of  its  members  to  be  vice-  vice- 
chairman,  and,  in  the  case  of  the  absence  of  the  chairman  or  of 
there  being  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  the  chairman,  the  vice- 
chairman  shall  act  as  and  have  all  the  powers  of  the  chairman. 

(7)  In  the  absence  of  the  chairman  and  vice-chairman,  the  Acting 
Board  may  appoint  one  of  its  members  to  act  as  chairman  for  the 
time  being  and  the  person  so  appointed  shall  act  as  and  have  all  the 
powers  of  the  chairman. 

(8)  The  Corporation  may  pay  the  directors,  or  any  of  them.  Remuneration 
such  remuneration  and  expenses  as  are  from  time  to  time  recom-  expenses 
mended  by  the  Board  and  approved  by  the  City. 

(9)  Where  there  is  a  vacancy  or  vacancies  in  the  Board,  the  Vacancies 
remaining  directors  may  exercise  all  the  powers  of  the  Board  so 

long  as  a  quorum  of  the  Board  remains  in  office.     1968-69,  c.  131, 
s.  3,  amended. 

5.  The  acts  of  a  director  or  of  an  officer  are  valid  not-  Validity 
withstanding  any  defect  that  may  afterwards  be  discovered  in  his  directors  and 
appointment  or  qualification.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  4.  officers 

6.  Every  director  and  his  heirs,  executors  and  administrators,  indemnifica- 
and  estate  and  effects,  respectively,  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  directors 
Board,  from  time  to  time  and  at  all  times,  be  indemnified  and 

saved  harmless  out  of  the  funds  of  the  Corporation,  from  and 
against, 

(a)  any  liability  and  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses  that  he 
sustains  or  incurs  in  respect  of  any  action  or  proceeding 
that  is  proposed  or  commenced  against  him  for  or  in 
respect  of  anything  done  or  permitted  by  him  in  respect 
of  the  execution  of  the  duties  of  his  office;  and 

(b)  all  other  costs,  charges  and  expenses  that  he  sustains  or 
incurs  in  respect  of  the  affairs  of  the  Corporation,  except 
such  costs,  charges  or  expenses  as  are  occasioned  by  his 
own  wilful  neglect  or  default.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  5. 


7. — (1)  The  Board  may  authorize  the  election  from  among  the 
directors  of  an  executive  committee  consisting  of  not  fewer  than 
three  members,  at  least  one  of  whom  is  not  a  person  appointed  to 
the  Board  by  the  City. 


Executive 
committee 


Delegation 
of  powers 


Quorum 


(2)  The  Board  may  delegate  to  the  executive  committee  any 
powers  of  the  Board,  subject  to  the  restrictions,  if  any,  imposed  by 
the  Board. 

(3)  An  executive  committee  may  fix  its  quorum  at  not  fewer 
than  a  majority  of  its  members  and  may  make  rules  governing  its 
proceedings.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  6,  amended. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
Board 


8. — (1)  The  Board  has  the  management  and  control  of  the 
affairs  of  the  Corporation  and  has  power  to  make  by-laws  gov- 
erning its  proceedings  and  the  calling  of  meetings  of  the  Board, 
providing  for  the  appointment  of  officers  of  the  Corporation, 
specifying  the  powers,  duties  and  remuneration  of  officers, 
employees  and  agents  of  the  Corporation,  and  generally  dealing 
with  the  management  of  the  affairs  of  the  Corporation. 


Contracts  (2)  The  Board  shall  at  its  first  meeting,  which  shall  be  held 

within  thirty  days  of  the  coming  into  force  of  this  section,  adopt  in 
the  name  of  and  on  behalf  of  the  Corporation  the  contracts, 
agreements  and  supplemental  indenture  referred  to  in  subsection 
1  of  section  29  as  negotiated  by  the  interim  committee.  1968-69, 
c.  131,  s.  7,  amended. 


Disclosure 
by  directors 
of  interests 
in  contracts 


Time  of 
declaration 


9. — (1)  Every  director  of  the  Corporation  who  is  directly  or 
indirectly  interested  in  a  contract  or  a  proposed  contract  with  the 
Corporation  shall  declare  his  interest  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board 
and,  in  respect  of  such  contract  or  proposed  contract,  shall  not 
vote  or  be  counted  in  the  quorum. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  proposed  contract,  the  declaration  required 
by  this  section  shall  be  made  at  the  meeting  of  the  Board  at  which 
the  question  of  entering  into  the  contract  is  first  taken  into  consid- 
eration or,  if  the  director  is  not  at  the  date  of  that  meeting 
interested  in  the  proposed  contract,  at  the  next  meeting  of  the 
Board  held  after  he  becomes  so  interested,  and,  in  a  case  where  the 
director  becomes  interested  in  a  contract  after  it  is  made,  the 
declaration  shall  be  made  at  the  first  meeting  of  the  Board  held 
after  be  becomes  so  interested. 


General 
notice 


(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  a  general  notice  given  to  the 
Board  by  a  director  to  the  effect  that  he  is  interested  in  any  other 
company,  institution  or  governmental  body  or  is  a  member  of  a 
specified  firm  and  is  to  be  regarded  as  interested  in  any  contract 
made  with  such  other  company,  institution,  governmental  body 
or  firm  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  sufficient  declaration  of  interest  in 
relation  to  a  contract  so  made,  but  no  such  notice  is  effective  unless 
it  is  given  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board  or  the  director  takes  reason- 
able steps  to  ensure  that  it  is  brought  up  and  read  at  the  next 
meeting  of  the  Board  after  it  is  given. 


(4)  If  a  director  has  made  a  declaration  of  his  interest  in  a  Effect  of 
proposed  contract  or  contract  in  compliance  with  this  section  and 

has  not  voted  in  respect  of  the  contract,  he  is  not  accountable  to  the 
Corporation  or  to  any  of  its  creditors  for  any  profit  realized  from 
the  contract,  and  the  contract  is  not  voidable  by  reason  only  of  his 
holding  that  office  or  of  the  fiduciary  relationship  established 
thereby. 

(5)  A  director  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  an  interest  in  a  Saving 
contract  or  proposed  contract  by  reason  only  of  his  being  an 
appointee  of  a  party  referred  to  in  section  3.     New. 

10. — (1)  The  Corporations  Act,  The  Municipal  Franchises  Application  of 
Act  and  The  Mortmain  and  Charitable  Uses  Act  do  not  apply  to  cc.  89, 289, ' 
the  Corporation.  28o 

(2)  Section  58  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act  does  not  apply  to  the  Application  of 

R  S  O    1970 

Corporation.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  9  (1,  2).  c.  390,  s.  ss' 

(3)  Except  for  purposes  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Corporation 
Retirement  System,  The  Corporation  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  a  board 
local  board  of  the  City. 

(4)  The  Corporation  shall  be  deemed  to  have  elected  to  partici-  Partici- 
pate  in   the   Ontario   Municipal    Employees   Retirement   Sys-  o.m.e.r.s. 
tem.     New. 

1 1 .  A  copy  of  any  by-law,  resolution  or  minute  certified  by  the  Authentica- 
secretary  or  assistant  secretary  under  the  seal  01  the  Corporation  to  by-laws,  etc. 
be  a  true  copy  may  be  received  in  evidence  in  any  court  as  prima 

facie  proof  of  its  making  and  content.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  8. 

12.  The  objects  of  the  Corporation  are  to  construct,  purchase  Objects 
or  otherwise  acquire,  own,  lease,  maintain,  operate,  extend, 
replace  and  manage  steam  plants,  including  refuse-fired  steam 
plants,  steam  distribution  systems,  steam  condensate  return  sys- 
tems and  steam  supply  systems  within  the  City  of  Toronto  for  the 
purpose  of  supplying  steam  to  users  thereof  including,  without 
limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  acquisition  by  pur- 
chase or  lease  of  all  of  the  assets  and  undertaking  of  the  steam 
utility  division  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners.     1968-69, 

c.  131,  s.  10  (1),  amended. 

13. — (1)  The  powers  of  the  Corporation  include,  without  Powers 
limiting  the  generality  of  section  12, 

(a)  subject  to  subsection  2  of  section  10,  the  powers  confer- 
red on  a  company  incorporated  for  the  purpose  of  own- 
ing, operating  or  supplying  a  public  utility  under  The  ^^„^  ^^'^°' 
Public  Utilities  Act,  but. 


(i)  the  Corporation  shall  notify  in  writing  the 
municipality  or  authority  on  which  duty  to  repair 
has  been  imposed  and  the  municipality  or 
authority  having  jurisdiction  over  any  highway, 
public  lane  or  public  communication  on,  over, 
under  or  across  which  the  Corporation  proposes 
to  put  down,  place,  install  and  maintain  con- 
duits, pipes,  wires,  poles,  rods,  cables,  transfor- 
mers, machinery,  apparatus,  devices,  appli- 
ances, equipment,  materials,  structures  or 
works,  and  submit  to  such  municipalities  or 
authorities  its  plans  therefor. 


(ii)  such  conduits,  pipes,  wires,  poles,  rods,  cables, 
transformers,  machinery,  apparatus,  devices, 
appliances,  equipment,  materials,  structures  or 
works  as  the  Corporation  deems  necessary  or 
desirable  on,  over,  under  or  across  any  public 
highway,  public  lane  or  public  communication 
shall  be  put  down,  placed  and  installed  in  such 
location  and  manner  as  the  municipality  or 
authority  on  which  duty  to  repair  has  been 
imposed  and  the  municipality  or  authority  hav- 
ing jurisdiction  over  any  such  highway,  lane  or 
public  communication  may  direct  any  such 
highway,  lane  or  public  communication  restored 
to  its  former  state,  and  any  dispute  between 
the  Corporation  and  such  municipalities  or 
authorities  as  to  the  location  and  manner  of  put- 
ting down,  placing  and  installing  shall  be  refer- 
red to  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  to  be  deter- 
mined, and  the  decision  of  the  Ontario  Municipal 
Board  shall  be  final. 


(iii)  the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  and  save  harm- 
less the  municipality  or  authority  on  which  duty 
to  repair  has  been  imposed  and  the  municipality 
or  authority  having  jurisdiction  over  any  such 
highway,  lane  or  public  communication  against, 
from  and  for  any  and  all  damages,  claims,  losses, 
costs  and  expenses  sustained  or  incurred  by 
reason  of  the  negligent  use,  operation,  mainten- 
ance, installation,  placing  and  putting  down  of 
the  conduits,  pipes,  wires,  poles,  rods,  cables, 
transformers,  machinery,  apparatus,  devices, 
appliances,  equipment,  materials,  structures  or 
works  by  the  Corporation,  its  agents,  servants, 
employees,  contractors  and  subcontractors; 


1 


(b)  power  to  draw,  make,  accept,  endorse,  discount,  exe- 
cute and  issue  bills  of  exchange,  promissory  notes,  war- 
rants and  other  negotiable  or  transferable  instruments; 

(c)  power  to  acquire  by  purchase,  lease  or  otherwise  and  to 
hold  and  enjoy  any  property  or  interest  therein  what- 
soever, whether  real  or  personal,  and  to  sell,  grant, 
convey,  assign,  transfer,  lease,  mortgage,  charge, 
pledge  or  otherwise  dispose  of  or  encumber  any  such 
property  or  interest  or  any  part  thereof  from  time  to  time 
as  the  occasion  may  require,  and  to  acquire  other  prop- 
erty or  interest  therein,  in  addition  thereto  or  in  place 
thereof; 

(d)  power  to  enter  into  any  agreement  or  arrangement  with 
any  person  for  the  management  in  whole  or  in  part  of  its 
undertaking; 

(e)  power  to  invest  and  deal  with  the  moneys  of  the  Cor- 
poration not  immediately  required  for  its  objects  in  such 
manner  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Board; 

(/)  power  to  pay  all  costs  and  expenses  of  or  incidental  to  the 
continuance  and  organization  of  the  Corporation,  and  to 
pay  or  reimburse  the  City  for  all  costs  and  expenses 
incurred  by  it  at  any  time  prior  to  the  date  that  this 
section  comes  into  force  in  connection  with  the  planning, 
design  or  construction  of  a  system  to  integrate  the  steam 
plants  and  steam  distribution  systems  owned  or  oper- 
ated by  Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario,  the  Toronto 
Electric  Commissioners,  the  Corporation  and  the  Uni- 
versity; 

(g)  power  to  purchase  steam  from  and  trade  steam  with 
other  suppliers  of  steam; 

{h )  power  to  carry  on  any  other  business  capable  of  being 
conveniently  carried  on  in  connection  with  the  business 
of  the  Corporation  or  likely  to  enhance  the  value  of  or 
make  profitable  any  of  the  property  or  rights  of  the 
Corporation;  and 

(i)  power  to  do  any  of  the  above  things  and  all  things 
authorized  as  principal,  agent,  contractor,  trustee  or 
otherwise,  and  either  alone  or  in  conjunction  with 
others.     1968-69,  c.  131,  s.  11,  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  section  55  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act,  the  l^J'^\f 
Board  shall  conduct  the  business  of  the  Corporation  so  that  the  hospitals 
requirements  of  the  Hospitals  for  steam  throughout  the  year  for  R so.  i97o. 


8 


their  existing  facilities  and  any  new  expansion  of  or  modification 
to  such  facilities  will  be  given  priority  over  any  other  users  of 
steam  supplied  by  the  Corporation. 


No  breach 
of  contract 


(3)  Nothing  done  under  subsection  2  shall  be  deemed  a  breach 
of  contract  by  the  Corporation  or  entitle  any  person  to  rescind  any 
contract  or  release  any  guarantor  from  the  performance  of  his 
obligation,  or  render  the  Corporation,  its  servants  or  agents  liable 
in  any  action-at-law  or  other  legal  proceedings  for  damages  or 
otherwise.     New. 


Rates 
for  steam 
for  named 
customers 


14. — (1)  The  Corporation  shall  enter  into  long-term  contracts 
for  the  supply  of  steam  to  the  Hospitals,  the  Participating  Institu- 
tions, the  University  and  the  Province  of  Ontario  at  such  rates  as 
may  be  negotiated  between  the  parties  to  such  contracts,  which 
contracts  may  be  for  terms  in  excess  of  twenty  years,  and  the 
long-term  contracts  entered  into  with  the  Hospitals  and  the  Par- 
ticipating Institutions  shall  replace  the  steam  supply  agreements 
made  between  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  and  each  of 
the  Hospitals  and  the  Participating  Institutions. 


Rates  for 

other 

customers 


(2)  Subject  to  subsections  4  and  5,  the  rates  for  steam  supplied 
by  the  Corporation  to  its  customers,  other  than  those  named  in 
subsection  1 ,  shall  be  set  by  the  Corporation  in  such  amounts  and 
for  such  periods  of  time  as  the  Corporation  considers  appropriate 
and  in  setting  such  rates  the  Corporation  may  use  its  discretion  as 
to  the  rates  to  be  charged  to  the  various  classes  of  its  customers. 


Rates  and 
charges  for 
work, 
services, 
etc. 


(3)  The  Corporation  may  fix  the  charges  for  the  cost  of  any 
work  or  service  done  or  furnished  for  the  purpose  of  a  supply  of 
steam,  and  the  rent  of  or  charges  for  fittings,  apparatus,  meters  or 
other  things  leased  or  furnished  to  its  customers. 


Collection 

of 

accounts 


(4)  The  Corporation  may  provide  for  the  collection  of  the  rates, 
charges  and  rents  referred  to  in  subsections  1  to  3  and  the  times 
and  places  when  and  where  they  shall  be  payable,  and  for  allow- 
ing for  prepayment  or  punctual  payment  such  discounts  as  may  be 
considered  expedient. 


Appeal  (5)  Where  the  rates  referred  to  in  subsection  2  are  increased  by 

Energy  Board  the  Corporation,  a  customer  affected  thereby  may  appeal  to  the 
Ontario  Energy  Board,  which  may  fix  the  amount  of  such  rates, 
and  the  decision  of  the  Ontario  Energy  Board  is  final  and  binding. 


Idem  (6)  A  decision  of  the  Ontario  Energy  Board  under  subsection  5 

remains  in  effect  for  the  period  of  time  for  which  the  rate  was 
originally  fixed  by  the  Corporation,  and  thereafter  until  such  time 
as  the  Corporation  changes  the  rates  under  subsection  2. 


(7)  In  fixing  rates  under  subsection  2  or  6,  the  Corporation  and  Matters 
the  Ontario  Energy  Board  shall  take  into  account  the  intent  that  considered 
the  operations  of  the  Corporation  are  to  be  financed  from  the 
revenues  of  the  Corporation.     New. 

15. — (1)  In  this  section,  "transfer  date"  when  used  in  respect  interpre- 
of  the  employees  of  the  steam  utility  division  of  the  Toronto 
Electric  Commissioners  means  the  date  on  which  the  Corporation 
assumes  liability  for  the  payment  of  the  salaries,  wages  and 
benefits  of  such  employees  by  reason  of  the  acquisition  by  pur- 
chase or  lease  of  substantially  all  of  the  assets  and  undertaking  of 
the  steam  utility  division  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners. 

(2)  Three  months  prior  to  the  transfer  date,  the  Toronto  Elec-  Transfer  of 
trie  Commissioners  shall  designate  those  of  its  employees  who  are  xoronto^^  ° 
involved  in  the  operation  of  the  steam  utility  division  and  the  Electric 

y-i  •  n       re  i  i  i  i  Commissioners, 

Corporation  shall  offer  employment  to  each  such  employee  so  wages,  etc. 
designated  commencing  on  the  transfer  date  and  at  a  wage  or 
salary  not  less  than  the  wage  or  salary  being  received  by  each  such 
employee  immediately  before  the  transfer  date. 

(3)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  is  Group 
entitled  as  a  term  of  his  employment  to  continue  as  a  member  of  insurance 
the  group  life  insurance  plan  in  which  he  was  a  member  with  the 
Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  until  the  effective  date  of  a  com- 
mon group  life  insurance  plan  covering  all  eligible  employees  of 

the  Corporation. 

(4)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  shall  Sick  leave 
continue  to  enjoy  the  rights  and  benefits  of  sick  leave  entitlement 
provided  by  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  immediately 
before  the  transfer  date  until  the  Corporation  establishes  a  sick 

leave  entitlement  plan  or  sick  leave  insurance  plan,  and  thereupon 
the  employee  shall  receive  allowance  or  credit  for  any  accrued  sick 
leave  rights  or  benefits. 

(5)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  is  Service 
entitled  as  a  term  of  his  employment  to  retain  as  service  credits 
with  the  Corporation  service  credits  with  the  Toronto  Electric 
Commissioners  as  of  the  date  of  transfer  for  the  purpose  of  estab- 
lishing vacation  entitlement  and  seniority  for  promotion. 

(6)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  shall  be  Continuation 
deemed  to  continue  as  a  member  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  o.mT.r.s!" 
Employees  Retirement  System  on  his  transfer  date,  and  T/^e  R  so.  i97o, 
Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  System  Act  applies  to  *^     ^ 
such  person  as  a  member  of  the  System. 

(7)  When  a  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  Suppie- 
with  the  Corporation  is  entitled  immediately  before  his  transfer  ^^eements 


10 


Termination 

for 

cause 


Existing 
collective 
agreements 


date  to  the  benefit  of  any  supplementary  agreement  between  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  Board  and  the  Toronto 
Electric  Commissioners,  the  Corporation  shall  assume,  in  respect 
of  the  person,  all  rights  and  obligations  under  the  supplementary 
agreement  as  if  the  Corporation  had  been  a  party  to  the  agreement 
in  the  place  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners. 

(8)  Subject  to  any  collective  agreement,  nothing  in  this  section 
prevents  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  prior  to  the  transfer 
date  or  the  Corporation  after  the  transfer  date  from  terminating 
the  employment  of  an  employee  for  cause. 

(9)  Subject  to  subsections  3  to  7,  every  person  who  accepts 
employment  under  this  section  and  who  is  part  of  a  bargaining 
unit,  as  recognized  by  the  existence  of  a  collective  agreement,  or 
agreements,  between  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners,  and  a 
union,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  employed  by  the  Corporation  on  the 
transfer  date,  pursuant  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  employment 
as  set  out  in  such  collective  agreement,  or  agreements,  and  the 
Corporation  shall  be  bound  by,  and  be  deemed  a  party  to,  such 
collective  agreement,  or  agreements,  on  the  transfer  date.     New. 


Transfer  of 

Toronto 

General 

Hospital 

employees, 

wages,  etc. 


Pensions 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  324 


16. — (1)  Within  fifteen  days  of  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  order 
of  the  Minister,  which  day  shall  be  prior  to  the  coming  into  force  of 
section  30,  the  Toronto  General  Hospital  shall  designate  those  of 
its  employees  who  are  involved  in  the  operation  of  the  steam  plant 
and  distribution  system  of  the  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corpora- 
tion, and  the  interim  committee  referred  to  in  subsection  1  of 
section  29  on  behalf  of  the  Corporation  shall  offer  to  employ  each 
such  employee  so  designated  on  the  day  section  30  comes  into 
force,  which  day  shall  be  known  as  the  "transfer  date",  on  terms 
and  conditions,  including  recognition  of  service  and  seniority 
credits,  not  less  favourable  than  those  being  recognized  or 
received  by  or  provided  to  each  such  employee  immediately  before 
the  day  section  30  comes  into  force. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  4  of  section  10,  a  person  who 
accepts  employment  under  this  section  shall  be  deemed  to  con- 
tinue as  a  member  of  the  Hospitals  of  Ontario  Pension  Plan  on  his 
transfer  date  and,  notwithstanding  section  8  of  The  Ontario 
Municipal  Employees  Retirement  System  Act,  the  Corporation 
shall  make  such  contributions  to  the  Hospitals  of  Ontario  Pension 
Plan  as  it  may,  from  time  to  time,  be  required  to  make. 


Termination 

for 

cause 


Existing 
collective 
agreements 


(3)  Subject  to  any  collective  agreement,  nothing  in  subsection  1 
prevents  the  Toronto  General  Hospital  prior  to  the  day  section  30 
comes  into  force  or  the  Corporation  after  that  day  from  terminat- 
ing the  employment  of  an  employee  for  cause. 

(4)  Every  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section 
and  who  is  part  of  a  bargaining  unit,  as  recognized  by  the  existence 


11 

of  a  collective  agreement,  or  agreements,  between  the  Toronto 
General  Hospital,  and  a  union,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  employed  by 
the  Corporation  on  the  transfer  date,  pursuant  to  the  terms  and 
conditions  of  employment  as  set  out  in  such  collective  agreement, 
or  agreements,  and  the  Corporation  shall  be  bound  by,  and  be 
deemed  a  party  to,  such  collective  agreement,  or  agreements,  on 
the  transfer  date.     New. 

1 7. — (1)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  City,  the  Corporation  Borrowing 
may  from  time  to  time  borrow  or  raise  by  way  of  loan  such  sums  of 
money  as  the  Corporation  may  consider  requisite  for  any  of  the 
purposes  of  the  Corporation  in  either  or  both  of  the  following 
ways, 

(a)  by  loans  from  the  City;  or 

(6)  by  loans  from  any  chartered  bank  or  banks  or  from  any 
other  person  either  by  way  of  bank  overdraft  or  loan  as 
the  Board  may  determine,  provided  that  any  such  over- 
draft or  loan  shall  be  required  for  current  expenditures  of 
the  Corporation  pending  the  collection  of  revenue  and 
shall  be  payable  within  one  year  of  the  incurring  or 
making  th,ereof,  and  may  mortgage,  charge,  pledge  and 
otherwise  encumber  all  or  any  part  of  the  property  of  the 
Corporation,  whether  real  or  personal,  present  or 
future,  including  its  book  debts,  rights,  powers,  fran- 
chises and  undertakings,  to  secure  any  such  loan. 

(2)  The  purposes  of  the  Corporation,  without  limiting  the  gen-  Purposes 
erality  thereof,  include, 

(a)  the  carrying  out  of  the  powers  of  the  Corporation  men- 
tioned in  section  13; 

(6)  the  payment,  refunding  or  renewal  from  time  to  time  of 
the  whole  or  any  part  of  any  sum  or  sums  of  money  raised 
by  way  of  loan  or  of  any  debentures  issued  by  the  Cor- 
poration; and 

(c)  the  payment  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  any  obligation, 
liability  or  indebtedness  of  the  Corporation, 

(3)  The  Corporation  may  enter  into  supplemental  indentures  Amendment 
amending  the  trust  deed  referred  to  in  subsection  2  of  section  2  on  deed 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  may  be  approved  by  the  Board  to 

reflect  the  continuation  and  reconstitution  of  the  Corporation 
effected  by  this  Act  and  may  mortgage,  charge,  pledge  and  other- 
wise encumber  all  or  any  part  of  the  property  of  the  Corporation, 
whether  real  or  personal,  present  or  future,  including  its  book 
debts,  rights,  powers,  franchises  and  undertakings,  to  secure  the 


12 


debentures  issued  pursuant  to  the  trust  deed  and  outstanding  on 
the  date  of  execution  of  any  such  supplemental  indenture. 


Priority  of 
payment  of 
debentures 


(4)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  contained,  the  assets  of 
the  Corporation  shall  be  used  to  pay,  as  they  accrue  due,  the 
principal  of,  premium  (if  any)  and  interest  (including  interest  on 
interest)  on  the  debentures  issued  under  the  trust  deed  in  priority 
to  any  other  debts  or  obligations  of  the  Corporation  existing  at  the 
date  any  such  payment  on  the  debentures  accrues  due. 


Proviso  (5)  Subsection  4  does  not  affect  the  security  for  any  debt  or 

obligation  of  the  Corporation  or  any  lien  against  the  Corporation 
or  its  assets,  where  the  security  or  lien  is  provided  for  under  any 
other  Act.     New. 

Auditor  ig.  The  accounts  and  financial  transactions  of  the  Corpora- 

tion shall  be  audited  annually  by  the  auditor  of  the  City.     New. 


Financial 
report 


19.  The  Board  shall  make  a  financial  report  annually  to  the 
City  in  such  form  and  containing  such  information  as  the  City 
requires  for  each  fiscal  year  of  the  Corporation  within  three 
months  after  the  end  of  that  fiscal  year,  or  for  such  other  periods 
and  within  such  other  time  or  times  as  the  City  requires  and  a  copy 
of  each  annual  financial  report  shall  be  sent  to  each  of  the  Hospi- 
tals, the  Participating  Institutions,  the  University  and  the  Minis- 
ter.    New. 


PART  II 


POWERS  OF  THE  CITY 


Provision 

of 

funds 


Refuse-fired 
steam  plant 


2  0 .  The  City  is  authorized  and  empowered  to  provide  funds  to 
the  Corporation  to  enable  it  to  carry  out  its  objects  and  the  funds 
advanced  to  the  Corporation  by  the  City  shall  be  On  such  terms  as 
the  City  may  from  time  to  time  determine.     New. 

2 1 .  The  City  may, 

(a)  design  and  construct  a  steam  plant  fired  in  part  by  refuse 
on  the  lands  acquired  by  the  City  from  Gulf  Canada 
Limited  on  Lake  Shore  Boulevard  East  in  the  City  of 
Toronto  between  Cherry  Street  and  the  Don  River; 

(6)  participate  with  any  person,  including  The  Municipality 
of  Metropolitan  Toronto,  the  Corporation  and  any 
ministry  or  agency  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  or,  with 
the  approval  of  the  Minister,  the  Government  of  Can- 
ada, in  the  financing,  ownership  or  operation  of  the 
steam  plant  referred  to  in  clause  a;  and 


13 


(c)  sell,  lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  the  lands  referred  to  in 
clause  a.     New. 

22.  Notwithstanding  subsection    1   of  section   293   of  The  Assent  of 
Municipal  Act,  a  by-law  providing  money  for  the  purposes  of  requh-ed"'' 
section  20  or  2 1  does  not  require  the  assent  of  the  electors.     New.  RS.o.  1970, 

c.  284 


PART  III 


GENERAL 

23.  Subject  to  section  24,  upon  the  acquisition  by  purchase  or  Assumption 
lease  of  all  of  the  assets  and  undertaking  of  the  steam  utility  obligation 
division  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners,  the  Corporation 
shall  assume  and  discharge  the  liabilities,  debts,  contractual 
obligations  and  commitments  of  the  steam  utility  division  of  the 
Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  and  the  Toronto  Electric  Com- 
missioners shall  be  released  therefrom.     New. 

24. — (1)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  any  agreements  Frustration 
for  steam  services  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  may  have  Hydro 
with  its  steam  customers  at  the  date  of  its  transfer  of  its  steam  agreement 

.  .  .  1  •    1      1       '°''  steam 

distribution  system  under  section  12,  all  agreements  which  the  services 
Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  may  have  with  steam  customers 
at  the  date  of  such  transfer  will,  on  the  date  of  such  transfer,  cease 
to  have  any  legal  effect  and  will  be  unenforceable. 


(2)  As  against  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners,  all  judg-  Existing 
ments  or  orders  of  any  court  dealing  with  the  interpretation  of  any  etc. 
agreement  referred  to  in  subsection  1  shall,  from  the  date  of  the 
transfer  referred  to  in  that  subsection,  be  assumed  by  and  be 
enforceable  against  the  Corporation  and  the  Corporation  shall 
indemnify  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  in  respect  of  any 

such  judgment  or  order  enforced  against  the  Toronto  Electric 
Commissioners  after  the  date  of  the  transfer. 

(3)  Subsection  1  does  not  affect  or  prejudice  any  right  of  any  Rights 
person  arising  out  of  any  agreement  referred  to  in  subsection  1  if  affected 
the  cause  of  action  arose  prior  to  the  day  of  the  transfer  of  the 
steam  distribution  system  referred  to  in  that  subsection  and  any 
action,  litigation  or  other  proceeding  may  be  brought  against  the 
Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  with  respect  to  any  such  right  or 

may  be  continued  and  finally  adjudicated  upon  to  the  same  extent 
as  if  this  Act  had  not  been  passed  and  the  Corporation  shall 
assume  the  liability  of  the  Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  arising 
out  of  any  such  right  and  shall  indemnify  the  Toronto  Electric 
Commissioners  with  respect  to  any  judgment  or  order  arising 
therefrom. 


14 


NoUce  (4)  Notice  of  any  action,  litigation  or  other  proceeding  to  which 

subsection  3  applies  shall  be  served  on  the  Corporation  by  the 
Toronto  Electric  Commissioners  and  the  Corporation  may  be  a 
party  to  any  such  action,  litigation  or  other  proceeding.     New. 


Steam 

plant 

site 


25.  Nothing  in  this  Act  restricts  the  right  of  The  Hospital  for 
Sick  Children  to  require  a  reconveyance  to  it  of  the  steam  plant  site 
described  in  the  trust  deed  referred  to  in  subsection  2  of  section  2 
upon  payment  of  an  amount  equal  to  the  purchase  price  of 
approximately  $475,000  if  the  said  site  is  no  longer  used  by  the 
Corporation  for  the  purposes  of  a  steam  plant  supplying  steam  to 
the  Hospitals  and  the  Participating  Institutions  and,  if  such  right 
is  exercised,  to  require  the  Corporation,  at  its  expense,  to  level  the 
said  site  to  grade.     New. 


Application  of 
R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  208 


26.  The  steam  plant  of  the  Corporation  located  on  the  steam 
plant  site  described  in  the  trust  deed  referred  to  in  subsection  2  of 
section  2  and  all  related  equipment  and  facilities  and  any  other  site 
used  to  generate  the  supply  of  steam  are  deemed  to  be  a  hospital 
and  persons  employed  thereat  are  deemed  to  be  hospital 
employees  for  the  purposes  of  The  Hospital  Labour  Disputes 
Arbitration  Act  as  long  as  steam  generated  therefrom  is  being 
supplied  to  the  Hospitals  and  Participating  Institutions  or  any  of 
them.     New. 


27.  The  operations  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  deemed  not  to 
;  a  manufacturing  business  or  other  industrial  or  commercial 
enterprise  for  the  purposes  of  section  248  of  The  Municipal 


Grants  by 

municip  1  les    ^^  ^  manufacturing  business  or  other  industrial  or  commercial 

Corporation 
authorized 

R.S.O.  iQ7n     Act.     New. 


c.  284 


1970, 


Authority 
of 

Lieutenant 
Governor 
in  Council 


28.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Minister,  may  by  order  authorize  all  such  acts  or 
things  not  specifically  provided  for  in  this  Act  that  are  considered 
necessary  or  advisable  to  carry  out  effectively  the  purposes  of  this 
Act.     New. 


Transitional 
provisions 


29. — (1)  Within  sixty  days  of  the  coming  into  force  of  this 
section,  the  City  shall  appoint  an  interim  committee  composed  of 
four  persons  which  shall  have  the  power  on  behalf  of  the  Corpora- 
tion to  negotiate  and  settle  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  con- 
tracts referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  14,  a  supplemental 
indenture  amending  the  trust  deed  as  referred  to  in  subsection  3  of 
section  17,  and  the  agreements  for  steam  services  to  replace  the 
agreements  referred  to  in  section  24. 


Idem 


(2)  The  interim  committee  shall  report  to  the  Minister  forth- 
with after  it  has  settled  with  the  other  parties  thereto  the  terms  and 
conditions  of  the  contracts,  agreements  and  supplemental 
indenture  referred  to  in  subsection  1. 


15 

(3)  The  offers  of  employment  referred  to  in  subsection  2  of  Offers  of 
section  IS  shall  be  made  by  the  interim  committee  on  behalf  of  the  ^"^^  oy^^nt 
Corporation  where  the  transfer  date  of  the  employees  affected  by 
that  section  is  a  day  less  than  three  months  after  the  coming  into 
force  of  section  30.     New. 

30.  The  Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Corporation  Act,  1968-69,  Repeal 
being  chapter  131,  is  repealed. 

31. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  2  to  15,  17  to  28  and  30,  Commence- 
comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  ^^^ 

(2)  Sections  2  to  IS,  17  to  28  and  30  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  Wem 
be  named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

32.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Toronto  District  Heating  Short  title 
Corporation  Act,  1980. 


n 

H 

s. 

1— 1 
3 

ffi 

(-1- 

o 

n 

;z; 

QPQ 

O 

< 

H 

n 

3 

r 

3 

^ 

3 

w 

E 

O 

d 

"^ 

fD 

a> 

o 

n 

n 

< 

3 

;5 

B 

s 

re 

3 

cr 

Ci- 

cr 

?:i. 

cr 

"r* 

>a 

1-1 

>3 

ft 

>3 

H- ' 

I—" 

h-i 

ISJ 

g- 

jT 

Orci 

p- 

cr 

^ 

1— ' 

H- 

H-^ 

vO 

vO 

o 

00 

00 

00 

o 

O 

o 

> 

3 


K^       W      (-h 

>  o  o 

vO    ^  t/1 
ON   ^     « 

3 


BILL  193  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  purpose  of  the  re-enacted  subsection  3  of  section  45  is  to 
make  it  mandatory  for  a  municipal  council  to  fill  a  vacancy  that  occurs  after  March 
31st  in  an  election  year  and  more  than  forty-five  days  prior  to  nomination  day 
for  the  elections  to  be  held  in  that  year. 


Section  2 .  This  section  enables  all  local  municipalities  to  pay  gratuities  to 
injured  members  of  fire  brigades  and  give  pecuniary  aid  to  their  widows.  At 
present,  under  paragraph  6  of  section  363,  only  urban  municipalities  have  this 
power.  Section  363  will  be  repealed  under  section  12  of  this  Bill. 


Section  3.  The  purpose  ofthe  amendments  to  section  248a  is  to  expand  the 
existing  powers  of  a  municipality  to  make  grants.  The  proposed  amendments  to 
section  248a  make  certain  other  provisions  of  the  Act  redundant  and  complemen- 
tary amendments  are  made  to  the  Act  by  this  Bill  to  repeal  the  redundant  provi- 
sions. 


BILL  193  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 


1 .  Subsection  3  of  section  45  of  The  Municipal  Act,  being  chapter  284  *  '^^  (^'' 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  121,  section  11,  is  repealed  and 

the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  in  the  office  of  a  member  of  the  Vacancy 
council  of  a  local  municipality  after  the  31st  day  of  March  of  an  March  3ist 
election  year  as  defined  in  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977,  the  Je^^'^*"""" 
vacancy  shall  not  be  filled  by  a  new  election  as  provided  in  1977,  c.  62 
subsection  1  or  2  but  the  council  shall  fill  such  vacancy  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  section  44  within  forty-five  days  after 
the  day  that  the  vacancy  occurs,  but  where  the  vacancy  occurs  less 
than  forty-six  days  prior  to  nomination  day  for  the  election  to  be 
held  in  that  year  the  vacancy  need  not  be  filled. 

2.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section:    ».  239a, 

239a.  Thecouncilof  every  local  municipality  may  pass  by-laws  ^}^^ 
for  granting  gratuities  to  the  members  of  the  fire  brigade  who  have 
become  incapacitated  for  service  on  account  of  injuries  or  ill- 
health  caused  by  accident  or  exposure  at  fires,  or  from  old  age  or 
inability  to  perform  their  duties,  and  for  granting  pecuniary  aid  or 
other  assistance  to  the  widows  and  children  of  persons  killed  by 
accident  while  in  the  discharge  of  their  duties  at  fires,  or  who  die 
from  injuries  received  or  from  illness  contracted  while  in  the 
service  of  the  municipality  as  fire  fighters. 

3. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  248a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  ^  ^'^^.^i' 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  136,  section  3  and  amended 
by  1975,  chapter  56,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


General 
power 
to  make 
grants 


(1)  Notwithstanding  any  special  provision  in  this  Act  or  in  any 
other  general  or  special  Act  related  to  the  making  of  grants  or 
granting  of  aid  by  the  council  of  a  municipality,  the  council  of 
every  municipality  may,  subject  to  section  248,  make  grants,  on 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  to  security  and  otherwise  as  the 
council  may  consider  expedient,  to  any  person,  institution,  associ- 
ation, group  or  body  of  any  kind,  including  a  fund,  within  or 
outside  the  boundaries  of  the  municipality  for  any  purpose  that,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  council,  is  in  the  interests  of  the  municipality. 


s.  248a  (2,  4), 
re-enacted 


Loans, 

guarantees, 

etc. 


(2)  Subsections  2  and  4  of  the  said  section  248fl,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  56,  section  1,  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(2)  The  power  to  make  a  grant  includes, 


(a)  the  power  to  guarantee  a  loan  and  to  make  a  grant  by 
way  of  loan  and  to  charge  interest  on  the  loan; 

(b)  the  power  to  sell  or  lease  land  for  nominal  consideration 
or  to  make  a  grant  of  land,  where  the  land  being  sold, 
leased  or  granted  is  owned  by  the  municipality  but  is  no 
longer  required  for  its  purposes,  and  includes  the  power 
to  provide  for  the  use  by  any  person  of  land  owned  or 
occupied  by  the  municipality  upon  such  terms  and  con- 
ditions as  may  be  fixed  by  the  council; 

(c)  the  power  to  sell,  lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of,  at  a 
nominal  price,  or  to  make  a  grant  of,  any  furniture, 
equipment,  machinery,  vehicles  or  other  personal  prop- 
erty of  the  municipality  or  to  provide  for  the  use  thereof 
by  any  person  on  such  conditions  as  may  be  fixed  by  the 
council;  and 

id)  the  power  to  make  donations  of  foodstuffs  and  mer- 
chandise purchased  by  the  municipality  for  such  pur- 
pose. 


Interpre- 
tation 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  118 


(4)  In  this  section, 

(a)  "land"  includes  a  building  or  structure  or  a  part  thereof; 

(b)  "person"  includes  a  municipality  as  defined  in  The 
Municipal  Affairs  Act  and  includes  a  metropolitan,  reg- 
ional and  district  municipality  and  the  Count\  ot 
Oxford. 


ss.  248i),  248c, 
enacted 


4.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
sections: 


Section  4.  The  proposed  section  2485  confers  a  general  power  on 
municipalities  to  offer  awards  and  gifts  to  persons  whose  actions  or  achievements 
are  worthy  of  note  and  allows  municipalities  to  establish  competitions  and  award 
prizes. 

The  proposed  section  248c  confers  a  general  power  on  municipalities  to 
provide  scholarships,  awards  and  prizes. 

These  new  provisions  make  certain  other  provisions  of  the  Act  redundant  and 
complementary  amendments  are  made  to  the  Act  by  this  Bill  to  repeal  the  redun- 
dant provisions. 


Section  5.  Section  249  authorizes  municipalities  and  local  boards  of 
municipalities  to  destroy  receipts,  vouchers  and  other  documents  and  records  with 
the  approval  of  the  Ministry  or  in  accordance  with  a  by-law  passed  under  clause  b 
of  subsection  1  of  that  section.  The  proposed  subsections  3  to  5  establish  procedures 
for  the  destruction  of  such  documents  where  a  local  board  is  a  local  board  of  more 
than  one  municipality. 


Section  6.  The  proposed  section  254a  authorizes  municipalities  and  the 
Crown  to  enter  into  and  perform  the  agreements  set  out  in  clauses  a,  b  and  c  of 
subsection  2. 


3 
2486.  The  council  of  every  municipality  may  provide  for,        Awards 

and 
competitions 

(a)  offering  awards  and  gifts  to  persons  whose  actions  or 
achievements  are,  in  the  opinion  of  council,  worthy  of 
note;  and 

(b)  establishing  competitions  and  awarding  prizes  therefor. 

248c . — (1)  The  council  of  every  municipality  may  pass  by-laws  Fellowships, 
for  providing  fellowships,  scholarships  and  other  similar  prizes 
and  for  paying  all  or  part  of  the  costs  incurred  or  to  be  incurred  by 
any  person,  including  an  officer  or  servant  of  the  municipality,  as 
a  result  of  his  attendance  at  an  educational  institution  or  as  a  result 
of  his  enrollment  elsewhere  in  any  program  or  course  of  instruc- 
tion, training  or  education. 

(2)  In  this  section,  "costs"  includes  tuition  fees,  costs  of  books  interpre- 

11  •    1  1  •  •  -1  tation 

and  other  materials  used  m  connection  with  a  course  or  program, 
and  costs  of  food,  travel  and  accommodation. 

5.   Section  249  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  ^  ^49, 

.  .  ./  o  amended 

following  subsections: 

(3)  Where  a  local  board  is  a  local  board  of  more  than  one  H"*^*'  boards 

.    .  .  .  of  more 

municipality,  the  local  board  may  destroy  its  receipts,  vouchers,  than  one 
instruments,  rolls  or  other  documents,  records  and  papers,  municipality 

(a)  after  having  obtained  the  approval  of  the  Ministry;  or 

(b)  in  accordance  with  a  resolution  passed  by  the  board  and 
approved  by  a  majority  of  the  municipalities  for  which 
the  board  is  a  local  board  if  such  majority  of 
municipalities  is  represented  by  at  least  one-half  of  the 
municipally  appointed  members  on  the  local  board 
and  also  if  the  resolution  has  been  approved  by  the 
auditor  of  the  local  board. 

(4)  A  resolution  passed  under  subsection  3  shall  establish  Retention 

•  •     1       1       •  1  •    1       1  •  schedules 

schedules  of  retention  periods  during  which  the  receipts,  vou- 
chers, instruments,  rolls  and  other  documents,  records  and  papers 
must  be  kept  by  the  local  board. 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  3,  a  member  of  a  municipal  interp*"^" 

•  11  1  •  1  »  tation 

council  who  serves  pursuant  to  this  or  any  other  Act  as  an  ex 
officio  member  of  a  local  board  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  munici- 
pally appointed  member  of  that  local  board. 

;  6.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  *  2S4a, 
section: 


Interpre- 
tation 


254a. — (1)  In  this  section,  "Crown"  means  Her  Majesty  the 
Queen  in  right  of  Ontario  and  includes  any  agency,  board  or 
commission  thereof. 


Agreements 

with 

Crown 


Jurisdiction 


(2)  A  municipality  and  the  Crown  may  enter  into  and  perform 
agreements  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  may  be  set  out  in  the 
agreement, 

(a)  for  the  use  of, 

(i)    any  of  the  real  and  personal  property,  and 
(ii)    the  services  of  any  of  the  officers  and  servants, 
of  the  municipality  or  the  Crown; 

(b)  for  the  supply  of  any  service,  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  municipality; 


(c)  for  jointly  acquiring  any  real  or  personal  property. 


I 


(3)  For  the  purposes  of  carrying  out  agreements  entered  into 
under  this  section,  the  territorial  jurisdiction  of  the  council  of  a 
municipality  is  not  confined  to  the  municipality  that  it  represents. 


s.  293  (2)  (e), 
re-enacted 


7. — (1)  Clause  e  of  subsection  2  of  section  293  of  the  said  Act  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(e)  agreements  for  area  fire  protection  under  clause  c  of 
paragraph  25  of  subsection  1  of  section  354. 


s.  293  (3)  (b), 
amended 


(2)  Clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  293,  as  amended  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  124,  section  5,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "37,  44,  71"  in  the  second  line. 


s.  293  (3), 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  2  93 ,  as  amended  by  the  Sta- 
tutes of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  124,  section  5,  1973,  chapter 
83,  section  3,  1976,  chapter  69,  section  4,  1977,  chapter  48, 
section  5  and  1979,  chapter  63,  section  5,  is  further  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 


iq)  under  section  248a  in  respect  of  public  hospitals, 
including  municipal  hospitals,  public  sanatoria,  or 
municipal  isolation  hospitals  and  nurses'  residences 
therewith; 

(r)  under  section  248a  in  respect  of  the  maintenance  or 
operation  of  a  public  park  outside  the  municipality; 


Section  7 . — Subsection  1 .  Subsection  2  of  section  2  93  deems  certain  debts 
not  to  be  debts,  the  payment  of  which  is  not  provided  for  in  the  estimates  of  the 
current  year.  The  re-enactment  of  clause  e  is  complementary  to  the  amendment  of 
paragraph  25  of  subsection  1  of  section  354  of  the  Act,  as  set  out  in  subsection  2  of 
section  10  of  the  Bill  and  the  repeal  of  paragraph  3  of  section  376  of  the  Act,  as  set 
out  in  section  15  of  the  Bill. 


Subsections  2 ,  3 .  Subsection  3  of  section  2  93  exempts  certain  by-laws  from 
the  requirement  for  the  assent  of  the  electors  where  a  debt  will  be  incurred.  The 
proposed  amendments  to  clause  e  and  the  proposed  clauses  g,  r  and  5  are  com- 
plementary to  the  enactment  of  section  248o  of  the  Act  as  set  out  in  section  3  of  the 
Bill.  The  proposed  clause  t  is  complementary  to  the  re-enactment  of  paragraph  25 
of  subsection  1  of  section  354  of  the  Act  as  set  out  in  subsection  2  of  section  10  of  the 
Bill. 


Section  8.  Section  351  provides  for  the  establishment  of  institutions  for  the 
reclamation  of  habitual  drunkards  and  provides  for  the  committal  of  habitual 
drunkards  to  such  institutions  with  or  without  hard  labour.  The  section  is  consi- 
dered to  be  unduly  oppressive.  However,  under  the  proposed  paragraph  62c  of 
section  354  (1)  as  set  out  in  subsection  6  of  section  10  of  the  Bill  a  general  power  to 
establish  treatment  centres  for  alcoholics  will  be  given  to  all  local  municipalities. 

Section  9. — Subsection  1.  The  repealed  paragraphs  of  section  352  will  no 
longer  be  necessary  because  of  the  expanded  powers  to  make  grants  under  section 
248a,  the  broadened  power  to  pay  tuition  fees  under  section  248c  and  the 
broadened  powers  respecting  municipal  organizations  set  out  in  the  proposed 
amendments  to  section  352  of  the  Act  as  set  out  in  sections  3,  4  and  9  of  this  Bill. 


Subsections  2 ,  3 .  References  to  municipal  grants  to  aviation  research  are 
removed  from  paragraph  9  by  the  proposed  re-enactment.  Such  grants  will  be 
payable  under  the  proposed  amendments  to  section  248o  of  the  Act  as  set  out  in 
section  2  of  the  Bill.  The  reference  in  the  present  paragraph  9  to  "air  harbours  and 
landing  grounds"  is  changed  to  "aerodromes".  This  reflects  the  terminology  now  in 
use  in  the  Air  Regulations. 

The  power  to  join  municipal  unions  and  other  associations  is  broadened  under 
the  proposed  re-enactment  of  paragraphs  10  and  13. 


(s)  under  section  248a  in  respect  of  the  Royal  Botanical 
Gardens;  or 

(t)  for  providing  money  for  the  acquisition  of  land  and  the 
erection  of  buildings  required  for  the  purpose  of  a  fire 
department  and  for  the  acquisition  and  installation  of 
fire  engines,  apparatus  and  appliances  for  use  in  con- 
nection with  the  fire-fighting  and  fire  protection  services 
offered  by  the  fire  department. 

8.  Section  351  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  s.  3Si, 

repealed 

9. — (1)  The  following  paragaphs  of  section  352  of  the  said  Act  are  ^  ^^h 

"  '^         ^   ^  certain 

repealed;  paragraphs 

repealed 

1.  Paragraphs  11,  12,  15,  28,  30,  31,  36,  37,  38,  43,  44  and 

71. 

2.  Paragraphs  33,  39,  40  and  42,  as  amended  by  the  Stat- 
utes of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  56,  section  4. 

(2)  Paragraphs  9  and  10  of  the  said  section  352  are  repealed  and  ^  ^52, 
the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted ' 

9.  For  establishing,  operating,  maintaining  and  improving  Air  harbours 
aerodromes  in  compliance  with  the  Air  Regulations  (Canada),  and  grounds 
for  entrusting  the  control  and  management  of  any  aerodrome  so 
established  to  a  commission  appointed  by  the  council. 

(a)  For  the  purposes  of  this  paragraph,  the  council  of  a  local 
municipality  may  acquire  land  in  the  municipality  or  in 
any  adjacent  or  an  adjoining  municipality  or  in  any 
adjacent  or  adjoining  territory  without  municipal 
organization,  or  may  acquire  by  lease  or  otherwise  an 
existing  aerodrome  in  any  municipality  or  in  territory 
without  municipal  organization. 

10.  For  any  of  the  elected  or  appointed  officers  of  the  corpora-  Officers 
tion  becoming  members  of  any  municipal  union  or  association  or  members  of 
any  other  association  for  extending  and  improving  the  technical  ^ssockUons 
skill  of  such  officers  in  the  discharge  of  their  municipal  duties  and 

for  paying  the  whole  or  part  of  the  fees  for  such  membership  and 
for  paying  the  expenses  of  such  officers  attending  any  meeting  of 
the  association  or  upon  its  business. 

(3)  Paragraph  13  of  the  said  section  352,  as  amended  by  the  s.  3S2, 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  56,  section  4,  is  repealed  re-enacted 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Membership 


associations 


s.  352,  pars. 
21a,  23a, 
enacted 


Public  fairs 


13.  For  the  corporation  becoming  a  member  of  or  for  appoint- 
ing a  representative  to  the  membership  of  any  association  or 
organization  where  in  the  opinion  of  council  it  would  be  in  the 
interests  of  the  municipality  to  do  so,  and  for  paying  the  fees  for 
such  membership  and  for  paying  the  expenses  of  delegates  or 
representatives  to  any  meeting  of  the  association  or  organization 
or  upon  its  business  and  for  making  contributions  for  the  expenses 
of  the  association  or  organization. 

(4)  The  said  section  352  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow- 
ing paragraphs: 

21a.  For  regulating  and  governing  public  fairs. 


Expenditures 

for 

publicity 


s.  3S2, 
par.  66  (ii), 
re-enacted 


23a.  For  providing  for  disseminating  information  respecting 
the  advantages  of  the  municipality  as  an  industrial,  agricultural, 
business,  educational,  residential  or  vacation  centre. 

(a)  The  power  conferred  by  this  section  may  be  exercised 
jointly  by  two  or  more  municipalities. 

(5)  Subparagraph  ii  of  paragraph  66  of  the  said  section  352  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(ii)  group  accident  insurance  or  group  sickness  insurance  for 
employees  or  any  class  thereof  and  their  wives  or  hus- 
bands and  children,  and 


s.  354(1), 
par.  24, 
amended 


s.  354(1), 
par.  25, 
re-enacted; 
par.  26, 
repealed 

Fire- 
fighting 
services, 
etc. 


10. — (1)  Paragraph  24  of  subsection  1  of  section  354  of  the  said  Act,  as 
re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  175, 
section  5,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(a)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  paragraph  may  be  made 
applicable  to  the  whole  municipality  or  to  one  or  more 
defined  areas  thereof  as  set  out  in  the  by-law. 

(2)  Paragraphs  25  and  26  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354  are 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

25 .  For  providing  fire-fighting  and  fire  protection  services  and 
for  establishing,  operating,  promoting  and  regulating  life  and 
property  saving  companies. 

(a)  A  municipality  under  this  paragraph  may  establish, 
maintain  and  operate  a  fire  department  to  serve  only  a 


I 


Subsection  4.  The  power  to  regulate  public  fairs  is  given  to  all 
municipalities  under  the  proposed  paragraph  21a.  This  power  is  now  set  out  in 
section  379  of  the  Act  and  may  be  exercised  only  by  the  councils  of  counties, 
separated  towns  and  towns  in  unorganized  territories. 

The  proposed  paragraph  23o  is  similar  to  the  present  section  395.  The  ref- 
erence to  the  establishment  of  a  department  of  industries  has  been  removed,  as 
municipalities  have  this  power  without  any  specific  statutory  provision. 


Subsection  5.  The  proposed  amendment  will  allow  municipalities  to  pro- 
vide group  accident  or  group  sickness  insurance  to  employees  and  to  husbands  of 
employees  as  well  as  to  wives  and  children  of  employees.  At  present  this  coverage  is 
available  only  to  employees  and  to  wives  and  children  of  employees. 


Section  10.  Subsection  1  of  paragraph  24  allows  the  council  of  local 
municipalities  to  pass  by-laws  requiring  fencing  around  outdoor  pools.  The  pro- 
posed clause  a  will  allow  a  municipality  to  restrict  the  operation  of  such  a  by-law  to 
one  or  more  defined  areas  of  the  municipality.  At  present,  only  a  township 
municipality  may  restrict  the  operation  of  such  a  by-law. 


Subsections  2-S.  The  proposed  re-enactment  of  paragraph  25,  the  amend- 
ments to  paragraphs  33  and  44  and  the  proposed  paragraph  44a  will  give  all  local 
municipalities  the  same  powers  with  respect  to  the  establishment  of  fire  depart- 
ments and  other  fire  matters.  At  present,  different  classes  of  local  municipalities 
have  different  powers  respecting  the  establishment  of  fire  departments  and  other 
fire  matters.  Paragraph  38  is  repealed  because  it  is  considered  to  be  obsolete. 


defined  area  of  the  municipality,  in  which  case,  a  special 
annual  rate  may  be  levied  by  the  municipality  on  all  the 
rateable  property  in  the  defined  area  sufficient  to  pay  all 
or  part  of  the  costs  incurred  in  the  establishment,  main- 
tenance and  operation  of  the  fire  department  including 
any  amounts  owing  in  respect  of  debentures  issued  in 
connection  therewith. 

(b)  The  power  conferred  by  this  paragraph  may  be  exercised 
jointly  by  two  or  more  municipalities  upon  such  basis  as 
to  the  distribution  of  cost  as  the  municipalities  may  agree 
and  each  municipality  shall  issue  its  own  debentures  for 
its  share  of  the  capital  cost  of  providing  the  joint  fire 
service. 

(c)  The  power  conferred  by  this  paragraph  includes  the 
power, 

(i)  to  enter  into  agreements  with  any  other  munici- 
pality or  person  upon  such  terms  and  conditions 
and  for  such  consideration  based  on  cost  as  may 
be  agreed  or,  failing  agreement,  as  may  be 
determined  by  the  Municipal  Board  for  the  use  of 
the  fire-fighting  equipment  of  the  other  munici- 
pality or  person,  or  any  of  it,  in  the  event  of  fire  in 
any  defined  area  of  the  municipality,  and 

(ii)  to  levy  a  special  annual  rate  on  all  the  rateable 
property  in  the  defined  area  to  defray  the 
expenses  incurred  under  and  incidental  to  the 
agreement  referred  to  in  subclause  i, 

but,  notwithstanding  any  provision  in  the  agreement,  no 
liability  accrues  to  the  other  municipality  or  person  for 
failing  to  supply  the  use  of  the  fire-fighting  equipment  or 
any  of  it. 

(3)  Paragraph  33  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354  is  amended  ^^^3]^^' 
by  striking  out  "defined  areas  of  in  the  third  line.  amended 

(4)  Paragraph  38  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354  is  repealed.  ^  ^^"^  <')- 

repealed 

(5)  Paragraph  44  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354  is  amended  ^  ^^ll^^' 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause:  amended 

(a)  by-laws  passed  under  this  paragraph  and  paragraphs  33 
to  43  may  be  made  applicable  to  the  whole  municipality 
or  to  one  or  more  defined  areas  thereof  as  set  out  in  the 
by-law. 


8 


s.  3S4  (1), 
amended 


(6)  Subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  paragraphs: 


Authority 
to  call 
out  help 


44a.  For  authorizing  the  head  of  council  or,  in  case  of  the 
absence  of  the  head  of  council,  any  member  of  the  council,  in  the 
event  of  an  emergency  arising  in  the  municipality  by  reason  of 
timber  or  forest  fires,  to  call  out  such  number  of  inhabitants  of  the 
municipality  as  may  be  necessary  to  fight  and  put  out  any  such 
fires,  and  for  fixing  the  amount  of  the  remuneration  to  be  paid  to 
such  inhabitants  for  the  services  rendered  by  them. 


Site  for 
armoury 


Treatment 

of 

alcoholics 


Markets 


626.  For  acquiring  land  in  the  municipality  for  a  drill-shed  or 
armoury  for  any  militia  or  volunteer  corps  having  its  headquarters 
in  the  municipality. 


62c.   For  establishing,  erecting  and  maintaining  an  institutio: 
for  the  treatment  of  alcoholics. 


62d.   For  establishing,  maintaining  and  operating  markets  an 
for  regulating  such  markets  and  any  other  markets  located 
within  the  municipality. 


(a)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  paragraph  may, 


i 


(i)  provide  for  charging  market  fees  to  vendors  in  a 
market  established  by  the  council  and  for  pro- 
hibiting persons  from  selling  or  exposing  things 
for  sale  in  such  a  market  if  the  fee  has  not  been 
paid,  and 

(ii)  regulate  the  hours  of  operation  of  any  market 
within  the  municipality. 


Regulating 
vending  in 
streets,  etc. 


62e.  For  prohibiting  or  regulating  sales  by  retail  in  the  high- 
ways or  on  vacant  lots  adjacent  to  them  and  for  regulating  traffic 
in  and  preventing  the  blocking  up  of  the  highways  by  vehicles  or 
otherwise. 


(a)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  paragraph  may  be  made 
applicable  to  the  whole  municipality  or  to  any  defined 
areas  thereof. 


Weigh 
scales 


62/.  For  erecting  and  maintaining  weigh  scales  within  the 
municipality  or  within  an  adjacent  municipality,  and  charging 
fees  for  the  use  thereof. 


69a .  For  purchasing  any  wet  land  in  the  municipahty ,  the  price  Purchase 
or  which,  in  case  of  Crown  lands,  shall  be  fixed  by  the  Lieutenant  land 
Governor  in  Council,  and  for  draining  such  land. 


75a.  For  acquiring,  with  the  consent  of  the  council  thereof,  Ppfchase 

,,.  ,  ....  .,-  .  of  lands 

land  in   any  other  municipality  required  for  preventing  the  to  prevent 
municipality  or  any  part  of  it  from  being  flooded  by  surface  or  ^oo^'^g 
other  water  flowing  from  such  other  municipality,  or  for  an  outlet 
for  such  water,  and  for  constructing,  maintaining  and  improving 
drains,  sewers  and  watercourses  in  the  land  so  acquired. 


81a.  For  requiring  the  installation  and  maintenance  of  safety  window 
devices  for  window  cleaners,  for  inspecting  such  devices  and  for  safety 
prohibiting  any  person  from  cleaning  the  outside  of  windows  of  "^^^x^^^ 
buildings  on  which  such  devices  are  installed  unless  such  devices 
are  used. 

816.  For  regulating  the  construction,  erection,  alteration  or  Regulation 

01  W3.tcr 

repairing  of  water  tanks  and  water  towers  whether  on  buildings  or  tanks 
elsewhere,  and  for  prohibiting  the  construction,  erection,  altering 
or  repairing  of  them  contrary  to  such  regulations. 


97a .  For  numbering  the  buildings  and  lots  along  any  highway.  Numbering 

,  ,  ,  ,  ....       ,7        ,  of  buildings, 

beach,  park,  reserve  or  any  other  property  in  the  municipality  that  etc. 
it  is  considered  necessary  to  number  by  the  council,  and  for 
affixing  numbers  to  the  buildings  and  for  charging  the  owner  or 
occupant  with  the  expense  incident  to  the  numbering  of  his  lot  or 
property. 

(a)  Such  expense  may  be  collected  in  the  same  manner  as 
taxes,  and,  if  paid  by  the  occupant,  subject  to  any 
agreement  between  him  and  the  owner,  may  be 
deducted  from  the  rent  payable  to  the  owner. 

976 .  For  keeping,  and  every  such  council  shall  keep,  a  record  of  Records  of 
the  highways,  beaches,  parks,  reserves  and  of  the  numbers  of  the  etc. 
buildings,  lots,  and  other  property,  if  any,  and  for  entering  there- 
in, and  every  such  council  is  hereby  required  to  enter  therein,  a 
division  of  the  streets  with  boundaries  and  distances  for  public 
inspection. 


10 


Stands  for 
vehicles 


107c.  For  authorizing  and  assigning  stands  on  the  highways 
and  in  pubHc  places  for  motor  vehicles  not  kept  for  hire,  and  for 
motor  vehicles  and  other  vehicles  kept  for  hire,  and  regulating  the 
use  of  the  stands,  and  for  authorizing  the  erection  and  mainten- 
ance of  covered  stands  or  booths  on  the  highways  and  in  public 
places  for  the  protection  or  shelter  of  the  drivers  of  such  motor 
vehicles  and  other  vehicles  kept  for  hire,  but  no  such  covered 
stand  or  booth  shall  be  placed  upon  the  sidewalk  without  the 
consent  of  the  owner  and  occupant  of  the  adjoining  land. 


Unlocked 

motor 

vehicles 


113a.  For  prohibiting  any  person  driving  or  in  charge  of  a 
motor  vehicle,  other  than  a  commercial  motor  vehicle,  from 
allowing  such  motor  vehicle  to  stand  unattended  unless  it  is  locked 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  its  operation  by  any  person  not 
authorized  by  the  owner,  driver  or  person  in  charge. 


R.S.O. 

c.  202 


1970, 


(a)  In  this  paragraph,  "motor  vehicle"  and  "commercial 
rnotor  vehicle"  mean  "motor  vehicle"  and  "commercial 
motor  vehicle"  as  defined  in  The  Highway  Traffic  Act. 


Fencing  of 
vacant  lots 


117a.  For  requiring  vacant  lots  to  be  properly  enclosed. 


Removal  of 
pigeons 


120a.  For  empowering  officers  of  the  municipality  upon  the^ 
complaint  of  the  owner  or  occupant  of  any  premises,  to  enter  upon 
such  premises  and  the  land  and  any  buildings  in  the  vicinity 
thereof  for  the  purpose  of  trapping,  removing  or  exterminating 
strayed  pigeons  that  are  causing  annoyance  to  the  owner  or  occup- 
ant or  damages  to  such  premises. 


Laundries 


139a.  For  licensing,  regulating  and  governing  laundries. 


(a)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  paragraph  shall  not  apply  to 
or  include  individuals  carrying  on  a  laundry  business  in 
private  dwelling  houses. 


Massage 
parlours 


1396 .  For  licensing,  regulating,  governing  and  inspecting  mas- 
sage parlours  and  such  by-laws  may  provide  for  the  enforcement; 
thereof  through  the  medical  health  department  or  the  police 
department  of  the  municipality. 


Subsection  6.  The  proposed  new  paragraphs,  except  paragraph  139c,  relate 
to  powers  now  contained  in  other  sections  of  the  Act.  In  some  cases  these  powers,  at 
present,  may  only  be  exercised  by  particular  classes  of  municipalities.  By  including 
these  paragraphs  in  section  354,  they  may  be  exercised  by  all  local  municipalities. 
The  proposed  paragraph  139c  is  a  new  power  and  provides  for  licensing,  regulat- 
ing and  governing  sandblasters  and  other  persons  who  clean  the  exteriors  of 
buildings. 

Subsection  7.  Subsection  2  of  section  354  will  no  longer  be  necessary 
because  of  the  amendments  to  paragraphs  24  and  44  of  section  354(1)  of  the  Act  as 
set  out  in  subsections  2  and  5  of  section  10  of  the  Bill.  Subsection  3  of  section  354 
permits  township  municipalities  to  levy  special  rates  on  a  defined  area  of  the 
municipality  to  defray  the  cost  of  public  washrooms.  It  is  felt  that  this  provision  is 
no  longer  appropriate. 

Section  11.  Section  355  permits  a  municipality  to  pass  by-laws  determin- 
ing closing  hours  for  businesses  in  the  municipality.  Subsection  2  2  permits  a  term  of 
imprisonment  for  a  breach  of  such  a  by-law.  With  the  enactment  of  The  Provincial 
Offences  Act,  1979,  subsection  22  is  now  considered  to  be  inappropriate. 

Section  12.  Except  as  otherwise  noted,  the  repeals  listed  in  this  section  of 
the  Bill  are  complementary  to  the  amendments  to  the  Act  set  out  in  sections  2,  3,  4, 
9  and  10  of  the  Bill. 

The  following  provisions  of  the  Act  are  now  considered  to  be  obsolete  and  are 
included  in  the  repeals  referred  to  in  the  preceding  paragraph: 

1.  Paragraphs  1,2,7  and  13  of  section  363 

2.  Paragraphs  3,  5,  6,  8,  11,  12,  13  and  14  of  section  364 

3.  Section  365 

4.  Paragraphs  2  and  3  of  section  371 

5.  Section  380 

6.  Section  442 


Section  1 3 .  The  proposed  section  3  68  is  the  same  as  the  present  paragraph 
5  of  that  section.  The  repeal  of  the  present  paragraphs  1,  2  and  3  is  complemen- 
tary to  the  amendments  to  the  Act  set  out  in  sections  3  and  10  of  the  Bill. 

Paragraphs  4  and  6  are  repealed  as  it  is  felt  that  they  are  unnecessary  as  these 
powers  may  be  exercised  under  other  provisions  of  this  Act  and  The  Police 
Act  dealing  with  municipal  expenditures. 


Section  14.  Paragraphs  1  and  9  of  section  373  will  no  longer  be  necessary 
because  of  the  amendments  to  section  248a  of  the  Act  as  set  out  in  section  2  of  the 
Bill. 


11 

139c.  For  licensing,  regulating  and  governing  sandblasters  and  Sandbiasters, 
other  persons  who  for  gain  use  chemicals  or  pressurized  air,  water, 
steam,  sand  or  other  abrasives  to  clean  or  restore  the  exteriors  of 
buildings  or  other  structures. 

(7)  Subsections  2  and  3  of  the  said  section  354  are  repealed.         ^  ^^"^  ^j-  ^^' 

^   '  ^  repealed 

1 1.  Subsection  22  of  section  355  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  *■  ^ss  (22), 

"^  repealed 

12.  The  following  sections  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed:  Sections 

repealed 

1.  Section  363,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1979,  chapter  63,  section  8. 

2.  Sections  364  and  365,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1978,  chapter  87,  section  40. 

3.  Section  366,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1975,  chapter  56,  section  6. 

4.  Section  370. 

5.  Section  371,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

1975,  chapter  56,  section  9. 

6.  Section  375. 

7.  Section  379. 

8.  Section  380. 

9.  Section  395,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

1976,  chapter  51,  section  11. 

10.  Section  442,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1978,  chapter  87,  section  40. 

11.  Section  459. 

13.  Section  368  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^^  ^^^'^.^gj 
1976,  chapter  69,  section  13,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

368.  By-laws  may  be  passed  by  the  councils  of  cities  and  towns  Commission 
for  placing  the  control  and  management  of  sewage  works  under  a  sewage 
commission  established  under  The  Public  Utilities  Act  but  the  ^°''^^ 
by-law  shall  not  be  passed  without  the  assent  of  the  electors.       c.  390 

14.  Paragraphs  1  and  9  of  section  373  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed.      ^  JJ^J  g 

repealed 


12 


s.  376, 

pars.  1-4,  7-15, 

repealed 


15.  Paragraphs  1  and  2 ,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972 , 
chapter  124,  section  12,  and  paragraphs  3,  4  and  7  to  15  of  section 
376  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 


s.  381  (1), 
par.  1  (d), 
re-enacted 


1 6 .  Clause  d  of  paragraph  1  of  subsection  1  of  section  38 1  of  the  said  Act 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Certain 
powers  not 
affected 


id)  Nothing  in  this  paragraph  affects  the  powers  to  pass 
by-laws  under  paragraph  62d  of  subsection  1  of  section 
354,  paragraph  1  of  section  382,  and  paragraphs  16  anc 
17  of  section  383. 


s.  382, 
par.  1  (a,  b), 
re-enacted 


1 7.  Clauses  a  and  b  of  paragraph  1  of  section  382  of  the  said  Act  arc 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(a)  Nothing  in  this  paragraph  affects  the  powers  conferre( 
by  paragraph  62d  of  subsection  1  of  section  354. 


s.  386, 
pars.  1,  2, 
repealed 


re-enacted 


18.  Paragraphs  1  and  2  of  section  386  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 


1 9.  Section  389g  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1979,  chapter  101,  section  9,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 


Conservation 
authorities 


3g9g. — (1)  Notwithstanding  sections  389a  to  389/,  a  conserva 
tion  authority  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  paying  thi 
remuneration  and  expenses  of  the  members  of  the  conservatioi 
authority  appointed  by  its  participating  municipalities,  unless  the 
conservation  authority  on  or  before  the  15  th  day  of  November  in 
the  year  preceding  the  year  for  which  such  resolution  applies 
passes  a  resolution  transferring  the  responsibility  for  establishing 
remuneration  and  expenses  to  the  participating  municipalities,  in 
which  case  the  remuneration  and  expenses  shall  be  established 
and  paid  in  accordance  with  section  389/. 


Effective 
date  of 
resolution 


(2)  A  resolution  passed  by  a  conservation  authority  under  sub- 
section 1  in  any  year  shall  take  effect  on  the  1st  day  of  January  in 
the  immediately  following  year. 


s.  443  (4), 
re-enacted 


20.  Subsection  4  of  section  443  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Approval 
of  Governor 
General  to 
by-law 


(4)  The  powers  conferred  by  subsection  1  shall  not  be  exercised 
without  the  consent  of  the  Governor  General  in  Council  in  respect 
of, 


Section  15.  The  repealed  paragraphs  of  section  376,  except  paragraphs 
10,  11  and  12,  will  no  longer  be  necessary  because  of  the  amendments  to  section  354 
(1)  of  the  Act  as  set  out  in  section  10  of  the  Bill. 

Paragraphs  10,  1 1  and  12  are  being  repealed  because  they  are  now  considered 
to  be  obsolete. 

Sections  16  and  17.  The  re-enactments  set  out  in  these  sections  are  com- 
plementary to  the  enactment  of  paragraph  62d  of  section  354  ( 1)  as  set  out  in  section 
10  of  the  Bill  and  the  repeal  of  sections  364  and  365  as  set  out  in  section  12  of  the 
Bill. 


Section  18.     The  repealed  paragraphs  are  now  considered  to  be  obsolete. 

Section  19.  At  present,  a  conservation  authority  may  transfer  its  respon- 
sibility for  the  payment  of  municipal  appointees  to  the  participating  municipalities. 
Under  the  proposed  re-enactment  of  section  389g,  a  resolution  transferring  such 
responsibility  must  be  passed  by  the  conservation  authority  on  or  before  November 
ISth  in  the  year  preceding  the  transfer  of  the  responsibility  and  the  transfer  will 
occur  on  the  1st  day  of  January  of  the  next  following  year. 


Section  20.     Subsection  4  of  section  443  now  reads  as  follows: 

(4)  The  powers  conferred  by  subsection  1  shall  not  be  exercised  without  the 
consent  of  the  Governor  General  in  Council  in  respect  of, 

(a)  any  street,  lane  or  thoroughfare  made  or  laid  out  by  Her  Majesty's 
Ordinance  or  the  Principal  Secretary  of  State  in  whom  the  Ordi- 
nance estates  became  vested  under  the  Act  of  the  late  Province  of 
Canada  passed  in  the  19th  year  of  the  reign  of  Her  late  Majesty 
Queen  Victoria,  Chapter  45 ,  or  under  Chapter  24  of  the  Consoli- 
dated Statutes  of  Canada,  or  made  or  laid  out  by  the  Government 
of  Canada; 

(b)  any  land  owned  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada; 

(c)  any  bridge,  wharf,  dock,  quay  or  other  work  vested  in  the  Crown 
in  right  of  Canada, 


or  so  as  to  interfere  with  any  land  reserved  for  military  purposes  or  with 
the  integrity  of  the  public  defences,  and  the  consent  of  the  Governor 
General  in  Council  shall  be  recited  in  the  by-law,  but  the  by-law  shall  not 
be  quashed  or  open  to  question  because  of  the  omission  to  recite  it  if  the 
consent  has  been  in  fact  given. 

The  underlined  words  are  deleted. 


Section  21.  Section  452  allows  municipalities  to  make  grants  respecting 
highways.  Such  grants  may  be  made  under  section  248a  of  the  Act  as  amended  by 
section  3  of  the  Bill.  The  proposed  section  452  deletes  references  to  such  grants. 

Section  22.  The  re-enactment  of  paragraph  4  of  section  453  removes  the 
minimum  and  majcimum  fines  set  out  in  clause  a  of  the  present  paragraph  4  and 
broadens  the  power  to  regulate  the  use  of  any  bicycle  path  or  foot  path.  The  general 
penalty  provisions  of  the  Act  will  now  apply  to  by-laws  passed  under  this  para- 
graph. 

Section  23.  Subsection  7  of  section  457  sets  out  a  maximum  fine  that  may 
be  imposed  on  a  person  who  ties  an  animal  to  a  tree  or  who  injures  or  destroys  a  tree 
growing  upon  a  highway  right  of  way.  The  general  penalty  provision  of  the  Act  will 
now  apply  to  a  person  who  injures  or  destroys  such  a  tree. 

Section  24.     Paragraph  7  of  section  460  now  reads  as  follows: 

The  councils  of  all  municipalities  may  pass  by-laws 


7.  To  provide  for  placing,  regulating  and  maintaining  upon  the  public 
highways  traffic  signs  for  the  purpose  of  guiding  and  directing  traffic; 
provided  that  no  by-law  shall  authorize  the  placing  of  such  signs  upon  that 
portion  of  any  highway  that  lies  between  the  double  tracks  of  a  street 
railway  constructed  upon  such  highway  known  as  the  devil  strip. 

The  underlined  words  are  deleted. 

Section  25.     Section  466  now  reads  as  follows: 

466. — (1)  By-laws  may  be  passed  by  the  councils  of  all  municipalities  and  by  boards 
of  commissioners  of  police  for  imposing  fines  of  not  more  than  $1,000, 
exclusive  of  costs,  upon  every  person  who  contravenes  any  by-law  of  the 
council  or  of  the  board  passed  under  the  authority  of  this  Act. 

(2)  Every  such  fine  is  recoverable  under  The  Summary  Convictions  Act,  all 
the  provisions  ofisihich  apply,  except  that  proceedings  to  enforce  by-laws 
passed  under  section  38  of  The  Planning  Act  or  any  predecessor  of  such 
section  may  be  instituted  within  one  year  after  the  time  when  the  subject- 
matter  of  the  proceedings  arose  and  except  that  the  imprisonment  may  be 
for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months  for  the  breach  of  a  by-law  of  the 
council  or  the  board  of  commissioners  of  police  of  a  city,  and  in  all  other 
cases  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  twenty-one  days. 

The  re-enactment  of  section  466  increases  the  maximum  fine  which  may  be 
imposed  under  a  municipal  by-law  from  $1,000  to  $2,000.  Other  amendments  to 
the  section  are  consistent  with  the  enactment  of  The  Provincial  Offences  Act,  1979. 


13 

(a)  any  street,  lane  or  thoroughfare  made  or  laid  out  by  Her 
Majesty's  Ordinance  or  the  Provincial  Secretary  of  State 
in  whom  the  Ordinance  estates  became  vested  under  the 
Act  of  the  late  Province  of  Canada  passed  in  the  19th 
year  of  the  reign  of  Her  Late  Majesty  Queen  Victoria, 
Chapter  45,  or  under  Chapter  24  of  the  Consolidated 
Statutes  of  Canada,  or  made  or  laid  out  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  Canada; 

(b)'  any  land  owned  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada;  or 

(c)  any  bridge,  wharf,  dock,  quay  or  other  work  vested  in 
the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada, 

and  the  consent  of  the  Governor  General  in  Council  shall  be 
recited  in  the  by-law,  but  the  by-law  shall  not  be  quashed  or  open 
to  question  because  of  the  omission  to  recite  it  if  the  consent  has 
been  given. 

2 1 .  Section  452  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  ^  ^52, 

'^  re-enacted 

therefor: 

452.  The  council  of  a  municipality  in  unorganized  territory  Opening  or 

,       ,  r  .  •  J       •  •    i.    •     •  •  improving, 

may  pass  by-laws  for  openmg,  widenmg,  mamtammg  or  improv-  etc., 
ing  any  highway  or  constructing,  maintaining  or  improving  any  ulf(|].grnfzed 
bridge  in  an  adjoining  municipality  or  unorganized  township  or  in  territories 
adjoining  unsurveyed  territory. 

22.  Paragraph  4  of  section  453  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  ^^J^^' 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

4.  For  setting  apart  and  laying  out  so  much  of  any  highway  as  Bicycle 
the  council  may  consider  expedient  for  the  purposes  of  a  bicycle 
path  or  foot  path  and  for  the  regulation  of  the  use  of  such  a  bicycle 
path  or  foot  path. 


23.  Subsection  7  of  section  457  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  ^  '^^\  9' 

•^  repealed 

24.  Paragraph  7  of  section  460  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  *  "^^o- 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

7 .  To  provide  for  placing,  regulating  and  maintaining  upon  the  Signs 
public  highways  traffic  signs  for  the  purposes  of  guiding  and 
directing  traffic. 

25.  Section  466  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^  '*^^'    , 

re-enacted 

1972,  chapter  124,  section  17,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 


14 


Power  to 

impose 

fines 


s.  636o, 
amended 


Restoration 
of  taxes 
to  tax  roll 


466.  By-laws  may  be  passed  by  the  councils  of  all 
municipalities  and  by  boards  of  commissioners  of  police  for 
imposing  fines  of  not  more  than  $2,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  upon 
every  person  who  contravenes  any  by-law  of  the  council  or  of  the 
board  passed  under  the  authority  of  this  Act. 

26. — (1)  Section  636a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1972,  chapter  124,  section  25  and  amended  by  1973, 
chapter  175,  section  9,  1974,  chapter  136,  section  25,  1979, 
chapter  50,  section  2  and  1979,  chapter  101,  section  11,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

(6a)  Where  a  council  or  the  Assessment  Review  Court  has  made 
a  decision  in  any  year  under  subsection  6  to  cancel,  refund  or 
reduce  taxes  for  that  year  in  respect  of  a  building  mentioned  in 
clause  c  of  subsection  1  and  where  subsequently  the  council  or  the 
Assessment  Review  Court,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  satisfied  that  the 
building  has  been  reconstructed  or  repaired  and  has  been  returnee 
to  use  prior  to  the  end  of  that  year,  the  council  or  the  Assessment 
Review  Court,  as  the  case  may  be,  may  direct  that  such  portion  as 
it  considers  appropriate  of  the  tax  reduction  or  of  the  taxes  thi 
were  cancelled  or  refunded  be  restored  to  the  collector's  roll  i 
taxes  owing  for  that  year  and  such  a  direction  may  be  made  at  any 
time  up  to  the  28th  day  of  February  of  the  immediately  followinj 
year. 


Right  to 
hearing 


(66)  No  direction  shall  be  made  under  subsection  6a  in  respec 
of  taxes  on  any  building  without  first  affording  an  opportunity  \A 
be  heard  to  any  person  who,  according  to  the  collector's  roll 
would  be  chargeable  for  the  taxes  if  a  portion  thereof  were  restore* 
to  the  collector's  roll. 


Appeals 


(6c)  The  provisions  of  this  section  respecting  an  appeal  of  i 
decision  made  under  subsection  6  apply  with  necessary  modifier 
tions  to  a  direction  made  under  subsection  6a. 


Payment 


{td)  Taxes  restored  to  a  collector's  roll  for  any  year  pursuant  t< 
a  direction  made  under  subsection  6a  shall,  upon  notice  to  th( 
person  chargeable  therewith,  become  payable  as  part  of  the  next 
installment  of  taxes  payable  by  that  person  in  that  year  following 
the  giving  of  a  notice  or  demand  therefor  and  where  no  installment 
remains  payable  in  the  year  following  the  giving  of  the  notice  or 
demand  or  where  the  notice  or  demand  is  given  in  the  next 
following  year,  the  taxes  mentioned  in  the  notice  shall  become  due 
and  payable  or  in  arrears,  as  the  case  may  be,  on  the  fifteenth  day 
following  the  giving  of  the  notice  or  demand,  and  where  the  notice 
or  demand  was  given  in  the  next  following  year  interest  added 
under  section  553  shall  accrue  from  the  date  that  the  taxes  became 
due  and  payable,  or  in  arrears,  and  not  from  the  31st  day  of 
December  of  the  year  in  which  the  taxes  were  levied. 


Section  26. — Subsection  1.  Under  clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  636a 
a  municipality  may  cancel,  reduce  or  refund  taxes  in  respect  of  a  building  that  has 
been  razed  or  damaged. 

The  proposed  subsections  6a  to  6d  provide  a  mechanism  for  restoring  such 
properties  to  the  tax  roll  where  the  building  is  restored  or  returned  to  use  before  the 
end  of  the  year  for  which  the  taxes  were  cancelled,  refunded  or  reduced. 

Subsections  2  and  3.  At  present,  applications  to  have  taxes  cancelled, 
reduced  or  refunded  must  be  heard  not  later  than  March  3 1st  of  the  year  for  which 
the  application  is  made.  Under  the  proposed  amendments  the  deadline  for  dispos- 
ing of  applications  is  extended  to  the  30th  day  of  April  of  that  year. 

Subsection  4.  Subsection  9  of  section  636a  imposes  time  limits  for  appeals. 
The  amendment  is  complementary  to  the  amendments  set  out  in  subsections  2  and 
3. 


15 

(2)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  636a,  as  amended  by  the  s.  636a  (7), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  175,  section  9,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "3 1st  day  of  March"  in  the  second  line 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "30th  day  of  April". 

(3)  Subsection  la  of  the  said  section  636a,  as  enacted  by  the  s.  636a  (7a), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  175,  section  9,  is  amended 

by  striking  out  "31st  day  of  March"  in  the  third  and  fourth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "30th  day  of  April". 

(4)  Subsection  9  of  the  said  section  636a  is  amended  by  striking  out  ^  636a(9), 
"31st  day  of  March"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "30th  day  of  April". 

27. — (1)  This  Act,  except  paragraph  8  of  section  12,  comes  into  force  on  Commence- 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Paragraph  8  of  section  12  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  ^^^"^ 
January,  1983. 

28.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1980.    short  title 


ta 


1-^ 

'T' 

13 

O 

;z: 

(W 

o 
< 

H 

O) 

3 

p 

3 

a> 

^ 

3 

w 

<-i- 
P 

<:^ 
S 

OK) 


O 

< 

t\> 

a> 

Ki 

s 

B 

c^ 

A. 

cr 

«- 

>3 

n 

>3 

4^^ 

R- 

1—1 

00 

o 

S 

0^5 

H 

> 

a> 

3 

^ 

> 

c 

r-^ 

3_ 

r^ 

o' 

O 

•5' 

P 

E- 

3 

fD 

^ 

3 

I 


BILL  193 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


I 


BILL  193  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 


1 .  Subsection  3  of  section  45  of  The  Municipal  Act,  being  chapter  284  *  '♦^  *^)' 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  121,  section  11,  is  repealed  and 

the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  in  the  office  of  a  member  of  the  Vacancy 
council  of  a  local  municipality  after  the  31st  day  of  March  of  an  March  3ist 
election  year  as  defined  in  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977,  the  f^^^^^''''' 
vacancy  shall  not  be  filled  by  a  new  election  as  provided  in  1977,  c.  62 
subsection  1  or  2  but  the  council  shall  fill  such  vacancy  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  section  44  within  forty-five  days  after 
the  day  that  the  vacancy  occurs,  but  where  the  vacancy  occurs  less 
than  forty-six  days  prior  to  nomination  day  for  the  election  to  be 
held  in  that  year  the  vacancy  need  not  be  filled. 

2.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section:    s.  2390, 

cnsctCQ 

2  3  9a .  The  council  of  every  local  municipality  may  pass  by-laws  ^^'^^ 
for  granting  gratuities  to  the  members  of  the  fire  brigade  who  have 
become  incapacitated  for  service  on  account  of  injuries  or  ill- 
health  caused  by  accident  or  exposure  at  fires,  or  from  old  age  or 
inability  to  perform  their  duties,  and  for  granting  pecuniary  aid  or 
other  assistance  to  the  widows  and  children  of  persons  killed  by 
accident  while  in  the  discharge  of  their  duties  at  fires,  or  who  die 
from  injuries  received  or  from  illness  contracted  while  in  the 
service  of  the  municipality  as  fire  fighters. 

3. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  248a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  *  248a  (i), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  136,  section  3  and  amended 
by  1975,  chapter  56,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


i 


General 
power 
to  make 
grants 


(1)  Notwithstanding  any  special  provision  in  this  Act  or  in  any 
other  general  or  special  Act  related  to  the  making  of  grants  or 
granting  of  aid  by  the  council  of  a  municipality,  the  council  of 
every  municipality  may,  subject  to  section  248,  make  grants,  on 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  to  security  and  otherwise  as  the 
council  may  consider  expedient,  to  any  person,  institution,  associ- 
ation, group  or  body  of  any  kind,  including  a  fund,  within  or 
outside  the  boundaries  of  the  municipality  for  any  purpose  that,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  council,  is  in  the  interests  of  the  municipality. 


s.  248a  (2,  4), 
re-enacted 


Loans, 

guarantees, 
etc. 


(2)  Subsections  2  and  4  of  the  said  section  248a,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  56,  section  1,  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(2)  The  power  to  make  a  grant  includes. 


(a)  the  power  to  guarantee  a  loan  and  to  make  a  grant  by 
way  of  loan  and  to  charge  interest  on  the  loan; 

(jb)  the  power  to  sell  or  lease  land  for  nominal  consideration 
or  to  make  a  grant  of  land,  where  the  land  being  sold, 
leased  or  granted  is  owned  by  the  municipality  but  is  no 
longer  required  for  its  purposes,  and  includes  the  power 
to  provide  for  the  use  by  any  person  of  land  owned  or 
occupied  by  the  municipality  upon  such  terms  and  con- 
ditions as  may  be  fixed  by  the  council; 

(c)  the  power  to  sell,  lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of,  at  a 
nominal  price,  or  to  make  a  grant  of,  any  furniture, 
equipment,  machinery,  vehicles  or  other  personal  prop- 
erty of  the  municipality  or  to  provide  for  the  use  thereof 
by  any  person  on  such  conditions  as  may  be  fixed  by  the 
council;  and 

(d)  the  power  to  make  donations  of  foodstuffs  and  mer- 
chandise purchased  by  the  municipality  for  such  pur- 
pose. 


Interpre- 
tation 


R.S.O. 
C.  118 


1970, 


(4)  In  this  section, 

(a)  "land"  includes  a  building  or  structure  or  a  part  thereof; 

(b)  "person"  includes  a  municipality  as  defined  in  The 
Municipal  Affairs  Act  and  includes  a  metropolitan,  reg-i 
ional  and  district  municipality  and  the  County  of| 
Oxford. 


ss.  2486,  248c, 
enacted 


4.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  foUowingj 
sections: 


3 

2486.  The  council  of  every  municipality  may  provide  for,        Awards 

and 
competitions 

(a)  offering  awards  and  gifts  to  persons  whose  actions  or 
achievements  are,  in  the  opinion  of  council,  worthy  of 
note;  and 

(b)  establishing  competitions  and  awarding  prizes  therefor. 

248c. — (1)  The  council  of  every  municipality  may  pass  by-laws  Fellowships, 
for  providing  fellowships,  scholarships  and  other  similar  prizes 
and  for  paying  all  or  part  of  the  costs  incurred  or  to  be  incurred  by 
any  person,  including  an  officer  or  servant  of  the  municipality,  as 
a  result  of  his  attendance  at  an  educational  institution  or  as  a  result 
of  his  enrollment  elsewhere  in  any  program  or  course  of  instruc- 
tion, training  or  education. 

(2)  In  this  section,  "costs"  includes  tuition  fees,  costs  of  books  interpre- 

11  •    1  1  •  •  -1  tation 

and  other  materials  used  m  connection  with  a  course  or  program, 
and  costs  of  food,  travel  and  accommodation. 

5.   Section  249  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  ^  ^49, 

.  .  ./  o  amended 

following  subsections: 

(3)  Where  a  local  board  is  a  local  board  of  more  than  one  ^f*^^'  boards 
municipality,  the  local  board  may  destroy  its  receipts,  vouchers,  than  one 
instruments,  rolls  or  other  documents,  records  and  papers,  municipality 

(a)  after  having  obtained  the  approval  of  the  Ministry;  or 

(b)  in  accordance  with  a  resolution  passed  by  the  board  and 
approved  by  a  majority  of  the  municipalities  for  which 
the  board  is  a  local  board  if  such  majority  of 
municipalities  is  represented  by  at  least  one-half  of  the 
municipally  appointed  members  on  the  local  board 
and  also  if  the  resolution  has  been  approved  by  the 
auditor  of  the  local  board. 

(4)  A  resolution  passed  under  subsection  3  shall  establish  Retention 

•  •     1       1       •  I'll  •  schedules 

schedules  of  retention  periods  during  which  the  receipts,  vou- 
chers, instruments,  rolls  and  other  documents,  records  and  papers 
must  be  kept  by  the  local  board. 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  3,  a  member  of  a  municipal  interpre- 

•  11  1  •  1  »  tation 

council  who  serves  pursuant  to  this  or  any  other  Act  as  an  ex 
officio  member  of  a  local  board  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  munici- 
pally appointed  member  of  that  local  board. 

(>,  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  ^  2S4a, 
section: 


Interpre- 
tation 


254a. — (1)  In  this  section,  "Crown"  means  Her  Majesty  the 
Queen  in  right  of  Ontario  and  includes  any  agency,  board  or 
commission  thereof. 


Agreements 

with 

Crown 


(2)  A  municipality  and  the  Crown  may  enter  into  and  perform 
agreements  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  may  be  set  out  in  the 
agreement, 

(a)  for  the  use  of, 

(i)    any  of  the  real  and  personal  property,  and 
(ii)    the  services  of  any  of  the  officers  and  servants, 
of  the  municipality  or  the  Crown; 

(b)  for  the  supply  of  any  service,  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  municipality; 

(c)  for  jointly  acquiring  any  real  or  personal  property. 


Jurisdiction 


(3)  For  the  purposes  of  carrying  out  agreements  entered  into 
under  this  section,  the  territorial  jurisdiction  of  the  council  of  a 
municipality  is  not  confined  to  the  municipality  that  it  represents. 


s.  293  (2)  (e), 
re-enacted 


7. — (1)  Clause  e  of  subsection  2  of  section  293  of  the  said  Act  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(e)  agreements  for  area  fire  protection  under  clause  c  of 
paragraph  25  of  subsection  1  of  section  354. 


s.  293  (3)  (b), 
amended 


(2)  Clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  293,  as  amended  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  124,  section  5,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "37,  44,  71"  in  the  second  line. 


s.  293  (3), 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  293,  as  amended  by  the  Sta- 
tutes of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  124,  section  5,  1973,  chapter 
83,  section  3,  1976,  chapter  69,  section  4,  1977,  chapter  48, 
section  5  and  1979,  chapter  63,  section  5,  is  further  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

iq)  under  section  248a  in  respect  of  public  hospitals, 
including  municipal  hospitals,  public  sanatoria,  or 
municipal  isolation  hospitals  and  nurses'  residences 
therewith; 

(y)  under  section  248a  in  respect  of  the  maintenance  orj 
operation  of  a  public  park  outside  the  municipality;     i 


(s)  under  section  248a  in  respect  of  the  Royal  Botanical 
Gardens;  or 

(t)  for  providing  money  for  the  acquisition  of  land  and  the 
erection  of  buildings  required  for  the  purpose  of  a  fire 
department  and  for  the  acquisition  and  installation  of 
fire  engines,  apparatus  and  appliances  for  use  in  con- 
nection with  the  fire-fighting  and  fire  protection  services 
offered  by  the  fire  department. 

8.  Section  351  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  s.  3Si, 

repealed 

9. — (1)  The  following  paragaphs  of  section  352  of  the  said  Act  are  ^  ^^?' 

^  ^         ^    ^  certain 

repealed;  paragraphs 

repealed 

1.  Paragraphs  11,  12,  15,  28,  30,  31,  36,  37,  38,  43,  44  and 
71. 

2.  Paragraphs  33,  39,  40  and  42,  as  amended  by  the  Stat- 
utes of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  56,  section  4. 

(2)  Paragraphs  9  and  10  of  the  said  section  352  are  repealed  and  *  ^^2, 
the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted ' 

9.  For  establishing,  operating,  maintaining  and  improving  Air  harbours 
aerodromes  in  compliance  with  the  Air  Regulations  (Canada),  and  grounds 
for  entrusting  the  control  and  management  of  any  aerodrome  so 
established  to  a  commission  appointed  by  the  council. 

(a)  For  the  purposes  of  this  paragraph,  the  council  of  a  local 
municipality  may  acquire  land  in  the  municipality  or  in 
any  adjacent  or  an  adjoining  municipality  or  in  any 
adjacent  or  adjoining  territory  without  municipal 
organization,  or  may  acquire  by  lease  or  otherwise  an 
existing  aerodrome  in  any  municipality  or  in  territory 
without  municipal  organization. 

10.  For  any  of  the  elected  or  appointed  officers  of  the  corpora-  Officers 
tion  becoming  members  of  any  municipal  union  or  association  or  members  of 
any  other  association  for  extending  and  improving  the  technical  """cladons 
skill  of  such  officers  in  the  discharge  of  their  municipal  duties  and 

for  paying  the  whole  or  part  of  the  fees  for  such  membership  and 
for  paying  the  expenses  of  such  officers  attending  any  meeting  of 
the  association  or  upon  its  business. 

(3)  Paragraph  13  of  the  said  section  352,  as  amended  by  the  s.  352, 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  56,  section  4,  is  repealed  re-enacted 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Membership 

in 

associations 


s.  352,  pars. 
21a,  23o, 
enacted 


Public  fairs 


13.  For  the  corporation  becoming  a  member  of  or  for  appoint- 
ing a  representative  to  the  membership  of  any  association  or 
organization  where  in  the  opinion  of  council  it  would  be  in  the 
interests  of  the  municipality  to  do  so,  and  for  paying  the  fees  for 
such  membership  and  for  paying  the  expenses  of  delegates  or 
representatives  to  any  meeting  of  the  association  or  organization 
or  upon  its  business  and  for  making  contributions  for  the  expenses 
of  the  association  or  organization. 

(4)  The  said  section  352  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow- 
ing paragraphs: 

21a.  For  regulating  and  governing  public  fairs. 


Expenditures 

for 

publicity 


s.  352, 
par.  66  (ii), 
re-enacted 


23a.  For  providing  for  disseminating  information  respecting 
the  advantages  of  the  municipality  as  an  industrial,  agricultural, 
business,  educational,  residential  or  vacation  centre. 

(a)  The  power  conferred  by  this  section  may  be  exercised 
jointly  by  two  or  more  municipalities. 

(5)  Subparagraph  ii  of  paragraph  66  of  the  said  section  352  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(ii)  group  accident  insurance  or  group  sickness  insurance  fa 
employees  or  any  class  thereof  and  their  wives  or  hus 
bands  and  children,  and 


s.  354  (1), 
par.  24, 
amended 


s.  354(1), 
par.  25, 
re-enacted; 
par.  26, 
repealed 

Fire- 
fighting 
services, 
etc. 


10. — (1)  Paragraph  24  of  subsection  1  of  section  354  of  the  said  Act,  a 
re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1973,  chapter  173^ 
section  5 ,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause 

(a)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  paragraph  may  be  mad( 
applicable  to  the  whole  municipality  or  to  one  or  more 
defined  areas  thereof  as  set  out  in  the  by-law. 

(2)  Paragraphs  25  and  26  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354  are 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

25 .  For  providing  fire-fighting  and  fire  protection  services  and 
for  establishing,  operating,  promoting  and  regulating  life  and 
property  saving  companies. 


(a)  A  municipality  under  this  paragraph  may  establish, 
maintain  and  operate  a  fire  department  to  serve  only  a 


I 


defined  area  of  the  municipality,  in  which  case,  a  special 
annual  rate  may  be  levied  by  the  municipality  on  all  the 
rateable  property  in  the  defined  area  sufficient  to  pay  all 
or  part  of  the  costs  incurred  in  the  establishment,  main- 
tenance and  operation  of  the  fire  department  including 
any  amounts  owing  in  respect  of  debentures  issued  in 
connection  therewith. 

(b)  The  power  conferred  by  this  paragraph  may  be  exercised 
jointly  by  two  or  more  municipalities  upon  such  basis  as 
to  the  distribution  of  cost  as  the  municipalities  may  agree 
and  each  municipality  shall  issue  its  own  debentures  for 
its  share  of  the  capital  cost  of  providing  the  joint  fire 
service. 

(c)  The  power  conferred  by  this  paragraph  includes  the 
power, 

(i)  to  enter  into  agreements  with  any  other  munici- 
pality or  person  upon  such  terms  and  conditions 
and  for  such  consideration  based  on  cost  as  may 
be  agreed  or,  failing  agreement,  as  may  be 
determined  by  the  Municipal  Board  for  the  use  of 
the  fire-fighting  equipment  of  the  other  munici- 
pality or  person ,  or  any  of  it,  in  the  event  of  fire  in 
any  defined  area  of  the  municipality,  and 

(ii)  to  levy  a  special  annual  rate  on  all  the  rateable 
property  in  the  defined  area  to  defray  the 
expenses  incurred  under  and  incidental  to  the 
agreement  referred  to  in  subclause  i, 

but,  notwithstanding  any  provision  in  the  agreement,  no 
liability  accrues  to  the  other  municipality  or  person  for 
failing  to  supply  the  use  of  the  fire-fighting  equipment  or 
any  of  it. 

(3)  Paragraph  33  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "defined  areas  of  in  the  third  line.  amended 

(4)  Paragraph  38  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354  is  repealed.  ^  ^^^tl^^' 

repealed 

(5)  Paragraph  44  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354  is  amended  ^  ^r^li ^^' 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause:  amended 

(a)  by-laws  passed  under  this  paragraph  and  paragraphs  33 
to  43  may  be  made  applicable  to  the  whole  municipality 
or  to  one  or  more  defined  areas  thereof  as  set  out  in  the 
by-law. 


354(1), 
par.  33, 


8 


s.  354  (1), 
amended 


Authority 
to  call 
out  help 


(6)  Subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  paragraphs: 

44a.  For  authorizing  the  head  of  council  or,  in  case  of  the 
absence  of  the  head  of  council,  any  member  of  the  council,  in  the 
event  of  an  emergency  arising  in  the  municipality  by  reason  of 
timber  or  forest  fires,  to  call  out  such  number  of  inhabitants  of  the 
municipality  as  may  be  necessary  to  fight  and  put  out  any  such 
fires,  and  for  fixing  the  amount  of  the  remuneration  to  be  paid  to 
such  inhabitants  for  the  services  rendered  by  them. 


Site  for  , 
armoury 


62b.  For  acquiring  land  in  the  municipality  for  a  drill-shed  or 
armoury  for  any  militia  or  volunteer  corps  having  its  headquarters 
in  the  municipality. 


Treatment 

of 

alcoholics 

Markets 


62c.  For  establishing,  erecting  and  maintaining  an  institution 
for  the  treatment  of  alcoholics. 

62d.  For  establishing,  maintaining  and  operating  markets  and 
for  regulating  such  markets  and  any  other  markets  located 
within  the  municipality. 

(a)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  paragraph  may, 

(i)    provide  for  charging  market  fees  to  vendors  in 
market  established  by  the  council  and  for  pro- 
hibiting persons  from  selling  or  exposing  things 
for  sale  in  such  a  market  if  the  fee  has  not  beei 
paid,  and 

(ii)    regulate  the  hours  of  operation  of  any  markel 
within  the  municipality. 


Regulating 
vending  in 
streets,  etc. 


62e.  For  prohibiting  or  regulating  sales  by  retail  in  the  high- 
ways or  on  vacant  lots  adjacent  to  them  and  for  regulating  traffic 
in  and  preventing  the  blocking  up  of  the  highways  by  vehicles  or 
otherwise. 


(a)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  paragraph  may  be  made 
applicable  to  the  whole  municipality  or  to  any  definec 
areas  thereof. 


Weigh 
scales 


62/.  For  erecting  and  maintaining  weigh  scales  within  th< 
municipality  or  within  an  adjacent  municipality,  and  charginj 
fees  for  the  use  thereof. 


69a .  For  purchasing  any  wet  land  in  the  municipality,  the  price  Purchase 
or  which,  in  case  of  Crown  lands,  shall  be  fixed  by  the  Lieutenant  land 
Governor  in  Council,  and  for  draining  such  land. 


75a.  For  acquiring,  with  the  consent  of  the  council  thereof.  Purchase 

.    .       , .  •       ^     c  ■  1        °f  lands 

land  in   any  other  municipality  required  for  preventing  the  to  prevent 
municipality  or  any  part  of  it  from  being  flooded  by  surface  or  fl°°<^'"g 
other  water  flowing  from  such  other  municipality,  or  for  an  outlet 
for  such  water,  and  for  constructing,  maintaining  and  improving 
drains,  sewers  and  watercourses  in  the  land  so  acquired. 


81a.  For  requiring  the  installation  and  maintenance  of  safety  Window 

cl6a,n]ng 

devices  for  window  cleaners,  for  inspecting  such  devices  and  for  safety 
prohibiting  any  person  from  cleaning  the  outside  of  windows  of  devices 
buildings  on  which  such  devices  are  installed  unless  such  devices 
are  used. 

816.  For  regulating  the  construction,  erection,  alteration  or  Regulation 

,01  water 

repairing  of  water  tanks  and  water  towers  whether  on  buildings  or  tanks 
elsewhere,  and  for  prohibiting  the  construction,  erection,  altering 
or  repairing  of  them  contrary  to  such  regulations. 


97a.  For  numbering  the  buildings  and  lots  along  any  highway.  Numbering 

,  ,  ,  ,  .       ,  .    .       ,7        ,  of  buildings, 

beach,  park,  reserve  or  any  other  property  m  the  municipality  that  etc. 
it  is  considered  necessary  to  number  by  the  council,  and  for 
affixing  numbers  to  the  buildings  and  for  charging  the  owner  or 
occupant  with  the  expense  incident  to  the  numbering  of  his  lot  or 
property. 

(a)  Such  expense  may  be  collected  in  the  same  manner  as 
taxes,  and,  if  paid  by  the  occupant,  subject  to  any 
agreement  between  him  and  the  owner,  may  be 
deducted  from  the  rent  payable  to  the  owner. 

97b .  For  keeping,  and  every  such  council  shall  keep,  a  record  of  ^^'^^^^  f 
the  highways,  beaches,  parks,  reserves  and  of  the  numbers  of  the  etc. 
buildings,  lots,  and  other  property,  if  any,  and  for  entering  there- 
in, and  every  such  council  is  hereby  required  to  enter  therein,  a 
division  of  the  streets  with  boundaries  and  distances  for  public 
inspection. 


10 


Stands  for 
vehicles 


107c.  For  authorizing  and  assigning  stands  on  the  highways 
and  in  pubHc  places  for  motor  vehicles  not  kept  for  hire,  and  for 
motor  vehicles  and  other  vehicles  kept  for  hire,  and  regulating  the 
use  of  the  stands,  and  for  authorizing  the  erection  and  mainten- 
ance of  covered  stands  or  booths  on  the  highways  and  in  public 
places  for  the  protection  or  shelter  of  the  drivers  of  such  motor 
vehicles  and  other  vehicles  kept  for  hire,  but  no  such  covered 
stand  or  booth  shall  be  placed  upon  the  sidewalk  without  the 
consent  of  the  owner  and  occupant  of  the  adjoining  land. 


Unlocked 

motor 

vehicles 


113a.  For  prohibiting  any  person  driving  or  in  charge  of  a 
motor  vehicle,  other  than  a  commercial  motor  vehicle,  from 
allowing  such  motor  vehicle  to  stand  unattended  unless  it  is  locked 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  its  operation  by  any  person  not 
authorized  by  the  owner,  driver  or  person  in  charge. 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  202 


(a)  In  this  paragraph,  "motor  vehicle"  and  "commercial 
motor  vehicle"  mean  "motor  vehicle"  and  "commercial 
motor  vehicle"  as  defined  in  The  Highway  Traffic  Act. 


Fencing  of 
vacant  lots 


117a.  For  requiring  vacant  lots  to  be  properly  enclosed. 


Removal  of 
pigeons 


120a.  For  empowering  officers  of  the  municipality  upon  the 
complaint  of  the  owner  or  occupant  of  any  premises,  to  enter  upon 
such  premises  and  the  land  and  any  buildings  in  the  vicinity 
thereof  for  the  purpose  of  trapping,  removing  or  exterminating 
strayed  pigeons  that  are  causing  annoyance  to  the  owner  or  occup- 
ant or  damages  to  such  premises. 


Laundries 


139a.  For  licensing,  regulating  and  governing  laundries. 


(a)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  paragraph  shall  not  apply  t( 
or  include  individuals  carrying  on  a  laundry  business  ir 
private  dwelling  houses. 


Massage 
parlours 


1396 .  For  licensing,  regulating,  governing  and  inspecting  mas 
sage  parlours  and  such  by-laws  may  provide  for  the  enforcemen' 
thereof  through  the  medical  health  department  or  the  polict 
department  of  the  municipality. 


11 

139c .  For  licensing,  regulating  and  governing  sandblasters  and  Sandbiasters, 
other  persons  who  for  gain  use  chemicals  or  pressurized  air,  water, 
steam,  sand  or  other  abrasives  to  clean  or  restore  the  exteriors  of 
buildings  or  other  structures. 

(7)  Subsections  2  and  3  of  the  said  section  354  are  repealed.         re^e^ed'  ^'' 

1 1.  Subsection  22  of  section  355  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  re^^^i"^' 

12.  The  following  sections  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed:  Sections 

1.  Section  363,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1979,  chapter  63,  section  8. 

2.  Sections  364  and  365,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1978,  chapter  87,  section  40. 

3.  Section  366,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1975,  chapter  56,  section  6. 

4.  Section  370. 

5.  Section  371,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

1975,  chapter  56,  section  9. 

6.  Section  375. 

7.  Section  379. 

8.  Section  380. 

9.  Section  395,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

1976,  chapter  51,  section  11. 

10.  Section  442,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1978,  chapter  87,  section  40. 

11.  Section  459. 

1 3.  Section  368  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^  ^^^'^.^g^ 
1976,  chapter  69,  section  13,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

368.  By-laws  may  be  passed  by  the  councils  of  cities  and  towns  Commission 
for  placing  the  control  and  management  of  sewage  works  under  a  sewage 
commission  established  under  The  Public  Utilities  Act  but  the  ^°'''^* 
by-law  shall  not  be  passed  without  the  assent  of  the  electors.       c.  390 

14.  Paragraphs  1  and  9  of  section  373  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed.      ^  ^^^' 

repealed 


12 


s.  376, 

pars.  1-4,  7-15, 

repealed 


15.  Paragraphs  1  and  2 ,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972 , 
chapter  124,  section  12,  and  paragraphs  3,  4  and  7  to  IS  of  section 
376  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 


s.  381  (1), 
par.  1  (d), 
re-enacted 


1 6 .  Clause  d  of  paragraph  1  of  subsection  1  of  section  38 1  of  the  said  Act 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Certain 
powers  not 
affected 


(d)  Nothing  in  this  paragraph  affects  the  powers  to  pass 
by-laws  under  paragraph  62d  of  subsection  1  of  section 
354,  paragraph  1  of  section  382,  and  paragraphs  16  and 
17  of  section  383. 


s.  382, 
par.  1  (a,  b), 
re-enacted 


1 7.  Clauses  a  and  b  of  paragraph  1  of  section  382  of  the  said  Act  are 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(a)  Nothing  in  this  paragraph  affects  the  powers  conferred 
by  paragraph  62d  of  subsection  1  of  section  354. 


s.  386, 
pars.  1,2, 
repealed 


18.  Paragraphs  1  and  2  of  section  386  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 


re-enacted 


1 9.  Section  389g  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1979,  chapter  101,  section  9,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 


Conservation 
authorities 


389g. — (1)  Notwithstanding  sections  389a  to  389/,  a  conserva- 
tion authority  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  paying  the 
remuneration  and  expenses  of  the  members  of  the  conservation 
authority  appointed  by  its  participating  municipalities,  unless  thej 
conservation  authority  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of  November  in 
the  year  preceding  the  year  for  which  such  resolution  appliesi 
passes  a  resolution  transferring  the  responsibility  for  establishing! 
remuneration  and  expenses  to  the  participating  municipalities,  ini 
which  case  the  remuneration  and  expenses  shall  be  established 
and  paid  in  accordance  with  section  389/. 


Effective 
date  of 
resolution 


(2)  A  resolution  passed  by  a  conservation  authority  under  sub 
section  1  in  any  year  shall  take  effect  on  the  1st  day  of  January  ir 
the  immediately  following  year. 


s.  443  (4), 
re-enacted 


20.  Subsection  4  of  section  443  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  tht 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Approval 
of  Governor 
General  to 
by-law 


(4)  The  powers  conferred  by  subsection  1  shall  not  be  exercise- 
without  the  consent  of  the  Governor  General  in  Council  in  respec 
of, 


13 

(a)  any  street,  lane  or  thoroughfare  made  or  laid  out  by  Her 
Majesty's  Ordinance  or  the  Provincial  Secretary  of  State 
in  whom  the  Ordinance  estates  became  vested  under  the 
Act  of  the  late  Province  of  Canada  passed  in  the  19th 
year  of  the  reign  of  Her  Late  Majesty  Queen  Victoria, 
Chapter  45,  or  under  Chapter  24  of  the  Consolidated 
Statutes  of  Canada,  or  made  or  laid  out  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  Canada; 

(b)  any  land  owned  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada;  or 

(c)  any  bridge,  wharf,  dock,  quay  or  other  work  vested  in 
the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada, 

and  the  consent  of  the  Governor  General  in  Council  shall  be 
recited  in  the  by-law,  but  the  by-law  shall  not  be  quashed  or  open 
to  question  because  of  the  omission  to  recite  it  if  the  consent  has 
been  given. 

2 1 .  Section  452  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  *  "^52, 

re-enacted 

therefor: 

452.  The  council  of  a  municipality  in  unorganized  territory  9?^"'".^  o"" 

,       ,  r  .  -J       •  •    4.    ■    •  •  improving, 

may  pass  by-laws  for  openmg,  widenmg,  mamtammg  or  improv-  etc., 
ing  any  highway  or  constructing,  maintaining  or  improving  any  |)Jf(J^rKanfzed 
bridge  in  an  adjoining  municipality  or  unorganized  township  or  in  territories 
adjoining  unsurveyed  territory. 

22.  Paragraph  4  of  section  453  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  ^J^^l' 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

4.  For  setting  apart  and  laying  out  so  much  of  any  highway  as  Bicycle 
the  council  may  consider  expedient  for  the  purposes  of  a  bicycle 
path  or  foot  path  and  for  the  regulation  of  the  use  of  such  a  bicycle 
path  or  foot  path. 

23.  Subsection  7  of  section  457  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  '  "^^/P' 

'^  repealed 

24.  Paragraph  7  of  section  460  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  *  ^60, 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

7 .  To  provide  for  placing,  regulating  and  maintaining  upon  the  Signs 
public  highways  traffic  signs  for  the  purposes  of  guiding  and 
directing  traffic. 

25.  Section  466  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^^  g^^'^.^^ . 
1972,  chapter  124,  section  17,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 


14 


Power  to 

impose 

fines 


s.  636a, 
amended 


Restoration 
of  taxes 
to  tax  roll 


466.  By-laws  may  be  passed  by  the  councils  of  all 
municipalities  and  by  boards  of  commissioners  of  police  for 
imposing  fines  of  not  more  than  $2,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  upon 
every  person  who  contravenes  any  by-law  of  the  council  or  of  the 
board  passed  under  the  authority  of  this  Act. 

26. — (1)  Section  636a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1972,  chapter  124,  section  25  and  amended  by  1973, 
chapter  175,  section  9,  1974,  chapter  136,  section  25,  1979, 
chapter  50,  section  2  and  1979,  chapter  101,  section  11,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

(6a)  Where  a  council  or  the  Assessment  Review  Court  has  made 
a  decision  in  any  year  under  subsection  6  to  cancel,  refund  or 
reduce  taxes  for  that  year  in  respect  of  a  building  mentioned  in 
clause  c  of  subsection  1  and  where  subsequently  the  council  or  the 
Assessment  Review  Court,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  satisfied  that  the 
building  has  been  reconstructed  or  repaired  and  has  been  returned 
to  use  prior  to  the  end  of  that  year,  the  council  or  the  Assessment 
Review  Court,  as  the  case  may  be,  may  direct  that  such  portion  as 
it  considers  appropriate  of  the  tax  reduction  or  of  the  taxes  that 
were  cancelled  or  refunded  be  restored  to  the  collector's  roll  as 
taxes  owing  for  that  year  and  such  a  direction  may  be  made  at  any, 
time  up  to  the  28th  day  of  February  of  the  immediately  following 
year. 


Right  to 
hearing 


(66)  No  direction  shall  be  made  under  subsection  6a  in  respecl 
of  taxes  on  any  building  without  first  affording  an  opportunity  tc 
be  heard  to  any  person  who,  according  to  the  collector's  roll, 
would  be  chargeable  for  the  taxes  if  a  portion  thereof  were  restorec 
to  the  collector's  roll. 


Appeals 


(6c)  The  provisions  of  this  section  respecting  an  appeal  of 
decision  made  under  subsection  6  apply  with  necessary  modifica 
tions  to  a  direction  made  under  subsection  6a. 


Payment 


ibd)  Taxes  restored  to  a  collector's  roll  for  any  year  pursuant  td 
a  direction  made  under  subsection  6a  shall,  upon  notice  to  the 
person  chargeable  therewith,  become  payable  as  part  of  the  nexl 
installment  of  taxes  payable  by  that  person  in  that  year  following 
the  giving  of  a  notice  or  demand  therefor  and  where  no  installmeni 
remains  payable  in  the  year  following  the  giving  of  the  notice  or 
demand  or  where  the  notice  or  demand  is  given  in  the  next 
following  year,  the  taxes  mentioned  in  the  notice  shall  become  due 
and  payable  or  in  arrears,  as  the  case  may  be,  on  the  fifteenth  day 
following  the  giving  of  the  notice  or  demand,  and  where  the  notice 
or  demand  was  given  in  the  next  following  year  interest  added 
under  section  553  shall  accrue  from  the  date  that  the  taxes  became 
due  and  payable,  or  in  arrears,  and  not  from  the  31st  day  of 
December  of  the  year  in  which  the  taxes  were  levied. 


15 

(2)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  636a,  as  amended  by  the  s.  636a  (7), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  175,  section  9,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "3 1st  day  of  March"  in  the  second  line 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "30th  day  of  April". 

(3)  Subsection  la  of  the  said  section  636a,  as  enacted  by  the  s.  636a  (7a), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  175,  section  9,  is  amended 

by  striking  out  "31st  day  of  March"  in  the  third  and  fourth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "30th  day  of  April". 

(4)  Subsection  9  of  the  said  section  636a  is  amended  by  striking  out  ^  636a(9), 
"31st  day  of  March"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "30th  day  of  April". 

27. — (1)  This  Act,  except  paragraph  8  of  section  12,  comes  into  force  on  Commence- 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Paragraph  8  of  section  12  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  1*^^™ 
January,  1983. 

28.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1980.    short  title 


H 

o 

3 

ffi 

l-^ 

O 

^ 

QTQ 

O 
< 

H 

n 

.t-^ 

3 

^ 

3 

w 

£ 

> 

(/3 

d 

d 

Z 

rt 

n> 

o 

O 

n 

< 

n 

B 

3 

tM 

s 

3 

0^ 

cr 

f5- 

cr 

?5. 

cr 

r* 

<-t 

>3 

>3 

CD 

1-1 

>« 

CTi 

c^ 

«> 

(— * 

^ 

^— * 

t—t 

G 

S- 

I—* 

ft- 

©. 

r^. 

jr 

cr 

0^ 

p- 

c^ 

t— * 

H- ' 

1—^ 

o 

o 

o 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

o 

H 

> 

n 

3 

g 

> 

c 

r+ 

3_ 

<-^ 

n' 

O 

"5' 

P 

?L 

3 

> 

3 

BILL  194  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 


Mr.  Philip 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 


The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  authorize  the  Residential  Tenancy  Commission  to 
order  payment  of  a  tenant's  costs  where  the  Commission  has  determined  that  the 
tenant  paid  rent  in  excess  of  the  amount  permitted  by  the  Act. 


BILL  194  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1 .  Subsection  2  of  section  129  of  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979^  s.  129  (2), 
being  chapter  78,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Where,  on  the  application  of  the  tenant,  the  Commission  Remedy 
determines  that  the  tenant  has  paid  an  amount  of  rent  that  is  in 
excess  of  that  permitted  by  this  Part,  the  Commission  shall  declare 
the  rent  that  may  lawfully  be  charged  and  shall  order  that  the 
landlord  pay  to  the  tenant, 

{a)  the  amount  of  the  excess  rent  paid  to  the  landlord;  and 

{b)  the  costs  incurred  by  the  tenant  in  bringing  the  applica- 
tion, including  the  tenant's  loss  of  wages,  if  any,  for 
appearing  at  a  hearing,  interest  on  the  amount  of  the 
excess  rent,  and  any  other  cost  the  Commission  con- 
siders appropriate  to  be  repaid  to  the  tenant. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.      Commence- 

-^  -^  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Residential  Tenancies  Amendment  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


c» 


^ 

3. 

CJ 

;:) 

«. 
«> 

^ 

^ 

W 

a 

^n 

g 

a 

o- 

1—1 

«> 

f 

•>* 

^■^ 

<> 

h3 

Ui 

Kj 

>« 

S 

O- 

a. 

>} 

>3 

«s 

«i 

?i 

Q 

S: 

toft* 

s 

s 

(A; 

c^ 

o 
< 

n 

3 

cr 
n 


o 

00 

o 


>3 

ft. 

0^5 


KT 

rt> 

:»3 

n 

Vi 

ft 

> 

s 

s 

p'  > 


3  ^ 

> 


BILL  195  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 


Mr.  Philip 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  require  a  landlord,  upon  the  request  of  a  tenant,  to 
file  receipts  for  expenditures  made  by  the  landlord  with  the  Residential  Tenancy 
Commission. 


BILL  195  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Section  126  of  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979,  being  chapter  «  126, 
78,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

(5)  Upon  the  request  of  a  tenant,  a  landlord  shall  include  Receipts 
receipts  for  each  expenditure  over  $100  in  the  material  filed  with 

the  Commission  under  subsection  4. 

(6)  Where  a  landlord  is  required  to  file  receipts  with  the  Com-  Where  no 

receipts 

mission,  the  landlord  may  include  expenditures  for  which  the  for  ex- 
landlord  has  not  filed  receipts  in  his  operating  costs,  financing  P^nditures 
costs  and  capital  expenditures  but  the  unreceipted  expenditures 
shall  not  exceed  5  per  cent  of  the  total  of  such  costs  and  capital 
expenditures. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

•'  •'  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Residential  Tenancies  Amendment  short  title 
Act,  1980. 


-1 

to 


►id 


O 

< 

u 

Ni 

CD 

k.^ 

;5 

s 

3 

cr 

O) 

R- 

A. 

^-t. 

>3 

>3 

n 

>3 

a 

r* 

«> 

Ci 

Si 

>— ' 

a 

«4. 

S- 

s 

s" 

cr 

s 

0^ 

oci 

00 

o 

OK, 

H 

cr 

T7 

(»^ 

JO 

ft) 

►2 

re 

> 

3 

3 

(-^ 

E^ 

> 

n 

H 
re 
3 

P 

pa 

3 
o 

3 

n' 

3 

in 

CL 

> 

BILL  196  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  a  Moratorium  on 

Mortgage  Payments  for  Persons  affected 

by  an  Interruption  of  Employment 


Mr.  Makarchuk 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  for  a  moratorium  on  the  payment  of 
principal  and  interest  amounts  secured  by  mortgages  on  the  residences  of  persons 
who  suffer  an  interruption  of  employment  arising  from  a  legal  strike,  lock-out  or 
lay-off.  The  Bill  also  protects  a  mortgagor  from  mortgage  default  proceedings 
during  the  moratorium  period. 


BILL  196  1980 


An  Act  to  provide  for  a  Moratorium  on 

Mortgage  Payments  for  Persons  affected 

by  an  Interruption  of  Employment 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  In  this  Act,  "residence"  means  the  residence  in  which  a  interpre- 
person  ordinarily  and  actually  resides. 

2.  Where  the  employment  of  a  mortgagor  is  interrupted  by  Mortgage 
reason  of  a  legal  strike,  lock-out  or  lay-off,  the  mortgagor  may  defeTrl" 
defer  the  payment  of  the  principal  money  secured  by  the  mortgage 

on  the  mortgagor's  residence  and  the  interest  thereon, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  strike  or  lock-out,  for  the  period  of  the 
interrupted  employment  and  a  period  of  three  months 
following  the  resumption  of  employment;  or 

(b)  in  the  case  of  a  lay-off,  for  the  period  of  the  lay-off  and  a 
period  of  three  months  following  the  resumption  of 
employment  or  for  a  period  of  six  months  following  the 
day  on  which  the  lay-off  commences,  whichever  occurs 
first. 

3.  Where  the  employment  of  a  mortgagor  is  interrupted  by  Moratorium 

on  mortpjage 

reason  of  a  legal  strike,  lock-out  or  lay-off,  the  mortgagee  shall  not  default 
bring  any  proceedings  in  respect  of  a  default  by  the  mortgagor  in  proceedings 
making  payments  under  a  mortgage  of  a  mortgagor's  residence, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  strike  or  lock-out,  for  the  period  of  the 
interrupted  employment  and  a  period  of  three  months 
following  the  resumption  of  employment;  or 

{b)  in  the  case  of  a  lay-off,  for  the  period  of  the  lay-off  and  a 
period  of  three  months  following  the  resumption  of 
employment  or  for  a  period  of  six  months  following  the 
day  on  which  the  lay-off  commences,  whichever  occurs 
first. 


Notice 


4.  Sections  2  and  3  do  not  apply  until  the  mortgagor  gives 
notice  of  the  interrupted  employment,  in  writing,  to  the  mortgagee 
and,  upon  the  resumption  of  employment,  the  mortgagor  shall 
give  the  mortgagee  notice  forthwith. 


Commence- 
ment 


5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

Assent. 


Short  title 


6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is   The  Mortgage  Payments 
Moratorium  Act,  1980 . 


3. 


bo 


u 

INJ 

^ 

s 

a. 

?i. 

>3 

>3 

«> 

«i 

e 

Ci 

R- 

R. 

«*. 

f>4. 

a 

s 

OQ 

c^ 

o 
< 

B 
cr 


00 

o 


>3 

0^ 


o 

> 

3 

3 

S 

> 
n 

n 

o 

(-^ 

o 

>-t 

r* 

r4- 

rj- 

fti 

OTQ 

O 

3 

cr 

3 

T3 

O 
< 

v; 

t— 1 

3 

i-h 

3 

3 

O 

-1 

3 

t/5 

P 

(-»■ 

o' 

S 

c* 

-t 

O 

o' 
s 

►1 

o 

o 

tn 

H^ 

i-h 

O 

3 

B' 

BILL  197  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  facilitate  the  Negotiation  and 
Resolution  of  Municipal  Boundary  and  Boundary-related  Issues 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

The  Bill  provides  a  method  by  which  municipalities  may,  by  agreement, 
resolve  annexation  or  amalgamation  problems  or  resolve  intermunicipal  problems 
arising  in  respect  of  boundary-related  issues. 

The  following  are  among  the  principal  features  of  the  Bill: 

1 .  A  municipality  that  seeks  the  resolution  of  an  intermunicipal  boundary 
issue  or  of  a  boundary-related  issue  may  apply  to  the  Minister  of 
Intergovernmental  Affairs  to  initiate  the  procedures  provided  for  in  the 
Bill  (section  2). 

2.  Upon  receiving  an  application,  the  Minister  will  designate  a  fact  finder 
who  will  determine  what  issues  are  raised  by  the  application,  determine 
the  party  municipalities  (those  that  have  a  substantial  interest  in  the 
matter)  and  report  to  the  Minister  and  the  party  municipalities  thereon 
(sections  4  and  5). 

3 .  Where  the  fact  finder's  report  indicates  agreement  has  been  reached  by 
the  party  municipalities,  the  Minister  may  recommend  to  the  House 
legislative  measures  to  implement  the  agreement  or  he  may,  where  the 
subject-matter  of  the  agreement  falls  within  section  14  of  the  Bill, 
recommend  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  the  making  of  an 
order  under  that  section  to  implement  the  agreement.  If  agreement  has 
not  been  reached,  the  Minister  may  direct  the  party  municipalities  to 
appoint  members  to  a  negotiating  committee  in  order  to  attempt  to  reach 
agreement  (section  6). 

4.  Where  a  negotiating  committee  has  been  established,  the  Minister  will 
appoint  a  chief  negotiator  (section  7). 

5 .  The  chief  negotiator  acts  as  chairman  of  the  committee  and  will  report  in 
due  course  to  the  Minister  and  to  the  party  municipalities  the  extent  to 
which  the  committee  has  or  has  not  reached  agreement  on  the  issues 
before  it  (section  1 1). 

6.  Upon  receipt  of  a  report  of  a  chief  negotiator,  each  party  municipality  is 
required  to  hold  one  or  more  information  meetings  to  inform  the  public  of 
the  contents  of  the  report  and  to  invite  and  consider  comments  of  the 
public  on  the  report,  following  which  the  council  of  the  municipality  is  to 
inform  the  Minister  of  its  opinion  on  each  of  the  issues  dealt  with  in  the 
report  (section  12). 

7 .  After  the  expiration  of  the  time  stipulated  in  section  1 2 ,  the  Minister  may 
recommend  the  making  of  an  order  under  section  14,  recommend 
legislative  measures  to  the  House,  refer  an  issue  or  issues  back  for  further 
negotiation,  authorize  the  applicant  municipality  to  make  application  to 
the  Municipal  Board  under  section  1 1  or  section  14  of  The  Municipal  Act 
or  take  such  other  action  as  the  Minister  considers  appropriate  in  the 
circumstances  (section  13). 

8.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may,  by  order,  give  effect  to  agreements  reached  by  party 
municipalities;  such  an  order  may  provide  for  an  annexation  or 
amalgamation  and  matters  consequential  thereon  or  for  the  resolution  of 
an  intermunicipal  boundary-related  issue  (section  14). 


9.  Public  notice  of  the  intention  to  make  an  order  under  section  14  will  be 
given  and  an  opportunity  afforded  to  object  thereto;  an  order  will  not  be 
made  where  objections  are  received  until  one  or  more  of  the  steps  set  out 
in  section  16  are  taken  (sections  IS  and  16). 

10.  Complementary  amendments  are  made  to  sections  of  The  Municipal  Act 
dealing  with  an  application  to  the  Municipal  Board  for  the  erection  of  a 
municipality  to  city  status  and  with  applications  to  the  Board  for 
annexation  or  amalgamation;  generally,  such  applications  will  require 
the  authorization  of  the  Minister  given  where  the  procedures  under  this 
Bill  have  failed  to  result  in  agreement  amongst  the  party  municipalities 
(section  20). 

1 1 .  Other  provisions  of  the  Bill  provide  for  the  constitution  of  Issues  Review 
Panels  to  whom  questions  may  be  submitted  by  the  Minister  or 
negotiating  committees  for  advice,  the  delegation  by  the  Minister  of 
certain  of  his  powers  to  the  Deputy  Minister  or  other  officer  of  the 
Ministry  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs  the  contributing  by  party 
municipalities  towards  costs  incurred  by  the  Province  as  a  result  of  an 
application  and  financial  aid  by  the  Province  to  party  municipalities 
toward  the  costs  of  studies  incurred  by  them  in  connection  with  an 
application. 


BILL  197  1980 


An  Act  to  facilitate  the 
Negotiation  and  Resolution  of . 
Municipal  Boundary  and  Boundary-related  Issues 

HER  MAJESTY,    by  and   with   the   advice   and   consent 
of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "local  board"  means  a  local  board  as  defined  in  The  R so.  i97o, 

c    118 

Municipal  Affairs  Act; 

(b)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Intergovernmental 
Affairs; 

(c)  "Municipal  Board"  means  the  Ontario  Municipal 
Board; 

(d)  "municipality"  includes  a  metropolitan,  regional  or  dis- 
trict municipality  and  the  County  of  Oxford; 

(e)  "party  municipality"  means  a  municipality  having  a 
substantial  interest  in  an  issue  raised  by  an  application 
under  section  2  as  determined  by  the  fact  finder  or  the 
chief  negotiator. 

2.  The  council  of  a  municipality  that  desires  the  resolution  of  Application 
an  intermunicipal  boundary  issue  or  an  intermunicipal  boundary-  Minister 
related  issue  may  by  by-law  apply  to  the  Minister  for  the  initiation 

of  the  procedures  provided  for  in  this  Act. 

3. — (1)  Section  2  does  not  apply  to  any  metropolitan,  regional  Where  s.  2 
or  district  municipality  or  the  County  of  Oxford  or  to  any  area  apply 
municipality  in  a  metropolitan,  regional  or  district  municipality  or 
the  County  of  Oxford,  except  in  respect  of  an  intermunicipal 
boundary  issue  or  the  resolution  of  an  intermunicipal  boundary- 
related  issue  that  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister,  of  a  minor 
nature. 


Issues  to 
which  Act 
does  not 
apply 


(2)  Where  a  fact  finder  or  a  chief  negotiator  determines  that  a 
metropolitan,  regional  or  district  municipality  or  the  County  of 
Oxford  or  an  area  municipality  thereof  is  a  party  municipality  in 
respect  of  any  issue  raised  by  an  application  made  under  section  2 
that  is  not  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister  of  a  minor  nature,  the 
provisions  of  this  Act  do  not  apply  to  that  issue. 


Designation 
of  fact 
finder 


4.  Following  receipt  of  an  application  under  section  2,  the 
Minister  shall  designate  a  person  to  serve  as  fact  finder  in  respect 
of  the  application. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
fact  finder 


5. — (1)  The  fact  finder  shall  determine  and  inquire  into  the 
issues  raised  by  the  application,  determine  the  party 
municipalities  and  submit  to  the  Minister  and  to  the  clerk  of  each 
party  municipality  a  report  setting  out  the  issues,  the  party 
municipalities  and  such  other  matters  as  the  fact  finder  considers 
appropriate. 


Information 


Powers  of 
Minister 


(2)  A  party  municipality  shall  make  available  to  the  fact  finder 
all  information  relevant  to  the  issues  raised  that  the  fact  finder 
requires. 

6. — (1)  Following  the  receipt  of  a  report  under  section  5,  the 
Minister  may, 

(a)  recommend  to  the  Assembly  such  legislative  measures  as 
he  considers  appropriate  to  implement  any  agreement 
reached  by  the  party  municipalities;  or 

(b)  recommend  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
the  making  of  an  order  under  section  14  to  implement 
any  agreement  reached  by  the  party  municipalities;  or 

(c)  where  agreement  has  not  been  reached  by  the  party 
municipalities,  direct  that  the  council  of  each  party 
municipality  appoint,  within  twenty-eight  days  or  such 
longer  period  as  he  may  stipulate,  such  number  of 
persons,  members  of  council  at  the  time  of  their 
appointment,  as  he  considers  appropriate  to  negotiate 
and  recommend  agreements  on  behalf  of  the  munici- 
pality in  respect  of  any  intermunicipal  boundary  issue  or 
boundary-related  issue;  or 

(d)  take  such  other  action  as  the  Minister  considers 
appropriate. 


Failure  to 
appoint 
members  to 
negotiating 
committee 


(2)  Where  a  party  municipality  fails  to  appoint  members  to  the 
negotiating  committee  within  the  time  stipulated  by  the  Minister 
in  a  direction  under  clause  c  of  subsection  1,  the  Minister  may 
appoint  from  among  the  members  of  the  council  of  the  munici- 


pality  the  requisite  number  of  persons  to  be  members  of  the 
committee. 

(3)  Where  a  council  reappoints  or  replaces  a  member  of  the  Approval  of 
negotiating  committee,   the  reappointment  or  replacement  is  reappointment, 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Minister.  ^'^'^ 

7.   Following  the  appointment  of  members  of  the  negotiating  Appointment 
committee  under  clause  c  of  subsection  1  or  subsection  2  of  section  negotiator 
6,  the  Minister  shall  appoint  a  person  to  serve  as  chief  negotiator. 

8. — (1)  The  chief  negotiator  and  the  persons  appointed  under  Constitution 
clause  c  of  subsection  1  or  subsection  2  of  section  6  jointly  consti-  negotiating 
tute  the  negotiating  committee.  committee 

(2)  The  council  of  a  party  municipality  and  each  negotiator  Duties  of 
shall  act  responsibly  and  in  good  faith  to  assist  and  facilitate  etc. 
negotiation  and  shall  make  every  reasonable  effort  to  reach  an 
agreement  on  the  issues  raised  by  the  application. 

9. — (1)  The  Minister  may,  at  any  time,  constitute  one  or  more  Constitution 
Issues  Review  Panels  composed  of  such  three  persons  as  the  Review 
Minister  designates.  ^^"^' 

(2)  Where  a  negotiating  committee  has  been  constituted  under  Wem 
section  8,  the  Minister  shall  constitute  an  Issues  Review  Panel, 
composed  of  such  three  persons  as  the  Minister  designates,  in 
respect  of  that  committee. 

10. — (1)  The  Minister  may,  at  any  time,  submit  to  an  Issues  ^"''ue'fuon 
Review  Panel  constituted  under  subsection   1  of  section  9  a  to  Panel 
question  for  the  advice  of  the  Panel. 

(2)  The  Minister,  a  chief  negotiator  or  a  negotiating  committee  Wem 
may  at  any  time  submit  to  an  Issues  Review  Panel  constituted 
under  subsection  2  of  section  9  in  respect  of  that  negotiating 
committee  a  question  for  the  advice  of  the  Panel. 


11. — (1)  The  chief  negotiator  shall,  Powers  and 

"  duties  of 

chief 

(a)  act  as  chairman  of  the  negotiating  committee;  negotiator 

(6)  prepare  a  negotiation  timetable  in  the  event  that  the 
negotiating  committee  is  unable  to  agree  on  a  timetable; 

(c)  prepare  and  submit  to  the  Minister  and  to  the  clerk  of 
each  party  municipality  one  or  more  reports  as  the  chief 
negotiator  considers  appropriate  setting  out, 


(i)  the  party  municipalities  in  respect  of  each  issue,  if 
different  from  those  determined  by  the  fact  finder 
under  subsection  1  of  section  5 , 

(ii)  the  extent  of  agreement  or  disagreement  within 
the  negotiating  committee  on  the  issues 
negotiated, 

(iii)  any  agreement  which  the  negotiating  committee 
wishes  to  recommend, 

(iv)  the  chief  negotiator's  recommendations  to  the 
Minister  with  respect  to  the  further  consideration 
of  the  appHcation,  and 

(v)  such  other  matters  as  the  chief  negotiator 
considers  appropriate. 


Appointment 
of  members  to 
negotiating 
committee  by 
new  party 
municipality 


Holding  of 
meetings 


Notice  of 
meetings 


(2)  Where  the  chief  negotiator  in  a  report  sets  out  a  municipahty 
that  is  not  represented  on  the  negotiating  committee  as  a  party 
municipahty,  the  council  of  that  municipality  shall  appoint 
members  to  the  negotiating  committee  in  accordance  with  the 
direction  of  the  Minister  and  subsections  2  and  3  of  section  6  apply 
with  necessary  modifications. 

12. — (1)  Upon  receipt  of  a  report  of  a  chief  negotiator  under 
clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  11  that  sets  out  the  matters 
mentioned  in  subclauses  ii  and  iii  of  that  clause,  the  council  of  each 
party  municipality  shall, 

(a)  hold  one  or  more  information  meetings,  which  may  be 
held  jointly  with  any  other  party  municipality,  for  the 
purpose  of  informing  the  public  of  the  contents  of  the 
report;  and 

{b)  invite  and  consider  at  a  meeting  of  council  submissions 
and  comments  of  the  public  in  respect  of  the  contents  of 
the  report;  and 

(c)  not  later  than  ninety  days  following  the  receipt  of  the 
report  of  the  chief  negotiator,  or  such  longer  period  as 
the  Minister  stipulates,  inform  the  Minister  in  writing  of 
the  opinion  of  the  council  on  each  issue  in  respect  of 
which  the  municipality  is  a  party  municipality. 

(2)  Public  notice  of  an  information  meeting  required  under 
clause  a  of  subsection  1  and  of  a  meeting  required  under  clause  h  of 
subsection  1  shall  be  given  at  least  fifteen  days  in  advance  of  each 
meeting,  and  the  meeting  required  under  clause  b  of  subsection  1 
shall  be  held  not  sooner  than  fifteen  days  after  the  last  information 
meeting  required  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1 . 


13.  After  the  expiration  of  the  time  for  informing  the  Minister  Powers  of 
of  the  opinions  of  the  councils  of  the  party  municipahties  under 
section  12,  the  Minister  may, 

(a)  where  agreement  has  been  reached  by  the  party 
municipahties,  recommend  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  the  making  of  an  order  under  section  14; 

(b)  refer  any  issue  not  agreed  upon  to  the  negotiating  com- 
mittee or  to  the  party  municipalities  for  further  con- 
sideration; 

(c)  refer  any  issue  not  agreed  upon  to  an  Issues  Review 
Panel  for  the  advice  of  the  Panel; 

(d)  terminate  further  consideration  of  the  application; 

(e)  authorize  the  applicant  municipality  to  make  applica- 
tion to  the  Municipal  Board  under  section  11  or  14  of 

The  Municipal  Act;  R so.  1970, 

c.  284 

(/)  recommend  to  the  Assembly  legislation  in  respect  of  any 
of  the  issues  raised  by  the  application;  or 

(g)  take  such  other  action  as  the  Minister  considers  appro- 
priate. 

14.  Subject  to  sections  15  and  16  but  notwithstanding  the  Order  of 
provisions  of  any  other  general  or  special  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor" 
Governor  in  Council  may  by  order,  upon  the  recommendation  of  '"  Council 
the  Minister,  give  effect  to  agreements  of  party  municipalities  in 
respect  of  the  resolution  of  an  intermunicipal  boundary  issue  or  an 
intermunicipal  boundary-related  issue,  and  any  such  order  may 
provide  for  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

1 .  The  annexation  of  the  whole  or  any  part  or  parts  of  a 
party  municipality  to  another  party  municipality. 

2 .  The  amalgamation  of  a  party  municipality  with  one  or 
more  party  municipalities. 

3 .  A  requirement  for  joint  approval  by  party  municipalities 
of  any  subsequent  application  for  an  annexation  or 
amalgamation. 

4.  The  adoption  by  any  party  municipality  of  an  official 
plan  or  amendments  thereto  or  the  passage  of  a  restricted 
area  by-law  or  amendments  thereto,  provided  that  the 
plan  or  amendments  thereto  adopted  or  the  by-law  or 


amending  by-laws  passed  are  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Minister  of  Housing  or  of  the  Municipal  Board,  as 
the  case  may  be. 

5.  A  requirement  for  joint  approval  of  any  subsequent 
amendments  to  official  plans  or  restricted  area  by-laws 

f  349  ^^'^°'  °^  ^^y  party  municipality  passed  under  The  Planning 

Act. 

6.  The  level  or  apportionment  of  expenditures  incurred  in 
respect  of  any  joint  municipal  service  or  any  service 
provided  by  a  joint  local  board. 

7 .  Special  provision  for  the  assessment  of  real  property  and 
the  preparation  of  assessment  rolls  in  respect  of  annexed 
or  amalgamated  areas. 

8.  The  provision  of  any  service  by  one  party  municipality 
or  local  board  thereof  to  any  other  party  municipality  or 
local  board  thereof  and  the  rates,  prices  and  charges  in 
respect  of  the  service. 

9.  The  continuation  or  otherwise  of  by-laws  in  annexed  or 
amalgamated  areas. 

10.  The  requirement  for  and  the  methods  of  arbitration  with 
respect  to  any  issue. 

11.  The  adjustment  of  assets  and  liabilities  as  between  any 
party  municipalities  or  local  boards  thereof. 

12 .  The  creation,  amalgamation  and  dissolution  of  any  local 
boards  of  party  municipalities  and  provision  for  the 
adjustment  of  assets  and  liabilities  of  such  local  boards. 

13.  The  establishment  of  special  areas  within  any  party 
municipality  that  are  to  be  subject  to  special  rates  and 
charges. 

14.  The  payment  of  money  or  the  transfer  of  real  property 
from  any  party  municipality  to  any  other  party  munici- 
pality. 

15 .  The  composition  and  term  of  office  of  the  council  of  any 
party  municipality  or  local  board  thereof. 

16.  The  division  or  redivision  of  any  party  municipality  into 
wards. 

17.  The  holding  of  elections  in  part  or  all  of  any  party 
municipality,  the  qualifications  of  electors,  the  prepara- 


tion  of  polling  lists,  the  fixing  of  nomination  day,  the 
fixing  of  days  for  first  meetings  of  councils  and  local 
boards  and  for  such  other  matters  as  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  considers  necessary  to  provide  for 
the  effective  administration  of  any  party  municipality  or 
of  any  local  board  thereof. 

18.  The  erection  of  any  party  municipality  to  a  higher  status. 

19.  The  authority  for  any  party  municipality  to  use,  acquire 
or  service  land  located  in  another  party  municipality. 

20.  The  deeming  of  agreements  in  respect  of  the  matters 
mentioned  in  paragraphs  6,  8  and  14  to  be  matters 

within  the  meaning  of  subsection  2  of  section  293  of  The  R  so.  i97o, 
Municipal  Act. 

21.  The  level  at  which  payment  may  be  made  to  a  party 
municipality  by  any  ministry  under  any  program  of  that 
ministry. 

22.  The  transitional  protection  of  employees  of  party 
municipalities  and  local  boards  thereof. 

23.  The  exercise,  or  the  withholding  of  the  exercise,  by  any 
party  municipality  of  its  powers  under  any  general  or 
special  Act. 

1 5. — (1)  No  order  shall  be  made  under  section  14  until  twenty-  Notice  of 

•    1        1  r  1        /-.I      1        r     1       X-.  •         /".  Ml  •  intention 

eight  days  after  the  Clerk  of  the  Executive  Council  has  given  to  make 
public  notice  in  such  manner  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  °''^" 
Council  considers  appropriate  of  the  intention  to  make  the  order. 

(2)  Any  person  may  file  notice  of  objection  to  the  proposed  Fi'.ing.of 
issuance  of  an  order  with  the  Clerk  of  the  Executive  Council 
within  the  period  of  twenty-eight  days,  and  the  objection  shall  be 
in  writing  and  give  reasons  therefor. 

16.  Where  objections  are  received  under  subsection  2  of  sec-  Where 

.      objections 

tion  15,  no  order  shall  be  made  until  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  received 
Council  has  done  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

1.  Referred  any  matter  to  which  objection  has  been  made 
to  the  party  municipalities  for  negotiation  to  determine 
whether  the  intermunicipal  agreement  may  be  adjusted 
to  meet  the  objection  or  objections. 

2.  Sought  the  advice  of  an  Issues  Review  Panel  with 
respect  to  one  or  more  of  the  objections. 


8 


Appointed  one  or  more  hearing  officers  to  hear  any 
objections  and,  following  a  hearing  under  rules  of  pro- 
cedure adopted  by  the  hearing  officer  or  officers,  to 
make  recommendations  thereon. 

Referred  one  or  more  objections  to  the  Municipal  Board 
to  hear  such  objection  or  objections,  and  after  a  hearing, 
to  make  recommendations  thereon. 

Decided  that  the  objection  or  objections  is  or  are  out- 
weighed by  the  public  interest. 


Financial 
assistance 


17. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  out  of  the 
moneys  appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legislature,  provide  finan- 
cial assistance  to  any  party  municipality  in  respect  of  the  costs 
incurred  by  the  municipality  in  carrying  out  studies  related  to  the 
issue  or  issues  raised  by  an  application. 


Contribution 
to  costs 


(2)  The  Minister  may  require  that  the  party  municipalities 
contribute  to  the  costs  incurred  by  the  Province  as  the  result  of  an 
application  under  section  2 ,  including  the  costs  of  studies  under- 
taken, in  such  proportion  as  the  Minister  considers  appropriate. 


R.S.O. 

c.  284, 
s.  11  (S), 
re-enacted 


Erection  of 
village, 
town  or 
township  into 
a  city 
1980,  c.   .  .  . 


General  18.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  upon  the  recom- 

mendation of  the  Minister,  may  authorize  all  such  acts  or  things 
not  specifically  provided  for  in  this  Act  that  in  the  Minister's 
opinion  are  necessary  or  advisable  to  carry  out  effectively  the 
purposes  or  intent  of  this  Act. 

Delegation  1 9 .  Any  po wer  or  duty  conferred  on  the  Minister  by  section  4 , 

7,  9  or  10  may  be  delegated  by  him  in  writing,  subject  to  such 
limitations,  conditions  and  requirements  as  the  Minister  may  set 
out  in  his  delegation,  to  the  Deputy  Minister  of  Intergovernmental 
Affairs  or  to  any  officer  of  the  Ministry  of  Intergovernmental 
Affairs  who  may  act  for  him  in  his  place  and  stead,  and  when  the 
Deputy  Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs  or  such  officer  acts 
in  the  place  and  stead  of  the  Minister,  it  shall  be  presumed 
conclusively  that  he  acted  in  accordance  with  such  delegation. 

20. — (1)  Subsection  5  of  section  11  oi  The  Municipal  Act,  being  chapter 
284  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(5)  Upon  the  application,  authorized  by  the  Minister  under  The 

Municipal  Boundary  Negotiations  Act,  1980, 

(a)  of  a  village  or  town  located  in  a  county  and  having  a 
population  of  not  less  than  15,000;  or 

{b)  of  a  township  located  in  a  county  and  having  a  popula- 
tion of  not  less  than  25,000, 


1970, 


the  Municipal  Board  may  erect  the  village,  town  or  township  into 
a  city. 

(5a)  Upon  the  application,  idem 

(a)  of  a  village  or  town  not  located  in  a  county  and  having  a 
population  of  not  less  than  15,000;  or 

(b)  of  a  township  not  located  in  a  county  and  having  a 
population  of  not  less  than  25,000, 

the  Municipal  Board  may  erect  the  village,  town  or  township  into 
a  city. 

(2)  Subsections  7  and  8  of  the  said  section  11  are  repealed.  «  ii  (7-  8). 

repealed 

(3)  Subsection  2  of  section  14  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  ^  ^'^  <2), 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  98,  section  4,  is  repealed 

and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Upon  the  application  of  any  municipality  authorized  by  the  Amalgamations 
by-law  of  the  council  thereof  and  authorized  by  the  Minister  under  annexations 
The  Municipal  Boundary  Negotiations  Act,  1980,  or  upon  the  i98o,  c.  ... 
application  of  the  Minister  authorized  by  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council,  the  Municipal  Board  may  by  order  on  such  terms 
as  it  may  consider  expedient, 

(a)  amalgamate  the  municipality  with  any  other  municipal- 
ity or  municipalities; 

(b)  annex  the  whole  or  any  part  or  parts  of  the  municipality 
or  municipalities;  or 

(c)  annex  the  whole  or  any  part  or  parts  of  any  other 
municipality  or  municipalities  to  the  municipality, 

and  any  such  order  may  amalgamate  or  annex  a  greater  or  smaller 
area  or  areas  than  the  area  or  areas  specified  in  the  application, 
whether  or  not  the  municipality  or  municipalities  in  which  the 
area  or  areas  is  or  are  located,  is  or  are  specified  in  the  application. 

(2a)  Upon  the  application  of  any  municipality  or  upon  the  Annexation 
application  of  the  Minister  authorized  by  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council  or  upon  the  application  of  at  least  twenty-five 
inhabitants,  being  British  subjects  of  the  full  age  of  eighteen  years, 
the  Municipal  Board  may  by  order  on  such  terms  as  it  may 
consider  expedient,  annex  any  locality  that  does  not  form  part  of 
any  municipality  to  the  municipality  and  any  such  order  may 
annex  a  greater  or  smaller  area  or  areas  than  the  area  or  areas 
specified  in  the  application,  whether  or  not  the  locality  in  which 


10 


the  area  or  areas  is  or  are  located  is  or  are  specified  in  the  applica- 
tion. 


s.  14  (3), 
amended 


(4)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  14  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "2"  in  the  second  line  "or  2a". 


s.  14  (4), 
amended 


(5)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  14  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "2"  in  the  second  line  "or  2a". 


Commence- 
ment 


2 1 .  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  of 
the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


Short  title 


22.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Boundary  Negotiations 

Act,  1980. 


^  H 

cS 

aS 

o 

^ffi 

<2 

S-  o 

c^ 

^  z 

^ 

QTQ    ■ 

O    (J 

3  r 

3  ^ 

w 

S    M 

p 


'Z 

o 

< 

u. 

Kj 

n 

l.^ 

;$ 

s 

3 

C-5 

Pi. 

ei- 

r-1. 

>3 

>3 

>3 

«> 

«) 

«> 

a 

Q 

1— ' 

Ci 

00 

s 

s 

jr 

^ 

OQ 

OrCl 

1—' 
o 

00 

o 

OK, 

o  & 
c  c 

3    3 

P    o 

<^    E 
o,  3 

l-H    p 


crq 

►J* 

O 

3 

(-»-_ 

p" 

> 

<-»■_ 

n 

rt- 

o' 

3 

O 

P 

H-h 

3 

P 

CL 

o_ 

O     ft 


^  c 


ft)      03 


BILL  198 


Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 


Mr.  Philip 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  a  procedure  for  the  Residential  Tenancy 
Commission  to  review  rent  increases  allowed  by  the  Commission  for  the  purpose  of 
financing  major  repairs  by  a  landlord.  If  the  Commission  determines  that  a 
landlord  has  not  carried  out  the  repairs  or  that  the  cost  of  repairs  is  less  than  the  cost 
forecast  by  the  landlord,  the  Commission  may  order  a  reduction  of  the  rent 
increase. 


BILL  198  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979,  being  chapter  78,  is  amended  s  i3ia, 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

131a. — (1)  Where,  in  an  application  under  section  126,  a  Major 
landlord  indicates  that  one  of  the  reasons  for  an  intended  rent  "^^^^"^^ 
increase  is  that  the  landlord  wishes  to  make  major  repairs  to  the 
residential  complex  and  the  Commission  allows  an  increase  for 
this  purpose,  the  Commission  may  conduct  a  hearing,  a  reason- 
able time  after  the  increased  rent  takes  effect,  to  ensure  that  the 
repairs  have  been  carried  out. 

(2)  Where  the  Commission,  after  a  hearing  under  subsection  1,  OrAtr 
determines  that  major  repairs  proposed  by  the  landlord  have  not  rent"^  "^ 
been  carried  out  or  that  the  cost  of  repairs  is  less  than  the  cost  '"urease 
forecast  by  the  landlord,  the  Commission  may  reduce  the  amount 
of  the  rent  increase  and  may  order  the  landlord  to  reimburse  the 
tenant  for  the  amount  of  any  excess  rent  paid  to  the  landlord  from 
the  date  that  the  previous  rent  increase  took  effect. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 
ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Residential  Tenancies  Amendment  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


ba 


^ 

s 

«2 

Ci 

g 

^ 

w 

C^ 

^3 

§ 

W 

o- 

h^ 

«> 

r 

;^ 

U> 

rsj 

ft) 

k^ 

;$ 

S 

3 

Co 

?i- 

?X 

>3 

>3 

fD 

>3 

«> 

c^ 

a 

& 

Q 

h— ^ 

A 

St 

&• 

00 

g- 

S 

s" 

cr 

s' 

t>Q 

0^5 

■^ 

O"? 

00 

o 


H 

cr 

ft) 

5« 

n> 

v> 

a. 

> 

3 

3 

r* 

> 

n 

H 

CD 

3 

o 

p 

fa 

3 

3 

fD 

?s* 

3 

C/1 

a 

> 

r> 

BILL  199  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act,  1975 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 .     Subsection  2  of  section  6  now  reads  as  follows: 

(2)  Where  the  Minister  is  satisfied  that  property  taxes  in  a  municipality  may 
be  unduly  increased  by  reason  of  a  substantial  loss  of  revenue  that  had 
previously  been  available  to  a  municipality  as  a  result  of, 

(a)  a  change  in  legislation; 

(b)  an  unforeseen  commitment  imposed  on  a  municipality;  or 

(c)  circumstances  beyond  the  control  of  the  municipal  council  and  of 
an  unusual  or  exceptional  nature, 

the  Minister  may,  by  order,  make  a  grant  or  a  loan  to  such  municipality 
under  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Minister  considers  necessary  in 
the  circumstances. 

The  proposed  re-enactment  of  section  6  (2)  expands  the  Minister's  powers  to 
make  grants  and  loans  in  the  circumstances  set  out  in  the  said  subsection. 


Section  2 .  The  proposed  section  6a  will  permit  the  Minister  to  provide,  by 
order,  for  transitional  rates  in  lower  tier  municipalities  that  are  affected  by  an 
annexation  or  amalgamation. 


BILL  199  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act,  1975 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Subsection  2  of  section  6  oiThe  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act,  s  6  (2), 
1975,  being  chapter  7,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 

(2)  Where  the  Minister  is  of  the  opinion  that  property  taxes  in  a  make  grams^ 
municipality  are  unduly  high  or  have  been  or  may  be  unduly  *"■  '°^"* 
increased  because  of, 

(a)  a  substantial  loss  of  revenue  previously  available  to  a 
municipality; 

{b)  a  change  in  legislation; 

(c)  an  unforeseen  commitment  imposed  on  a  municipality; 

{d)  expenditures  or  anticipated  expenditures  related  to  an 
amalgamation  or  annexation  or  to  a  change  in  the 
responsibility  for  the  provision  of  services;  or 

(e)  circumstances  beyond  the  control  of  a  municipal  council 
and  of  an  unusual  or  special  nature, 

the  Minister  may,  by  order,  make  a  grant  or  a  loan  to  the  munici- 
pality under  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Minister  considers 
necessary  in  the  circumstances. 

2.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section:    »  6o, 

6fl.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  in  this  or  any  other  Act,  Transitional 
where  a  lower  tier  municipality  is  affected  by  an  annexation  or 
amalgamation,  the  Minister  may  provide  from  time  to  time  by 
order  that,  in  the  year  or  years  and  in  the  manner  specified  in  the 


order,  the  council  of  the  lower  tier  municipality  shall  levy,  on  the 
whole  of  the  assessment  for  real  property  and  business  assessment 
according  to  the  last  revised  assessment  role  in  any  area  of  the 
municipality  specified  in  the  order,  rates  of  taxation  for  general 
purposes  which  are  different  from  the  rates  which  would  have 
been  levied  for  such  purposes  but  for  the  provisions  of  this  section. 


s.  8, 
repealed 


3 .  Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario 
1977,  chapter  7,  section  5,  is  repealed. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants 
Amendment  Act,  1980. 


Section  3.  The  repeal  of  section  8  of  the  Act  is  complementary  to  the 
proposed  enactment  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  6  of  the  Act  as  set  out  in 
section  1  of  the  Bill.  Section  8  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

8.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  to  minimize  changes  in  the 
incidence  of  local  taxation  and  to  promote  the  development  of  services  on 
a  regional  basis,  by  order,  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  he  consid- 
ers appropriate,  provide  for  payments  to  be  made, 

(a)  to  any  regional  municipality  or  lower  tier  municipality  affected  by 
an  amalgamation,  annexation  or  change  in  the  responsibility  for 
the  provision  of  services,  for  a  period  not  exceeding  five  years  after 
the  effective  date  of  such  amalgamation,  annexation  or  change  in 
responsibility;  and 

(b)  to  the  Township  of  Goulbourn,  the  Township  of  Rideau,  and  the 
Township  of  West  Carletonfor  a  period  not  exceeding  five  years 

from  the  1st  day  of  January,  1974. 

At  present,  payments  may  be  made  under  section  8  only  to  regional 
municipalities  and  lower  tier  municipalities  for  a  period  not  exceeding  five  years. 
The  proposed  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  6  of  the  Act  will  authorize 
payments  to  all  municipalities  to  minimize  changes  in  local  taxation  where  an 
amalgamation,  annexation  or  change  in  responsibility  for  the  supply  of  services 
occurs. 


2 


bo 


a> 

H 

o 

3 

ffi 

r-^ 

o 

^ 

Crq 

O 
< 

H 

ft> 

3 

r 

3 

^ 

o 

w 

rt- 

H 

cr 

re 

o 

a 

^ 

2 

•2, 

o' 

Uj 

I\) 

o 

< 

n 

)>4 

fr 

P3 

B 
cr 
n 
>-( 

1^ 

Vi 

s 

OK, 

0^ 

t— ' 
00 

o 

Orq 

3 

BILL  199 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act,  1975 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  199  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act,  1975 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1 .  Subsection  2  of  section  6  of  The  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act,  s.  6  (2), 
197S,  being  chapter  7,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 

(2)  Where  the  Minister  is  of  the  opinion  that  property  taxes  in  a  make  grants'^ 
municipality  are  unduly  high  or  have  been  or  may  be  unduly  °^  '"^"^ 
increased  because  of, 

(a)  a  substantial  loss  of  revenue  previously  available  to  a 
municipality; 

(b)  a  change  in  legislation; 

(c)  an  unforeseen  commitment  imposed  on  a  municipality; 

id)  expenditures  or  anticipated  expenditures  related  to  an 
amalgamation  or  annexation  or  to  a  change  in  the 
responsibility  for  the  provision  of  services;  or 

(e)  circumstances  beyond  the  control  of  a  municipal  council 
and  of  an  unusual  or  special  nature, 

the  Minister  may,  by  order,  make  a  grant  or  a  loan  to  the  munici- 
pality under  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Minister  considers 
necessary  in  the  circumstances. 

2.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section:    s.  6a 

6a.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  in  this  or  any  other  Act,  Transitional 
where  a  lower  tier  municipality  is  affected  by  an  annexation  or 
amalgamation,  the  Minister  may  provide  from  time  to  time  by 
order  that,  in  the  year  or  years  and  in  the  manner  specified  in  the 


order,  the  council  of  the  lower  tier  municipality  shall  levy,  on  the 
whole  of  the  assessment  for  real  property  and  business  assessment 
according  to  the  last  revised  assessment  role  in  any  area  of  the 
municipality  specified  in  the  order,  rates  of  taxation  for  general 
purposes  which  are  different  from  the  rates  which  would  have 
been  levied  for  such  purposes  but  for  the  provisions  of  this  section . 


s.  8, 
repealed 


3.  Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1977,  chapter  7,  section  5,  is  repealed. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants 
Amendment  Act,  1980. 


'"»iBLHj':>l 


H 

o 

3 

ffi 

r* 

o 

;^ 

CTQ 

o 
< 

H 

a> 

3 

r 

3 

^ 

3 

w 

E 

f 
f 

O 

o 

z 

rt 

a> 

o 

o 

n 

< 

ft 

3 

Ui 

n> 

tNj 

ft 

k,^ 

;5 

3 
cr 

s 

3 
cr 

Oo 

cr 

c^ 

?i. 

"^ 

•-t 

>3 

fD 

fD 

>3 

H- ' 

?s 

tvO 

ft 

K) 

?i 

o 

5X 

3 

a 

(>>5 

S 

H-t 

*"^ 

^_A 

vO 

\o 

vO 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

o 

H 

cr 

o 

3 

3. 
o 

d> 

S3    3 

o  :> 


3    p 

B-3 
OS 
3  a 

3 

^-^ 


> 


BILL  200  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  3  1st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Regional  Municipality  of  Peel  Act,  1973 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  Thepurposeof  the  proposed  annexations,  as  set  out  in  the  new 
subsections  lb  and  Ic  of  section  2,  is  to  reaUgn  the  boundary  between  the  City  of 
Brampton  and  the  City  of  Mississauga  to  make  it  coincident  with  the  southerly 
hmit  of  the  northern  link  of  the  Parkway  Belt  West  design  area. 


BILL  200  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Regional  Municipality  of  Peel  Act,  1973 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 


1.  Subsection  lb  of  section  2  of  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Peel  Act,  »  2  nh), 
1973,  being  chapter  60,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975, 
chapter  46,  section  13,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 

{lb)  Those  portions  of  the  City  of  Brampton  described  as  fol-  Portions  of 

,  ,        „.  r  T,.jr-      •  1  \  e  Brampton 

lows  are  annexed  to  the  City  of  Mississauga  on  the  31st  day  01  annexed  to 

December,    1980:  Mississauga 

Firstly,  part  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  commencing  at  a  point  in 
the  southwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Mississauga  and  the 
southwesterly  prolongation  of  the  centre  line  of  Lot  14  in  Conces- 
sion VI,  West  of  Hurontario  Street,  in  the  former  Township  of 
Toronto; 

Thence  northwesterly  along  the  southwesterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Mississauga  to  the  intersection  of  the  southwesterly  pro- 
longation of  the  southeasterly  limit  of  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  Land 
Registry  Office  for  the  Land  Registry  Division  of  Peel  (No.  43)  as 
Number  43R-4466; 

Thence  northeasterly  to  and  along  the  southeasterly  limit  of  the 
said  Plan  Number  43R-4466  to  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Mississauga; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  boundary  of  the  City  of  Missis- 
sauga to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Secondly,  part  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Missis- 
sauga and  the  southeasterly  limit  of  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said 
Land  Registry  Office  as  Number  43R-S349; 


Thence  southwesterly  along  the  southeasterly  limit  of  the  said 
Plan  Number  43R-S349  to  the  centre  line  of  Concession  VI,  West 
of  Hurontario  Street; 

Thence  southeasterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Concession  VI  to  the 
northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Mississauga; 

Thence  northeasterly  along  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Mississauga  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Thirdly,  part  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  southwesterly  limit  of  Concession  V,  West  of 
Hurontario  Street,  and  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of 
Mississauga; 

Thence  northwesterly  along  the  southwesterly  limit  of  Concession 
V,  being  along  the  boundary  of  the  said  City,  to  the  northwesterly 
angle  of  Part  4  as  shown  on  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said  Land 
Registry  Office  as  Number  43R-4116; 

Thence  north  67°  31'  50"  east  1,327.383  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  38°  36'  40"  east  146.206  metres  to  a  point  in  the 
northeasterly  limit  of  Lot  13  in  Concession  V  distant  1.548  metres 
measured  north  44°  5  6 '  30"  west  from  the  easterly  angle  of  Lot  1 3 ; 

Thence  northeasterly  to  a  point  in  the  southwesterly  limit  of  Lot  13 
in  Concession  IV  West  of  Hurontario  Street  distant  1.646  metres 
measured  north  44°  55'  40"  west  from  the  southerly  angle  of  Lot 
13; 

Thence  north  38°  36'  35"  east  1,354.065  metres  to  a  point  in  the 
southwesterly  limit  of  Lot  13  in  Concession  III,  West  of  Huron- 
tario Street,  distant  5.316  metres  measured  north  44°  37'  20"  west 
from  the  southerly  angle  of  Lot  13; 

Thence  north  38°  36'  35"  east  2,002.256  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  52°  09'  01"  east  838.1  metres,  more  or  less,  to  the 
northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  in  Concession 
I,  West  of  Hurontario  Street; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  northwesterly  boundaries  of  the 
City  of  Mississauga  to  the  place  of  commencement. 

Fourthly,  part  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Missis- 
sauga and  the  centre  line  of  Lot  12  in  Concession  I,  West  of 
Hurontario  Street  in  the  former  Township  of  Toronto; 


Thence  south  52°  09'  01"  west  67  metres,  more  or  less,  to  the  centre 
line  of  Concession  I; 

Thence  southeasterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Concession  I  to  an 
angle  in  the  City  of  Mississauga; 

Thence  northeasterly  along  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Mississauga  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Fifthly,  part  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Missis- 
sauga and  the  southwesterly  limit  of  Concession  II,  East  of 
Hurontario  Street  in  the  former  Township  of  Toronto; 

Thence  north  44°  09'  35"  west  along  the  southwesterly  limit  of 
Concession  II  4.74  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  39°  28'  10"  east  598.511  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  south  31°  20'  30"  east  0.097  metres  to  the  southeasterly 
boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  southeasterly  limit  of  the  City  of 
Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement. 

(Ic)  Those  portions  of  the  City  of  Mississauga  described  as  Portions  of 
follows  are  annexed  to  the  City  of  Brampton  on  the  31st  day  of  annexed  to 
December,  1980:  Brampton 

Firstly,  part  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  commencing  at  the 
southwesterly  angle  of  Part  1  as  shown  on  a  Plan  deposited  in  the 
Land  Registry  Office  for  the  Land  Registry  Division  of  Peel  (No. 
43)  as  Number  43R-4466; 

Thence  northeasterly  along  the  southeasterly  limit  of  plans  depos- 
ited in  the  said  Land  Registry  Office  as  numbers  43R-4466  and 
43R-5349  to  the  centre  line  of  Concession  VI,  West  of  Hurontario 
Street,  in  the  former  Township  of  Toronto; 

Thence  northwesterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Concession  VI  to  the 
southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Secondly,  part  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton 
and  the  southerly  limit  of  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said  Land 
Registry  Office  as  Number  43R-5349; 


Thence  easterly  along  the  southerly  limit  of  the  said  Plan  Number 
43R-5349  to  the  southwesterly  limit  of  the  road  allowance  between 
Concessions  V  and  VI,  West  of  Hurontario  Street; 

Thence  easterly  crossing  the  said  road  allowance  to  the  westerly 
angle  of  Part  4  as  shown  on  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said  Land 
Registry  Office  as  Number  43R-4116; 

Thence  northwesterly  along  the  northeasterly  limit  of  the  said 
road  allowance  to  an  angle  in  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Thirdly,  part  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton 
and  the  centre  line  of  Concession  I,  West  of  Hurontario  Street,  in 
the  former  Township  of  Toronto; 

Thence  south  52°  09'  01"  west  611.4  metres,  more  or  less,  to  the 
southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  northeasterly  along  the  southeasterly  limit  of  the  north- 
westerly quarter  of  Lot  12  in  Concession  I  to  an  angle  in  the  City  of 
Brampton; 

Thence  southeasterly  along  a  northeasterly  boundary  of  the  City 
of  Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Fourthly,  part  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton 
and  the  southerly  limit  of  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said  Land 
Registry  Office  as  Number  43R-S308; 

Thence  north  52°  09'  01"  east  along  the  southerly  limit  of  the  said 
Plan  Number  43 R-5 308  a  distance  of  472.4  metres,  more  or  less,  to 
an  angle  therein; 

Thence  north  57°  01'  40"  east  along  the  southerly  limit  of  the  said 
Plan  Number  43R-S308  a  distance  of  115.928  metres  to  the  east- 
erly angle  of  the  said  Plan; 

Thence  easterly  crossing  the  King's  Highway  No.  10  to  the 
southwesterly  angle  of  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said  Land  Registry 
Office  as  Number  43 R-5 348; 

Thence  north  57°  13'  east  along  the  southerly  limit  of  the  said  Plan 
294.894  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  52°  20'  20"  east  along  the  southerly  limit  of  the  said 
Plan  a  distance  of  198.315  metres  to  a  point; 


Section  2.  The  proposed  subsection  9a  of  section  115  will  permit  the 
Regional  Council  to  establish  a  transportation  system  for  handicapped  persons 
without  interfering  with  the  power  of  area  municipalities  to  operate  public  transit 
systems. 


Thence  north  39°  28'  10"  east  896.91  metres  to  the  southwesterly 
limit  of  Concession  II,  East  of  Hurontario  Street; 

Thence  northwesterly  along  the  southwesterly  limit  of  Concession 

11  to  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Fifthly,  part  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  commencing  at  an 
angle  in  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  the 
said  angle  being  the  southerly  angle  of  the  northeasterly  half  of  Lot 

12  in  Concession  II  East  of  Hurontario  Street  in  the  former 
Township  of  Toronto; 

Thence  south  44°  IS'  40"  east  38.402  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  39°  28'  10"  east  587.30  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  20°  43'  30"  east  2,782.99  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  27°  58'  east  869.52  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  4°  00'  50"  west  652.1  metres,  more  or  less,  to  the 
southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  southerly  following  the  boundaries  of  the  City  of 
Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement. 

(Id)  Subsection  3  applies  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  Annexations 
annexations  provided  for  in  subsections  la,  lb  and  Ic.  o.m.b.  order 

2.  Section  1 15  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  *  ^^^j  _, 

,  "^  '  amended 

1974,  chapter  5,  section  3,  1974,  chapter  117,  section  37,  1977, 
chapter  34,  section  31  and  1979,  chapter  81,  section  86,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(9a)  The  Regional  Council  may  establish  and  operate  a  system  Transpor- 
for  the  transportation  of  handicapped  persons  and  the  provisions  system  for 
of  subsection  9  shall  not  apply  thereto.  handi- 

^^  •'  capped 

persons 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

-^  -^  ment 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Peel  Short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1980. 


tDa 


n 

H 

o 

l-H 

13 

ffl 

(-^ 

o 

.2 

(W 

o 

< 

H 

n 

r 

3 

^ 

13 

w 

E 

r 
r 

0^5 


o 

< 

(NO 

fT> 

Ki 

S 

3 
cr 

o. 

?i. 

"■ 

>3 

a> 

>3 

0^5 

(-t- 
00 

o 

H 
cr 
n 

S3.  3 

I" 
o 


BILL  200 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Regional  Municipality  of  Peel  Act,  1973 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  200  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Regional  Municipality  of  Peel  Act,  1973 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 


1.  Subsection  lb  of  section  2  of  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Peel  Act,  *  2  (ifc), 
1973,  being  chapter  60,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975, 
chapter  46,  section  13,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 

(lb)  Those  portions  of  the  City  of  Brampton  described  as  fol-  Portions  of 

,  ,        „.  r  -n/T-      •  1  1  r  Brampton 

lows  are  annexed  to  the  City  of  Mississauga  on  the  31st  day  01  annexed  to 

December,    1980:  Mississauga 

Firstly,  part  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  commencing  at  a  point  in 
the  southwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Mississauga  and  the 
southwesterly  prolongation  of  the  centre  line  of  Lot  14  in  Conces- 
sion VI,  West  of  Hurontario  Street,  in  the  former  Township  of 
Toronto; 

Thence  northwesterly  along  the  southwesterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Mississauga  to  the  intersection  of  the  southwesterly  pro- 
longation of  the  southeasterly  limit  of  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  Land 
Registry  Office  for  the  Land  Registry  Division  of  Peel  (No.  43)  as 
Number  43R-4466; 

Thence  northeasterly  to  and  along  the  southeasterly  limit  of  the 
said  Plan  Number  43R-4466  to  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Mississauga; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  boundary  of  the  City  of  Missis- 
sauga to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Secondly,  part  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Missis- 
sauga and  the  southeasterly  limit  of  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said 
Land  Registry  Office  as  Number  43R-5349; 


Thence  southwesterly  along  the  southeasterly  limit  of  the  said 
Plan  Number  43R-5349  to  the  centre  line  of  Concession  VI,  West 
of  Hurontario  Street; 

Thence  southeasterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Concession  VI  to  the 
northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Mississauga; 

Thence  northeasterly  along  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Mississauga  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Thirdly,  part  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  southwesterly  limit  of  Concession  V,  West  of 
Hurontario  Street,  and  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of 
Mississauga; 

Thence  northwesterly  along  the  southwesterly  limit  of  Concession 
V,  being  along  the  boundary  of  the  said  City,  to  the  northwesterly 
angle  of  Part  4  as  shown  on  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said  Land 
Registry  Office  as  Number  43R-4116; 

Thence  north  67°  31'  50"  east  1,327.383  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  38°  36'  40"  east  146.206  metres  to  a  point  in  the 
northeasterly  limit  of  Lot  13  in  Concession  V  distant  1.548  metres 
measured  north  44°  56'  30"  west  from  the  easterly  angle  of  Lot  13; 

Thence  northeasterly  to  a  point  in  the  southwesterly  limit  of  Lot  13 
in  Concession  IV  West  of  Hurontario  Street  distant  1.646  metres 
measured  north  44°  55'  40"  west  from  the  southerly  angle  of  Lot 
13; 

Thence  north  38°  36'  35"  east  1,354.065  metres  to  a  point  in  the 
southwesterly  limit  of  Lot  13  in  Concession  III,  West  of  Huron- 
tario Street,  distant  5.316  metres  measured  north  44°  37'  20"  west 
from  the  southerly  angle  of  Lot  13; 

Thence  north  38°  36'  35"  east  2,002.256  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  52°  09'  01"  east  838.1  metres,  more  or  less,  to  the 
northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  in  Concession 
I,  West  of  Hurontario  Street; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  northwesterly  boundaries  of  the 
City  of  Mississauga  to  the  place  of  commencement. 

Fourthly,  part  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Missis- 
sauga and  the  centre  line  of  Lot  12  in  Concession  I,  West  of 
Hurontario  Street  in  the  former  Township  of  Toronto; 


Thence  south  52°  09'  01"  west  67  metres,  more  or  less,  to  the  centre 
line  of  Concession  I; 

Thence  southeasterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Concession  I  to  an 
angle  in  the  City  of  Mississauga; 

Thence  northeasterly  along  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Mississauga  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Fifthly,  part  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  northwesterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Missis- 
sauga and  the  southwesterly  limit  of  Concession  II,  East  of 
Hurontario  Street  in  the  former  Township  of  Toronto; 

Thence  north  44°  09'  35"  west  along  the  southwesterly  limit  of 
Concession  II  1.44  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  39°  28'  10"  east  598.511  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  south  31°  20'  30"  east  0.097  metres  to  the  southeasterly 
boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  southeasterly  limit  of  the  City  of 
Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement. 

(Ic)  Those  portions  of  the  City  of  Mississauga  described  as  Portions  of 

IV^  i  S  si  SS  3.11  £  3. 

follows  are  annexed  to  the  City  of  Brampton  on  the  31st  day  of  annexed  to 
December,  1980:  Brampton 

Firstly,  part  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  commencing  at  the 
southwesterly  angle  of  Part  3  as  shown  on  a  Plan  deposited  in  the 
Land  Registry  Office  for  the  Land  Registry  Division  of  Peel  (No. 
43)  as  Number  43R-4466; 

Thence  northeasterly  along  the  southeasterly  limit  of  plans  depos- 
ited in  the  said  Land  Registry  Office  as  numbers  43R-4466  and 
43R-5349  to  the  centre  line  of  Concession  VI,  West  of  Hurontario 
Street,  in  the  former  Township  of  Toronto; 

Thence  northwesterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Concession  VI  to  the 
southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Secondly,  part  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton 
and  the  southerly  limit  of  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said  Land 
Registry  Office  as  Number  43R-5349; 


Thence  easterly  along  the  southerly  limit  of  the  said  Plan  Number 
43R-5349  to  the  southwesterly  limit  of  the  road  allowance  between 
Concessions  V  and  VI,  West  of  Hurontario  Street; 

Thence  easterly  crossing  the  said  road  allowance  to  the  westerly 
angle  of  Part  4  as  shown  on  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said  Land 
Registry  Office  as  Number  43R-4116; 

Thence  northwesterly  along  the  northeasterly  limit  of  the  said 
road  allowance  to  an  angle  in  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Thirdly,  part  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton 
and  the  centre  line  of  Concession  I,  West  of  Hurontario  Street,  in 
the  former  Township  of  Toronto; 

Thence  south  52°  09'  01"  west  611.4  metres,  more  or  less,  to  the 
southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  northeasterly  along  the  southeasterly  limit  of  the  north- 
westerly quarter  of  Lot  12  in  Concession  I  to  an  angle  in  the  City  of 
Brampton; 

Thence  southeasterly  along  a  northeasterly  boundary  of  the  City 
of  Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Fourthly,  part  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  commencing  at  the 
intersection  of  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton 
and  the  southerly  limit  of  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said  Land 
Registry  Office  as  Number  43R-5308; 

Thence  north  52°  09'  01"  east  along  the  southerly  limit  of  the  said 
Plan  Number  43  R-5308  a  distance  of  472.4  metres,  more  or  less,  to 
an  angle  therein; 

Thence  north  57°  01'  40"  east  along  the  southerly  limit  of  the  said 
Plan  Number  43R-5308  a  distance  of  115.928  metres  to  the  east- 
erly angle  of  the  said  Plan; 

Thence  easterly  crossing  the  King's  Highway  No.  10  to  the 
southwesterly  angle  of  a  Plan  deposited  in  the  said  Land  Registry 
Office  as  Number  43R-5348; 

Thence  north  5  7°  13'  east  along  the  southerly  limit  of  the  said  Plan 
294.894  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  52°  20'  20"  east  along  the  southerly  limit  of  the  said 
Plan  a  distance  of  198.315  metres  to  a  point; 


Thence  north  39°  28'  10"  east  896.91  metres  to  the  southwesterly 
limit  of  Concession  II,  East  of  Hurontario  Street; 

Thence  northwesterly  along  the  southwesterly  limit  of  Concession 

11  to  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  southwesterly  along  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the 
City  of  Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement; 

Fifthly,  part  of  the  City  of  Mississauga,  commencing  at  an 
angle  in  the  southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton,  the 
said  angle  being  the  southerly  angle  of  the  northeasterly  half  of  Lot 

12  in  Concession  II  East  of  Hurontario  Street  in  the  former 
Township  of  Toronto; 

Thence  south  44°  15'  40"  east  38.402  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  39°  28'  10"  east  587.30  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  20°  43'  30"  east  2,782.99  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  27°  58'  east  869.52  metres  to  a  point; 

Thence  north  4°  00'  50"  west  652.1  metres,  more  or  less,  to  the 
southeasterly  boundary  of  the  City  of  Brampton; 

Thence  southerly  following  the  boundaries  of  the  City  of 
Brampton  to  the  place  of  commencement. 

(Id)  Subsection  3  applies  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  Annexations 
annexations  provided  for  in  subsections  la,  lb  and  Ic.  o.m.b.  order 


2.  Section  115  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  *  ^^^:  , 

■^  '   amended 

1974,  chapter  5,  section  3,  1974,  chapter  117,  section  37,  1977, 
chapter  34,  section  31  and  1979,  chapter  81,  section  86,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(9a)  The  Regional  Council  may  establish  and  operate  a  system  Transpor- 
for  the  transportation  of  handicapped  persons  and  the  provisions  system  for 
of  subsection  9  shall  not  apply  thereto.  handi- 

•^'^  -'  capped 

persons 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

-^  -^  ment 

4 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Regional  Municipality  of  Peel  Short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1980. 


1^ 

H 

o 

1— 1 

ffi 

<-t- 

o 

2: 

orq 

O 
< 

H 

n 

3 

r 

3 

n 

^ 

£S 

t=^ 

E 

d 

O 

z 

a> 

n 

o 

n 

n 

< 

B 

u 

n 

r\j 

fD 

j,,^ 

;? 

B 
cr 

S 

3 

cr 

o, 

cr 

fi- 

ex, 

"■ 

>3 

>3 

H-i 

» 

t~o 

55 

ho 

C3 

o 

a. 

3 

Pi- 

s 

OTQ 

S 

0^5 

l_^ 

t— * 

^_L 

vO 

o 

vO 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

O 

H 

cr 


«     §     > 

S3.  3 

-^    O     ft) 

I" 
o 


BILL  201  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  provision  for  payment  of  the  actual  cost  of  accommodation 
in  MetropoUtan  Toronto  for  the  Leader  of  the  Opposition  and  for  the  Leader  of  the 
Third  Party,  where  they  reside  outside  Metropolitan  Toronto,  is  linked  to  the 
provision  for  payment  of  the  actual  cost  of  accommodation  in  Metropolitan 
Toronto  for  members  of  the  Assembly  under  subsection  7  of  section  65  of  the  Act. 


Section  2 .     Subsection  8  of  section  65  of  the  Act  provides  a  limitation  on  the 
payment  of  allowances  for  expenses.  The  subsection  is  as  follows: 

(8)  A  member  is  not  entitled  to  any  allowance  for  expenses  incurred  by  him 
after  the  day  a  writ  for  a  general  election  is  issued  until  he  is  declared 
elected  or,  if  a  recount  is  applied  for,  until  he  is  declared  elected  following 
the  recount. 

New  subsection  la  provides  an  exception  for  the  payment  of  the  actual  cost  of 
accommodation  while  attending  at  Toronto. 


BILL  201  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly    of   the    Province    of    Ontario    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .   Section  62a  of  The  Legislative  Assembly  Act,  being  chapter  240  of  »  ^2<i' 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  75,  section  4,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

62a. — (1)  Where  the  principal  residence  of  the  Leader  of  the  Cost  of 
Opposition  is  outside  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto,  tion  in 
he  shall  be  paid  the  actual  cost  of  his  accommodation  within  The  Toronto 
Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  not  exceeding  in  any  year 
an  amount  that  is  $1,000  more  than  the  amount  determined  in 
respect  of  the  year  by  the  Board  of  Internal  Economy  under 
subsection  7  of  section  65. 

(2)  Where  the  principal  residence  of  the  leader  of  a  party,  Wem 
except  the  Premier  and  the  Leader  of  the  Opposition,  that  has 
a  recognized  membership  of  twelve  or  more  persons  in  the 
Assembly  is  outside  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto, 
he  shall  be  paid  the  actual  cost  of  his  accommodation  within  The 
Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  not  exceeding  in  any  year 
an  amount  that  is  $1,000  more  than  the  amount  determined  in 
respect  of  the  year  by  the  Board  of  Internal  Economy  under 
subsection  7  of  section  65 . 

2. — (1)  Section  65  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  *  ^^'    _, 

•  1,1  ^  -^iiii  H,        amended 

Ontario,  1973,  chapter  151,  section  7  and  amended  by  1976, 
chapter  60,  section  1,  1977,  chapter  24,  section  2  and  1979, 
chapter  75 ,  section  7 ,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 

(7a)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  7 ,  a  member  shall  be  deemed  Computation 
to  have  been  a  member  from  the  polling  day  on  which  he  was 
elected  and,  when  the  Assembly  of  which  he  was  a  member  was 
dissolved,  he  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  a  member  until  the  day 


preceding  the  polling  day  that  followed  the  dissolution,  or  until  his 
death,  whichever  occurs  first. 


s.  65  (8), 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  8  of  the  said  section  65  is  amended  by  adding  at  the 
commencement  thereof  "Subject  to  subsection  7fl". 


Commence- 
ment 


3.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of 
April,  1980. 


Short  title 


4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Legislative  Assembly  Amendment 
Act,  1980. 


3 


tw 


H 

o 

l-H 

3 

ffi 

(-»- 

o 

Z 

(K 

O 
< 

H 

rD 

13 

p 

3 

^ 

3 

w 

E 

> 

C/5 

u 

Kj 

'^ 

s 

a. 

a. 

>3 

^ 

«i 

«i 

& 

a 

fi. 

fx 

^«. 

?«*, 

s 

s 

0^ 

CK) 

o 
< 

B 

cr 


00 
o 


>3 

0^ 


Orq 


p'  > 
(-^    n 

<■" 

™   o 
>  p 

W      i-j 


> 
o 


BILL  201 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


I  'i^n  i 


BILL  201  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly    of    the    Province    of    Ontario    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .   Section  62a  of  The  Legislative  Assembly  Act,  being  chapter  240  of  s.  62a, 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  75,  section  4,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

62a. — (1)  Where  the  principal  residence  of  the  Leader  of  the  Cost  of 
Opposition  is  outside  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto,  tion  in 
he  shall  be  paid  the  actual  cost  of  his  accommodation  within  The  Toronto 
Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  not  exceeding  in  any  year 
an  amount  that  is  $1,000  more  than  the  amount  determined  in 
respect  of  the  year  by  the  Board  of  Internal  Economy  under 
subsection  7  of  section  65 . 

(2)  Where  the  principal  residence  of  the  leader  of  a  party,  I'^^m 
except  the  Premier  and  the  Leader  of  the  Opposition,  that  has 
a  recognized  membership  of  twelve  or  more  persons  in  the 
Assembly  is  outside  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto, 
he  shall  be  paid  the  actual  cost  of  his  accommodation  within  The 
Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  not  exceeding  in  any  year 
an  amount  that  is  $1,000  more  than  the  amount  determined  in 
respect  of  the  year  by  the  Board  of  Internal  Economy  under 
subsection  7  of  section  65 . 

2. — (1)  Section  65  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  ^  ^^\  , 

.  .  11,1  amended 

Ontario,  1973,  chapter  151,  section  7  and  amended  by  1976, 
chapter  60,  section  1,  1977,  chapter  24,  section  2  and  1979, 
chapter  75 ,  section  7 ,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 

(7a)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  7 ,  a  member  shall  be  deemed  Computation 
to  have  been  a  member  from  the  polling  day  on  which  he  was 
elected  and,  when  the  Assembly  of  which  he  was  a  member  was 
dissolved,  he  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  a  member  until  the  day 


preceding  the  polling  day  that  followed  the  dissolution,  or  until  his 
death,  whichever  occurs  first. 


s.  65  (8), 
amended 


(2)  SubsectionSof  the  said  section  65  is  amended  by  adding  at  the 
commencement  thereof  "Subject  to  subsection  7a". 


Commence- 
ment 


3.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of 

April,  1980. 


Short  title 


4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Legislative  Assembly  Amendment 
Act,  1980. 


1— 1 

•t' 

3 

r-t- 

o 

2, 

QfQ 

O 
< 

H 

a> 

3 

r 

3 

^ 

3 

M 

d 

d 

z 

m 

rt 

o 

n 

n 

< 

n 

3 

cr 

ft! 

ft) 

3 

;5 

3 

cr 

P5- 

cr 

Ci. 

>3 

(T! 

>3 

>3 

1—' 

R 

*— * 

R 

hj 

a 

a. 

3- 

C/! 

s 

oq 

(^ 

" 

0^ 

h- ' 

H- * 

|_A 

o 

o 

sO 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

O 

H 

3- 

n 

r 

> 

3 

S^' 

p" 

> 

r*_ 

n 

r^ 

<' 

(T 

r-f- 
O 

> 

P 

3 

m 

ro 

3 

3 

cr 

a 

'^ 

> 

BILL  202  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Occupiers'  Liability 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  is  substantially  that  recommended  by  the  Ontario  Law  Reform 
Commission  in  its  report  on  Occupiers'  Liability  made  in  1972.  The  Bill  was 
published  by  the  Ministry  of  the  Attorney  General  in  May,  1979  as  a  discussion 
paper  and  is  a  companion  to  An  Act  to  protect  against  Trespass  to  Property. 

The  Bill  replaces  the  categories  of  duties  owed  by  occupiers  under  the  common 
law  with  a  single  duty  of  care  based  upon  the  rule  of  negligence.  Exceptions  include 
a  lower  duty  of  care  in  respect  of  trespassers  and  persons  permitted  to  enter  for 
recreational  activity  on  certain  classes  of  land. 


BILL  202  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Occupiers'  Liability 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "occupier"  includes, 

(i)  a  person  who  is  in  physical  possession  of 
premises,  or 

(ii)  a  person  who  has  responsibility  for  and  con- 
trol over  the  condition  of  premises  or  the 
activities  there  carried  on,  or  control  over 
persons  allowed  to  enter  the  premises, 

notwithstanding  that  there  is  more  than  one  occupier 
of  the  same  premises; 

{b)  "premises"  means  lands  and  structures,  or  either  of 
them,  and  includes, 

(i)  water, 

(ii)  ships  and  vessels, 

(iii)  trailers  and  portable  structures  designed  or  used 
for  residence,  business  or  shelter, 

(iv)  trains,  railway  cars,  vehicles  and  aircraft,  except 
while  in  operation. 

2.  Subject  to  section  9,  the  provisions  of  this  Act  apply  5°^™^"^^^'*' 
in  place  of  the  rules  of  the  common  law  that  determine  the  superseded 
care  that  the  occupier  of  premises  at  common  law  is  required 

to  show  for  the  purpose  of  determining  his  liability  in  law 
in  respect  of  dangers  to  persons  entering  on  the  premises  or 
the  property  brought  on  the  premises  by  those  persons. 


Occupier's 
duty 


3. — (1)  An  occupier  of  premises  owes  a  duty  to  take 
such  care  as  in  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case  is  reason- 
able to  see  that  persons  entering  on  the  premises,  and  the 
property  brought  on  the  premises  by  those  persons  are 
reasonably  safe  while  on  the  premises. 


Idem 


(2)  The  duty  of  care  provided  for  in  subsection  1  applies 
whether  the  danger  is  caused  by  the  condition  of  the  premises 
or  by  an  activity  carried  on  on  the  premises. 


Idem 


Risks 

willingly 
assumed 


Criminal 
activity 


(3)  The  duty  of  care  provided  for  in  subsection  1  applies 
except  in  so  far  as  the  occupier  of  premises  is  free  to  and  does 
restrict,  modify  or  exclude  his  duty. 

4. — (1)  The  duty  of  care  provided  for  in  subsection  1  of  section 
3  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  risks  willingly  assumed  by  the  person 
who  enters  on  the  premises  but  in  that  case  the  occupier  owes  a 
duty  to  the  person  to  not  create  a  danger  with  the  deliberate  intent 
of  doing  harm  or  damage  to  the  person  or  his  property  and  to  not 
act  with  reckless  disregard  of  the  presence  of  the  person  or  his 
property. 

(2)  A  person  who  is  on  premises  with  the  intention  of  commit- 
ting, or  in  the  commission  of,  a  criminal  act  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  willingly  assumed  all  risks. 


Trespass 

and 

permitted 

recreational 

activity 

1980,  c.   .  . . 


(3)  A  person  who  enters  premises  described  in  subsection  4  shall 
be  deemed  to  have  willingly  assumed  all  risks, 

(a)  where  the  entry  is  prohibited  under  The  Trespass  to 
Property  Act,  1980;  or 


Premises 
referred 
to  in 
subs.  3 


(b)  where  the  entry  is  for  the  purpose  of  a  recreational 
activity  and, 

(i)  no  fee  is  paid  for  the  entry  or  activity  of  the 
person;  and 

(ii)  the  person  is  not  being  provided  with  living 
accommodation  by  the  occupier. 

(4)  The  premises  referred  to  in  subsection  3  are, 

(a)  a  rural  premises  that  is, 

(i)  used  for  agricultural  purposes,  including  land 
under  cultivation,  orchards,  pastures  and 
woodlots. 


(ii)  vacant  or  undeveloped  premises. 


3 

(iii)  forested  or  wilderness  premises; 

(6)  golf  courses  when  not  open  for  playing; 

(c)  utility  rights-of-way  and  corridors,  excluding  structures 
located  thereon; 

id)  unopened  road  allowances; 

{e)  private  roads  reasonably  marked  by  notice  as  such;  and 

(/)  recreational  trails  reasonably  marked  by  notice  as  such. 

5. — (1)  The  duty  of  an  occupier  under  this  Act,  or  his  ^^triction 
liability  for  breach  thereof,  shall  not  be  restricted  or  excluded  uabiiit^y 
by  the  provisions  of  any  contract  to  which  the  person  to  whom 
the  duty  is  owed  is  not  a  party,  whether  or  not  the  occupier 
is  bound  by  the  contract  to  permit  such  person  to  enter 
or  use  the  premises. 

(2)  A  contract  shall  not  by  virtue  of  this  Act  have  the  Extension 
effect,  unless  it  expressly  so  provides,  of  making  an  occupier  by  contract 
who  has   taken   reasonable   care,   liable   to   any  person   not 

a  party  to  the  contract,  for  dangers  due  to  the  faulty  execution 
of  any  work  of  construction,  maintenance  or  repair,  or  other 
like  operation  by  persons  other  than  himself,  his  servants, 
and  persons  acting  under  his  direction  and  control. 

(3)  Where  an  occupier  is  free  to  restrict,  modify  or  exclude  Reasonable 
his  duty  of  care  or  his  liability  for  breach  thereof,  he  shall  intom 
take  reasonable  steps  to  bring  such  restriction,  modification 

or  exclusion  to  the  attention  of  the  person  to  whom  the 
duty  is  owed. 

6. — (1)  Where  damage  to  any  person  or  his  property  is  Liability 
caused  by  the  negligence  of  an  independent  contractor  em-  independent 
ployed  by  the  occupier,  the  occupier  is  not  on  that  account  contractor 
liable  if  in  all  the  circumstances  he  had  acted  reasonably  in 
entrusting  the  work  to  the  independent  contractor,  if  he  had 
taken  such  steps,  if  any,  as  he  reasonably  ought  in  order  to 
satisfy  himself  that  the  contractor  was  competent  and  that 
the  work  had  been  properly  done,  and  if  it  was  reasonable 
that    the   work   performed   by    the   independent    contractor 
should  have  been  undertaken. 

(2)  Where  there  is  more  than  one  occupier  of  premises,  idem 
any  benefit  accruing  by  reason  of  subsection  1  to  the  occupier 
who  employed  the  independent  contractor  shall  accrue  to  all 
occupiers  of  the  premises. 


Idem 


Application 

DISS.  " 


5  (1,2),  6 


(3)  Nothing  in  this  section  affects  any  duty  of  the  occupier 
that  is  non-delegable  at  common  law  or  affects  any  provision 
in  any  other  Act  that  provides  that  an  occupier  is  liable  for 
the  negligence  of  an  independent  contractor. 

7.  In  so  far  as  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  5  prevent 
the  duty  of  care  owed  by  an  occupier,  or  liability  for  breach 
thereof,  from  being  restricted  or  excluded,  they  apply  to 
contracts  entered  into  both  before  and  after  the  commence- 
ment of  this  Act,  and  in  so  far  as  section  6  enlarges  the  duty 
of  care  owed  by  an  occupier,  or  liability  for  breach  thereof, 
it  applies  only  in  respect  of  contracts  entered  into  after  the 
commencement  of  this  Act. 


Obligations 
of  landlord 
as  occupier 


Idem 


Interpre- 
tation 


Application 
of  section 


Preservation 
of  higher 
obligations 


R.S.O.  1970, 
C.223 


8. — (1)  Where  premises  are  occupied  or  used  by  virtue 
of  a  tenancy  under  which  the  landlord  is  responsible  for 
the  maintenance  or  repair  of  the  premises,  it  is  the  duty  of 
the  landlord  to  show  towards  any  person  or  the  property 
brought  on  the  premises  by  those  persons,  the  same  duty  of 
care  in  respect  of  dangers  arising  from  any  failure  on  his 
part  in  carrying  out  his  responsibility  as  is  required  by  this 
Act  to  be  shown  by  an  occupier  of  the  premises. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  a  landlord  shall  not 
be  deemed  to  have  made  default  in  carrying  out  any  obliga- 
tion to  a  person  unless  his  default  is  such  as  to  be  actionable 
at  the  suit  of  the  person  entitled  to  possession  of  the  premises. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  obligations  imposed 
by  any  enactment  by  virtue  of  a  tenancy  shall  be  treated  as 
imposed  by  the  tenancy,  and  "tenancy"  includes  a  statutory 
tenancy,  an  implied  tenancy  and  any  contract  conferring  the 
right  of  occupation,  and  "landlord"  shall  be  construed 
accordingly. 

(4)  This  section  applies  to  all  tenancies  whether  created 
before  or  after  the  commencement  of  this  Act. 

9. — (1)  Nothing  in  this  Act  relieves  an  occupier  of  premises 
in  any  particular  case  from  any  higher  liabiHty  or  any  duty 
to  show  a  higher  standard  of  care  that  in  that  case  is 
incumbent  on  him  by  virtue  of  any  enactment  or  rule  of 
law  imposing  special  liability  or  standards  of  care  on  particular 
classes  of  persons  including,  but  without  restricting  the 
generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  obhgations  of, 

(a)  innkeepers,  subject  to  The  Innkeepers  Act; 

(b)  common  carriers; 

(c)  bailees. 


(2)  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  affect  the  'faster  and 
rights,   duties   and  liabilities   resulting   from   a  master   and  relationships 
servant  relationship  where  it  exists. 

(3)  The  provisions  of  The  Negligence  Act  apply  with  respect  Application 
to  causes  of  action  to  which  this  Act  applies.  rsq  1970 

c.'296 

10. — (1)  This  Act  binds  the  Crown,  subject  to  The  ^^0- ^ct^^nds 
ceedings  Against  the  Crown  Act.  ^^q  197q 

C.365' 

(2)  This   Act   does   not   apply   to   the   Crown   or   to   any  Exception 
municipal  corporation,  where  the  Crown  or  the  municipal 
corporation  is  an  occupier  of  a  public  highway  or  a  public 
road. 

11.  This  Act  does  not  affect  rights  and  liabihties  of  per-  Application 
sons  in  respect  of  causes  of  action  arising  before  this  Act 
comes  into  force. 

12.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  Commence- 

mcnt 

proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

13.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Occupiers'  Liability  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


o 


to 


H 

X 

w 

> 

(-1- 

ffi 

o 
l-t 

o 

3 

^ 

o 

g 

3 

o 

0) 

1-1 

g 

G 

w 

H 

W 

K! 

c-o 

P 

1-1 

1>^ 

>* 

n 

o 

Co 

5i- 

cr 

51- 

cr 

^* 

>i 

H- 

>3 

H- 

1^0 

<s> 

H^ 

«> 

1— ' 

c^ 

^ 

r+ 

a 

r-f- 

?i 

^ 

p' 

Cr 

^ 

00 
O 

vO 
00 

o 

> 

O 

3 

> 

fS" 

o 

r-t- 

•-1 

w 

<-! 

" 

a> 

v^ 

re 
o 

tn 

5' 

orq 

BILL  202  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Occupiers'  Liability 


The  Hon.  K-  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Resources  Development  Committee) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  is  substantially  that  recommended  by  the  Ontario  Law  Reform 
Commission  in  its  report  on  Occupiers'  Liability  made  in  1972.  The  Bill  was 
published  by  the  Ministry  of  the  Attorney  General  in  May,  1979  as  a  discussion 
paper  and  is  a  companion  to  An  Act  to  protect  against  Trespass  to  Property. 

The  Bill  replaces  the  categories  of  duties  owed  by  occupiers  under  the  common 
law  with  a  single  duty  of  care  based  upon  the  rule  of  negligence.  Exceptions  include 
a  lower  duty  of  care  in  respect  of  trespassers  and  persons  permitted  to  enter  for 
recreational  activity  on  certain  classes  of  land. 


BILL  202  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Occupiers'  Liability 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "occupier"  includes, 

(i)  a  person  who  is  in  physical  possession  of 
premises,  or 

(ii)  a  person  who  has  responsibility  for  and  con- 
trol over  the  condition  of  premises  or  the 
activities  there  carried  on,  or  control  over 
persons  allowed  to  enter  the  premises, 

notwithstanding  that  there  is  more  than  one  occupier 
of  the  same  premises; 

(b)  "premises"  means  lands  and  structures,  or  either  of 
them,  and  includes, 

(i)  water, 

(ii)  ships  and  vessels, 

(iii)  trailers  and  portable  structures  designed  or  used 
for  residence,  business  or  shelter, 

(iv)  trains,  railway  cars,  vehicles  and  aircraft,  except 
while  in  operation. 

2.  Subject  to  section  9,  the  provisions  of  this  Act  apply  9°"""?" '^"^ 

r     -,  r     -,  •  ^       ^uty  of  care 

m  place  of  the  rules  of  the  common  law  that  determme  the  superseded 
care  that  the  occupier  of  premises  at  common  law  is  required 
to  show  for  the  purpose  of  determining  his  habihty  in  law 
in  respect  of  dangers  to  persons  entering  on  the  premises  or 
the  property  brought  on  the  premises  by  those  persons. 


Occupier's 
duty 


Idem 


Idem 


Risks 

willingly 

assumed 


Criminal 
activity 


3. — (1)  An  occupier  of  premises  owes  a  duty  to  take 
such  care  as  in  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case  is  reason- 
able to  see  that  persons  entering  on  the  premises,  and  the 
property  brought  on  the  premises  by  those  persons  are 
reasonably  safe  while  on  the  premises. 

(2)  The  duty  of  care  provided  for  in  subsection  1  applies 
whether  the  danger  is  caused  by  the  condition  of  the  premises 
or  by  an  activity  carried  on  on  the  premises. 

(3)  The  duty  of  care  provided  for  in  subsection  1  applies 
except  in  so  far  as  the  occupier  of  premises  is  free  to  and  does 
restrict,  modify  or  exclude  his  duty. 

4. — (1)  The  duty  of  care  provided  for  in  subsection  1  of  section 
3  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  risks  willingly  assumed  by  the  person 
who  enters  on  the  premises  but  in  that  case  the  occupier  owes  a 
duty  to  the  person  to  not  create  a  danger  with  the  deliberate  intent 
of  doing  harm  or  damage  to  the  person  or  his  property  and  to  not 
act  with  reckless  disregard  of  the  presence  of  the  person  or  his 
property. 

(2)  A  person  who  is  on  premises  with  the  intention  of  commit- 
ting, or  in  the  commission  of,  a  criminal  act  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  willingly  assumed  all  risks  and  is  subject  to  the  duty  of  care 
set  out  in  subsection  1. 


Trespass 

and 

permitted 

recreational 

activity 

1980,  c.   .  . . 


(3)  A  person  who  enters  premises  described  in  subsection  4  shall 
be  deemed  to  have  willingly  assumed  all  risks  and  is  subject  to  the 
duty  of  care  set  out  in  subsection  1, 

(a)  where  the  entry  is  prohibited  under  The  Trespass  to 
Property  Act,  1980; 


(b)  where  the  occupier  has  posted  no  notice  in  respect  of 
entry  and  has  not  otherwise  expressly  permitted  entry;  or 


(c)  where  the  entry  is  for  the  purpose  of  a  recreational 
activity  and, 

(i)  no  fee  is  paid  for  the  entry  or  activity  of  the 
person ,  other  timn  a  benelil  or  payment  received 
from  a  government  or  government  agency  or  a 
non-profit  recreation  club  or  association,  and 

(ii)  the  person  is  not  being  provided  with  living 
accommodation  by  the  occupier. 


Premises 
referred 
to  in 
subs.  3 


(4)  The  premises  referred  to  in  subsection  3  are, 
(a)  a  rural  premises  that  is. 


(i)  used  for  agricultural  purposes,  including  land 
under  cultivation,  orchards,  pastures,  woodlots 
and  iarm  punds, 

(ii)  vacant  or  undeveloped  premises, 

(iii)  forested  or  wilderness  premises; 

(b)  golf  courses  when  not  open  for  playing; 

(c)  utility  rights-of-way  and  corridors,  excluding  structures 
located  thereon; 

(d)  unopened  road  allowances; 

(e)  private  roads  reasonably  marked  by  notice  as  such;  and 

(/)  recreational  trails  reasonably  marked  by  notice  as  such. 

5. — (1)  The  duty  of  an  occupier  under  this  Act,  or  his  R^tnctwn 
Hability  for  breach  thereof,  shall  not  be  restricted  or  excluded  uabiiHy 
by  the  provisions  of  any  contract  to  which  the  person  to  whom 
the  duty  is  owed  is  not  a  party,  whether  or  not  the  occupier 
is  bound  by  the  contract  to  permit  such  person  to  enter 
or  use  the  premises. 

(2)  A  contract  shall  not  by  virtue  of  this  Act  have  the -Extension 
effect,  unless  it  expressly  so  provides,  of  making  an  occupier  by  contract 
who  has  taken   reasonable   care,   liable   to   any  person   not 

a  party  to  the  contract,  for  dangers  due  to  the  faulty  execution 
of  any  work  of  construction,  maintenance  or  repair,  or  other 
like  operation  by  persons  other  than  himself,  his  servants, 
and  persons  acting  under  his  direction  and  control. 

(3)  Where  an  occupier  is  free  to  restrict,  modify  or  exclude  ^g^°"^^'^ 
his  duty  of  care  or  his  liability  for  breach  thereof,  he  shall  inform 
take  reasonable  steps  to  bring  such  restriction,  modification 

or  exclusion  to  the  attention  of  the  person  to  whom  the 
duty  is  owed. 

6.' — (1)  Where  damage  to  any  person  or  his  property  is  Liability 
caused  by  the  negligence  of  an  independent  contractor  em-  independent 
ployed  by  the  occupier,  the  occupier  is  not  on  that  account  contractor 
liable  if  in  all  the  circumstances  he  had  acted  reasonably  in 
entrusting  the  work  to  the  independent  contractor,  if  he  had 
taken  such  steps,  if  any,  as  he  reasonably  ought  in  order  to 
satisfy  himself  that  the  contractor  was  competent  and  that 
the  work  had  been  properly  done,  and  if  it  was  reasonable 
that    the    work    performed   by    the    independent    contractor 
should  have  been  undertaken. 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  Where  there  is  more  than  one  occupier  of  premises, 
any  benefit  accruing  by  reason  of  subsection  1  to  the  occupier 
who  employed  the  independent  contractor  shall  accrue  to  all 
occupiers  of  the  premises. 

(3)  Nothing  in  this  section  affects  any  duty  of  the  occupier 
that  is  non-delegable  at  common  law  or  affects  any  provision 
in  any  other  Act  that  provides  that  an  occupier  is  liable  for 
the  negligence  of  an  independent  contractor. 


Application 
of  ss.  5  (1,2),  6 


7.  In  so  far  as  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  5  prevent 
the  duty  of  care  owed  by  an  occupier,  or  liability  for  breach 
thereof,  from  being  restricted  or  excluded,  they  apply  to 
contracts  entered  into  both  before  and  after  the  commence- 
ment of  this  Act,  and  in  so  far  as  section  6  enlarges  the  duty 
of  care  owed  by  an  occupier,  or  liability  for  breach  thereof, 
it  applies  only  in  respect  of  contracts  entered  into  after  the 
commencement  of  this  Act. 


Obligations 
of  landlord 
as  occupier 


8. — (1)  Where  premises  are  occupied  or  used  by  virtue 
of  a  tenancy  under  which  the  landlord  is  responsible  for 
the  maintenance  or  repair  of  the  premises,  it  is  the  duty  of 
the  landlord  to  show  towards  any  person  or  the  property 
brought  on  the  premises  by  those  persons,  the  same  duty  of 
care  in  respect  of  dangers  arising  from  any  failure  on  his 
part  in  carrying  out  his  responsibility  as  is  required  by  this 
Act  to  be  shown  by  an  occupier  of  the  premises. 


Idem  (2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  a  landlord  shall  not 

be  deemed  to  have  made  default  in  carrying  out  any  obliga- 
tion to  a  person  unless  his  default  is  such  as  to  be  actionable 
at  the  suit  of  the  person  entitled  to  possession  of  the  premises. 


Interpre- 
tation 


Application 
of  section 


(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  obligations  imposed 
by  any  enactment  by  virtue  of  a  tenancy  shall  be  treated  as 
imposed  by  the  tenancy,  and  "tenancy"  includes  a  statutory 
tenancy,  an  implied  tenancy  and  any  contract  conferring  the 
right  of  occupation,  and  "landlord"  shall  be  construed 
accordingly. 

(4)  This  section  applies  to  all  tenancies  whether  created 
before  or  after  the  commencement  of  this  Act. 


Preservation 
of  higlier 
obligations 


9. — (1)  Nothing  in  this  Act  reheves  an  occupier  of  premises 
in  any  particular  case  from  any  higher  liability  or  any  duty 
to  show  a  higher  standard  of  care  that  in  that  case  is 
incumbent  on  him  by  virtue  of  any  enactment  or  rule  of 
law  imposing  special  liabihty  or  standards  of  care  on  particular 
classes  of  persons  including,  but  without  restricting  the 
generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  obUgations  of, 


(a)  innkeepers,  subject  to  The  Innkeepers  Ad;  ^^j^^^^^' 

(b)  common  carriers; 

(c)  bailees. 

(2)  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  affect  the  i^^ster  and 
rights,    duties   and   liabilities   resulting   from   a   master   and  relationships 
servant  relationship  where  it  exists. 

(3)  The  provisions  of  The  Negligence  Act  apply  with  respect  Application 
to  causes  of  action  to  which  this  Act  applies.  rso  1970 

c.  296 

10.— (1)  This  Act  binds  the  Crown,  subject  to  The  p^^o- ^^^^  ^inds 

A         ■  1       r^  A  Crown 

ceedtngs  Against  the  Crown  Act.  rso.  1970, 

C.365 

(2)  This   Act   does   not   apply   to   the   Crown   or   to   any  Exception 
municipal  corporation,   where  the  Crown  or  the  municipal 
corporation  is  an  occupier  of  a  pubhc  highway  or  a  public 
road. 

1 1 .  This  Act  does  not  affect  rights  and  liabilities  of  per-  Application 
sons  in  respect  of  causes  of  action  arising  before  this  Act 
comes  into  force. 

12.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  bv  Commence- 

ment 

proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

13.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Occupiers'  Liability  short  title 
Act,  1980. 


>3 


s 

TO 

;§ 

^b- 

2 

O) 

s" 

b 

TO 

<^ 

f:i- 

<5 

TO 

G 

Cn 

f 

a 

§ 

TO 

TO 

TO 

O 

?i- 

o 

O" 
V 

H 

w 

w 

> 

ffi 

r-t- 
O 
•-1 

o 

3 

•< 

.^ 

^ 

13 

o 

i-l 
P 

§ 

G 

W 

H 

W 

k! 

c-o 

t~* 

>* 

n 

o 

^ 

Si. 

cr 

?i- 

cr 

'■*• 

t^ 

^ 

>3 

^ 

>3 

TO 

H-^ 

TO 

)— k 

TO 

^ 

r-^ 

a 

(-K 

?i 

^ 

cr 

cr 

Pi. 

^ 

00 

o 

o 

00 

o 

1' 

o 

o 

> 

o 

3 

c 

*o_ 

> 

S' 

o 

r-t- 

l-t 

CAl 

i-t 

" 

rD 

r 

X3 

o 
ft- 

tr; 

5' 

orq 

BILL  202 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Occupiers*  Liability 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


:::.   .».Ui 


iA    £:; 


BILL  202  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Occupiers*  Liability 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

{a)  "occupier"  includes, 

(i)  a  person  who  is  in  physical  possession  of 
premises,  or 

(ii)  a  person  who  has  responsibility  for  and  con- 
trol over  the  condition  of  premises  or  the 
activities  there  carried  on,  or  control  over 
persons  allowed  to  enter  the  premises, 

notwithstanding  that  there  is  more  than  one  occupier 
of  the  same  premises; 

(b)  "premises"  means  lands  and  structures,  or  either  of 
them,  and  includes, 

(i)  water, 

(ii)  ships  and  vessels, 

(iii)  trailers  and  portable  structures  designed  or  used 
for  residence,  business  or  shelter, 

(iv)  trains,  railway  cars,  vehicles  and  aircraft,  except 
while  in  operation. 

2.  Subject  to  section  9,  the  provisions  of  this  Act  apply  Common  law 
in  place  of  the  rules  of  the  common  law  that  determine  the  superseded 
care  that  the  occupier  of  premises  at  common  law  is  required 

to  show  for  the  purpose  of  determining  his  liability  in  law 
in  respect  of  dangers  to  persons  entering  on  the  premises  or 
the  property  brought  on  the  premises  by  those  persons. 


Occupier's 
duty 


Idem 


Idem 


Risks 

willingly 

assumed 


Criminal 
activity 


3. — (1)  An  occupier  of  premises  owes  a  duty  to  take 
such  care  as  in  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case  is  reason- 
able to  see  that  persons  entering  on  the  premises,  and  the 
property  brought  on  the  premises  by  those  persons  are 
reasonably  safe  while  on  the  premises. 

(2)  The  duty  of  care  provided  for  in  subsection  1  applies 
whether  the  danger  is  caused  by  the  condition  of  the  premises 
or  by  an  activity  carried  on  on  the  premises. 

(3)  The  duty  of  care  provided  for  in  subsection  1  applies 
except  in  so  far  as  the  occupier  of  premises  is  free  to  and  does 
restrict,  modify  or  exclude  his  duty. 

4. — (1)  The  duty  of  care  provided  for  in  subsection  1  of  section 
3  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  risks  willingly  assumed  by  the  person 
who  enters  on  the  premises  but  in  that  case  the  occupier  owes  a 
duty  to  the  person  to  not  create  a  danger  with  the  deliberate  intent 
of  doing  harm  or  damage  to  the  person  or  his  property  and  to  not 
act  with  reckless  disregard  of  the  presence  of  the  person  or  his 
property. 

(2)  A  person  who  is  on  premises  with  the  intention  of  commit- 
ting, or  in  the  commission  of,  a  criminal  act  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  willingly  assumed  all  risks  and  is  subject  to  the  duty  of  care 
set  out  in  subsection  1. 


Trespass 

and 

permitted 

recreational 

activity 

19->0,  c.   .  .. 


(3)  A  person  who  enters  premises  described  in  subsection  4  shall 
be  deemed  to  have  willingly  assumed  all  risks  and  is  subject  to  the 
duty  of  care  set  out  in  subsection  1 , 

(a)  where  the  entry  is  prohibited  under  The  Trespass  to 
Property  Act,  1980; 


(b)  where  the  occupier  has  posted  no  notice  in  respect  of 
entry  and  has  not  otherwise  expressly  permitted  entry;  or 

(c)  where  the  entry  is  for  the  purpose  of  a  recreational 
activity  and, 

(i)  no  fee  is  paid  for  the  entry  or  activity  of  the 
person,  other  than  a  benefit  or  payment  received 
from  a  government  or  government  agency  or  a 
non-profit  recreation  club  or  association,  and 

(ii)  the  person  is  not  being  provided  with  living 
accommodation  by  the  occupier. 


Premises 
referred 
to  in 
subs.  3 


(4)  The  premises  referred  to  in  subsection  3  are, 
(a)  a  rural  premises  that  is. 


(i)  used  for  agricultural  purposes,  including  land 
under  cultivation,  orchards,  pastures,  woodlots 
and  farm  ponds, 

(ii)  vacant  or  undeveloped  premises, 

(iii)  forested  or  wilderness  premises; 

(b)  golf  courses  when  not  open  for  playing; 

(c)  utility  rights-of-way  and  corridors,  excluding  structures 
located  thereon; 

(d)  unopened  road  allowances; 

(e)  private  roads  reasonably  marked  by  notice  as  such;  and 

(/)  recreational  trails  reasonably  marked  by  notice  as  such. 

5.— (1)  The  duty  of  an  occupier  under  this  Act,  or  his  Restriction 
liability  for  breach  thereof,  shall  not  be  restricted  or  excluded  liability  ^ 
by  the  provisions  of  any  contract  to  which  the  person  to  whom 
the  duty  is  owed  is  not  a  party,  whether  or  not  the  occupier 
is  bound  by  the  contract  to  permit  such  person  to  enter 
or  use  the  premises. 

(2)  A  contract  shall  not  by  virtue  of  this  Act  have  the -Extension 
effect,  unless  it  expressly  so  provides,  of  making  an  occupier  by  contract 
who  has   taken   reasonable  care,   liable   to  any  person  not 

a  party  to  the  contract,  for  dangers  due  to  the  faulty  execution 
of  any  work  of  construction,  maintenance  or  repair,  or  other 
like  operation  by  persons  other  than  himself,  his  servants, 
and  persons  acting  under  his  direction  and  control. 

(3)  Where  an  occupier  is  free  to  restrict,  modify  or  exclude  Reasonable 
his  duty  of  care  or  his  liability  for  breach  thereof,  he  shall  inform 
take  reasonable  steps  to  bring  such  restriction,  modification 

or  exclusion  to  the  attention  of  the  person  to  whom  the 
duty  is  owed. 

6.' — (1)  Where  damage  to  any  person  or  his  property  is  Liability 
caused  by  the  negligence  of  an  independent  contractor  em-  independent 
ployed  by  the  occupier,  the  occupier  is  not  on  that  account  contractor 
liable  if  in  all  the  circumstances  he  had  acted  reasonably  in 
entrusting  the  work  to  the  independent  contractor,  if  he  had 
taken  such  steps,  if  any,  as  he  reasonably  ought  in  order  to 
satisfy  himself  that  the  contractor  was  competent  and  that 
the  work  had  been  properly  done,  and  if  it  was  reasonable 
that    the   work   performed   by    the   independent    contractor 
should  have  been  undertaken. 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  Where  there  is  more  than  one  occupier  of  premises, 
any  benefit  accruing  by  reason  of  subsection  1  to  the  occupier 
who  employed  the  independent  contractor  shall  accrue  to  all 
occupiers  of  the  premises. 

(3)  Nothing  in  this  section  affects  any  duty  of  the  occupier 
that  is  non-delegable  at  common  law  or  affects  any  provision 
in  any  other  Act  that  provides  that  an  occupier  is  liable  for 
the  negligence  of  an  independent  contractor. 


Application 
ofss,  5  (1.2),  6 


7.  In  SO  far  as  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  5  prevent 
the  duty  of  care  owed  by  an  occupier,  or  liability  for  breach 
thereof,  from  being  restricted  or  excluded,  they  apply  to 
contracts  entered  into  both  before  and  after  the  commence- 
ment of  this  Act,  and  in  so  far  as  section  6  enlarges  the  duty 
of  care  owed  by  an  occupier,  or  liability  for  breach  thereof, 
it  applies  only  in  respect  of  contracts  entered  into  after  the 
commencement  of  this  Act. 


Obligations 
of  landlord 
as  occupier 


8. — (1)  Where  premises  are  occupied  or  used  by  virtue 
of  a  tenancy  under  which  the  landlord  is  responsible  for 
the  maintenance  or  repair  of  the  premises,  it  is  the  duty  of 
the  landlord  to  show  towards  any  person  or  the  property 
brought  on  the  premises  by  those  persons,  the  same  duty  of 
care  in  respect  of  dangers  arising  from  any  failure  on  his 
part  in  carrying  out  his  responsibility  as  is  required  by  this 
Act  to  be  shown  by  an  occupier  of  the  premises. 


Idem 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  a  landlord  shall  not 
be  deemed  to  have  made  default  in  carrying  out  any  obliga- 
tion to  a  person  unless  his  default  is  such  as  to  be  actionable 
at  the  suit  of  the  person  entitled  to  possession  of  the  premises. 


Interpre- 
tation 


Application 
of  section 


(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  obligations  imposed 
by  any  enactment  by  virtue  of  a  tenancy  shall  be  treated  as 
imposed  by  the  tenancy,  and  "tenancy"  includes  a  statutory 
tenancy,  an  implied  tenancy  and  any  contract  conferring  the 
right  of  occupation,  and  "landlord"  shall  be  construed 
accordingly. 

(4)  This  section  applies  to  all  tenancies  whether  created 
before  or  after  the  commencement  of  this  Act. 


Preservation 
of  higher 
obligations 


9. — (1)  Nothing  in  this  Act  relieves  an  occupier  of  premises 
in  any  particular  case  from  any  higher  liability  or  any  duty 
to  show  a  higher  standard  of  care  that  in  that  case  is 
incumbent  on  him  by  virtue  of  any  enactment  or  rule  of 
law  imposing  special  liability  or  standards  of  care  on  particular 
classes  of  persons  including,  but  without  restricting  the 
generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  obligations  of, 


(a)  innkeepers,  subject  to  The  Innkeepers  Act;  ^^.o.  i970, 

{b)  common  carriers; 
(c)  bailees. 

(2)  Nothine  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  affect  the  faster  and 

SGrvcLnt 

rights,   duties   and   liabilities   resulting   from   a  master   and  relationships 
servant  relationship  where  it  exists. 

(3)  The  provisions  of  The  Negligence  Act  apply  with  respect  Application 
to  causes  of  action  to  which  this  Act  applies.  r  s  o  1970 

c.  296 

10.— (1)  This  Act  binds  the  Crown,  subject  to  The  P^o- ^^^^^^ 
ceedings  Against  the  Crown  Act.  r so.  1970, 

C.365 

(2)  This   Act   does   not   apply   to   the   Crown   or   to   any  Exception 
municipal  corporation,   where  the  Crown  or  the  municipal 
corporation  is  an  occupier  of  a  public  highway  or  a  public 
road. 

11.  This  Act  does  not  affect  rights  and  liabihties  of  per-  Application 
sons  in  respect  of  causes  of  action  arising  before  this  Act 
comes  into  force. 

12.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  bv  Comn^^nce- 

•^  ^    ment 

proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

13.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Occupiers'  Liability  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


H 

a 

w 

> 

ffi 

O 

o 

3 

CD 

.^ 

S 

3 
n 
-i 

P3 

n 

W 

H 

W 

Kj 

CX) 

o 


o 

R- 

p 

1-1 

o 

13- 

Co 

>3 

^ 

>3 

?:« 

«) 

1  ■ 

Cfe 

H- ' 

«i 

R 

(-^ 

a 

r* 

R 

R- 

iir 

a. 

jr 

S- 

0^ 

o 

00 

o 

0^ 

o 

00 

o 

OC5 

O 
O 

> 

o 

3 

"2 

> 

rS' 

o 

>-t 

w 

i-l 

- 

n> 

V."^ 

p 

CD 

a; 

o 

5' 

(TO 

BILL  203  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  protect  against 
Trespass  to  Property 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Bill  was  published  by  the  Ministry  of  the  Attorney  General  in  May,  1979 
as  a  discussion  paper  and  is  a  companion  to  An  Act  respecting  Occupiers'  Liability. 

The  Bill  provides  more  effective  penalties  for  trespass  and  provides  for  a 
system  whereby  an  owner  can  give  a  limited  right  of  entry  to  permit  recreational 
activity.  The  Bill  respecting  Occupiers'  Liability  limits  the  liability  of  the  owner  in 
such  cases. 


BILL  203  1980 


An  Act  to  protect  against 
Trespass  to  Property 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "occupier"  includes, 

(i)  a   person   who   is   in   physical  possession   of 
premises,  or 

(ii)  a  person  who  has  responsibility  for  and 
control  over  the  condition  of  premises  or  the 
activities  there  carried  on,  or  control  over 
persons  allowed  to  enter  the  premises, 

notwithstanding  that  there  is  more  than  one  occupier  of 
the  same  premises; 

(b)  "person"  includes  a  board  as  defined  in  The  Education  i974,  c.  io9 
Act,  1974; 

(c)  "premises"  means  lands  and  structures,  or  either  of 
them,  and  includes, 

(i)  water, 

(ii)  ships  and  vessels, 

(iii)  trailers  and  portable  structures  designed  or  used 
for  residence,  business  or  shelter, 

(iv)  trains,  railway  cars,  vehicles  and  aircraft,  except 
while  in  operation. 

2 . — ( 1)  Every  person  who  is  not  acting  under  a  right  or  author-  J'^^g^^^.^ 
ity  conferred  by  law  and  who. 


(a)  without  the  express  permission  of  the  occupier,  the 
proof  of  which  rests  on  the  defendant, 

(i)  enters  on  premises  when  entry  is  prohibited 
under  this  Act,  or 

(ii)  engages  in  an  activity  on  premises  when  the 
activity  is  prohibited  under  this  Act ;  or 

(b)  does  not  leave  the  premises  immediately  after  he  is 
directed  to  do  so  by  the  occupier  of  the  premises  or 
a  person  authorized  by  the  occupier, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  line 
of  not  more  than  $1,000. 


Colour 
of  right 
as  a 
defence 


(2)  It  is  a  defence  to  a  charge  under  subsection  1  in 
respect  of  premises  that  is  land  that  the  person  charged 
reasonably  believed  that  he  had  title  to  or  an  interest  in  the 
land  that  entitled  him  to  do  the  act  complained  of. 


Prohibition 
of  entry 


3. — (1)  Entry  on  premises  may  be  prohibited  by  notice  to 
that  effect  and  entry  is  prohibited  without  any  notice  on 
premises, 

(a)  that  is  a  garden,  field  or  other  land  that  is  under  cultiva- 
tion, including  a  lawn,  orchard,  vineyard  and  premises 
on  which  trees  have  been  planted  and  have  not  attained 
an  average  height  of  more  than  one  metre;  or 

(6)  that  is  enclosed  in  a  manner  that  indicates  the 
occupier's  intention  to  keep  persons  off  the  premises 
or  to  keep  animals  on  the  premises. 


Imphed 
permission 
to  use 
approach 
to  door 


(2)  There  is  a  presumption  that  access  for  lawful  purposes 
to  the  door  of  a  building  on  premises  by  a  means  apparently 
provided  and  used  for  the  purpose  of  access  is  not  prohibited. 


Limited 
fjermission 


Limited 
prohibition 


4. — (1)  Where  notice  is  given  that  one  or  more  particular 
activities  are  permitted,  all  other  activities  and  entry  for  the 
purpose  are  prohibited  and  any  additional  notice  that  entry  is 
prohibited  or  a  particular  activity  is  prohibited  on  the  same 
premises  shall  be  construed  to  be  for  greater  certainty  only. 

(2)  Where  entry  on  premises  is  not  prohibited  under  section  3  or 
by  notice  that  one  or  more  particular  activities  are  permitted 
under  subsection  1,  and  notice  is  given  that  a  particular  activity  is 
prohibited,  that  activity  and  entry  for  the  purpose  is  prohibited 


and  all  other  activities  and  entry  for  the  purpose  are  not  prohi- 
bited. 

5. — (1)  A  notice  under  this  Act  may  be  eri van,  Method 

^  ^  o  of  giving 

notice 

(a)  orally  or  in  writing ; 

(6)  by  means  of  signs  posted  so  that  a  sign  is  clearly 
visible  in  daylight  under  normal  conditions  from  the 
approach  to  each  ordinary  point  of  access  to  the 
premises  to  which  it  applies;  or 

(c)  by  means  of  the  marking  system  set  out  in  sec- 
tion 7. 

(2)  Substantial  compliance  with  clause  6  or  c  of  subsection  Substantial 

<   •  re    ■       X.        i-  compliance 

1  IS  sumcient  notice.  ^ 

6. — (1)  A  sign  naming  an  activity  or  showing  a  graphic  ^orm 
representation  of  an  activity  is  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  °  ^'^" 
giving  notice  that  the  activity  is  permitted. 

(2)  A  sign  naming  an  activity  with  an  oblique  Hne  drawn  '^em 
through  the  name  or  showing  a  graphic  representation  of 
an  activity  with  an  oblique  line  drawn  through  the  repre- 
sentation is  sufficient  for  the. purpose  of  giving  notice  that  the 
activity  is  prohibited. 

7. — (1)  Red  markings  made  and  posted  in  accordance  with  ^ed 
subsections  3  and  4  are  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  giving  "^  "^  " 
notice  that  entry  on  the  premises  is  prohibited. 

(2)  Yellow  markings  made  and  posted  in  accordance  with  Yeiiow 
subsections  3  and  4  are  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  giving 
notice  that  entry  is  prohibited  except  for  the  purpose  of 
certain  activities  and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  notice  of  the 
activities  permitted. 

(3)  A  marking  under  this  section  shall  be  of  such  a  size  size 
that  a  circle  ten  centimetres  in  diameter  can  be  contained 
wholly  within  it. 

(4)  Markings  under  this  section  shall  be  so  placed  that  a  Porting 
marking  is  clearly  visible  in  daylight  under  normal  conditions 
from  the  approach  to  each  ordinary  point  of  access  to  the 
premises  to  which  it  applies. 

8.  A  notice  or  permission  under  this  Act  may  be  given  in  Notice 
respect  of  any  part  of  the  premises  of  an  occupier.  ^o  part 

of  premises 


Arrest 

without 

warrant 


9. — (1)  A  police  officer,  or  the  occupier  of  premises,  or  a  person 
authorized  by  the  occupier  may  arrest  without  warrant  any  person 
he  believes  on  reasonable  and  probable  grounds  to  be  on  the 
premises  in  contravention  of  section  2 . 


Delivery 
to  police 
officer 


(2)  Where  the  person  who  makes  an  arrest  under  subsection  1  is 
not  a  police  officer,  he  shall  promptly  call  for  the  assistance  of  a 
police  officer  and  give  the  person  arrested  into  the  custody  of  the 
police  officer. 


Application 
of  1979,  c,  4 


Motor 
vehicles 
R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  202 


(3)  A  police  officer  to  whom  the  custody  of  a  person  is  given 
under  subsection  2  shall  be  deemed  to  have  arrested  the  person  for 
the  purposes  of  the  provisions  of  The  Provincial  Offences  Act, 
1979  applying  to  his  release  or  continued  detention  and  bail. 

1 0.  Where  an  offence  under  this  Act  is  committed  by  means 
of  a  motor  vehicle,  as  defined  in  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
the  driver  of  the  motor  vehicle  is  liable  to  the  fine  provided 
under  this  Act  and,  where  the  driver  is  not  the  owner,  the 
owner  of  the  motor  vehicle  is  also  liable  to  the  fine  provided 
under  this  Act  unless,  at  the  tiifie  the  offence  was  committed, 
the  motor  vehicle  was  in  the  possession  of  a  person  other 
than  the  owner  without  the  owner's  consent. 


Damage 
award 


Costs  of 
prosecution 


1979,  c.  4 


Damages 
and  costs 
in  addition 
to  fine 


Civil 
action 


11. — (1)  Where  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under 
section  2,  and  a  person  has  suffered  damage  caused  by  the 
person  convicted  during  the  commission  of  the  offence,  the 
court  shall,  on  the  request  of  the  prosecutor  and  with  the 
consent  of  the  person  who  suffered  the  damage,  determine  the 
damages  and  shall  make  a  judgment  for  damages  against  the 
person  convicted  in  favour  of  the  person  who  suffered  the 
damage,  but  no  judgment  shall  be  for  an  amount  in  excess  of 
$1,000. 

(2)  Where  a  prosecution  under  section  2  is  conducted  by 
a  private  prosecutor,  and  the  defendant  is  convicted,  unless 
the  court  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  prosecution  was  not 
necessary  for  the  protection  of  the  occupier  or  his  interests, 
the  court  shall  determine  the  actual  costs  reasonably  incurred 
in  conducting  the  prosecution  and,  notwithstanding  section  61 
of  The  Provincial  Offences  Act,  1979,  shall  order  those  costs 
to  be  paid  by  the  defendant  to  the  prosecutor. 

(3)  A  judgment  for  damages  under  subsection  1,  or  an 
award  of  costs  under  subsection  2,  shall  be  in  addition  to  any 
fine  that  is  imposed  under  this  Act. 

(4)  A  judgment  for  damages  under  subsection  1  extinguishes 
the  right  of  the  person  in  whose  favour  the  judgment  is  made  to 
bring  a  civil  action  for  damages  against  the  person  convicted 
arising  out  of  the  same  facts. 


(5)  The  failure  to  request  or  refusal  to  grant  a  judgment  for  Wem 
damages  under  subsection  1  does  not  affect  a  right  to  bring  a  civil 
action  for  damages  arising  out  of  the  same  facts. 

(6)  The  judgment  for  damages  under  subsection  1,  and  the   Enforce- 
award  for  costs  under  subsection  2 ,  may  be  filed  in  a  small  claims 
court  and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  judgment  or  order  of  that  court 

for  the  purposes  of  enforcement. 

12.  The   Petty    Trespass   Act,    being   chapter    347    of   the  ^^p^^' 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed. 

13.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  Commence- 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

14.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Trespass  to  Property  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


o 


to 


H 

s 

w 

> 

ffi 

O 

o 

3 

.^ 

O 

g 

3 

o 

ft 
i-t 

s 

SL 

a 

w 

H 

w 

►< 

^ 
^ 

1-1 
n 

?5. 

1-1 
n 

In 

h- ' 

>3 

1— » 

I— » 

>3 

5S 

(-1- 

55 

<-^ 

Q 

^ 

tr 

S- 

p- 

^' 

o 

00 

o 

0^ 

O 
00 
O 

S 

OK, 

P 

orq 

P 

5' 

r-t- 

> 

H 

3 

CO 

> 
o 

O 

C/) 

^ 

(-1- 

i-l 

O 

O 

^ 

(-»■ 

::i 

o 

o 

r+ 

X) 

rt> 

I 


BILL  203  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  protect  against 
Trespass  to  Property 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Resources  Development  Committee) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Bill  was  published  by  the  Ministry  of  the  Attorney  General  in  May,  1979 
as  a  discussion  paper  and  is  a  companion  to  An  Act  respecting  Occupiers'  Liability . 

The  Bill  provides  more  effective  penalties  for  trespass  and  provides  for  a 
system  whereby  an  owner  can  give  a  limited  right  of  entry  to  permit  recreational 
activity.  The  Bill  respecting  Occupiers'  Liability  limits  the  liability  of  the  owner  in 
such  cases. 


BILL  203  1980 


An  Act  to  protect  against 
Trespass  to  Property 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. (1)    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

{a)  "occupier"  includes, 

(i)  a   person   who   is   in   physical   possession   of 
premises,  or 

(ii)  a  person  who  has  responsibility  for  and 
control  over  the  condition  of  premises  or  the 
activities  there  carried  on,  or  control  over 
persons  allowed  to  enter  the  premises, 

notwithstanding  that  there  is  more  than  one  occupier  of 
the  same  premises; 

(b)  "premises"  means  lands  and  structures,  or  either  of 
them,  and  includes, 

(i)  water, 

(ii)  ships  and  vessels, 

(iii)  trailers  and  portable  structures  designed  or  used 
for  residence,  business  or  shelter, 

(iv)  trains,  railway  cars,  vehicles  and  aircraft,  except 
while  in  operation. 

(2)  A  school  board  has  all  the  rights  and  duties  of  an  occupier  in  School 

.  ,    -.        ,  .      _,,      _,  ,  .  .  boards 

respect  of  its  school  sites  as  defined  in  The  Education  Act,  1974 .     ,974  ^  jgg 

2. — (1)  Every  person  who  is  not  acting  under  a  right  or  author-  Trespass 
ity  conferred  by  law  and  who. 


{a)  without  the  express  permission  of  the  occupier,  the 
proof  of  which  rests  on  the  defendant, 

(i)  enters  on  premises  when  entry  is  prohibited 
under  this  Act,  or 

(ii)  engages  in  an  activity  on  premises  when  the 
activity  is  prohibited  under  this  Act ;  or 

(b)  does  not  leave  the  premises  immediately  after  he  is 
directed  to  do  so  by  the  occupier  of  the  premises  or 
a  person  authorized  by  the  occupier, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $1,000. 


Colour 
of  right 
asa 
defence 


(2)  It  is  a  defence  to  a  charge  under  subsection  1  in 
respect  of  premises  that  is  land  that  the  person  charged 
reasonably  believed  that  he  had  title  to  or  an  interest  in  the 
land  that  entitled  him  to  do  the  act  complained  of. 


Prohibition 
of  entry 


3. — (1)  Entry  on  premises  may  be  prohibited  by  notice  to 
that  effect  and  entry  is  prohibited  without  any  notice  on 
premises, 

(a)  that  is  a  garden,  field  or  other  land  that  is  under  cultiva- 
tion, including  a  lawn,  orchard,  vineyard  and  premises 
on  which  trees  have  been  planted  and  have  not  attained 
an  average  height  of  more  than  two  metres  and  woudlots 
on  land  used  primarily  fur  agricultural  purposes;  or 

(6)  that  is  enclosed  in  a  manner  that  indicates  the 
occupier's  intention  to  keep  persons  off  the  premises 
or  to  keep  animals  on  the  premises. 


Implied 
{jermission 
to  use 
approach 
to  door 


(2)  There  is  a  presumption  that  access  for  lawful  purposes 
to  the  door  of  a  building  on  premises  by  a  means  apparently 
provided  and  used  for  the  purpose  of  access  is  not  prohibited. 


Limited 
permission 


Limited 
prohibition 


4. — (1)  Where  notice  is  given  that  one  or  more  particular 
activities  are  permitted,  all  other  activities  and  entry  for  the 
purpose  are  prohibited  and  any  additional  notice  that  entry  is 
prohibited  or  a  particular  activity  is  prohibited  on  the  same 
premises  shall  be  construed  to  be  for  greater  certainty  only. 

(2)  Where  entry  on  premises  is  not  prohibited  under  section  3  or 
by  notice  that  one  or  more  particular  activities  are  permitted 
under  subsection  1 ,  and  notice  is  given  that  a  particular  activity  is 
prohibited,  that  activity  and  entry  for  the  purpose  is  prohibited 


and  all  other  activities  and  entry  for  the  purpose  are  not  prohi- 
bited. 

5. — (1)  A  notice  under  this  Act  may  be  given.  Method 

^    '  •'  <=>  of  giving 

notice 

(a)  orally  or  in  writing ; 

(b)  by  means  of  signs  posted  so  that  a  sign  is  clearly 
visible  in  daylight  under  normal  conditions  from  the 
approach  to  each  ordinary  point  of  access  to  the 
premises  to  which  it  applies ;  or 

(c)  by  means  of  the  marking  system  set  out  in  sec- 
tion 7, 

(2)  Substantial  compliance  with  clause  6  or  c  of  subsection  Substantial 

<   .  re    •       i        i-  compliance 

1  is  sufficient  notice.  ^ 


6.— (1)  A  sign  naming  an  activity  or  showing  a  graphic  ^orm 
representation  of  an  activity  is  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  °  ^*^" 
giving  notice  that  the  activity  is  permitted. 


(2)  A  sign  naming  an  activity  with  an  oblique  line  drawn  '^^"^ 
through  the  name  or  showing  a  graphic  representation  of 
an  activity  with  an  oblique  line  drawn  through  the  repre- 
sentation is  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  giving  notice  that  the 
activity  is  prohibited. 

7. — (1)  Red  markings  made  and  posted  in  accordance  with  ^^'^ 
subsections  3  and  4  are  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  giving  "*  ^ 
notice  that  entry  on  the  premises  is  prohibited. 

(2)  Yellow  markings  made  and  posted  in  accordance  with  Yeiiow 

m3.rkiri£rs 

subsections  3  and  4  are  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  giving 
notice  that  entry  is  prohibited  except  for  the  purpose  of 
certain  activities  and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  notice  of  the 
activities  permitted. 

(3)  A  marking  under  this  section  shall  be  of  such  a  size  Size 
that  a  circle  ten  centimetres  in  diameter  can  be  contained 
wholly  within  it. 

(4)  Markings  under  this  section  shall  be  so  placeci  that  a  Posting 
marking  is  clearly  visible  in  daylight  under  normal  conditions 
from  the  approach  to  each  ordinary  point  of  access  to  the 
premises  to  which  it  applies. 

8.  A  notice  or  permission  under  this  Act  may  be  given  in  Notice 
respect  of  any  part  of  the  premises  of  an  occupier.  to  pan 

of  premises 


Arrest 
without 
warrant 
on  premises 


9. — (1)  A  police  officer,  or  the  occupier  of  premises,  or  a  person 
authorized  by  the  occupier  may  arrest  without  warrant  any  person 
he  believes  on  reasonable  and  probable  grounds  to  be  on  the 
premises  in  contravention  of  section  2 . 


Delivery 
to  police 
officer 


(2)  Where  the  person  who  makes  an  arrest  under  subsection  1  is 
not  a  police  officer,  he  shall  promptly  call  for  the  assistance  of  a 
police  officer  and  give  the  person  arrested  into  the  custody  of  the 
police  officer. 


Application 
of  1979.  c.  4 


Arrest 
without 
warrant 
off  premises 


(3)  A  police  officer  to  whom  the  custody  of  a  person  is  given 
under  subsection  2  shall  be  deemed  to  have  arrested  the  person  for 
the  purposes  of  the  provisions  of  The  Provincial  Offences  Act, 
1979  applying  to  his  release  or  continued  detention  and  bail. 


10.  Where  a  police  officer  believes  on  reasonable  and  proba- 
ble grounds  that  a  person  has  been  in  contravention  of  section  2 
and  has  made  fresh  departure  from  the  premises,  and  the  person 
refuses  to  give  his  name  and  address,  or  there  are  reasonable  and 
probable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  name  or  address  given  is 
false,  the  police  officer  may  arrest  the  person  without  warrant. 


Motor 
vehicles 
R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  202 


Damage 
award 


1 1 .  Where  an  offence  under  this  Act  is  committed  by  means 
of  a  motor  vehicle,  as  defined  in  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
the  driver  of  the  motor  vehicle  is  liable  to  the  fine  provided 
under  this  Act  and,  where  the  driver  is  not  the  owner,  the 
owner  of  the  motor  vehicle  is  liable  to  the  line  provided  under  this 
Act  unless  the  driver  is  convicted  of  the  offence  or,  at  the  time  the 
offence  wa?  committed,  the  motor  vehicle  was  in  the  possession  of 
a  person  other  than  the  owner  without  the  owner's  consent. 

12. — (1)  Where  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under 
section  2,  and  a  person  has  suffered  damage  caused  by  the 
person  convicted  during  the  commission  of  the  offence,  the 
court  shall,  on  the  request  of  the  prosecutor  and  with  the 
consent  of  the  person  who  suffered  the  damage,  determine  the 
damages  and  shall  make  a  judgment  for  damages  against  the 
person  convicted  in  favour  of  the  person  who  suffered  the 
damage,  but  no  judgment  shall  be  for  an  amount  in  excess  of 
$1,000. 


Costs  of 
prosecution 


1979,  c.  4 


(2)  Where  a  prosecution  under  section  2  is  conducted  by 
a  private  prosecutor,  and  the  defendant  is  convicted,  unless 
the  court  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  prosecution  was  not 
necessary  for  the  protection  of  the  occupier  or  his  interests, 
the  court  shall  determine  the  actual  costs  reasonably  incurred 
in  conducting  the  prosecution  and,  notwithstanding  section  61 
of  The  Provincial  Offences  Act,  1979,  shall  order  those  costs 
to  be  paid  by  the  defendant  to  the  prosecutor. 


(3)  A  judgment   for  damages  under  subsection    1,   or  an  Damages 
award  of  costs  under  subsection  2,  shall  be  in  addition  to  any  in  addition 
fine  that  is  imposed  under  this  Act.  ^°^"^ 

(4)  A  judgment  for  damages  under  subsection  1  extinguishes  Cmi 

3.ct]on 

the  right  of  the  person  in  whose  favour  the  judgment  is  made  to 
bring  a  civil  action  for  damages  against  the  person  convicted 
arising  out  of  the  same  facts. 

(5)  The  failure  to  request  or  refusal  to  grant  a  judgment  for  Wem 
damages  under  subsection  1  does  not  affect  a  right  to  bring  a  civil 
action  for  damages  arising  out  of  the  same  facts. 

(6)  The  judgment  for  damages  under  subsection  1,  and  the  Enforce- 
award  for  costs  under  subsection  2,  may  be  filed  in  a  small  claims 
court  and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  judgment  or  order  of  that  court 

for  the  purposes  of  enforcement. 

13.  The    Petty    Trespass   Act,    being    chapter    347    of   the  R^p^^i 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed. 

14.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  Commence- 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

15.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Trespass  to  Property  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


>3 


C3 

>o 

8 

c^ 

;5 

"^ 

3. 

Co 

s 

b 

c^ 

r% 

a- 

<2 

g 

1* 

C5 

«i 

O  Pi- 

o 

s 

O- 
V 

H 
w 


^ 


ft)   ^ 
p  c; 

H 


3 

to 

s»- 

cr 

a- 

cr 

"^ 

t^ 

>i 

!_. 

>3 

«> 

(_i 

Cfe 

1.^ 

<^ 

s> 

r-r- 

e 

<-»■ 

ft 

Si- 

tr 

S- 

»- 

Cl 

^*. 

^*. 

^ 

1— » 
00 

o 

0^ 

1— ' 

sO 
00 

o 

s 

P 

crq 

P 

5' 

> 

H 

3 

►-1 

> 
o 

P 

O    O 

O    (-<■ 


BILL  203 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  protect  against 
Trespass  to  Property 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  203  1980 


An  Act  to  protect  against 
Trespass  to  Property 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. (1)    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

{a)  "occupier"  includes, 

(i)  a   person   who   is  in   physical   possession   of 
premises,  or 

(ii)  a  person  who  has  responsibility  for  and 
control  over  the  condition  of  premises  or  the 
activities  there  carried  on,  or  control  over 
persons  allowed  to  enter  the  premises, 

notwithstanding  that  there  is  more  than  one  occupier  of 
the  same  premises; 

(b)  "premises"  means  lands  and  structures,  or  either  of 
them,  and  includes, 

(i)  water, 

(ii)  ships  and  vessels, 

(iii)  trailers  and  portable  structures  designed  or  used 
for  residence,  business  or  shelter, 

(iv)  trains,  railway  cars,  vehicles  and  aircraft,  except 
while  in  operation. 

(2)  A  school  board  has  all  the  rights  and  duties  of  an  occupier  in  ^'^''°?' 
respect  of  its  school  sites  as  defined  in  The  Education  Act,  1974 .     jg^^  ^  jog 

2. — (1)  Every  person  who  is  not  acting  under  a  right  or  author-  Trespass 

-  Ill  II  an  offence 

ity  conferred  by  law  and  who. 


{a)  without  the  express  permission  of  the  occupier,  the 
proof  of  which  rests  on  the  defendant, 

(i)  enters  on  premises  when  entry  is  prohibited 
under  this  Act,  or 

(ii)  engages  in  an  activity  on  premises  when  the 
activity  is  prohibited  under  this  Act ;  or 

(b)  does  not  leave  the  premises  immediately  after  he  is 
directed  to  do  so  by  the  occupier  of  the  premises  or 
a  person  authorized  by  the  occupier, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $1,000. 


Colour 
of  right 
as  a 
defence 


(2)  It  is  a  defence  to  a  charge  under  subsection  1  in 
respect  of  premises  that  is  land  that  the  person  charged 
reasonably  believed  that  he  had  title  to  or  an  interest  in  the 
land  that  entitled  him  to  do  the  act  complained  of. 


Prohibition 
of  entry 


3.— (1)  Entry  on  premises  may  be  prohibited  by  notice  to 
that  effect  and  entry  is  prohibited  without  any  notice  on 
premises, 

(a)  that  is  a  garden,  field  or  other  land  that  is  under  cultiva- 
tion, including  a  lawn,  orchard,  vineyard  and  premises 
on  which  trees  have  been  planted  and  have  not  attained 
an  average  height  of  more  than  two  metres  and  woodlots 
on  land  used  primarily  for  agricultural  purposes;  or 

(b)  that  is  enclosed  in  a  manner  that  indicates  the 
occupier's  intention  to  keep  persons  off  the  premises 
or  to  keep  animals  on  the  premises. 


Implied 
permission 
to  use 
approach 
to  door 


(2)  There  is  a  presumption  that  access  for  lawful  purposes 
to  the  door  of  a  building  on  premises  by  a  means  apparently 
provided  and  used  for  the  purpose  of  access  is  not  prohibited. 


Limited 
permission 


Limited 
prohibition 


4. — (1)  Where  notice  is  given  that  one  or  more  particular 
activities  are  permitted,  all  other  activities  and  entry  for  the 
purpose  are  prohibited  and  any  additional  notice  that  entry  is 
prohibited  or  a  particular  activity  is  prohibited  on  the  same 
premises  shall  be  construed  to  be  for  greater  certainty  only. 

(2)  Where  entry  on  premises  is  not  prohibited  under  section  3  or 
by  notice  that  one  or  more  particular  activities  are  permitted 
under  subsection  1,  and  notice  is  given  that  a  particular  activity  is 
prohibited,  that  activity  and  entry  for  the  purpose  is  prohibited 


and  all  other  activities  and  entry  for  the  purpose  are  not  prohi- 
bited. 

5. — (1)  A  notice  under  this  Act  may  be  given,  Method 

^    '  JO'  of  giving 

notice 

(a)  orally  or  in  writing ; 

{b)  by  means  of  signs  posted  so  that  a  sign  is  clearly 
visible  in  daylight  under  normal  conditions  from  the 
approach  to  each  ordinary  point  of  access  to  the 
premises  to  which  it  applies;  or 

(c)  by  means  of  the  marking  system  set  out  in  sec- 
tion 7. 

(2)  Substantial  compliance  with  clause  6  or  c  of  subsection  Substantial 

.  .  re    ■       .         ^  •  compliance 

1  is  suincient  notice. 

e. — (1)  A  sign  naming  an  activity  or  showing  a  graphic  Form 
representation  of  an  activity  is  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of 
giving  notice  that  the  activity  is  permitted. 

(2)  A  sign  naming  an  activity  with  an  obhque  line  drawn  ^^^^ 
through  the  name  or  showing  a  graphic  representation  of 
an  activity  with  an  oblique  line  drawn  through  the  repre- 
sentation is  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  giving  notice  that  the 
activity  is  prohibited. 

7. — (1)  Red  markings  made  and  posted  in  accordance  with  ^^^, . 

ITlcLrKHlCfS 

subsections  3  and  4  are  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  giving 
notice  that  entry  on  the  premises  is  prohibited. 

(2)  Yellow  markings  made  and  posted  in  accordance  with  Yeiiow 

ni3.rKin?s 

subsections  3  and  4  are  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  giving 
notice  that  entry  is  prohibited  except  for  the  purpose  of 
certain  activities  and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  notice  of  the 
activities  permitted. 

(3)  A  marking  under  this  section  shall  be  of  such  a  size  size 
that  a  circle  ten  centimetres  in  diameter  can  be  contained 
wholly  within  it. 

(4)  Markings  under  this  section  shall  be  so  placed  that  a  Pasting 
marking  is  clearly  visible  in  daylight  under  normal  conditions 
from  the  approach  to  each  ordinary  point  of  access  to  the 
premises  to  which  it  applies. 

8.  A  notice  or  permission  under  this  Act  may  be  given  in  Notice 

-  -    ,  •  r  •  applicable 

respect  of  any  part  of  the  premises  of  an  occupier.  to  part 

of  premises 


Arrest 
witliout 
warrant 
on  premises 


9. — (1)  A  police  officer,  or  the  occupier  of  premises,  or  a  person 
authorized  by  the  occupier  may  arrest  without  warrant  any  person 
he  believes  on  reasonable  and  probable  grounds  to  be  on  the 
premises  in  contravention  of  section  2. 


Delivery 
to  police 
officer 


(2)  Where  the  person  who  makes  an  arrest  under  subsection  1  is 
not  a  police  officer,  he  shall  promptly  call  for  the  assistance  of  a 
police  officer  and  give  the  person  arrested  into  the  custody  of  the 
police  officer. 


Application 
of  1979,  c.  4 


(3)  A  police  officer  to  whom  the  custody  of  a  person  is  given 
under  subsection  2  shall  be  deemed  to  have  arrested  the  person  for 
the  purposes  of  the  provisions  of  The  Provincial  Offences  Act, 
1979  applying  to  his  release  or  continued  detention  and  bail. 


Arrest 
witliout 
warrant 
off  premises 


1 0.  Where  a  police  officer  believes  on  reasonable  and  proba- 
ble grounds  that  a  person  has  been  in  contravention  of  section  2 
and  has  made  fresh  departure  from  the  premises,  and  the  person 
refuses  to  give  his  name  and  address,  or  there  are  reasonable  and 
probable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  name  or  address  given  is 
false,  the  police  officer  may  arrest  the  person  without  warrant. 


Motor 
vehicles 
R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  202 


Damage 
award 


1 1 .  Where  an  offence  under  this  Act  is  committed  by  means 
of  a  motor  vehicle,  as  defined  in  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
the  driver  of  the  motor  vehicle  is  liable  to  the  fine  provided 
under  this  Act  and,  where  the  driver  is  not  the  owner,  the 
owner  of  the  motor  vehicle  is  liable  to  the  fine  provided  under  this 
Act  unless  the  driver  is  convicted  of  the  offence  or,  at  the  time  the 
offence  was  committed,  the  motor  vehicle  was  in  the  possession  of 
a  person  other  than  the  owner  without  the  owner's  consent. 

12. — (1)  Where  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under 
section  2,  and  a  person  has  suffered  damage  caused  by  the 
person  convicted  during  the  commission  of  the  offence,  the 
court  shall,  on  the  request  of  the  prosecutor  and  with  the 
consent  of  the  person  who  suffered  the  damage,  determine  the 
damages  and  shall  make  a  judgment  for  damages  against  the 
person  convicted  in  favour  of  the  person  who  suffered  the 
damage,  but  no  judgment  shall  be  for  an  amount  in  excess  of 
$1,000. 


Costs  of 
prosecution 


1979,  c.  4 


(2)  Where  a  prosecution  under  section  2  is  conducted  by 
a  private  prosecutor,  and  the  defendant  is  convicted,  unless 
the  court  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  prosecution  was  not 
necessary  for  the  protection  of  the  occupier  or  his  interests, 
the  court  shall  determine  the  actual  costs  reasonably  incurred 
in  conducting  the  prosecution  and,  notwithstanding  section  61 
of  The  Provincial  Offences  Act,  1979,  shall  order  those  costs 
to  be  paid  by  the  defendant  to  the  prosecutor. 


(3)  A  judgment   for  damages  under  subsection   1,  or  an  damages 
award  of  costs  under  subsection  2,  shall  be  in  addition  to  any  in"addition 
fine  that  is  imposed  under  this  Act.  ^°^"^ 

(4)  A  judgment  for  damages  under  subsection  1  extinguishes  Civji 
the  right  of  the  person  in  whose  favour  the  judgment  is  made  to 
bring  a  civil  action  for  damages  against  the  person  convicted 
arising  out  of  the  same  facts. 

(5)  The  failure  to  request  or  refusal  to  grant  a  judgment  for  idem 
damages  under  subsection  1  does  not  affect  a  right  to  bring  a  civil 
action  for  damages  arising  out  of  the  same  facts. 

(6)  The  judgment  for  damages  under  subsection  1,  and  the  Enforce- 
award  for  costs  under  subsection  2 ,  may  be  filed  in  a  small  claims 
court  and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  judgment  or  order  of  that  court 

for  the  purposes  of  enforcement. 

13.  The    Petty    Trespass   Act,    being   chapter    347    of   the  k«p«»^ 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed. 

14.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  Commence- 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

15.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Trespass  to  Property  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


H 

w 

w 

> 

K 

o 

1-1 

o 

3 

.^ 

fD 

g 

13 

o 

§ 

£L 

c; 

w 

H 

w 

►< 

00 

o 


a. 

•-J 

O 

p 

'-t 
n 

>3 

^_, 

>i 

S 

OJ 

^.^ 

c^ 

[_i 

Cli 

C> 

r+ 

55 

^-^ 

Si 

s 

jr 

l^- 

0^5 

vO 

00 

o 

C^ 

00 
O 

Or<5 

P 

(TO 

P 

5' 

r-t- 

> 

H 

3 

ft 

> 
o 

P 

o 

C/l 

X) 

(-1- 

1-1 

O 

o 

h3 

fD 

1-1 

O 

o 

r-t- 

^13 

a> 

BILL  204  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Executive  Council  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  provision  for  the  payment  of  the  actual  cost  of  accommodation  in  Met- 
ropolitan Toronto  for  a  minister  of  the  Crown  who  resides  outside  Metropolitan 
Toronto  is  linked  to  the  provision  for  payment  of  the  actual  cost  of  accommodation 
in  Metropolitan  Toronto  for  members  of  the  Assembly  under  subsection  7  of 
section  65  of  The  Legislative  Assembly  Act. 


BILL  204  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Executive  Council  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  ia  of  The  Executive  Council  Act,  being  ^  ■^'' *^'' 
chapter  153  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  re-enacted 

by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  76,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  minister  of  the  Crown  whose  principal  residence  is  Cost  of 
outside  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  shall  be  paid  tion  in 
the  actual  cost  of  his  accommodation  within  The  Municipality  of  T'°''°"to 
Metropolitan  Toronto  not  exceeding  in  any  year  an  amount  that  is 
$1 ,000  more  than  the  amount  determined  in  respect  of  the  year  by 
the  Board  of  Internal  Economy  under  subsection  7  of  section  65  of 
The  Legislative  Assembly  Act.  R.s.o.  i97o, 

2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  Commence- 

ment 
April,  1980. 

3 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Executive  Council  Amendment  A  ct,  ^^"'"'^  ''*'^ 
1980. 


<2 


ba 


n 

H 

o 

3 

ffi 

^-^ 

o 

.^^ 

era 

o 
< 

H 

n 

1-1 

3 

r 

3 

a> 

^ 

S 

w 

p 


r-  r 
>" 


p 


S 
Pi, 


o 
< 


o 

00 

o 


>3 
0^ 


H 

ET 

n 

^> 

S 

n 

C 

> 
o 

< 

(-h 

Oi 

O 

n  p 

o 

c 

3 

n 

3 

S 

o_ 

CL 

t— * 

> 

BILL  204 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Executive  Council  Act 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  204  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Executive  Council  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  3a  of  The  Executive  Council  Act,  being*  3a  (i), 
chapter  153  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  re-enacted 

by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1979,  chapter  76,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Every  minister  of  the  Crown  whose  principal  residence  is  Cost  of 

•    1       rni         -n/r  ••  !•  r  -n  r  ^•  r-ry  -i    aCCOmmoda- 

outside  1  he  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  shall  be  paid  tion  in 

the  actual  cost  of  his  accommodation  within  The  Municipality  of  Toronto 

Metropolitan  Toronto  not  exceeding  in  any  year  an  amount  that  is 

$  1 ,000  more  than  the  amount  determined  in  respect  of  the  year  by 

the  Board  of  Internal  Economy  under  subsection  7  of  section  65  of 

The  Legislative  Assembly  Act.  r.s.o.  i97o, 

2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  Commence- 

ment 

April,  1980. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Executive  Council  Amendment  Act,  ^hort  title 
1980. 


ft 

l»3 

1-t 

"^3 

o 

1— 1 
3 

ffi 

(-t- 

o 

>-< 

;2 

OTQ 

O 

< 

H 

a> 

£3 

t-^ 

3 

^ 

3 

w 

£ 

d 

d 

z 

ft) 

<T> 

o 

o 

n 

< 

3 

cr 

B 

;5 

3 

1^ 

cr 

a. 

a- 

G- 

"^ 

fU 

>3 

>3 

>3 

•— ' 

R 

h- ' 

55 

tvO 

© 

?i- 

r^ 

O. 

S- 

cr 

1' 

&- 

0^5 

C/1 

H- » 

H^ 

I— ^ 

vO 

o 

vO 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

o 

H 

cr 

fo 


2.  a 


BILL  205  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Denture  Therapists  Act,  1974 


The  Hon.  D.  Timbrell 
Minister  of  Health 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  removes  the  restriction  against  a  member  of  the  Board 
serving  continuously  for  more  than  six  years. 


BILL  205  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Denture  Therapists  Act,  1974 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Subsection  4  of  section  2  oiThe  Denture  Therapists  Act,  1974,  being  ^  2  (4), 
chapter  34,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  Every  member  of  the  Board  shall  be  appointed  for  a  term  of  Term  of 
one,  two  or  three  years  and  is  eligible  for  reappointment. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

•^  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Denture  Therapists  Amendment  Short  utie 
Act,  1980. 


C2 


ba 


H 

X 

g 

a 

5' 

ffi 

o 

CO* 

r-t- 

^ 

a> 

o 

P 

i-h 

ffl 

n 

§ 

^ 

f 

f 

a. 

ex, 
s 


tX5 


o 
< 

3 
cr 

fD 


00 

o 


0X5 


H 

tr 

rt 

O 

n> 

3 

B 

> 

3 

n 

> 

H 

o 

&• 

r+ 

fC 

C^ 

►n 

o 

"2. 

pi 
3 

w' 

cr 

3 

> 

a 

o 

r^ 

t— 

O 

^J 

■ti> 

BILL  205 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Denture  Therapists  Act,  1974 


The  Hon.  D.  Timbrell 
Minister  of  Health 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  205  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Denture  Therapists  Act,  1974 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  4  of  section  2  oi The  Denture  Therapists  Act,  1974,  being  ^  2  (4), 
chapter  34,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  Every  member  of  the  Board  shall  be  appointed  for  a  term  of  Term  of 

1  1   •       !•    •!  1      r  •  office 

one,  two  or  three  years  and  is  eligible  for  reappointment. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Denture  Therapists  Amendment  short  title 
Act,  1980. 


H 
K 

CO      t^ 

ST  -^ 

oP 


o 

O 

Z 

ffi 

re 

o 

o 

3 

;5 

n 

(Ti 

3 

< 

n 

3 
cr 
n 

►I 

?5« 

cr 
n 

a. 

S3 

a. 

p- 

s' 

=r 

C/l 

s' 

0^5 

Oq 

"■ 

(X5 

*"-* 

H^ 

t-^ 

vO 

vO 

O 

00 

00 

00 

O 

o 

o 

H 
cr 
n> 

D 

l> 

"t    o 
en     3 

o 


BILL  206  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 


Mr.  Martel 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  prohibit  an  employer  from  requiring  an  employee 
to  work  more  than  five  consecutive  days  without  a  day  of  rest. 


BILL  206  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1.  The  Employment  Standards  Act,   1974,    being  chapter   112,   is  s  22a, 

6n3.ctccl 

amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

22a.  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Part,  an  employer  shall  Maximum 
not  require  an  employee  to  perform  work  on  more  than  five  days  of  work 
consecutive  days  without  a  day  of  rest. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

•'  -^  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Employment  Standards  Amendment  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


Uj 

Kj 

:5 

S 

Si, 

fi. 

>i 

>3 

a 

a 

O 

;:> 

Ci- 

fi- 

t*. 

C4. 

S 

s 

o-ci 

Orq 

o 

< 

n 

B 

cr 

NJ 

© 

-p^ 

a- 

r*- 

*«». 

jr 

s 

Orq 

i_i 

vO 

CX) 

o 

H 

cr 

n 

W 

3 

H- 

> 

3 

3 

3 

> 
n 

r-<- 

c-t 

zn 

rj- 

rt- 

O 

P 

3 

P 

a 

3 

p 

fti 

C/l 

3 

BILL  207  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 


Mr.  Philip 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  require  a  landlord  who  obtains  vacant  possession 
of  a  rental  unit  for  the  purpose  of  making  repairs  or  renovations  to  the  unit  to  apply 
to  the  Residential  Tenancy  Commission  for  an  order  determining  the  rent  that  may 
be  charged  for  the  repaired  or  renovated  unit. 


BILL  207  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979,  being  chapter  78,  is  amended  ^  i^^"- 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

131a. — (1)  Where  the  tenancy  of  a  tenant  is  terminated  on  the  Application 
ground  that  the  landlord  requires  possession  of  the  rental  unit  for  Commission 
the  purpose  of  repairs  or  renovations  under  section  103rf  of  The  R  so.  i97o, 
Landlord  and  Tenant  Act  or  subsection  1  of  section  52  of  this  Act, 
the  landlord  shall  not  offer  the  rental  unit  for  rent  until  the 
landlord  has  applied  to  the  Commission  for  an  order  under  sub- 
section 2  determining  the  rent  that  may  be  charged  for  the  rental 
unit, 

(2)  Where  an  application  is  made  by  a  landlord  under  section  Determination 
126,  the  Commission  shall  determine  the  amount  of  rent  for  each  renovated 
rental  unit  that  is  justified  by,  ""'^ 

(a)  the  costs  of  the  repairs  or  renovations;  and 

(b)  the  loss  of  revenue  during  the  period  that  the  repairs  or 
renovations  were  carried  out. 

(3)  The  rent  determined  under  subsection  2  shall  be  the  rent  at  Unit  to  be 

1-11  1         •     •        rr  offered  at 

which  the  rental  unit  is  offered,  established 

rent 

(a)  to  a  tenant  who  has  a  right  of  first  refusal  under  subsec- 
tion 3  of  section  103d  of  The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act  or 
subsection  5  of  section  52  of  this  Act;  or 

(b)  where  a  tenant  does  not  exercise  a  right  of  first  refusal,  to 
any  other  person  who  wishes  to  rent  the  unit. 

1 2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

^  -^  ■'  ment 


Short  title  3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Residential  Tenancies  Amendment 

Act,  1980. 


( 


bo 


s 

3. 

^ 

g 

^ 

» 

OS 

^ 

s 

X 

<&- 

«l 

P 

-^ 

►3 

o 

< 


u 

tNJ 

fD 

K4 

;:j 

s 

3 

<o 

?i- 

a, 

«. 

>i 

>3 

ft! 

>i 

r^ 

c^ 

Cft 

C> 

Q 

^sJ 

S 

Ci. 

R- 

S 

1X5 

1' 

cr 

1' 

o 

00 

o 


H 

:r 

n 

^ 

n 

tn 

n 

> 

3 

3 

r* 

> 

o 

H 

3 

O 

P 

&3 

3 

3 

n 

S' 

3 

t/l 

a 

> 

o 

r^ 

I—' 

vO 

»a 

o 

BILL  208  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 


Mr.  Philip 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  authorize  the  Residential  Tenancy  Commission  to 
conduct  an  inquiry,  on  its  own  motion,  to  determine  whether  a  tenant  has  paid  an 
amount  of  rent  in  excess  of  the  amount  permitted  under  the  Act. 


BILL  208  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 

HER  MAJESTY,    by  and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1.  Section  129  of  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979,  being  chapter  «  129, 
78,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(3)  Despite  subsection  2,  the  Commission  may,  on  its  own  inquiry  by 

,       ,  ....  .  ,  ,       1    ,  .        Commission 

motion,  conduct  any  mquiry  it  considers  necessary  to  determine 
whether  a  tenant  has  paid  an  amount  of  rent  that  is  in  excess  of 
that  permitted  by  this  Part  and  where  the  Commission  determines 
that  an  excess  amount  has  been  paid,  the  Commission  shall  order 
that  the  landlord  pay  the  excess  to  the  tenant  and  shall  declare  the 
rent  that  may  lawfully  be  charged. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

"^  "^  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Residential  Tenancies  Amendment  ^i^ort  title 
Act,  1980. 


I'K^  j 


3! 


Co 


X 
t-l 

I— ( 
»T3 


'2^ 

o 

< 

U) 

K) 

n 

t-^ 

s. 

3 

cr 

Oj 

>} 

>0 

ft! 

>3 

c^ 

c^ 

c^ 

O 

Ci 

tSJ 

?2 

a. 

4^ 

s 

s' 

tr 

s 

0^5 

1>C! 

vO 
00 

o 

0^5 

H 

cr 

fD 

?o 

ftl 

t/l 

i^ 

> 

s 

3 

cr. 

> 

o 

H 

3 

o 

ja 

S 

3 
n 

3 

?5' 

3 

en 

a 

> 

o 

r*- 

h^ 

vO 

■^ 

vO 

BILL  209 


Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  revise  and  extend 
Protection  of  Human  Rights  in  Ontario 


t 


The  Hon.  R.  G.  Elgie 
Minister  of  Labour 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

The  Bill  is  a  revision  of  the  Ontario  Human  Rights  Code.  The  principal 
changes  include: 

1.  The    circumstances    under    which    discrimination    is    prohibited    are 
extended  to  include: 

(a)  discrimination  in  the  equal  enjoyment  of  goods,  services  and 
facilities  generally  and  not  limited  to  those  available  in  a  place  to 
which  the  public  is  customarily  admitted; 

(b)  discrimination  in  contracts; 

(c)  discrimination  because  of  a  person's  association  with  others; 

(d)  discrimination  on  a  ground  that  has  the  result  of  discrimination 
because  of  a  prohibited  ground; 

(e)  harassment  of  an  occupant  of  accommodation  by  the  landlord  or 
another  occupant  because  of  a  prohibited  ground; 

(f)  harassment  of  an  employee  by  the  employer  or  another  employee 
because  of  a  prohibited  ground  of  discrimination; 

(g)  sexual  solicitation,  reprisal  or  threat  of  reprisal  by  a  person  in  a 
position  of  authority. 

2.  The  prohibited  grounds  of  discrimination  are  extended  to  include: 

(a)  handicap; 

(b)  marital  status  with  certain  exceptions  in  the  case  of  accom- 
modation; 

(c)  record  of  offences  in  the  case  of  employment; 

(d)  age  between  18  and  65  years; 

(e)  family  with  certain  exceptions  in  the  case  of  accommodation; 

(f)  receipt  of  public  assistance  in  the  case  of  accommodation. 

3.  Sanctions  against  discrimination  in  employment  by  contractors  under 
Government  contracts. 

4.  Protection  in  employment  is  extended  to  domestic  workers. 


5.  Landlords  and  employers  may  be  made  responsible  to  prevent  harass- 
ment of  tenants  and  employees. 

6.  The  Bill  would  bind  the  Crown  and  have  primacy  over  other  legislation. 

7.  The  Commission  is  empowered  to  recommend  the  introduction  and 
implementation  of  affirmative  action  programs. 

8.  A  Race  Relations  Division  is  established  with  its  own  Commissioner. 

9.  Boards  of  inquiry  are  required  to  issue  decisions  within  30  days  of  the 
conclusion  of  their  hearings. 

10.  Boards  of  inquiry  are  empowered  to  make  orders  respecting  access  for 
the  handicapped  after  a  finding  of  discrimination  has  been  made. 

1 1 .  Boards  of  inquiry  are  empowered  to  award  damages  for  mental  anguish. 


BILL  209  1980 


An  Act  to  revise  and  extend 
Protection  of  Human  Rights  in  Ontario 

WHEREAS  recognition  of  the  inherent  dignity  and  the  equal  Preamble 
and  inalienable  rights  of  all  members  of  the  human  family  is 
the  foundation  of  freedom,  justice  and  peace  in  the  world  and  is  in 
accord  with  the  Universal  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  as 
proclaimed  by  the  United  Nations; 

And  Whereas  it  is  public  policy  in  Ontario  to  recognize  that 
every  person  is  equal  in  dignity  and  worth  and  to  provide  for  equal 
rights  and  opportunities  without  discrimination  that  is  contrary  to 
law,  and  having  as  its  aim  the  creation  of  a  climate  of  under- 
standing and  mutual  respect  for  the  dignity  and  worth  of  each 
person  so  that  each  person  feels  a  part  of  his  community  and  able 
to  contribute  fully  to  the  development  and  well-being  of  the  com- 
munity and  the  Province; 

And  Whereas  these  principles  have  been  confirmed  in  Ontario 
by  a  number  of  enactments  of  the  Legislature  and  it  is  desirable  to 
revise  and  extend  the  protection  of  human  rights  in  Ontario; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows: 


PARTI 

freedom  from  discrimination 

1 .   Every  person  has  a  right  to  equal  treatment  in  the  enjoy-  Services 
ment  of  services,  goods  and  facilities,  without  discrimination 
because  of  race,  ancestry,  place  of  origin,  colour,  ethnic  origin, 
citizenship,  creed,  sex,  age,  marital  status,  family  or  handicap. 

2. — (1)  Every  person  has  a  right  to  equal  treatment  in  the  Accommoda- 
occupancy  of  accommodation,  without  discrimination  because  of 
race,  ancestry,  place  of  origin,  colour,  ethnic  origin,  citizenship, 
creed,  sex,  age,  marital  status,  family,  handicap  or  the  receipt  of 
public  assistance. 


Harassment 
in  accom- 
modation 


(2)  Every  person  who  occupies  accommodation  has  a  right  to 
freedom  from  harassment  by  the  landlord  or  his  agent  or  by  an 
occupant  of  the  same  building  because  of  race,  ancestry,  place  of 
origin,  colour,  ethnic  origin,  citizenship,  creed,  sex,  age,  marital 
status,  family,  handicap  or  the  receipt  of  public  assistance. 


Contracts 


3.  Every  person  having  legal  capacity  has  a  right  to  contract 
on  equal  terms  without  discrimination  because  of  race,  ancestry, 
place  of  origin,  colour,  ethnic  origin,  citizenship,  creed,  sex,  age, 
marital  status,  family  or  handicap. 


Employment  4. — (1)  Every  pcrson  has  a  right  to  equal  treatment  in 
employment  without  discrimination  because  of  race,  ancestry, 
place  of  origin,  colour,  ethnic  origin,  citizenship,  creed,  sex,  age, 
record  of  offences,  marital  status,  family  or  handicap. 


Harassment 


employment 


(2)  Every  person  who  is  an  employee  has  a  right  to  freedom 
from  harassment  by  the  employer  or  his  agent  or  by  another 
employee  in  the  workplace  because  of  race,  ancestry,  place  of 
origin,  colour,  ethnic  origin,  citizenship,  creed,  sex,  age,  record  of 
offences,  marital  status,  family  or  handicap. 


Vocational 
associations 


5.  Every  person  has  a  right  to  equal  treatment  in  the  enjoy- 
ment of  membership  in  any  trade  union,  trade  or  occupational 
association  or  self-governing  profession  without  discrimination 
because  of  race,  ancestry,  place  of  origin,  colour,  ethnic  origin, 
citizenship,  creed,  sex,  age,  marital  status,  family  or  handicap. 


Sexual 
solicitation 
by  a  person 
in  authority 


6. — (1)  Every  person  has  a  right  to  be  free  from, 

(a)  a  persistent  sexual  solicitation  or  advance  made  by  a 
person  in  a  position  of  authority  who  knows  or  ought 
reasonably  to  know  that  it  is  unwelcome;  or 


(b)  a  reprisal  or  a  threat  of  reprisal  by  a  person  in  a  position 
of  authority  for  the  rejection  of  a  sexual  solicitation  or 
advance. 

Reprisals  7.   Every  person  has  a  right  to  claim  and  enforce  his  rights 

under  this  Act,  to  institute  and  participate  in  proceedings  under 
this  Act  and  to  refuse  to  infringe  a  right  of  another  person  under 
this  Act,  without  reprisal  or  threat  of  reprisal  for  so  doing. 


Infringe- 
ment 
prohibited 


8.  No  person  shall  infringe  or  do  anything  that  results,  directly 
or  indirectly,  in  the  infringement  of  a  right  under  this  Part. 


3 
PART  II 

INTERPRETATION  AND  APPLICATION 

9.  In  Part  I  and  in  this  Part,  interpre- 


tation 


(a)  "age"  means  an  age  that  is  eighteen  years  or  more  and 
less  than  sixty-five  years; 

(b)  "because  of  handicap"  means  for  the  reason  that  the 
person  has  or  has  had,  or  is  believed  to  have  or  have  had, 

(i)  any  degree  of  physical  disability,  infirmity,  mal- 
formation or  disfigurement  that  is  caused  by 
bodily  injury,  birth  defect  or  illness  and,  without 
limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  including 
epilepsy,  any  degree  of  paralysis,  amputation, 
lack  of  physical  co-ordination,  blindness  or 
visual  impediment,  deafness  or  hearing  impedi- 
ment, muteness  or  speech  impediment,  or  physi- 
cal reliance  on  a  dog  guide  or  on  a  wheelchair  or 
other  remedial  appliance  or  device, 

(ii)  a  condition  of  mental  retardation  or  impairment, 

(iii)  a  learning  disability,  or  a  dysfunction  in  one  or 
more  of  the  processes  involved  in  understanding 
or  using  symbols  or  spoken  language,  or 

(iv)  a  mental  disorder; 

(c)  "discrimination"  means  differentiation  resulting  in  an 
exclusion,  qualification  or  preference; 

(d)  "disseminate"  means  to  communicate  or  participate  in 
the  communication  with  another,  whether  directly  or 
indirectly  or  with  or  through  another,  by  whatever 
means; 

(e)  "equal"  means  subject  to  all  requirements,  qualifica- 
tions and  considerations  that  are  not  a  prohibited  ground 
of  discrimination; 

(/)  "family"  means  persons  in  a  parent  and  child  relation- 
ship; 

ig)  "harassment"  means  engaging  in  a  course  of  vexatious 
comment  or  conduct; 


R.S.C.  1970, 

c.  12 

(1st  Supp.) 


Constructive 
discrimin- 
ation 


(h)  "marital  status"  means  the  status  of  being  married, 
single,  widowed,  divorced  or  separated  and  includes  the 
status  of  living  with  a  person  of  the  opposite  sex  in  a 
conjugal  relationship  outside  of  marriage; 

(i)  "record  of  offences"  means  a  conviction  for, 

(i)  an  offence  in  respect  of  which  a  pardon  has  been 
granted  under  the  Criminal  Records  Act  (Can- 
ada) and  has  not  been  revoked,  or 

(ii)  an  offence  in  respect  of  any  provincial  enactment; 

0)  "services"  does  not  include  a  levy,  fee  or  tax  imposed  or 
authorized  by  law. 

10.  A  right  under  Part  I  is  infringed  where  a  requirement, 
qualification  or  consideration  is  imposed  that  is  not  a  prohibited 
ground  of  discrimination  but  that  would  result  in  disqualifying  a 
group  of  persons  who  are  identified  in  common  by  a  prohibited 
ground  of  discrimination,  except  where, 

(a)  the  requirement,  qualification  or  consideration  is  a 
reasonable  and  bona  fide  one  in  the  circumstances;  or 

(b)  it  is  declared  in  this  Act  that  to  disqualify  a  person 
because  of  such  ground  is  not  an  infringement  of  a  right. 


Discrimin- 
ation 

because  of 
association 


1 1 .  A  right  under  Part  I  is  infringed  where  the  discrimination 
is  because  of  relationship,  association  or  dealings  with  a  person  or 
persons  identified  by  a  prohibited  ground  of  discrimination. 


Dissemin-  12.  A  right  Under  Part  I  is  infringed  where  any  matter,  state- 

discrimin-        ment  or  symbol  is  disseminated  that  indicates  an  intention  to 
atory  matter     infringe  the  right  or  that  advocates  or  incites  the  infringement  of 
the  right. 


Mixed 
motives 


13.  A  right  under  Part  I  is  infringed  where  one  of  the  grounds 
for  the  conduct  complained  of  is  an  infringement  of  the  right, 
notwithstanding  that  other  grounds  for  the  conduct  also  exist. 


Special 
programs 


14. — (1)  A  right  under  Part  I  is  not  infringed  by  the 
implementation  of  a  special  program  designed  to  relieve  hardship 
or  economic  disadvantage  or  to  assist  disadvantaged  persons  or 
groups  to  achieve  or  attempt  to  achieve  equal  opportunity  or  that 
is  likely  to  contribute  to  the  elimination  of  the  infringement  of 
rights  under  Part  I. 


Review  by 
Commission 


(2)  The  Commission  may, 
(a)  upon  its  own  initiative; 


(b)  upon  application  by  a  person  seeking  to  implement  a 
special  program  under  the  protection  of  subsection  1;  or 

(c)  upon  a  complaint  in  respect  of  which  the  protection  of 
subsection  1  is  claimed, 

inquire  into  the  special  program  and,  in  the  discretion  of  the 
Commission,  may  by  order  declare, 

(d)  that  the  special  program,  as  defined  in  the  order,  does 
not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  subsection  1;  or 

(e)  that  the  special  program  as  defined  in  the  order,  with 
such  modifications,  if  any,  as  the  Commission  considers 
advisable,  satisfies  the  requirements  of  subsection  1. 

(3)  A  person  aggrieved  by  the  making  of  an  order  under  sub-  auon"*"^^"^ 
section  2  may  request  the  Commission  to  reconsider  its  order  and 
section  31,  with  necessary  modifications,  applies. 

(4)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  special  program  where  an  ^^j^^'^^  ^^ 
order  is  made  under  clause  d  of  subsection  2  or  where  an  order  is 
made  under  clause  e  of  subsection  2  with  modifications  of  the 
special  program  that  are  not  implemented. 

(5)  Subsection    2    does    not    apply    to    a    special    program  Subs.  2  does 

1  ^   A  U     4.U     n  *^      ^  not  apply 

implemented  by  the  Crown.  toCrown 

15.  A  right  under  Part  I  to  non-discrimination  because  of^^"^'^'?'" 
citizenship  is  not  infringed  where  Canadian  citizenship  is  a 
requirement,  qualification  or  consideration, 

(a)  imposed  or  authorized  by  law;  or 

(b)  adopted  for  the  purpose  of  fostering  and  developing 
participation  in  cultural,  educational,  trade  union  or 
athletic  activities  by  Canadians. 

16.  A  right  under  Part  I  to  non-discrimination  because  of  ^^'^"^''^^p 
handicap  is  not  infringed  by  discrimination  for  the  reason  that  in 

the  particular  circumstances  the  handicap  renders  the  particular 
person  incapable  of  performing  the  essential  duties  attending  the 
exercise  of  the  right. 

1  7 .  The  rights  under  Part  I  to  non-discrimination  because  of  ^^^^'^ 
creed  shall  not  be  construed  to  adversely  affect  any  right  or 
privilege  respecting  separate  schools  enjoyed  by  separate  school 
boards  or  their  supporters  under  The  British  North  America  Act,  ^867,  c.  3, 

1974,  c    109 

1867  and  The  Education  Act,  1974. 

18. — (1)  The  right  under  section  1  to  equal  treatment  in  the  ^f^f^^j^^^?" 
enjoyment   of   services    and   facilities    without   discrimination  by  sex 


Special 
interest 
organi- 
zations 


because  of  sex  is  not  infringed  where  the  use  of  the  services  or 
facilities  is  restricted  to  persons  of  the  same  sex  on  the  ground  of 
pubhc  decency. 

(2)  The  right  under  section  1  to  equal  treatment  in  the  enjoy- 
ment of  services  and  facihties  is  not  infringed  where  membership 
or  participation  in  a  reUgious,  philanthropic,  educational,  frater- 
nal or  social  organization  that  is  exclusively  engaged  in  serving  the 
interests  of  persons  identified  by  a  prohibited  ground  of  discrimi- 
nation is  restricted  to  persons  who  are  similarly  identified. 


Shared 
accommo- 
dation 


19. — (1)  The  right  under  section  2  to  equal  treatment  in  the 
occupancy  of  residential  accommodation  without  discrimination 
is  not  infringed  by  discrimination  where  the  residential  accommo- 
dation is  in  a  dwelling  in  which  the  owner  and  his  family  reside  if 
the  occupant  or  occupants  of  the  residential  accommodation  are 
required  to  share  a  bathroom  or  kitchen  facility  with  the  owner  or 
his  family. 


Restrictions 
on  accommo- 
dation, sex 


(2)  The  right  under  section  2  to  equal  treatment  in  the 
occupancy  of  residential  accommodation  without  discrimination 
because  of  sex  is  not  infringed  by  discrimination  on  that  ground 
where  the  occupancy  of  all  the  residential  accommodation  in  the 
building,  other  than  the  accommodation,  if  any,  of  the  owner  and 
his  family,  is  restricted  to  persons  who  are  of  the  same  sex. 


Idem: 

marital 

status 


(3)  The  right  under  section  2  to  equal  treatment  in  the 
occupancy  of  residential  accommodation  without  discrimination 
because  of  marital  status  is  not  infringed  by  discrimination  on  that 
ground  where  the  occupancy  is  in  a  building  that  contains  not 
more  than  four  dwelling  units,  one  of  which  is  occupied  by  the 
owner  or  his  family. 


Idem: 
family 


(4)  The  right  under  section  2  to  equal  treatment  in  the 
occupancy  of  residential  accommodation  without  discrimination 
because  of  family  is  not  infringed  by  discrimination  on  that  ground 
where  the  residential  accommodation  is  in  a  building,  or  desig- 
nated part  of  the  building,  that  contains  more  than  one  dwelling 
unit  served  by  a  common  entrance  and  the  occupancy  of  all  the 
residential  accommodation  in  the  building  or  in  the  designated 
part  of  the  building  is  restricted  because  of  family. 


Restrictions 
for  insurance 
contracts,  etc. 


20.  The  right  under  section  3  to  contract  on  equal  terms 
without  discrimination  because  of  age,  sex,  marital  status,  family 
or  handicap  is  not  infringed  where  a  contract  of  automobile,  life, 
disability,  accident  or  sickness  insurance,  or  a  life  annuity,  offered 
or  issued  to  a  specified  person  differentiates  or  makes  a  distinc- 
tion, exclusion  or  preference  on  bona  fide  and  reasonable  grounds 
because  of  age,  sex,  marital  status,  family  or  handicap. 


21. — (1)  The  right  under  section  4  to  equal  treatment  in  Advertising 
employment  is  infringed  where  an  application  for  employment  is  employment 
used  or  an  invitation  to  apply  for  employment  is  disseminated 
that,  directly  or  indirectly,  classifies  or  indicates  qualifications  by 
a  prohibited  ground  of  discrimination. 

(2)  The  right  under  section  4  to  equal  treatment  in  employment  Employment 

.  '     .  ,        ,  .  i    •        1       •     1  1  1-   •  1  conditional  on 

IS  mfrmged  where  employment  is  denied  or  made  conditional  membership  in 
because  a  term  or  condition  of  employment  requires  enrolment  in  Pension  plan 
an  employee  benefit,  pension  or  superannuation  plan  or  fund  or  an 
employee  insurance  plan  or  policy  that  makes  a  distinction,  pref- 
erence or  exclusion  on  a  prohibited  ground  of  discrimination. 

(3)  The  right  under  section  4  to  equal  treatment  in  employment  Employee 

.  ,  ,.     °.      .         .         ,  ri  1-  •  .    •     r  •  1  disability 

Without  discrimination  because  of  handicap  is  not  infringed,        and  pension 

plans: 
handicap 

(a)  where  a  bona  fide  and  reasonable  distinction,  exclusion 
or  preference  is  made  in  an  employee  disability  plan  or 
benefit  because  of  a  pre-existing  handicap  that  substan- 
tially increases  the  risk; 

(b)  where  a  bona  fide  and  reasonable  distinction,  exclusion 
or  preference  is  made  on  the  ground  of  handicap  in 
respect  of  an  employee-pay-all  or  participant-pay-all 
benefit  in  an  employee  benefit,  pension  or  superannua- 
tion plan  or  fund  or  an  employee  insurance  plan  or  policy 
or  in  respect  of  a  plan,  fund  or  policy  that  is  offered  by  an 
employer  to  his  employees  if  they  are  fewer  than  twenty- 
five  in  number. 

(4)  An  employer  shall  pay  to  an  employee  who  is  excluded  from  Compensation 
an  employee  benefit,  pension  or  superannuation  plan  or  fund  or  an 
employee  insurance  plan  or  policy  because  of  handicap  compen- 
sation equivalent  to  the  contribution  that  the  employer  would 

make  thereto  on  behalf  of  an  employee  who  does  not  have  a 
handicap. 

(5)  The  right  under  section  4  to  equal  treatment  in  employment  ^^"^^j^P  °^ 
is  not  infringed  by  an  employee  superannuation  or  pension  fund  or  plan  under 
an  employee  insurance  plan  that  complies  with  The  Employment  ^^^'^'  ^-  ^^^ 
Standards  Act,  1974  and  the  regulations  thereunder. 

(6)  The  right  under  section  4  to  equal  treatment  in  employment  Special 

.    r  •  ^       ^  employment 

IS  not  infringed  where, 

(a)  a  religious,  philanthropic,  educational,  fraternal  or 
social  organization  that  is  exclusively  engaged  in  serving 
the  interests  of  persons  identified  by  their  race,  ancestry, 
place  of  origin,  colour,  ethnic  origin,  creed,  sex,  age, 
marital  status  or  handicap  employs  only,  or  gives  pref- 


erence  in  employment  to,  persons  similarly  identified  if 
the  qualification  is  a  reasonable  and  bona  fide  qualifica- 
tion because  of  the  nature  of  the  employment; 

{h)  a  person  refuses  to  employ  another  for  reasons  of  age, 
sex,  record  of  offences  or  marital  status  if  the  age,  sex, 
record  of  offences  or  marital  status  of  the  applicant  is  a 
reasonable  and  bona  fide  qualification  because  of  the 
nature  of  the  employment;  or 

(c)  a  person  refuses  to  employ  another  for  reasons  of  any 
prohibited  ground  of  discrimination  in  section  4,  where 
the  primary  duty  of  the  employment  is  attending  to 
the  medical  or  personal  needs  of  a  person  in  a  private 
household. 


Applications 
under 
subs.  6 


Discrimin- 
ation in 
employment 
under 

government 
contracts 


Idem: 

government 
grants 
and  loans 


Sanction 


(7)  Notwithstanding  subsection  6,  subsection  1  applies  to 
applications  or  invitations  to  apply  for  employment  under  subsec- 
tion 6  and  an  applicant  shall  not  be  refused  employment  on  a 
ground  set  out  therein  except  after  personal  interview. 

22. — (1)  It  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  condition  of  every  contract 
entered  into  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Crown  or  any  agency  thereof 
and  of  every  subcontract  entered  into  in  the  performance  thereof 
that  no  right  under  section  4  will  be  infringed  in  the  course  of 
performing  the  contract. 

(2)  It  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  condition  of  every  grant,  contri- 
bution, loan  or  guarantee  made  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Crown  or 
any  agency  thereof  that  no  right  under  section  4  will  be  infringed 
in  the  course  of  carrying  out  the  purposes  for  which  the  grant, 
contribution,  loan  or  guarantee  was  made. 

(3)  Where  an  infringement  of  a  right  under  section  4  is  found  by 
a  board  of  inquiry  upon  a  complaint  and  constitutes  a  breach  of  a 
condition  under  this  section,  the  breach  of  condition  is  sufficient 
grounds  for  cancellation  of  the  contract,  grant,  contribution,  loan 
or  guarantee  and  refusal  to  enter  into  any  further  contract  with  or 
make  any  further  grant,  contribution,  loan  or  guarantee  to  the 
same  person. 


PART  III 


Commission 
continued 


THE  ONTARIO  HUMAN  RIGHTS  COMMISSION 

23. — (1)  The  Ontario  Human  Rights  Commission  is  con- 
tinued and  shall  be  composed  of  such  persons,  being  not  fewer 
than  seven,  as  are  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council. 


(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  designate  a  Chairman 
member  of  the  Commission  as  chairman,  and  a  member  as  vice- 
chairman. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  fix  the  remunera-  Remuner- 
tion  and  allowance  for  expenses  of  the  chairman,  vice-chairman 

and  members  of  the  Commission. 

(4)  The  employees  of  the  Commission  shall  be  appointed  under  staff 

The  Public  Service  Act.  J^-^8°-  ^^^°' 

(5)  The  Commission  may  authorize  any  function  of  the  Com-  Divisions 
mission  to  be  performed  by  a  division  of  the  Commission  com- 
posed of  at  least  three  members  of  the  Commission. 

24. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  designate  R^" 
at  least  three  members  of  the  Commission  to  constitute  a  race  division 
relations  division  of  the  Commission  and  shall  designate  one 
member  of  the  race  relations  division  as  Commissioner  for  Race 
Relations. 

(2)  It  is  the  function  of  the  race  relations  division  of  the  Com-  Functions 
mission  to  perform  any  of  the  functions  of  the  Commission  under 
clause/,  g  or  h  oi  section  25  relating  to  race,  ancestry,  place  of 
origin,  colour,  ethnic  origin  or  creed  that  are  referred  to  it  by  the 
Commission  and  any  other  function  referred  to  it  by  the  Commis- 
sion. 


25.  It  is  the  function  of  the  Commission,  Function  of 

Commission 

{a)  to  forward  the  policy  that  every  person  is  equal  in  dignity 
and  worth  and  is  entitled  to  equal  rights  and  oppor- 
tunities without  discrimination  contrary  to  law; 

{b)  to  promote  an  understanding  and  acceptance  of  and 
compliance  with  this  Act; 

(c)  to  recommend  the  introduction  and  implementation  of  a 
special  plan  or  program  to  encourage  the  employment  of 
members  of  a  group  or  class  of  persons  suffering  from  a 
historical  or  chronic  disadvantage,  and  a  program 
recommended  under  this  clause  shall  be  deemed  to 
satisfy  the  requirements  of  subsection  1  of  section  14; 

{d)  to  develop  and  conduct  programs  of  public  information 
and  education  and  direct  and  encourage  research 
designed  to  eliminate  discriminatory  practices  that 
infringe  rights  under  this  Act; 


10 


(e)  to  examine  and  review  any  statute  or  regulation ,  and  any 
program  or  policy  made  by  or  under  a  statute  and  make 
recommendations  on  any  provision,  program  or  policy, 
that  in  its  opinion  is  inconsistent  with  the  intent  of  this 
Act; 

(/)  to  inquire  into  incidents  of  and  conditions  leading  or 
tending  to  lead  to  tension  or  conflict  based  upon 
identification  by  a  prohibited  ground  of  discrimination 
and  take  appropriate  action  to  eliminate  the  source  of 
tension  or  conflict; 

(g)  to  initiate  investigations  into  problems  based  upon 
identification  by  a  prohibited  ground  of  discrimination 
that  may  arise  in  a  community,  and  encourage  and 
co-ordinate  plans,  programs  and  activities  to  reduce  or 
prevent  such  problems; 

(h)  to  promote,  assist  and  encourage  public,  municipal  or 
private  agencies,  organizations,  groups  or  persons  to 
engage  in  programs  to  alleviate  tensions  and  conflicts 
based  upon  identification  by  a  prohibited  ground  of 
discrimination; 

(i)  to  enforce  this  Act  and  orders  of  boards  of  inquiry;  and 

(j)  to  perform  the  functions  assigned  to  it  by  this  or  any 
other  Act. 


Evidence 
obtained 
in  course 
of 
investigation 


26. — (1)  No  person  who  is  a  member  of  the  Commission  shall 
be  required  to  give  testimony  in  a  civil  suit  or  any  proceeding  as  to 
information  obtained  in  the  course  of  an  investigation  under  this 
Act. 


Idem 


(2)  No  person  who  is  employed  in  the  administration  of  this  Act 
shall  be  required  to  give  testimony  in  a  civil  suit  or  any  proceeding 
other  than  a  proceeding  under  this  Act  as  to  information  obtained 
in  the  course  of  an  investigation  under  this  Act. 


Annual 
report 


27. — (1)  The  Commission  shall  make  a  report  to  the  Minister 
not  later  than  the  30th  day  of  June  in  each  year  upon  the  affairs  of 
the  Commission  during  the  year  ending  on  the  31st  day  of  March 
of  that  year. 


Idem  (2)  The  Minister  shall  submit  the  report  to  the  Lieutenant 

Governor  in  Council  who  shall' cause  the  report  to  be  laid  before 
the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session,  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  ensuing 
session. 


11 

PART  IV 

ENFORCEMENT 

28. — (1)  Where  a  person  believes  that  a  right  of  his  under  this  Complaints 
Act  has  been  infringed,  the  person  may  file  with  the  Commission  a 
complaint  in  a  form  approved  by  the  Commission. 

(2)  The  Commission  may  initiate  a  complaint  by  itself  or  at  the  Wem 
request  of  any  person. 

(3)  Where  two  or  more  complaints,  Combining 

of 
/        ,     .        .  .  .  r-    r  •  complaints 

(a)  bring  mto  question  a  practice  of  infringement  engaged  in 
by  the  same  person;  or 

(b)  have  questions  of  law  or  fact  in  common, 

the  Commission  may  combine  the  complaints  and  deal  with  them 
in  the  same  proceeding. 

29. — (1)  Subject  to  section  30,  the  Commission  shall  investi-  investigation 
gate  a  complaint  and  endeavour  to  effect  a  settlement.  complaints 

(2)  An  investigation  by  the  Commission  may  be  made  by  a  investigation 
member  or  employee  of  the  Commission  who  is  authorized  by  the 
Commission  for  the  purpose. 

(3)  A  person  investigating  a  complaint  may,  without  warrant,    Powers  on 

investigation 

(a)  enter  any  place  that  is  not  actually  being  used  as  a 
dwelling,  at  any  reasonable  time,  for  the  purpose  of 
investigating  the  complaint; 

(b)  require  the  production  for  inspection  and  examination  of 
any  thing  that  is  or  may  be  relevant  to  the  investigation 
of  the  complaint; 

(c)  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove  any  writings  or 
papers  for  the  purpose  of  making  copies  thereof  or 
extracts  therefrom  and  shall  promptly  return  them  to  the 
person  who  produced  or  furnished  them;  and 

id)  question  any  person  on  any  matter  relevant  to  the  com- 
plaint and  may  exclude  any  other  person  from  being 
present  at  the  questioning. 

(4)  Where  a  justice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  by  evidence  upon  Search 
oath  that  there  is  reasonable  and  probable  ground  to  believe  that 
there  is  in  any  place  that  is  being  used  as  a  dwelling  any  thing  that 

will  afford  evidence  relevant  to  the  complaint,  he  may  issue  a 


12 


warrant  in  the  prescribed  form  authorizing  a  person  named  in  the 
warrant  to  enter  and  search  such  place  for  the  purposes  of  exer- 
cising the  powers  under  subsection  3  to  obtain  the  evidence,  but 
the  entry  under  the  warrant  shall  be  made  between  sunrise  and 
sunset  unless  the  justice  of  the  peace  orders  otherwise. 


Enlisting 
aid  of 
police 
officer 

Obstructing 
investigation 


(5)  A  person  investigating  a  complaint  may  call  upon  a  police 
officer  to  assist  him  in  the  exercise  of  his  powers  under  this  section . 

(6)  No  person  shall  hinder,  obstruct  or  interfere  with  a  person 
who  is  investigating  a  complaint  in  the  exercise  of  a  power  or  the 
performance  of  a  duty  under  this  Act  or  withhold  from  him  any 
thing  that  is  or  may  be  relevant  to  the  investigation  of  a  complaint. 


Decision 
to  not 
deal  with 
complaint 


30. — (1)  Where  it  appears  to  the  Commission  that, 

(a)  the  complaint  is  one  that  could  or  should  be  more  appro- 
priately dealt  with  under  an  Act  other  than  this  Act; 


(b)  the  subject-matter  of  the  complaint  is  trivial,  frivolous, 
vexatious  or  made  in  bad  faith; 

(c)  the  complaint  is  not  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Com- 
mission; or 

(d)  the  facts  upon  which  the  complaint  is  based  occurred 
more  than  six  months  before  the  complaint  was  filed, 
unless  the  Commission  is  satisfied  that  the  delay  was 
incurred  in  good  faith  and  no  substantial  prejudice  will 
result  to  any  person  affected  by  the  delay, 

the  Commission  may,  in  its  discretion,  decide  to  not  deal  with  the 
complaint. 


Notice  of 

decision 

and 


(2)  Where  the  Commission  decides  to  not  deal  with  a  com- 
plaint, it  shall  advise  the  complainant  in  writing  of  the  decision 
and  the  reasons  therefor  and  of  the  procedure  under  section  3 1  for 
having  the  decision  reconsidered. 


Application 
for  recon- 
sideration 


Idem 


31. — (1)  The  complainant  may  request  the  Commission  to 
reconsider  its  decision  to  not  deal  with  the  complaint  by  delivering 
a  request  in  writing  to  the  Commission  within  thirty  days  after  the 
complainant  is  advised  of  the  decision. 

(2)  The  request  shall  contain  a  concise  statement  of  the  material 
facts  comprising  the  complaint  and  the  reasons  why  an  inquiry 
and  order  are  necessary. 


Recon- 
sideration 


(3)  Upon  a  request  being  filed  under  subsection  1 ,  the  Commis- 
sion shall  reconsider  its  decision  in  the  light  of  the  request. 


13 

(4)  The  decision  of  the  Commission  upon  reconsideration  under  Decision 
this  section  shall  be  made  within  thirty  days  after  the  filing  of  the 
request  and  is  final  and  binding. 

32. — (1)  The  Minister  shall  appoint  a  panel  of  persons  to  act  as  Panel  of 

,  ^  ,  1        r  •  •  members 

members  of  boards  of  mquiry.  for  boards 

of  inquiry 

(2)  The  members  of  boards  of  inquiry  shall  be  paid  such  allow-  Remuner- 
ances  and  expenses  as  are  fixed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council. 

33. — (1)  Where  the  Commission  fails  to  effect  a  settlement  of  Referred 
the  complaint  and  it  appears  to  the  Commission  that  the  proce-  of  inquiry 
dure  is  appropriate  and  the  evidence  warrants  an  inquiry,  the 
Commission  may  request  the  Minister  to  appoint  a  board  of 
inquiry  and  refer  the  subject-matter  of  the  complaint  to  the  board. 

(2)  Where  the  Commission  decides  to  not  request  the  Minister  Notice  of 

.  1      r  •  •  •       1     11       1    •  1    •  •      decision 

to  appoint  a  board  of  mquiry,  it  shall  advise  the  complainant  in  not  to 
writing  of  the  decision  and  the  reasons  therefor  and  of  the  proce-  f^i^^'"' 
dure  under  section  34  for  having  the  decision  reconsidered. 

34. — (1)  The  complainant  may  request  the  Commission  to  Application 

.,.,..  1        i»  «••     •  •  10''  recon- 

reconsider  its  decision  to  not  request  the  Minister  to  appoint  a  sideration 
board  of  inquiry  by  delivering  a  request  in  writing  to  the  Commis- 
sion within  thirty  days  after  the  complainant  is  advised  of  the 
decision. 

(2)  Upon  a  request  being  filed  under  subsection  1,  the  Commis-  Recon- 

1      11  •  1        •         .      •    •         •        1       1-    1  r    1  r         Sideration 

sion  shall  reconsider  its  decision  in  the  light  of  the  request  after 
giving  the  complainant  an  opportunity  to  state  the  complaint  in 
person. 

(3)  The  decision  of  the  Commission  upon  reconsideration  under  Decision 
this  section  shall  be  made  within  thirty  days  after  the  filing  of  the 
request  and  is  final  and  binding. 

35. — (1)  Where  the  Commission  requests  the  Minister  to  ^j-P^™"^"'^"* 
appoint  a  board  of  inquiry,  the  Minister  shall  appoint  from  the 
panel  one  or  more  persons  to  form  the  board  of  inquiry  and  the 
Minister  shall  communicate  the  names  of  the  persons  forming  the 
board  to  the  parties  to  the  inquiry. 

(2)  A  member  of  the  board  hearing  a  complaint  must  not  have  Members  at 

..  .,.  „,  ,.  hearing  not 

taken  part  in  any  investigation  or  consideration  of  the  subject-  to  have 
matter  of  the  inquiry  before  the  hearing  and  shall  not  communi-  [n'^in^e^str 
cate  directly  or  indirectly  in  relation  to  the  subject-matter  of  the  gation,  etc. 
inquiry  with  any  person  or  with  any  party  or  his  representative 
except  upon  notice  to  and  opportunity  for  all  parties  to  participate, 
but  the  board  may  seek  legal  advice  from  an  adviser  independent 


14 

of  the  parties  and  in  such  case  the  nature  of  the  advice  shall  be 
made  known  to  the  parties  in  order  that  they  may  make  submis- 
sions as  to  the  law. 

Hearing  36. — (1)  The  board  of  inquiry  shall  hold  a  hearing, 

(a)  to  determine  whether  a  right  of  the  complainant  under 
this  Act  has  been  infringed; 

(b)  to  determine  who  infringed  the  right;  and 

(c)  to  decide  upon  an  appropriate  order  under  section  38, 

and  the  hearing  shall  be  commenced  within  thirty  days  after  the 
date  on  which  the  members  were  appointed. 

Parties  (2)  The  parties  to  a  proceeding  before  a  board  of  inquiry  are, 

(a)  the  Commission,  which  shall  have  the  carriage  of  the 
complaint; 

(b)  the  complainant; 

(c)  any  person  whom  the  complainant  alleges  has  infringed 
the  right; 

(rf)  any  person  whom  the  Commission  alleges  has  infringed 
the  right; 

(e)  any  person  appearing  to  the  board  of  inquiry  to  have 
infringed  the  right; 

(/)  where  the  complaint  is  of  alleged  conduct  constituting 
harassment  under  subsection  2  of  section  2  or  subsection 
2  of  section  4,  any  person  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
board,  knew  or  was  in  possession  of  facts  from  which  he 
ought  reasonably  to  have  known  of  the  conduct  and  who 
had  authority  to  penalize  or  prevent  the  conduct. 


Adding 
parties 


(3)  A  party  may  be  added  by  the  board  of  inquiry  under  clause  e 
or/  of  subsection  2  at  any  stage  of  the  proceeding  upon  such  terms 
as  the  board  considers  proper. 


Re-ordering 

of 

evidence 


37. — (1)  The  oral  evidence  taken  before  a  board  at  a  hearing 
shall  be  recorded,  and,  if  so  required,  copies  of  a  transcript  thereof 
shall  be  furnished  upon  the  same  terms  as  in  the  Supreme  Court. 


Findings 
of  fact 


(2)  The  findings  of  fact  of  a  board  pursuant  to  a  hearing  shall  be 
based  exclusively  on  evidence  admissible  or  matters  that  may  be 


IS 

noticed  under  sections  15  and  16  oiThe  Statutory  Powers  Proce-  '^^^'  •=•  47 
dure  Act,  1971. 

38. — (1)  Where  the  board  of  inquiry,  after  a  hearing,  finds  Orders  of 
that  a  right  of  the  complainant  under  Part  I  has  been  infringed  and  inquiry 
that  the  infringement  is  a  contravention  of  section  8  by  a  party 
to  the  proceeding,  the  board  may,  by  order, 

(a)  direct  the  party  to  do  anything  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
board,  it  ought  to  do  to  achieve  compUance  with  this 
Act,  both  in  respect  of  the  complaint  and  in  respect  of 
future  practices;  and 

{b)  direct  the  party  to  make  restitution,  including  monetary 
compensation,  for  loss  arising  out  of  the  infringement, 
and  monetary  compensation  may  include  an  award, 
not  exceeding  $5,000,  for  mental  anguish. 

(2)  Where  a  right  is  infringed  and  the  contravention  is  on  the  ^oard 
ground  of  a  handicap,  the  board,  in  addition  to  an  order  under  finding 
subsection  1,  may  make  a  finding  as  to  whether  or  not, 

(a)  access  to  or  use  of  premises  or  facilities  of  the  party  who 
is  found  to  be  a  contravener  is  obstructed  for  persons 
having  the  handicap  of  the  complainant;  or 

{b)  the  premises  or  facilities  of  the  party  who  is  found  to  be  a 
contravener  lack  amenities  appropriate  for  persons 
having  the  handicap  of  the  complainant, 

and,  when  the  board  makes  the  finding,  the  board  may,  unless  the 
costs  occasioned  thereby  would  cause  undue  hardship  and,  sub- 
ject to  the  regulations,  order  that  the  party  take  such  measures  as 
will  remove  the  obstruction  or  provide  the  amenities,  or  any  part 
of  them,  as  are  set  out  in  the  order. 

(3)  In  addition  to  the  powers  conferred  by  subsection  2 ,  where  a  ^'^^^ 
right  under  subsection  1  of  section  4  is  infringed  on  the  ground  of  a 
handicap,  the  board,  in  addition  to  any  other  order,  may  make  a 
finding  as  to  whether  or  not  the  equipment  or  the  essential  duties 

of  the  employment  could  be  adapted  by  the  party  who  is  found  to 
be  a  contravener  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  person  whose  right  is 
infringed  and  where  the  board  makes  the  finding,  the  board  may, 
unless  the  costs  occasioned  thereby  would  cause  undue  hardship 
and  subject  to  the  regulations,  order  that  the  party  take  such 
measures  as  will  meet  such  needs  as  are  set  out  in  the  order. 

(4)  Where  a  right  is  infringed  and  the  contravention  consists  of  O'''^^''  ^o 

1  ii-r-  ••  r  prevent 

harassment  under  subsection  2  of  section  2  or  subsection  2  of  harassment 


16 


section  4,  and  the  board  finds  that  a  person  who  is  a  party  to  the 
proceeding, 

(a)  knew  or  was  in  possession  of  knowledge  from  which  he 
ought  to  have  known  of  the  infringement;  and 

(b)  had  the  authority  by  reasonably  available  means  to 
penalize  or  prevent  the  conduct  and  failed  to  use  it, 

the  board  may  make  an  order  requiring  such  person  where  on 
future  occasions, 

(c)  he  knows  or  is  in  possession  of  facts  from  which  he  ought 
reasonably  to  know  that  there  is  conduct  constituting 
harassment  on  the  same  grounds;  and 

(d)  he  has  authority  to  penalize  or  prevent  the  conduct, 

to  take  whatever  sanctions  or  steps  are  reasonably  available  to 
prevent  the  continuation  or  recurrence  of  the  conduct  and  breach 
of  the  order  is  grounds  for  a  complaint  under  section  28  and  this 
Part  applies  to  the  complaint  in  the  same  manner  as  if  the  breach 
were  an  infringement  of  a  right  under  this  Act. 

(5)  The  board  of  inquiry  shall  make  its  finding  and  decision 
within  thirty  days  after  the  conclusion  of  its  hearing. 

Appeal  from  39. — (1)  Any  party  to  a  proceeding  before  a  board  of  inquiry 

board  of  niay  appeal  from  a  decision  or  order  of  the  board  to  the  Supreme 

inquiry  Court  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  court. 


Decision 
within 
30  days 


Record  to 
be  filed 
in  court 


Powers 
of  court 


Settlements 


(2)  Where  notice  of  an  appeal  is  served  under  this  section,  the 
board  of  inquiry  shall  forthwith  file  in  the  Supreme  Court  the 
record  of  the  proceedings  before  it  in  which  the  decision  or  order 
appealed  from  was  made  which,  together  with  a  transcript  of  the 
oral  evidence  taken  before  the  board  if  it  is  not  part  of  the  record  of 
the  board,  shall  constitute  the  record  in  the  appeal. 

(3)  An  appeal  under  this  section  may  be  made  on  questions  of 
law  or  fact  or  both  and  the  court  may  affirm  or  reverse  the  decision 
or  order  of  the  board  of  inquiry  or  direct  the  board  to  make  any 
decision  or  order  that  the  board  is  authorized  to  make  under  this 
Act  and  the  court  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of  the  board. 

40.  Where  a  settlement  of  a  complaint  is  agreed  to  in  writing, 
signed  by  the  parties  and  approved  by  the  Commission,  the 
settlement  is  binding  upon  the  parties,  and  a  breach  of  the  settle- 
ment is  grounds  for  a  complaint  under  section  28,  and  this  Part 
applies  to  the  complaint  in  the  same  manner  as  if  the  breach  of  the 
settlement  were  an  infringement  of  a  right  under  this  Act. 


17 

41. — (1)  Every   person    who    contravenes    section    8,    sub-  Penalty 
section  6  of  section  29,  or  an  order  of  a  board  of  inquiry,  is  guilty  of 
an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 

$25,000. 

(2)  No  prosecution  for  an  offence  under  this  Act  shall  be  insti-  Consent  to 
tuted  except  with  the  consent  in  writing  of  the  Attorney  General,    p™^^*^"  '"" 

42.   For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  any  act  or  thing  done  or  Acts  of 

officers 

omitted  to  be  done  by  an  officer,  official,  employee  or  agent  of  a  etc. 
corporation,  trade  union,  trade  or  occupational  association,  unin- 
corporated association  or  employers'  organization  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  an  act  or  thing  done  or  omitted  to  be  done  by  the  corporation, 
trade  union,  trade  or  occupational  association,  unincorporated 
association  or  employers'  organization. 


PARTY 

GENERAL 

43.    In  this  Act,  Interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "Minister"  means  the  member  of  the  Executive  Council 
to  whom  the  administration  of  this  Act  is  assigned  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council; 

(b)  "Commission"  means  the  Ontario  Human  Rights  Com- 
mission; 

(c)  "person",  in  addition  to  the  extended  meaning  given  it  by  f^^2?s  ^35°' 
The  Interpretation  Act,  includes  an  employment  agency, 

an  employers'  organization,  an  unincorporated  associa- 
tion ,  a  trade  or  occupational  association ,  a  trade  union ,  a 
partnership,  a  municipality  and  a  board  of  police  com- 
missioners established  under  The  Police  Act. 

44.— (1)  This  Act  binds  the  Crown.  Act  binds 

Lrown 

(2)  Where  a  provision  in  an  Act  or  regulation  purports  to  Act  has 
require  or  authorize  conduct  that  is  a  contravention  of  Part  I,  this  over  o^tLr 
Act  applies  and  prevails  unless  the  Act  or  regulation  specifically  ^'^^^ 
provides  that  it  is  to  apply  notwithstanding  this  Act. 

(3)  Subsection  2  does  not  apply  to  an  Act  or  regulation  hereto-  Application 
fore  enacted  or  made  until  two  years  after  this  Act  comes  into 

force. 


18 


Regulations 


Repeals 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


45.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 
tions prescribing  criteria  or  guidelines  for  boards  of  inquiry  in  the 
making  of  findings  under  subsection  2  of  section  38. 

46.  The  following  are  repealed: 

1.  The  Ontario  Human  Rights  Coc?g,  being  chapter  318  of 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970. 

2 .  Section  63  of  The  Civil  Rights  Statute  Law  Amendment 
Act,  1971,  being  chapter  50. 

3.  The  Ontario  Human  Rights  Code  Amendment  Act,  1972, 
being  chapter  119. 

4.  The  Ontario  Human  Rights  Code  Amendment  Act,  1974, 
being  chapter  73. 

47.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  Proc- 
lamation of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

48.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Human  Rights  Code, 
1980. 


c2 


bo 


H 

g 

5_ 

o 

l-l- 

^ 

'-t 

o 

?* 

r 
p 

p 

cr 

o 

W 

c 

f 

>-t 

o 

a- 
ft 


Z 

o 

< 

INO 

a> 

1.^ 

S 

B 

o> 

Ci- 

cr 

t-t. 

>3 

tSJ 

>3 

jr 

s 

0^ 

1— » 

o 

c» 

o 

> 

3 

> 

o 

o 

i-h 

r*- 

ffl 

? 

c 

3 
p 

3 

<. 

3 

en' 

rt> 

5 

P 

TO 

3 

tr 

a 

r-^ 

C/l 

a> 

5' 

o 

3 

3 

^ 

:? 

3. 

o 

o 

J? 

o 

a 

o 

s 

BILL  210  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Devolution  of  Estates  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  new  provision  requires  a  court  order  before  money  can  be  paid  out  of  an 
estate  in  Ontario  to  a  beneficiary  in  one  of  certain  countries  to  be  designated  by 
regulations.  The  purpose  is  to  assess  whether  the  property  will  be  unduly  depleted 
before  it  is  received  by  the  beneficiary. 


BILL  210  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Devolution  of  Estates  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1.  The  Devolution  of  Estates  Act,  being  chapter  129  of  the  Revised  ^  24a, 
Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970,   is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section: 

24a. — (1)  In    this    section,    "foreign    beneficiary"    means    a  interpre- 
beneficiary  who  is  resident  in  a  country  designated  by  regulation  "^^^'"^ 
made  under  this  section. 

(2)  Where  a  foreign  beneficiary  is  entitled  under  a  will,  an  Nodistri- 
intestacy  or  an  order  under  Part  V  of  The  Succession  Law  Reform  foreign 
Act,  1977  to  personal  property  from  the  estate  of  a  person  who  was  ^^j^J^our"^ 
domiciled  in  Ontario  at  the  time  of  his  death,  order 

1977,  c.  40 

(a)  and  where  the  property  is  in  a  form  other  than  money 
and  has  a  value  of  more  than  $5,000,  the  personal 
representative  of  the  deceased  shall  not  distribute  the 
property  to  the  foreign  beneficiary  or  his  agent,  solicitor 
or  assignee  until  the  foreign  beneficiary  has  obtained  an 
order  under  subsection  3; 

{b)  and  where  the  property  is  in  the  form  of  money,  the 
money  shall  be  paid  into  the  court  having  jurisdiction  to 
make  an  order  under  subsection  3,  to  the  credit  of  the 
foreign  beneficiary. 

(3)  Where,  upon  application  to  the  court  having  jurisdiction  to  ^'^I'^^^j^^ 
grant  letters  probate  in  the  estate  of  the  deceased,  the  court  is  distribution 
satisfied  that, 

(a)  the  foreign  beneficiary  is  entitled  to  personal  property 
from  the  estate;  and 

{b)  that  the  property  will  not  be  unduly  depleted  before  it  is 
received  by  the  beneficiary. 


the  court  may  by  order  authorize  the  distribution  of  the  personal 
property  by  a  personal  representative  to  the  foreign  beneficiary 
and  payment  out  of  court  to  the  foreign  beneficiary  of  money  paid 
into  court  to  the  credit  of  the  foreign  beneficiary. 


Release  of 
property 
to  other 
person 
entitled 


(4)  Where,  upon  an  application  under  subsection  2,  the  court  is 
satisfied  that  a  person  other  than  a  foreign  beneficiary  is  entitled  to 
the  personal  property,  the  court  may  by  order  direct  its  distri- 
bution to  the  person  entitled. 


Property 
of  foreign 
beneficiary 
held  for 
his  benefit 


(5)  Where,  upon  an  application  under  subsection  2,  the  court  is 
satisfied  that  a  foreign  beneficiary  is  entitled  to  personal  property 
from  the  estate  but  declines  to  make  the  order  for  the  reason  that 
the  property  will  be  unduly  depleted  before  it  is  received  by  the 
foreign  beneficiary,  the  property,  if  money,  shall  be  held  in  court 
for  the  benefit  of  the  beneficiary  and,  if  personal  property  other 
than  money,  shall  be  held  by  the  personal  representative  in  trust 
for  the  benefit  of  the  foreign  beneficiary. 


Report  of 
agent  or 
assignee 


(6)  Every  person  who  receives  property  in  respect  of  which  an 
order  has  been  made  under  subsection  3  as  agent  or  solicitor  for,  or 
assignee  of,  a  foreign  beneficiary  shall,  within  two  months  after 
receiving  the  property,  file  a  report  with  the  Surrogate  Clerk  for 
Ontario  in  such  form  and  containing  such  information  respecting 
the  property  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations  made  under  this 
section. 


Report  of 
personal 
representa- 
tive 


(7)  Every  personal  representative  who  transfers  property 
directly  to  a  foreign  beneficiary  shall  make  and  file  the  report 
provided  for  in  subsection  6  within  two  months  after  the  transfer  is 
made. 


Penalty 


(8)  Every  person  who  contravenes  subsection  2 ,  6  or  7  is  guilty 
of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 
$2,000. 


Idem 


(9)  Every  person  who  knowingly  furnishes  false  information  in 
a  report  filed  under  subsection  6  or  7  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5,000. 


Regulations 


Application 
of  Act 


(10)  The     Lieutenant    Governor 
regulations. 


in     Council     may    make 


(a)  designating  countries  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  Iji 

(b)  prescribing  the  information  that  shall  be  contained  in 
reports  under  subsections  6  and  7  and  prescribing  their 
form. 

2.  This  Act  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  the  estates  of  deceased  persons 
who  died  before  this  Act  comes  into  force. 


3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 


4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Devolution  of  Estates  Amendment  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


bo 


K 
w 

^  pa 

H 


on? 


z 

o 

< 

tNj 

ft> 

k^ 

S 

B 

^ 

?X 

cr 

>3 

>3 

<^ 

«i 

Q 

to 

?i 

S" 

«4. 

s' 

p- 

s 

c^ 

o 

OTQ 

H 

tr 

fD 

0 

< 

> 

3 

c' 

> 

r-i- 

o 

o' 

rt- 

a 

? 

o 

i-h 

P 

3 

n 
3 

P 

CL 

<-h 

ftl 

t/5 

> 

o 

BILL  211  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 


Mr.  Philip 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  exempt  some  home  improvements  from  assess- 
ment under  The  Assessment  Act.  Home  improvements  are  exempt  if  the  improve- 
ments do  not  enlarge  the  living  space  of  the  home  and  if  the  cost  of  materials  for  the 
improvements  does  not  exceed  $10,000. 


BILL  211  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Section  3  of  The  Assessment  Act,  being  chapter  32  of  the  Revised  s  3, 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^'"^'^  ^ 
1973,  chapter  26,  section  1  and  1974,  chapter  41,  section  2 ,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  paragraph: 

2 1 .  Improvements   made   to   residential   premises   by   an  Residential 
owner,  for  the  period  of  time  that  the  owner  owns  the  ™p''°^^'"*"  ^ 
premises,  if  the  improvements  do  not  enlarge  the  living 
space  and  the  cost  of  materials  for  the  improvements 
does  not  exceed  $10,000. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Assessment  Amendment  Act,  1980.  short  title 


ta 


^ 

3. 

^ 

g 

^ 

w 

«> 

"a 

§ 

K 

o- 

<:^ 

P 

;^ 

►3 

s 

OK, 


n> 

t\J 

t^ 

s 

B 

Co 

ec 

r* 

>o 

>) 

«5 

<-t 

a 

^ 

I—* 

o 
o 

1A5 

> 

3 


n 

a 
H 

3- 


> 


BILL  212  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 


Mr.  Philip 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  revise  the  manner  of  calculating  interest  on  rent 
deposits  under  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979. 


BILL  212  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  4  of  section  9  of  The  Residential  Tenancies  Act,  1979,  ^  9  (4), 
being  chapter  78,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  A  landlord  shall  pay  annually  to  the  tenant  interest  on  the  interest 
rent  deposit  at  a  rate  of  interest  equal  to  the  highest  interest  rate 
established  for  the  most  recent  series  of  Canada  Savings  Bonds 
issued  before  the  date  of  the  rent  deposit  interest  payment. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

•^  ■'  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Residential  Tenancies  Amendment  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


^3 


(30 


«> 

»T3 

s 

K 

<> 

HH 

c^ 

f 

;^ 

1— ( 

h3 

d 

ft! 


u> 

Kj 

Kl 

a. 

Si- 

3 

>3 

>3 

cr 

CD 

>a 

«i 

c^ 

i-« 

oi 

& 

R- 

^•i. 

ft 

s 

s 

rS 

0^5 

0^ 

H^ 

OK, 

o 

00 

o 


H 

O" 

fC 

50 

(D 

W 

a. 

> 

3 

3 

I-+ 

E 

> 

o 

H 

fD 
13 

s 

P 

p 

3 

g 

n' 

3 

W) 

a 

> 

n 

BILL  213  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977 


Mr.  Foulds 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  change  the  polling  day  for  municipal 
elections  in  Ontario  from  the  second  Monday  in  November  to  the  first 
Monday  in  November  in  an  election  year.  The  reason  for  the  change  is  to 
avoid  any  interference  by  municipal  elections  with  the  observance  of 
Remembrance  Day. 


BILL  213  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  11  of  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977, »  n  d)' 
being  chapter  62 ,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Polling  day  in  a  regular  election  shall  be  the  first  Monday  in  Polling 
November  in  each  election  year. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

-^  -^  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Elections  Amendment  Short  title 
Act,  1980. 


Co 

bo 


o 
o 


a- 

0^5 


d 

n 

n 

B 

cr 

Co 

O. 

>3 

>3 

& 

KJ 

?i 

A. 

3 

S- 

s' 

a 

s' 

(X5 

o 

CX) 

o 

OrCl 

5.  > 

2.3 

p  > 

fD     O 

5-3 

3    n 
t«    3 


BILL  214  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pension  Benefits  Act 


The  Hon.  Frank  Drea 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1. — Subsection  1.  The  definition  of  "Fund"  is  complementary  to 
section  6  of  the  Bill. 

Subsection  2.  Section  1  (1)  (h)  of  the  Act  defines  "pension  plan"  and  in  so 
doing  sets  out  certain  specified  plans  that  are  included  in  the  definition.  The 
reference  to  one  such  included  plan  has  been  updated  to  correspond  to  other 
legislative  changes. 


Section  2.  The  Act  currently  provides  for  payment  to  an  employee  of  a 
lump  sum  instead  of  providing  a  pension  where  the  pension  payments  would  be  less 
than  $10  per  month. 

This  $10  limit  is  being  changed  to  $25. 

Section  3.  Section  23a  of  the  Act  deals  with  pension  plan  contributions  in 
the  hands  of  an  employer.  These  contributions  are  deemed  to  be  trust  funds. 

The  new  subsection  23a  (1)  provides  that  an  employee  has  a  lien  for  the 
amount  of  his  contribution  until  the  sum  is  paid  into  the  plan. 

Subsection  23a  (2)  of  the  Act  is  unchanged. 

The  new  subsection  23a  (3)  of  the  Act  gives  employees  a  lien  for  employer's 
contributions  payable  in  the  plan. 

The  new  subsection  23a  (4)  of  the  Act  provides  a  method  for  calculating  the 
trust  amount. 


BILL  214  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pension  Benefits  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Pension  Benefits  Act,  being  *  ^  '^j- 
chapter  342  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970,  is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

{da)  "Fund"  means  the  Pension  Benefits  Guarantee  Fund 
established  by  section  256. 

(2)  Subclause  iv  of  clause  h  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  1  is  ^^  *''y''  ''^^' 

^    '  re-enacted 

repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(iv)  a  deferred  profit  sharing  pension  plan  other  than 
an  employee's  profit  sharing  plan  or  a  deferred 
profit  sharing  plan  as  defined  in  sections  144  and 
147  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).  R  s.c.  i9S2. 

c.  148 

2.  Clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section  2 1  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  *  ^^  '■''<'''' 

•^     amended 

striking  out  "$10"  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$2S. 

3.  Section  23a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  *  '^^^ ,  , 

'  •'  ...     re-enacted 

1973,  chapter  113,  section  6,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

23a. — (1)  Where  a  sum  is  received  by  an  employer  from  an  Employee 

^    '  J  f      J  contribution 

employee  under  an  arrangement  for  the  payment  of  the  sum  by  the  to  pension 
employer  into  a  pension  plan  as  the  employee's  contribution  ^^^^  J^^^^ 
thereto,  the  employer  shall  be  deemed  to  hold  the  sum  in  trust  for  in  hands  of 
the  employee  until  the  sum  is  paid  into  the  pension  plan  whether  or  '^'"^  "^^"^ 
not  the  sum  has  in  fact  been  kept  separate  and  apart  by  the 
employer  and  the  employee  has  a  lien  upon  the  assets  of  the 
employer  for  such  amount  that  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business 
would  be  entered  in  books  of  account  whether  so  entered  or  not. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  1,  any  sum  withheld  by  an  ^^^^^jj 
employer,   whether  by  payroll  deduction  or  otherwise,   from  deductions 


Employer's 
contributions 
held  in 
trust 


i 


moneys  payable  to  an  employee,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  sum 
received  by  the  employer  from  the  employee. 

(3)  Where  an  employer  is  required  to  make  contributions  to  a 
pension  plan,  he  shall  be  deemed  to  hold  in  trust  for  the  members 
of  the  plan  an  amount  calculated  in  accordance  with  subsection  4, 
whether  or  not, 

(a)  the  employer  contributions  are  payable  into  the  plan 
under  the  terms  of  the  plan  or  this  Act;  or 

(b)  the  amount  has  been  kept  separate  and  apart  by  the 
employer, 

and  the  members  have  a  lien  upon  the  assets  of  the  employer  in 
such  amount  that  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  would  be 
entered  into  the  books  of  account  whether  so  entered  or  not. 


Determining 
amount  of 
trust  funds 


s.  236, 
amended 


Idem 


Idem 


s.  23d, 
enacted 

Employee 
option  on 
termination 
or  wind  up 


(4)  For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  amount  deemed  to  be 
held  in  trust  under  subsection  3  on  a  specific  date,  the  calculation 
shall  be  made  as  if  the  plan  had  been  wound  up  on  that  date. 

4.  Section  23b  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1973,  chapter  113,  section  6,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsections: 

(6)  Every  employer  shall  provide  to  each  member  of  his  regis- 
tered pension  plan  such  information  respecting  the  member's 
entitlements  under  the  plan  as  is  prescribed  by  regulations  at  least 
once  in  every  three  years  or  within  such  shorter  time  period  as  is 
prescribed. 

(7)  Upon  the  written  request  by  a  member  of  a  registered  pen- 
sion plan,  an  employer  shall  make  available  to  the  member  such 
documents  and  statistical,  actuarial  and  financial  information 
respecting  the  plan  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations  in  the  form 
and  within  the  time  period  prescribed. 

5.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

23d. — (1)  Where  a  pension  plan  is  wound  up,  in  whole  or  in 
part,  an  employee  in  Ontario  whose  membership  in  the  plan  is 
terminated  and  who  at  the  date  of  termination  has  been  in  the 
service  of  his  employer  for  a  continuous  period  of  ten  years  or  has 
been  a  member  of  the  plan  for  a  period  of  ten  years  and  who  ha> 
attained  the  age  of  forty-five  years  has  the  right  to  elect. 


(a) 


ll 


where  the  employee  is  eligible  under  the  terms  of  t 
plan  for  an  immediate  pension,  to  receive  an  immediat< 
pension  benefit  in  accordance  with  the  benefit  formula 
of  the  plan  and  the  terms  set  out  in  the  plan; 


Section  4.     Section  23b  of  the  Act  sets  out  what  information  is  to  be 
provided  to  employees  by  employers.  The  subsections  being  added  expand  on  this. 


Section  S  .     The  main  features  of  the  new  section  are  as  follows: 

1 .  Where  a  pension  plan  is  wound  up,  employees  are  given  certain  specified 
options  (Subsection  1). 

2.  Employees  are  given  an  option  to  elect  to  take  a  survivorship  benefit 
(Subsection  3). 

3.  Where  notice  of  termination  is  given  to  an  employee,  the  period  of  the 
notice  is  included  in  calculating  pension  benefits  (Subsection  S). 


(b)  to  receive  a  pension  benefit  starting  payment  at, 

(i)    his  normal  retirement  age  under  the  plan,  or 

(ii)  where  the  pension  plan  provided  for  early 
retirement  with  an  unreduced  pension  benefit, 
the  age  prior  to  his  normal  retirement  age  at 
which  the  employee  would  have  been  eligible  to 
receive  his  pension  benefit  without  reduction,  if 
the  plan  and  his  participation  in  it  had  con- 
tinued, 

whichever  comes  first; 

(c)  where  the  pension  plan  provides  for  early  retirement 
with  a  reduced  pension  benefit,  to  receive  a  reduced 
pension  benefit  starting  payment  at  any  age  he  would 
have  been  entitled  to  such  benefit  if  the  plan  and  his 
participation  in  it  had  continued; 

(d)  to  transfer  his  pension  benefit  credit  to  a  pension  plan  of 
his  new  employer  provided  the  transfer  is  accepted  by 
the  pension  plan  of  his  new  employer;  or 

(e)  to  transfer  the  amount  of  his  pension  benefit  credit  to  a 
registered  retirement  savings  plan. 

(2)  Where  a  pension  plan  is  wound  up,  in  whole  or  in  part,  all  Bridging 
bridging  supplements  that  are  excluded  from  the  requirements  of  included  in 
clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  2 1  shall  be  included  for  the  computation 
purpose  of  calculating  the  pension  benefit  of  all  employees  who 

meet  the  requirements  set  out  in  subsection  1. 

(3)  Where  the  employee  is  entitled  to  a  pension  benefit  under  Survivor 

ri-  !!•  11  option 

clause  a,  0  or  c  of  subsection  1,  and  the  pension  plan  does  not 
provide  an  automatic  or  optional  survivor  benefit,  the  employee 
shall  have  the  right  to  elect  to  receive  his  pension  benefit,  the 
amount  of  which  may  be  reduced  or  increased  by  provision  for  the 
payment  of  an  optional  annuity  to  a  survivor  or  to  the  estate  of  the 
employee  or  by  variation  of  the  terms  of  payment  of  such  annuity 
to  any  person  after  the  employee's  death. 

(4)  An  employee  to  whom  subsection  1  applies  shall  make  his  Where 
election  within  three  months  after  the  termination  or  wind  up  or  does  not 
within  three  months  after  the  date  of  a  declaration  of  wind  up  ^^^^^ 
under  section  25 ,  whichever  is  later,  and  if  no  election  is  made,  the 
employer  shall  make  the  election  for  the  employee. 

(5)  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  apply  notwithstanding  any  provision  Application 
to  the  contrary  contained  in  the  pension  plan.  subss.  1-3 


Notice  period 
included  in 
calculating 
pension 
benefits 
1974,  c.  112 


(6)  For  the  purposes  of  calculating  pension  benefits  on  the  wind 
up  of  a  pension  plan,  the  period  of  notice  required  to  be  given  to  a 
terminated  employee  under  Part  XII  of  The  Employment  Stan- 
dards Act,  1974  shall  be  included  in  computing  the  employee's 
length  of  service  with  his  employer  or  his  time  in  the  plan,  as  the 
case  may  be. 


s.  2S, 
amended 


6. — (1)  Section  25  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsections: 


Idem 


(la)  The  Commission  may  declare  that  a  defined  benefit  pen- 
sion plan  is  wound  up  in  whole  or  in  part  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act  on  such  date  as  the  Commission  in  its  discretion  considers 
appropriate,  where, 


R.S.C.  1970, 
c.  B-3 


(a)  the  employer  providing  the  plan  is  bankrupt  within  the 
meaning  of  the  Bankruptcy  Act  (Canada); 

(6)  the  plan  has  been  terminated  in  whole  or  in  part  and  the 
employer  has  failed  to  meet  the  funding  requirements 
prescribed; 

(c)  the  plan  has  been  terminated  in  whole  or  in  part  and  the 
Commission  is  of  the  opinion  that  because  of  his  insol- 
vency the  employer  will  not  be  able  to  meet  the  funding 
obligations  prescribed  by  regulation; 

{d)  the  Commission  has  reason  to  believe  that  the  amount  of 
payments  that  the  Fund  may  be  required  to  guarantee 
may  be  expected  to  increase  unreasonably  if  the  plan  is 
not  wound  up;  or 

(e)  such  other  event  as  is  prescribed  by  regulation  occurs. 


Commission 

as 

administrator 


s.  25  (2), 
amended 


(4)  Where  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  is  declared  to  be 
wound  up  in  whole  or  in  part  by  the  Commission,  the  Commis- 
sion, where  it  has  reason  to  believe  that  the  assets  of  the  plan  are 
not  sufficient  to  provide  full  payment  of  the  contributions  and 
pension  benefits  set  out  in  section  25c,  may  take  control  of  the 
assets  of  the  pension  plan  and  act  as  administrator  of  the  plan  for 
the  purpose  of  the  wind  up. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  25  is  amended  by  adding  at  the 
end  thereof  "or  la". 


s.  25  (3), 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  25  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "subsection  1"  in  the  second  line  "or  la". 


Section  6. — Subsection  1.  Section  25  of  the  Act  now  provides  that  the 
Commission  may,  under  certain  circumstances,  declare  a  pension  plan  to  be 
wound  up.  The  new  provisions  empower  the  Commission  to  declare  a  defined 
benefit  pension  plan  (to  be  defined  in  the  regulations)  to  be  wound  up  under  any 
circumstance  set  out  in  the  proposed  subsection  25  (la)  of  the  Act. 

The  new  subsection  25  (4)  of  the  Act  provides  that  when  a  defined  benefit 
pension  plan  is  wound  up,  the  Commission  may  take  over  the  administration  of  the 
wind  up. 


Subsections  2  and  3.     These  are  internal  number  changes  that  are  com- 
plementary to  subsection  1 . 


Section  7.     The  main  features  of  the  new  sections  are  as  follows: 

1.  A  Pension  Guarantee  Fund  to  be  administered  by  the  Commission  is 
established  (Section  25b  (1)  ). 

2.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  is  authorized  to  make  loans  to  the 
Fund  (Section  256  (3)  ). 

3.  The  pension  benefits  that  are  guaranteed  are  set  out  (Section  2Sc). 

4.  An  employer  winding  up  or  amending  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  is 
liable  for  a  short  fall  in  the  plan's  funding  (Section  25d). 

5 .  Where  payment  is  made  from  the  Fund  into  a  pension  plan  because  there 
is  a  short  fall  in  the  plan's  funding,  the  Commission  has  a  lien  on  the 
assets  of  the  employer  (Section  25e). 

6.  No  amendment  to  a  pension  plan  can  be  made  that  reduces  the  value  of 
an  employee's  pension  benefits  (Section  25/). 


7.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  ss  isb-isf, 

enacted 

sections: 

2Sb. — (1)  There  is  established  a  fund  to  be  known  as  the  Pen-  ^^^a 
sion  Benefits  Guarantee  Fund  which  shall  be  administered  by  the 
Commission. 

(2)  The  purpose  of  the  Fund  is  to  guarantee  payment  of  the  Purpose 
pension  benefits  set  out  in  subsection  1  of  section  2Sc  where  a 
defined  benefit  pension  plan  is  wound  up  under  subsection  la  of 
section  25  subject  to  such  limits  and  qualifications  as  are  set  out  in 

the  regulations. 

(3)  If,  at  any  time,  the  amount  standing  to  the  credit  of  the  Advances  or 
Fund  is  insufficient  for  the  purpose  of  making,payments  for  claims  Fund  ° 
under  this  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  council  may  authorize 

the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  to  make  loans  out  of  the  Consolidated 
Revenue  Fund  to  the  Fund  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  directs. 


2Sc. — (1)  The  pension  benefits  of  a  defined  benefit  pension  Benefits 
an  that  is  wound  up  under  : 
guaranteed  by  the  Fund  are, 


plan  that  is  wound  up  under  subsection  \a  of  section  25  that  are  ^"^^"  ^^ 


(a)  all  pension  benefits  that  must  be  contractually  provided 
under  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  2 1  provided  in 
respect  of  service  in  Ontario  of  an  employee  who,  at  the 
date  of  wind  up  of  the  plan,  has  been  in  the  service  of  his 
employer  for  a  continuous  period  of  ten  years  or  has  been 
a  member  of  the  plan  for  a  period  of  ten  years  and  who 
has  attained  the  age  of  forty-five  years; 

{b)  all  pension  benefits  in  the  course  of  payment  to  a  retired 
member  of  the  plan  or  his  survivor  or  estate  or  to  any 
person  designated  by  the  employee  provided  in  respect 
of  his  service  in  Ontario  and  any  such  pension  benefits 
the  employee's  survivor  or  estate  or  any  person  desig- 
nated by  him  may  become  entitled  to; 

(c)  all  pension  benefits  that  must  be  contractually  provided 
under  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  2 1  provided  in 
respect  of  service  in  Ontario  of  a  former  member  of  the 
plan  who,  at  the  date  of  termination  of  his  employment, 
had  been  in  the  service  of  his  employer  for  a  continuous 
period  of  ten  years  or  was  a  member  of  the  plan  for  a 
period  of  ten  years  and  who  had  attained  the  age  of 
forty-five  years;  and 

{d)  the  value  of  all  employee  contributions  made  to  the  plan 
in  respect  of  service  in  Ontario  to  the  extent  that  such 


value  exceeds  the  value  of  pension  benefits  provided  to 
an  employee  under  clause  a,  b  or  c. 


Inclusion 
of  bridging 
supplements 
and  elections 


(2)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  1,  "pension  benefits"  includes 
bridging  supplements,  whether  or  not  the  bridging  supplements 
have  been  excluded  from  the  requirements  of  clause  a  of  subsec- 
tion 1  of  section  2 1  and  any  pension  benefit  that  the  employee  has 
elected  to  receive  under  section  23d. 


Payments 

not 

guaranteed 


(3)  The  payment  of, 

(a)  a  pension  benefit  provided  by  a  plan  that  has  been  in 
effect  for  less  than  three  years  at  the  date  of  termination 
or  wind  up;  or 


Where  a 
defined 
benefit 
pension  plan 
discontinued 


(b)  any  increase  to  a  pension  benefit  which  increase  became 
effective  within  three  years  before  the  date  of  termina- 
tion or  wind  up, 

is  not  guaranteed  by  the  Fund. 

25d.  In  addition  to  any  amounts  the  employer  is  liable  to  pay 
under  subsection  2  of  section  22,  where  a  defined  benefit  pension 
plan  is  terminated  or  wound  up  or  the  plan  is  amended  so  that  it  is 
no  longer  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan,  the  employer  is  liable  to 
the  plan  for  the  difference  between, 

(a)  the  value  of  the  assets  of  the  plan;  and 

(b)  the  value  of  pension  benefits  guaranteed  under  subsec- 
tion 1  of  section  25c  and  any  other  pension  benefit  vested 
under  the  terms  of  the  plan, 


Lien  on 

assets 


and  the  employer  shall  make  payments  to  the  insurer,  trustee  or 
administrator  of  the  pension  plan  to  fund  the  amount  owing  in 
such  manner  as  is  prescribed  by  regulation. 

25e.  Where  the  Commission  pays  into  a  pension  plan  because 
the  assets  of  the  plan  are  not  sufficient  to  finance  the  pension 
benefits  guaranteed  under  subsection  1  of  section  25c,  the  Com- 
mission has  a  lien  and  charge  on  the  assets  of  the  employer  for  the 
amount  of  the  payment  and  interest  thereon  and  the  Commission 
may  enter  into  an  agreement  with  the  employer  providing  for 
repayment  of  the  amount  advanced  together  with  interest  thereon 
upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Commission  considers 
appropriate. 


Amendments 
reducing 
benefits 
prohibited 


25/.  No  amendment  to  a  pension  plan  shall  reduce  the  pension 
benefit  credits  accrued  to  the  date  of  the  amendment. 


Section  8.     The  new  provision  clarifies  the  intent  that  The  Statutory 
Powers  Procedure  Act,  1971  does  not  apply  to  decisions  of  the  Commission. 


Section  9. — Subsection  1.  Section  2  8  of  the  Act  empowers  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  to  make  regulations.  Clause  ka  is  complementary  to  the  new 
section  23>b  (6). 

The  remaining  clauses  added  are  complementary  to  sections  5  and  6  of  the  Bill 
in  respect  of  the  guarantees  of  pension  benefits  and  provide,  among  other  powers, 
the  authority  to  set  premiums  to  be  paid  into  the  Fund,  interest  rates  to  be  charged 
for  loans  from  the  Fund  and  limits  of  liability.  Authority  is  also  given  to  regulate 
matters  to  be  reported  to  the  Commission,  procedures  to  be  followed,  etcetera. 

Subsection  2.  Regulations  made  under  the  Act  may  be  made  retroactive  in 
their  application. 


8.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  s.  27a, 

enacted 

section: 

27a.   The  Statutory  Powers  Procedure  Act,  1971  does  not  apply  Non-appUca- 
to  determinations  of  the  Commission  under  this  Act  or  the  regula-  1971,  c.  47 
tions. 


9. — (1)  Section  28  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  ^  28, 

'         ,,         .  ,  ^  c:  amended 

lollowmg  clauses: 

{ab)  governing  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and  governing 
the  maintenance  and  administration  of  the  Fund  by  the 
Commission  including,  without  limiting  the  generality 
of  the  foregoing,  regulations, 

(i)  governing  the  procedures  to  be  followed  by 
employers  in  reporting  to  the  Commission  and 
prescribing  information  to  be  provided  in 
reports, 

(ii)  governing  the  procedures  to  be  followed  in 
making  and  determining  claims  from  the  Fund, 

(iii)  prescribing  the  maximum  pension  benefits 
guaranteed  by  the  Fund  or  prescribing  a  method 
of  calculating  the  maximum  pension  benefits, 

(iv)  prescribing  the  method  of  calculating  the  total 
limit  of  the  Fund's  liability, 

(v)  prescribing  classes  of  pension  plans  and 
exempting  any  class  of  plan  or  any  pension  plan 
from  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations, 

(vi)  prescribing  the  interest  payable  on  loans  from 
the  Fund  to  a  pension  plan, 

(vii)  prescribing  information  to  be  submitted  on  the 
wind  up  of  a  pension  plan,  the  person  who  shall 
submit  the  information  and  the  time  within 
which  the  information  is  to  be  submitted, 

(viii)  specifying  the  priorities  in  allocating  assets  of  a 
defined  benefit  pension  plan  on  its  wind  up, 

(ix)  authorizing  the  Commission  to  appoint  a  trustee 
with  investment  powers  in  respect  of  money  in 
the  Fund, 


8 


(x)  governing  the  procedures  to  be  followed  by  the 
administrator  of  a  pension  plan  in  the  distri- 
bution of  assets  of  the  plan  on  winding  up, 

(xi)  requiring  premiums  to  be  paid  into  the  Fund  by 
employers  and  prescribing  the  amount  of  the 
premiums  or  the  method  of  calculating  the  pre- 
miums, classifying  pension  plans  and  providing 
for  different  premiums  in  respect  of  different 
classes  of  plans, 

(xii)  governing  assignments  or  transfers  of  defined 
benefit  pension  plans  from  one  employer  to 
another  and  setting  out  the  obligations  and 
liabilities  of  the  transferring  employer, 

(xiii)  governing  the  termination  or  wind  up  of  a 
defined  benefit  pension  plan, 

(xiv)  prescribing  funding  requirements  into  a  plan  for 
purposes  of  section  25c?  and  authorizing  the 
Commission  to  vary  the  requirements  where 
financial  hardship  would  result  to  the  employer, 

(xv)  prescribing  events  upon  the  occurrence  of  which 
the  Commission  may  declare  a  plan  wound  up 
under  clause  e  of  subsection  la  of  section  25; 


ika)  requiring  the  furnishing  of  documents  and  informatioi 
by  employers  to  members  of  pension  plans  and  pre- 
scribing time  limits  within  which  such  documents  and 
information  are  to  be  furnished; 


(/>)  defining  "defined  benefit  pension  plan"  and  "bridging 
supplement"  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  the  regula- 
tions. 

s.  28,  (2)  The  said  section  28  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 

amended  r-   n        •  u        i- 

followmg  subsection: 
Retroactive  (2)  A  regulation  made  under  this  Act  may  be  made  retroactive 

regulations  .      ..  ,.      ,. 

m  its  application. 

s.  29,  10.   Section  29  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

^™^"'**'*  1973,  chapter  133,  section  8,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 


the  following  subsection: 


I 


Section   10.     Section  29  of  the  Act  is  the  penalty  section. 


(4)  No  proceeding  under  this  section  shall  be  commenced  more  Time  limit 
than  two  years  after  the  time  when  the  subject-matter  of  the  commencing 
proceeding  arose.  proceedings 

1 1 .  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  4th  day  of  Commence- 
December,  1980.  ""^"^ 

1 2.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Pension  Benefits  Amendment  Act,  Short  title 
1980. 


ba 


n  ^  • 

5'  O  hcj 

O  >-! 

3  cs, 


d 


PL 

& 
a. 

s 

OK, 


a 

n 

t\> 

n 
n 

l»* 

s 

B 
cr 

o> 

>3 

Ci 

-t^ 

R 

cr 

s 

S 

Orq 

o 

00 

o 

0^ 

H 

cr 

fn 

'13 

> 

rD 

3 

3 
in 

> 

o' 

3 

r+ 

W 

O 

ft> 

P 

3 

3 

i-n 

fD 

C/) 

BILL  214 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pension  Benefits  Act 


The  Hon.  Frank  Drea 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  214  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pension  Benefits  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Pension  Benefits  Act,  being  *  ^  '||' 
chapter  342   of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

{da)  "Fund"  means  the  Pension  Benefits  Guarantee  Fund 
established  by  section  256. 

(2)  Subclause  iv  of  clause  h  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  1  is  *  '  ^^''f^l  *'^^' 

'  re-enacted 

repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(iv)  a  deferred  profit  sharing  pension  plan  other  than 
an  employee's  profit  sharing  plan  or  a  deferred 
profit  sharing  plan  as  defined  in  sections  144  and 
147  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).  R  s.c.  i9S2, 

c.  148 

2.  Clause  h  of  subsection  3  of  section  2 1  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  *^^  '•'^  *''^' 

•^     amended 

striking  out  "$10"  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$25". 

3.  Section  23a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^  ^^^  ^  , 

'  •'  '    re-enacted 

1973,  chapter  113,  section  6,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

23a. — (1)  Where  a  sum  is  received  by  an  employer  from  an  Employee 

'  •'  ^     •'  contribution 

employee  under  an  arrangement  for  the  payment  of  the  sum  by  the  to  pension 
employer  into  a  pension  plan  as  the  employee's  contribution  [""^^l  j^^j^^ 
thereto,  the  employer  shall  be  deemed  to  hold  the  sum  in  trust  for  in  hands  of 


i 


the  employee  until  the  sum  is  paid  into  the  pension  plan  whether  or  ^™^  "^^"^ 
not  the  sum  has  in  fact  been  kept  separate  and  apart  by  the 
employer  and  the  employee  has  a  lien  upon  the  assets  of  the 
employer  for  such  amount  that  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business 
would  be  entered  in  books  of  account  whether  so  entered  or  not. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  1,  any  sum  withheld  by  an  ^'^^™'^y^ 
employer,   whether  by  payroll  deduction  or  otherwise,   from  deductions 


Employer's 
contributions 
held  in 
trust 


i 


moneys  payable  to  an  employee,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  sum 
received  by  the  employer  from  the  employee. 

(3)  Where  an  employer  is  required  to  make  contributions  to  a 
pension  plan,  he  shall  be  deemed  to  hold  in  trust  for  the  members 
of  the  plan  an  amount  calculated  in  accordance  with  subsection  4, 
whether  or  not, 

(a)  the  employer  contributions  are  payable  into  the  plan 
under  the  terms  of  the  plan  or  this  Act;  or 

(b)  the  amount  has  been  kept  separate  and  apart  by  the 
employer, 

and  the  members  have  a  lien  upon  the  assets  of  the  employer  in 
such  amount  that  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  would  be 
entered  into  the  books  of  account  whether  so  entered  or  not. 


Determining 
amount  of 
trust  funds 


s.  23ft, 
amended 


Idem 


Idem 


s.  23rf, 
enacted 

Employee 
option  on 
termination 
or  wind  up 


(4)  For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  amount  deemed  to  be 
held  in  trust  under  subsection  3  on  a  specific  date,  the  calculation 
shall  be  made  as  if  the  plan  had  been  wound  up  on  that  date. 

4.  Section  23b  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1973,  chapter  113,  section  6,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsections: 

(6)  Every  employer  shall  provide  to  each  member  of  his  regis- 
tered pension  plan  such  information  respecting  the  member's 
entitlements  under  the  plan  as  is  prescribed  by  regulations  at  least 
once  in  every  three  years  or  within  such  shorter  time  period  as  is 
prescribed. 

(7)  Upon  the  written  request  by  a  member  of  a  registered  pen- 
sion plan,  an  employer  shall  make  available  to  the  member  such 
documents  and  statistical,  actuarial  and  financial  information 
respecting  the  plan  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations  in  the  form 
and  within  the  time  period  prescribed. 

5.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section:  ' 

23d. — (1)  Where  a  pension  plan  is  wound  up,  in  whole  or  ini 
part,  an  employee  in  Ontario  whose  membership  in  the  plan  is! 
terminated  and  who  at  the  date  of  termination  has  been  in  tht 
service  of  his  employer  for  a  continuous  period  of  ten  years  or  ha> 
been  a  member  of  the  plan  for  a  period  of  ten  years  and  who  ha^ 
attained  the  age  of  forty-five  years  has  the  right  to  elect, 

(a)  where  the  employee  is  eligible  under  the  terms  of  th( 
plan  for  an  immediate  pension,  to  receive  an  immediate 
pension  benefit  in  accordance  with  the  benefit  formuhi 
of  the  plan  and  the  terms  set  out  in  the  plan; 


(b)  to  receive  a  pension  benefit  starting  payment  at, 

(i)    his  normal  retirement  age  under  the  plan,  or 

(ii)  where  the  pension  plan  provided  for  early 
retirement  with  an  unreduced  pension  benefit, 
the  age  prior  to  his  normal  retirement  age  at 
which  the  employee  would  have  been  eligible  to 
receive  his  pension  benefit  without  reduction,  if 
the  plan  and  his  participation  in  it  had  con- 
tinued, 

whichever  comes  first; 

(c)  where  the  pension  plan  provides  for  early  retirement 
with  a  reduced  pension  benefit,  to  receive  a  reduced 
pension  benefit  starting  payment  at  any  age  he  would 
have  been  entitled  to  such  benefit  if  the  plan  and  his 
participation  in  it  had  continued; 

(d)  to  transfer  his  pension  benefit  credit  to  a  pension  plan  of 
his  new  employer  provided  the  transfer  is  accepted  by 
the  pension  plan  of  his  new  employer;  or 

(e)  to  transfer  the  amount  of  his  pension  benefit  credit  to  a 
registered  retirement  savings  plan. 

(2)  Where  a  pension  plan  is  wound  up,  in  whole  or  in  part,  all  fj^'^fgj^^g^jg 
bridging  supplements  that  are  excluded  from  the  requirements  of  included  in 
clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  2 1  shall  be  included  for  the  computation 
purpose  of  calculating  the  pension  benefit  of  all  employees  who 

meet  the  requirements  set  out  in  subsection  1. 

(3)  Where  the  employee  is  entitled  to  a  pension  benefit  under  Survivor 

,  r        1  •  11-  option 

clause  a,  0  or  c  of  subsection  1,  and  the  pension  plan  does  not 
provide  an  automatic  or  optional  survivor  benefit,  the  employee 
shall  have  the  right  to  elect  to  receive  his  pension  benefit,  the 
amount  of  which  may  be  reduced  or  increased  by  provision  for  the 
payment  of  an  optional  annuity  to  a  survivor  or  to  the  estate  of  the 
employee  or  by  variation  of  the  terms  of  payment  of  such  annuity 
to  any  person  after  the  employee's  death. 

(4)  An  employee  to  whom  subsection  1  applies  shall  make  his  ^^^^e 

,        .  .  ,  r      ,  ,         r  1  •         •  •      1  employee 

election  within  three  months  after  the  termination  or  wind  up  or  does  not 
within  three  months  after  the  date  of  a  declaration  of  wind  up  ^^^'^^ 
under  section  25 ,  whichever  is  later,  and  if  no  election  is  made,  the 
employer  shall  make  the  election  for  the  employee. 

(5)  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  apply  notwithstanding  any  provision  Application 
to  the  contrary  contained  in  the  pension  plan.  subss.  1-3 


Notice  period 
included  in 
calculating 
pension 
benefits 
1974,  c.  112 


(6)  For  the  purposes  of  calculating  pension  benefits  on  the  wind 
up  of  a  pension  plan,  the  period  of  notice  required  to  be  given  to  a 
terminated  employee  under  Part  XII  of  The  Employment  Stan- 
dards Act,  1974  shall  be  included  in  computing  the  employee's 
length  of  service  with  his  employer  or  his  time  in  the  plan,  as  the 
case  may  be. 


s.  25, 
amended 


6. — (1)  Section  25  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsections: 


Idem 


(la)  The  Commission  may  declare  that  a  defined  benefit  pen- 
sion plan  is  wound  up  in  whole  or  in  part  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act  on  such  date  as  the  Commission  in  its  discretion  considers 
appropriate,  where, 


R.S.C.  1970, 
c.  B-3 


(a)  the  employer  providing  the  plan  is  bankrupt  within  the 
meaning  of  the  Bankruptcy  Act  (Canada); 

{h)  the  plan  has  been  terminated  in  whole  or  in  part  and  the 
employer  has  failed  to  meet  the  funding  requirements 
prescribed; 

(c)  the  plan  has  been  terminated  in  whole  or  in  part  and  the 
Commission  is  of  the  opinion  that  because  of  his  insol- 
vency the  employer  will  not  be  able  to  meet  the  funding 
obligations  prescribed  by  regulation; 


{d)  the  Commission  has  reason  to  believe  that  the  amount  of 
payments  that  the  Fund  may  be  required  to  guarantee 
may  be  expected  to  increase  unreasonably  if  the  plan  is 
not  wound  up;  or 

(e)  such  other  event  as  is  prescribed  by  regulation  occurs, 


Commission 

as 

administrator 


(4)  Where  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  is  declared  to  be 
wound  up  in  whole  or  in  part  by  the  Commission,  the  Commis- 
sion, where  it  has  reason  to  believe  that  the  assets  of  the  plan  are 
not  sufficient  to  provide  full  payment  of  the  contributions  and 
pension  benefits  set  out  in  section  25c,  may  take  control  of  the  I 
assets  of  the  pension  plan  and  act  as  administrator  of  the  plan  for ! 
the  purpose  of  the  wind  up. 


s.  25  (2), 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  25  is  amended  by  adding  at  the  i 
end  thereof  "or  la". 


s.  25  (3), 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  25  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "subsection  1"  in  the  second  line  "or  la". 


I 


7.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  ss.  2Sb-25f, 

enacted 

sections: 

256. — (1)  There  is  established  a  fund  to  be  known  as  the  Pen-  F"nd 
sion  Benefits  Guarantee  Fund  which  shall  be  administered  by  the 
Commission. 

(2)  The  purpose  of  the  Fund  is  to  guarantee  payment  of  the  Purpose 
pension  benefits  set  out  in  subsection  1  of  section  25c  where  a 
defined  benefit  pension  plan  is  wound  up  under  subsection  la  of 
section  25  subject  to  such  limits  and  qualifications  as  are  set  out  in 

the  regulations. 

(3)  If,  at  any  time,  the  amount  standing  to  the  credit  of  the  Advances  or 
Fund  is  insufficient  for  the  purpose  of  making  payments  for  claims  Fund 
under  this  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  council  may  authorize 

the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  to  make  loans  out  of  the  Consolidated 
Revenue  Fund  to  the  Fund  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  directs. 

25c. — (1)  The  pension  benefits  of  a  defined  benefit  pension  Benefits 
plan  that  is  wound  up  under  subsection  la  of  section  25  that  are 
guaranteed  by  the  Fund  are, 

(a)  all  pension  benefits  that  must  be  contractually  provided 
under  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  2 1  provided  in 
respect  of  service  in  Ontario  of  an  employee  who,  at  the 
date  of  wind  up  of  the  plan,  has  been  in  the  service  of  his 
employer  for  a  continuous  period  of  ten  years  or  has  been 
a  member  of  the  plan  for  a  period  of  ten  years  and  who 
has  attained  the  age  of  forty-five  years; 

(b)  all  pension  benefits  in  the  course  of  payment  to  a  retired 
member  of  the  plan  or  his  survivor  or  estate  or  to  any 
person  designated  by  the  employee  provided  in  respect 
of  his  service  in  Ontario  and  any  such  pension  benefits 
the  employee's  survivor  or  estate  or  any  person  desig- 
nated by  him  may  become  entitled  to; 

(c)  all  pension  benefits  that  must  be  contractually  provided 
under  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  2 1  provided  in 
respect  of  service  in  Ontario  of  a  former  member  of  the 
plan  who,  at  the  date  of  termination  of  his  employment, 
had  been  in  the  service  of  his  employer  for  a  continuous 
period  of  ten  years  or  was  a  member  of  the  plan  for  a 
period  of  ten  years  and  who  had  attained  the  age  of 
forty-five  years;  and 

(d)  the  value  of  all  employee  contributions  made  to  the  plan 
in  respect  of  service  in  Ontario  to  the  extent  that  such 


value  exceeds  the  value  of  pension  benefits  provided  to 
an  employee  under  clause  a,  b  or  c. 


Inclusion 
of  bridging 
supplements 
and  elections 


(2)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  1,  "pension  benefits"  includes 
bridging  supplements,  whether  or  not  the  bridging  supplements 
have  been  excluded  from  the  requirements  of  clause  a  of  subsec- 
tion 1  of  section  2 1  and  any  pension  benefit  that  the  employee  has 
elected  to  receive  under  section  23d. 


Payments 

not 

guaranteed 


(3)  The  payment  of, 

(a)  a  pension  benefit  provided  by  a  plan  that  has  been  in 
effect  for  less  than  three  years  at  the  date  of  termination 
or  wind  up;  or 


(b)  any  increase  to  a  pension  benefit  which  increase  became 
effective  within  three  years  before  the  date  of  termina- 
tion or  wind  up, 

is  not  guaranteed  by  the  Fund. 


Where  a 
defined 
benefit 
pension  plan 
discontinued 


25d.  In  addition  to  any  amounts  the  employer  is  liable  to  pay 
under  subsection  2  of  section  22,  where  a  defined  benefit  pension 
plan  is  terminated  or  wound  up  or  the  plan  is  amended  so  that  it  is 
no  longer  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan,  the  employer  is  liable  to 
the  plan  for  the  difference  between, 


(a)  the  value  of  the  assets  of  the  plan;  and 

(b)  the  value  of  pension  benefits  guaranteed  under  subsec- 
tion 1  of  section  25c  and  any  other  pension  benefit  vested 
under  the  terms  of  the  plan, 


Lien  on 

assets 


and  the  employer  shall  make  payments  to  the  insurer,  trustee  or 
administrator  of  the  pension  plan  to  fund  the  amount  owing  in 
such  manner  as  is  prescribed  by  regulation. 

25e.  Where  the  Commission  pays  into  a  pension  plan  because 
the  assets  of  the  plan  are  not  sufficient  to  finance  the  pension 
benefits  guaranteed  under  subsection  1  of  section  25c,  the  Com- 
mission has  a  lien  and  charge  on  the  assets  of  the  employer  for  the 
amount  of  the  payment  and  interest  thereon  and  the  Commission 
may  enter  into  an  agreement  with  the  employer  providing  for 
repayment  of  the  amount  advanced  together  with  interest  thereon 
upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Commission  considers 
appropriate. 


Amendments 
reducing 
benefits 
prohibited 


25/.  No  amendment  to  a  pension  plan  shall  reduce  the  pension 
benefit  credits  accrued  to  the  date  of  the  amendment. 


8.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  s.  27a, 

,•  enacted 

section: 


2  la .   The  Statutory  Powers  Procedure  Act,  1971  does  not  apply  Non-appika- 
to  determinations  of  the  Commission  under  this  Act  or  the  regula-  /gn^c.  47 
tions. 


9. — (1)  Section  28  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  *  ^8, 

r  ^^        •  i  amended 

followmg  clauses: 

{ah)  governing  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and  governing 
the  maintenance  and  administration  of  the  Fund  by  the 
Commission  including,  without  limiting  the  generality 
of  the  foregoing,  regulations, 

(i)  governing  the  procedures  to  be  followed  by 
employers  in  reporting  to  the  Commission  and 
prescribing  information  to  be  provided  in 
reports, 

(ii)  governing  the  procedures  to  be  followed  in 
making  and  determining  claims  from  the  Fund, 

(iii)  prescribing  the  maximum  pension  benefits 
guaranteed  by  the  Fund  or  prescribing  a  method 
of  calculating  the  maximum  pension  benefits, 

(iv)  prescribing  the  method  of  calculating  the  total 
limit  of  the  Fund's  liability, 

(v)  prescribing  classes  of  pension  plans  and 
exempting  any  class  of  plan  or  any  pension  plan 
from  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations, 

(vi)  prescribing  the  interest  payable  on  loans  from 
the  Fund  to  a  pension  plan, 

(vii)  prescribing  information  to  be  submitted  on  the 
wind  up  of  a  pension  plan,  the  person  who  shall 
submit  the  information  and  the  time  within 
which  the  information  is  to  be  submitted, 

(viii)    specifying  the  priorities  in  allocating  assets  of  a 
defined  benefit  pension  plan  on  its  wind  up, 

(ix)  authorizing  the  Commission  to  appoint  a  trustee 
with  investment  powers  in  respect  of  money  in 
the  Fund, 


8 


(x)  governing  the  procedures  to  be  followed  by  the 
administrator  of  a  pension  plan  in  the  distri- 
bution of  assets  of  the  plan  on  winding  up, 

(xi)  requiring  premiums  to  be  paid  into  the  Fund  by 
employers  and  prescribing  the  amount  of  the 
premiums  or  the  method  of  calculating  the  pre- 
miums, classifying  pension  plans  and  providing 
for  different  premiums  in  respect  of  different 
classes  of  plans, 

(xii)  governing  assignments  or  transfers  of  defined 
benefit  pension  plans  from  one  employer  to 
another  and  setting  out  the  obligations  and 
liabilities  of  the  transferring  employer, 

(xiii)  governing  the  termination  or  wind  up  of  a 
defined  benefit  pension  plan, 

(xiv)  prescribing  funding  requirements  into  a  plan  for 
purposes  of  section  25d  and  authorizing  the 
Commission  to  vary  the  requirements  where 
financial  hardship  would  result  to  the  employer, 

(xv)  prescribing  events  upon  the  occurrence  of  which 
the  Commission  may  declare  a  plan  wound  up 
under  clause  e  of  subsection  la  of  section  25; 


(ka)  requiring  the  furnishing  of  documents  and  information 
by  employers  to  members  of  pension  plans  and  pre-, 
scribing  time  limits  within  which  such  documents  anc 
information  are  to  be  furnished; 


ip)  defining  "defined  benefit  pension  plan"  and  "bridging 
supplement"  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  the  regula- 
tions. 

s.  28,  (2)  The  said  section  28  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  th< 

amended  j-   n        •  i_        i.- 

foUowmg  subsection: 
Retroactive  (2)  A  regulation  made  under  this  Act  may  be  made  retroactiv 

regulations  •      •.  i-      i- 

m  its  application. 

s.  29,  10.   Section  29  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

amended  ^^^^^  chapter  133,  section  8,  is  further  amended  by  adding  theretc 

the  following  subsection: 


(4)  No  proceeding  under  this  section  shall  be  commenced  more  Time  limit 
than  two  years  after  the  time  when  the  subject-matter  of  the  commencing 
proceeding  arose.  proceedings 

1 1 .  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  4th  day  of  Commence- 
December,  1980.  '"''"^ 

12.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Pension  Benefits  Amendment  Act,  Short  title 
1980. 


s 

H 

o 

5_ 

K 

o 

w 

3 
3 

t/i 

r-f- 

n 

o 

>-< 
o 

o 

z 

p' 

n 

Tl 

1— t 

o 

^ 

^ 

13 

o' 

3 

2 

0 

3 
C/1 

fa 
3 

til 
> 

d 

(T) 

0 

ft 

d 

O 

o 

fD 

3 

;5 

3 

O 

3 
cr 
n 

Co 

cr 

o. 

cr 

Pi- 

<r* 

'-t 

>3 

>3 

i:^ 

c^ 

c^ 

<-t 

crj 

tSJ 

1— ' 

4^ 

h- ' 

o 

o 

o 

00 

00 

00 

o 

o 

o 

H 

s- 

ft> 

*T3 

> 

rt 

3 

3 

> 

o' 

o 

3 

r^ 

Cd 

O 

CD 

P 

3 

3 

'~*i 

fD 

C/l 

3 

BILL  215  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Wine  Content  Act,  1976 


The  Hon.  Frank  Drea 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

Currently,  the  Act  provides  that  a  certain  prescribed  quota  of  imported  grapes 
or  wine  may  be  used  by  a  licensed  manufacturer  when  making  Ontario  wine.  This 
applies  until  the  31st  day  of  December,  1981  after  which  date  no  imported  grapes  or 
wine  may  be  used.  The  amendment  changes  the  date  to  the  31st  day  of  August, 
1984. 


BILL  215  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Wine  Content  Act,  1976 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  1  of  The  Wine  Content  Act,  1976,  beings-  i(2), 
chapter  78,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "the  31st  day  of  December, 
1981"  in  the  secondlineandinsertinginlieu  thereof  "the  3 1st  day  of 
August,  1984". 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence 

ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Wine  Content  Amendment  Act,  Short  title 
1980. 


Ci 
o 
^ 

c^ 

3 


to 


n  5  w 


^  o 
2.2 


p'    O    ITI 


c  2 


0^5 


ft! 

INO 

n 

n 

Ki. 

B 
cr 
ft) 

a 

Cn 

?2 

S- 

a. 

s' 

s 

0^ 

00 

o 

OTQ 

I 


3  3 

""  > 

n  o 

O  '^ 

<^  . 

3  P 

-  3 

>  g 

i-f-  O- 


BILL  215 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Wine  Content  Act,  1976 


The  Hon.  Frank  Drea 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  215  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Wine  Content  Act,  1976 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  1  of  The  Wine  Content  Act,  1976,  being  *  i  <^>' 
chapter  78,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "the  31st  day  of  December, 

1 98 1 "  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the  31st  day  of 
August,  1984". 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Wine  Content  Amendment  Act,  short  title 
1980. 


3 
3 


^    O 


p'  O  hr) 
3    B, 


d 

> 


O 


TO 

3 

;5 

n 

3 

3 

cr 

K* 
01 

cr 

Pi. 

cr 

?:i. 

'-t 

1:0 

1-1 

>3 

>a 

«> 

C^ 

1-1 

«» 

ft 

tr 

^*». 

s 

jr 

t.*. 
s 

cr 

s' 

^  . 

on 

"^ 

oq 

H- 

(A5 

0 

0 

vO 

00 

00 

00 

0 

0 

0 

H 

cr 

g> 

3     3 

n  n 

3    P 

-  3 
'^  2 


vO 
ON 


BILL  216  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Farm  Products  Payments  Act 


The  Hon.  L.  C.  Henderson 
Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  l.  Section  3  of  the  Act  sets  out  the  circumstances  in  which  a 
producer  may  apply  for  payment  from  a  fund.  The  new  subsection  provides  that  a 
producer  is  not  entitled  to  payment  from  a  fund  in  the  circumstances  set  out. 


Section  2.  Section  7  of  the  Act  provides  grounds  for  the  suspension  or 
revocation  of  or  the  refusal  to  issue  or  renew  a  licence  under  certain  Acts  listed  in 
the  section. 

The  addition  of  The  Live  Stock  and  Live  Stock  Products  Act  is  comple- 
mentary to  amendments  to  that  Act  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1980, 
chapter  5. 

Section  3.  Section  8  of  the  Act  authorizes  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  to  make  regulations. 

The  amendment  enlarges  the  authority  to  make  regulations. 


BILL  216  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Farm  Products  Payments  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Section  3  of  The  Farm  Products  Payments  Act ,  being  chapter  163  of  s  3, 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection: 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  a  producer  is  not  entitled  to  Producer 
payment  from  a  fund  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1  where  the  entitled 
regulations  provide  that  clause  a  of  subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  [^g^^-^" 
respect  of  that  fund. 

2.  Section  7  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  *^'  ,  , 
1977,  chapter  25,  section  4,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  paragraph: 

2a.   The  Livestock  and  Live  Stock  Products  Act.  R.so.  1970, 

c.  251 

3.  Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  *^'      . 
1977,  chapter  25,  section  5,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 

the  following  clauses: 

(ca)  exempting  any  class  or  classes  of  producers  from  the 
application  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  or  any  part 
thereof; 

(cb)  prescribing  conditions  for  the  exemption  of  any  class  or 
classes  of  dealers  or  producers; 


(da)  providing  that  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  3  does 
not  apply  in  respect  of  a  fund; 

(db)  prescribing  additional  conditions  to  those  referred  to  in 
subsection  1  of  section  3  under  which  a  producer  may 


apply  for  payment  from  a  fund  and  providing  for  such 
applications  and  for  payments  from  the  fund. 

Payment  4. — (1)  The  Ontario  Egg  Producers'  Marketing  Board  is  authorized 

to  make  payments  to  producers  of  eggs  in  Ontario  who 
are  creditors  of  C.B.  Whyte  and  Son  Foods  Limited  in 
respect  of  eggs  sold  to  C.B.  Whyte  and  Son  Foods  Limited  on 
or  before  the  7th  day  of  March,  1980. 

Id*™  (2)  Payments  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  be  made  from  licence 

fees,  service  charges  and  other  moneys  payable  to  The  Ontario 
Egg  Producers'  Marketing  Board  and  shall  not  exceed,  in  the 
aggregate,  $250,000. 

Commence-  5.  This  Act  comes  iuto  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

ment 

Short  title  (J.  The   short  title   of  this  Act  is  The   Farm  Products   Payments 

Amendment  Act,  1980. 


Section  4.     The  Ontario  Egg  Producers'  Marketing  Board  is  authorized  to 
make  payments  to  producers  described  in  the  section. 


cw 


ts 

H 

5' 

W 

En' 

M 

ft 

ffi 

O 

O 

»-n 

Z 

> 

QTQ 

r 

2_ 

o' 

p 

c 

ffl 

0 

W 

^ 

C/5 

o 

o 
o 

Z 

CL 

a- 
s 

0^ 


o 

n 

rv> 

n 
ft) 

t-H 

3 

cr 

a 

C/l 

a 

R- 

r* 

a. 

^*i. 

cr 

^*. 

s 

;s 

0^5 

1— ' 
00 

o 

(X5 

H 

fD 

P 

>-« 

3  > 

^^ 

a? 

^  3 
3  a 

n 
t3 


BILL  216 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Farm  Products  Payments  Act 


The  Hon.  L.  C.  Henderson 
Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food 


rOROMTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  216  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Farm  Products  Payments  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.   Section  3  of  The  Farm  Products  Payments  Act ,  being  chapter  163  of  "  3, 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection: 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  a  producer  is  not  entitled  to  Profiucer 
payment  from  a  fund  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1  where  the  entitled 
regulations  provide  that  clause  a  of  subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  J°  p^-^" 
respect  of  that  fund. 

3.   Section  7  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  '^  ^ 
1977,  chapter  25,  section  4,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  paragraph: 

2a.   The  Livestock  and  Live  Stock  Products  Act.  R.s.o.  i97o, 

c.  251 

3.   Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^  «, 
1977,  chapter  25,  section  5,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clauses: 

(ca)  exempting  any  class  or  classes  of  producers  from  the 
application  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  or  any  part 
thereof; 

(cb)  prescribing  conditions  for  the  exemption  of  any  class  or 
classes  of  dealers  or  producers; 


(da)  providing  that  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  3  does 
not  apply  in  respect  of  a  fund; 

(db)  prescribing  additional  conditions  to  those  referred  to  in 
subsection  1  of  section  3  under  which  a  producer  may 


Payment 
authorized 


apply  for  payment  from  a  fund  and  providing  for  such 
applications  and  for  payments  from  the  fund. 

;i)  The  Ontario  Egg  Producers'  Marketing  Board  is  authorized 
to  make  payments  to  producers  of  eggs  in  Ontario  who 
are  creditors  of  C.B.  Whyte  and  Son  Foods  Limited  in 
respect  of  eggs  sold  to  C.B.  Whyte  and  Son  Foods  Limited  on 
or  before  the  7th  day  of  March,  1980. 


Idem 


(2)  Payments  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  be  made  from  licence 
fees,  service  charges  and  other  moneys  payable  to  The  Ontario 
Egg  Producers'  Marketing  Board  and  shall  not  exceed,  in  the 
aggregate,  $250,000. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

6.  The   short  title   of  this  Act  is  The   Farm  Products  Payments 
Amendment  Act,  1980. 


hf^ 

H 

5] 

K 

C/)' 

M 

ri- 

ffi 

o 

O 

i-h 

2; 

> 

crq 

r 

!-!_ 

p 

l-f- 

ffi 

n 

P 

d 

3 

^ 

C/2 
0 

o 
o 

Z 

a 

0 

d 

n 

n 

n 

3 

;5 

re 

3 

0 
rt) 

3 

cr 

1-^ 

cr 

Pi. 

cr 

R- 

::o 

>i 

>3 

CTi 

c^ 

'-t 

a 

I—" 

a 

I—" 

a 

Cy\ 

a 

ISO 

!A5 

R- 

<>*. 

^ 

cr 

a. 

t— I 

0 

0 

0 

00 

00 

00 
0 

0 

0 

H 

cr 

n 

^ 

P 

•-1 

3 

> 

3 

13 

0 
0- 

> 
0 

C 

(-»■ 

0 

0 

(-1- 

m 

P 

::^3 

p 

(t 

v: 

3 

3 

a 

n 

3 

BILL  217  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Mr.  Foulds 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  permit  the  Minister  of  Transportation  and 
Communications  and  the  Registrar  of  Motor  Vehicles  to  waive  any  of  the  qualifi- 
cations for  a  Class  A,  B,  C,  D,  E  or  F  driver's  licence  where  the  Minister  or  the 
Registrar  is  satisfied  that  the  person  requesting  the  waiver  can  safely  drive  the  type 
of  motor  vehicle  authorized  to  be  driven  by  the  licence.  The  Bill  requires  that  the 
Minister  and  the  Registrar  give  consideration  to  submissions  made  to  them  by  a 
person  seeking  the  waiver  of  a  qualification.  The  Bill  also  provides  that  any 
withdrawalof  aClass  A,  B,  C,  D,  Eor  F  licence  is  deemed  to  be  the  cancellation  of 
a  licence  and  an  appeal  from  the  decision  lies  to  the  Licence  Suspension  Appeal 
Board. 


BILL  217  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Section  13  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  the  ^  ^^^ 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  4,  and  amended  by  the  Statutes 

of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  123,  section  3,  1977,  chapter  54,  section  1, 
1978,  chapter  24,  section  2,  and  1978,  chapter  90,  section  1,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

{2b)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  the  Minister  may  waive  ^^'.Y"  "f 
any  of  the  qualifications  set  out  in  the  regulations  for  a  Class  A,  B, 
C,  D,  E  or  F  driver's  licence  where  the  Minister  is  satisfied  that  the 
applicant  or  holder  of  the  licence  can  safely  drive  a  motor  vehicle 
in  the  class  authorized  to  be  driven  by  the  licence  and  for  this 
purpose,  the  Minister  shall  give  consideration  to  any  medical  or 
other  information  submitted  to  the  Minister  by  a  person  who 
requests  the  waiver  of  a  qualification. 

2.  Section  27  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^  "'    ^ 

..  Ill  ii-i  amended 

1978,  chapter  16,  section  1,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection: 

(la)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Minister,  the  Registrar  may  ^^'^^''  °J 
waive  any  of  the  qualifications  set  out  in  the  regulations  for  a  Class 
A,  B,  C,  D,  E  or  F  driver's  licence  where  the  Registrar  is  satisfied 
that  the  holder  of  the  licence  can  safely  drive  a  motor  vehicle  in  the 
class  authorized  to  be  driven  by  the  licence  and  for  this  purpose, 
the  Registrar  shall  give  consideration  to  any  medical  or  other 
information  or  personal  representations  sent  or  made  to  the 
Registrar  by  a  person  who  requests  the  waiver  of  a  qualification. 

3.  Section  29  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow-  *  ^^'    , 

•'  ^  amended 

ing  subsections: 

(la)  Any  withdrawal  of  a  Class  A,  B,  C,  D,  E  or  F  licence  shall  ^pp^^^' 
be  deemed  to  be  a  cancellation  of  a  licence  and  an  appeal  from  the 


decision  to  withdraw  the  licence  lies  to  the  Licence  Suspension 
Appeal  Board  under  this  section. 


Reinstate- 
ment of 
licence 


(lb)  The  Board  may  confirm  the  decision  to  withdraw  a  licence 
referred  to  in  subsection  \a  or,  where  the  Board  is  satisfied  that  the 
appellant  can  safely  drive  a  motor  vehicle  in  the  class  authorized 
to  be  driven  by  the  licence,  the  Board  may  waive  any  of  the 
qualifications  set  out  in  the  regulations  and  reinstate  the  licence 
subject  to  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Board  considers 
appropriate. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act, 
1980. 


c» 


^ 

2. 

'2 

^ 

_W 

^ 
a 

^ 

§ 

o 

o- 

a 

f^ 

t" 

't 

a 

a, 

On 


S 

a. 

a, 

0K> 


3 

cr 


vO 
00 

o 


>3 

0^ 


3  3 

fit,  n 


BILL  218  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Nursing  Homes  Act,  1972 


Mr.  Warner 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 


The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  establish  statutory  fire  safety  requirements  for 
nursing  homes.  The  Bill  requires  the  licensee  of  a  nursing  home  to  ensure  that  each 
room  in  the  home  is  equipped  with  a  heat  and  smoke  activated  fire  detection 
device,  a  warning  light  and  a  sprinkler  system.  The  Bill  also  requires  that  fire 
safety  and  fire  evacuation  procedures  be  developed  for  each  nursing  home.  Mem- 
bers of  the  staff  of  the  nursing  home  are  required  to  be  trained  in  these  procedures 
and  residents  of  the  home  are  required  to  be  provided  with  information  setting  out 
the  procedures  to  be  followed  in  case  of  a  fire. 


BILL  218  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Nursing  Homes  Act,  1972 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  The  Nursing  Homes  Act,  1972,  being  chapter  11,  is  amended  by  ^^  ^^'  ^^fr, 
adding  thereto  the  following  sections: 

16a. — (1)  A  licensee  shall  ensure  that  a  heat  and  smoke  acti-  F'^e  . 
vated  fire  detection  device  is  installed  in  every  room  in  a  nursing  devices 
home  and  that  each  device  is  connected  to  an  automatic  door 
closing  apparatus,  a  firm  alarm  system  within  the  building  and  an 
alarm  system  at  the  nearest  fire  department. 

(2)  A  licensee  shall  ensure  that  each  heat  activated  fire  detec-  Warning 
tion  device,  when  activated,  also  activates  a  warning  light  outside 
each  room  and  at  the  nursing  station  and  main  annunciator  panel 
of  the  nursing  home. 

(3)  A  licensee  shall  ensure  that  a  sprinkler  system  is  installed  in  Sprinkler 

/  .  .  '^  ■'  system 

each  room  in  the  nursmg  home. 

166 . — (1)  Each  member  of  the  staff  of  a  nursing  home  shall  be  ^'^^^  safety 

1  •      /•  r  •       1      1  •  r  r-       1  1       1  proccdures 

tramed  m  tire  safety  procedures,  including  the  use  of  tire  blankets 
and  fire  hoses,  and  this  training  shall  occur  under  the  supervision 
of  representatives  from  the  local  fire  department. 

(2)  A  licensee  shall  ensure  that  fire  evacuation  procedures  are  ^^^^y^tion 
developed  for  the  nursing  home  and  that  the  procedures  are  procedures 
practised  at  least  twice  during  each  year  in  co-operation  with 
representatives  of  a  local  fire  department,  police  department, 
ambulance  service  and  public  hospital. 

(3)  Each  resident  shall  be  provided  with  a  booklet  setting  out  in  BooUet 
plain  language  and  containing  easily  comprehensible  diagrams 
the  procedures  to  be  followed  in  the  nursing  home  if  a  fire  occurs. 


2 

Commence-  2.  This  Act  comcs  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

Short  title  s.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Nursing  Homes  Amendment  Act, 

1980. 


I 


bo 


^ 

3. 

cf 

a 

g 

«> 

» 

^ 

§ 

> 

<&- 

w 

cs 

2: 

X 

w 

Cfl 

w 

cr 

ft) 

0 
n 
n 
n 

:z; 

u 

tNO 

l>^ 

C/5       3 

g. 

B 
cr 

Co 

5"  > 

org   f^ 

>0 
S 

>3 

1-1 

00 
r-t- 

>3 

0  0 
fD    3 

(X5 

0^ 

0 

00 

0 

!X5 

BILL  219  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting 
Representation  in  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  Ontario 


Mr.  Breaugh 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  increase  the  number  of  members  in  the  Legislative 
Assembly  of  Ontario  from  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  to  one  hundred  and  eighty. 
The  Bill  provides  for  the  establishment  of  a  Select  Committee  of  the  Assembly  to 
consider  and  make  recommendations  concerning  electoral  districts  for  Ontario. 


BILL  219  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Representation 
in  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  Ontario 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  boundaries  of  every  territorial  district,  county,  city.  Boundaries 
town,  village,  township,  improvement  district,  borough,  district 
municipality,  regional  municipality  and  ward  in  any  municipality 
shall  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  be  deemed  to  be  the  boundaries  of 
such  territorial  district,  county,  city,  town,  village,  township, 
improvement  district,  borough,  district  municipality,  regional 
municipality  and  ward  as  defined  by  statute,  by-law,  proclama- 
tion or  other  lawful  authority  on  the  1st  day  of  December,  1980. 

2. — (1)  The  Legislative  Assembly  of  Ontario  shall  consist  of  Number  of 

,,,,.,  ,  members 

one  hundred  and  eighty  members. 

(2)  One  member  shall  be  returned  to  the  Assembly  for  each  One  member 

,  ....  per  electoral 

electoral  district.  district 

3. — (1)  A  Select  Committee  of  the  Assembly,  to  be  known  as  Select 

•  T-ii  1  I-.-        •  1      11  1  •  Committee 

the  Select  Committee  on  Electoral  Districts,  shall  be  appointed  to  on  electoral 
consider  and  make  recommendations  concerning  electoral  dis-  ^'^'^"'^'* 
tricts  for  Ontario  and  the  Select  Committee  shall  report  its 
recommendations  to  the  Assembly. 

(2)  After  considering  the  report  of  the  Select  Committee  on  j/^^g^i^jj^^"' 
Electoral  Districts,  the  Assembly  may,  by  resolution,  establish  districts 
electoral  districts  for  Ontario  and  the  list  of  electoral  districts 
adopted  by  resolution  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  enacted  as  a 
Schedule  to  this  Act. 

4 .  The  boundaries  of  the  electoral  districts  as  set  out  in  the  Changes  in 

.  .  ...  ,  municipal 

Schedule  shall  not  be  affected  by  alterations  in  municipal  or  ward  or  ward 
boundaries  made  after  the  1st  day  of  December,  1980.  boundaries 

5.  Where  a  county,  city,  town,  village,  township,  improve-  ^"u^'^'PjIj'*'" 
ment  district,  borough,  district  municipality  or  regional  munici-  lines 


pality  becomes  incorporated  and  is  not  expressly  included  in  an 
electoral  district  set  out  in  the  Schedule  but  is  situated  in  part  in 
two  or  more  of  such  electoral  districts,  the  electors  entitled  to  vote 
in  such  municipality  are  entitled  to  vote  in  the  electoral  district  in 
which  they  would  have  been  entitled  to  vote  if  the  county,  city, 
town,  village,  township,  improvement  district,  borough,  district 
municipality  or  regional  municipality  had  not  become  incor- 
porated. 


Augmentation 
or  gores  of 
townships 


6 .  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  set  out  in  the  Schedule ,  every 
augmentation  or  gore  of  a  township  shall  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act  be  considered  as  forming  part  of  the  electoral  district  in  which 
the  township  is  situated. 


Municipalities 
included  in 
electoral 
district  in 
which  situate 


7.  Every  county,  city,  town,  village,  township,  improvement 
district,  borough,  district  municipality  and  regional  municipality 
heretofore  or  hereafter  incorporated,  situate  wholly  within  an 
electoral  district  as  set  out  in  the  Schedule  and  not  expressly 
included  in  any  other  electoral  district  in  the  Schedule,  shall  form 
part  of  the  electoral  district  in  which  it  is  situate. 


Special  Act 
overruled 


8.  Every  county,  city,  town,  village,  township,  improvement 
district,  borough,  district  municipality  or  regional  municipality 
that  by  the  provisions  of  any  special  Act  passed  before  this  Act 
comes  into  force  forms  or  forms  part  of  an  electoral  district  shall, 
notwithstanding  such  provisions,  form  or  form  part  of  the  elector- 
al district  or  districts  in  which  it  is  included  in  the  Schedule. 


Repeals  9.  The  Representation  Act,  1975,  being  chapter  13,  and  The 

Representation  Amendment  Act,   1976,    being  chapter  6,   are 
repealed. 


Commence- 
ment 


10. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  3,  comes  into  force  on  the 
day  after  the  day  upon  which  the  Legislature  during  which  the 
electoral  districts  are  established,  is  dissolved. 


Idem  (2)  Section  3  comes  into  force  on  the  day  this  Act  receives  Royal 

Assent. 


Short  title 


11.  T\ies\iort\.it\toi\h\sPs.ct\s,The  Representation  Act,  1980. 


^3 

3. 


a. 

Or55 


n 

tV) 

o 
n 

t~.i 

S 

a. 
a 

B 
cr 

00 

Co 

a. 

a. 

c^ 

t— » 
vO 
00 

o 

0^ 

r  > 


crq 


1-— 

(T> 

f» 

C/i 

r+ 

•o 

<■ 

ft) 

o 

O) 

> 

3 

C/l 

QTQ 

in 

n 

?o 

B 
a; 

rt 

l-I 

^ 

t/2 

o 

fD 

i-h 

3 

<-<■ 

O 

p 

3 

r+ 

o" 

P 

3 

BILL  220  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Fire  Departments  Act 


Mr.  Breaugh 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 


The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  enable  full-time  fire  fighters  to  bargain  with 
municipal  councils  on  behalf  of  retired  fire  fighters  with  respect  to  pensions, 
pension  increases  and  other  benefits  for  retired  fire  fighters.  The  current  provisions 
of  the  Act  do  not  provide  any  means  for  negotiating  the  pensions  and  benefits  of 
retired  fire  fighters  with  municipal  councils. 


BILL  220  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Fire  Departments  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Fire  Departments  Act,  being  *  s  (i), 
chapter  169of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and 

the  following  substituted  therefor: 

( 1)  When  requested  in  writing  by  a  majority  of  the  full-time  fire  Bargaining 
fighters,  the  council  of  the  municipality  shall  within  sixty  days 
after  receipt  of  the  request  bargain  in  good  faith  with  a  bargaining 
committee  of  the  full-time  fire  fighters,  and  shall  make  every 
reasonable  effort  to  come  to  an  agreement,  for  the  purpose  of 
defining,  determining  and  providing  for  remuneration,  working 
conditions,  pensions,  pension  increases  and  other  benefits  for 
full-time  fire  fighters  and  retired  fire  fighters  other  than  the  chief 
and  the  deputy  chief  of  the  fire  department. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

ment 

I     3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Fire  Departments  Amendment  Act,  Short  title 
1980. 


3. 


ti- 
ck 


2 
w 

> 
c 


8 


D 

3        ■•^. 


o 


s 

*; 


T  > 


3   :i 


4 


BILL  221 


Government  BiD 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  n,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mining  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  A.  C.  Alxd 
Minister  of  Natural  Resources 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher.  Qteex's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

Subsection  3  of  section  69  of  The  Mining  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

(3)  The  Minister  may  reserve  for  the  Crown  the  sand  and  gravel  located  on  an 
unpatented  mining  claim. 

The  amendment  adds  peat  to  the  materials  that  may  be  reserved  for  the 
Crown. 


BILL  221  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mining  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Subsection  3  of  section  69  of  The  Mining  Act,  being  chapter  274  of  ^  ^^  (^)' 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  Minister  may  reserve  for  the  Crown  the  peat,  sand  and  ^^^.^■■' 

.    .  ^         '  vations 

gravel  located  on  an  unpatented  mmmg  claim. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  of  Commence- 

-^  •'  ^  ment 

the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  1980.    Short  title 


t» 


5' 

H 

ffi 

in 
ri- 

w 

ft) 

l-« 

K 

o 

o 

i-h 

"^ 

iz; 

p 

<^ 

r+ 

> 

p 

5« 

p 

en 

> 

O 

d 

c 

r 

n 

0 

U) 

a. 

S 

CA5 


d 

n 

Kj 

o 
ft 

Ki 

3 

cr 

ft 

a 

o 

a 

R- 

Pi. 

s' 

s 

c^ 

vO 
00 
O 

0^ 

> 

3 


fa 

3 

m 

a 
H 
ft 


3 

5" 

(K3 


BILL  221 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mining  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  A.  C.  Auld 
i  Minister  of  Natural  Resources 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  221  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mining  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of  the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Subsection  3  of  section  69  of  The  Mining  Act,  being  chapter  274  of  *■  ^^  (3)' 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  Minister  may  reserve  for  the  Crown  the  peat,  sand  and  ^^^F' 

'  -^  T    •  vations 

gravel  located  on  an  unpatented  mmmg  claim. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  of  ^"nt'"*^"'^^" 
the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  1980.    Short  title 


5-H 


n 


d 

0 

d 
n 
n 
ft> 

3 
cr 
n 
•-t 

cr 

n 

o 

3 

;5 

3 

Co 

cr 

a- 

cr 

Pi. 

"^ 

I— ' 

to 

>3 

>3 

0^ 

a. 

S 

ens 

o 

vO 
00 

o 

00 

00 

o 

o 

> 

3 


3 

n 

CL 

H 

13- 

n 

5 

QTQ 

> 
n 


BILL  222  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Vehicles  Act 


Mr.  Cunningham 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  prohibit  every  operator  and  driver  of  a  school  bus 
from  permitting  pupils  to  stand  in  the  bus  while  the  bus  is  in  motion. 


BILL  222  1980 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Vehicles  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  The  Public  Vehicles  Act,  being  chapter  392  of  the  Revised  Statutes  g^^^'j 
of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  sec- 
tion: 

14a. — (1)  No  driver  or  operator  of  a  public  vehicle  used  as  a  0™^^^'^^^°" 
school  bus  shall  carr>'  more  pupils  as  passengers  in  the  bus  than  the  in  school 
number  of  persons  that  the  seats  of  the  bus  are  designed  to  carry.     "^^^ 

(2)  No  driver  or  operator  of  a  public  vehicle  used  as  a  school  bus  ^^^"^ 
shall  permit  a  pupil  who  is  a  passenger  in  the  bus  to  stand  while  the 
bus  is  in  motion. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

-'  •'  ment 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Public  Vehicles  Amendment  Act,  '^^°'^^  ^'^'^ 
1980. 


I— I 
12: 
o 


a. 

S 

Op 


tNj 

fD 

k~l 

s 

3 
cr 

>-« 
0 

R- 

p 

f 

>— » 

0 

00 

0 

H 

cr 

n> 

> 

'-0 

3 

c 

cr 

> 

j^ 

n 

0 

r* 

< 

0 

i 

n* 

« 

nT 

C3 

t/i 

a 

BILL  223  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Environmental  Assessment  Act,  1975 


Mr.  Isaacs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


HTf 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  remove  the  authority  of  the  Minister  and  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  exempt  persons  and  undertakings  from  the 
provisions  of  The  Environmental  Assessment  Act,  1975. 


BILL  223  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Environmental  Assessment  Act,  1975 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1.  Section  30  of  The  Environmental  Assessment  Act,  1975,   being  ^^o-,  , 

,         ,        ,^     .  ,     ,  7  7  o  repealed 

chapter  69,  is  repealed. 

2.  Clause  /  of  section  41  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  ^  '*^  iA- 

u  •  1  1  ,  .  ,  ,-  amended 

exemptmg  any  person,  class  or  persons,  undertakmg  or  class  of 
undertakings  from  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  the  regulations  or  any 
section  or  part  of  a  section  thereof  and"  in  the  first,  second,  third  and 
fourth  lines. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

-^  ment 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Environmental  Assessment  Short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1980. 


^3 

2. 


O 

Uj 

tSJ 

!>..* 

;5 

S 

B 

cr 
n 

Co 

Pi, 

>3 

© 

& 

o 

& 

^4. 

a- 

Pi- 

^ 

1' 

o 
o 

CA5 

H 

tr 

^  > 

^§  ^ 

n    3    o 

H-    O     O 

-Eg 

>  2 

en     3 
^    CI. 

3 

a> 

3 


BILL  224  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971 


The  Hon.  H.  C.  Parrott 
Minister  of  the  Environment 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 .     Subsection  1  of  section  80  of  the  Act  is  re-enacted  to  clarify  the 
powers  of  the  Environmental  Appeal  Board. 


Subsection  2  of  the  section  provides  for  an  appeal  on  a  question  of  law  from  a 
decision  of  the  Board  to  a  county  court.  The  subsection  is  re-enacted  to  provide  that 
the  appeal  will  be  to  the  Supreme  Court. 


Section  2.     Section  2  of  the  Bill  contains  transitional  provisions. 


BILL  224  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

1 .  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  80  of  The  Environmental  Protection  »  so  (i,  2), 
Act,  1971,  being  chapter  86,  are  repealed  and  the  following  substi-    ^"^^  ^ 
tuted  therefor: 

(1)  A  hearing  by  the  Board  shall  be  a  new  hearing  and  the  Powers 
Board  may  confirm,  alter  or  revoke  the  action  of  the  Director  that  Board 
is  the  subject-matter  of  the  hearing  and  may  by  order  direct  the 
Director  to  take  such  action  as  the  Board  considers  the  Director 
should  take  in  accordance  with  this, Act  and  the  regulations,  and, 

for  such  purposes,  the  Board  may  substitute  its  opinion  for  that  of 
the  Director. 

(2)  Any  party  to  a  hearing  before  the  Board  under  this  section  Appeal 
may  appeal  from  its  decision  or  order  on  a  question  of  law  to  the  court 
Supreme  Court  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  court. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  80  of  The  Environmental  Protection  Application, 
Act,  1971,  as  re-enacted  by  section  1  of  this  Act,  applies  to 
hearings  in  respect  of  which  the  Board  has  not  made  a  decision 
before  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  section  80  of  The  Environmental  Protection  Wem 
Act,  1971,  as  re-enacted  by  section  1  of  this  Act,  applies  to  ^^^^ 
appeals  commenced  after  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.       Commence- 

•^  -^  ment 

4 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Environmental  Protection  Amend-  Short  title 
ment  Act,  1980. 


(» 


g 

H 

5_ 

K 

55' 

w 

ffl 

o 

o 

z 

S' 
n 

^ 

WO 

s 

<. 

:p 

5* 

> 

o 

^ 

B 

o 

a> 

H 

S 

H 

O 

n 

n 

s 

n 

3 

Co 

a. 

cr 

r^ 

>3 

>3 

1' 

•-* 

ST 

^ 

O-Q 

H^ 

o 

00 

o 

H 

cr 
n 

W 
3 
<^ 
►^' 
O 

ir 
3  p 

C  3 
o   CL 

3 


BILL  225  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  3  1st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  the  Succession  to  Estates 

of  Deceased  Persons  in  Ontario  who  have 

Beneficiaries  residing  in  Designated  Countries 


Mr.  Smith 
(Hamilton  West) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  ensure  that  payments  from  the  estates  of  persons 
domiciled  in  Ontario  at  the  time  of  death  are  not  made  to  foreign  beneficiaries  who 
are  unlikely  to  receive  for  their  whole  benefit  or  use  substantially  the  full  value  of 
any  payments  made  under  the  estate  and  who  reside  in  certain  countries  designated 
by  regulation.  The  Bill  provides  for  an  application  to  be  made  to  a  court  for  an 
order  permitting  payments  to  a  foreign  beneficiary.  The  court  may  also  order  that 
no  payment  be  made  to  a  foreign  beneficiary,  in  which  case  the  court  shall  make  an 
order  disposing  of  the  estate  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  succession  contained  in 
The  Succession  Law  Reform  Act,  1977 ,  with  necessary  modifications. 


BILL  225  1980 


An   Act   respecting   the    Succession   to   Estates 

of    Deceased    Persons    in    Ontario    who    have 

Beneficiaries  residing  in  Designated  Countries 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1 .    In  this  Act,  Interpre 


tation 


(a)  "court"  means  a  surrogate  court  or  the  Supreme  Court  of 
Ontario; 

(b)  "deceased  person"  means  a  person  who  was  domiciled  in 
Ontario  at  the  time  of  death; 

(c)  "foreign  beneficiary"  means  a  person  who  ordinarily 
resides  in  a  country  designated  in  the  regulations; 

(d)  "payment"  includes  a  payment,  transfer,  disposition  or 
distribution  of  property; 

(e)  "personal    representative"    means    an    executor,    an 
administrator  or  an  administrator  with  will  annexed; 

if)  "property"  means  real  or  personal  property; 

(g)  "will"  includes, 

(i)  a  testament, 

(ii)  a  codicil, 

(iii)  an  appointment  by  will  or  by  writing  in  the 
nature  of  a  will  in  exercise  of  a  power,  and 

(iv)  any  other  testamentary  disposition. 


Application 
by  foreign 
beneficiary 


2.  Where  a  will  directs  that  a  payment  be  made  to  a  foreign 
beneficiary  and  where  that  foreign  beneficiary  makes  an  applica- 
tion to  the  court  to  vary  the  manner  of  payment,  the  court  shall  not 
give  its  consent  to  that  application,  unless  the  court  is  satisfied 
that. 


(a)  the  foreign  beneficiary  is  likely  to  receive  for  his  or  her 
whole  benefit  or  use  or  control  substantially  the  full 
value  of  the  payment  being  made  to  that  person;  and 

(b)  in  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case  the  result  would  be 
just  and  equitable,  having  regard  to  the  intentions  of  the 
deceased  person,  so  far  as  ascertainable, 

in  which  case  the  court  may  grant  the  application  to  vary  the 
manner  of  payment  or  make  such  other  order  as  it  considers 
appropriate  in  the  circumstances. 


Application 
by  personal 
representa- 
tive 

1977,  c.  40 


3. — (1)  Where  a  foreign  beneficiary  is  entitled  under  Part  II  of 
The  Succession  Law  Reform  Act,  1977  to  all  or  part  of  the  property 
comprising  the  estate  of  a  deceased  person,  the  personal  rep- 
resentative of  the  deceased  person  shall  not  make  any  payment  to 
that  person  of  all  or  any  part  of  such  property  unless  the  personal 
representative  makes  application  and  obtains  an  order  from  the 
court  permitting  the  payment  to  be  made  to  that  person. 


Order  by 
court 


(2)  A  court  shall  not  make  an  order  under  subsection  1  unless 
the  court  is  satisfied  that, 


(a)  the  foreign  beneficiary  is  entitled  to  property  from  the 
estate; 

(b)  the  foreign  beneficiary  is  likely  to  receive  for  his  or  her 
whole  benefit  or  use  or  control  substantially  the  full 
value  of  the  payment  to  be  made  to  that  person;  and 

(c)  in  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  the  result  would  be 
just  and  equitable  jiaving  regard  to  the  intentions  of  the 
deceased  person,  so  far  as  ascertainable, 

in  which  case  the  court  may  make  such  order  and  may  direct  the 
payment  to  be  made  to  the  foreign  beneficiary  in  such  manner  as  it 
considers  appropriate  under  the  circumstances. 


Idem  (3)  Where  the  court  has  decided  that  no  order  should  be  made 

under  subsection  2  because, 

(a)  the  foreign  beneficiary  would  be  unlikely  to  receive  for 
his  or  her  whole  benefit  or  use  or  control  substantially 


the  full  value  of  the  payment  to  be  made  to  that  person; 
or 

(b)  in  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  the  result  would  not 
be  just  or  equitable  having  regard  to  the  intentions  of  the 
deceased  person,  so  far  as  ascertainable, 

the  court  may  make  such  order  and  may  direct  such  payment  to  be 
made  to  the  foreign  beneficiary  in  such  manner  as  it  considers 
appropriate  or  the  court  may  refuse  to  direct  any  payment  to  be 
made  to  the  foreign  beneficiary  of  the  deceased  person,  in  which 
case  the  court  shall  make  an  order  disposing  of  the  estate  of  the 
deceased  person  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  for  succession 
contained  in  The  Succession  Law  Reform  Act,  1977,  with  neces-  1^77,  c.  40 
sary  modifications. 

4.  Where  a  foreign  beneficiary  makes  an  application  for  an  Application 
order  under  Part  V  of  The  Succession  Law  Reform  Act,  1977  for  ?»«%  of 
property  from  the  estate  of  a  deceased  person,  the  court  shall  not  i^^^-  ^  40 
make  an  order  unless  the  court  is  satisfied  that, 

(a)  the  foreign  beneficiary  is  entitled  to  property  from  that 
estate; 

{b)  the  foreign  beneficiary  is  likely  to  receive  for  his  or  her 
whole  benefit  or  use  or  control  substantially  the  full 
value  of  the  payment  to  be  made  to  that  person;  and 

(c)  in  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  the  result  would  be 
just  and  equitable  having  regard  to  the  intentions  of  the 
deceased  person,  so  far  as  ascertainable, 

in  which  case  the  court  may  make  such  order  and  direct  the 
payment  to  be  made  to  the  foreign  beneficiary  in  such  manner  as  it 
considers  appropriate  under  the  circumstances. 

(2)  Where  the  court  has  decided  that  no  order  should  be  made  Wem 
under  subsection  1  because, 

(a)  the  foreign  beneficiary  would  be  unlikely  to  receive  for 
his  or  her  whole  benefit  or  use  or  control  substantially 
the  full  value  of  the  payment  to  be  made  to  that  person; 
or 

{b)  in  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  the  result  would  not 
be  just  or  equitable  having  regard  to  the  intentions  of  the 
deceased  person,  so  far  as  ascertainable, 

the  court  may  make  such  order  and  may  direct  such  payment  to  be 
made  to  the  foreign  beneficiary  in  such  manner  as  it  considers 


appropriate  or  the  court  may  refuse  to  direct  any  payment  to  be 
made  to  the  foreign  beneficiary  of  the  deceased  person,  in  which 
case  the  court  shall  make  an  order  disposing  of  the  estate  of  the 
deceased  person  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  for  succession 
1977,  c.  40  contained  in  The  Succession  Law  Reform  Act,  1977 ,  with  neces- 
sary modifications. 

Considerations       5.  Upon  the  hearing  of  an  application  under  section  3  or  4,  the 
on  app  ica  ion   ^^^^^  shall  inquire  into  and  consider  all  the  circumstances  of  the 
application,  including, 

(a)  the  proximity  and  duration  of  the  foreign  beneficiary's 
relationship  with  the  deceased  person; 

{h)  where  the  foreign  beneficiary  is  the  spouse  of  the 
deceased  person,  a  course  of  conduct  by  the  spouse 
during  the  lifetime  of  the  deceased  person  that  is  an 
obvious  and  gross  repudiation  of  the  relationship; 

(c)  the  circumstances  of  the  deceased  person  at  the  time  of 
death; 

{d)  any  agreement  between  the  deceased  person  and  the 
foreign  beneficiary;  and 

{e)  any  previous  distribution  or  division  of  property  made 
by  the  deceased  person  in  favour  of  the  foreign 
beneficiary  by  gift  or  agreement  or  under  court  order. 

Evidence  (J. — (1)  Upon  the  hearing  of  an  application  under  section  2,  3 

or  4,  the  court, 

(a)  in  addition  to  the  evidence  adduced  by  the  parties 
appearing,  may  direct  such  other  evidence  to  be  given  as 
the  court  considers  necessary  or  proper,  including  oral 
testimony  from  the  applicant;  and 

{b)  may  accept  such  evidence  as  the  court  considers  proper 
of  the  deceased  person's  intentions,  so  far  as  ascertain- 
able, including  any  statement  in  writing  signed  by 
the  deceased  person. 

Idem  (2)  In  estimating  the  weight  to  be  given  to  a  statement  referred 

to  in  clause  b  of  subsection  1 ,  the  court  shall  have  regard  to  all  the 
circumstances  from  which  any  inference  can  reasonably  be  drawn 
as  to  the  accuracy  or  otherwise  of  the  statement. 

Penalty  7.   Every  person  who  contravenes  subsection  1  of  section  3  is 

guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $10,000. 


8.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regulations  Regulations 
designating  countries  for  the  purpose  of  this  Act. 

9.  This  Act  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  the  estates  of  persons  Application 
who  died  before  this  Act  came  into  force. 

10.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

.  ment 

Assent. 

11.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Succession  Law  Act,  Short  title 
1980. 


3. 


tn 


ffi 

i. 

g 
W 

O 

CO 

3 

g 

ft) 

0x5 


0 

fD 

n 

rv) 

B 

0-1 

?X 

cr 

rs. 

>3 

n 
1-1 

>3 

?i- 

(-»■ 

S- 

S 
on? 

vO 

00 
0 

0> 

fD     3 

w 

fD     > 

fD 

en     <-♦■ 

3 

2   '-< 

n 

P-  fD 

M^ 

en 

n' 

'TO  ft> 

p' 

n    n 

>-i 

"f    ct 

en    E" 

S" 

0    S3 

en 

3   (W 

0 

>-» 

en     <-♦ 

0 

C 
3 

fD 

en 

3- 

H-.    fD 

3    C/3 

fE' 

3' 

OS 

lyi 

^j. 

3     fD 

3 

(-^   en 

0 

p    en 

2.  o' 

fti 

0    3 

en 

<->■ 

cfq" 

0    en 

3 
fa 

p 

p    en 
<     O 


BILL  226  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting 
Local  Government  in  the  District  of  Cochrane 


The  Hon.  T.  L.  Wells 
Minister  of  Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 
This  Bill  has  the  following  purposes: 

1 .  It  incorporates  certain  geographic  townships  and  the  Town  of  Hearst 
into  a  new  Town  of  Hearst. 

2 .  It  incorporates  a  portion  of  the  geographic  Township  of  Haggart  and  the 
present  United  Townships  of  Shackleton  and  Machin  into  a  new 
Township  of  Shackleton  and  Machin. 

3.  It  changes  the  name  of  the  Township  of  Fauquier  to  the  Township  of 
Moonbeam. 

The  Bill  also  provides  for  other  matters  related  to  the  incorporations  referred 
to  above. 

Part  I  of  the  Bill  deals  with  the  new  Town  of  Hearst. 

Sections  1  and  2  are  definition  sections  and  section  3  incorporates  the  new 
Town  of  Hearst. 

Section  4  provides  for  a  council  consisting  of  a  mayor  and  eight  councillors. 
The  first  members  of  council  will  be  the  present  members  of  the  council  of  the 
Town  of  Hearst  plus  two  members  to  be  elected  at  a  special  election  to  be  held  in 
1981  from  the  two  wards  in  the  former  geographic  townships.  The  Province  is  to 
bear  the  cost  of  the  election. 

Section  5  provides  that  local  roads  areas  in  the  Town  are  dissolved  and  that 
decisions  of  local  roads  boards  regarding  road  maintenance  in  the  area  are  carried 
over  to  the  new  Town.  The  section  also  vests  all  assets  and  liabilities  of  the 
dissolved  local  roads  boards  in  the  Town  and  permits  the  Town  to  agree  with  the 
Provincial  Land  Tax  Collector  as  to  the  collection  of  arrears  of  that  tax. 

Section  6  gives  the  Town  the  right  to  collect  arrears  of  taxes. 

Section  7  provides  for  the  establishment  of  urban  service  areas  in  the  Town. 

Section  8  provides  for  the  continuation  of  the  by-laws  of  the  present  Town  of 
Hearst  and  provides  that  such  by-laws  will  not  apply  to  the  geographic  townships 
until  the  council  of  the  new  Town  so  provides. 

Section  9  provides  for  the  continuation  of  existing  speed  limits  in  the  geo- 
graphic townships. 

Part  II  deals  with  the  new  Township  of  Shackleton  and  Machin. 

Section  10  is  an  interpretation  provision  and  section  11  incorporates  the  new 
Township. 

Section  12  withdraws  that  portion  of  the  geographic  Township  of  Haggart 
described  in  the  Schedule  from  the  Smooth  Rock  Falls  Planning  Area  but  continues 
the  official  plan  in  effect. 

Section  13  provides  for  a  council  consisting  of  a  reeve  and  four  councillors. 
The  first  council  will  consist  of  the  present  reeve  and  councillors  of  the  United 
Townships  plus  a  councillor  to  be  elected  from  the  part  of  the  geographic  Township 
included  in  the  new  Township.  This  councillor  will  be  elected  at  a  special  election 
in  1981  and  the  Province  will  bear  the  cost  of  the  election. 


Section  14  gives  the  Town  the  right  to  collect  arrears  of  taxes. 

Section  IS  provides  for  the  continuation  of  the  by-laws  of  the  United 
Townships  of  Shackleton  and  Machin  and  provides  that  such  by-laws  will  not 
apply  to  the  part  of  the  geographic  Township  included  in  the  new  Township  until 
the  council  of  the  Township  so  provides. 

Section  16  changes  the  name  of  the  Township  of  Fauquier  to  the  Township  of 
Moonbeam. 

Section  17  permits  the  Minister,  by  order,  to  provide  for  transitional  rates  in 
the  areas  merged  by  this  Bill. 

Section  18  provides  for  the  continuation  of  the  existing  local  boards  of  the 
Town  of  Hearst  and  the  United  Townships  of  Shackleton  and  Machin  as  local 
boards  of  the  new  Town  and  Township  respectively. 

Section  19  provides  that  all  by-laws  passed  by  the  first  council  of  the  new 
Town  and  the  new  Township  must  be  approved  by  the  Minister. 

Section  20  permits  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  make  general 
remedial  orders  for  the  purpose  of  effectively  carrying  out  the  intent  and  purpose 
of  the  Bill. 


BILL  226  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Local 
Government  in  the  District  of  Cochrane 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  In   this   Act,   "Minister"   means   the   Minister  of  Inter-  interpre- 

i    1    A  re   •  tation 

governmental  Affairs. 


PARTI 

TOWN  OF  HEARST 

2.  In  this  Part,  "Town"  means  the  Town  of  Hearst  as  consti-  Wem 
tuted  under  section  3. 

3.  On  this  1st  day  of  January,  1982,  the  inhabitants  of  the  New  Town 
geographic  townships  of  Hanlan,  Casgrain,  Way,  Kendall  and  incorporated 
Lowther,  and  the  Town  of  Hearst,  as  it  existed  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1981,  are  incorporated  as  a  town  municipality  bearing 

the  name  "The  Corporation  of  the  Town  of  Hearst". 

4. — (1)  The  council  of  the  Town  shall  consist  of  a  mayor  Composition 
elected  by  general  vote,  six  councillors  elected  from  a  ward  con-  council 
sisting  of  the  Town  of  Hearst  as  it  existed  on  the  31st  day  of 
December,  1981,  one  councillor  elected  from  a  ward  consisting  of 
the  geographic  townships  of  Lowther  and  Way  and  one  councillor 
elected  from  a  ward  consisting  of  the  geographic  townships  of 
Hanlan,  Casgrain  and  Kendall. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  the  first  council  of  the  Town  First 
shall  consist  of  the  mayor  and  the  councillors  of  the  Town  of 
Hearst  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1981  and  one  councillor 
elected  at  a  special  election  from  a  ward  consisting  of  the  geo- 
graphic townships  of  Lowther  and  Way  and  one  councillor  elected 
at  a  special  election  from  a  ward  consisting  of  the  geographic 
townships  of  Hanlan,  Casgrain  and  Kendall. 


Term  of 
first  council 
1977,  c.  62 


(3)  Notwithstanding  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977 ,  the 
first  council  shall  hold  office  for  eleven  months  commencing  on  the 
1st  day  of  January,  1982. 


1981  special 
election, 
Minister's 
powers 


(4)  Notwithstanding  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977,  the 
Minister  shall,  by  order,  provide  for  the  holding  of  a  special 
election  in  1981  for  the  election  of  the  two  councillors  elected  from 
the  wards  mentioned  in  subsection  2,  including  nominations, 
qualifications  of  electors  and  candidates,  polling  days,  polling 
places,  the  appointment  of  returning  officers,  preparation  of  pol- 
ling lists  and  any  other  matters  considered  necessary  in  respect  of 
the  election. 


Expenses 
for  special 
election 


(5)  The  expenses  for  the  special  election  to  be  held  in  1981  shall, 
as  approved  by  the  Minister,  be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated 
Revenue  Fund. 


Dissolution 
of  local 
roads  area 
and  boards 


5. — (1)  Where  an  established  local  roads  area  is  entirely  within 
the  Town,  the  local  roads  area  and  board  thereof  are  dissolved  on 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1982  and  all  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the 
board  become  on  such  date  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Town. 


Unpaid  taxes, 
collection  of 
by  Town 


(2)  All  taxes  and  penalties  assessed  by  a  local  roads  board 
against  any  land  in  the  Town  which  are  due  and  unpaid  on  the  1st 
day  of  January,  1982  shall  be  deemed  on  that  date  to  be  taxes  and 
penalties  due  and  payable  upon  the  land  to  the  Town  and  the 
collector  of  the  Town  shall  enter  the  taxes  and  penalties  in  the 
collector's  roll  and  may  collect  them  in  the  same  manner  as  if  the 
taxes  had  been  levied  and  penalties  imposed  by  the  Town,  and  the 
collector  shall  forthwith  notify  the  owner  or  his  agent  as  shown  on 
the  register  of  the  board  that  the  taxes  and  penalties  are  due  and 
payable  to  the  Town. 


Agreement 
respecting 
collection  of 
land  tax 
R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  370 


Local  roads 
program 
deemed 
adopted 


(3)  The  Town  and  the  Land  Tax  Collector  appointed  under  The 
Provincial  Land  Tax  Act  may  enter  into  an  agreement  respecting 
the  collection  by  the  Town  of  arrears  of  land  tax  in  respect  of 
property  within  the  Town. 

(4)  The  road  program  of  work  to  be  performed  on  or  after  the 
1st  day  of  January,  1982  on  local  roads  by  the  local  roads  boards 
for  those  local  roads  areas  which  are  dissolved  under  this  section 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  adopted  by  by-law  of  the  council  of  the 
Town  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1982. 


Town  has 
right  to 
recover  taxes 
under 

R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  118, 
Part  III 


6. — (1)  The  Town  has  and  shall  be  deemed  always  to  have  had 
the  right  to  recover  the  taxes  and  accumulated  interest  owing  to  it, 
including  the  arrears  of  taxes  for  school  purposes  and  accumulated 
interest  thereon  under  the  procedures  provided  for  in  Part  III  of 

The  Municipal  Affairs  Act. 


(2)  Where,  prior  to  the  1st  day  of  January,  1982,  the  proper  Saving 
authorities  commenced  procedures  under  any  Act  for  the  sale  for 
arrears  of  taxes  of  lands  that  are  in  the  Town  on  and  after  the  1st 
day  of  January,  1982,  such  procedures  may  be  taken  up  and 
continued  by  the  proper  officers  of  the  Town. 

7. (1)    In  this  section,  interpre- 


tation 


(a)  "cost"  includes  the  cost  of  constructing,  equipping, 
extending,  enlarging,  altering  and  replacing  public 
works  for  the  purpose  of  providing  an  urban  service,  the 
cost  of  managing,  operating  and  maintaining  such  urban 
service,  the  cost  of  any  land,  buildings  and  equipment 
necessary  for  providing  an  urban  service,  and  the  cost  of 
the  issue  and  sale  of  debentures  for  an  urban  service  and 
any  discount  allowed  to  the  purchases  of  them; 

(b)  "urban  service"  means, 

(i)  the  collection  and  disposal  of  sewage  and  land 
drainage,  or 

(ii)  the  provision  and  distribution  of  an  adequate 
supply  of  water,  or 

(iii)  the  collection  and  removal  of  ashes  or  garbage  or 
other  refuse,  or 

(iv)  street  lighting,  or 

(v)  fire  fighting  and  fire  protection. 

(2)  The  council  of  the  Town  shall,  with  the  approval  of  the  Area  of 
Ontario  Municipal  Board,  by  by-law  designate  areas  in  which  an  service 
urban  service  is  or  is  to  be  provided  by  the  Town. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  4,  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  sums  Levy  in  areas 
necessary  in  each  year  to  pay  the  cost  of  an  urban  service  in  a 
designated  area,  including  the  Town's  portion  of  all  debenture 
charges  for  works  constructed  under  The  Local  Improvement  Act  R  so.  i97o, 
and  debenture  charges  for  debentures  issued  under  any  other  Act  jgyj  ^  ^ 
in  connection  with  such  urban  service,  except  to  the  extent  that 

such  cost  is  raised  by  special  assessments,  under  any  general  or 
special  Act,  or  otherwise,  shall  be  levied  in  the  manner  provided 
by  subsection  3  of  section  7  oiThe  Ontario  Unconditional  Grants 
Act,  1975  upon  all  rateable  property  in  the  designated  area  and  no 
part  of  the  cost  of  providing  such  urban  service  shall  be  levied  on 
any  part  of  the  Town  lying  outside  the  designated  area. 


Contribution 
to  cost  out 
of  general 
rates 

R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  284 


(4)  Notwithstanding  subsection  3 ,  the  council  of  the  Town  may 
in  any  year  by  by-law  provide  for  a  contribution  towards  the  cost 
of  any  urban  service  to  be  included  in  the  sums  adopted  for  general 
purposes  in  accordance  with  section  307  of  The  Municipal  Act, 
and  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  sums  necessary  to  pay  such  costs 
for  the  purposes  of  subsection  3,  shall  be  reduced  accordingly. 


By-laws 
continued 


8.  The  by-laws  in  force  in  the  Town  of  Hearst,  as  it  existed  on 
the31stday  of  December,  1981,  until  amended  or  repealed  by  the 
council  of  the  Town  remain  in  force  in  the  area  of  the  former  Town 
of  Hearst  but  do  not  extend  to  the  remainder  of  the  Town  until  the 
council  otherwise  provides. 


Special  limits 
under  R.S.O. 

1970,  c.  202 
continued 


9. — (1)  Notwithstanding  the  other  provisions  of  this  Act,  but 
subject  to  subsection  2,  for  the  purposes  of  section  82  of  The 
Highway  Traffic  Act  the  areas  in  the  Town  that,  on  the  3 1st  day  of 
December,  1981,  were  without  municipal  organization  shall  be, 
considered  to  continue  to  form  part  of  a  territory  without  munici- 
pal organization. 


Mem  (2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1 ,  the  council  of  the  Town  may 

exercise  any  of  its  powers  under  section  82  oiThe  Highway  Traffic 
Act  in  respect  of  highways  under  its  jurisdiction  and  control. 

PART  II 

TOWNSHIP  OF  SHACKLETON  AND  MACHIN 


Interpre- 
tation 


10.  In  this  Part,  "Township"  means  the  Township  of  Shack- 
leton  and  Machin  as  constituted  under  section  1 1 . 


New  Township      J  J .  Qn  the  Ist  day  of  January,  1982 ,  the  United  Townships  of 
and  Machin      Shackletou   and   Machin   and   the   portion   of  the   geographic 
incorporated     Towuship  of  Haggart  described  in  the  Schedule  hereto  are  incor- 
porated as  a  township  municipality  bearing  the  name  "The 
Corporation  of  the  Township  of  Shackleton  and  Machin". 


Planning 
area  and 
official  plan 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  349 

Composition 

of 

council 


12.  The  portion  of  the  geographic  Township  of  Haggart 
described  in  the  Schedule  hereto  is  hereby  withdrawn  from  the 
Smooth  Rock  Falls  Planning  Area  as  of  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1982,  but  the  official  plan  in  effect  in  the  portion  of  Haggart  as  of 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1981,  remains  in  effect  until  altered  in 
accordance  with  The  Planning  Act. 

13. — (1)  The  council  of  the  Township  shall  consist  of  a  reeve 
and  four  councillors  all  elected  by  general  vote. 


First 
council 


(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  the  first  council  of  the 
Township  shall  consist  of  the  reeve  and  councillors  of  the  United 
Townships   of  Shackleton   and   Machin   on   the   31st  day  of 


December,  1981  and  one  councillor  elected  at  a  special  election 
from  a  ward  consisting  of  the  part  of  the  geographic  Township  of 
Haggart  described  in  the  Schedule  hereto. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977,  the  Term  of 
first  council  shall  hold  office  for  eleven  months  commencing  on  the  1*977'^°"  5" 
1st  day  of  January,  1982. 

(4)  Notwithstanding  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977 ,  the  1 98 1  special 
Minister  shall,  by  order,  provide  for  the  holding  of  a  special  Minis*ter's 
election  in  1981  for  the  election  of  the  councillor  elected  from  the  powers 
ward  mentioned  in  subsection  2,  including  nominations,  qualifi- 
cations of  electors  and  candidates,  polling  days,  polling  places,  the 
appointment  of  returning  officers,  preparation  of  polling  lists  and 

any  other  matters  considered  necessary  in  respect  of  the  election. 

(5)  The  expenses  for  the  special  election  to  be  held  in  1981  shall,  Expenses 
as  approved  by  the  Minister,  be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  ekctufn' 
Revenue  Fund. 

14. — (1)  The    Township    and    the    Land    Tax    Collector  Agreement 

rcsDCCtirifif 

appointed  under  The  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act  may  enter  into  an  collection 
agreement  respecting  the  collection  by  the  Township  of  arrears  of  "^  '^"*^  ^^ 
land  tax  in  respect  of  property  within  the  Township.  c.  370  '^  °' 

(2)  The  Township  has  and  shall  be  deemed  always  to  have  had  Town  has 
the  right  to  recover  the  taxes  and  accumulated  interest  owing  to  it,  recover  taxes 
including  the  arrears  of  taxes  for  school  purposes  and  accumulated  ^i^Q  jq7q 
interest  thereon  under  the  procedures  provided  for  in  Part  III  of  c.iis, 
The  Municipal  Affairs  Act.  ai..;^  -r*   ^^^  "^ 

(3)  Where,  prior  to  the  1st  day  of  January,  1982,  the  proper  Saving 
authorities  commenced  procedures  under  any  Act  for  the  sale  for 
arrears  of  taxes  of  lands  that  are  in  the  Township  on  and  after  the 

1st  day  of  January,  1982,  such  procedures  may  be  taken  up  and 
continued  by  the  proper  officers  of  the  Township. 

15.  The  by-laws  in  force  in  the  United  Townships  of  Shack-  By-laws 
leton  and  Machin  on  the  31st  day  of  December,   1981,  until 
amended  or  repealed  by  the  council  of  the  Township  remain  in 
force  in  the  area  of  the  former  United  Townships  of  Shackleton 

and  Machin  but  do  not  extend  to  the  remainder  of  the  Township 
until  the  council  otherwise  provides. 

PART  III 

TOWNSHIP  OF  FAUQUIER 

16.  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1982,  The  Corpora-  Name  of 
tion  of  the  Township  of  Fauquier  will  bear  the  name  of  The  changed 


Corporation  of  the  Township  of  Moonbeam  and  a  reference  in  any 
general  or  special  Act  to  the  Township  of  Fauquier  or  The  Cor- 
poration of  the  Township  of  Fauquier  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  Township  of  Moonbeam  and  to  The  Corporation 
of  the  Township  of  Moonbeam,  respectively. 

PART  IV 

GENERAL 


Transitional 
rates 


1 7.  Fo>  the  purpose  of  phasing  in  municipal  taxation  in  for- 
merly unorganized  areas,  the  Minister  may  provide  from  time  to 
time,  by  order,  that  in  the  years  1982,  1983,  1984,  1985  and  1986, 
and  in  the  manner  specified  in  the  order,  that  the  council  of  the 
Town  of  Hearst  and  the  council  of  the  Township  of  Shackleton 
and  Machin  shall  levy,  on  the  assessment  for  real  property  and 
business,  according  to  the  latest  assessment  rolls  available  in  the 
area  or  areas  of  the  Town  or  Township  specified  in  the  order,  rates 
of  taxation  for  municipal  purposes  which  are  different  from  the 
rates  which  would  have  been  levied  but  for  the  provisions  of  an 
order  made  under  this  section. 


Local 

boards 

continued 


18.  The  local  boards  of  the  Town  of  Hearst  and  the  United 
Townships  of  Shackleton  and  Machin,  as  they  existed  on  the  31st 
day  of  December,  1981,  are  continued,  on  and  after  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1982,  as  local  boards  of  the  Town  of  Hearst  and  the 
Township  of  Shackleton  and  Machin,  respectively. 


Approval  19.  No  by-law  passed  by  the  council  of  the  Town.of  Hearst  Or 

l{  first^^^  the  council  of  the  Township  of  Shackleton  and  Machin  on  or  after 
councils  ^jjg  is^  (Jay  of  January,  1982  and  prior  to  the  1st  day  of  December, 

1982  comes  into  force  without  the  approval  of  the  Minister. 

Lieutenant  20.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  upon  the  recom- 

Coundi^Vower  mendation  of  the  Minister,  may  authorize  all  acts  or  things  not 
to  make  specifically  provided  for  in  this  Act  that  are  considered  necessary 

or  advisable  to  carry  out  effectively  the  intent  and  purpose  of  this 

Act. 


Commence- 
ment 


21.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title  22.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  North  Cochrane  District 

Local  Government  Act,  1980. 


7 
SCHEDULE 

The  portion  of  the  geographic  Township  of  Haggart  that,  on  and  after  the  1st 
day  of  January,  1982,  forms  part  of  the  Township  of  Shackleton  and  Machin,  is 
described  as  follows: 

Commencing  at  the  southwesterly  angle  of  the  geographic  Township  of  Haggart; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  said  geographic  Township  to 
the  line  between  Lots  20  and  21  in  Concession  I; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  line  between  Lots  20  and  21  in  Concessions  I,  II  and 
III  to  the  southerly  limit  of  Concession  IV  in  the  said  geographic  Township; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  southerly  limit  of  Concession  IV  to  the  westerly  limit  of 
Lot  21; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  westerly  limit  of  Lot  21  to  the  southerly  limit  of 
Concession  V  in  the  said  geographic  Township; 

Thence  easterly  along  the  southerly  limit  of  Concession  V  to  the  line  between  Lots 
20  and  21; 

Thence  northerly  along  the  line  between  Lots  20  and  2 1  to  the  northerly  boundary 
of  the  said  geographic  Township; 

Thence  westerly  along  the  northerly  boundary  of  the  said  geographic  Township; 

Thence  southerly  along  the  westerly  boundary  of  the  said  geographic  Township 
to  the  place  of  commencement. 


3 


bo 


n 

H 

o 

t-H 

3 

ffi 

(-»■ 

o 

fti 

Z 

QTQ 

O 
< 

H 

a> 

S 

r 

B 

^ 

3 

w 

r->- 

0^ 


0^5 


d 

n 
ft 

3 
cr 


00 

o 


<X5 


O 
o 
< 

ft 
•1 

3 


cr 

ft 

ft 

«i 

t3 

0 

ft 

o 

C/l* 

<-^ 

5' 

o* 

(TO 

rt- 

f* 

O 

o 

i-*i 

n 

n 

B- 

o 

r5 

cr 

•-1 

p 

3 

BILL  227  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Insured  Services 
under  the  Ontario  Health  Insurance  Plan 


Mr.  Philip 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 
Self-explanatory. 


BILL  227  1980 


An  Act  respecting  Insured  Services 
under  the  Ontario  Health  Insurance  Plan 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  provision  of  prostheses  and  brassieres  following  a  Prostheses 

,,,  ..  ....  and  brassieres 

Single  or  double  mastectomy,  on  the  prescription  of  a  physician,  may  be 
may  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations  under  The  Health  Insurance  asTnsured 
Act,  1972,  as  an  insured  service  for  the  purposes  of  that  Act.       services 

1972,  c.  91 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

-^  -^        ment 

Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Insured  Health  Services  short  title 
Act,  1980. 


Go 


^ 

s. 

c; 

g 

^ 

W 

C^ 

h3 

s 

W 

o- 

hH 

CTi 

f 

2- 

1— 1 

a- 

(A5 


O 

a> 

r> 

s 

re 

B 

Co 

a- 

cr 

^M. 

>3 

I—* 

r-i- 

cr 

s 

~* 

0^ 

H^ 

vO 

00 

o 

c 

> 

a 

ti 

-t 

> 

B- 

n 

rf- 

n 

13 

n 

o 

C/l 

"0 

3 

a> 

<-^ 

o 

P 

(-*■_ 

^2. 

5" 

P   ° 

w 

3    ffi 
re 

1— 1 

3 

S^ 

S 

1— 1 

a 

s 

CO 

n 

< 

to 

3 

o' 

n 

re 

BILL  228  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
Certain  Acts  respecting  the  Environment 


The  Hon.  H.  C.  Parrott 
Minister  of  the  Environment 


I 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  New  section  48a  of  The  Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971 
provides  for  the  seizing  of  the  permit  and  the  number  plates  issued  under  The 
Highway  Traffic  Act  for  any  vehicle  used  in  the  commission  of  an  offence  in  respect 
of  hauled  liquid  industrial  waste  or  hazardous  waste. 

The  offence  may  be  an  offence  underThe  Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971 
or  under  subsection  1  of  section  32  of  The  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act. 

Hauled  liquid  industrial  waste  and  hazardous  waste  are  designated  under  the 
regulations.  Regulation  824  of  Revised  Regulations  of  Ontario,  1970contains  these 
designations. 

Where  no  charge  is  laid  within  three  months  of  the  seizure  or,  where  a  charge 
is  laid,  within  thirty  days  after  final  disposition  of  any  charge,  the  section  requires 
the  return  of  the  permit  and  number  plates  to  the  person  from  whom  they  were 
seized  or  to  the  owner  of  the  vehicle. 

The  section  also  provides  that  permit  and  number  plates  may  be  detained 
pending  payment  of  any  penalty  imposed  upon  conviction  for  the  offence  in  respect 
of  which  the  permit  and  number  plates  were  seized. 


BILL  228  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
Certain  Acts  respecting  the  Environment 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,    enacts    as 
follows: 

PARTI 

THE  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION  ACT,   1971 

1.  Part  V  of  The  Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971,  being  chapter  *^  ^^' 
86,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  sections:  enacted 

48a. — (1)  A  police  officer  or  a  provincial  officer  may  seize  the  Seizure 
permit  and  the  number  plates  issued  under  The  Highway  Traffic  and  number 
Act  for  any  vehicle  that  he  believes,  on  reasonable  and  probable  ^^^^^^ 
grounds,  was  used  or  is  being  used  in  the  commission  of  an  offence  cc.  202,  332 ' 
under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  under  subsection  1  of  section 
32  oiThe  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act  in  respect  of  hauled  liquid 
industrial  waste  or  hazardous  waste  as  designated  in  the  regula- 
tions relating  to  Part  V  of  this  Act. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsections  3  and  4,  any  permit  and  number  Custody  of 

•        1  •  1      11  1        1    !•  1  •  1      permit  and 

plates  seized  under  subsection  1  shall  be  delivered  into  the  custody  number  plates 
of  such  person  as  the  Minister  directs  for  safekeeping  pending 
disposition  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  section. 

(3)  Where,  Return  of 

permit  and 
number  plates 

(a)  no  charge  is  laid  in  respect  of  an  offence  referred  to  in 
subsection  1  within  three  months  from  the  day  of  the 
seizure  of  the  permit  and  number  plates;  or 

{b)  a  charge  is  laid,  within  thirty  days  after  the  final  disposi- 
tion of  the  charge, 

the  permit  and  number  plates  seized  under  subsection  1  shall  be 
returned  to  the  person  from  whom  they  were  seized  or  to  the  owner 
of  the  vehicle. 


Exception 


ss.  102a, 

1026, 

enacted 


Penalty  where 
hauled  liquid 
industrial 
waste  or 
hazardous 
waste 
involved 
R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  332 


Where 

person 

convicted 

under 

R.S.O.  1970, 

c.  332, 

s.  32  (1) 


Notice 


(4)  Notwithstanding  clause  b  of  subsection  3 ,  where  there  has 
been  a  conviction  and  a  penalty  has  been  imposed,  the  permit  and 
number  plates  may  be  detained  until  the  penalty  is  paid. 

2. — (1)  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow- 
ing sections: 

102a. — (1)  Where  any  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under 
this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  under  subsection  1  of  section  32  of 
The  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act  in  respect  of  hauled  liquid 
industrial  waste  or  hazardous  waste  as  designated  in  the  regula- 
tions relating  to  Part  V  of  this  Act  and  the  action  or  failure  to  act 
for  which  the  person  is  convicted  results  or  may  result  in, 

(a)  impairment  of  the  quality  of  the  natural  environment  for 
any  use  that  can  be  made  of  it; 

(b)  injury  or  damage  to  property  or  to  plant  or  animal  life; 

(c)  harm  or  material  discomfort  to  any  person; 

(d)  an  adverse  effect  on  the  health  of  any  person; 

(e)  impairment  of  the  safety  of  any  person; 

(/)  rendering  any  property  or  plant  or  animal  life  unfit  for 
use  by  man; 

(g)  loss  of  enjoyment  of  normal  use  of  property;  or 

(h)  interference  with  the  normal  conduct  of  business, 

the  person  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $2,000  and  not  more 
than  $25 ,000  for  the  first  offence  and  for  each  subsequent  offence 
to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $4,000  and  not  more  than  $50,000  for 
every  day  or  part  thereof  upon  which  the  offence  occurs  or  con- 
tinues, and  not  as  provided  in  the  section  under  which  the  person 
is  convicted. 

(2)  Where  the  conviction  is  under  subsection  1  of  section  32  of 
The  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act,  the  person  convicted,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  penalty  provided  in  subsection  1  of  this  section,  is  also 
liable  to  imprisonment  (as  provided  in  subsection  1  of  section  32  of 
The  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act)  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one 
year,  or  to  a  fine  under  subsection  1  of  this  section  or  to  such 
imprisonment. 

(3)  Where  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  for  which  a 
penalty  may  be  imposed  under  subsection  1 ,  subsection  1  does  not 
apply  unless  the  court  is  satisfied  that  the  person  was  notified. 


Section  2.  New  section  102a  oi The  Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971 
provides  for  a  different  penalty  for  a  person  convicted  of  an  offence  under  The 
Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971  or  under  subsection  1  of  section  32  of  The 
Ontario  Water  Resources  Act  if  the  offence  involves  hauled  liquid  industrial  waste 
or  hazardous  waste.  The  section  applies  if  the  conduct  of  the  person  convicted 
results  or  may  result  in  one  of  the  consequences  listed  in  the  section. 


Subsection  2  retains  the  penalty  of  imprisonment  as  part  of  the  range  of 
penalties  where  the  offence  is  under  subsection  1  of  section  32  oiThe  Ontario  Water 
Resources  Act.  That  subsection  deals  with  the  discharge  of  material  into  a  well, 
lake,  river,  pond,  spring,  stream,  reservoir  or  other  water  or  watercourse  that  may 
impair  the  quality  of  the  water. 


Subsection  3  provides  that  the  person  must  be  given  notice,  before  pleading  to 
the  charge,  that  a  penalty  will  be  sought  under  this  section. 


Subsection  4  provides  that  the  section  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  any  offence 
under  Part  VIII- A  (which  relates  to  spills). 

The  penalties  under  this  section  are  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $2 ,000  and  not  more 
than  $25,000  for  the  first  offence  and  not  less  than  $4,000  and  not  more  than 
$50,000  for  each  subsequent  offence  for  every  day  or  part  of  a  day  upon  which  the 
offence  occurs  or  continues. 

New  section  1026  of  The  Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971  adds  a  limita- 
tion period  of  two  years  for  the  commencement  of  proceedings  for  an  offence  under 
the  Act. 

Subsection  2  of  section  2  of  the  Bill  provides  that  the  limitation  period  does  not 
apply  in  respect  of  an  offence  committed,  or  alleged  to  have  been  committed, 
before  this  section  of  the  Bill  comes  into  force. 


Section  3.     A  similar  limitation  period  is  added  to  r/ze/'e5ijcfde5y4c<,  1973 
as  section  34a. 


Subsection  2  of  section  3  is  similar  to  subsection  2  of  section  2  of  the  Bill. 


Section  4.  Section  72  of  The  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act  is  revised  to 
provide  a  limitation  period  similar  to  new  section  1026  of  The  Environmental 
Protection  Act,  1971  and  new  section  340  ofThe  Pesticides  Act,  1973,  contained  in 
this  Bill,  in  respect  of  offences  other  than  those  under  a  by-law  passed  under  clause 
cord  of  subsection  1  of  section  64  (which  relate  to  plumbing).  The  limitation  period 
in  respect  of  the  latter  offences  remains  one  year. 


before  making  his  plea,  that  a  penalty  would  be  sought  under 
subsection  1. 

(4)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  any  offence  in  Exception 
respect  of  Part  VIII-A  of  this  Act. 

1026.  Proceedings  for  an  offence  under  this  Act  or  the  regula-  Limitation 
tions  shall  not  be  commenced  after  two  years  after  the  date  on 
which  the  offence  was,  or  is  alleged  to  have  been,  committed. 

(2)  Section  1026  of  The  Environmental  Protection  Act,  1971,  as  Application 
enacted  by  subsection  1,  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  an  offence  °97i,  c.  86, 
committed,  or  alleged  to  have  been  committed,  before  this  ^  ^°^* 
section  comes  into  force. 


PART  II 

THE  PESTICIDES  ACT,   1973 

3. — (1)  The  Pesticides  Act,  1973,  being  chapter  25,  is  amended  by  ^  ^''^• 
adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

34a.   Proceedings  for  an  offence  under  this  Act  or  the  regula-  Limitation 
tions  shall  not  be  commenced  after  two  years  after  the  date  on 
which  the  offence  was,  or  is  alleged  to  have  been,  committed. 

(2)  Section  2>Aa  of  The  Pesticides  Act,  1973,  as  enacted  by  subsec-  Application 
tion  1,  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  an  offence  committed,  or  1973,  c.  2s, 
alleged  to  have  been  committed,  before  this  section  comes  into  ^  ^^ 
force. 


PART  III 

THE  ONTARIO  WATER  RESOURCES  ACT 

4. — (1)  Section  72  oiThe  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act,  being  chapter  s  72, 
332  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

72. — (1)  Proceedings  for  an  offence  under  this  Act  or  the  regu-  Limitation 
lations  made  under  this  Act  shall  not  be  commenced  after  two 
years  after  the  date  on  which  the  offence  was,  or  is  alleged  to  have 
been,  committed. 

(2)  Proceedings  for  an  offence  under  a  by-law  passed  under  Wem 
clause  c  or  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  64  shall  not  be  commenced 
after  one  year  after  the  date  on  which  the  offence  was,  or  is  alleged 
to  have  been,  committed. 


Application  (2)  Subscction  1  of  scction  72  oiThe  Ontario  Water  Resources  Act, 

R.s.o.  1970,  as  enacted  by  subsection  1,  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  an 

c.  332,  s.  72  (1)  offence  committed,  or  alleged  to  have  been  committed,  before 

this  section  comes  into  force. 

PART  IV 

GENERAL 

Commence-  5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

ment 

Short  title  6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Environment  Statutes  Amendment 

Act,  1980. 


f 


<2 


bo 


3  M 

^  o 

re  . 

W  O 

2  w 

3  2 

3  H 


S 

3 

>-* 

Co 

Cl- 

cr 

•r* 

>a 

ft! 

?^ 

Cd 

C^ 

^12 

►— ^ 

?3 

S- 

s' 

jr 

S 

c^ 

00 

o 

op 

o 


p 

5' 

> 

o 

r+ 

Ui 

> 

fD 

3 

> 

ft) 

o 

n 

rt- 

a 

r*- 

3 

O 

orq 

P 

3 

3 

W 

CL 

3 

< 

<-i 

O 

3 

I 


BILL  229  Government  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  revise 
The  Business  Corporations  Act 


The  Hon.  Frank  Drea 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Part 

I 

Part 

II 

Part 

III 

Part 

IV 

Part 

V 

Part 

VI 

Part 

VII 

Part 

VIII 

Part 

IX 

Part 

X 

Part 

XI 

Part 

XII 

Part 

XIII 

Part 

XIV 

Part 

XV 

Part 

XVI 

Part 

XVII 

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

SEC.  PAGE 

Definitions  and  Application 1,2  1 

Incorporation 3-2 1  9 

Corporate  Finance   22-44  18 

Indenture  Trustees 45-5 1  32 

Investment  Securities 52-90  37 

Shareholders    91-107  61 

Proxies   108-1 13  72 

Directors  and  Officers   1 14-136  75 

Insider  Liability 137  93 

Books  and  Records 138-146  95 

Auditors  and  Financial  Statements   ....  147-158  101 

Investigation   159-165  108 

Fundamental  Changes 166-184  111 

Compulsory  Acquisitions 185-188  133 

Liquidation  and  Dissolution  189-242  145 

Remedies,  Offences  and  Penalties   243-259  163 

General 260-278  173 


Explanatory  Notes 

The  Bill  restates  and  revises  the  law  as  it  applies  to  business  corporations.  The 
Bill  is  designed  to  effect  a  measure  of  uniformity  between  Ontario  corporate 
legislation  and  legislation  passed  by  the  federal  and  other  provincial  jurisdictions. 

Among  the  principal  features  of  the  Bill  are  the  following: 

1.  The  administrative  functions  under  the  Act  are  given  to  the  Director 
rather  than  to  the  Minister. 

The  Director  is  appointed  by  the  Minister. 

2.  A  corporation  may  be  incorporated  with  a  name  in  English,  French 
or  in  a  combined  English  and  French  form  and  the  English  or  French 
word  for  "Limited",  "Incorporated"  or  "Corporation"  or  the 
corresponding  abbreviations,  "Ltee",  "Inc."  or  "Corp."  shall  be  part  of 
the  name  (s.  10). 

3.  The  statutory  list  of  ancillary  corporate  powers  and  the  statutory 
requirement  to  provide  corporate  objects  have  been  removed  from  the 
Act  and  in  lieu  thereof  corporations  are  given  the  powers  of  a  natural 
person  (s.  15). 

4.  The  concept  of  constructive  notice  has  been  abolished  so  that  no  person  is 
deemed  to  have  knowledge  of  the  contents  of  documents  concerning 
corporations  by  reason  only  that  the  documents  have  been  filed  (s.  18). 

5.  The  common  law  indoor  management  rule  has  been  codified.  This  rule 
permits  third  parties  to  rely  upon  officers,  directors  or  employees  having 
the  authority  to  bind  the  company  where  their  actions  would  imply  that 
they  have  such  authority  (s.  19). 

6.  The  concept  of  par  value  shares  has  been  removed  (s.  22). 

7.  An  opportunity  is  given  to  shareholders  to  have  proposals  put  before 
shareholders'  meetings  (s.  98). 

8.  An  opportunity  by  way  of  a  unanimous  shareholder  agreement  is  pro- 
vided to  shareholders  to  assume  the  responsibilities  of  directors  and 
manage  the  corporation  (s.  107). 

9.  At  least  one-third  of  the  directors  of  an  offering  corporation  shall  not  be 
officers  or  employees  of  the  corporation  or  of  any  of  its  affiliates  (s.  114). 

10.  Provision  is  made  for  a  floating  number  of  directors  with  the  minimum 
and  maximum  numbers  being  set  (s.  123). 

1 1 .  Provision  is  made  to  allow  corporations  to  purchase  insurance  to  protect  a 
director  where  he  failed  to  exercise  a  proper  standard  of  care  (s.  135). 

12.  Provision  has  been  made  for  liability  of  insiders  of  non-offering  corpora- 
tions (s.  137). 

13.  The  periods  for  retaining  records  by  transfer  agents,  etc.,  have  been 
standardized  (s.  142). 

14.  A  non-offering  corporation  is  exempt  from  the  audit  requirements  of  the 
Act  in  a  financial  year  if  all  of  the  shareholders  consent  and  if  its  assets  do 
not  exceed  $2,500,000  or  its  sales  $5 ,000,000  or  if  it  has  been  exempted  by 
the  Director  following  application  and  hearing  (s.  147). 


IS.  The  auditor's  report  is  required  to  be  made  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted  auditing  standards  (s.  151). 

16  Accounting  rules  for  financial  statements  have  been  removed  from  the 
Act  and  will  be  set  out  in  the  regulations.  Statements  will  be  required  to 
be  reported  and  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting  principles  (s.  153). 

1 7 .  Short  form  of  amalgamation  with  affiliates  has  been  provided  for  (s.  175). 

18.  The  ri^ts  of  dissenting  shareholders  to  have  their  shares  purchased  by 
the  corporation  have  been  expanded  to  offering  corporations  (s.  183). 

19.  Provision  is  made  for  expropriation  of  the  shares  of  a  minority  of  an 
offering  corporation  where  90  per  cent  of  non-insiders  accept  a  take  over 
bid  or  90  per  cent  of  the  holders  of  a  class  of  security  accept  an  issuer  bid 
(s.  186). 

20.  Provision  is  made  so  that  where  90  per  cent  of  a  class  of  shares  of  an 
offering  corporation  has  been  acquired  by  an  affiliate,  a  holder  of  any 
of  the  remaining  lo  percent  may  force  the  purchase  of  his  shares  (s.  187). 

21.  Provision  has  been  made  to  protect  minority  shareholders  in  "going 
private"  transactions  in  public  offering  companies  subject  to  exemption 
on  application  to  the  Commission  (s.  188). 

2  2 .  For  the  purpose  of  a  hearing  to  determine  whether  sufficient  cause  exists 
for  cancellation  of  a  certificate  of  incorporation  and  dissolution  of  a 
corporation,  the  term  "sufficient  cause"  is  defined  in  part  (s.  238). 

23.  The  time  within  which  an  application  for  revival  may  be  made  when  a 
corporation  has  been  dissolved  for  default  in  complying  with  The  Cor- 
porations Tax  Act,  1972 ,  or  failure  to  comply  with  the  financial  disclosure 
requirements  of  The  Securities  Act,  1978  has  been  increased  from  two  to 
five  years  (s.  239). 

24.  The  existing  provision  for  representative  action  on  behalf  of  the  cor- 
poration has  been  maintained  but  a  new  provision  setting  out  in  some 
detail  the  type  of  court  orders  that  may  be  made  has  been  added  (s.  244). 

25.  An  oppression  remedy  has  been  provided  for  minority  shareholders, 
creditors  and  others  (s.  246). 

26.  Provision  has  also  been  made  for  interim  injunctive  relief  on  ex  parte 
application  (s.  252). 

27.  The  new  Act  will  apply  to  existing  Ontario  corporations  automatically. 
The  transition  section  provides  that  any  valid  corporate  provisions  which 
do  not  conform  to  the  new  Act  are  deemed  to  be  amended  to  the  extent 
necessary  to  bring  the  terms  of  such  provisions  into  conformity  with  the 
new  Act  (s.  274). 


BILL  229  1980 


An  Act  to  revise 
The  Business  Corporations  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

PART  I 

DEFINITIONS  AND  APPLICATION 

1. (1)    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

1.  "affairs"  means  the  relationships  among  a  corporation, 
its  affiliates  and  the  shareholders,  directors  and  officers 
of  such  bodies  corporate  but  does  not  include  the  busi- 
ness carried  on  by  such  bodies  corporate; 

2.  "affiliate"  means  an  affiliated  body  corporate  within  the 
meaning  of  subsection  4; 

3.  "articles"  means  the  original  or  restated  articles  of  incor- 
poration, articles  of  amendment,  articles  of  amalgama- 
tion, articles  of  arrangement,  articles  of  continuance, 
articles  of  dissolution,  articles  of  reorganization,  articles 
of  revival,  letters  patent,  supplementary  letters  patent,  a 
special  Act  and  any  other  instrument  by  which  a  cor- 
poration is  incorporated; 

4.  "associate",  where  used  to  indicate  a  relationship  with 
any  person,  means, 

i.  any  body  corporate  of  which  the  person  benefi- 
cially owns,  directly  or  indirectly,  voting  sec- 
urities carrying  more  than  10  per  cent  of  the 
voting  rights  attached  to  all  voting  securities  of 
the  body  corporate  for  the  time  being  outstand- 
ing, 

ii.  any  partner  of  that  person, 


iii.  any  trust  or  estate  in  which  the  person  has  a 
substantial  beneficial  interest  or  as  to  which  the 
person  serves  as  trustee  or  in  a  similar  capacity, 
or 

iv.  any  relative  of  the  person,  including  his  spouse, 
or  of  his  spouse  who  has  the  same  home  as  such 
person; 

5.  "auditor"  includes  a  partnership  of  auditors; 

6.  "beneficial  interest"  or  "beneficial  ownership"  includes 
ownership  through  a  trustee,  legal  representative,  agent 
or  other  intermediary; 

7.  "body  corporate"  means  any  body  corporate  with  or 
without  share  capital  and  whether  or  not  it  is  a  corpora- 
tion to  which  this  Act  applies; 

8.  "certified  copy"  means, 

i.  in  relation  to  a  document  of  a  corporation,  a  copy 
of  the  document  certified  to  be  a  true  copy  by  an 
officer  thereof, 

ii.  in  relation  to  a  document  issued  by  a  court,  a 
copy  of  the  document  certified  to  be  a  true  copy 
under  the  seal  of  the  court  and  signed  by  the 
registrar  or  clerk  thereof, 

iii.  in  relation  to  a  document  in  the  custody  of  the 
Director,  a  copy  of  the  document  certified  to  be  a 
true  copy  by  the  Director  and  signed  by  the 
Director  or  by  such  officer  of  the  Ministry  as  is 
designated  by  the  regulations; 

9.  "Commission"  means  the  Ontario  Securities  Commis- 
sion; 

10.  "corporation"  means  a  body  corporate  with  share  capital 
to  which  this  Act  applies; 

11.  "corporation  number"  means  the  number  assigned  by 
the  Director  to  a  corporation  in  accordance  with  subsec- 
tion 1  of  section  8  and  "number"  in  relation  to  a  corpora- 
tion means  the  corporation  number  of  that  corporation; 

12.  "court"  means  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  presided 
over  by  one  of  those  judges  of  the  High  Court  who  are 
designated  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court  for  the 
purpose  of  hearing  applications  under  this  Act; 


13.  "day"  means  a  clear  day  and  a  period  of  days  shall  be 
deemed  to  commence  the  day  following  the  event  that 
began  the  period  and  shall  be  deemed  to  terminate  at 
midnight  of  the  last  day  of  the  period  except  that  if  the 
last  day  of  the  period  falls  on  a  Sunday  or  holiday  the 
period  shall  terminate  at  midnight  of  the  day  next  fol- 
lowing that  is  not  a  Sunday  or  holiday; 

14.  "debt  obligation"  means  a  bond,  debenture,  note  or 
other  similar  obligation  or  guarantee  of  such  an  obliga- 
tion of  a  body  corporate,  whether  secured  or  unsecured; 

15.  "Director"  means  the  Director  appointed  under  section 

275; 

16.  "director"  means  a  person  occupying  the  position  of 
director  of  a  corporation  by  whatever  name  called  and 
"directors"  and  "board  of  directors"  include  a  single 
director; 

17.  "endorse"  means  imprinting  a  stamp  on  the  face  of  arti- 
cles or  other  document  sent  to  the  Director; 

18.  "financial  statement"  means  a  financial  statement  refer- 
red to  in  section  152; 

19.  "incorporator"  means  a  person  who  signs  articles  of 
incorporation; 

20.  "individual"  means  a  natural  person,  but  does  not 
include  a  partnership,  unincorporated  association, 
unincorporated  syndicate,  unincorporated  organiza- 
tion, trust,  or  a  natural  person  in  his  capacity  as  trustee, 
executor,  administrator  or  other  legal  personal  rep- 
resentative; 

21.  "interim  financial  statement"  means  a  financial  state- 
ment referred  to  in  section  158; 

22 .  "liability"  includes  a  debt  of  a  corporation  arising  under 
section  36,  subsection  27  of  section  183  or  clause/ org 
of  subsection  3  of  section  246; 

23.  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and  Com- 
mercial Relations  or  such  other  member  of  the  Executive 
Council  to  whom  the  administration  of  this  Act  may  be 
assigned; 

24.  "Ministry"  means  the  Ministry  of  the  Minister; 

25.  "non-resident  corporation"  means  a  corporation  incor- 
porated in  Canada  before  the  27th  day  of  April,  1965, 


and  that  is  not  deemed  to  be  resident  in  Canada  for  the 
'■^"o-' '•  purposes  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  by  subsection  4 

c.  63  (Can.)  .  . 

of  section  250  of  that  Act; 

26.  "number  name"  means  the  name  of  a  corporation  that 
consists  only  of  its  corporation  number  followed  by  the 
word  "Ontario"  and  one  of  the  words  or  abbreviations 
provided  for  in  subsection  1  of  section  10; 

27.  "offering  corporation"  means  a  corporation  that  is 
offering  its  securities  to  the  public  within  the  meaning  of 
subsection  6  and  that  is  not  the  subject  of  an  order  of  the 
Commission  deeming  it  to  have  ceased  to  be  offering  its 
securities  to  the  public; 

28.  "officer"  means  an  officer  designated  under  section  132 
and  includes  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  directors,  a 
vice-chairman  of  the  board  of  directors,  the  president,  a 
vice-president,  the  secretary,  an  assistant  secretary, 
the  treasurer,  an  assistant  treasurer  and  the  general 
manager  of  a  corporation,  and  any  other  individual 
designated  an  officer  of  a  corporation  by  by-law  or  by 
resolution  of  the  directors  or  any  other  individual  who 
performs  functions  for  a  corporation  similar  to  those 
normally  performed  by  an  individual  occupying  any 
such  office; 

29.  "ordinary  resolution"  means  a  resolution  passed  by  a 
majority  of  the  votes  cast  by  the  shareholders  who  voted 
in  respect  of  that  resolution; 

30.  "person"  includes  an  individual,  sole  proprietorship, 
partnership,  unincorporated  association,  unincorpo- 
rated syndicate,  unincorporated  organization,  trust, 
body  corporate,  and  a  natural  person  in  his  capacity  as 
trustee,  executor,  administrator,  or  other  legal  rep- 
resentative; 

31.  "personal  representative",  where  used  with  reference  to 
holding  shares  in  that  capacity,  means  an  executor, 
administrator,  guardian,  tutor,  trustee,  receiver  or 
liquidator  or  the  committee  of  or  curator  to  a  mentally 
incompetent  person; 

32.  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

33.  "redeemable  share"  means  a  share  issued  by  a  corpora- 
tion, 

i.  that  the  corporation  may  purchase  or  redeem 
upon  the  demand  of  the  corporation,  or 


ii.  that  the  corporation  is  required  by  its  articles  to 
purchase  or  redeem  at  a  specified  time  or  other- 
wise upon  the  demand  of  a  shareholder; 

34.  "registered  office"  means  the  office  of  a  corporation 
located  at  the  address  specified  in  its  articles  or  in  the 
notice  most  recently  filed  by  the  corporation  under  sub- 
section 3  of  section  14; 

35.  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

36.  "related  person",  where  used  to  indicate  a  relationship 
with  any  person,  means, 

i.  any  spouse,  son  or  daughter  of  that  person, 

ii.  any  relative  of  the  person  or  of  his  spouse,  other 
than  a  relative  referred  to  in  subparagraph  i, 
who  has  the  same  home  as  the  person,  or 

iii.  any  body  corporate  of  which  the  person  and  any 
of  the  persons  referred  to  in  subparagraph  i  or  ii 
or  the  partner  or  employer  of  the  person,  either 
alone  or  in  combination,  beneficially  owns, 
directly  or  indirectly,  voting  securities  carrying 
more  than  50  per  cent  of  the  voting  rights 
attached  to  all  voting  securities  of  the  body  cor- 
porate for  the  time  being  outstanding; 

37.  "resident  Canadian"  means  an  individual  who  is, 

i.  a  Canadian  citizen  ordinarily  resident  in 
Canada, 

ii.  a  Canadian  citizen  not  ordinarily  resident  in 
Canada  who  is  a  member  of  a  prescribed  class  of 
persons,  or 

iii.  a  permanent  resident  within  the  meaning  of  the 

Immigration  Act,  1976  (Canada)  and  ordinarily  '^^,^/"'  . 
resident  in  Canada,  except  a  permanent  resident 
who  has  been  ordinarily  resident  in  Canada  for 
more  than  one  year  after  the  time  at  which  he 
first  became  eligible  to  apply  for  Canadian 
citizenship; 

38.  "security"  means  a  share  of  any  class  or  series  of  shares  or 
a  debt  obligation  of  a  body  corporate  and  includes  a 
certificate  evidencing  such  a  share  or  debt  obligation; 


39.  "security  interest"  means  an  interest  in  or  charge  upon 
the  property  of  a  body  corporate  by  way  of  mortgage, 
hypothec,  pledge  or  otherwise,  to  secure  payment  of  a 
debt  or  performance  of  any  other  obHgation  of  the  body 
corporate; 

40.  "send"  includes  deliver  or  mail; 

41.  "senior  officer"  means, 

i.  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  directors,  a  vice- 
chairman  of  the  board  of  directors,  the  president, 
a  vice-president,  the  secretary,  the  treasurer  or 
the  general  manager  of  a  corporation  or  any 
other  individual  who  performs  functions  for  a 
corporation  similar  to  those  normally  performed 
by  an  individual  occupying  any  such  office,  and 

ii.  each  of  the  five  highest  paid  employees  of  a  cor- 
poration, including  any  individual  referred  to  in 
subparagraph  i; 

42.  "series",  in  relation  to  shares,  means  a  division  of  a  class 
of  shares; 

43.  "special  resolution"  means  a  resolution  that  is, 

i.  passed  by  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  votes  cast  at  a 
special  meeting  of  the  shareholders  of  the  cor- 
poration duly  called  for  the  purpose,  or 


consented  to  in  writing  by  each  shareholder  of 
the  corporation  entitled  to  vote  at  such  a  meeting 
or  his  attorney  authorized  in  writing; 


44.  "unanimous  shareholder  agreement"  means  an  agree- 
ment described  in  subsection  2  of  section  107  or  a 
declaration  of  a  shareholder  described  in  subsection  3  of 
section  107; 

45.  "voting  security"  means  any  security  other  than  a  debt 
obligation  of  a  body  corporate  carrying  a  voting  right 
either  under  all  circumstances  or  under  some  cir- 
cumstances that  have  occurred  and  are  continuing. 


46.  "warrant"  means  any  certificate  or  other  document 
issued  by  a  corporation  as  evidence  of  conversion 
privileg;es  or  options  or  rig;hts  to  acquire  securities  of  the 
corporation.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  1  (1);  1971,  c.  26, 
s.  1;  1972,  c.  1,  ss.  1,  30;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  1  (1-4);  1974, 
c.  26,  s.  1;  1978,  c.  49,  s.  1;  1979,  c.  36,  s.  1. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  body  corporate  shall  be  interpre- 
deemed  to  be  a  subsidiary  of  another  body  corporate  if,  but  only  if,  subsidiar>' 

body 
.     .  corporate 

(a)  it  IS  controlled  by, 

(i)  that  other,  or 

(ii)  that  other  and  one  or  more  bodies  corporate  each 
of  which  is  controlled  by  that  other,  or 

(iii)  two  or  more  bodies  corporate  each  of  which  is 
controlled  by  that  other;  or 

(b)  it  is  a  subsidiary  of  a  body  corporate  that  is  that  other's 
subsidiary. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  body  corporate  shall  be  Holding 
deemed  to  be  another's  holding  body  corporate  if,  but  only  if,  that  corporate 
other  is  its  subsidiary. 

(4)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  one  body  corporate  shall  be  Affiliated 
deemed  to  be  affiliated  with  another  body  corporate  if,  but  only  if,  corporate 
one  of  them  is  the  subsidiary  of  the  other  or  both  are  subsidiaries  of 

the  same  body  corporate  or  each  of  them  is  controlled  by  the  same 
person.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  1  (2-4). 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  body  corporate  shall  be  Control 
deemed  to  be  controlled  by  another  person  or  by  two  or  more 
bodies  corporate  if,  but  only  if, 

(a)  voting  securities  of  the  first-mentioned  body  corporate 
carrying  more  than  50  per  cent  of  the  votes  for  the 
election  of  directors  are  held,  other  than  by  way  of 
security  only,  by  or  for  the  benefit  of  such  other  person  or 
by  or  for  the  benefit  of  such  other  bodies  corporate; 
and 

(b)  the  votes  carried  by  such  securities  are  sufficient,  if 
exercised,  to  elect  a  majority  of  the  board  of  directors  of 
the  first-mentioned  body  corporate.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  1  (5),  amended. 

(6)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  corporation  is  offering  its  offering 
securities  to  the  public  only  where,  to  public 


8 


1978,  c.  47 


(a)  in  respect  of  any  of  its  securities  a  prospectus,  statement 
of  material  facts  or  securities  exchange  take-over  bid  or 
issuer  bid  circular  has  been  filed  under  The  Securities 
Act,  1978  or  any  predecessor  thereof,  or  in  respect  of 
which  a  prospectus  has  been  filed  under  The  Corpora- 
tions Information  Act,  being  chapter  72  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1960,  or  any  predecessor  thereof,  so 
long  as  any  of  such  securities  are  outstanding  or  any 
securities  into  which  such  securities  are  converted  are 
outstanding;  or 


{h)  any  of  its  securities  have  been  at  any  time  since  the  1st 
day  of  May,  1967,  listed  and  posted  for  trading  on  any 
stock  exchange  in  Ontario  recognized  by  the  Commis- 
sion regardless  of  when  such  listing  and  posting  for 
trading  commenced, 

except  that  where,  upon  the  application  of  a  corporation  that  has 
fewer  than  fifteen  security  holders,  the  Commission  is  satisfied,  in 
its  discretion,  that  to  do  so  would  not  be  prejudicial  to  the  public 
interest,  the  Commission  may  order,  subject  to  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  the  Commission  may  impose,  that  the  corporation 
shall  be  deemed  to  have  ceased  to  be  offering  its  securities  to  the 
public.     1972,  c.  138,  s.  1  (5);  1978,  c.  49,  s.  1  (6,  7). 


Execution  of 
documents 


(7)  Any  articles,  notice,  resolution,  requisition,  statement  or 
other  document  required  or  permitted  to  be  executed  by  more  than 
one  person  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  may  be  executed  in  several 
documents  of  like  form  each  of  which  is  executed  by  one  or  more  of 
such  persons,  and  such  documents,  when  duly  executed  by  all 
persons  required  or  permitted,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  do  so,  shall 
be  deemed  to  constitute  one  document  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act.     Diew. 


Applications  2. — (1)  This  Act,  except  where  it  is  otherwise  expressly  pro- 

vided, applies, 

(a)  to  every  corporation  incorporated  by  or  under  a  general 
or  special  Act  of  the  Parliament  of  the  former  Province 
of  Upper  Canada; 


{b)  to  every  corporation  incorporated  by  or  under  a  general 
or  special  Act  of  the  Parliament  of  the  former  Province  of 
Canada  that  has  its  registered  office  and  carries  on  busi- 
ness in  Ontario;  and 

(c)  to  every  corporation  incorporated  by  or  under  a  general 
or  special  Act  of  the  Legislature, 


but  this  Act  does  not  apply  to  a  corporation  within  the  meaning  of 

The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act  except  as  provided  by  that  R  so.  1970, 

Act.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  2  (1),  amended.  '•  "^ 

(2)  Notwithstanding  The  Railways  Act,  being  chapter  331  of  Uem 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1950,  and  subject  to  subsection  5 

of  section  166,  this  Act  applies  to  a  corporation  that  is  a  company 
as  defined  in  that  Act  but  that  is  not  engaged  in  constructing  or 
operating  a  railway,  street  railway  or  incline  railway.     New. 

(3)  This  Act  does  not  apply  to  a  corporation  that,  idem 

(a)  is  a  company  within  the  meaning  of  The  Corporations  RS.o.  1970. 
Act  and  has  objects  in  whole  or  in  part  of  a  social  nature; 

{h)  is  a  corporation  to  which  The  Co-operative  Corporations  i^^^-  '^-  101 
Act,  1973  applies; 

(c)  is  a  corporation  that  is  an  insurer  within  the  meaning  of 
subsection  1  of  section  161  of  The  Corporations  Act; 

{d)  is  a  corporation  to  which  The  Credit  Unions  and  Caisses  i^^^-  ^  62 
Populaires  Act,  1976  applies.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  2 
(2),  amended. 


PART  II 

INCORPORATION 

3. — (1)  Where  the  practice  of  a  profession  is  governed  by  an  I'rofessions 
Act,  a  corporation  may  practise  the  profession  only  if  that  Act 
expressly  permits  the  practice  of  the  profession  by  a  corporation 
andsubjecttotheprovisionsof  such  Act.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  3 
(3),  amended. 

(2)  A  corporation  may  be  incorporated  under  this  Act  with  its  ^"<^°'": 

•  111-  1  •  •  .L  r  Poration 

powers  restricted  to  lendmg  and  mvestmg  money  on  mortgage  ot 
real  estate  or  otherwise,  or  with  its  powers  restricted  to  accepting 
and  executing  the  office  of  liquidator,  receiver,  assignee,  trustee  in 
bankruptcy  or  trustee  for  the  benefit  of  creditors  and  to  accepting 
the  duty  of  and  acting  generally  in  the  winding  up  of  corpora- 
tions, partnerships  and  estates,  other  than  estates  of  deceased 
persons,  and  shall  not  by  reason  thereof  be  deemed  to  be  a  corpo- 
ration within  the  meaning  of  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  R  so.  1970, 
Act,  but  the  number  of  its  shareholders,  exclusive  of  persons  who 
are  in  the  employment  of  the  corporation,  shall  be  limited  by  its 
articles  to  five,  and  no  such  corporation  shall  issue  debt  obliga- 
tions except  to  its  shareholders,  or  borrow  money  on  the  security  of 
its  property  except  from  its  shareholders,  or  receive  money  on 


10 

deposit  or  offer  its  securities  to  the  public.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  3  (2),  amended. 

Articles  of  4. — (1)  Qnc  or  more  individuals  or  bodies  corporate  or  any 

^  "^^^  "    combination  thereof  may  incorporate  a  corporation  by  signing 
articles  of  incorporation  and  complying  with  section  6. 

Wem  (2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  an  individual  who, 

(a)  is  less  than  eighteen  years  of  age; 

{b)  is  of  unsound  mind  and  has  been  so  found  by  a  court  in 
Canada  or  elsewhere;  or 

(c)  has  the  status  of  bankrupt.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  4  (1); 
1971,  c.  98,  s.  4,  Sched.,  par.  4,  amended. 

Contents  of  5, — (1)  Articles  of  incorporation  shall  follow  the  prescribed 

form  and  shall  set  out,  in  respect  of  the  proposed  corporation, 

(a)  the  name  of  the  corporation; 

{b)  the  municipality  or  geographic  township  within  Ontario 
and  the  address  including  street  name  and  number,  if 
any,  where  the  registered  office  is  to  be  located; 

(c)  the  classes  and  any  maximum  number  of  shares  that  the 
corporation  is  authorized  to  issue,  and 

(i)  if  there  are  to  be  two  or  more  classes  of  shares, 
the  rights,  privileges,  restrictions  and  conditions 
attaching  to  each  class  of  shares,  and 

(ii)  if  a  class  of  shares  may  be  issued  in  series,  the 
authority  given  to  the  directors  to  fix  the  number 
of  shares  in,  and  to  determine  the  designation  of, 
and  the  rights,  privileges,  restrictions  and  con- 
ditions attaching  to  the  shares  of,  each  series; 

{d)  if  the  right  to  transfer  shares  of  the  corporation  is  to  be 
restricted,  a  statement  that  the  right  to  transfer  shares  is 
restricted  and  the  nature  of  the  restriction; 

{e)  the  number  of  directors  or,  subject  to  section  119,  the 
minimum  and  maximum  number  of  directors,  and,  for 
each  director, 

(i)  the  surname  of  the  director, 

(ii)  the  first  or  other  given  name  by  which  the  direc- 
tor is  commonly  known. 


11 

(iii)  the  first  letters  of  the  other  given  names,  if  any, 
of  the  director, 

(iv)  the  address,  including  the  street  name  and 
number,  if  any,  of  the  director's  residence,  and 

(v)  whether  the  director  is  a  resident  Canadian; 

(f)  any  restrictions  on  the  business  that  the  corporation  may 
carry  on  or  on  the  powers  that  the  corporation  may 
exercise; 

(g)  for  each  incorporator  who  is  an  individual, 

(i)  the  surname  of  the  individual, 

(ii)  the  first  or  other  given  name  by  which  the  indi- 
vidual is  commonly  known, 

(iii)  the  first  letters  of  the  other  given  names,  if  any, 
of  the  individual,  and 

(iv)  the  address  including  the  street  name  and 
number,  if  any,  of  the  individual's  residence, 

and  for  each  incorporator  that  is  a  body  corporate, 

(v)  the  corporate  name,  and 

(vi)  the  location  of  its  registered  office  or  principal 
place  of  business,  including  the  street  name  and 
number,  if  any;  and 

{h)  any  other  matter  required  by  this  Act  or  the  regulations 
to  be  set  out  in  the  articles.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  4(2), 
amended. 

(2)  If  the  articles  name  as  first  director  an  individual  who  is  not  where  consent 

required 

an  mcorporator,  his  consent,  m  prescribed  form,  to  act  as  a  first 
director  shall  accompany  the  articles. 

(3)  The  articles  may  set  out  any  provisions  permitted  by  this  Prov'sions  m 
Act  or  permitted  by  law  to  be  set  out  in  the  by-laws  of  the 
corporation. 

(4)  Subject  to  subsection  S,  if  a  greater  number  of  votes  of  where  articles, 

1-  1  ,     ,  ,  .       ,  ,         ,  -1  •     etc.,  prevail 

directors  or  shareholders  are  required  by  the  articles  or  a  unani- 
mous shareholder  agreement  than  are  required  by  this  Act  to  effect 
any  action,  the  provisions  of  the  articles  or  of  the  unanimous 
shareholder  agreement  prevail. 


12 


Votes  to 

remove 

director 


(5)  The  articles  shall  not  require  a  greater  number  of  votes  of 
shareholders  to  remove  a  director  than  the  number  specified  in 
section  121.     New. 


Certificate  of 
incorporation 


6.  An  incorporator  shall  send  to  the  Director  articles  of  incor- 
poration and,  upon  receipt  of  the  articles,  the  Director  shall 
endorse  thereon,  in  accordance  with  section  271,  a  certificate 
which  shall  constitute  the  certificate  of  incorporation.  1979, 
c.  36,  s.  3,  part,  amended. 


Certificate  of 
incorporation 


Assignment  of 
number 


7.  A  certificate  of  incorporation  is  conclusive  proof  that  the 
corporation  has  been  incorporated  under  this  Act  on  the  date  set 
out  in  the  certificate,  except  in  a  proceeding  under  section  238 
to  cancel  the  certificate  for  cause.      1979,  c.  36,  s.  3,  part. 

8. — (1)  Every  corporation  shall  be  assigned  a  number  by  the 
Director  and  such  number  shall  be  specified  as  the  corporation 
number  in  the  certificate  of  incorporation  and  in  any  other  certifi- 
cate relating  to  the  corporation  endorsed  or  issued  by  the  Director. 


Idem 


(2)  Where  no  name  is  specified  in  the  articles  that  are  delivered 
to  the  Director,  the  corporation  shall  be  assigned  a  number  name. 


Idem 


(3)  Where,  through  inadvertence  or  otherwise,  the  Director  has 
assigned  to  a  corporation  a  corporation  number  or  number  name 
that  is  the  same  as  the  number  or  name  of  any  other  corporation 
previously  assigned,  the  Director  may,  without  holding  a  hearing, 
issue  a  certificate  of  amendment  to  the  articles  of  the  corporation 
changing  the  number  or  name  assigned  to  the  corporation  and, 
upon  the  issuance  of  the  certificate  of  amendment,  the  articles  are 
amended  accordingly. 


Idem 


(4)  Where  for  any  reason  the  Director  has  endorsed  a  certificate 
on  articles  that  sets  out  the  corporation  number  incorrectly,  the 
Director  may  substitute  a  corrected  certificate  that  bears  the  date 
of  the  certificate  it  replaces. 


Idem  (S)  The  file  number  that  has  been  assigned  to  each  corporation 

by  the  Minister  prior  to  this  section  coming  into  force  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  that  corporation's  number.  1979,  c.  36,  s.  4, 
amended. 


Name  9. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  a  corporation  shall  not  have 

prohibition 

a  name, 


(a)  that  contains  a  word  or  expression  prohibited  by  the 
regulations; 


13 

(b)  that  is  the  same  as  or,  except  where  a  number  name  is 
proposed,  similar  to, 

(i)  the  name  of  a  known, 

a.  body  corporate, 

b.  trust, 

c.  association, 

d.  partnership, 

e.  sole  proprietorship,  or 

f.  individual, 

whether  in  existence  or  not,  or 

(ii)  the  known  name  under  which  any  body  cor- 
porate, trust,  association,  partnership,  sole  pro- 
prietorship, or  individual,  carries  on  business  or 
identifies  itself, 

if  the  use  of  that  name  would  be  likely  to  deceive;  or 

(c)  that  does  not  meet  the  requirements  prescribed  by  the 
regulations. 

(2)  A  corporation  may  have  a  name  described  in  clause  b  of  Exception  to 
subsection  1  upon  complying  with  conditions  prescribed  by  the 
regulations. 

(3)  There  shall  be  filed  with  the  Director  such  documents  Documents 
relating  to  the  name  of  the  corporation  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the 
regulations.     1979,  c.  36,  s.  5. 

10.— (1)  The  word  "Limited",   "Limitee",   "Incorporated",  V^^^l^^^.. 
"Incorporee",  or  "Corporation"  or  the  corresponding  abbrevia-  "Limitee",  etc. 
tions  "Ltd.",  "Ltee",  "Inc."  or  "Corp."  shall  be  part,  in  addition  to 
any  use  in  a  figurative  or  descriptive  sense,  of  the  name  of  every 
corporation,  but  a  corporation  may  be  legally  designated  by  either 
the  full  or  the  abbreviated  form. 

(2)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations,  a  Corporate 

.  ..  •!•  T-.Tir  name 

corporation  may  set  out  its  name  in  its  articles  m  an  Lnglish  lorm, 
a  French  form,  an  English  form  and  a  French  form  or  a 
combined  English  and  French  form  and  it  may  be  legally  desig- 
nated by  any  such  name. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  subsections  1  and  2 ,  only  letters  from  the  ^^^'^ 
alphabet  of  the  English  language  or  Arabic  numerals  or  a  combi- 


14 


nation  thereof,  together  with  such  punctuation  marks  and  other 
marks  as  are  permitted  by  regulation,  may  form  part  of  the  name 
of  a  corporation. 


Idem 


Idem 


(4)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations,  a 
corporation  may  have  in  its  articles  a  special  provision  permitting 
it  to  set  out  its  name  in  any  language  and  the  corporation  may  be 
legally  designated  by  that  name. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  subsection  4,  a  corporation  shall  set  out  its 
name  in  legible  characters  in  all  contracts,  invoices,  negotiable 
instruments  and  orders  for  goods  or  services  issued  or  made  by  or 
on  behalf  of  the  corporation  and  in  all  documents  sent  to  the 
Director  under  this  Act. 


Unauthorized 
use  of 
"Limited", 
etc. 


Idem 


11. — (1)  No  person,  while  not  incorporated,  shall  trade  or 
carry  on  a  business  or  undertaking  under  a  name  in  which 
"Limited",  "Incorporated"  or  "Corporation"  or  any  abbreviation 
thereof,  or  any  version  thereof  in  another  language,  is  used. 

(2)  Where  a  corporation  carries  on  business  or  identifies  itself  to 
the  public  by  a  name  or  style  other  than  as  provided  in  the  articles, 
that  name  or  style  shall  not  include  the  word  "Limited",  "Incor- 
porated", or  "Corporation"  or  any  abbreviation  thereof  or  any 
version  thereof  in  another  language. 


Change  of 
name  if 
objectionable 


1 2. — (1)  If  a  corporation,  through  inadvertence  or  otherwise, 
has  acquired  a  name  contrary  to  section  9,  the  Director  may,  after 
giving  the  corporation  an  opportunity  to  be  heard,  issue  a  certifi- 
cate of  amendment  to  the  articles  changing  the  name  of  the  cor- 
poration to  a  name  specified  in  the  certificate  and,  upon  the 
issuance  of  the  certificate  of  amendment,  the  articles  are  amended 
accordingly. 


Failure  to 

perform 

undertaking 


(2)  Where  an  undertaking  to  dissolve  or  change  its  name  is 
given  by  a  corporation  and  the  undertaking  is  not  carried  out 
within  the  time  specified,  the  Director  may,  after  giving  the 
corporation  an  opportunity  to  be  heard,  issue  a  certificate  of 
amendment  to  the  articles  changing  the  name  of  the  corporation  to 
a  name  specified  in  the  certificate  and,  upon  the  issuance  of  a 
certificate  of  amendment,  the  articles  are  amended  accordingly. 


Idem 


(3)  Where  an  undertaking  to  dissolve  or  change  its  name  is 
given  by  a  person  who  is  not  a  corporation  and  the  undertaking  is 
not  carried  out  within  the  time  specified,  the  Director  may,  after 
giving  the  corporation  that  acquired  the  name  by  virtue  of  such 
undertaking  an  opportunity  to  be  heard,  issue  a  certificate  of 
amendment  to  the  articles  changing  the  name  of  the  corporation  to 
a  name  specified  in  the  certificate  and,  upon  the  issuance  of  the 


15 

certificate,  the  articles  are  amended  accordingly.     1979,  c.  36, 
s.  8,  amended. 

13.  A  corporation  may,   but  need  not,   have  a  corporate  Corporate  seal 
seal.     R.S.O.  1979,  c.  53,  s.  13  (1),  amended. 

14. — (1)  A  corporation  shall  at  all  times  have  a  registered  Registered 
office  in  the  municipality  or  geographic  township  within  Ontario 
specified  in  its  articles. 

(2)  The  head  office  of  every  corporation  incorporated  prior  to  ^"^^"^ 
the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the 
registered  office  of  the  corporation. 

(3)  A  corporation  may  by  resolution  of  its  directors  change  the  Change  of 
location  of  its  registered  office  within  a  municipality  or  geographic 
township  and  shall,  within  ten  days  after  the  passing  of  the 
resolution,  file  a  notice  of  change  under  The  Corporations  Infor-  ''^^^'  '^  ^^ 
mation  Act,  1976. 

(4)  Failure  to  comply  with  subsection  3  does  not  affect  the  Validity 
validity  of  the  resolution.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  14,  amended. 


15.  A  corporation  has  the  capacity  and  the  rights,  powers  and  ^°^p°^^*^^ 
ivileges  of  a  natural  \ 
c.  138,  s.  6,  amended. 


powers 

privileges  of  a  natural  person.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  15(1);  1972, 


16.  A  corporation  has  the  capacity  to  carry  on  its  business.  Capacity  to 
conduct  its  affairs  and  exercise  its  powers  in  any  jurisdiction  Ontario 
outside  Ontario  to  the  extent  that  the  laws  of  such  jurisdiction 
permit.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  Si,  s.  15  (4),  amended. 


1  7 . — ( 1)  It  is  not  necessary  for  a  by-law  to  be  passed  in  order  to  Corporate 
confer  any  particular  power  on  the  corporation  or  its  directors,  dependent 

^eiJD_  on  by-law 


(2)  A  corporation  shall  not  carry  on  any  business  or  exercise  any  Power  limited 

.,,..,         r  •  °y  articles, 

power  that  it  is  restricted  by  its  articles  from  carrying  on  or  etc. 
exercising,  nor  shall  the  corporation  exercise  any  of  its  powers  in  a 
manner  contrary  to  its  articles.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  15  (3), 
amended. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2  and  subsection  2  of  section  3,  -Acting  outside 
no  act  of  a  corporation  including  a  transfer  of  property  to  or  by  the 
corporation  is  invalid  by  reason  only  that  the  act  is  contrary  to  its 
articles,  by-laws,  a  unanimous  shareholder  agreement  or  this 

Act.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  16  (1),  amended. 

18.  No  person  is  affected  by  or  is  deemed  to  have  notice  or  ,^|j^[^j"g^gj 
knowledge  of  the  contents  of  a  document  concerning  a  corporation 


16 

by  reason  only  that  the  document  has  been  filed  with  the  Director 
or  is  available  for  inspection  at  an  office  of  the  corpora- 
tion.    New. 

Indoor  19.  A  corporation  or  a  guarantor  of  an  obligation  of  a 

managemen      corporation  may  not  assert  against  a  person  dealing  with  the 

corporation  or  with  any  person  who  has  acquired  rights  from  the 

corporation  that, 

(a)  the  articles,  by-laws  or  any  unanimous  shareholder 
agreement  have  not  .been  complied  with; 

{h)  the  persons  named  in  the  most  recent  notice  filed  under 
1976,  c.  66  The  Corporations  Information  Act,  1976,  or  named  in 

the  articles,  whichever  is  more  current,  are  not  the 
directors  of  the  corporation; 

(c)  the  location  named  in  the  most  recent  notice  filed  under 
subsection  3  of  section  14  or  named  in  the  articles, 
whichever  is  more  current,  is  not  the  registered  office  of 
the  corporation; 

{d)  a  person  held  out  by  a  corporation  as  a  director,  an 
officer  or  an  agent  of  the  corporation  has  not  been  duly 
appointed  or  does  not  have  authority  to  exercise  the 
powers  and  perform  the  duties  that  are  customary  in  the 
business  of  the  corporation  or  usual  for  such  director, 
officer  or  agent; 

(e)  a  document  issued  by  any  director,  officer  or  agent  of  a 
corporation  with  actual  or  usual  authority  to  issue  the 
document  is  not  valid  or  not  genuine;  or 

if)  financial  assistance  referred  to  in  section  20  or  a  sale, 
lease  or  exchange  of  property  referred  to  in  subsection  3 
of  section  182  was  not  authorized, 

except  where  the  person  has  or  ought  to  have,  by  virtue  of  his 
position  with  or  relationship  to  the  corporation,  knowledge  to  that 
effect.     New. 

Financial  20. — (1)  Except  as  permitted  under  subsection  2,  a  corpora- 

corporation^     tion  or  any  corporation  with  which  it  is  affiliated,  shall  not, 

directly  or  indirectly,  give  financial  assistance  by  means  of  a  loan, 

guarantee  or  otherwise, 

(a)  to  any  shareholder,  director,  officer  or  employee  of  the 
corporation  or  affiliated  corporation  or  to  an  associate 
of  any  such  person  for  any  purpose;  or 


17 

(b)  to  any  person  for  the  purpose  of  or  in  connection  with 
a  purchase  of  a  share,  or  a  security  convertible  into  or 
exchangeable  for  a  share,  issued  or  to  be  issued  by  the 
corporation  or  affiliated  corporation, 

where  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that, 

(c)  the  corporation  is  or,  after  giving  the  financial  assist- 
ance, would  be  unable  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they 
become  due;  or 

(d)  the  realizable  value  of  the  corporation's  assets,  excluding 
the  amount  of  any  financial  assistance  in  the  form  of  a 
loan  and  in  the  form  of  assets  pledged  or  encumbered  to 
secure  a  guarantee,  after  giving  the  financial  assistance, 
would  be  less  than  the  aggregate  of  the  corporation's 
liabilities  and  stated  capital  of  all  classes. 

(2)  A  corporation  may  give  financial  assistance  by  means  of  a  Wem 
loan,  guarantee  or  otherwise, 

(a)  to  any  person  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  if  the 
lending  of  money  is  part  of  the  ordinary  business  of  the 
corporation; 

(b)  to  any  person  on  account  of  expenditures  incurred  or  to 
be  incurred  on  behalf  of  the  corporation; 

(c)  to  its  holding  body  corporate  if  the  corporation  is  a 
wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  holding  body  corporate; 

(d)  to  a  subsidiary  body  corporate  of  the  corporation; 

{e)  to  employees  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its  affiliates, 

(i)  to  enable  or  assist  them  to  purchase  or  erect 
living  accommodation  for  their  own  occupation, 
or 

(ii)  in  accordance  with  a  plan  for  the  purchase  of 
shares  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its  affiliates. 

(3)  A  contract  made  by  a  corporation  in  contravention  of  this  Validity  of 
section  may  be  enforced  by  the  corporation  or  by  a  lender  for  value 

in  good  faith  without  notice  of  the  contravention.     New. 

21. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  this  section,  a  person  who  Contract  prior 

,  .  .,  cii      irr  to  corporate 

enters  mto  an  oral  or  written  contract  m  the  name  oi  or  on  behali  oi  existence 
a  corporation  before  it  comes  into  existence  is  personally  bound  by 
the  contract  and  is  entitled  to  the  benefits  thereof. 


18 


Adoption  of 
contract  by- 
corporation 


(2)  A  corporation  may,  within  a  reasonable  time  after  it  comes 
into  existence,  by  any  action  or  conduct  signifying  its  intention  to 
be  bound  thereby,  adopt  an  oral  or  written  contract  made  before  it 
came  into  existence  in  its  name  or  on  its  behalf,  and  upon  such 
adoption, 


(a)  the  corporation  is  bound  by  the  contract  and  is  entitled  to 
the  benefits  thereof  as  if  the  corporation  had  been  in 
existence  at  the  date  of  the  contract  and  had  been  a  party 
thereto;  and 

(b)  a  person  who  purported  to  act  in  the  name  of  or  on  behalf 
of  the  corporation  ceases,  except  as  provided  in  subsec- 
tion 3 ,  to  be  bound  by  or  entitled  to  the  benefits  of  the 
contract. 


Non-adoption 
of  contract 


(3)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  4,  whether  or  not  an  oral 
or  written  contract  made  before  the  coming  into  existence  of  a 
corporation  is  adopted  by  the  corporation,  a  party  to  the  contract 
may  apply  to  a  court  for  an  order  fixing  obligations  under  the 
contract  as  joint  or  joint  and  several  or  apportioning  liability 
between  the  corporation  and  the  person  who  purported  to  act  in 
the  name  of  or  on  behalf  of  the  corporation,  and,  upon  such 
application,  the  court  may  make  any  order  it  thinks  fit. 


Exception  to 
subsection  1 


(4)  If  expressly  so  provided  in  the  oral  or  written  contract 
referred  to  in  subsection  1 ,  a  person  who  purported  to  act  in  the 
name  of  or  on  behalf  of  the  corporation  before  it  came  into  exis- 
tence is  not  in  any  event  bound  by  the  contract  or  entitled  to  the 
benefits  thereof.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  20,  amended. 


PART  III 


Shares 


Idem 


Rights  of 
shareholders 


CORPORATE  FINANCE 

22. — (1)  Shares  of  a  corporation  shall  be  in  registered  form 
and  shall  be  without  nominal  or  par  value. 

(2)  Shares  with  nominal  or  par  value  of  a  corporation  incorpo- 
rated before  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  are  deemed  to  be 
shares  without  nominal  or  par  value. 

(3)  Where  a  corporation  has  only  one  class  of  shares,  the  rights 
of  the  holders  thereof  are  equal  in  all  respects  and  include  the 
rights, 

(a)  to  vote  at  all  meetings  of  shareholders;  and 

(b)  to  receive  the  remaining  property  of  the  corporation 
upon  dissolution. 


19 

(4)  The  articles  may  provide  for  more  than  one  class  of  shares  Wem 
and  where  they  so  provide, 

(a)  the  rights,  privileges,  restrictions  and  conditions 
attaching  to  the  shares  of  each  class  shall  be  set  out 
therein;  and 

(b)  each  of  the  rights  set  out  in  subsection  3  shall  be  attached 
to  at  least  one  class  of  shares,  but  both  such  rights  are  not 
required  to  be  attached  to  any  one  class.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  24,  amended. 

(5)  Except  as  provided  in  section  25,  each  share  of  a  class  shall  ^^^'^^^  within 

11  •  n  11^.,^  '^l^ss  equal 

be  the  same  m  all  respects  as  every  other  share  of  that  class. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  28. 

23. — (1)  Subject  to  the  articles,  the  by-laws,  any  unanimous  issuance  of 
shareholder  agreement  and  section  26,  shares  may  be  issued  at 
such  time  and  to  such  persons  and  for  such  consideration  as  the 
directors  may  determine. 

(2)  Shares  issued  by  a  corporation  are  non-assessable  and  the  Shares 
holders  are  not  liable  to  the  corporation  or  to  its  creditors  in  respect 
thereof.     New. 

(3)  A  share  shall  not  be  issued  until  the  consideration  for  the  Fuiiy-paid 
share  is  fully  paid  in  money  or  in  property  or  past  service  that  is  not 

less  in  value  than  the  fair  equivalent  of  the  money  that  the  corpo- 
ration would  have  received  if  the  share  had  been  issued  for 
money.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  44  (4),  amended. 

(4)  In  determining  whether  property  or  past  service  is  the  fair  Wem 
equivalent  of  a  money  consideration,  the  directors  may  take  into 
account  reasonable  charges  and  expenses  of  organization  and 
reorganization   and   payments   for   property   and   past  service 
reasonably  expected  to  benefit  the  corporation. 

(5)  The  directors  shall,  in  connection  with  the  issue  of  any  share  ^g^^"  mined 
not  issued  for  money,  determine,  by  directors 

(a)  the  amount  of  money  the  corporation  would  have 
received  if  the  share  had  been  issued  for  money;  and 

(b)  either, 

(i)  the  fair  value  of  the  property  or  past  service  in 
consideration  of  which  the  share  is  issued,  or 

(ii)  that  such  property  or  past  service  has  a  fair  value 
that  is  not  less  than  the  amount  of  money  referred 
to  in  clause  a. 


20 


Interpre- 
tation of 
property 

1970-71, 
c.  63  (Can.) 


Separate 

capital 

account 

Idem 


(6)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  3,  a  document  evidencing 
indebtedness  of  a  person  to  whom  shares  are  to  be  issued,  or  of  any 
other  person  not  deahng  at  arm's  length  with  such  person  within 
the  meaning  of  that  term  in  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  does  not 
constitute  property.     New. 

24 . — ( 1)  A  corporation  shall  maintain  a  separate  stated  capital 
account  for  each  class  and  series  of  shares  it  issues." 

(2)  A  corporation  shall  add  to  the  appropriate  stated  capital 
account  the  full  amount  of  any  consideration  it  receives  for  any 
shares  it  issues. 


Exception  to 
subs.  2 


(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2 ,  where  a  corporation  issues 
shares. 


(a)  in  exchange  for, 

(i)  property  of  a  person  who  immediately  before  the 
exchange  does  not  deal  with  the  corporation  at 
arm's  length  within  the  meaning  of  that  term  in 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  or 

(ii)  shares  of  a  body  corporate  that  immediately 
before  the  exchange  or  that,  because  of  the 
exchange,  does  not  deal  with  the  corporation  at 
arm's  length  within  the  meaning  of  that  term  in 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada);  or 

(b)  under  an  agreement  referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section 
173  or  an  arrangement  referred  to  in  clause  c  or  cf  of 
subsection  1  of  section  180  or  to  shareholders  of  an 
amalgamating  corporation  who  receive  the  shares  in 
addition  to  or  instead  of  securities  of  the  amalgamated 
corporation, 

the  corporation, 

(c)  shall  not  be  required  to  comply  with  subsection  3  of 
section  23  provided  that  the  shares  are  not  issued  by  the 
corporation  until  the  consideration  therefor  is  fully  paid; 
and 


(d)  may,  subject  to  subsection  4,  add  all  or  any  portion  of  the 
consideration  it  received  for  the  shares  to  the  appro- 
priate stated  capital  account. 

Addition  to  (4)  Qu  the  issuc  of  a  share,  a  corporation  shall  not  add  to  a 

ac^ount^'"  ^     stated  capital  account  in  respect  of  the  share  an  amount  greater 
than  the  amount  of  the  consideration  it  received  for  the  share. 


21 

(5)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2 ,  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  stated  capital 
into  force  or  at  such  time  thereafter  as  a  corporation  has  been  coming  into 
continued  under  this  Act,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  amount  in  the  ^"""^  °^ 

"^  '  continuance 

stated  capital  account  mamtamed  by  a  corporation  in  respect  of 
each  class  or  series  of  shares  then  issued  shall  be  equal  to  the 
aggregate  amount  paid  up  on  the  shares  of  each  such  class  or 
series  of  shares  immediately  prior  thereto,  and,  after  such  time,  a 
corporation  may,  upon  complying  with  subsection  6,  add  to  the 
stated  capital  account  maintained  by  it  in  respect  of  any  class  or 
series  of  shares  any  amount  it  has  credited  to  a  retained  earnings  or 
other  surplus  account. 

(6)  Where  a  corporation  proposes  to  add  any  amount  to  a  stated  Additions  to 
capital  account  that  it  maintains  in  respect  of  a  class  or  series  of  ac^ount*^' 
shares  otherwise  than  under  subsection  2  of  section  38,  the  addi- 
tion to  the  stated  capital  account  must  be  approved  by  special 
resolution  if, 

(a)  the  amount  to  be  added, 

(i)  was  not  received  by  the  corporation  as  consider- 
ation for  the  issue  of  shares,  or 

(ii)  was  received  by  the  corporation  as  consideration 
for  the  issue  of  shares  but  does  not  form  part  of 
the  stated  capital  attributable  to  such  shares;  and 

(6)  the  corporation  has  outstanding  shares  of  more  than  one 
class  or  series. 

(7)  Where  a  class  or  series  of  shares  of  a  corporation  would  be  ^'^^^ 
affected  by  the  addition  of  an  amount  to  any  stated  capital  account 
under  subsection  6  in  a  manner  different  from  the  manner  in 
which  any  other  class  or  series  of  shares  of  the  corporation  would 

be  affected  by  such  action,  the  holders  of  the  differently  affected 
class  or  series  of  shares  are  entitled  to  vote  separately  as  a  class  or 
series,  as  the  case  may  be,  on  the  proposal  to  take  the  action, 
whether  or  not  such  shares  otherwise  carry  the  right  to  vote. 

(8)  Stated  capital  accounts  of  a  corporation  may  be  expressed  in  Expressed  m 
one  or  more  currencies.  currencies 

(9)  A  corporation  shall  not  reduce  its  stated  capital  or  any  stated  ^^^^"^'"''^'^"11^ 
capital  account  except  in  the  manner  provided  in  this  Act. 

(10)  The  provisions  of  this  Act  relating  to  stated  capital  do  not  [;'°„"„7'Xct^" 
apply  to  an  open-end  mutual  fund. 

(11)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  "open-end  mutual  fund"  interpretation 
means  an  offering  corporation  that  carries  on  only  the  business  of 


22 


investing  the  consideration  it  receives  for  the  shares  it  issues,  and 
all  or  substantially  all  the  shares  of  which  are  redeemable  upon  the 
demand  of  the  holders  of  such  shares.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  32, 
amended. 


Special  shares 
in  series 


25. — (1)  The  articles  may  authorize  the  issue  of  any  class  of 
shares  in  one  or  more  series  and  may  authorize  the  directors  to  fix 
the  number  of  shares  in,  and  to  determine  the  designation,  rights, 
privileges,  restrictions  and  conditions  attaching  to  the  shares  of, 
each  series,  subject  to  the  limitations  set  out  in  the  articles. 


Proportionate 
abatement 


(2)  If  any  amount, 

(a)  of  cumulative  dividends,  whether  or  not  declared, 
or  declared  non-cumulative  dividends;  or 

(b)  payable  on  return  of  capital  in  the  event  of  the  liquida- 
tion, dissolution  or  winding  up  of  a  corporation, 

in  respect  of  shares  of  a  series  is  not  paid  in  full,  the  shares  of  the 
series  shall  participate  rateably  with  the  shares  of  all  other  series  of 
the  same  class  in  respect  of, 

(c)  all  accumulated  cumulative  dividends,  whether  or  not 
declared,  and  all  declared  non-cumulative  dividends;  or 

(d)  all  amounts  payable  on  return  of  capital  in  the  event  of 
the  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the  cor- 
poration, 

as  the  case  mav  be. 


No  priority  of 
shares  of  same 
class 


(3)  No  rights,  privileges,  restrictions  or  conditions  attached  to  a 
series  of  shares  authorized  under  this  section  shall  confer  upon  the 
shares  of  a  series  a  priority  in  respect  of, 

(a)  dividends;  or 

(b)  return  of  capital  in  the  event  of  the  liquidation,  dissolu- 
tion or  winding  up  of  the  corporation. 


over  the  shares  of  any  other  series  of  the  same  class. 
1970,  c.  53,  s.  29,  amended. 


R.S.O. 


Articles  (4)  Before  the  issue  of  shares  of  a  series  authorized  under  this 

sped^VhTres    section,  the  directors  shall  send  to  the  Director  articles  of  amend- 
ment in  the  prescribed  form  designating  such  series  of  shares. 


Certificate  re 
special  shares 


(5)  Upon  receipt  of  articles  of  amendment  designating  a  series 
of  shares,  the  Director  shall  endorse  thereon,  in  accordance  with 


23 


section  2  7 1 ,  a  certificate  which  shall  constitute  the  certificate  of 
amendment.     1979,  c.  36,  s.  12,  amended. 


26.  If  it  is  so  provided  in  the  articles  or  a  unanimous  share-  Pre-emptive 
holder  agreement,  no  shares  of  a  class  or  series  shall  be  issued  "^ 
unless  the  shares  have  first  been  offered  to  the  shareholders  of  the 
corporation  holding  shares  of  that  class  or  series  or  of  another  class 
or  series  on  such  terms  as  are  provided  in  the  articles  or  unanimous 
shareholder  agreement.     New. 


27. — (1)  A  corporation  may  issue  warrants  as  evidence  of  Conversion 
conversion  privileges  or  options  or  rights  to  acquire  securities  of  ''"^'  ^^"'  ^ 
the  corporation,  and  shall  set  out  the  conditions  thereof, 

(a)  in  certificates  evidencing  the  securities  to  which  the 
conversion  privileges,  options  or  rights  are  attached;  or 

{b)  in  separate  certificates  or  other  documents. 

(2)  Conversion  privileges  and  options  or  rights  to  purchase  ^^^^ 
securities  of  a  corporation  may  be  made  transferable  or  non- 
transferable, and  options  or  rights  to  purchase  may  be  made 
separable  or  inseparable  from  any  securities  to  which  they  are 
attached. 

(3)  Where  a  corporation  has  granted  privileges  to  convert  any  Corporation 
securities,  other  than  shares  issued  by  the  corporation,  into  shares  sufficient 
of  the  corporation  or  has  issued  or  granted  options  or  rights  to 
acquire  shares  of  the  corporation  and  where  the  articles  limit  the 
number  of  authorized  shares,  the  corporation  shall  reserve  and 
continue  to  reserve  sufficient  authorized  shares  to  meet  the  exer- 
cise of  such  conversion  privileges,  options  and  rights.     New. 


reserve 


28. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  2  and  sections  29  to  Subsidiaries 

o  o  ^  •  not  to  hold 

32,  a  corporation,  shares  of 

holding  bodies 
corporate 

(a)  shall  not  hold  shares  in  itself  or  in  its  holding  body 
corporate;  and 

{b)  shall  not  permit  any  of  its  subsidiary  bodies  corporate  to 
hold  shares  of  the  corporation. 

(2)  A  corporation  shall  cause  a  subsidiary  body  corporate  of  the  Disposal  of 
corporation  that  holds  shares  of  the  corporation  to  sell  or  other- 
wise dispose  of  those  shares  within  five  years  from, 

(a)  the  date  the  body  corporate  became  a  subsidiary  of  the 
corporation;  or 


24 


(b)  if  the  subsidiary  held  such  shares  on  the  30th  day  of 
April,  1954,  and  has  continued  from  that  date  to  hold 
such  shares,  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act.  1971, 
c.  26,  s.  12,  part. 


Exception  to 
s.  30 


29. — (1)  A  corporation  may  in  the  capacity  of  a  legal  rep- 
resentative hold  shares  in  itself  or  in  its  holding  body  corporate 
unless  it  or  the  holding  body  corporate  or  a  subsidiary  of  either  of 
them  has  a  beneficial  interest  in  the  shares. 


Idem  (2)  A  corporation  may  permit  a  subsidiary  body  corporate  to 

hold  shares  of  the  corporation  in  the  capacity  of  a  legal  represen- 
tative unless  the  corporation  or  the  subsidiary  body  corporate  or  a 
subsidiary  of  either  of  them  has  a  beneficial  interest  in  the  shares. 

Idem  (3)  A  corporation  may  hold  shares  in  itself  or  in  its  holding  body 

corporate  by  way  of  security  for  the  purposes  of  a  transaction 
entered  into  by  it  in  the  ordinary  course  of  a  business  that  includes 
the  lending  of  money.     1971,  c.  26,  s.  12,  part,  amended. 


Corporation 
holding  shares 
in  itself 


(4)  A  corporation  holding,  in  the  capacity  of  a  legal  representa- 
tive, shares  in  itself  or  in  its  holding  body  corporate  or  a  subsidiary 
body  corporate  of  a  corporation  holding,  in  the  capacity  of  a  legal 
representative,  shares  of  the  corporation  shall  not  vote  or  permit 
those  shares  to  be  voted  unless  the  corporation  or  subsidiary  body 
corporate,  as  the  case  may  be. 


(a)  holds  the  shares  in  the  capacity  of  a  legal  representative; 
and 


1978.  c.  47 


(b)  has  complied  with  section  48  of  The  Securities  Act, 
1978  where  that  section  is  applicable.     New. 


Purchase  of  3Q^ — (J)  Subject  to  subsection  2  and  to  its  articles,  a  corpora- 

permitted         tion  may  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  of  its  issued  shares  or 
warrants. 


Where 
prohibited 


(2)  A  corporation  shall  not  make  any  payment  to  purchase  or 
otherwise  acquire  shares  issued  by  it  if  there  are  reasonable 
grounds  for  believing  that, 


(a)  the  corporation  is  or,   after  the  payment,   would  be 
unable  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they  become  due;  or 

{b)  after  the  payment,  the  realizable  value  of  the  corpora- 
tion's assets  would  be  less  than  the  aggregate  of, 


(i)  its  liabilities,  and 


25 

(ii)  its  stated  capital  of  all  classes.  1972,  c.  138, 
s.  13,  part,  amended. 

31 . — (1)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2  of  section  30  but  sub-  where  s.  3o  (2) 
ject  to  subsection  3  of  this  section  and  to  its  articles,  a  corporation  "^^  "°  ^^^  ^ 
may  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  shares  issued  by  it  to, 

(a)  settle  or  compromise  a  debt  or  claim  asserted  by  or 
against  the  corporation; 

(6)  eliminate  fractional  shares;  or 

(c)  fulfil  the  terms  of  a  non-assignable  agreement  under 
which  the  corporation  has  an  option  or  is  obliged  to 
purchase  shares  owned  by  a  current  or  former  director, 
officer  or  employee  of  the  corporation. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2  of  section  30,  a  corporation  'dem 
may  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  shares  issued  by  it  to, 

(a)  satisfy  the  claim  of  a  shareholder  who  dissents  under 
section  183;  or 

{b)  comply  with  an  order  under  section  246. 

(3)  A  corporation  shall  not  make  any  payment  to  purchase  or  Restriction  on 
acquire  under  subsection  1  shares  issued  by  it  if  there  are  reason-  ^^'^^^^^ 
able  grounds  for  believing  that, 

(a)  the  corporation  is  or,  after  the  payment,  would  be 
unable  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they  become  due;  or 

{b)  after  the  payment,  the  realizable  value  of  the  corpora- 
tion's assets  would  be  less  than  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  its  liabilities,  and 

(ii)  the  amount  that  would  be  required  to  pay  the 
holders  of  shares  who  have  a  right  to  be  paid,  on  a 
redemption  or  in  a  liquidation,  prior  to  the  hol- 
ders of  the  shares  to  be  purchased  or  acquired. 
1972,  c.  138,  s.  13,  part,  amended. 

32. — (1)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2  of  section  30  and  sub-  JJf^'J.g^P^'""  "^ 
section  3  of  section  31,  but  subject  to  subsection  2  and  to  its  articles, 
a  corporation  may  purchase  or  redeem  any  redeemable  shares 
issued  by  it  at  prices  not  exceeding  the  redemption  price  thereof 
stated  in  the  articles  or  calculated  according  to  a  formula  stated  in 
the  articles. 


26 

Restriction  (2)  A  Corporation  shall  not  make  any  payment  to  purchase  or 

on  re  emption   j.gjjggj^  ^^y  redeemable  shares  issued  by  it  if  there  are  reasonable 
grounds  for  believing  that, 

(a)  the  corporation  is  or,  after  the  payment,  would  be 
unable  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they  become  due;  or 

(b)  after  the  payment,  the  realizable  value  of  the  corpora- 
tion's assets  would  be  less  than  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  its  liabilities,  and 

(ii)  the  amount  that  would  be  required  to  pay  the 
holders  of  shares  who  have  a  right  to  be  paid,  on  a 
redemption  or  in  a  liquidation,  rateably  with  or 
prior  to  the  holders  of  the  shares  to  be  purchased 
or  redeemed.     New. 

Donation  of  33.  A  Corporation  may  accept  from  any  shareholder  a  share  of 

*  ^'^'^  the  corporation  surrendered  to  it  as  a  gift,  but  may  not  extinguish 

or  reduce  a  liability  in  respect  of  an  amount  unpaid  on  any  such 

share  except  in  accordance  with  section  34.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 

s.  43  (1),  amended. 

Reduction  of         34. — (1)  Subjcct  to  subscction  4,  a  corporation  may  by  special 

liability  re  i     >• 

unpaid  share:      rCSOlutlOn, 
stated  capital 

(a)  extinguish  or  reduce  a  liability  in  respect  of  an  amount 
unpaid  on  any  share;  or 

(b)  reduce  its  stated  capital  for  any  purpose  including,  with- 
out limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  for  the  pur- 
pose of, 

(i)  distributing  to  the  holders  of  issued  shares  of  any 
class  or  series  of  shares  an  amount  not  exceeding 
the  stated  capital  of  the  class  or  series,  or 

(ii)  declaring  its  stated  capital  to  be  reduced  by, 

a.  an  amount  that  is  not  represented  by 
realizable  assets,  or 

b.  an  amount  otherwise  determined  in 
respect  of  which  no  amount  is  to  be  distri- 
buted to  holders  of  issued  shares  of  the 
corporation. 

Right  to 

vote  where  (2)  Where  a  class  or  series  of  shares  of  a  corporation  would  be 

und"eV""         affected  by  a  reduction  of  stated  capital  under  clause  b   of 

subs.  1 


27 

subsection  1  in  a  manner  different  from  the  manner  in  which  any 
other  class  or  series  of  shares  of  the  corporation  would  be  affected 
by  such  action,  the  holders  of  the  differently  affected  class  or  series 
of  shares  are  entitled  to  vote  separately  as  a  class  or  series,  as  the 
case  may  be,  on  the  proposal  to  take  the  action,  whether  or  not  the 
shares  otherwise  carry  the  right  to  vote. 

(3)  A  special  resolution  under  this  section  shall  specify  the  Account  to  be 
stated  capital  account  or  accounts  from  which  the  reduction  of  spedfied 
stated  capital  effected  by  the  special  resolution  will  be  made. 

(4)  A  corporation  shall  not  take  any  action  to  extinguish  or  Restriction  on 

,  ,.    ,  .,.        .  r  -1  ,  reduction 

reduce  a  liability  in  respect  of  an  amount  unpaid  on  a  share  or  to 
reduce  its  stated  capital  for  any  purpose  other  than  the  purpose 
mentioned  in  sub-subclause  a  of  subclause  ii  of  clause  b  of  subsec- 
tion 1  if  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that, 

(a)  the  corporation  is  or,  after  the  taking  of  such  action, 
would  be  unable  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they  become  due; 
or 

(b)  after  the  taking  of  such  action ,  the  realizable  value  of  the 
corporation's  assets  would  be  less  than  the  aggregate  of 
its  liabilities. 

(5)  A  creditor  of  a  corporation  is  entitled  to  apply  to  the  court  Application  for 

,,.  ,  111  ,  .     .  order  where 

for  an  order  compelling  a  shareholder  or  other  recipient,  improper 

reduction 

(a)  to  pay  to  the  corporation  an  amount  equal  to  any  liability 
of  the  shareholder  that  was  extinguished  or  reduced 
contrary  to  this  section;  or 

(b)  to  pay  or  deliver  to  the  corporation  any  money  or  prop- 
erty that  was  paid  or  distributed  to  the  shareholder  or 
other  recipient  as  a  consequence  of  a  reduction  of  capital 
made  contrary  to  this  section. 

(6)  An  action  to  enforce  a  liability  imposed  by  this  section  may  J™^  . 

1  i<-  r  ^  ^  r      ^  •  limitation 

not  be  commenced  after  two  years  from  the  date  of  the  action 
complained  of.     New. 

(7)  Where  it  appears  that  there  are  numerous  shareholders  who  Class  action 
may  be  liable  under  this  section,  the  court  may  permit  an  action  to 

be  brought  against  one  or  more  of  them  as  representatives  of  the 
class  and,  if  the  plaintiff  establishes  his  claim  as  creditor,  may 
make  an  order  of  reference  and  add  as  parties  in  the  referee's  office 
all  such  shareholders  as  may  be  found,  and  the  referee  shall 
determine  the  amount  that  each  should  contribute  towards  the 
plaintiffs  claim,  which  amount  may  not,  in  the  case  of  any  par- 
ticular shareholder,  exceed  the  amount  referred  to  in  subsection  5, 
and  the  referee  may  direct  payment  of  the  sums  so  deter- 
mined.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  103  (4),  amended. 


28 

Shareholder  (3)  Nq  pcrsoii  holding  sharcs  in  the  capacity  of  a  personal 

holding  shares  .  ,  .  ■         ,1  1        r^i 

in  fiduciary       representative  and  registered  on  the  records  of  the  corporation  as  a 
capacity  shareholder  and  therein  described  as  the  personal  representative 

of  a  named  person  is  personally  liable  under  this  section,  but  the 
person  named  is  subject  to  all  liabilities  imposed  by  this  sec- 
tion.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  103  (5),  amended. 

s-  129,  (9)  This  section  does  not  affect  any  liability  that  arises  under 

does  not  apply 

section  129.     New. 
Amount  35^ — (n  Upon  a  purchase,  redemption  or  other  acquisition  by 

deducted  ^    /         r^  1^ 

from  account  a  Corporation  under  section  30,  31,  32,  40  or  183  or  clause/ of 
etc°"o'f"s'har^T  subsection  3  of  section  246  of  shares  or  fractional  shares  issued  by 
it,  the  corporation  shall  deduct  from  the  stated  capital  account 
maintained  for  the  class  or  series  of  shares  purchased,  redeemed  or 
otherwise  acquired  an  amount  equal  to  the  result  obtained  by 
multiplying  the  stated  capital  of  the  shares  of  that  class  or  series  by 
a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is  the  number  of  shares  of  that 
class  or  series  or  fractional  shares  purchased,  redeemed  or 
otherwise  acquired,  and  the  denominator  of  which  is  the  number 
of  issued  shares  of  that  class  or  series  immediately  before  the 
purchase,  redemption  or  other  acquisition. 

Idem  (2)  A  corporation  shall  deduct  the  amount  of  a  payment  made 

by  the  corporation  to  a  shareholder  under  clause  g  of  subsection  3 
of  section  246  from  the  stated  capital  account  maintained  for  the 
class  or  series  of  shares  in  respect  of  which  the  payment  was  made. 

Adjustment  (3)  A  corporation  shall  adjust  its  stated  capital  account  or 

capital  account  accounts  in  accordancc  with  any  special  resolution  referred  to  in 
subsection  3  of  section  34. 

Idem  (4)  Upon  a  change  under  section  166,  184  or  246  of  issued  shares 

of  a  corporation,  or  upon  a  conversion  of  such  shares  pursuant  to 
their  terms,  into  shares  of  another  class  or  series,  the  corporation 
shall, 

{a)  deduct  from  the  stated  capital  account  maintained  for 
the  class  or  series  of  shares  changed  or  converted  an 
amount  equal  to  the  result  obtained  by  multiplying  the 
stated  capital  of  the  shares  of  that  class  or  series  by  the 
number  of  shares  of  that  class  or  series  changed  or  con- 
verted, and  dividing  by  the  number  of  issued  shares  of 
that  class  or  series  immediately  before  the  change  or 
conversion;  and 

0)  add  the  result  obtained  under  clause  a  and  any  addi- 
tional consideration  received  pursuant  to  the  change  or 
conversion  to  the  stated  capital  account  maintained  or  to 


29 

be  maintained  for  the  class  or  series  of  shares  into  which 
the  shares  have  been  changed  or  converted. 

(5)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  4  and  subject  to  its  articles,  ^'^^^ 
where  a  corporation  issues  two  classes  or  series  of  shares  and  there 

is  attached  to  each  class  or  series  a  right  to  convert  a  share  of  the 
one  class  or  series  into  a  share  of  the  other  class  or  series,  the 
amount  of  stated  capital  attributable  to  a  share  in  either  class  or 
series  is  the  amount  obtained  when  the  sum  of  the  stated  capital  of 
both  classes  or  series  of  shares  is  divided  by  the  number  of  issued 
shares  of  both  classes  or  series  of  shares  immediately  before  the 
conversion. 

(6)  Shares  of  any  class  or  series  or  fractional  shares  issued  by  a  S'*^"*  of  shares 

,  ,  ,  ,  ,  ,  .  •       1  1       .     purchased,  etc. 

corporation  and  purchased,  redeemed  or  otherwise  acquired  by  it 
shall  be  cancelled  or,  if  the  articles  limit  the  number  of  authorized 
shares  of  the  class  or  series,  may  be  restored  to  the  status  of 
authorized  but  unissued  shares  of  the  class. 

(7)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  a  corporation  holding  interpretation 
shares  in  itself  as  permitted  by  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  29  is 
deemed  not  to  have  purchased,  redeemed  or  otherwise  acquired 

such  shares.     New. 

(8)  Where  shares  of  a  class  or  series  are  changed  under  section  Conversion  of 
166,  184  or  246,  or  converted  pursuant  to  their  terms,  into  the 

same  or  another  number  of  shares  of  another  class  or  series,  such 
shares  become  the  same  in  all  respects  as  the  shares  of  the  class  or 
series  respectively  into  which  they  are  changed  or  converted  and, 
if  the  articles  limit  the  number  of  shares  of  either  of  such  classes  or 
series,  the  number  of  authorized  shares  of  such  class  or  series  is 
changed  and  the  articles  are  amended  accordingly.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  53,  s.  36  (5),  amended. 

36. — (1)  A  contract  with  a  corporation  providing  for  the  Contract  with 

-11  i-        •  -r-    corporation  re 

purchase  of  shares  of  the  corporation  by  the  corporation  is  speciti-  purchase  of  its 
cally  enforceable  against  the  corporation  except  to  the  extent  that  shares 
the  corporation  cannot  perform  the  contract  without  thereby 
being  in  breach  of  section  30  or  31. 

(2)  In  any  action  brought  on  a  contract  referred  to  in  subsec-  Wem 
tion  1 ,  the  corporation  has  the  burden  of  proving  that  performance 
thereof  is  prevented  by  section  30  or  31. 

(3)  Until  the  corporation  has  fully  performed  a  contract  refer-  idem 
red  to  in  subsection  1 ,  the  other  party  to  the  contract  retains  the 
status  of  a  claimant  entitled  to  be  paid  as  soon  as  the  corporation  is 
lawfully  able  to  do  so  or  in  a  liquidation  to  be  ranked  subordinate 

to  the  rights  of  creditors  but  in  priority  to  the  other  shareholders. 
New. 


30 

on'"'ie'^^'°"  *^'^'  ^^^  directors  may  authorize  the  corporation  to  pay  a 

of  shares  reasonable  commission  to  any  person  in  consideration  of  his  pur- 

chasing or  agreeing  to  purchase  shares  of  the  corporation  from  the 
corporation  or  from  any  other  person,  or  procuring  or  agreeing  to 
procure  purchasers  for  any  such  shares.  1971,  c.  26,  s.  11, 
amended. 


Declaration  of 
dividends 


38. — (1)  The  directors  may  declare  and  a  corporation  may 
pay  a  dividend  by  issuing  fully  paid  shares  of  the  corporation  or 
options  or  rights  to  acquire  fully  paid  shares  of  the  corporation 
and,  subject  to  subsection  3,  a  corporation  may  pay  a  dividend  in 
money  or  property.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  153  (2),  amended. 

Stock  dividend  (2)  If  shares  of  a  corporation  are  issued  in  payment  of  a 
dividend,  the  corporation  shall  add  to  the  stated  capital  account 
maintained  or  to  be  maintained  for  the  shares  of  the  class  or  series 
issued  in  payment  of  the  dividend  the  declared  amount  of  the 
dividend  stated  as  an  amount  of  money.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  155,  amended. 

^uo  ^"^^""'^      (3)  The  directors  shall  not  declare  and  the  corporation  shall  not 
declared  pay  a  dividend  if  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that, 

(a)  the  corporation  is  or,  after  the  payment,  would  be 
unable  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they  become  due;  or 

{b)  the  realizable  value  of  the  corporation's  assets  would 
thereby  be  less  than  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  its  liabilities,  and 

(ii)  its  stated  capital  of  all  classes.     R.S.O.   1970, 
c.  53,  s.  153  (1,  3),  amended. 

Corporations         39. — (1)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Act,  a  corporation, 

with  wasting 
assets 

(a)  that  for  the  time  being  carries  on  as  its  principal  business 
the  business  of  operating  a  producing  mining,  gas  or  oil 
property  owned  and  controlled  by  it; 

{b)  at  least  75  per  cent  of  the  assets  of  which  are  of  a  wasting 
character;  or 

(c)  incorporated  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  the  assets  or  a 
substantial  part  of  the  assets  of  a  body  corporate  and 
administering  such  assets  for  the  purpose  of  converting 
them  into  cash  and  distributing  the  cash  among  the 
shareholders  of  the  corporation, 


31 

may  declare  and  pay  dividends  out  of  the  funds  derived  from  the 
operations  of  the  corporation. 

(2)  The  powers  conferred  by  subsection  1  may  be  exercised  Extent  of 
notwithstanding  that  the  value  of  the  net  assets  of  the  corporation  cTpka™^" 
may  be  thereby  reduced  to  less  than  its  stated  capital  of  all  classes 

if  the  payment  of  the  dividends  does  not  reduce  the  value  of  its 
remaining  assets  to  an  amount  insufficient  to  meet  all  the  liabilities 
of  the  corporation,  exclusive  of  its  stated  capital  of  all  classes. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  154  (1,  2). 

(3)  The  powers  conferred  by  subsection  1  may  be  exercised  only  Special 
under  the  authority  of  a  special  resolution.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  '^"°  " '°" 
s.  154  (3),  amended. 

40. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  3  of  section  55,  the  articles  or  Lien  on  share 
by-laws  may  provide  that  the  corporation  has  a  lien  on  a  share 
registered  in  the  name  of  a  shareholder  or  his  legal  representative 
for  a  debt  of  that  shareholder  to  the  corporation. 


(2)  Subsection  1  shall  not  apply  to  a  corporation  that  has  shares  where  subs. 


listed  on  a  stock  exchange  recognized  by  the  Commission.  °^*  "°  ^^^^ 

(3)  A  corporation  may  enforce  a  lien  referred  to  in  subsection  1  i;-nforcement  of 
in  accordance  with  its  articles  or  by-laws.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  47  (3),  amended. 

4 1 .  The   shares   of   a   corporation   are   personal   property.  Shares  personal 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  Si,  s.  46.  -^^"^"^-^ 

42. — (1)  A  corporation  shall  not  impose  restrictions  on  the  Restrictions  on 
transfer  of  shares  except  such  restrictions  as  are  authorized  by  the 
articles. 

(2)  A  corporation  that  has  imposed  restrictions  on  the  transfer  No  public  offer 
of  its  shares  shall  not  offer  its  shares  to  the  public  unless  the  restricted 
restrictions  are  necessary, 

(a)  by  or  under  any  Act  of  Canada  or  Ontario  as  a  condition 
to  the  obtaining,  holding  or  renewal  of  authority  to 
engage  in  any  activity  necessary  to  its  undertaking;  or 

{b)  for  the  purpose  of  achieving  or  preserving  its  status  as  a 
Canadian  corporation  for  the  purpose  of  any  Act  of 
Canada  or  Ontario.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  47  (1,  2). 


43.  Nothing  in  this  Act  prohibits  the  issue  of  debt  obligations  Bearer  debt 

,  -  .^   „    „  '  obligations 

m  bearer  form.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  54. 


32 

iTedeemabie  44. — (1)  A  Condition  Contained  in  a  debt  obligation  or  in  an 
iga  ion  j|j^gj.j.yj^gj^|.  fQj.  securing  a  debt  obligation  is  not  invalid  by  reason 
only  that  the  debt  obligation  is  thereby  made  irredeemable  or 
redeemable  only  on  the  happening  of  a  contingency,  however 
remote,  or  on  the  expiration  of  a  period,  however  long.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  53,  s.  55. 

Debt  (2)  Debt  obligations  issued,  pledged,  hypothecated  or  depos- 

obligations  •,      1   1  ,•  ,  ,   ,  1        ,  , 

ited  by  a  corporation  are  not  redeemed  by  reason  only  that  the 
indebtedness  evidenced  by  the  debt  obligations  or  in  respect  of 
which  the  debt  obligations  are  issued,  pledged,  hypothecated  or 
deposited  is  repaid. 

Wem  (3)  Debt  obligations  issued  by  a  corporation  and  purchased, 

redeemed  or  otherwise  acquired  by  it  may  be  cancelled  or,  subject 
to  any  applicable  trust  indenture  or  other  agreement,  may  be 
reissued,  pledged  or  hypothecated  to  secure  any  obligation  of  the 
corporation  then  existing  or  thereafter  incurred,  and  any  such 
acquisition  and  reissue,  pledge  or  hypothecation  is  not  a  cancella- 
tion of  the  debt  obligations.     New. 


PART  IV 

INDENTURE  TRUSTEES 
Interpretation  45._(1)    Jn  this  Part, 

(a)  "event  of  default"  means  an  event  specified  in  a  trust 
indenture  on  the  occurrence  of  which, 

(i)  a    security    interest    constituted    by    the    trust 
indenture  becomes  enforceable,  or 

(ii)  the  principal,  interest  and  other  moneys  payable 
thereunder  become  or  may  be  declared  to  be  pay- 
able before  the  date  of  maturity, 

but  the  event  is  not  an  event  of  default  until  all  condi- 
tions prescribed  by  the  trust  indenture  in  connection 
with  such  event  for  the  giving  of  notice  or  the  lapse  of 
time  or  otherwise  have  been  satisfied; 

(b)  "trust  indenture"  means  any  deed,  indenture  or  other 
instrument,  including  any  supplement  or  amendment 
thereto,  made  by  a  body  corporate  under  which  the  body 
corporate  issues  or  guarantees  debt  obligations  and  in 
which  a  person  is  appointed  as  trustee  for  the  holders  of 
the  debt  obligations  issued  or  guaranteed  thereunder; 


33 

(c)  "trustee"  means  any  person  appointed  as  trustee  under 
the  terms  of  a  trust  indenture  to  which  a  body  corporate 
is  a  party  and  includes  any  successor  trustee,  whether  or 
not  the  person  is  a  trust  company  authorized  to  carry  on 
business  in  Ontario.  1972,  c.  138,  s.  16,  part;  1978, 
c.  49,  s.  3,  amended. 

(2)  This  Part  appHes  to  a  trust  indenture,  whether  entered  into  Application  of 
before  or  after  the  day  on  which  this  Act  comes  into  force,  if,  in 

respect  of  any  debt  obligations  outstanding  or  guaranteed  there- 
under or  to  be  issued  or  guaranteed  thereunder,  a  prospectus  or 
securities  exchange  issuer  or  take-over  bid  circular  has  been  filed 
under  The  Securities  Act,  1978  or  any  predecessor  thereof  or  in  '978.  c.  47 
respect  of  which  a  prospectus  has  been  filed  under  The  Corpora- 
tions Information  Act,  being  chapter  72  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1960,  or  any  predecessor  thereof.  1972,  c.  138,  s.  16, 
part,  amended. 

(3)  The  person  appointed  as  trustee  under  a  trust  indenture,  or  Resident 
at  least  one  of  such  persons  if  more  than  one  is  so  appointed,  shall 

be  resident  or  authorized  to  do  business  in  Ontario.  1972, c.  138, 
s.  16,  part. 

(4)  Where,  upon  the  application  of  a  body  corporate,  the  Com-  Exemption  by 

.      .  .  .    r..     1     1  1  11  1  •      !•    •    1   ,       >i       Commission 

mission  is  satisfied  that  to  do  so  would  not  be  prejudicial  to  the 
public  interest,  the  Commission  may  exempt,  subject  to  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  the  Commission  may  impose,  a  trust 
indenture  from  the  application  of  this  Part.     New. 

46. — (1)  A  trustee  in  exercising  his  powers  and  discharging  his  Duty  of  trustee 
duties  shall, 

(a)  act  honestly  and  in  good  faith  with  a  view  to  the  best 
interests  of  the  holders  of  the  debt  obligations  issued 
under  the  trust  indenture;  and 

{b)  exercise  the  care,  diligence  and  skill  of  a  reasonably 
prudent  trustee. 

(2)  No  term  of  a  trust  indenture  or  of  any  agreement  between  a  Exculpatory 
trustee  and  the  holders  of  debt  obligations  issued  thereunder  or 
between  the  trustee  and  the  issuer  or  guarantor  shall  operate  so  as 
to  relieve  a  trustee  from  the  duties  imposed  upon  him  in  subsection 
1.     1972,  c.  138,  s.  \7,part,  amended. 

47. — (1)  No  person  shall  be  appointed  as  trustee  if  there  is  at^on^'ctof 
material  conflict  of  interest  between  his  role  as  trustee  and  his  role 
in  any  other  capacity. 

(2)  A  trustee  shall,  within  ninety  days  after  he  becomes  aware  We^ 
that  a  material  conflict  of  interest  exists. 


34 


(a)  eliminate  such  conflict  of  interest;  or 

(b)  resign  from  office. 


Validity  not 
affected  . 


(3)  If,  notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  this  section,  a  trustee 
has  a  material  conflict  of  interest,  the  validity  and  enforceability  of 
the  trust  indenture  under  which  the  trustee  has  been  appointed,  of 
the  security  interest  constituted  by  or  under  such  trust  indenture 
and  of  the  securities  issued  under  such  trust  indenture  are  not 
affected  in  any  manner  whatsoever  by  reason  only  of  the  existence 
of  such  material  conflict  of  interest. 


Replacing 
trustee 


(4)  If  a  trustee  contravenes  subsection  1  or  2,  any  interested 
person  may  apply  to  the  court  for  an  order  that  the  trustee  be 
replaced,  and  the  court  may  make  an  order  on  such  terms  as  it 
thinks  fit.      1972,  c.  138,  s.  17,  part,  amended. 


Evidence  of 
compliance 


48. — (1)  An  issuer  or  a  guarantor  of  debt  obligations  issued  or 
to  be  issued  under  a  trust  indenture,  before  doing  any  act  referred 
to  in  clause  a,  b,  c  or  d,  shall  furnish  the  trustee  with  evidence  of 
compliance  with  the  conditions  in  the  trust  indenture  relating  to, 

(a)  the  issue,  certification  and  delivery  of  debt  obligations 
under  the  trust  indenture; 

(b)  the  release  or  release  and  substitution  of  property  subject 
to  a  security  interest  constituted  by  the  trust  indenture; 

(c)  the  satisfaction  and  discharge  of  the  trust  indenture;  or 


Idem 


(d)  the  taking  of  any  other  action  to  be  taken  by  the  trustee 
at  the  request  of  or  on  the  application  of  the  issuer  or 
guarantor. 

(2)  Evidence  of  compliance  as  required  by  subsection  1  shall 
consist  in  each  case  of, 

(a)  a  statutory  declaration  or  certificate  made  by  a  director 
or  an  officer  of  the  issuer  or  guarantor  stating  that  the 
conditions  referred  to  in  that  section  have  been  complied 
with  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  trust  indenture; 
and 


R.S.O.  1970. 
c.  373 


(b)  where  the  trust  indenture  requires  compliance  with  con- 
ditions that  are  subject  to  review, 

(i)  by  legal  counsel,  an  opinion,  and 

(ii)  by  an  auditor  or  accountant,  an  opinion  or  report 
of  the  auditor  of  the  issuer  or  guarantor  or  any 
accountant  licensed  under  The  Public  Accoun- 


35 

tancy  Act  or  comparable  legislation  of  the  juris- 
diction in  which  the  accountant  practises, 

in  each  case  approved  by  the  trustee,  that  the  conditions 
have  been  complied  with  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of 
the  trust  indenture. 

(3)  The  evidence  of  compliance  referred  to  in  subsection  2  shall  i^em 
include  a  statement  by  the  person  giving  the  evidence, 

(a)  declaring  that  he  has  read  and  understands  the  condi- 
tions of  the  trust  indenture  described  in  subsection  1; 

{b)  describing  the  nature  and  scope  of  the  examination  or 
investigation  upon  which  he  based  the  statutory  decla- 
ration, certificate,  opinion  or  report;  and 

(c)  declaring  that  he  has  made  such  examination  or  inves- 
tigation as  he  believes  necessary  to  enable  him  to  make 
the  statements  or  give  the  opinions  contained  or 
expressed  therein. 

(4)  At  least  once  in  each  twelve-month  period  beginning  on  the  Certificate  of 

-.,,,  .,  issuer  or 

date  debt  obligations  are  first  issued  under  the  trust  indenture  and  guarantor 
at  any  other  reasonable  time  upon  the  demand  of  a  trustee,  the 
issuer  or  guarantor  of  debt  obligations  issued  under  a  trust  inden- 
ture shall  furnish  the  trustee  with  a  certificate  that  the  issuer  or 
guarantor  has  complied  with  all  requirements  contained  in  the 
trust  indenture  that,  if  not  complied  with,  would,  with  the  giving 
of  notice,  lapse  of  time  or  otherwise,  constitute  an  event  of  default, 
or,  if  there  has  been  failure  to  so  comply,  giving  particulars 
thereof. 

(5)  Upon  the  demand  of  a  trustee,  the  issuer  or  guarantor  of  Evidence  of 
debt  obligations  issued  under  a  trust  indenture  shall  furnish  the 
trustee  with  evidence  in  such  form  as  the  trustee  may  require  as  to 
compliance  with  any  condition  therein  relating  to  any  action 
required  or  permitted  to  be  taken  by  the  issuer  or  guarantor  under 

the  trust  indenture  or  as  a  result  of  any  obligation  imposed  by  the 
trust  indenture. 


(6)  A  trustee  is  not  in  contravention  of  subsection  1  of  section  46  Reliance  on 

.  .  opinions 

if  he  relies  in  good  faith  upon  statements  contained  in  a  statutory 
declaration,  certificate,  opinion  or  report  that  complies  with  this 
Act  or  the  trust  indenture.     1972,  c.  138,  s.  11 , part,  amended. 

49.  A  trustee  under  a  trust  indenture  and  any  related  person  to  Trustee  not  to 
the  trustee  shall  not  be  appointed  a  receiver  or  receiver  and  ^^  receiver 
manager  or  liquidator  of  the  assets  or  undertaking  of  the  issuer  or 


36 


guarantor    of    the    debt    obligations    under    the    trust    inden- 
ture.    1972,  c.  138,  s.  17,  part. 


Notice  of 
events 
of  default 


50. — (1)  The  trustee  shall  be  required  to  give  to  the  holders  of 
debt  obligations  issued  under  the  trust  indenture,  within  a  reason- 
able time  but  not  exceeding  thirty  days  after  the  trustee  becomes 
aware  of  the  occurrence  thereof,  notice  of  every  event  of  default 
arising  under  the  trust  indenture  unless  the  trustee  in  good  faith 
determines  that  the  withholding  of  the  notice  is  in  the  best  interests 
of  the  holders  of  the  debt  obligations  and  so  advises  the  issuer  or 
guarantor  in  writing.      1972,  c.  138,  s.  17,  part,  amended. 


Idem 


(2)  Where  notice  of  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of  default  under  a 
trust  indenture  is  given  under  subsection  1  and  the  default  is 
thereafter  cured,  notice  that  the  default  is  no  longer  continuing 
shall  be  given  by  the  trustee  to  the  holders  of  the  debt  obligations 
within  a  reasonable  time,  but  not  exceeding  thirty  days,  after  the 
trustee  becomes  aware  that  the  default  has  been  cured.     New. 


Where  list 
of  debt 
obligation 
holders  to 
be  furnished 


5 1 . — (1)  Any  person,  upon  payment  to  a  trustee  of  a  reason- 
able fee  therefor,  may  require  the  trustee  to  furnish,  within  ten 
days  after  the  delivering  to  the  trustee  of  the  statutory  declaration 
referred  to  in  subsection  3,  a  list  setting  out. 


(a)  the  names  and  addresses  of  the  registered  holders  of  the 
outstanding  debt  obligations; 

(b)  the  principal  amount  of  outstanding  debt  obligations 
owned  by  each  such  holder;  and 

(c)  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  debt  obligations  out- 
standing, 

as  shown  on  the  records  maintained  by  the  trustee  on  the  day  that 
the  statutory  declaration  is  delivered  to  the  trustee. 


Information 
to  be 
furnished 
to  trustee 


(2)  Upon  the  demand  of  a  trustee,  the  issuer  of  debt  obligations 
shall  furnish  the  trustee  with  the  information  required  to  enable 
the  trustee  to  comply  with  subsection  1. 


Statutory 
declaration 


(3)  The  statutory  declaration  required  under  subsection  1  shall 
state. 


(a)  the  name  and  address  of  the  person  requiring  the  trustee 
to  furnish  the  list  and,  if  the  person  is  a  body  corporate, 
the  address  for  service  thereof;  and 


(b)  that  the  list  will  not  be  used  except  as  permitted  under 
subsection  5. 


37 

(4)  If  the  person  requiring  the  trustee  to  furnish  a  list  under  Wem 
subsection    1   is   a  body  corporate,    the   statutory  declaration 
required  under  that  subsection  shall  be  made  by  a  director  or 
officer  of  the  body  corporate. 

(5)  No  person  shall  use  a  list  obtained  under  this  section  except  Use  of  list 
in  connection  with, 

(a)  an  effort  to  influence  the  voting  of  the  holders  of  debt 
obligations; 

(b)  an  offer  to  acquire  debt  obligations;  or 

(c)  any  other  matter  relating  to  the  debt  obligations  or  the 
affairs  of  the  issuer  or  guarantor  thereof.     New. 


PARTY 

INVESTMENT  SECURITIES 
52.-(l)    In  this  Part,  interpretation 

(a)  "adverse  claim"  includes  a  claim  that  a  transfer  is  or 
would  be  unauthorized  or  wrongful  or  that  a  particular 
adverse  person  is  the  owner  of  or  has  an  interest  in  the 
security; 

(b)  "appropriate  person",  when  used  to  refer  to  a  person 
endorsing  a  security,  means, 

(i)  the  person  specified  by  the  security  or  by  special 
endorsement  to  be  entitled  to  the  security, 

(ii)  where  the  person  so  specified  is  described  as  a 
trustee  or  other  fiduciary  but  is  no  longer  serv- 
ing in  that  capacity  and  notwithstanding  that  a 
successor  has  been  appointed  or  qualified, 

a.  where  only  one  person  is  so  described, 
that  person  or  his  successor,  or 

b.  where    more    than    one    person    is    so 
described,  the  remaining  persons, 

(iii)  where  the  person  so  specified  is  an  individual 
and  is  without  capacity  to  act  by  virtue  of  death, 
incompetence,  infancy  or  otherwise,  his 
executor,  administrator,  committee,  guardian  or 
like  fiduciary, 


38 

(iv)  where  the  security  or  endorsement  specified 
more  than  one  person  as  joint  tenants  or  with 
right  of  survivorship  and  by  reason  of  death  all 
cannot  sign,  the  survivor  or  survivors, 

(v)  a  person  having  the  power  to  sign  under  the 
applicable  law  or  controlling  instrument,  or 

(vi)  to  the  extent  any  of  the  foregoing  persons  may  act 
through  an  agent,  his  authorized  agent; 

(c)  "bearer  form"  when  applied  to  a  security  means  a  sec- 
urity that  is  payable  to  bearer  according  to  its  terms  and 
not  by  reason  of  any  endorsement; 

(d)  ^''bona  fide  purchaser"  means  a  purchaser  for  value  in 
good  faith  and  without  notice  of  any  adverse  claim  who 
takes  delivery  of  a  security  in  bearer  form  or  order  form 
or  of  a  security  in  registered  form  issued  to  him  or 
endorsed  to  him  or  endorsed  in  blank; 

{e)  "broker"  means  a  person  engaged  for  all  or  part  of  his 
time  in  the  business  of  buying  and  selling  securities  and 
who,  in  the  transaction  concerned,  acts  for  or  buys  a 
security  from  or  sells  a  security  to  a  customer; 

(/)  "clearing  corporation"  means  a  body  corporate  recog- 
nized as  a  clearing  corporation  by  the  Commission; 

1966-67.  c.  87  (g)  "custodian"  means  a  bank  to  which  the  Bank  Act 

R  s"o  1970  (Canada)  applies,  a  trust  company  registered  under  The 

c.  254  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act  or  such  other  body 

corporate  as  may  be  recognized  by  the  Commission  as  a 

custodian  and  that  is  acting  as  custodian  for  a  clearing 

corporation; 

{h)  "delivery"  means  voluntary  transfer  of  possession; 

(i)  "fiduciary"  means  a  trustee,  guardian,  committee, 
curator,  tutor,  executor,  administrator  or  representative 
of  a  deceased  person,  or  any  other  person  acting  in  a 
fiduciary  capacity; 

(J)  "fungible"  in  relation  to  securities  means  securities  of 
which  any  unit  is,  by  nature  or  usage  of  trade,  the 
equivalent  of  any  other  like  unit; 

{k)  "genuine"  means  free  of  forgery  or  counterfeiting; 


39 

(/)  "good  faith"  means  honesty  in  fact  in  the  conduct  of  the 
transaction  concerned; 

(w)  "holder"  means  a  person  in  possession  of  a*  security 
issued  or  endorsed  to  him  or  to  bearer  or  in  blank; 

(»)  "issuer"  means  a  body  corporate, 

(i)  that  is  required  by  this  Act  to  maintain  a  sec- 
urities register, 

(ii)  that  directly  or  indirectly  creates  fractional 
interests  in  its  rights  or  property  and  that  issues 
securities  as  evidence  of  such  fractional  interests, 

(iii)  that  places  or  authorizes  the  placing  of  its  name 
on  a  security,  otherwise  than  as  an  authenticat- 
ing trustee,  registrar  or  transfer  agent,  to  evi- 
dence that  it  represents  a  share,  participation  or 
other  interest  in  its  property  or  in  an  enterprise  or 
to  evidence  its  duty  to  perform  an  obligation 
evidenced  by  the  security,  or 

(iv)  that  becomes  responsible  for  or  in  place  of  any 
other  person  described  as  an  issuer  in  this  Part; 

(o)  '"noted  conspicuously"  and  "appearing  conspicuously" 
mean  written  in  such  a  way  that  the  person  against 
whom  words  so  noted  or  appearing  are  to  operate  ought 
reasonably  to  notice  them; 

(p)  "order  form"  when  applied  to  a  security  means  a  security 
that  is  payable  to  the  order  or  assigns  of  any  person 
therein  specified  with  reasonable  certainty  or  to  such 
person  or  such  person's  order; 

iq)  "overissue"  means  the  issue  of  securities  in  excess  of  any 
maximum  number  of  securities  that  the  issuer  is 
authorized  by  its  articles  or  a  trust  indenture  to  issue; 

(r)  "proper  form"  means  regular  on  its  face  with  regard  to 
all  formal  matters; 

(s)  "purchaser"  means  a  person  who  takes  by  sale, 
mortgage,  hypothec,  pledge,  issue,  reissue,  gift  or  any 
other  voluntary  transaction  creating  an  interest  in  a 
security; 

it)  "registered  form"  when  applied  to  a  security  means  a 
security  that, 


40 

(i)  specifies  a  person  entitled  to  the  security  or  to  the 
rights  it  evidences,  and  the  transfer  of  which  is 
capable  of  being  recorded  in  a  securities  register, 
or 

(ii)  bears  a  statement  that  it  is  in  registered  form; 

(u)  "security"  or  "security  certificate"  means  an  instrument 
issued  by  a  body  corporate  that  is, 

(i)  in  bearer,  order  or  registered  form, 

(ii)  of  a  type  commonly  dealt  in  upon  securities 
exchanges  or  markets  or  commonly  recognized  in 
any  area  in  which  it  is  issued  or  dealt  in  as  a 
medium  for  investment, 

(iii)  one  of  a  class  or  series  or  by  its  terms  divisible 
into  a  class  or  series  of  instruments,  and 

(iv)  evidence  of  a  share,  participation  or  other 
interest  in  or  obligation  of  the  body  corporate; 

(v)  "transfer"  includes  transmission  by  operation  of  law; 

(w)  "trust  indenture"  means  a  trust  indenture  as  defined  in 
Part  IV; 

(x)  "unauthorized"  when  used  with  reference  to  a  signature 
or  an  endorsement  means  one  made  without  authority, 
actual,  apparent  or  of  any  other  type  and  includes  a 
forgery; 

(y)  "valid"  means  issued  in  accordance  with  the  applicable 
law  and  the  articles  of  the  issuer  or  validated  under 
section  57.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  63  (1);  1971,  c.  26, 
s.  16;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  18,  amended. 

Application  of  (2)  This  Part  does  not  apply  to  a  promissory  note  or  bill  of 
RS?'i952  exchange  to  which  the  Bills  of  Exchange  Act  (Canada)  applies. 
c.  IS  ■        ■     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  25,  s.  63  (2). 

Security  as  (3)  Except  where  its  transfer  is  restricted  and  noted  on  a  sec- 

iiKtrument  urity  in  accordance  with  subsection  3  of  section  55,  a  security  is  a 
negotiable  instrument.     New. 

Share  53. — (1)  Every  security  holder  is  entitled  at  his  option  to  a 

certificates  security  Certificate  in  respect  of  the  securities  held  by  him  that 
complies  with  this  Act  or  to  a  non-transferable  written  acknowl- 
edgement of  his  right  to  obtain  a  security  certificate  from  a 
corporation  in  respect  of  the  securities  of  the  corporation  held  by 


41 

him,  but  the  corporation  is  not  bound  to  issue  more  than  one 
security  certificate  in  respect  of  a  security  or  securities  held  jointly 
by  several  persons,  and  delivery  of  a  security  certificate  to  one  of 
several  joint  security  holders  is  sufficient  delivery  to  all. 

(2)  A  corporation  may  charge  a  fee  of  not  more  than  $3  for  a  ^ee 
security  certificate  issued  in  respect  of  a  transfer.     R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  49,  amended. 

54. — (1)  A  security  certificate  shall  be  signed  manually  by  at  Signing  of 
least  one  director  or  officer  of  the  corporation  or  by  or  on  behalf  of  certificates 
a  registrar,  transfer  agent,  branch  transfer  agent  or  issuing  or 
other  authenticating  agent  of  the  corporation,  or  by  a  trustee  who 
certifies  it  in  accordance  with  a  trust  indenture,  and  any  addition- 
al signatures  required  on  a  security  certificate  may  be  printed  or 
otherwise  mechanically  reproduced  thereon. 

(2)  If  a  security  certificate  contains  a  printed  or  mechanically  ^'^^^ 
reproduced  signature  of  a  person,  the  corporation  may  issue  the 
security  certificate  notwithstanding  that  the  person  has  ceased  to 
be  a  director  or  an  officer  of  the  corporation,  and  the  security 
certificate  is  as  valid  as  if  he  were  a  director  or  an  officer  at  the  date 
of  its  issue. 


(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1 ,  a  manual  signature  is  not  Where  manual 

.  "  signature  not 

required  on,  required 

(a)  a  promissory  note  that  is  not  issued  under  a  trust 
indenture; 

(b)  a  scrip  certificate; 

(c)  a  security  certificate  representing  a  fractional  share;  or 

(d)  a  warrant.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  50,  amended. 

55. — (1)  A  corporation  shall  state  upon  the  face  of  each  share  fj,°JJg^"^  °^ 
certificate  issued  by  it,  certificate 

(a)  the  name  of  the  corporation  and  the  words  "Incorpo- 
rated under  the  law  of  the  Province  of  Ontario"  or  words 
of  like  effect; 

(b)  the  name  of  the  person  to  whom  it  was  issued;  and 


42 


(c)  the  number  and  class  of  shares  and  the  designation  of 
any  series  that  the  certificate  represents. 

Mem  (2)  Where  a  corporation  is  authorized  to  issue  shares  of  more 

than  one  class  or  series,  the  corporation  shall  legibly  state  on  each 
share  certificate  issued  by  it, 

(a)  the  rights,  privileges,  restrictions  and  conditions 
attached  to  the  shares  of  each  class  and  series  that  exists 
when  the  share  certificate  is  issued;  or 


Where 
restriction, 
lien,  etc., 
ineffective 


Notice  of 
restriction 


(b)  that  the  class  or  series  of  shares  that  it  represents  has 
rights,  privileges,  restrictions  or  conditions  attached 
thereto  and  that  the  corporation  will  furnish  to  a 
shareholder,  on  demand  and  without  fee,  a  full  copy  of 
the  text  of, 

(i)  the  rights,  privileges,  restrictions  and  conditions 
attached  to  that  share  and  to  each  class 
authorized  to  be  issued  and  to  each  series  in  so  far 
as  the  same  have  been  fixed  by  the  directors, 
and 

(ii)  the  authority  of  the  directors  to  fix  the  rights, 
privileges,  restrictions  and  conditions  of  sub- 
sequent series,  if  applicable.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  51  (1,  2),  amended. 

(3)  Where  a  share  certificate  issued  by  a  corporation  or  by  a 
body  corporate  before  the  body  corporate  was  continued  under 
section  178  is,  or  becomes,  subject  to, 

(a)  a  restriction  on  its  transfer; 

(b)  a  lien  in  favour  of  the  corporation; 

(c)  a  unanimous  shareholder  agreement;  or 

(d)  an  endorsement  under  subsection  11  of  section  183, 

the  restriction,  lien,  agreement  or  endorsement  is  ineffective 
against  a  transferee  of  the  share  who  has  no  actual  knowledge  of  it, 
unless  it  or  a  reference  to  it  is  noted  conspicuously  on  the  share 
certificate. 

(4)  If  a  body  corporate  continued  under  section  178  has  out- 
standing a  share  certificate  issued  prior  to  the  date  of  the  certifi- 
cate of  continuance  and  if  the  words  "private  company"  appear  on 
the  certificate,  those  words  are  deemed  to  be  a  notice  of  a  restric- 
tion, lien,  agreement  or  endorsement  for  the  purpose  of  subsection 
3. 


43 

(5)  Where  a  corporation  was  incorporated  as  a  private  com-  Wem 
pany  under  The  Corporations  Act,  or  any  predecessor  thereof,  f  gg^  '^'^°" 
before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1971,  the  words  "private  company" 
appearing  conspicuously  on  the  face  of  a  share  certificate  issued 

before  the  1st  day  of  January,  1971  shall  be  deemed  to  be  notice  of 
a  restriction  on  the  transfer  of  the  share  for  the  purpose  of  subsec- 
tion 3.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S2>,  s.  72,  amended. 

(6)  A  share  certificate  issued,  Par  value 

share 

(a)  prior  to  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  by  a  corpora-  '^*^'^'^'^'*^^'^ 
tion;  or 

{h)  prior  to  the  date  of  the  certificate  of  continuance  by  a 
body  corporate  continued  under  section  178, 

does  not  contravene  this  Act  merely  because  the  certificate  refers 
to  the  share  or  shares  represented  thereby  as  having  a  nominal  or 
par  value. 

(7)  Where  a  share  certificate  issued  by  a  corporation  contains  information  to 
the  statement  mentioned  in  clause  b  of  subsection  2,  the  corpora-  by  corporation 
tion  shall  furnish  to  a  shareholder  on  demand  and  without  charge 

a  full  copy  of  the  text  of, 

(a)  the  rights,  privileges,  restrictions  and  conditions 
attached  to  that  class  authorized  to  be  issued  and  to  that 
series  in  so  far  as  the  same  have  been  fixed  by  the 
directors;  and 

(6)  the  authority  of  the  directors  to  fix  the  rights,  privileges, 
restrictions  and  conditions  of  subsequent  series,  if 
applicable.     1971,  c.  26,  s.  13,  part,  amended. 

56. — (1)  A  corporation  may  issue  a  certificate  for  a  fractional  Certificate  for 

..,  J  r         •  -r-  •!_  r  fractional 

share  or  may  issue  m  place  thereof  scrip  certificates  in  bearer  lorm  share  or 
that  entitle  the  holder  to  receive  a  certificate  for  a  full  share  by  ^"'P,.   , 

•^  certificates 

exchanging  scrip  certificates  aggregating  a  full  share. 

(2)  The  directors  may  attach  conditions  to  any  scrip  certificates  Scrip 

.  .       ,      ,.  ...  ,  certificates 

issued  by  a  corporation,  including  conditions  that, 

(a)  the  scrip  certificates  become  void  if  not  exchanged  for  a 
certificate  representing  a  full  share  before  a  specified 
date;  and 

(b)  any  shares  for  which  such  scrip  certificates  are 
exchangeable  may,  notwithstanding  any  pre-emptive 
right,  be  issued  by  the  corporation  to  any  person  and  the 
proceeds  thereof  distributed  rateably  to  the  holders  of 
the  scrip  certificates. 


(3)  A  holder  of  a  fractional  share  issued  by  a  corporation  is  not  R's^ts  of 

.  ,     ,  .  .  .    ,  .  , .    .  \        ,  .  ,  holder  of 

entitled  to  exercise  voting  rights  or  to  receive  a  dividend  in  respect  fractional  share 
of  the  fractional  share  unless. 


Overissue 


44 

(a)  the  fractional  share  results  from  a  consolidation  of 
shares;  or 

(b)  the  articles  of  the  corporation  otherwise  provide. 
Rights  of             (4)  A  holder  of  a  scrip  certificate  is  not  entitled  to  exercise 

holder  of  ...  .  i-    •  i        i    • 

scrip  certificate  voting  rights  or  to  receivc  a  dividend  in  respect  of  the  scrip 
certificate.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  52,  amended. 

57. — (1)  The  provisions  of  this  Act  that  validate  a  security  or 
compel  its  issue  or  reissue  do  not  apply  to  the  extent  that  valida- 
tion, issue  or  reissue  would  result  in  overissue,  but, 

(a)  if  an  identical  security  that  does  not  constitute  an  over- 
issue is  reasonably  available  for  purchase,  the  person 
entitled  to  issue  or  validation  may  compel  the  issuer  to 
purchase  and  deliver  such  a  security  to  him  against 
surrender  of  the  security,  if  any,  that  he  holds;  or 

(b)  if  a  security  is  not  so  available  for  purchase,  the  person 
entitled  to  issue  or  validation  may  recover  from  the 
issuer  the  price  he  or  the  last  purchaser  for  value  paid  for 
it  with  interest  from  the  date  of  his  demand.     R.S.O. 

1970,  c.  53,  s.  65  (2). 

(2)  When  an  issuer  subsequently  amends  its  articles  or  a  trust 
indenture  to  which  it  is  a  party  to  increase  any  maximum  number 
of  securities  to  a  number  equal  to  or  in  excess  of  the  maximum 
number  of  securities  previously  authorized  plus  the  amount  of  the 
securities  overissued,  the  securities  so  overissued,  and  any  act 
taken  by  any  person  in  reliance  upon  the  validity  of  such  over- 
issued securities,  are  valid  from  the  date  of  their  issue. 

of°s""Ta  3l'°"     ^^^  ^  purchase  or  payment  by  an  issuer  under  subsection  1  is 
32.35  not  a  purchase  or  payment  to  which  section  30,  31,  32  or  35 

applies.     New. 


Validation  of 
overissue 


Evidence 


58.  In  an  action  on  a  security, 

(a)  unless  specifically  denied  in  the  pleadings,  each  signa- 
ture on  the  security  or  in  a  necessary  endorsement  is 
admitted; 

(b)  a  signature  on  the  security  is  presumed  to  be  genuine  and 
authorized  but,  if  the  effectiveness  of  the  signature  is  put 
in  issue,  the  burden  of  establishing  that  it  is  genuine  and 
authorized  is  on  the  party  claiming  under  the  signature; 

(c)  if  a  signature  is  admitted  or  established,  production  of 
the  instrument  entitles  a  holder  to  recover  on  it  unless  the 
defendant  establishes  a  defence  or  a  defect  going  to  the 
validity  of  the  security;  and 

(d)  if  the  defendant  establishes  that  a  defence  or  defect 
exists,  the  plaintiff  has  the  burden  of  establishing  that 


45 

the  defence  or  defect  is  ineffective  against  him  or  some 
person  under  whom  he  claims.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  66,  amended. 

59. — (1)  The  validity  of  a  security  and  the  rights  and  duties  Selection  of 
with  respect  to  registration  or  transfer  of  a  security  of  an  issuer  that  ^^* 
is  a  corporation  or  a  body  corporate  incorporated  under  the  laws  of 
Ontario  are  governed  by  this  Act  and  the  laws  of  Ontario. 

(2)  The  validity  of  a  security  and  the  rights  and  duties  with  i^em 
respect  to  registration  or  transfer  of  a  security  of  an  issuer  that  is  a 
body  corporate  other  than  a  corporation  or  a  body  corporate 
incorporated  under  the  laws  of  Ontario  are  governed  by  the  law, 
including  the  conflict  of  law  rules,  of  the  jurisdiction  in  which  the 
body  corporate  was  incorporated.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  67, 
amended. 

60. — (1)  Unless  otherwise  agreed  and  subject  to  any  applica-  form  of 
ble  law,  regulation  or  stock  exchange  rule,  a  person  required  to 
deliver  securities  may  deliver  any  security  of  the  specified  issue  in 
bearer  form  or  registered  in  the  name  of  the  transferee  or  endorsed 
to  him  or  in  blank. 

(2)  Where  the  buyer  fails  to  pay  the  price  as  it  comes  due  under  Default  in 
a  contract  of  sale,  the  seller  may  recover  the  price, 

(a)  of  any  security  accepted  by  the  buyer;  and 

{b)  of  any  security  not  accepted  by  the  buyer  if  its  resale 
would  be  unduly  burdensome  or  there  is  no  readily 
available  market, 

but  resort  to  the  remedy  herein  provided  for  shall  not  be  construed 
so  as  to  affect  or  limit  any  rights  or  remedies  under  applicable 
law.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  68;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  19,  amended. 

6 1 . — (1)  The  obligations  and  defences  of  an  issuer  apply  to  a  Position  of 

issuer  re 

guarantor  of  a  security  to  the  extent  of  his  guarantee  whether  or  guarantor 
not  his  obligation  is  noted  on  the  security. 

(2)  The  person  on  whose  behalf  a  register  of  transfers  is  main-  issuer 
tained  is  an  issuer  for  the  purposes  of  the  registration  of  a  transfer 
under  sections  85  to  88.     New. 

62. — (1)  Even  against  a  purchaser  for  value  and  without  Notice  of  terms 
notice  of  a  defect  going  to  the  validity  of  a  security,  the  terms  of  a 
security  include  those  stated  on  the  security  and  those  incorpo- 
rated therein  by  reference  to  another  instrument,  statute,  rule, 
regulation  or  order  to  the  extent  that  the  terms  so  referred  to  do  not 
conflict  with  the  stated  terms,  but  such  a  reference  is  not  of  itsdf 
notice  to  a  purchaser  for  value  of  a  defect  going  to  the  validity  of 


46 


Validity  of 
security 


the  security,  notwithstanding  that  the  security  expressly  states 
that  a  person  accepting  it  admits  such  notice. 

(2)  A  security  is  vahd  in  the  hands  of  a  purchaser  for  value 
without  notice  of  any  defect  going  to  its  validity. 


Defence  of 
issuer 


Idem 


Idem 


Notice  of 
defect 


(3)  Except  as  provided  in  section  64,  the  fact  that  a  security  is 
not  genuine  is  a  complete  defence  even  against  a  bona  fide 
purchaser. 

(4)  All  other  defences  of  the  issuer  including  non-delivery  and 
conditional  delivery  of  the  security  are  ineffective  against  a  bona 

fide  purchaser.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  70  (1-3),  amended. 

(5)  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  be  construed  to  affect  the  right 
of  a  party  to  a  "when,  as  and  if  issued"  or  a  "when  distributed" 
contract  to  cancel  the  contract  in  the  event  of  a  material  change  in 
the  character  of  the  security  that  is  the  subject  of  the  contract  or  in 
the  plan  or  arrangement  under  which  such  security  is  to  be  issued 
or  distributed.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  70  (4). 

63. — (1)  After  an  act  or  event  that  creates  a  right  to  immediate 
performance  of  the  principal  obligation  evidenced  by  the  security 
or  that  sets  a  date  on  or  after  which  the  security  is  to  be  presented 
or  surrendered  for  redemption  or  exchange,  a  purchaser  is  deemed 
to  have  notice  of  any  defect  in  its  issue  or  any  defence  of  the  issuer, 


(a)  if  the  act  or  event  requires  the  payment  of  money  or  the 
delivery  of  securities  or  both  on  presentation  or  surren- 
der of  the  security  and  such  funds  or  securities  are  avail- 
able on  the  date  set  for  payment  or  exchange  and  he 
takes  the  security  more  than  one  year  after  that  date;  and 

0)  if  the  act  or  event  is  not  one  to  which  clause  a  applies  and 
he  takes  the  security  more  than  two  years  after  the  date 
set  for  surrender  or  presentation  or  the  date  on  which 
such  performance  became  due. 


Revoked  call 
for  redemption 

excepted  been  revoked.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  71,  amended. 


(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  call  for  redemption  that  has 


signat'iluTs  o^n         *''*.  An  Unauthorized  signature  placed  on  a  security  before  or 
issue  in  the  course  of  issue  is  ineffective,  except  that  the  signature  is 

effective  in  favour  of  a  bona  fide  purchaser  if  the  signing  has  been 

done  by. 


(fl)  an  authenticating  trustee,  registrar,  transfer  agent  or 
other  person  entrusted  by  the  issuer  with  the  signing  of 
the  security  or  of  similar  securities,  or  their  immediate 
preparation  for  signing;  or 


47 

(b)  an  employee  of  the  issuer  or  of  a  person  referred  to  in 
clause  a  who  in  the  ordinary  course  of  his  duties  handles 
the  security.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  73. 

65. — (1)  Where  a  security  contains  the  signatures  necessary  to  Completion  of 
its  issue  or  transfer  but  is  incomplete  in  any  other  respect, 

(a)  any  person  may  complete  it  by  filling  in  the  blanks  in 
accordance  with  his  authority;  and 

(b)  notwithstanding  that  the  blanks  are  incorrectly  filled  in, 
the  security  as  completed  is  enforceable  by  a  purchaser 
who  took  it  for  value  and  without  notice  of  such  incor- 
rectness.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  74  (1),  amended. 

(2)  A  completed  security  that  has  been  improperly  altered,  even  improper 
if  fraudulently  altered,  remains  enforceable  but  only  according  to 
its  original  terms.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  74  (2). 

66. — (1)  An  issuer  or  a  trustee  defined  in  subsection  1  of  Effect  of 
section  45  may,  subject  to  sections  94,  95  and  99,  treat  the  regis-  "^^^'^ 
tered  holder  of  a  security  as  the  person  exclusively  entitled  to  vote, 
to  receive  notices,  to  receive  any  interest,  dividend  or  other  pay- 
ments in  respect  of  the  security,  and  otherwise  to  exercise  all  the 
rightsandpowersof  a  holder  of  the  security.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  75  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection   1,   an  issuer  whose  articles  Representa- 
restrict  the  right  to  transfer  its  securities  shall,  and  any  other  issuer  etl^^  may 
may,  treat  a  person  referred  to  in  clause  a,  6  or  c  as  a  registered  exercise  rights 

•        1      1  1  •  1      1  •  11     1  •    1  /•     1  .of  security 

security  holder  entitled  to  exercise  all  the  rights  of  the  security  holder 
holder   he    represents,    if   that   person    furnishes   evidence   as 
described  in  subsection  3  of  section  86  to  the  issuer  that  he  is, 

(a)  the  executor,  administrator,  heir  or  legal  representative 
of  the  heirs,  of  the  estate  of  a  deceased  security  holder; 

(b)  a  guardian,  committee,  trustee,  curator  or  tutor  repre- 
senting a  registered  security  holder  who  is  an  infant,  an 
incompetent  person  or  a  missing  person;  or 

(c)  a  liquidator  of,  or  a  trustee  in  bankruptcy  for,  a  regis- 
tered security  holder. 

(3)  If  a  person  upon  whom  the  ownership  of  a  security  devolves  Rights  where 

1  •  rA  ci'i-         ownership 

by  operation  of  law,  other  than  a  person  referred  to  in  subsection  devolves  by 
2 ,  furnishes  proof  of  his  authority  to  exercise  rights  or  privileges  in  °^'^^^^°^  °^ 
respect  of  a  security  of  the  issuer  that  is  not  registered  in  his  name, 
the  issuer  shall  treat  the  person  as  entitled  to  exercise  those  rights 
or  privileges. 


48 

Corporation  (4)  An  issucr  is  not  required  to  inquire  into  the  existence  of, 

enforce  or  see  to  the  performance  or  observance  of,  any  duty  owed  to  a 

performance      third  person  by  a  registered  holder  of  any  of  its  securities  or  by 

anyone  whom  it  treats,  as  permitted  or  required  by  this  section,  as 

the  owner  or  registered  holder  thereof. 

Repudiation  by  (5)  If  an  infant  exercises  any  rights  of  ownership  in  the  sec- 
urities of  an  issuer,  no  subsequent  repudiation  or  avoidance  is 
effective  against  the  issuer. 

Jo'"t  (6)  Where  a  security  is  issued  to  several  persons  as  joint  holders, 

upon  satisfactory  proof  of  the  death  of  one  joint  holder,  the  issuer 
may  treat  the  surviving  joint  holders  as  owner  of  the  security. 

Registration  of  (7)  Subject  to  any  applicable  law  of  Canada  or  a  province  of 
Canada  relating  to  the  collection  of  taxes,  a  person  referred  to  in 
clause  a  of  subsection  2  is,  subject  to  clause  b  of  subsection  3  of 
section  86,  entitled  to  become  a  registered  holder  or  to  designate  a 
registered  holder,  if  he  deposits  with  the  issuer  or  its  transfer 
agent, 

(a)  the  original  grant  of  probate  or  of  letters  of  administra- 
tion, or  a  copy  thereof  certified  to  be  a  true  copy  by, 

(i)  the  court  that  granted  the  probate  or  letters  of 
administration, 

(ii)  a  trust  company  incorporated  under  the  laws  of 
Canada  or  a  province,  or 

(iii)  alawyer  or  notary  acting  on  behalf  of  the  person; 
or 

(6)  in  the  case  of  transmission  by  notarial  will  in  the  Pro- 
vince of  Quebec ,  a  copy  thereof  authenticated  under  the 
laws  of  that  Province, 

together  with, 

(c)  an  affidavit  or  declaration  of  transmission  made  by  the 
person  stating  the  particulars  of  the  transmission;  and 

{d)  the  security  certificate  that  was  owned  by  the  deceased 
holder, 

(i)  in  case  of  a  transfer  to  the  person,  with  or  without 
the  endorsement  of  that  person,  and 

(ii)  in  case  of  a  transfer  to  any  other  person,  endorsed 
in  accordance  with  section  72, 


49 

and  accompanied  by  any  assurance  the  issuer  may 
require  under  section  86. 

(8)  Notwithstanding  subsection  7,  if  the  laws  of  the  jurisdiction  Wem 
governing  the  transmission  of  a  security  of  a  deceased  holder  do 
not  require  a  grant  of  probate  or  of  letters  of  administration  in 
respect  of  the  transmission,  or  if  clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section 

86  applies,  a  legal  representative  of  the  deceased  holder  is  entitled, 
subject  to  any  applicable  law  of  Canada  or  a  province  of  Canada 
relating  to  the  collection  of  taxes,  to  become  a  registered  holder  or 
to  designate  a  registered  holder,  if  he  deposits  with  the  issuer  or  its 
transfer  agent, 

(a)  the  security  certificate  that  was  owned  by  the  deceased 
holder;  and 

(b)  reasonable  proof  of  the  governing  laws,  the  deceased 
holder's  interest  in  the  security  and  the  right  of  the  legal 
representative  or  the  person  he  designates  to  become  the 
registered  holder. 

(9)  Deposit  of  the  documents  required  by  subsection  7  or  8  Recording  in 

.  .  r  1    •  security 

empowers  an  issuer  or  its  transfer  agent  to  record  in  a  sec-  register 
urities  register  the  transmission  of  a  security  from  the  deceased 
holder  to  a  person  referred  to  in  clause  a  of  subsection  2  or  to  such 
person  as  that  person  may  designate  and,  thereafter,  to  treat  the 
person  who  thus  becomes  a  registered  holder  as  the  owner  of  those 
securities.     New. 

67. — (1)  A  person  placing  his  signature  upon  a  security  as  Warranties 
authenticating  trustee,  registrar  or  transfer  agent  warrants  to  a 
purchaser  for  value  without  notice  of  the  particular  defect  that, 

(a)  the  security  is  genuine  and  in  proper  form; 

(b)  his  own  participation  in  the  issue  of  the  security  is  within 
his  capacity  and  within  the  scope  of  the  authorization 
received  by  him  from  the  issuer;  and 

(c)  he  has  reasonable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  security  is 
in  the  form  and  within  the  amount  the  issuer  is 
authorized  to  issue.     1971,  c.  26,  s.  17. 

(2)  Unless  otherwise  agreed,  a  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  Wem 
does   not  assume   any  further  liability  for  the   validity  of  a 
security.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  76  (2). 

68. — (1)  Upon  delivery  of  a  security,  the  purchaser  acquires  ^^'^^'[^gj  j^^ 
the  rights  in  the  security  that  his  transferor  had  or  had  actual  purchasers' 
authority  to  convey  except  that  a  purchaser  who  has  himself  been 


so 


a  party  to  any  fraud  or  illegality  affecting  the  security  or  who  as  a 
prior  holder  had  notice  of  an  adverse  claim  cannot  improve  his 
position  by  taking  from  a  later  bona  fide  purchaser. 


Bona  fide 
purchaser 


(2)  A  bona  fide  purchaser  in  addition  to  acquiring  the  rights  of  a 
purchaser  also  acquires  the  security  free  of  any  adverse  claim. 


Limited 
interest 


(3)  A  purchaser  of  a  limited  interest  acquires  rights  only  to  the 
extent  of  the  interest  purchased.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  77. 


Notice  of 
adverse  claim 


Idem 


69. — (1)  A  purchaser,  including  a  broker  for  a  seller  or  purch- 
aser, of  a  security  is  deemed  to  have  notice  of  an  adverse  claim  if, 

(a)  the  security  has  been  endorsed  "for  collection"  or  "for 
surrender"  or  for  some  other  purpose  not  involving 
transfer;  or 

(b)  the  security  has  on  it  an  unambiguous  statement  that  it  is 
the  property  of  a  person  other  than  the  transferor,  but 
the  mere  writing  of  a  name  on  a  security  is  not  such  a 
statement.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  78  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  that  a  purchaser,  including  a  broker  for  a 
seller  or  purchaser,  has  notice  that  a  security  is  held  for  a  third 
person  or  is  registered  in  the  name  of  or  endorsed  by  a  fiduciary,  he 
has  no  duty  to  inquire  into  the  rightfulness  of  the  transfer  and  has 
no  notice  of  an  adverse  claim,  except  that  where  a  purchaser 
knows  that  the  consideration  is  to  be  used  for,  or  that  the  transac- 
tion is  for,  the  personal  benefit  of  the  fiduciary  or  is  otherwise  in 
breach  of  the  fiduciary's  duty,  the  purchaser  is  deemed  to  have 
notice  of  an  adverse  claim.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  78  (2), 
amended. 


Idem  (3)  An  event  that  creates  a  right  to  immediate  performance  of 

the  principal  obligation  evidenced  by  a  security  or  that  sets  a  date 
on  or  after  which  the  security  is  to  be  presented  or  surrendered  for 
redemption  or  exchange  is  not  of  itself  notice  of  an  adverse  claim, 
except  in  the  case  of  a  purchase, 

(a)  after  one  year  from  any  date  set  for  such  presentation  or 
surrender  for  redemption  or  exchange;  or 

(b)  after  six  months  from  any  date  for  payment  of  money 
against  presentation  or  surrender  of  the  security  if  funds 
are  available  for  payment  on  that  date.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  78  (3). 

Warranties  on       70. — (1)  A  person  who  presents  a  security  for  registration  of 
presen  men       tj-^nsfer  or  for  payment  or  exchange  warrants  to  the  issuer  that  he 


51 

is  entitled  to  the  registration,  payment  or  exchange,  except  that  a 
bona  fide  purchaser  who  receives  a  new,  reissued  or  reregistered 
security  on  registration  of  transfer  warrants  only  that  he  has  no 
knowledge  of  any  unauthorized  signature  in  a  necessary  endorse- 
ment. 

(2)  A  person  by  transferring  a  security  to  a  purchaser  for  value  Warranties  on 
warrants  only  that, 

{a)  the  transfer  is  effective  and  rightful; 

{h)  the  security  is  genuine  and  has  not  been  materially 
altered;  and 

(c)  he  knows  of  nothing  that  might  impair  the  validity  of  the 
security. 

(3)  Where  a  security  is  delivered  by  an  intermediary  known  by  Warranties  by 
the  purchaser  to  be  entrusted  with  delivery  of  the  security  on 

behalf  of  another  or  with  collection  of  a  draft  or  other  claim  to  be 
collected  against  such  delivery,  the  intermediary  by  such  delivery 
warrants  only  his  own  good  faith  and  authority  even  if  he  has 
purchased  or  made  advances  against  the  draft  or  other  claim  to  be 
collected  against  the  delivery. 

(4)  A  pledgee  or  other  holder  for  purposes  of  security  who  Warranties 
redelivers  a  security  received,  or  after  payment  and  on  order  of  the 
debtor  delivers  that  security  to  a  third  person,  gives  only  the 
warranties  of  an  intermediary  under  subsection  3. 

(5)  A  broker  gives  to  his  customer,  to  the  issuer  or  to  a  purch-  Warranties  of 

•  •  1     1  •        1  •  •         broker 

aser,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  warranties  provided  in  this  section 
and  has  the  rights  and  privileges  of  a  purchaser  under  this  section, 
and  those  warranties  of  and  in  favour  of  the  broker  acting  as  an 
agent  are  in  addition  to  warranties  given  by  his  customer  and 
warranties  given  in  favour  of  his  customer.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  79,  amended. 

7 1 .  Where  a  security  in  registered  form  has  been  delivered  to  a  Absence  of 

J  '^  endorsement 

purchaser  without  a  necessary  endorsement,  he  may  become  a 
bona  fide  purchaser  only  as  of  the  time  the  endorsement  is 
supplied,  but  against  the  transferor  the  transfer  is  complete  upon 
delivery  and  the  purchaser  has  a  specifically  enforceable  right  to 
have  any  necessary  endorsement  supplied.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  80. 

72. — (1)  An  endorsement  of  a  security  in  registered  form  is  Endorsement 
made  when  an  appropriate  person  signs  on  the  security  or  on  a 
separate  document  an  assignment  or  transfer  of  the  security  or  a 
power  to  assign  or  transfer  it  or  when  the  signature  of  the  person  is 
written  without  more  upon  the  back  of  the  security. 


52 


Idem 


(2)  An  endorsement  of  a  security  may  be, 
(a)  in  blank,  including  to  bearer;  or 


(b)  a  special  endorsement,  specifying  the  person  to  whom 
the  security  is  to  be  transferred  or  who  has  the  power  to 
transfer  it, 

and  a  holder  may  convert  an  endorsement  in  blank  into  a  special 
endorsement. 


Obligation  of 
endorser 


(3)  Unless  otherwise  agreed,  the  endorser  by  his  endorsement 
assumes  no  obligation  that  the  security  will  be  honoured  by  the 
issuer. 


Partial 
endorsement 


(4)  An  endorsement  purporting  to  be  only  of  part  of  a  security 
representing  units  intended  by  the  issuer  to  be  separately  transfer- 
able is  effective  to  the  extent  of  the  endorsement. 


Appropriate 
person 


(5)  Whether  the  person  who  has  made  an  endorsement  is 
appropriate  shall  be  determined  as  of  the  date  the  endorsement 
was  made  and  an  endorsement  by  such  person  does  not  become 
unauthorized  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  by  virtue  of  any  sub- 
sequent change  of  circumstances. 


Improper 
endorsement 
by  fiduciary 


Delivery 

necessary 


Endorsement 
of  security  in 
bearer  form 


Effect  of 

unauthorized 

endorsement 


(6)  Failure  of  a  fiduciary  to  comply  with  a  controlling  instru- 
ment or  with  the  law  applicable  to  the  fiduciary  relationship, 
including  any  law  requiring  the  fiduciary  to  obtain  court  approval 
of  the  transfer,  does  not  render  his  endorsement  unauthorized  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  81. 

73.  An  endorsement  of  a  security  whether  special  or  in  blank 
does  not  constitute  a  transfer  until  delivery  of  the  security  on 
which  it  appears,  or  if  the  endorsement  is  on  a  separate  document 
until  the  delivery  of  both  the  document  and  the  security.     R.S.O. 

1970,  c.  53,  s.  82. 

74.  An  endorsement  of  a  security  in  bearer  form  may  give 
notice  of  an  adverse  claim  under  section  69  but  does  not  otherwise 
affect  any  right  to  registration  that  the  holder  has.     New. 

75. — (1)  The  owner  of  a  security  may  assert  the  ineffective- 
ness of  an  endorsement  against  the  issuer  or  any  purchaser,  other 
than  a  bona  fide  purchaser  who  received  a  new,  reissued  or 
reregistered  security  on  registration  of  transfer,  unless  the  owner, 

(a)  has    ratified    an    unauthorized    endorsement    of    the 
security;  or 

(b)  is  otherwise  precluded  from  impugning  the  effectiveness 
of  an  unauthorized  endorsement. 


53 

(2)  An  issuer  who  registers  the  transfer  of  a  security  upon  an  ^"^^"^ 
unauthorized    endorsement    is    liable    for    improper    registra- 
tion.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  83,  amended. 

76. — (1)  Every  person  who  guarantees  a  signature  of  an  Guarantee  of 
endorser  of  a  security  warrants  that  at  the  time  of  signing, 

(a)  the  signature  was  genuine; 

(b)  the  signer  was  an  appropriate  person  to  endorse;  and 

(c)  the  signer  had  legal  capacity  to  sign, 

but  the  guarantor  does  not  otherwise  warrant  the  rightfulness  of 
the  particular  transfer. 

(2)  Any  person  may  guarantee  an  endorsement  of  a  security  and  Guarantee  of 
by  so  doing  warrants  not  only  the  signature  but  also  the  rightful- 
ness of  the  particular  transfer  in  all  respects. 

(3)  No  issuer  may  require  a  guarantee  of  endorsement  as  a  ^^^^ 
condition  to  registration  of  transfer. 

(4)  The  warranties  referred  to  in  this  section  are  made  to  any  Liability  of 

1  •  11-  •  1        1  •         •  T  1       guarantor 

person  takmg  or  dealmg  with  the  security  in  reliance  on  the 
guarantee  and  the  guarantor  is  liable  to  such  person  for  any  loss 
resulting  from  breach  of  warranty.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  84, 
amended. 

77. — (1)  Delivery  to  a  purchaser  occurs  when,  ^'i'^^':^  ^ 

'  ^  '^  constitutes 

delivery 

(a)  heorapersondesignatedby  him  acquires  possession  of  a 
security; 

(b)  his  broker  acquires  possession  of  a  security  specially 
endorsed  or  issued  in  the  name  of  the  purchaser; 

(c)  his  broker  sends  him  confirmation  of  the  purchase  and 
the  broker  in  his  records  identifies  a  specific  security  in 
the  broker's  possession  as  belonging  to  the  purchaser; 

(d)  with  respect  to  an  identified  security  to  be  delivered 
while  still  in  the  possession  of  a  third  person,  that  person 
acknowledges  that  he  holds  it  for  the  purchaser;  or 

(e)  appropriate  entries  in  the  records  of  a  clearing  corpora- 
tion are  made  under  section  84. 

(2)  A  purchaser  is  the  owner  of  a  security  held  for  him  by  his  ^l^^^'j^^^g^ 
broker,  but  is  not  the  holder  except  as  specified  in  clauses  b,  c  and  e  ownership 
of  subsection  1. 


54 


Idem 


Notice  of 
adverse  claim 
after  delivery 


(3)  If  a  security  is  part  of  a  fungible  bulk,  the  purchaser  is  the 
owner  of  a  proportionate  property  interest  in  the  fungible  bulk. 

(4)  Notice  of  an  adverse  claim  received  by  a  broker  or  by  a 
purchaser  after  the  broker  takes  delivery  as  a  holder  for  value  is 
not  effective  against  the  broker  or  the  purchaser  except  that  as 
between  the  broker  and  the  purchaser,  the  purchaser  may  demand 
delivery  of  an  equivalent  security  as  to  which  no  notice  of  an 
adverse  claim  has  been  received.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  85, 
amended. 


Duty  of  seller 
to  deliver 


78. — (1)  Unless  otherwise  agreed  where  a  sale  of  a  security  is 
made  on  a  stock  exchange  recognized  for  the  purposes  of  this  Part 
by  the  Commission  or  otherwise  through  brokers. 


Idem 


(a)  the  selling  customer  fulfills  his  duty  to  deliver  when  he 
places  such  a  security  in  the  possession  of  the  selling 
broker  or  of  a  person  designated  by  the  broker  or,  if 
requested,  causes  an  acknowledgement  to  be  made  to 
the  selling  broker  that  it  is  held  for  him;  and 

(b)  the  selling  broker  including  a  correspondent  broker  act- 
ing for  a  selling  customer  fulfills  his  duty  to  deliver  by 
placing  the  security  or  a  like  security  in  the  possession  of 
the  buying  broker  or  a  person  designated  by  him  or  by 
effecting  clearance  of  the  sale  in  accordance  with  the 
rules  of  the  recognized  stock  exchange  on  which  the 
transaction  took  place. 

(2)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  section  and  unless 
otherwise  agreed,  a  transferor's  duty  to  deliver  a  security  under  a 
contract  of  purchase  is  not  fulfilled  until  he  places  the  security  in 
form  to  be  negotiated  by  the  purchaser  in  the  possession  of  the 
purchaser  or  of  a  person  designated  by  him  or  at  the  purchaser's 
request  causes  an  acknowledgement  to  be  made  to  the  purchaser 
that  it  is  held  for  him. 


Idem 


Action  for 

wrongful 

transfer 


idem 


(3)  A  sale  to  a  broker  purchasing  for  his  own  account  is  subject 
to  subsection  2  and  not  subsection  1,  unless  the  sale  is  made  on  a 
recognized  stock  exchange.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  S6,  amended. 

79. — (1)  A  person  against  whom  the  transfer  of  a  security  is 
wrongful  for  any  reason,  including  his  incapacity,  may  against 
anyone  except  a  bona  fide  purchaser  reclaim  possession  of  the 
security  or  obtain  possession  of  any  new  security  evidencing  all  or 
part  of  the  same  rights  or  claim  damages. 

(2)  If  the  transfer  of  a  security  is  wrongful  by  reason  of  an 
unauthorized  endorsement,  the  owner  may  reclaim  possession  of 
the   security  or  a  replacing  security  even  from   a  bona  fide 


55 

purchaser  if  the  ineffectiveness  of  the  purported  endorsement  may 
be  asserted  against  such  purchaser  under  section  75. 

(3)  The  right  to  reclaim  possession  of  a  security  may  be  specifi-  Speniic 
cally  enforced,  its  transfer  may  be  restrained  and  the  security  may  and"inTunrtIon 
be  impounded  pending  litigation.     R.S.O.    1970,  c.  53,  s.  87, 
amended. 

80. — (1)  Unless    otherwise    agreed,    a   transferor    shall    on  Transferors 
demand  supply  his  purchaser  with  proof  of  his  authority  to  trans-  re"  uisiti^ToV  ^ 
fer  or  with  any  other  requisite  that  is  necessary  to  obtain  registra-  registration  oi 
tion  of  the  transfer  of  a  security,  but  if  the  transfer  is  not  for  value  a 
transferor  need  not  do  so  unless  the  purchaser  pays  the  reasonable 
and  necessary  costs  of  the  proof  and  transfer. 

(2)  If  the  transferor  fails  to  comply  with  a  demand  under  sub-  Effect  oi 
section  1  within  a  reasonable  time,  the  purchaser  may  reject  or 
rescind  the  transfer.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  88,  amended. 

8 1 .  No  seizure  of  a  security  or  other  interest  evidenced  thereby  when  seizure 
is  effective  until  the  person  making  the  seizure  obtains  possession 

of  the  security.     New. 

82.  An  agent  or  bailee  who  in  good  faith,  including  obser- Transfer  by 
vance  of  reasonable  commercial  standards  if  he  is  in  the  business  taith  not 
of  buying,    selling  or  otherwise   dealing   with   securities,   has  '"""^'"■'si"" 
received  securities  and  sold,  pledged  or  delivered  them  according 

to  the  instructions  of  his  principal  is  not  liable  for  conversion  or  for 
participation  in  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  although  the  principal 
has  no  right  to  dispose  of  them.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  89. 

83.  A  contract  for  the  sale  of  securities  is  not  enforceable  by  Contract  tor 
way  of  action  or  defence  unless, 

(a)  there  is  some  writing  signed  by  the  party  against  whom 
enforcement  is  sought  or  by  his  authorized  agent  or 
broker  sufficient  to  indicate  that  a  contract  has  been 
made  for  sale  of  a  stated  quantity  of  described  securities 
at  a  defined  or  stated  price; 

(6)  delivery  of  the  security  has  been  accepted  or  payment 
has  been  made,  but  the  contract  is  enforceable  under  this 
provision  only  to  the  extent  of  such  delivery  or  payment; 

(c)  within  a  reasonable  time  a  writing  in  confirmation  of  the 
sale  or  purchase  and  sufficient  against  the  sender  under 
clause  a  has  been  received  by  the  party  against  whom 
enforcement  is  sought  and  he  has  failed  to  send  written 
objection  to  its  contents  within  a  reasonable  time  after  its 
receipt;  or 


56 


Transfer 
through 
clearing  house 


Interest  in 
fungible  bulk 


Constructive 
endorsement 
and  delivery 


Idem 


R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  344 

Holder 


Not 
registration 


Error  in 
records 


(d)  the  party  against  whom  enforcement  is  sought  admits  in 
his  pleading,  testimony  or  otherwise  in  court  that  a 
contract  was  made  for  sale  of  a  stated  quantity  of 
described  securities  at  a  defined  or  stated  price. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  90. 

84. — (1)  If  a  security, 

(a)  is  in  the  custody  of  a  clearing  corporation  or  of  a  custo- 
dian or  nominee  of  either,  subject  to  the  instructions  of 
the  clearing  corporation; 

{b)  is  in  bearer  form  or  endorsed  in  blank  by  an  appropriate 
person  or  registered  in  the  name  of  the  clearing  corpora- 
tion or  custodian  or  a  nominee  of  either;  and 

(c)  is  shown  on  the  account  of  a  transferor  or  pledgor  in  the 
records  of  the  clearing  corporation, 

then,  in  addition  to  other  methods,  a  transfer  or  pledge  of  the 
security  or  any  interest  therein  may  be  effected  by  the  making  of 
appropriate  entries  in  the  records  of  the  clearing  corporation, 
reducing  the  account  of  the  transferor  or  pledgor  and  increasing 
the  account  of  the  transferee  or  pledgee  by  the  amount  of  the 
obligation  or  the  number  of  shares  or  rights  transferred  or 
pledged. 

(2)  Under  this  section,  entries  may  be  in  respect  of  like  sec- 
urities or  interests  therein  as  part  of  a  fungible  bulk  and  may  refer 
merely  to  a  quantity  of  a  particular  security  without  reference  to 
the  name  of  the  registered  owner,  certificate  or  bond  number  or 
the  like  and,  in  appropriate  cases,  may  be  on  a  net  basis  taking  into 
account  other  transfers  or  pledges  of  the  same  security. 

(3)  A  transfer  or  pledge  under  this  section  has  the  effect  of  a 
delivery  of  a  security  in  bearer  form  or  duly  endorsed  in  blank 
representing  the  amount  of  the  obligation  or  the  number  of  shares 
or  rights  transferred  or  pledged. 

(4)  If  a  pledge  or  the  creation  of  a  security  interest  is  intended, 
the  making  of  entries  has  the  effect  of  a  taking  of  delivery  by  the 
pledgee  or  a  secured  party  and  the  pledgee  or  secured  party  shall 
be  deemed  to  have  taken  possession  for  all  purposes  including  the 
purposes  of  The  Personal  Property  Security  Act. 

(5)  A  transferee  or  pledgee  under  this  section  is  a  holder. 

(6)  A  transfer  or  pledge  under  this  section  does  not  constitute  a 
registration  of  transfer  under  sections  85  to  89. 

(7)  That  entries  made  in  the  records  of  the  clearing  corporation 
as  provided  in  subsection  1  are  not  appropriate  does  not  affect  the 
validity  or  effect  of  the  entries  nor  the  liabilities  or  obligations 


57 

of  the  clearing  corporation  to  any  person  adversely  affected 
thereby. 

(8)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  if  a  clearing  corporation  or  where 
its  nominee  is  registered  in  the  securities  register  of  a  body  corpo-  certificate 
rate  as  the  owner  of  a  share,  participation  or  other  interest  in  or  "°*  '**"^*^ 
obligation  of  the  body  corporate,  but  such  body  corporate  has  not 
issued  a  security  certificate  in  respect  thereof, 

(a)  the  clearing  corporation  or  its  nominee  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  custody  of  a  security  certificate  in  respect  of  such 
share,  participation  or  other  interest  in  or  obligation  of 
the  body  corporate;  and 

(b)  such  security  certificate  shall  be  deemed  to  be  registered 
in  the  name  of  the  clearing  corporation  or  its  nominee,  as 
the  case  may  be.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  91,  amended. 

85. — (1)  Where  a  security  in  registered  form  is  presented  for '^"^^  ?^ '^^"*^'' 

r  1       •  •  1  r       -r  to  register 

transfer,  the  issuer  shall  register  the  transfer  if,  transfer 

(a)  the  security  is  endorsed  by  the  appropriate  person; 

(b)  reasonable  assurance  is  given  that  that  endorsement  is 
genuine  and  effective; 

(c)  the  issuer  has  no  duty  to  inquire  into  adverse  claims  or 
has  discharged  any  such  duty; 

(d)  any  applicable  law  of  Canada  or  a  province  of  Canada 
relating  to  the  collection  of  taxes  has  been  complied  with; 

(e)  the  transfer  is  rightful  or  is  to  a  bona  fide  purchaser;  and 

if)  any  fee  referred  to  in  subsection  2  of  section  53  has  been 
paid. 

(2)  Where  an  issuer  has  a  duty  to  register  a  transfer  of  a  securi-  Liability  for 

,      .  .        .    f.  .  .  undue  delay 

ty,  the  issuer  is  liable  to  the  person  presenting  it  for  registration  or 
his  principal  for  loss  resulting  from  any  unreasonable  delay  in 
registration  or  from  failure  or  refusal  to  register  the  trans- 
fer.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  92,  amended. 

86. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  obtaining  reasonable  assurance  ^^^".^^^^"5 
that  each  necessary  endorsement  required  by  section  72  is  genuine  issuer 
and  effective,  the  issuer  may  require  a  guarantee  of  the  signature 
of  the  person  endorsing  or,  where  such  guarantee  is  lacking, 

(a)  if  the  endorsement  is  by  an  agent,  reasonable  assurance 
of  authority  to  sign; 

(b)  if  the  endorsement  is  by  a  fiduciary  or  a  successor  on 
whom  title  or  control  vests  on  the  death  of  the  holder, 
appropriate  evidence  of  appointment  or  incumbency; 


58 


(c)  if  there  is  more  than  one  fiduciary  or  successor,  reason- 
able assurance  that  all  who  are  required  to  sign  have 
done  so;  and 

(d)  if  the  endorsement  is  by  a  person  other  than  by  a  person 
mentioned  in  this  section,  assurance  appropriate  to  the 
case  equivalent  as  nearly  as  may  be  to  those  required  by 
this  section. 

guaralnee^"'  ^^^  ^  "guarantee  of  the  signature"  in  subsection  1  means  a 
guarantee  signed  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  person  reasonably  believed 
by  the  issuer  to  be  responsible,  and  the  issuer  may  adopt  reason- 
able standards  with  respect  to  responsibility. 

Appropriate  (3)  por  the  purposes  of  subsection  1,  "appropriate  evidence  of 

evidence  of  .  ^    .  >        r  r      r 

appointment  or  appomtment  or  mcumbency    means, 

incumbency 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  fiduciary  appointed  by  a  court,  a  copy, 
certified  in  accordance  with  subsection  7  of  section  66 
not  more  than  sixty  days  before  the  date  the  security  is 
presented  for  transfer,  of  the  order  of  the  court; 

(b)  in  the  case  of  an  estate  of  the  deceased  holder  of  net  value 
less  than  $3,000  or  if  the  market  value  of  the  securities  is 
less  than  $600,  proof  thereof  to  the  reasonable  satisfac- 
tion of  the  issuer;  or 

(c)  in  any  other  case,  a  copy  of  a  document  showing  the 
appointment  or  other  evidence  believed  by  the  issuer  to 
be  appropriate. 

Where  contents      /^x  ^j^  issucr  is  not  deemed  to  have  notice  of  the  contents  of  any 

not  notice  ,.,,,. 

document  obtamed  under  subsection  3  except  to  the  extent  that 
the  contents  relate  directly  to  appointment  or  incumbency. 


Notice  of 
additional 
assurances 


(5)  If  an  issuer  demands  assurance  additional  to  that  specified 
in  this  section  for  a  purpose  other  than  that  specified  in  subsection 
3  and  obtains  a  copy  of  a  will,  trust  or  partnership  agreement, 
by-law  or  similar  document,  the  issuer  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
notice  of  all  matters  contained  therein  affecting  the  trans- 
fer.    R.S.O.1970,  c.  53,  s.  93;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  20,  amended. 


87. — (1)  An  issuer  to  whom  a  security  is  presented  for  regis- 


Notice  to  issuer 

claim  tration  has  a  duty  to  inquire  into  adverse  claims  if, 


(a)  written  notice  of  an  adverse  claim  is  received  at  a  time 
and  in  a  manner  that  affords  the  issuer  a  reasonable 
opportunity  to  act  on  it  before  the  issue  of  a  new,  re- 
issued or  reregistered  security  and  the  notice  discloses 
the  name  and  address  of  the  claimant,  the  registered 
owner  and  the  issue  of  which  the  security  is  a  part; 

(b)  the  issuer  is  deemed  to  have  notice  of  an  adverse  claim 
from  a  document  that  is  obtained  under  subsection  5  of 
section  86;  or 


59 

(c)  the  issuer  is  given  written  notice  by  the  registered  owner 
that  the  security  is  lost,  apparently  destroyed  or  wrong- 
fully taken. 

(2)  An  issuer  may  discharge  a  duty  of  inquiry  by  any  reasonable  Discharge  of 

.       ,      ,.  -r-  1  1    •  1  •  ,  .,   dutv  of  inquiry 

means,  mcludmg  notiiymg  an  adverse  claimant  by  registered  mail 
sent  to  the  address  furnished  by  him  or,  if  no  such  address  has  been 
furnished,  to  his  residence  or  regular  place  of  business,  that  a 
security  has  been  presented  for  registration  of  transfer  by  a  named 
person,  and  that  the  transfer  will  be  registered  unless  within  thirty 
days  from  the  date  of  mailing  the  notice  either, 

(a)  the  issuer  is  served  with  a  restraining  order  or  other 
order  of  a  court;  or 

(b)  the  issuer  is  provided  with  an  idemnity  bond  sufficient  in 
the  issuer's  judgment  to  protect  the  issuer  and  any  regis- 
trar, transfer  agent  or  other  agent  of  the  issuer  from  any 
loss  that  may  be  incurred  by  any  of  them  as  a  result  of 
complying  with  the  adverse  claim. 

(3)  Unless  an  issuer  is  deemed  to  have  notice  of  an  adverse  where  no  duty 

.  .  ■  ^       r^*^  inquire 

claim  from  a  document  that  is  obtained  under  subsection  5  of 
section  86  or  has  received  notice  of  an  adverse  claim  under  sub- 
section 1 ,  if  a  security  presented  for  registration  is  endorsed  by  the 
appropriate  person,  the  issuer  has  no  duty  to  inquire  into  adverse 
claims  and  in  particular, 

(a)  an  issuer  registering  a  security  in  the  name  of  a  person 
who  is  a  fiduciary  or  who  is  described  as  a  fiduciary  is  not 
bound  to  inquire  into  the  existence,  extent  or  correct 
description  of  the  fiduciary  relationship  and  thereafter 
the  issuer  may  assume  without  inquiry  that  the  newly 
registered  owner  continues  to  be  the  fiduciary  until  the 
issuer  receives  written  notice  that  the  fiduciary  is  no 
longer  acting  as  such  with  respect  to  the  particular 
security; 

(b)  an  issuer  registering  transfer  on  an  endorsement  by  a 
fiduciary  has  no  duty  to  inquire  whether  the  transfer  is 
made  in  compliance  with  the  document  or  with  the  law 
of  the  jurisdiction  governing  the  fiduciary  relationship; 
and 

(c)  an  issuer  is  deemed  not  to  have  notice  of  the  contents  of 
any  court  record  or  any  registered  document  even  if  the 
record  or  document  is  in  the  issuer's  possession  and  even 
if  the  transfer  is  made  on  the  endorsement  of  a  fiduciary 
to  the  fiduciary  himself  or  to  his  nominee. 

(4)  A  written  notice  of  adverse  claim  received  by  an  issuer  is  Limitation  for 

^    '  ...  notice 

effective  for  twelve  months  from  the  date  when  it  was  received 
unless  the  notice  is  renewed  in  writing.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  94; 
1972,  c.  138,  s.  21,  amended. 


Liability  of 
issuer 


Idem 


60 


88. — (1)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  any  applicable  law 
of  Canada  or  any  province  of  Canada  relating  to  the  collection  of 
taxes,  the  issuer  is  not  liable  to  the  owner  or  any  other  person  who 
incurs  a  loss  as  a  result  of  the  registration  of  a  transfer  of  a  security 
if, 

(a)  the  necessary  endorsements  were  on  or  with  the  security; 
and 

(b)  the  issuer  had  no  duty  to  inquire  into  adverse  claims  or 
had  discharged  any  such  duty. 

(2)  If  an  issuer  has  registered  a  transfer  of  a  security  to  a  person 
not  entitled  to  it,  the  issuer  shall  deliver  on  demand  a  like  security 
to  the  owner  unless, 

(a)  subsection  1  applies; 

(b)  the  owner  is  precluded  by  subsection  1  of  section  89  from 
asserting  any  claim;  or 

(c)  the  delivery  would  result  in  overissue,  in  which  case  the 
issuer's  liability  is  governed  by  section  57.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  53,  s.  95,  amended. 


Loss.  etc.. 
of  securities 


89. — (1)  Where  a  security  has  been  lost,  apparently  destroyed 
or  wrongfully  taken,  and  the  owner  fails  to  notify  the  issuer  of  that 
fact  by  giving  the  issuer  written  notice  of  his  adverse  claim  within 
a  reasonable  time  after  he  knows  of  the  loss,  destruction  or  taking 
and  if  the  issuer  has  registered  a  transfer  of  the  security  before 
receiving  such  notice,  the  owner  is  precluded  from  asserting 
against  the  issuer  any  claim  to  a  new  security. 


Replacing  (2)  Where  the  owner  of  a  securitv  claims  that  the  security  has 

loss,  etc  ,  of  * 

securities  been  lost,  apparently  destroyed  or  wrongfully  taken,  the  issuer 
shall  issue  a  new  security  in  place  of  the  original  security  if  the 
owner, 

(a)  so  requests  before  the  issuer  has  notice  that  the  security 
has  been  acquired  by  a  bona  fide  purchaser; 

(b)  files  with  the  issuer  an  indemnity  bond  sufficient  in  the 
issuer's  opinion  to  protect  the  issuer  and  any  transfer 
agent,  registrar  or  other  agent  of  the  issuer  from  any  loss 
that  it  or  any  of  them  may  suffer  by  complying  with  the 
request  to  issue  a  new  security;  and 

(c)  satisfies  any  other  reasonable  requirements  imposed  by 
the  issuer. 


61 

(3)  If,  after  the  issue  of  a  new  security  under  subsection  2,  a  lights  of  bona 
bona  fide  purchaser  of  the  original  security  presents  the  original  '  ^  •'"^'^lat.er 
security  for  registration  of  transfer,  the  issuer  shall  register  the 
transfer  unless  registration  would  result  in  overissue,  in  which 

case  the  issuer's  liability  is  governed  by  section  57. 

(4)  In  addition  to  any  rights  on  an  indemnity  bond,  the  issuer  lights  of  issuer 
may  recover  a  new  security  issued  under  subsection  2  from  the 

person  to  whom  it  was  issued  or  any  person  taking  under  him 
other  than  a  bona  fide  purchaser.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  95, 
amended. 

90. — (1)  An  authenticating  trustee,  transfer  agent,  registrar  or  Duty  of  agents 

, ,  .   r  •  1         •  ,<-,!•  •  •  ^  'or  issuer 

other  agent  for  an  issuer  has  m  respect  of  the  issue,  registration  of 
transfer,  and  cancellation  of  a  security  of  the  issuer, 

{a)  a  duty  to  the  issuer  and  to  the  holder  or  owner  to  exercise 
good  faith  and  due  diligence;  and 

(b)  the  same  obligations  to  the  holder  or  owner  of  a  security 
and  the  same  rights,  privileges  and  immunities  as  the 
issuer.      1972,  c.  138,  s.  22. 

(2)  Notice  to  an  authenticating  trustee,  transfer  agent,  registrar  Notice  to 

,  ,  .  ...  •,,       agents  lor 

or  other  such  agent  is  notice  to  the  issuer  with  respect  to  the  issuer 
functions  performed  by  the  agent.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  97  (2). 


PART  VI 

SHAREHOLDERS 

91. — (1)  The    shareholders   of   a   corporation    are    not,    as  ,^|^^[|'j['^"''^*''' 
shareholders,  liable  for  any  act,  default,  obligation  or  liability  of  limited 
the  corporation  except  under  subsection  5  of  section  34,  subsection 
5  of  section  107  and  section  241.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  104, 
amended. 

(2)  The  provisions  of  The  Corporations  Act  relating  to  the  lia-  Application  of 
bility  of  a  holder  of  shares  that  are  not  fully  paid  and  to  the  cc.  89. 53 
enforcement  of  such  liability  apply  in  respect  of  shares  that  were 
not  fully  paid, 

(a)  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1971,  in  the  case  of  shares  of  a 
corporation  that  then  became  subject  to  The  Business 
Corporations  Act;  or 

(b)  on  the  day  upon  which  any  other  body  corporate  was 
continued  under  The  Business  Corporations  Act  or 
under  this  Act,  in  the  case  of  shares  of  such  other  body 
corporate.     New. 


62 


Place  of 
meetings 


Shareholder 
meetings 


Date  for 

determining 

shareholders 


Idem 


Idem 


92.  Subject  to  the  articles  and  any  unanimous  share- 
holder agreement,  a  meeting  of  shareholders  of  a  corporation 
shall  be  held  at  such  place  in  or  outside  Ontario  as  the  directors 
determine  or,  in  the  absence  of  such  a  determination,  at  the  place 
where  the  registered  office  of  the  corporation  is  located.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  53,  s.  105,  amended. 

93.  Subject  to  subsection  1  of  section  103,  the  directors  of  a 
corporation, 

(a)  shall  call  an  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  not  later 
than  eighteen  months  after  the  corporation  comes  into 
existence  and  subsequently  not  later  than  fifteen  months 
after  holding  the  last  preceding  annual  meeting;  and 

{h)  may  at  any  time  call  a  special  meeting  of  share- 
holders.    1971,  c.  26,  s.  18,  amended. 

94. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  determining  shareholders, 

(a)  entitled  to  receive  payment  of  a  dividend; 

(6)  entitled  to  participate  in  a  liquidation  or  distribution;  or 

(c)  for  any  other  purpose  except  the  right  to  receive  notice  of 
or  to  vote  at  a  meeting, 

the  directors  may  fix  in  advance  a  date  as  the  record  date  for  such 
determination  of  shareholders,  but  the  record  date  shall  not  pre- 
cede by  more  than  fifty  days  the  particular  action  to  be  taken. 

(2)  For  the  purpose  of  determining  shareholders  entitled  to 
receive  notice  of  a  meeting  of  shareholders,  the  directors  may  fix  in 
advance  a  date  as  the  record  date  for  such  determination  of 
shareholders,  but  the  record  date  shall  not  precede  by  more  than 
fifty  days  or  by  less  than  twenty-one  days  the  date  on  which  the 
meeting  is  to  be  held. 

(3)  Where  no  record  date  is  fixed, 

(a)  the  record  date  for  the  determination  of  shareholders 
entitled  to  receive  notice  of  a  meeting  of  shareholders 
shall  be, 

(i)  at  the  close  of  business  on  the  day  immediately 
preceding  the  day  on  which  the  notice  is  given,  or 


(ii)  if  no  notice  is  given,  the  day  on  which  the  meet- 
ing is  held;  and 


63 

(b)  the  record  date  for  the  determination  of  shareholders  for 
any  purpose  other  than  to  establish  a  shareholder's  right 
to  receive  notice  of  a  meeting  or  to  vote  shall  be  at  the 
close  of  business  on  the  day  on  which  the  directors  pass 
the  resolution  relating  thereto. 

(4)  If  a  record  date  is  fixed,  unless  notice  of  the  record  date  is  Notice  of  date 
waived  in  writing  by  every  holder  of  a  share  of  the  class  or  series 
affected  whose  name  is  set  out  in  the  securities  register  at  the  close 
of  business  on  the  day  the  directors  fix  the  record  date,  notice 
thereof  shall  be  given,  not  less  than  seven  days  before  the  date  so 
fixed, 

(a)  by  advertisement  in  a  newspaper  published  or  distri- 
buted in  the  place  where  the  corporation  has  its  regis- 
tered office  and  in  each  place  in  Canada  where  it  has  a 
transfer  agent  or  where  a  transfer  of  its  shares  may  be 
recorded;  and 

(jb)  by  written  notice  to  each  stock  exchange  in  Canada  on 
which  the  shares  of  the  corporation  are  listed  for  trad- 
ing.    1972,  c.  138,  s.  27,  amended. 

95. — (1)  Notice  of  the  time  and  place  of  a  meeting  of  share-  Notice  of 
holders  shall  be  sent,  in  the  case  of  an  offering  corporation,  not  less  meetings 
than  twenty-one  days  and,  in  the  case  of  any  other  corporation, 
not  less  than  ten  days,  but,  in  either  case,  not  more  than  fifty 
days,  before  the  meeting, 

(fl)  to  each  shareholder  entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting; 

(b)  to  each  director;  and 

(c)  to  the  auditor  of  the  corporation. 

(2)  A  notice  of  a  meeting  is  not  required  to  be  sent  to  share-  ^^^^ 
holders  who  were  not  registered  on  the  records  of  the  corporation 

or  its  transfer  agent  on  the  record  date  determined  under  subsec- 
tion 2  or  3  of  section  94,  but  failure  to  receive  a  notice  does  not 
deprive  a  shareholder  of  the  right  to  vote  at  the  meeting. 

(3)  If  a  meeting  of  shareholders  is  adjourned  for  less  than  thirty  i^em 
days,  it  is  not  necessary,  unless  the  by-laws  otherwise  provide,  to 
give  notice  of  the  adjourned  meeting  other  than  by  announcement 

at  the  earliest  meeting  that  is  adjourned. 

(4)  If  a  meeting  of  shareholders  is  adjourned  by  one  or  more  ^"^^"^ 
adjournments  for  an  aggregate  of  thirty  days  or  more,  notice  of  the 
adjourned  meeting  shall  be  given  as  for  an  original  meeting  but, 


Special 
business 


Idem 


Shareholders 
meeting 


Waiving 
notice 


64 

unless  the  meeting  is  adjourned  by  one  or  more  adjournments  for 
an  aggregate  of  more  than  ninety  days,  subsection  1  of  section  110 
does  not  apply. 

(5)  All  business  transacted  at  a  special  meeting  of  shareholders 
and  all  business  transacted  at  an  annual  meeting  of  shareholders, 
except  consideration  of  the  minutes  of  an  earlier  meeting,  the 
financial  statements  and  auditor's  report,  election  of  directors  and 
reappointment  of  the  incumbent  auditor,  is  deemed  to  be  special 
business. 

(6)  Notice  of  a  meeting  of  shareholders  at  which  special  busi- 
ness is  to  be  transacted  shall  state  or  be  accompanied  by  a  state- 
ment of, 

(a)  the  nature  of  that  business  in  sufficient  detail  to  permit 
the  shareholder  to  form  a  reasoned  judgment  thereon; 
and 

(b)  the  text  of  any  special  resolution  or  by-law  to  be  submit- 
ted to  the  meeting.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  106,  part; 
1972,  c.  138,  s.  26,  amended. 

96.  Subject  to  this  Act  or  the  articles  or  by-laws  of  a  corpora- 
tion or  a  unanimous  shareholder  agreement, 

(a)  all  questions  proposed  for  the  consideration  of  the 
shareholders  shall  be  determined  by  the  majority  of  the 
votes  cast  and  the  chairman  presiding  at  the  meeting 
shall  not  have  a  second  or  casting  vote  in  case  of  an 
equality  of  votes; 

(b)  the  chairman  presiding  at  a  meeting  of  shareholders 
may,  with  the  consent  of  the  meeting  and  subject  to  such 
conditions  as  the  meeting  decides,  adjourn  the  meeting 
from  time  to  time  and  from  place  to  place  subject  to 
subsections  3  and  4  of  section  95;  and 

(c)  the  president  or,  in  his  absence,  a  vice-president  who  is  a 
director  shall  preside  as  chairman  at  a  meeting  of 
shareholders,  but,  if  there  is  no  president  or  such  a 
vice-president  or  if  at  a  meeting  none  of  them  is  pre- 
sent within  fifteen  minutes  after  the  time  appointed  for 
the  holding  of  the  meeting,  the  shareholders  present 
shall  choose  a  person  from  their  number  to  be  the  chair- 
man. R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  106  {I), part;  1972,  c.  138, 
s.  26. 

97.  A  shareholder  and  any  other  person  entitled  to  attend  a 
meeting  of  shareholders  may  in  any  manner  and  at  any  time  waive 
notice  of  a  meeting  of  shareholders,  and  attendance  of  any  such 
person  at  a  meeting  of  shareholders  is  a  waiver  of  notice  of  the 
meeting,  except  where  he  attends  a  meeting  for  the  express  pur- 


65 

pose  of  objecting  to  the  transaction  of  any  business  on  the  grounds 
that  the  meeting  is  not  lawfully  called.  1971,  c.  26,  s.  42, 
amended. 

98. — (1)  A   shareholder  entitled   to   vote   at  a  meeting  of  Proposal 
shareholders  may, 

(a)  submit  to  the  corporation  notice  of  a  proposal;  and 

{b)  discuss  at  the  meeting  any  matter  in  respect  of  which  he 
would  have  been  entitled  to  submit  a  proposal. 

(2)  Where  a  corporation  receives  notice  of  a  proposal  and  the  circulating 

...  •  •        1      11  1  1    •        1        proposal 

corporation  solicits  proxies,  it  shall  set  out  the  proposal  in  the 
management  information  circular  required  by  section  111  or 
attach  the  proposal  thereto. 

(3)  If  so  requested  by  a  shareholder  giving  notice  of  a  proposal,  statement  in 
the  corporation  shall  include  in  the  management  information  proposal 
circular  or  attach  thereto  a  statement  by  the  shareholder  of  not 

more  than  two  hundred  words  in  support  of  the  proposal  along 
with  the  name  and  address  of  the  shareholder. 

(4)  A  proposal  may  include  nominations  for  the  election  of  Proposal 

,.  -,-1  1  .       .  r    y  rnav  include 

directors  if  the  proposal  is  signed  by  one  or  more  holders  oi  shares  nominations 
representing  in  the  aggregate  not  less  than  5  per  cent  of  the  shares 
or  5  per  cent  of  the  shares  of  a  class  or  series  of  shares  of  the 
corporation  entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting  to  which  the  proposal  is 
to  be  presented,  but  this  subsection  does  not  preclude  nominations 
being  made  at  a  meeting  of  shareholders. 

(5)  A  corporation  is  not  required  to  comply  with  subsections  2  ^^'^"^  *"''**■ 
and  3  where,  apply 

(a)  the  proposal  is  not  submitted  to  the  corporation  at  least 
sixty  days  before  the  anniversary  date  of  the  last  annual 
meeting,  if  the  matter  is  proposed  to  be  raised  at  an 
annual  meeting,  or  at  least  sixty  days  before  a  meeting 
other  than  the  annual  meeting,  if  the  matter  is  proposed 
to  be  raised  at  a  meeting  other  than  the  annual  meeting; 

(6)  it  clearly  appears  that  the  proposal  is  submitted  by  the 
shareholder  primarily  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  a 
personal  claim  or  redressing  a  personal  grievance 
against  the  corporation  or  any  of  its  directors,  officers  or 
security  holders,  or  for  a  purpose  that  is  not  related  in 
any  significant  way  to  the  business  or  affairs  of  the 
corporation; 

(c)  the  corporation,  at  the  shareholder's  request,  included  a 
proposal  in  a  management  information  circular  relating 


66 


Where  no 
liability 


Where  refusal 
to  circulate 
proposal 


to  a  meeting  of  shareholders  held  within  two  years  pre- 
ceding the  receipt  of  the  request,  and  the  shareholder 
failed  to  present  the  proposal,  in  person  or  by  proxy,  at 
the  meeting;  or 

(d)  substantially  the  same  proposal  was  submitted  to 
shareholders  in  a  management  information  circular  or  a 
dissident's  information  circular  relating  to  a  meeting  of 
shareholders  held  within  two  years  preceding  the  receipt 
of  the  shareholder's  request  and  the  proposal  was 
defeated. 

(6)  No  corporation  or  person  acting  on  its  behalf  incurs  any 
liability  by  reason  only  of  circulating  a  proposal  or  statement  in 
compliance  with  this  section. 

(7)  Where  a  corporation  refuses  to  include  a  proposal  in  a 
management  information  circular,  the  corporation  shall,  within 
ten  days  after  receiving  the  proposal,  send  notice  to  the  share- 
holder submitting  the  proposal  of  its  intention  to  omit  the  proposal 
from  the  management  information  circular  and  send  to  him  a 
statement  of  the  reasons  for  the  refusal. 


Idem 


Idem 


(8)  Upon  the  application  of  a  shareholder  aggrieved  by  a  corpo- 
ration's refusal  under  subsection  7,  the  court  may  restrain  the 
holding  of  the  meeting  to  which  the  proposal  is  sought  to  be 
presented  and  make  any  further  order  it  thinks  fit. 

(9)  The  corporation  or  any  person  aggrieved  by  a  proposal  may 
apply  to  the  court  for  an  order  permitting  the  corporation  to  omit 
the  proposal  from  the  management  information  circular,  and  the 
court,  if  it  is  satisfied  that  subsection  5  applies,  may  make  such 
order  as  it  thinks  fit. 


Idem 


(10)  An  applicant  under  subsection  8  or  9  shall  give  the  Director 
notice  of  the  application  and  the  Director  is  entitled  to  appear  and 
be  heard  in  person  or  by  counsel. 


Interpre- 
tation 


List  of 
shareholders 


(11)  In  this  section,  "proposal"  means  a  matter  that  a  share- 
holder entitled  to  vote  proposes  to  raise  at  a  meeting  of  share- 
holders.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  SO,  s.  102,  amended. 

99. — (1)  A  corporation  shall  prepare  a  list  of  shareholders 
entitled  to  receive  notice  of  a  meeting,  arranged  in  alphabetical 
order  and  showing  the  number  of  shares  held  by  each  shareholder, 
which  list  shall  be  prepared, 


(a)  if  a  record  date  is  fixed  under  subsection  2  of  section  94, 
not  later  than  ten  days  after  such  record  date;  or 


(b)  if  no  record  date  is  fixed, 


67 

(i)  at  the  close  of  business  on  the  day  immediately 
preceding  the  day  on  which  notice  is  given,  or 

(ii)  where  no  notice  is  given,  on  the  day  on  which  the 
meeting  is  held. 

(2)  Where  a  corporation  fixes  a  record  date  under  subsection  2  Entitlement 
of  section  94,  a  person  named  in  the  list  prepared  under  clause  a  of 
subsection  1  is  entitled  to  vote  the  shares  shown  opposite  his  name 

at  the  meeting  to  which  the  list  relates,  except  to  the  extent  that, 

(a)  the  person  has  transferred  any  of  his  shares  after  the 
record  date;  and 

{h)  the  transferee  of  those  shares, 

(i)  produces  properly  endorsed  share  certificates,  or 

(ii)  otherwise  establishes  that  he  owns  the  shares, 

and  demands,  not  later  than  ten  days  before  the  meeting, 
or  such  shorter  period  before  the  meeting  as  the  by-laws 
of  the  corporation  may  provide,  that  his  name  be 
included  in  the  list  before  the  meeting, 

in  which  case  the  transferee  is  entitled  to  vote  his  shares  at  the 
meeting. 

(3)  Where  a  corporation  does  not  fix  a  record  date  under  sub-  ^em 
section  2  of  section  94,  a  person  named  in  a  list  prepared  under 
clause  h  of  subsection  1  is  entitled  to  vote  the  shares  shown 
opposite  his  name  at  the  meeting  to  which  the  list  relates,  except  to 
the  extent  that, 

{a)  the  person  has  transferred  any  of  his  shares  after  the  date 
on  which  a  list  referred  to  in  subclause  i  of  clause  b  of 
subsection  1  is  prepared;  and 

{b)  the  transferee  of  those  shares, 

(i)  produces  properly  endorsed  share  certificates,  or 

(ii)  otherwise  establishes  that  he  owns  the  shares, 

and  demands  not  later  than  ten  days  before  the  meeting, 
or  such  shorter  period  before  the  meeting  as  the  by-laws 
of  the  corporation  may  provide,  that  his  name  be 
included  in  the  list  before  the  meeting, 

in  which  case  the  transferee  is  entitled  to  vote  his  shares  at  the 
meeting. 


Examination 
of  list 


68 

(4)  A  shareholder  may  examine  the  list  of  shareholders, 

{a)  during  usual  business  hours  at  the  registered  office  of  the 
corporation  or  at  the  place  where  its  central  securities 
register  is  maintained;  and 

(b)  at  the  meeting  of  shareholders  for  which  the  list  was 
prepared. 

1  00. — (1)  Unless  the  by-laws  otherwise  provide,  the  holders 
of  a  majority  of  the  shares  entitled  to  vote  at  a  meeting  of 
shareholders,  whether  present  in  person  or  represented  by  proxy, 
constitute  a  quorum. 

(2)  If  a  quorum  is  present  at  the  opening  of  a  meeting  of 
shareholders,  the  shareholders  present  may,  unless  the  by-laws 
otherwise  provide,  proceed  with  the  business  of  the  meeting  not- 
withstanding that  a  quorum  is  not  present  throughout  the  meet- 
ing. 

(3)  If  a  quorum  is  not  present  at  the  time  appointed  for  a 
meeting  of  shareholders,  or  within  such  reasonable  time  thereafter 
as  the  shareholders  present  may  determine,  the  shareholders  pre- 
sent may  adjourn  the  meeting  to  a  fixed  time  and  place  but  may 
not  transact  any  other  business. 

Where  only  one  (4)  If  a  corporation  has  only  one  shareholder,  or  only  one  holder 
of  any  class  or  series  of  shares,  the  shareholder  present  in  person  or 
by  proxy  constitutes  a  meeting.     New. 


Quorum 


Idem 


Idem 


Voting  rights  1 Q 1 , — (1)  Uuless  the  articles  otherwise  provide,  each  share  of 
a  corporation  entitles  the  holder  thereof  to  one  vote  at  a  meeting  of 
shareholders. 

Representative  (2)  Where  a  body  corporate  or  association  is  a  shareholder  of  a 
corporation,  the  corporation  shall  recognize  any  individual 
authorized  by  a  resolution  of  the  directors  or  governing  body  of  the 
body  corporate  or  association  to  represent  it  at  meetings  of 
shareholders  of  the  corporation.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  112  (2), 
amended. 


Idem 


Joint 
shareholders 


(3)  An  individual  authorized  as  set  out  in  subsection  2  may 
exercise  on  behalf  of  the  body  corporate  or  association  he  repre- 
sents all  the  powers  it  could  exercise  if  it  were  an  individual 
shareholder.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  113  (1),  amended. 

(4)  Unless  the  by-laws  otherwise  provide,  where  two  or  more 
persons  hold  shares  jointly,  one  of  those  holders  present  at  a 
meeting  of  shareholders  may  in  the  absence  of  the  others  vote  the 
shares,  but  if  two  or  more  of  those  persons  are  present,  in  person  or 
by  proxy,  they  shall  vote  as  one  on  the  shares  jointly  held  by 
them.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  114,  amended. 


69 

102. — (1)  Unless  the  by-laws  otherwise  provide,  voting  at  a  Manner  of 
meeting  of  shareholders  shall  be  by  show  of  hands,  except  where  a 
ballot  is  demanded  by  a  shareholder  or  proxyholder  entitled  to 
vote  at  the  meeting. 

(2)  A  shareholder  or  proxyholder  may  demand  a  ballot  either  ^'^^^ 
before  or  after  any  vote  by  show  of  hands. 

(3)  Unless  a  ballot  is  demanded,  an  entry  in  the  minutes  of  a  Entry  in 
meeting  of  shareholders  to  the  effect  that  the  chairman  declared  a 
motion  to  be  carried  is  admissible  in  evidence  as  prima  facie  proof 

of  the  fact  without  proof  of  the  number  or  proportion  of  the  votes 
recorded  in  favour  of  or  against  the  motion.     New. 

1 03. — (1)  Except  where  a  written  statement  is  submitted  by  a  Resolution  in 
director  under  subsection  2  of  section  1 2  2  or  where  representations  '*^"  °  ^^^  '"'^ 
in  writing  are  submitted  by  an  auditor  under  subsection  6  of 
section  148, 

(a)  a  resolution  in  writing  signed  by  all  the  shareholders 
entitled  to  vote  on  that  resolution  at  a  meeting  of 
shareholders  is  as  valid  as  if  it  had  been  passed  at  a 
meeting  of  the  shareholders;  and 

(b)  a  resolution  in  writing  dealing  with  all  matters  required 
by  this  Act  to  be  dealt  with  at  a  meeting  of  shareholders, 
and  signed  by  all  the  shareholders  entitled  to  vote  at  that 
meeting,  satisfies  all  the  requirements  of  this  Act  relating 
to  that  meeting  of  shareholders. 

(2)  A  copy  of  every  resolution  referred  to  in  subsection  1  shall  be  Copy  of 

1  •!!  •  1-1  •  r    I  111  T-»o/~v     resolution  kept 

kept  with  the  mmutes  of  the  meetmgs  of  shareholders.     R.b.O.  with  minutes 
1970,  c.  53,  s.  23  (1,  2),  amended. 

1 04. — (1)  The  holders  of  not  less  than  5  per  cent  of  the  issued  Requisition  for 

,  -  .  1-1  •         shareholders 

shares  of  a  corporation  that  carry  the  right  to  vote  at  a  meeting  meeting 
sought  to  be  held  may  requisition  the  directors  to  call  a  meeting  of 
shareholders  for  the  purposes  stated  in  the  requisition. 

(2)  The  requisition  referred  to  in  subsection  1  shall  state  the  Wem 
business  to  be  transacted  at  the  meeting  and  shall  be  sent  to  the 
registered  office  of  the  corporation. 

(3)  Upon  receiving  the  requisition  referred  to  in  subsection  1 ,  Duty  of 
the  directors  shall  call  a  meeting  of  shareholders  to  transact  the  meeting 
business  stated  in  the  requisition  unless, 

(a)  a  record  date  has  been  fixed  under  subsection  2  of  section 
94  and  notice  thereof  has  been  given  under  subsection  4 
of  section  94; 


70 


(b)  the  directors  have  called  a  meeting  of  shareholders  and 
have  given  notice  thereof  under  section  95;  or 

(c)  the  business  of  the  meeting  as  stated  in  the  requisition 
includes  matters  described  in  clauses  b  to  d  of  subsection 
5  of  section  98. 

Where  (4)  If  the  directors  do  not  within  twenty-one  days  after  receiv- 

may'can°"'*^     ing  the  requisition  referred  to  in  subsection  1  call  a  meeting,  any 
meeting  shareholder  who  signed  the  requisition  may  call  the  meeting. 


Calling  of 
meeting 


(5)  A  meeting  called  under  this  section  shall  be  called  as  nearly 
as  possible  in  the  manner  in  which  meetings  are  to  be  called  under 
the  by-laws,  this  Part  and  Part  VII. 


Repayment  of 
expenses 


(6)  The  corporation  shall  reimburse  the  shareholders  for  the 
expenses  reasonably  incurred  by  them  in  requisitioning,  calling 
and  holding  the  meeting  unless  the  shareholders  have  not  acted  in 
good  faith  and  in  the  interest  of  the  shareholders  of  the  corporation 
generally.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  109,  amended. 


Requisition  by 
court 


1 05. — (1)  If  for  any  reason  it  is  impracticable  to  call  a  meeting 
of  shareholders  of  a  corporation  in  the  manner  in  which  meetings 
of  those  shareholders  may  be  called  or  to  conduct  the  meeting  in 
the  manner  prescribed  by  the  by-laws,  the  articles  and  this  Act,  or 
if  for  any  other  reason  the  court  thinks  fit,  the  court,  upon  the 
application  of  a  director  or  a  shareholder  entitled  to  vote  at  the 
meeting,  may  order  a  meeting  to  be  called,  held  and  conducted  in 
such  manner  as  the  court  directs  and  upon  such  terms  as  to 
security  for  the  costs  of  holding  the  meeting  or  otherwise  as  the 
court  deems  fit. 


Power  of  court  (2)  Without  restricting  the  generality  of  subsection  1 ,  the  court 
may  order  that  the  quorum  required  by  the  by-laws,  the  articles  or 
this  Act  be  varied  or  dispensed  with  at  a  meeting  called,  held  and 
conducted  under  this  section. 


Effect  of 
meeting 


(3)  A  meeting  called,  held  and  conducted  under  this  section  is 
for  all  purposes  a  meeting  of  shareholders  of  the  corporation  duly 
called,  held  and  conducted.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  ss.  110,  111, 
amended. 


Application  to 
court 


106. — (1)  A  corporation,  shareholder  or  director  may  apply 
to  the  court  to  determine  any  controversy  with  respect  to  an 
election  or  appointment  of  a  director  or  auditor  of  the  corporation. 


Idem 


(2)  Upon  an  application  under  this  section,  the  court  may  make 
any  order  it  thinks  fit  including,  without  limiting  the  generality  of 
the  foregoing, 


71 

(a)  an  order  restraining  a  director  or  auditor  whose  election 
or  appointment  is  challenged  from  acting  pending 
determination  of  the  dispute; 

(b)  an  order  declaring  the  result  of  the  disputed  election  or 
appointment; 

(c)  an  order  requiring  a  new  election  or  appointment  and 
including  in  the  order  directions  for  the  management  of 
the  business  and  affairs  of  the  corporation  until  a  new 
election  is  held  or  appointment  made;  and 

(d)  an  order  determining  the  voting  rights  of  shareholders 
and  of  persons  claiming  to  own  shares.     New. 

107. — (1)  A    written    agreement    between    two    or    more  Agreement 
shareholders  may  provide  that  in  exercising  voting  rights  the  shareholders 
shares  held  by  them  shall  be  voted  as  therein  provided. 

(2)  An  otherwise  lawful  written  agreement  among  all  the  ^'^^"^ 
shareholders  of  a  corporation  or  among  all  the  shareholders  and 
one  or  more  persons  who  are  not  shareholders  that  restricts  in 
whole  or  in  part  the  powers  of  the  directors  to  manage  or  supervise 
the  management  of  the  business  and  affairs  of  the  corporation  is 
valid. 

(3)  Where  a  person  who  is  the  beneficial  owner  of  all  the  issued  Unanimous 

.  •  J      1  •  1  •         shareholder 

shares  oi  a  corporation  makes  a  written  declaration  that  restricts  agreement 
in  whole  or  in  part  the  powers  of  the  directors  to  manage  or 
supervise  the  management  of  the  business  and  affairs  of  a  corpo- 
ration, the  declaration  is  deemed  to  be  a  unanimous  shareholder 
agreement. 

(4)  Subject  to  subsection  3  of  section  55,  a  transferee  of  shares  Party  to 

.  .       ,  ,         ,  unanimous 

subject  to  a  unanimous  shareholder  agreement  is  deemed  to  be  a  shareholder 
party  to  the  agreement.  "  agreement 

(5)  A  shareholder  who  is  a  party  to  a  unanimous  shareholder  Where 

.  1   1-    1  •!•   •  r       shareholder  has 

agreement  has  all  the  rights,  powers,  duties  and  liabilities  of  a  power,  etc..  of 
director  of  the  corporation,  whether  arising  under  this  Act  or  director 
otherwise,  to  which  the  agreement  relates  to  the  extent  that  the 
agreement  restricts  the  discretion  or  powers  of  the  directors  to 
manage  or  supervise  the  management  of  the  business  and  affairs 
of  the  corporation  and  the  directors  are  thereby  relieved  of  their 
duties  and  liabilities,  including  any  liabilities  under  section  130,  to 
the  same  extent. 


(6)  A    unanimous    shareholder    agreement    may,     without  Matters  that  a 

.  -ii  unanimous 

restricting  the  generality  of  subsection  2 ,  provide  that,  shareholder 

agreement  may 
provide 


72 

(a)  any  amendment  of  the  unanimous  shareholder  agree- 
ment may  be  effected  in  the  manner  specified  therein; 
and 

(b)  in  the  event  that  shareholders  who  are  parties  to  the 
unanimous  shareholder  agreement  are  unable  to  agree 
on  or  resolve  any  matter  pertaining  to  the  agreement,  the 
matter  may  be  referred  to  arbitration  under  such  proce- 
dures and  conditions  as  are  specified  in  the  unanimous 
shareholder  agreement.     New. 


PART  VII 

PROXIES 


Interpretation  108.    In  this  Part, 


(a)  "dissident's  information  circular"  means  the  circular 
referred  to  in  clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  111; 

(b)  "form  of  proxy"  means  a  written  or  printed  form  that, 
upon  completion  and  execution  by  or  on  behalf  of  a 
shareholder,  becomes  a  proxy; 

(c)  "management  information  circular"  means  the  circular 
referred  to  in  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  111; 

(d)  "proxy"  means  a  completed  and  executed  form  of  proxy 
by  means  of  which  a  shareholder  has  appointed  a 
proxyholder  to  attend  and  act  on  his  behalf  at  a  meeting 
of  shareholders; 

(e)  "solicit"  and  "solicitation"  include, 

(i)  a  request  for  a  proxy  whether  or  not  accom- 
panied by  or  included  in  a  form  of  proxy, 

(ii)  a  request  to  execute  or  not  to  execute  a  form  of 
proxy  or  to  revoke  a  proxy, 

(iii)  the  sending  of  a  form  of  proxy  or  other  communi- 
cation to  a  shareholder  under  circumstances 
reasonably  calculated  to  result  in  the  procure- 
ment, withholding  or  revocation  of  a  proxy,  and 

(iv)  the  sending  of  a  form  of  proxy  to  a  shareholder 
under  section  110, 

but  do  not  include, 


73 

(v)  the  sending  of  a  form  of  proxy  in  response  to  an 
unsolicited  request  made  by  or  on  behalf  of  a 
shareholder, 

(vi)  the  performance  of  administrative  acts  or  profes- 
sional services  on  behalf  of  a  person  soliciting  a 
proxy, 

(vii)  the  sending  of  material  pursuant  to  section  48  of 

The  Securities  Act,  1978,  '''"s-  ^-  ^^ 

(viii)  a  solicitation  by  a  person  in  respect  of  shares  of 
which  he  is  the  beneficial  owner; 

(/)  "solicitation  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  management  of  a 
corporation"  means  a  solicitation  by  any  person  pur- 
suant to  a  resolution  or  the  instructions  of  the  directors  of 
that  corporation  or  a  committee  of  such  directors. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  115,  amended. 

1 09. — (1)  Every  shareholder  entitled  to  vote  at  a  meeting  of  Proxies 
shareholders  may  by  means  of  a  proxy  appoint  a  proxyholder  or 
one  or  more  alternate  proxyholders,  who  need  not  be  share- 
holders, as  his  nominee  to  attend  and  act  at  the  meeting  in  the 
manner,  to  the  extent  and  with  the  authority  conferred  by  the 
proxy. 

(2)  A  proxy  shall  be  executed  by  the  shareholder  or  his  attorney  Execution  and 
authorized  in  writing  or,  if  the  shareholder  is  a  body  corporate,  by 

an  officer  or  attorney  thereof  duly  authorized  and,  in  the  case  of  a 
proxy  appointing  a  proxyholder  to  attend  and  act  at  a  meeting  or 
meetings  of  shareholders  of  an  offering  corporation,  ceases  to  be 
valid  one  year  from  its  date. 

(3)  Every  form  of  proxy  shall  comply  with  the  regulations.       fori"  of 

(4)  A  shareholder  may  revoke  a  proxy.  Revocation 

(a)  by  depositing  an  instrument  in  writing  executed  by  him 
or  by  his  attorney  authorized  in  writing, 

(i)  at  the  registered  office  of  the  corporation  at  any 
time  up  to  and  including  the  last  business  day 
preceding  the  day  of  the  meeting,  or  any 
adjournment  thereof,  at  which  the  proxy  is  to  be 
used,  or 

(ii)  with  the  chairman  of  the  meeting  on  the  day  of 
the  meeting  or  an  adjournment  thereof;  or 


74 


Time  limit 
for  deposit 


Mandatory 
solicitation  of 
prox>- 


Application  of 
subs.  1 

Information 
circular 


Filing  copy 


(b)  in  any  other  manner  permitted  by  law. 

(5)  The  directors  may  by  resolution  fix  a  time  not  exceeding 
forty-eight  hours,  excluding  Saturdays  and  holidays,  preceding 
any  meeting  or  adjourned  meeting  of  shareholders  before  which 
time  proxies  to  be  used  at  that  meeting  must  be  deposited  with  the 
corporation  or  an  agent  thereof,  and  any  period  of  time  so  fixed 
shall  be  specified  in  the  notice  calling  the  meeting.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  116,  amended. 

1 10. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  the  management  of  a  cor- 
poration shall,  concurrently  with  sending  notice  of  a  meeting  of 
shareholders,  send  a  form  of  proxy  in  prescribed  form  to  each 
shareholder  who  is  entitled  to  receive  notice  of  the  meeting. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  117;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  28,  amended. 

(2)  Subsection  1  applies  only  to  an  offering  corporation.     New. 

1 1 1. — (1)  No  person  shall  solicit  proxies  unless, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  solicitation  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  manage- 
ment of  a  corporation,  a  management  information  cir- 
cular in  prescribed  form,  either  as  an  appendix  to  or  as  a 
separate  document  accompanying  the  notice  of  the 
meeting;  or 

{b)  in  the  case  of  any  other  solicitation,  a  dissident's  infor- 
mation circular  in  prescribed  form, 

is  sent  to  the  auditor  of  the  corporation,  to  each  shareholder  whose 
proxy  is  solicited  and,  if  clause  b  applies,  to  the  corporation. 

(2)  A  person  required  to  send  a  management  or  dissident's 
information  circular  concurrently  shall  file  with  the  Commission, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  management  information  circular,  a  copy 
thereof  together  with  a  copy  of  the  notice  of  meeting, 
form  of  proxy  and  of  any  other  documents  for  use  in 
connection  with  the  meeting;  and 

(jb)  in  the  case  of  a  dissident's  information  circular,  a  copy 
thereof  together  with  a  copy  of  the  form  of  proxy  and  of 
any  other  documents  for  use  in  connection  with  the 
meeting. 


Application  of        (3)  Subsection     1     applies    only    to    an    offering    corpora- 
^  tion.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  118;  1978,  c.  49,  s.  5,  amended. 


Exemption 
order 
re  ss.  110, 
111  (1,  2) 


112.  Upon  the  application  of  any  interested  person,  the 
Commission  may,  if  satisfied  in  the  circumstances  of  the  particu- 
lar case  that  there  is  adequate  justification  for  so  doing,  make  an 
order,  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Commission  may 
impose,  exempting,  in  whole  or  in  part,  any  person  from  the 


75 

requirements  of  section  110  or  from  the  requirements  of  subsec- 
tions 1  and  2  of  section  111.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  119  (2), 
amended. 

113. — (1)  A  person  who  solicits  a  proxy  and  is  appointed  Proxyhoiden 
proxyholder  shall  attend  in  person  or  cause  an  alternate  proxy- 
holder  to  attend  the  meeting  in  respect  of  which  the  proxy  is  given 
and  comply  with  the  directions  of  the  shareholder  who  appointed 
him. 

(2)  A  proxyholder  or  an  alternate  proxyholder  has  the  same  "g^^^^  °f 
rights  as  the  shareholder  who  appointed  him  to  speak  at  a  meeting  ^^''^  ° 
of  shareholders  in  respect  of  any  matter,  to  vote  by  way  of  ballot  at 

the  meeting  and,  except  where  a  proxyholder  or  an  alternate 
proxyholder  has  conflicting  instructions  from  more  than  one 
shareholder,  to  vote  at  such  a  meeting  in  respect  of  any  matter  by 
way  of  a  show  of  hands. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsections  1  and  2 ,  where  the  chairman  Vote 
of  a  meeting  of  shareholders  declares  to  the  meeting  that,  to  the 
best  of  his  belief,  if  a  ballot  is  conducted,  the  total  number  of  votes 
attached  to  the  shares  represented  at  the  meeting  by  proxy 
required  to  be  voted  against  what  will  be  the  decision  of  the 
meeting  in  relation  to  any  matter  or  group  of  matters  is  less  than  5 
per  cent  of  all  the  votes  that  might  be  cast  at  the  meeting  on  such 
ballot,  unless  a  shareholder,  proxyholder  or  alternate  proxyholder 
demands  a  jballot, 

(a)  the  chairman  may  conduct  the  vote  in  respect  of  that 
matter  or  group  of  matters  by  a  show  of  hands;  and 

{b)  a  proxyholder  or  alternate  proxyholder  may  vote  in 
respect  of  that  matter  or  group  of  matters  by  a  show  of 
hands.     New. 

PART  VIII 

DIRECTORS  AND  OFFICERS 

1 14. — (1)  Subject  to  any  unanimous  shareholder  agreement,  ^"ties 
the  directors  shall  manage  or  supervise  the  management  of  the 
business  and  affairs  of  the  corporation.     R.S.O.   1970,  c.  53, 
s.  132,  amended. 

(2)  The  board  of  directors  shall  consist  of,  ^."^""^  °^ 

'  '  directors 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  that  is  not  an  offering  corpo- 
ration, at  least  one  individual;  and 

{b)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  that  is  an  offering  corpora- 
tion, not  fewer  than  three  individuals. 

(3)  At  least  one-third  of  the  directors  of  an  offering  corporation  ^^^"^ 
shall  not  be  officers  or  employees  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its 
affiliates.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  122  (2),  amended. 


76 


By-laws  by 

resolution 


115. — (1)  Unless  the  articles,  the  by-laws  or  a  unanimous 
shareholder  agreement  otherwise  provide,  the  directors  may,  by 
resolution,  make,  amend  or  repeal  any  by-laws  that  regulate  the 
business  affairs  of  a  corporation. 


Confirmation 
by  shareholders 


(2)  Where  the  directors  make,  amend  or  repeal  a  by-law  under 
subsection  1,  they  shall  submit  the  by-law,  amendment  or  repeal 
to  the  shareholders  at  the  next  meeting  of  shareholders,  and  the 
shareholders  may  confirm,  reject  or  amend  the  by-law,  amend- 
ment or  repeal. 


Effective  date 


(3)  Where  a  by-law  is  made,  amended  or  repealed  under  sub- 
section 1,  the  by-law,  amendment  or  repeal  is  effective  from  the 
date  of  the  resolution  of  the  directors  until  it  is  confirmed,  con- 
firmed as  amended  or  rejected  by  the  shareholders  under  subsec- 
tion 2  or  until  it  ceases  to  be  effective  under  subsection  4  and, 
where  the  by-law  is  confirmed  or  confirmed  as  amended,  it  con- 
tinues in  effect  in  the  form  in  which  it  was  so  confirmed. 


Rejection,  etc.  (4)  If  a  by-law  or  an  amendment  or  repeal  of  a  by-law  is  rejected 
by  the  shareholders,  or  if  the  directors  do  not  submit  the  by-law, 
amendment  or  repeal  to  the  shareholders  as  required  under  sub- 
section 2,  the  by-law,  amendment  or  repeal  ceases  to  be  effective 
on  the  date  of  such  rejection  or  on  the  date  of  the  meeting  of 
shareholders  at  which  it  should  have  been  submitted,  as  the  case 
may  be,  and  no  subsequent  resolution  of  the  directors  to  make, 
amend  or  repeal  a  by-law  having  substantially  the  same  purpose 
or  effect  is  effective  until  it  is  confirmed  or  confirmed  as  amended 
by  the  shareholders. 


By-law  re 

shareholder 

proposal 


(5)  If  a  shareholder  proposal  to  make,  amend  or  repeal  a  by-law 
is  made  in  accordance  with  section  98  and  is  adopted  by  share- 
holders at  a  meeting,  the  by-law,  amendment  or  repeal  is  effective 
from  the  date  of  its  adoption  and  requires  no  further  confirmation. 


By-law  need         (5)  ^  by-law  need  not  be  described  as  a  by-law  in  a  resolution 

not  be  so  <-  1         •       1 

described         referred  to  m  this  section.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  21,  amended. 


First  directors        J  1  g. — (1)  After  incorporation,  a  meeting  of  the  directors  of  a 
corporation  shall  be  held  at  which  the  directors  may, 

(a)  make  by-laws; 

(b)  adopt   forms   of   security   certificates    and    corporate 
records; 


(c)  authorize  the  issue  of  securities; 


77 

(d)  appoint  officers; 

{e)  appoint  one  or  more  auditors  to  hold  office  until  the  first 
annual  or  special  meeting  of  shareholders; 

(/)  make  banking  arrangements;  and 

(g)  transact  any  other  business. 

(2)  Any  matter  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  be  dealt  with  by  Resolution  in 
the  directors  by  a  resolution  in  writing  in  accordance  with  subsec- 
tion 1  of  section  128. 

(3)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  body  corporate  to  which  a  where  subs,  i 
certificate  of  amalgamation  has  been  issued  under  subsection  4  of  ^^^  "  ^^^  ^ 
section  1 76  or  to  which  a  certificate  of  continuance  has  been  issued 

under  subsection  4  of  section  178. 

(4)  An  incorporator  or  a  director  may  call  the  meeting  of  direc-  Calling  meeting 
tors  referred  to  in  subsection  1  by  giving  not  less  than  five  days 

notice  thereof  to  each  director,  stating  the  time  and  place  of  the 
meeting.     New. 

1 1  7. — (1)  The  following  persons  are  disqualified  from  being  a  Director 

,.         ,  -  ..  disqualilication 

director  of  a  corporation: 

1.  A  person  who  is  less  than  eighteen  years  of  age. 

2 .  A  person  who  is  of  unsound  mind  and  has  been  so  found 
by  a  court  in  Canada  or  elsewhere. 

3.  A  person  who  is  not  an  individual. 

4.  A  person  who  has  the  status  of  bankrupt.     R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  125, part;  1971,  c.  98,  s.  4,  Sched.,  amended. 

(2)  Unless  the  articles  otherwise  provide,  a  director  of  a  corpo-  Holding  shares 
ration  is  not  required  to  hold  shares  issued  by  the  corpora- 
tion.    New. 

(3)  A  majority  of  the  directors  of  every  corporation  other  than  directors  to  be 

.,  .  •!/-.  1-  resident 

a  non-resident  corporation   shall   be   resident  Canadians   but  Canadians 
where  a  corporation  has  only  one  or  two  directors,  that  director 
or  one  of  the  two  directors,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  a 
resident  Canadian.     1974,  c.  26,  s.  2,  amended. 

1 1 8. — (1)  Each  director  named  in  the  articles  shall  hold  office  F'^st  directors 
from  the  date  of  endorsement  of  the  certificate  of  incorporation 
until  the  first  meeting  of  shareholders. 

(2)  No  director  named  in  the  articles  shall  be  permitted  to  resign  idem 
his  office  unless  at  the  time  the  resignation  is  to  become  effective  a 
successor  is  elected  or  appointed. 


78 


l<ie™  (3)  The  first  directors  of  a  corporation  named  in  the  articles 

have  all  the  powers  and  duties  and  are  subject  to  all  the  liabilities 
of  directors. 


Election  of 
directors 


(4)  Subject  to  clause  a  of  section  119,  shareholders  of  a  cor- 
poration shall  elect,  at  the  first  meeting  of  shareholders  and  at  each 
succeeding  annual  meeting  at  which  an  election  of  directors  is 
required,  directors  to  hold  office  for  a  term  expiring  not  later  than 
the  close  of  the  third  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  following  the 
election. 


Term  for 
directors 


(5)  It  is  not  necessary  that  all  directors  elected  at  a  meeting  of 
shareholders  hold  office  for  the  same  term. 


Idem 


Idem 


(6)  A  director  not  elected  for  an  expressly  stated  term  ceases  to 
hold  office  at  the  close  of  the  first  annual  meeting  of  shareholders 
following  his  election. 

(7)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  this  section,  if  directors 
are  not  elected  at  a  meeting  of  shareholders  the  incumbent  direc- 
tors continue  in  office  until  their  successors  are  elected. 


Failure  to 
elect  required 
number  of 
directors 


(8)  If  a  meeting  of  shareholders  fails  to  elect  the  number  of 
directors  required  by  the  articles  or  by  section  124  by  reason  of  the 
disqualification,  incapacity  or  death  of  one  or  more  candidates, 
the  directors  elected  at  that  meeting,  if  they  constitute  a  quorum, 
may  exercise  all  the  powers  of  the  directors  of  the  corporation 
pending  the  holding  of  a  meeting  of  shareholders  in  accordance 
with  subsection  3  of  section  123.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,ss.  123,  126; 
1972,  c.  138,  s.  31,  amended. 


Cumulative 
voting  for 
directors 


119.  Where  the  articles  provide  for  cumulative  voting, 

(a)  each  shareholder  entitled  to  vote  at  an  election  of  direc- 
tors has  the  right  to  cast  a  number  of  votes  equal  to  the 
number  of  votes  attached  to  the  shares  held  by  him 
multiplied  by  the  number  of  directors  to  be  elected,  and 
he  may  cast  all  such  votes  in  favour  of  one  candidate  or 
distribute  them  among  the  candidates  in  any  manner; 


(b)  a  separate  vote  of  shareholders  shall  be  taken  with 
respect  to  each  candidate  nominated  for  director  unless  a 
resolution  is  passed  unanimously  permitting  two  or  more 
persons  to  be  elected  by  a  single  resolution; 


(c)  if  a  shareholder  has  voted  for  more  than  one  candidate 
without  specifying  the  distribution  of  his  votes  among 
the  candidates,  he  is  deemed  to  have  distributed  his 
votes  equally  among  the  candidates  for  whom  he  voted; 


79 

(d)  if  the  number  of  candidates  nominated  for  director 
exceeds  the  number  of  positions  to  be  filled,  the  candi- 
dates who  receive  the  least  number  of  votes  shall  be 
eliminated  until  the  number  of  candidates  remaining 
equals  the  number  of  positions  to  be  filled; 

(e)  each  director  ceases  to  hold  office  at  the  close  of  the  first 
annual  meeting  of  shareholders  following  his  election; 

(/)  a  director  may  not  be  removed  from  office  if  the  votes 
cast  against  his  removal  would  be  sufficient  to  elect  him 
and  such  votes  could  be  voted  cumulatively  at  an  elec- 
tion at  which  the  same  total  number  of  votes  were  cast 
and  the  number  of  directors  required  by  the  articles  were 
then  being  elected; 

(g)  the  number  of  directors  required  by  the  articles  may  not 
be  decreased  if  the  votes  cast  against  the  motion  to 
decrease  would  be  sufficient  to  elect  a  director  and  such 
votes  could  be  voted  cumulatively  at  an  election  at 
which  the  same  total  number  of  votes  were  cast  and  the 
number  of  directors  required  by  the  articles  were  then 
being  elected;  and 

(h)  the  articles  shall  require  a  fixed  number  and  not  a 
minimum  and  maximum  number  of  directors.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  53,  s.  127;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  37,  amended. 

120. — (1)  A  director  of  a  corporation  ceases  to  hold  office  When  director 

ceases  to  hold 

when,  office 

(a)  he  dies  or,  subject  to  subsection  2  of  section  118,  resigns; 

(b)  he  is  removed  in  accordance  with  section  121;  or 

(c)  he  becomes  disqualified  under  subsection  1  of  section 
117. 

(2)  A  resignation  of  a  director  becomes  effective  at  the  time  a  Wem 
written  resignation  is  received  by  the  corporation  or  at  the  time 
specified  in  the  resignation,  whichever  is  later.     New. 

121. — (1)  Subject  to  clause/ of  section  119  the  shareholders  of  Removal  of 

.  ,  ,.  ,       .  1  .    1  directors 

a  corporation  may  by  ordmary  resolution  at  an  annual  or  special 
meeting  remove  any  director  or  directors  from  office. 

(2)  Where  the  holders  of  any  class  or  series  of  shares  of  aWem 
corporation  have  an  exclusive  right  to  elect  one  or  more  directors, 
a  director  so  elected  may  only  be  removed  by  an  ordinary  resolu- 
tion at  a  meeting  of  the  shareholders  of  that  class  or  series. 


80 


Idem 


Entitlement 
of  director 


Idem 


Distribution 

of 

statement 


(3)  Subject  to  clauses  a  toe?  of  section  119,  a  vacancy  created  by 
the  removal  of  a  director  may  be  filled  at  the  meeting  of  the 
shareholders  at  which  the  director  is  removed  or,  if  not  so  filled, 
may  be  filled  under  section  123.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  140, 
amended. 

122. — (1)  A  director  of  a  corporation  is  entitled  to  receive 
notice  of  and  to  attend  and  be  heard  at  every  meeting  of  share- 
holders. 

(2)  A  director  who, 
(a)  resigns; 

(6)  receives  a  notice  or  otherwise  learns  of  a  meeting  of 
shareholders  called  for  the  purpose  of  removing  him 
from  office;  or 

(c)  receives  a  notice  or  otherwise  learns  of  a  meeting  of 
directors  or  shareholders  at  which  another  person  is  to  be 
appointed  or  elected  to  fill  the  office  of  director,  whether 
because  of  the  resignation  or  removal  of  the  director  or 
because  his  term  of  office  has  expired  or  is  about  to 
expire, 

is  entitled  to  submit  to  the  corporation  a  written  statement  giving 
the  reasons  for  his  resignation  or  the  reasons  why  he  opposes  any 
proposed  action  or  resolution,  as  the  case  may  be. 

(3)  Upon  receiving  a  statement  under  subsection  2 ,  a  corpora- 
tion shall  forthwith  send  a  copy  of  the  statement  to  every 
shareholder  entitled  to  receive  notice  of  meetings  of  shareholders 
and  to  the  Director  unless  the  statement  is  included  in  or  attached 
to  a  management  information  circular  required  by  section  111. 


No  liability  (4)  ]sjo  Corporation  or  person  acting  on  its  behalf  incurs  any 

liability  by  reason  only  of  circulating  a  director's  statement  in 
compliance  with  subsection  3.     New. 

Vacancies  123. — (1)  Notwithstanding  subsection  6  of  section  125,  but 

subject  to  subsections  2,  4  and  5  of  this  section,  a  quorum  of 
directors  may  fill  a  vacancy  among  the  directors,  except  a  vacancy 
resulting  from, 

(a)  an  increase  in  the  number  of  directors  otherwise  than  in 
accordance  with  subsection  2,  or  in  the  maximum 
number  of  directors,  as  the  case  may  be;  or 

{b)  a  failure  to  elect  the  number  of  directors  required  to  be 
elected  at  any  meeting  of  shareholders. 

dirrc°tl"rs'"''"^ '^'^      ^^^  Where  a  special  resolution  passed  under  subsection  2  of 
subsequent  to    section  124  empowers  the  directors  of  a  corporation  the  articles  of 

annual  meeting 


81 

which  provide  for  a  minimum  and  maximum  number  of  directors 
to  determine  the  number  of  directors,  the  directors  may  not, 
between  meetings  of  shareholders,  appoint  an  additional  director 
if,  after  such  appointment,  the  total  number  of  directors  would  be 
greater  than  one  and  one-third  times  the  number  of  directors 
required  to  have  been  elected  at  the  last  annual  meeting  of 
shareholders. 

(3)  If  there  is  not  a  quorum  of  directors,  or  if  there  has  been  a  Election  of 
failure  to  elect  the  number  of  directors  required  by  the  articles  or  make  "quorum 
by  section  124,  the  directors  then  in  office  shall  forthwith  call  a 

special  meeting  of  shareholders  to  fill  the  vacancy  and,  if  they  fail 
to  call  a  meeting  or  if  there  are  no  directors  then  in  office,  the 
meeting  may  be  called  by  any  shareholder. 

(4)  Where  the  holders  of  any  class  or  series  of  shares  of  a  where  elected 
corporation  have  an  exclusive  right  to  elect  one  or  more  directors  shareholders 
and  a  vacancy  occurs  among  those  directors, 

(a)  subject  to  subsection  5,  the  remaining  directors  elected 
by  that  class  or  series  may  fill  the  vacancy  except  a 
vacancy  resulting  from  an  increase  in  the  number  of 
directors  for  that  class  or  series  or  from  a  failure  to  elect 
the  number  of  directors  for  that  class  or  series;  or 

(b)  if  there  are  no  such  remaining  directors,  any  holder  of 
shares  of  that  class  or  series  may  call  a  meeting  of  the 
holders  thereof  for  the  purpose  of  filling  the  vacancy. 

(5)  The  articles  may  provide  that  a  vacancy  among  the  direc-  i^^™-  ^^ere 

r    1         1  1      1  1  1  r  ""  quorum 

tors  shall  only  be  filled  by  a  vote  of  the  shareholders,  or  by  a  vote  of 
the  holders  of  any  class  or  series  of  shares  having  an  exclusive  right 
to  elect  one  or  more  directors  if  the  vacancy  occurs  among  the 
directors  elected  by  that  class  or  series. 

(6)  A  director  appointed  or  elected  to  fill  a  vacancy  holds  office  Term 
for  the  unexpired  term  of  his  predecessor.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 

s.  128  (3);  1972,  c.  138,  s.  32,  amended. 

124. — (1)  A    corporation    may    increase    or    decrease    the  <^hange  in 

...  .  -  .        ,.  .       number  of 

number,  or  the  mmimum  or  maximum  number,  of  its  directors  in  directors 
accordance  with  clause  m  of  subsection  1  of  section  166,  but  no 
decrease  in  the  number  of  directors  shall  shorten  the  term  of  an 
incumbent  director. 

(2)  Where  a  minimum  and  maximum  number  of  directors  of  a  Number  of 

directors 

corporation  is  provided  for  in  its  articles,  the  number  of  directors 
of  the  corporation  and  the  number  of  directors  to  be  elected  at  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  shareholders  shall  be  such  number  as  shall 
be  determined  from  time  to  time  by  special  resolution  or,  if  the 


82 


special   resolution   empowers   the   directors   to   determine   the 
number,  by  resolution  of  the  directors. 


Filing  of 

special 

resolution 


Validity 


(3)  The  corporation  shall  file  with  the  Director  a  certified  copy 
of  a  special  resolution  or  resolution  of  the  directors,  as  Ihe  case 
may  be,  referred  to  in  subsection  2,  within  ten  days  after  it  is 
passed. 

(4)  Failure  to  comply  with  subsection  3  does  not  affect  the 
validity  of  a  special  resolution  or  resolution  of  the  directors  therein 
referred  to.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  124,  amended. 


Place  of 
meetings 


Exceptions 


Quorum 


Idem 


125. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  a  meeting  of  the  board  of 
directors  shall  be  held  at  the  place  where  the  registered  office  of  the 
corporation  is  located. 

(2)  Where  the  by-laws  of  the  corporation  so  provide,  a  meeting 
of  the  board  of  directors  may  be  held  at  any  place  within  or  outside 
Ontario,  but,  except  where  the  corporation  is  a  non-resident  cor- 
poration or  the  articles  or  the  by-laws  otherwise  provide,  in  any 
financial  year  of  the  corporation  a  majority  of  the  meetings  of  the 
board  of  directors  shall  be  held  at  a  place  within  Canada. 

(3)  Subject  to  the  articles  or  by-laws  and  subsection  4,  a  major- 
ity of  the  number  of  directors  or  minimum  number  of  directors 
required  by  the  articles  constitutes  a  quorum  at  any  meeting  of 
directors,  but  in  no  case  shall  a  quorum  be  less  than  two-fifths  of 
the  number  of  directors  or  minimum  number  of  directors,  as  the 
case  may  be. 

(4)  Where  a  corporation  has  fewer  than  three  directors,  both 
directors  of  the  corporation  must  be  present  at  any  meeting  of 
directors  to  constitute  a  quorum. 


Idem 


(5)  Subject  to  the  articles  or  by-laws,  where  there  is  a  vacancy 
or  vacancies  in  the  board  of  directors,  the  remaining  directors  may 
exercise  all  the  powers  of  the  board  so  long  as  a  quorum  of  the 
board  remains  in  office. 


Transacting 
business 


Idem 


(6)  Directors,  other  than  directors  of  a  non-resident  corpora- 
tion, shall  not  transact  business  at  a  meeting  of  directors  unless  a 
majority  of  directors  present  are  resident  Canadians. 

(7)  Notwithstanding  subsection  6,  directors  may  transact  busi- 
ness at  a  meeting  of  directors  where  a  majority  of  resident  Cana- 
dian directors  is  not  present  if, 

(a)  a  resident  Canadian  director  who  is  unable  to  be  present 
approves  in  writing  or  by  telephone  or  other  communi- 
cations facilities  the  business  transacted  at  the  meeting; 
and 


83 

(b)  a  majority  of  resident  Canadian  directors  would  have 
been  present  had  that  director  been  present  at  the  meet- 
ing. 

(8)  In  addition  to  any  other  provision  in  the  articles  or  by-laws  Calling  meeting 
of  a  corporation  for  calling  meetings  of  directors,  a  quorum  of  the  ° 
directors  may,  at  any  time,  call  a  meeting  of  the  directors  for  the 
transaction  of  any  business  the  general  nature  of  which  is  specified 

in  the  notice  calling  the  meeting. 

(9)  In  the  absence  of  any  other  provision  in  that  behalf  in  the  Notice 
by-laws  of  the  corporation,  notice  of  the  time  and  place  for  the 
holding  of  the  meeting  called  under  subsection  8  shall  be  given  to 
every  director  of  the  corporation  by  sending  the  notice  ten  days  or 
more  before  the  date  of  the  meeting  to  his  latest  address  as  shown 

on  the  records  of  the  corporation. 

(10)  A  notice  of  a  meeting  of  directors  shall  specify  any  matter  Wem 
referred  to  in  subsection  3  of  section  126  that  is  to  be  dealt  with  at 
the  meeting  but,  subject  to  the  by-laws,  need  not  otherwise  specify 
the  business  to  be  transacted  at  the  meeting. 

(11)  A  director  may  in  any  manner  and  at  any  time  waive  a  Waiver  of 
notice  of  a  meeting  of  directors  and  attendance  of  a  director  at  a  "°  "^^ 
meeting  of  directors  is  a  waiver  of  notice  of  the  meeting,  except 
where  a  director  attends  a  meeting  for  the  express  purpose  of 
objecting  to  the  transaction  of  any  business  on  the  grounds  that  the 
meeting  is  not  lawfully  called. 

(12)  Notice  of  an  adjourned  meeting  of  directors  is  not  required  Adjourned 

1  .  Ti-  11  ri  1-  1  ••     meeting 

to  be  given  if  the  time  and  place  of  the  adjourned  meeting  is 
announced  at  the  original  meeting. 

(13)  Where  a  corporation  has  only  one  director,  that  director  where  one 
may  constitute  a  meeting. 

(14)  Unless  the  by-laws  otherwise  provide,  if  all  the  directors  of  Meeting  by 
a  corporation  present  at  or  participating  in  the  meeting  consent,  a 
meeting  of  directors  or  of  a  committee  of  directors  may  be  held  by 
means  of  such  telephone,  electronic  or  other  communication 
facilities  as  permit  all  persons  participating  in  the  meeting  to 
communicate  with  each  other  simultaneously  and  instantaneous- 
ly, and  a  director  participating  in  such  a  meeting  by  such  means  is 
deemed  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  to  be  present  at  that  meeting. 

(15)  If  a  majority  of  the  directors  participating  in  a  meeting  held  P'^ce  of 
under  subsection  14  are  then  in  Canada,  the  meeting  shall  be  telephone 
deemed  to  have  been  held  in  Canada.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  131; 

1972,  c.  138,  s.  33,  amended. 


84 
Executive  126. — (1)  Subjcct  to  the  articles  or  by-laws,  directors  of  a 

committee  .  .        -  ,      .  ,     -^  ' 

corporation  may  appoint  from  their  number  a  managing  director, 
who  is  a  resident  Canadian,  or  a  committee  of  directors  and 
delegate  to  such  managing  director  or  committee  any  of  the 
powers  of  the  directors. 

^<^^™  (2)  If  the  directors  of  a  corporation  other  than  a  non-resident 

corporation,  appoint  a  committee  of  directors,  a  majority  of  the 
members  of  the  committee  shall  be  resident  Canadians. 

Limitations  on       (3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1 ,  no  managing  director  and  no 

authority  .^^  r    i-         ,  ,  ,        .  o      o 

committee  of  directors  has  authority  to, 

(a)  submit  to  the  shareholders  any  question  or  matter 
requiring  the  approval  of  the  shareholders; 

(b)  fill  a  vacancy  among  the  directors  or  in  the  office  of 
auditor  or  appoint  or  remove  any  of  the  chief  executive 
officer,  however  designated,  the  chief  financial  officer, 
however  designated,  the  chairman  or  the  president  of 
the  corporation; 

(c)  subject  to  section  182 ,  issue  securities  except  in  the  man- 
ner and  on  the  terms  authorized  by  the  directors; 

(d)  declare  dividends; 

(e)  purchase,  redeem  or  otherwise  acquire  shares  issued  by 
the  corporation; 

if)  pay  a  commission  referred  to  in  section  37; 

(g)  approve  a  management  information  circular  referred  to 
in  Part  VII; 

(h)  approve  a  take-over  bid  circular,  directors'  circular,  or 
1978-  c-  47  issuer  bid  circular  referred  to  in  Part  XIX  of  The  Sec- 

urities Act,  1978; 

{i)  approve  any  financial  statements  referred  to  in  clause  b 
of  subsection  1  of  section  152  and  Part  XVII  of  The 
Securities  Act,  1978;  or 

0)  adopt,  amend  or  repeal  by-laws.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  133  (2);  1974,  c.  26,  s.  5,  amended. 

Validity  of  acts       127.  An  act  donc  by  a  director  or  by  an  officer  is  not  invalid  by 

of  directors  and  .  .... 

officers  reason  only  oi  any  detect  that  is  thereafter  discovered  in  his 

appointment,  election  or  qualification.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  145. 


85 

128. — (1)  A  resolution  in  writing,  signed  by  all  the  directors  Resolutions  in 
entitled  to  vote  on  that  resolution  at  a  meeting  of  directors  or^"^'"^ 
a  committee  of  directors,  is  as  valid  as  if  it  had  been  passed  at  a 
meeting  of  directors  or  a  committee  of  directors.     R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  23  (1),  amended. 


(2)  A  copy  of  every  resolution  passed  under  subsection  1  shall  Copy  to  be 
I  kept  with  the  minutes  of  tl 
committee  of  directors.     New. 


be  kept  with  the  minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  the  directors  or  ^"^^ 


129. — (1)  Directors  of  a  corporation  who  vote  for  or  consent  Liability  of 
to  a  resolution  authorizing  the  issue  of  a  share  for  a  consideration 
other  than  money  contrary  to  section  23  are  jointly  and  severally 
liable  to  the  corporation  to  make  good  any  amount  by  which  the 
consideration  received  is  less  than  the  fair  equivalent  of  the  money 
that  the  corporation  would  have  received  if  the  share  had  been 
issued  for  money  on  the  date  of  the  resolution.     New. 

(2)  Directors  of  a  corporation  who  vote  for  or  consent  to  a  ^^^"^ 
resolution  authorizing, 

(a)  any  financial  assistance  contrary  to  section  20; 

{b)  a  purchase,  redemption  or  other  acquisition  of  shares 
contrary  to  section  30,  31  or  Z2; 

(c)  a  commission  contrary  to  section  37; 

{d)  a  payment  of  a  dividend  contrary  to  section  38; 

{e)  a  payment  of  an  indemnity  contrary  to  section  135;  or 

(/■)  a  payment  to  a  shareholder  contrary  to  section  183  or 
246, 

are  jointly  and  severally  liable  to  restore  to  the  corporation  any 
amounts  so  distributed  or  paid  and  not  otherwise  recovered  by  the 
corporation. 

(3)  A  director  who  has  satisfied  a  judgment  rendered  under  this  Jo'"t  liability 
section  is  entitled  to  contribution  from  the  other  directors  who 

voted  for  or  consented  to  the  unlawful  act  upon  which  the  judg- 
ment was  founded. 

(4)  A  director  liable  under  subsection  2  is  entitled  to  apply  to  the  Application  to 
court  for  an  order  compelling  a  shareholder  or  other  recipient  to 

pay  or  deliver  to  the  director  any  money  or  property  that  was  paid 
or  distributed  to  the  shareholder  or  other  recipient  contrary  to 
section  20,  30,  31,  32,  37,  38,  135,  183  or  246. 


86 


What  court 
mav  order 


Exception  to 
subs.  1 


Time  limitation 


Liability  of 
directors  for 
wages 

R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  263, 


1974,  c.  112 


Limitation 
of  liability 


(5)  In  connection  with  an  application  under  subsection  4,  the 
court  may,  if  it  is  satisfied  that  it  is  equitable  to  do  so, 

(a)  order  a  shareholder  or  other  recipient  to  pay  or  deliver  to 
a  director  any  money  or  property  that  was  paid  or  distri- 
buted to  the  shareholder  or  other  recipient  contrary  to 
section  20,  30,  31,  32,  37,  38,  135,  183  or  246; 

(b)  order  a  corporation  to  return  or  issue  shares  to  a  person 
from  whom  the  corporation  has  purchased,  redeemed  or 
otherwise  acquired  shares;  or 

(c)  make  any  further  order  it  thinks  fit. 

(6)  A  director  is  not  liable  under  subsection  1  if  he  proves  that 
he  did  not  know  and  could  not  reasonably  have  known  that  the 
share  was  issued  for  a  consideration  less  than  the  fair  equivalent  of 
the  money  that  the  corporation  would  have  received  if  the  share 
had  been  issued  for  money. 

(7)  An  action  to  enforce  a  liability  imposed  by  this  section  may 
not  be  commenced  after  two  years  from  the  date  of  the  resolution 
authorizing  the  action  complained  of.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
ss.  135,  136,  146,  amended. 

1 30. — (1)  The  directors  of  a  corporation  are  jointly  and  sev- 
erally liable  to  the  employees  of  the  corporation  to  whom  The 
Master  and  Servant  Act  applies  for  all  debts  that  become  due 
while  they  are  directors  for  services  performed  for  the  corporation, 
not  exceeding  six  months  wages  and  for  the  vacation  pay  accrued 
for  not  more  than  twelve  months  under  The  Employment  Stan- 
dards Act,  1974,  and  the  regulations  thereunder,  or  under  any 
collective  agreement  made  by  the  corporation. 

(2)  A  director  is  liable  under  subsection  1,  only  if, 
(a)  either, 


(i)  the  corporation  and  the  directors  as  party  defen- 
dants have  been  sued  for  the  debt  within  six 
months  after  it  has  become  due  and  execution 
against  the  corporation  has  been  returned 
unsatisfied  in  whole  or  in  part,  or 


R.S.C.  1970. 
c.  B-4 


(ii)  the  corporation  has  within  that  period  gone  into 
liquidation  or  has  been  ordered  to  be  wound  up 
or  has  made  an  authorized  assignment  under  the 
Bankruptcy  Act  (Canada)  or  a  receiving  order 
under  the  Bankruptcy  Act  (Canada)  has  been 
made  against  it  and,  in  any  such  case,  the  claim 
for  the  debt  has  been  proved;  and 


87 

(b)  he  is  sued  in  the  action  against  the  corporation  as  a  party 
defendant  while  he  is  a  director,  or  within  two  years 
after  he  ceases  to  be  a  director. 

(3)  Where  execution  referred  to  in  clause  a  of  subsection  2  has  Mem 
issued,  the  amount  recoverable  from  a  director  is  the  amount 
remaining  unsatisfied  after  execution. 

(4)  Where  a  director  pays  a  debt  under  subsection  1  that  is  Rights  of 
proved  in  liquidation  and  dissolution  or  bankruptcy  proceedings,  pays  debt 
he  is  entitled  to  any  preference  that  the  employee  would  have  been 
entitled  to,  and  where  a  judgment  has  been  obtained  he  is  entitled 

to  an  assignment  of  the  judgment. 

(5)  A  director  who  has  satisfied  a  claim  under  this  section  is  Wem 
entitled  to  contribution  from  the  other  directors  who  were  liable 

for  the  claim.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  139,  amended. 

131. — (1)  A  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who.  Disclosure: 

ronllict  ol 
.  .  interest 

(a)  is  a  party  to  a  material  contract  or  transaction  or  pro- 
posed material  contract  or  transaction  with  the  corpora- 
tion; or 

(b)  is  a  director  or  an  officer  of,  or  has  a  material  interest  in, 
any  person  who  is  a  party  to  a  material  contract  or 
transaction  or  proposed  material  contract  or  transaction 
with  the  corporation, 

shall  disclose  in  writing  to  the  corporation  or  request  to  have 
entered  in  the  minutes  of  meetings  of  directors  the  nature  and 
extent  of  his  interest. 

(2)  The  disclosure  required  by  subsection  1  shall  be  made,  in  by  director 
the  case  of  a  director, 

(a)  at  the  meeting  at  which  a  proposed  contract  or  transac- 
tion is  first  considered; 

(b)  if  the  director  was  not  then  interested  in  a  proposed 
contract  or  transaction,  at  the  first  meeting  after  he 
becomes  so  interested; 

(c)  if  the  director  becomes  interested  after  a  contract  is  made 
or  a  transaction  is  entered  into,  at  the  first  meeting  after 
he  becomes  so  interested;  or 

(d)  if  a  person  who  is  interested  in  a  contract  or  transaction 
later  becomes  a  director,  at  the  first  meeting  after  he 
becomes  a  director. 


by  officer 


(3)  The  disclosure  required  by  subsection  1  shall  be  made,  in 
the  case  of  an  officer  who  is  not  a  director, 

(a)  forthwith  after  he  becomes  aware  that  the  contract  or 
transaction  or  proposed  contract  or  transaction  is  to  be 
considered  or  has  been  considered  at  a  meeting  of  direc- 
tors; 

(b)  if  the  officer  becomes  interested  after  a  contract  is  made 
or  a  transaction  is  entered  into,  forthwith  after  he 
becomes  so  interested;  or 

(c)  if  a  person  who  is  interested  in  a  contract  or  transaction 
later  becomes  an  officer,  forthwith  after  he  becomes  an 
officer. 


Where  contract 

or 

transaction 

does  not 

require 

approval 


(4)  Notwithstanding  subsections  2  and  3,  where  subsection  1 
applies  to  a  director  or  officer  in  respect  of  a  material  contract  or 
transaction  or  proposed  material  contract  or  transaction  that,  in 
the  ordinary  course  of  the  corporation's  business,  would  not 
require  approval  by  the  directors  or  shareholders,  the  director  or 
officer  shall  disclose  in  writing  to  the  corporation  or  request  to 
have  entered  in  the  minutes  of  meetings  of  directors  the  nature  and 
extent  of  his  interest  forthwith  after  the  director  or  officer 
becomes  aware  of  the  contract  or  transaction  or  proposed  contract 
or  transaction. 


Director 
not  to  vote 


(5)  A  director  referred  to  in  subsection  1  shall  not  vote  on  any 
resolution  to  approve  the  contract  or  transaction  unless  the  con- 
tract or  transaction  is, 

(a)  an  arrangement  by  way  of  security  for  money  lent  to  or 
obligations  undertaken  by  him  for  the  benefit  of  the 
corporation  or  an  affiliate; 

(b)  one  relating  primarily  to  his  remuneration  as  a  director, 
officer,  employee  or  agent  of  the  corporation  or  an 
affiliate; 

(c)  one  for  indemnity  or  insurance  under  section  135;  or 

(d)  one  with  an  affiliate.     New. 


General  notice 
of  interest 


(6)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  a  general  notice  to  the 
directors  by  a  director  or  officer  disclosing  that  he  is  a  director  or 
officer  of  or  has  a  material  interest  in  a  person  and  is  to  be  regarded 
as  interested  in  any  contract  made  or  any  transaction  entered  into 
with  that  person,  is  a  sufficient  disclosure  of  interest  in  relation  to 
any  contract  so  made  or  transaction  so  entered  into.  1972, 
c.  138,  s.  36  (2),  amended. 


89 

(7)  Where  a  material  contract  is  made  or  a  material  transaction  Effect  of 
is  entered  into  between  a  corporation  and  a  director  or  officer  of  '**^  °^^'^^ 
the  corporation,  or  between  a  corporation  and  another  person  of 
which  a  director  or  officer  of  the  corporation  is  a  director  or  officer 

or  in  which  he  has  a  material  interest, 

(a)  the  director  or  officer  is  not  accountable  to  the  corpora- 
tion or  its  shareholders  for  any  profit  or  gain  realized 
from  the  contract  or  transaction;  and 

(b)  the  contract  or  transaction  is  neither  void  nor  voidable, 

by  reason  only  of  that  relationship  or  by  reason  only  that  the 
director  is  present  at  or  is  counted  to  determine  the  presence  of  a 
quorum  at  the  meeting  of  directors  that  authorized  the  contract  or 
transaction,  if  the  director  or  officer  disclosed  his  interest  in 
accordance  with  subsection  2,  3,  4  or  6,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
the  contract  or  transaction  was  reasonable  and  fair  to  the  corpora- 
tion at  the  time  it  was  so  approved.     1971,  c.  26,  s.  20, amended. 

(8)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  section,  a  director  or  Confirmation 
officer,  if  he  was  acting  honestly  and  in  good  faith,  is  not  account-  shareholders 
able  to  the  corporation  or  to  its  shareholders  for  any  profit  or  gain 
realized  from  any  such  contract  or  transaction  by  reason  only  of 

his  holding  the  office  of  director  or  officer,  and  the  contract  or 
transaction,  if  it  was  reasonable  and  fair  to  the  corporation  at  the 
time  it  was  approved,  is  not  by  reason  only  of  the  director's  or 
officer's  interest  therein  void  or  voidable, 

(a)  if  the  contract  or  transaction  is  confirmed  or  approved 
by  special  resolution  at  a  meeting  of  the  shareholders 
duly  called  for  that  purpose;  and 

(b)  if  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  director's  or  officer's 
interest  in  the  contract  or  transaction  are  disclosed  in 
reasonable  detail  in  the  notice  calling  the  meeting  or  in 
the  information  circular  required  by  section  111. 

(9)  Subject  to  subsections  7  and  8,  where  a  director  or  officer  of  ^idfco'llti-act 
a  corporation  fails  to  disclose  his  interest  in  a  material  contract  or 
transaction  in  accordance  with  this  section  or  otherwise  fails  to 
comply  with  this  section,  the  corporation  or  a  shareholder  of  the 
corporation,  or,  in  the  case  of  an  offering  corporation,  the 
Commission  may  apply  to  the  court  for  an  order  setting  aside  the 
contract  or  transaction  and  directing  that  the  director  or  officer 
account  to  the  corporation  for  any  profit  or  gain  realized  and  upon 

such  application  the  court  may  so  order  or  make  such  other  order 
as  it  thinks  fit.     New. 

132.   Subject  to  the  articles,  the  by-laws  or  any  unanimous  o*^'^*^""* 
shareholder  agreement, 


90 


(a)  the  directors  may  designate  the  offices  of  the  corpora- 
tion, appoint  officers,  specify  their  duties  and  delegate  to 
them  powers  to  manage  the  business  and  affairs  of  the 
corporation,  except,  subject  to  section  182,  powers  to  do 
anything  referred  to  in  subsection  3  of  section  126; 

(b)  a  director  may  be  appointed  to  any  office  of  the  corpora- 
tion; and 

(c)  two  or  more  offices  of  the  corporation  may  be  held  by  the 
same  person.     New. 


1 33. — (1)  Every  director  and  officer  of  a  corporation  in  exer- 


Standards  of 

directors,  etc.     cising  his  powers  and  discharging  his  duties  shall, 


(a)  act  honestly  and  in  good  faith  with  a  view  to  the  best 
interests  of  the  corporation;  and 

(b)  exercise  the  care,  diligence  and  skill  that  a  reasonably 
prudent  person  would  exercise  in  comparable  cir- 
cumstances.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  144,  amended. 


Duty ^o  comply  (2)  Every  director  and  officer  of  a  corporation  shall  comply 
with  this  Act,  the  regulations,  articles,  by-laws  and  any  unanim- 
ous shareholder  agreement. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  5  of  section  107,  no  provision  in  a 
contract,  the  articles,  the  by-laws  or  a  resolution  relieves  a  direc- 
tor or  officer  from  the  duty  to  act  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and 
the  regulations  or  relieves  him  from  liability  for  a  breach 
thereof.     New. 


Can  not 
contract  out  of 
liability 


Consent  of 
director  at 
meeting 


134. — (1)  A  director  who  is  present  at  a  meeting  of  directors 
or  committee  of  directors  is  deemed  to  have  consented  to  any 
resolution  passed  or  action  taken  thereat  unless, 

(a)  he  requests  that  his  dissent  be  or  his  dissent  is  entered  in 
the  minutes  of  the  meeting; 

(b)  he  sends  his  written  dissent  to  the  secretary  of  the  meet- 
ing before  the  meeting  is  terminated;  or 


Idem 


(c)  he  sends  his  dissent  by  registered  mail  or  delivers  it  to  the 
registered  office  of  the  corporation  immediately  after  the 
meeting  is  terminated. 

(2)  A  director  who  votes  for  or  consents  to  a  resolution  is  not 
entitled  to  dissent  under  subsection  1. 


Idem 


(3)  A  director  who  was  not  present  at  a  meeting  at  which  a 
resolution  was  passed  or  action  taken  is  deemed  to  have  consented 


91 

thereto  unless  within  seven  days  after  he  becomes  aware  of  the 
resolution  he, 

(a)  causes  his  dissent  to  be  placed  with  the  minutes  of  the 
meeting;  or 

{b)  sends  his  dissent  by  registered  mail  or  delivers  it  to  the 
registered  office  of  the  corporation. 

(4)  A  director  is  not  liable  under  section  129  or  133  if  he  relies  in  Entitled  to  reiy 

1   r    -ji  on  Statements. 

good  laith  upon,  etc. 

(a)  financial  statements  of  the  corporation  represented  to 
him  by  an  officer  of  the  corporation  or  in  a  written  report 
of  the  auditor  of  the  corporation  to  present  fairly  the 
financial  position  of  the  corporation  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles;  or 

(b)  a  report  of  a  lawyer,  accountant,  engineer,  appraiser  or 
other  person  whose  profession  lends  credibility  to  a 
statement  made  by  him.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  137; 
1971,  c.  26,  s.  21,  amended. 

1 35. — (1)  Except  in  respect  of  an  action  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  indemnification 

,       ,  .      ,  .      .       ^  of  directors 

corporation  or  body  corporate  to  procure  a  judgment  m  its  favour, 
a  corporation  may  indemnify  a  director  or  officer  of  the  corpora- 
tion, a  former  director  or  officer  of  the  corporation  or  a  person  who 
acts  or  acted  at  the  corporation's  request  as  a  director  or  officer  of  a 
body  corporate  of  which  the  corporation  is  or  was  a  shareholder  or 
creditor,  and  his  heirs  and  legal  representatives,  against  all  costs, 
charges  and  expenses,  including  an  amount  paid  to  settle  an  action 
or  satisfy  a  judgment,  reasonably  incurred  by  him  in  respect  of  any 
civil,  criminal  or  administrative  action  or  proceeding  to  which  he 
is  made  a  party  by  reason  of  being  or  having  been  a  director  or 
officer  of  such  corporation  or  body  corporate,  if, 

(a)  he  acted  honestly  and  in  good  faith  with  a  view  to  the 
best  interests  of  the  corporation;  and 

(b)  in  the  case  of  a  criminal  or  administrative  action  or 
proceeding  that  is  enforced  by  a  monetary  penalty,  he 
had  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  his  conduct 
was  lawful. 

(2)  A  corporation  may  with  the  approval  of  the  court  indemnify  ^'^^"^ 
a  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  in  respect  of  an  action  by  or  on 
behalf  of  the  corporation  or  body  corporate  to  procure  a  judgment 
in  its  favour,  to  which  he  is  made  a  party  by  reason  of  being  or 
having  been  a  director  or  an  officer  of  the  corporation  or  body 
corporate,  against  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses  reasonably 


92 


incurred  by  him  in  connection  with  such  action  if  he  fulfils  the 
conditions  set  out  in  clauses  a  and  b  of  subsection  1. 


Idem 


(3)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  section,  a  person  referred 
to  in  subsection  1  is  entitled  to  indemnity  from  the  corporation  in 
respect  of  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by 
him  in  connection  with  the  defence  of  any  civil,  criminal  or 
administrative  action  or  proceeding  to  which  he  is  made  a  party  by 
reason  of  being  or  having  been  a  director  or  officer  of  the  corpora- 
tion or  body  corporate,  if  the  person  seeking  indemnity. 


(a)  was  substantially  successful  on  the  merits  in  his  defence 
of  the  action  or  proceeding;  and 

(b)  fulfils  the  conditions  set  out  in  clauses  a  and  b  of  sub- 
section 1. 


Liability 
insurance 


(4)  A  corporation  may  purchase  and  maintain  insurance  for  the 
benefit  of  any  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  against  any 
liability  incurred  by  him. 


(a)  in  his  capacity  as  a  director  or  officer  of  the  corporation, 
except  where  the  liability  relates  to  his  failure  to  act 
honestly  and  in  good  faith  with  a  view  to  the  best 
interests  of  the  corporation;  or 

(b)  in  his  capacity  as  a  director  or  officer  of  another  body 
corporate  where  he  acts  or  acted  in  that  capacity  at  the 
corporation's  request,  except  where  the  liability  relates 
to  his  failure  to  act  honestly  and  in  good  faith  with  a  view 
to  the  best  interests  of  the  body  corporate. 


Application  to 
court 


(S)  A  corporation  or  a  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may 
apply  to  the  court  for  an  order  approving  an  indemnity  under 
this  section  and  the  court  may  so  order  and  make  any  further 
order  it  thinks  fit. 


Idem  (5)  Upon  an  application  under  subsection  5,  the  court  may 

order  notice  to  be  given  to  any  interested  person  and  such  person  is 
entitled  to  appear  and  be  heard  in  person  or  by  counsel.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  S3,  s.  147,  amended. 


Remuneration 
of  directors 


136.  Subject  to  the  articles,  the  by-laws  or  any  unanimous 
shareholder  agreement,  the  directors  of  a  corporation  may  fix  the 
remuneration  of  the  directors,  officers  and  employees  of  the  corpo- 
ration.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  22  (1),  amended. 


93 
PART  IX 

INSIDER  LIABILITY 
137. (1)    In  this  Part,  interpretation 

{a)  "corporation"  means  a  corporation  that  is  not  an 
offering  corporation; 

(b)  "insider"  means,  with  respect  to  a  corporation, 

(i)  the  corporation, 

(ii)  an  affihate  of  the  corporation, 

(iii)  a  director  or  officer  of  the  corporation, 

(iv)  a  person  who  beneficially  owns,  directly  or  indi- 
rectly, more  than  10  per  cent  of  the  voting  sec- 
urities of  the  corporation  or  who  exercises  control 
or  direction  over  more  than  10  per  cent  of  the 
votes  attached  to  the  voting  securities  of  the  cor- 
poration, 

(v)  a  person  employed  or  retained  by  the  corpora- 
tion, or 

(vi)  a  person  who  receives  specific  confidential 
information  from  a  person  described  in  this 
clause  or  in  subsection  3,  including  a  person 
described  in  this  subclause,  and  who  has  know- 
ledge that  the  person  giving  the  information  is  a 
person  described  in  this  clause  or  in  subsection  3, 
including  a  person  described  in  this  subclause; 

(c)  "security"  includes  a  warrant. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Part, 

(a)  a  director  or  officer  of  a  body  corporate  that  is  an  insider 
of  a  corporation  is  deemed  to  be  an  insider  of  the  corpo- 
ration; 

(b)  a  director  or  officer  of  a  body  corporate  that  is  a  sub- 
sidiary is  deemed  to  be  an  insider  of  its  holding  corpora- 
tion; 


94 

(c)  a  person  is  deemed  to  own  beneficially  shares  benefi- 
cially owned  by  a  body  corporate  controlled  by  him 
directly  or  indirectly;  and 

(d)  a  body  corporate  is  deemed  to  own  beneficially  shares 
beneficially  owned  by  its  affiliates. 

Wem  (3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Part, 

(a)  where  a  body  corporate  becomes  an  insider  of  a  corpo- 
ration, or  enters  into  a  business  combination  with  a 
corporation,  a  director  or  an  officer  of  the  body  corpo- 
rate or  a  shareholder  of  the  body  corporate  who  is  a 
person  referred  to  in  subclause  iv  of  clause  b  of  subsec- 
tion 1  is  deemed  to  have  been  an  insider  of  the  corpora- 
tion for  the  previous  six  months  or  for  such  shorter 
period  as  he  was  a  director,  an  officer  or  such  a  sharehol- 
der of  the  body  corporate;  and 

(b)  where  a  corporation  becomes  an  insider  of  a  body  corpo- 
rate or  enters  into  a  business  combination  with  a  body 
corporate,  a  director  or  an  officer  of  the  body  corporate 
or  a  shareholder  of  the  body  corporate  who  is  a  person 
referred  to  in  subclause  iv  of  clause  b  of  subsection  1  is 
deemed  to  have  been  an  insider  of  the  corporation  for  the 
previous  six  months  or  for  such  shorter  period  as  he  was 
a  director,  an  officer  or  such  a  shareholder  of  the  body 
corporate. 

Business  (4)  In  subscction  3,  "business  combination"  means  an  acquisi- 

combination  .  r    n  1  •    n       n    1 

tion  01  ail  or  substantially  all  the  property  of  one  body  corporate  by 
another  or  an  amalgamation  of  two  or  more  bodies  corporate. 

Liabiiitv  of  (5)  An  insider  who,  in  connection  with  a  transaction  in  a  sec- 

urity of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its  affiliates,  makes  use  of  any 
specific  confidential  information  for  his  own  benefit  or  advantage 
that,  if  generally  known,  might  reasonably  be  expected  to  affect 
materially  the  value  of  the  security, 

(a)  is  liable  to  compensate  any  person  for  any  direct  loss 
suffered  by  that  person  as  a  result  of  the  transaction, 
unless  the  information  was  known  or  in  the  exercise  of 
reasonable  diligence  should  have  been  known  to  that 
person;  and 

(b)  is  accountable  to  the  corporation  for  any  direct  benefit  or 
advantage  received  or  receivable  by  the  insider  as  a 
result  of  the  transaction. 


95 


(6)  An  action  to  enforce  a  right  created  by  subsection  5  may  be  Limitation 
commenced  only  within  two  years  after  discovery  of  the  facts  that  '"^"° 
gave  rise  to  the  cause  of  action.     New. 


PARTX 

BOOKS  AND  RECORDS 

138. — (1)  Where  this  Act  requires  a  record  to  be  kept  by  a  Records 
corporation,  it  may  be  kept  in  a  bound  or  looseleaf  book  or  may  be 
entered  or  recorded  by  any  system  of  mechanical  or  electronic  data 
processing  or  any  other  information  storage  device. 

(2)  The  corporation  shall,  Guard 

against 
falsification 

(a)  take  adequate  precautions,  appropriate  to  the  means  of  records 
used,  for  guarding  against  the  risk  of  falsifying  the 
information  recorded;  and 

(6)  provide  means  for  making  the  information  available  in 
an  accurate  and  intelligible  form  within  a  reasonable 
time  to  any  person  lawfully  entitled  to  examine  the 
records. 

(3)  The  bound  or  looseleaf  book  or,  where  the  record  is  not  kept  Admissibility  of 
in  a  bound  or  looseleaf  book,  the  information  in  the  form  in  which  evidence 

it  is  made  available  under  clause  b  of  subsection  2  is  admissible  in 
evidence  as  prima  facie  proof,  before  and  after  dissolution  of  the 
corporation,  of  all  facts  stated  therein. 

(4)  No  person  shall  remove,  withhold  or  destroy  information  ^^}^^ 

111-*  1  1      •  1  11  information 

required  by  this  Act  or  the  regulations  to  be  recorded,  or, 

(a)  record  or  assist  in  recording  any  information  in  a  record; 
or 

0)  make  information  purporting  to  be  accurate  available  in 
a  form  referred  to  in  clause  b  of  subsection  2 , 

knowing  it  to  be  untrue.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  Si,  s.  156,  amended. 

139. — (1)  A  corporation  shall  prepare  and  maintain,  at  its  Records 
registered  office  or  at  such  other  place  in  Ontario  designated  by  the 
directors, 

(a)  the  articles  and  the  by-laws  and  all  amendments  thereto, 
and  a  copy  of  any  unanimous  shareholder  agreement 
known  to  the  directors; 

{b)  minutes  of  meetings  and  resolutions  of  shareholders; 

(c)  a  register  of  directors  in  which  are  set  out  the  names  and 
residence  addresses,  while  directors,  including  the  street 


96 

and  number,  if  any,  of  all  persons  who  are  or  have  been 
directors  of  the  corporation  with  the  several  dates  on 
which  each  became  or  ceased  to  be  a  director; 

{d)  a  securities  register  complying  with  section  140. 

^^^"^  (2)  In  addition  to  the  records  described  in  subsection  1 ,  a  corpo- 

ration shall  prepare  and  maintain, 

(a)  adequate  accounting  records;  and 

{b)  records  containing  minutes  of  meetings  and  resolutions 
of  the  directors  and  any  committee  thereof, 

but,  provided  the  retention  requirements  of  any  taxing  authority 
of  Ontario,  the  government  of  Canada  or  any  other  jurisdiction  to 
which  the  corporation  is  subject  have  been  satisfied,  the  account- 
ing records  mentioned  in  clause  a  need  only  be  retained  by  the 
corporation  for  six  years  from  the  end  of  the  last  fiscal  period  to 
which  they  relate. 

^'^^^  (3)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  b  of  subsection  1  and  subsection 

2,  where  a  body  corporate  is  continued  under  this  Act,  "records" 
includes  similar  records  required  by  law  to  be  maintained  by  the 
body  corporate  before  it  was  so  continued.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
ss.  157,  160;  1972,  c.  138,  ss.  40,  42,  amended. 

Securities  140. — (1)  A  Corporation  shall  prepare  and  maintain  at  its 

register  ,  .  *       * 

registered  office,  or  at  any  other  place  in  Ontario  designated  by  the 
directors,  a  securities  register  in  which  it  records  the  securities 
issued  by  it  in  registered  form,  showing  with  respect  to  each  class 
or  series  of  securities, 

(a)  the   names,    alphabetically  arranged,    and   the   latest 
known  address  of  persons  who, 

(i)  are  or  have  been  within  six  years  registered  as 
shareholders  of  the  corporation,  the  address 
including  the  street  and  number,  if  any,  of  every 
such  person  while  a  holder,  and  the  number  and 
class  of  shares  registered  in  the  name  of  such 
holder, 

(ii)  are  or  have  been  within  six  years  registered  as 
holders  of  debt  obligations  of  the  corporation,  the 
address  including  the  street  and  number,  if  any, 
of  every  such  person  while  a  holder,  and  the  class 
or  series  and  principal  amount  of  the  debt  obliga- 
tions registered  in  the  name  of  such  holder,  or 


97 

(iii)  are  or  have  been  within  six  years  registered  as 
holders  of  warrants  of  the  corporation,  other  than 
warrants  exercisable  within  one  year  from  the 
date  of  issue,  the  address  including  the  street  and 
number,  if  any,  of  every  such  person  while  a 
registered  holder,  and  the  class  or  series  and 
number  of  warrants  registered  in  the  name  of 
such  holder;  and 

(b)  the  date  and  particulars  of  the  issue  of  each  security  and 
warrant.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  157,  par.  3;  1972, 
c.  138,  s.  40,  amended. 

(2)  Every  corporation  shall  cause  to  be  kept  a  register  of  trans-  Register  of 
fers  in  which  all  transfers  of  securities  issued  by  the  corporation  in 
registered  form  and  the  date  and  other  particulars  of  each  transfer 
shall  be  set  out.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  158. 


(3)  In  this  section  and  in  section  142,  "registered  form"  has  the  interpre- 
same  meaning  as  in  Part  V.     New. 

141.   For  each  class  of  securities  and  warrants  issued  by  it,  a  Transfer 

agents 

corporation  may  appoint, 

(a)  a  trustee,  transfer  agent  or  other  agent  to  keep  the  sec- 
urities register  and  the  register  of  transfers  and  one  or 
more  persons  or  agents  to  keep  branch  registers;  and 

(b)  a  registrar,  trustee  or  agent  to  maintain  a  record  of  issued 
security  certificates  and  warrants, 

and,  subject  to  section  47,  one  person  may  be  appointed  for  the 
purposes  of  both  clauses  a  and  b  in  respect  of  all  securities  and 
warrants  of  the  corporation  or  any  class  or  classes  thereof.  1972, 
c.  138,  s.  41,  amended. 

142.— (1)  The  securities  register  and  the  register  of  transfers  JJ^^rke"?''"' 
shall  be  kept  at  the  registered  office  of  a  corporation  or  at  such 
other  places  in  Ontario  designated  by  the  directors,  and  the 
branch  register  or  registers  of  transfers  may  be  kept  at  such  offices 
of  the  corporation  or  other  places,  either  within  or  outside 
Ontario,  designated  by  the  directors.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  160  (1);  1972,  c.  138,  s.  42  (1),  amended. 


(2)  Registration  of  the  transfer  of  a  security  or  warrant  of  a  Xt^/f 
corporation  in  the  register  of  transfers  or  a  branch  register  of 
transfers  is  a  complete  and  valid  registration  for  all  purposes. 


registration 


98 


Entry  in 
branch 
transfer 
register 


(3)  In  each  branch  register  of  transfers  there  shall  be  recorded 
only  the  particulars  of  the  transfers  of  securities  or  warrants 
registered  in  that  branch  register  of  transfers. 


Entry  in 
register  of 
transfers 


(4)  Particulars  of  every  transfer  of  securities  and  warrants 
registered  in  every  branch  register  of  transfers  shall  be  recorded  in 
the  register  of  transfers.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  160  (2-4). 


re°u'ired"to  hT      ^^^  ^  Corporation  or  a  person  appointed  under  section  141  is  not 
produced         required  to  produce, 

(a)  any  security  certificate  or  warrant  that  is  not  in  regis- 
tered form;  or 

(b)  any  security  certificate  or  warrant  that  is  in  registered 
form  after  six  years, 

(i)  in  the  case  of  a  share  certificate,  from  the  date  of 
its  cancellation, 

(ii)  in  the  case  of  a  warrant,  from  the  date  of  its 
transfer  or  exercise,  whichever  occurs  first,  or 

(iii)  in  the  case  of  a  certificate  representing  a  debt 
obligation,  from  the  date  of  cancellation  of  such 
certificate.     1972,  c.  138,  s.  42,  part,  amended. 


Records  open 
to  examination 
by  directors 


143. — (1)  The  records  mentioned  in  sections  139  and  140 
shall,  during  normal  business  hours  of  a  corporation,  be  open  to 
examination  by  any  director  and  shall,  except  as  provided  in 
sections  139  and  142  and  in  subsections  2  and  3  of  this  section,  be 
kept  at  the  registered  office  of  the  corporation. 


Records  of 
account  at 
branch 


(2)  A  corporation  may  keep  at  any  place  where  it  carries  on 
business  such  parts  of  the  accounting  records  as  relate  to  the 
operations,  business  and  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  corporation 
carried  on,  supervised  or  accounted  for  at  such  place,  but  there 
shall  be  kept  at  the  registered  office  of  the  corporation  or  such 
other  place  as  is  authorized  under  this  section  such  records  as  will 
enable  the  directors  to  ascertain  quarterly  with  reasonable  accura- 
cy the  financial  position  of  the  corporation. 


Order  for 
removal  of 
records 


(3)  Where  a  corporation, 

(a)  shows,  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Director,  the  necessity  of 
keeping  all  or  any  of  the  records  mentioned  in  subsection 
1  at  a  place  other  than  the  registered  office  of  the  corpo- 
ration; and 


99 

(b)  gives  the  Director  adequate  assurance,  by  surety  bond  or 
otherwise,  that  such  records  will  be  open  for  examina- 
tion, 

(i)  at  the  registered  office  or  some  other  place  in 
Ontario  designated  by  the  Director,  and 

(ii)  by  any  person  who  is  entitled  to  examine  them 
and  who  has  applied  to  the  Director  for  such  an 
examination, 

the  Director  may,  by  order  and  upon  such  terms  as  he  thinks  fit, 
permit  the  corporation  to  keep  all  or  any  of  them  at  such  place  or 
places,  other  than  the  registered  office,  as  he  thinks  fit. 

(4)  The  Director  may  by  order  upon  such  terms  as  he  thinks  fit  Rescission  of 
rescind  any  order  made  under  subsection  3  or  any  order  made  by  under  subs.  3 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  the  Minister  under  a 
predecessor  of  that  subsection.     R.S.O.    1970,  c.   53,  s.    161, 
amended. 

144. — (1)  Shareholders  and  creditors  of  a  corporation,  their  Examination  of 

111  •  •  1  .  r  1  records  bv 

agents  and  legal  representatives  may  examme  the  records  referred  shareholders 
to  in  subsection  1  of  section  139  during  the  usual  business  hours  of  '^"^  creditors 
the  corporation,  and  may  take  extracts  therefrom,  free  of  charge, 
and,  where  the  corporation  is  an  offering  corporation,  any  other 
person  may  do  so  upon  payment  of  a  reasonable  fee. 

(2)  A  shareholder  of  a  corporation  is  entitled  upon  request  and  ^°py 
without  charge  to  one  copy  of  the  articles  and  by-laws  and  of  any 
unanimous  shareholder  agreement.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  162; 
1972,  c.  138,  s.  42,  amended. 

145. — (1)  Shareholders  and  creditors  of  a  corporation,  their  List  of 
agents  and  legal  representatives  and,  where  the  corporation  is  an 
offering  corporation,  any  other  person,  upon  payment  of  a  reason- 
able fee  and  upon  sending  to  the  corporation  or  its  transfer  agent 
the  statutory  declaration  referred  to  in  subsection  6,  may  require 
the  corporation  or  its  transfer  agent  to  furnish  a  basic  list  setting 
out  the  names  of  the  shareholders  of  the  corporation,  the  number 
of  shares  of  each  class  and  series  owned  by  each  shareholder  and 
the  address  of  each  shareholder,  all  as  shown  on  the  records  of  the 
corporation. 

(2)  The  basic  list  referred  to  in  subsection  1  shall  be  furnished  to  ^^^^ 
the  applicant  as  soon  as  is  practicable  and,  when  furnished,  shall 
be  as  current  as  is  practicable  having  regard  to  the  form  in  which 
the  securities  register  of  the  corporation  is  maintained,  but,  in  any 
case,  shall  be  furnished  not  more  than  ten  days  following  the 
receipt  by  the  corporation  or  its  transfer  agent  of  the  statutory 


100 

declaration  referred  to  in  subsection  1  and  shall  be  made  up  to  a 
date  not  more  than  ten  days  before  the  date  on  which  it  is  actually 
furnished. 

Supplemental  (3)  A  person  requiring  a  corporation  to  supply  a  basic  list  may, 
if  he  states  in  the  statutory  declaration  referred  to  in  subsection  1 
that  he  requires  supplemental  lists,  require  the  corporation  or  its 
agent  upon  payment  of  a  reasonable  fee  to  furnish  supplemental 
lists  setting  out  any  changes  from  the  basic  list  in  the  names  or 
addresses  of  the  shareholders  and  the  number  of  shares  owned  by 
each  shareholder  for  each  business  day  following  the  date  to  which 
the  basic  list  is  made  up. 


Idem 


(4)  The  corporation  or  its  agent  shall  furnish  a  supplemental  list 
required  under  subsection  3, 


(a)  on  the  date  the  basic  list  is  furnished,  where  the  infor- 
mation relates  to  changes  that  took  place  prior  to  that 
date;  and 

(b)  on  the  business  day  following  the  day  to  which  the 
supplemental  list  relates,  where  the  information  relates 
to  changes  that  take  place  on  or  after  the  date  the  basic 
list  is  furnished. 


List  of 
option  holders 


(5)  A  person  requiring  a  corporation  to  supply  a  basic  or  sup- 
plemental list  may  also  require  the  corporation  to  include  in  that 
list  the  name  and  address  of  any  known  holder  of  an  option  or  right 
to  acquire  shares  of  the  corporation. 


Statutory 
declaration 


(6)  The  statutory  declaration  required  under  subsection  1  shall 
state, 

(a)  the  name  and  address  including  street  and  number,  if 
any,  of  the  applicant  and  whether  the  applicant  is  a 
shareholder,  creditor  or  any  other  person  referred  to  in 
the  subsection; 

(b)  the  name  and  address  including  street  and  number,  if 
any,  for  service  of  the  body  corporate  if  the  applicant  is  a 
body  corporate;  and 


Idem 


Use  of  list 


(c)  that  the  basic  list  and  any  supplemental  lists  shall  be 
used  only  as  permitted  under  subsection  8. 

(7)  If  the  applicant  is  a  body  corporate,  the  statutory  declara- 
tion shall  be  made  by  a  director  or  officer  of  the  body  corporate. 

(8)  A  list  of  shareholders  obtained  under  this  section  shall  not  be 
used  by  any  person  except  in  connection  with, 


101 

(a)  an  effort  to  influence  the  voting  by  shareholders  of  the 
corporation; 

{b)  an  offer  to  acquire  shares  of  the  corporation;  or 

(c)  any  other  matter  relating  to  the  affairs  of  the  corpora- 
tion.    1972,  c.  138,  ss.  44,  45,  amended. 

146.  No  person  shall  offer  for  sale  or  sell  or  purchase  or  Trafficking 
otherwise  traffic  in  a  list  or  a  copy  of  a  list  of  all  or  any  of  the 
holders  of  securities  or  warrants  of  a  corporation.     R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  165;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  46,  amended. 


PART  XI 

AUDITORS  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS 

147. — (1)  In  respect  of  a  financial  year  of  a  corporation,  the  Exemption 
corporation  is  exempt  from  the  requirements  of  this  Part  regarding  requirements 
the  appointment  and  duties  of  an  auditor, 

(a)  where, 

(i)  the  corporation  is  not  an  offering  corporation, 

(ii)  all  of  the  shareholders  of  the  corporation  consent 
thereto  in  writing  in  respect  of  that  year,  and 

(iii)  the  corporation  has  assets  not  exceeding 
$2,500,000  or  sales  or  gross  operating  revenues 
not  exceeding  $5,000,000  as  shown  on  the  finan- 
cial statement  of  the  corporation  for  the  preced- 
ing year;  or 

(b)  where  the  corporation  has  been  exempted  by  the  Direc- 
tor under  subsection  2  in  respect  of  that  financial  year. 

(2)  A  corporation  other  than  an  offering  corporation,  all  the  ^^^^ 
shareholders  of  which  consent  thereto  in  writing,  may  apply  to 

the  Director  for  exemption  from  the  requirements  of  this  Part 
regarding  the  appointment  and  duties  of  an  auditor  in  respect  of  a 
financial  year,  and  after  giving  to  the  corporation  and  to  such 
other  persons  whom  he  considers  should  be  given  the  opportunity, 
an  opportunity  to  be  heard,  the  Director  may,  subject  to  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  he  may  impose,  exempt  the  corporation 
and  any  of  its  affiliates  from  the  audit  requirements  of  this  Part 
where  in  his  opinion  to  do  so  would  not  be  prejudicial  to  the  public 
interest. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  subclause  iii  of  clause  a  of  subsection  1 ,  ["j^p""*^" 
the  assets  or  sales  or  gross  operating  revenues  of  a  corporation 


102 


1970-71, 
c.  63  (Can.) 


Auditors 


Idem 


Casual 
vacancy 


include  the  assets  or  sales  or  gross  operating  revenues  of  each  of  its 
affiliates  resident  in  Canada  for  the  purposes  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada). 

148. — (1)  The  shareholders  of  a  corporation  at  their  first 
annual  or  special  meeting  shall  appoint  one  or  more  auditors  to 
hold  office  until  the  close  of  the  first  or  next  annual  meeting,  as  the 
case  may  be,  and,  if  the  shareholders  fail  to  do  so,  the  directors 
shall  forthwith  make  such  appointment  or  appointments. 

(2)  The  shareholders  shall  at  each  annual  meeting  appoint  one 
or  more  auditors  to  hold  office  until  the  close  of  the  next  annual 
meeting  and,  if  an  appointment  is  not  so  made,  the  auditor  in 
office  continues  in  office  until  a  successor  is  appointed. 

(3)  The  directors  may  fill  any  casual  vacancy  in  the  office  of 
auditor,  but,  while  such  vacancy  continues,  the  surviving  or 
continuing  auditor,  if  any,  may  act. 


Removal  of 
auditor 


(4)  The  shareholders  may,  except  where  the  auditor  has  been 
appointed  by  order  of  the  court  under  subsection  8,  by  resolution 
passed  by  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  at  a  special  meeting  duly 
called  for  the  purpose,  remove  an  auditor  before  the  expiration  of 
his  term  of  office,  and  shall  by  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  at  that 
meeting  appoint  another  auditor  in  his  stead  for  the  remainder  of 
his  term. 


Notice  to 
auditor 


(5)  Before  calling  a  special  meeting  for  the  purpose  specified  in 
subsection  4  or  an  annual  or  special  meeting  where  the  board  is  not 
recommending  the  reappointment  of  the  incumbent  auditor,  the 
corporation  shall,  fifteen  days  or  more  before  the  mailing  of  the 
notice  of  the  meeting,  give  to  the  auditor, 

(a)  written  notice  of  the  intention  to  call  the  meeting, 
specifying  therein  the  date  on  which  the  notice  of  the 
meeting  is  proposed  to  be  mailed;  and 

{h)  a  copy  of  all  material  proposed  to  be  sent  to  shareholders 
'  in  connection  with  the  meeting. 


Right  of 
auditor  to 
make 


(6)  An  auditor  has  the  right  to  make  to  the  corporation,  three 
days  or  more  before  the  mailing  of  the  notice  of  the  meeting, 
representations  representations  in  writing,  concerning. 


(a)  his  proposed  removal  as  auditor; 

{b)  the  appointment  or  election  of  another  person  to  fill  the 
office  of  auditor;  or 

(c)  his  resignation  as  auditor, 


103 

and  the  corporation,  at  its  expense,  shall  forward  with  the  notice 
of  the  meeting  a  copy  of  such  representations  to  each  shareholder 
entitled  to  receive  notice  of  the  meeting. 

(7)  The  remuneration  of  an  auditor  appointed  by  the  share-  Remuneration 
holders  shall  be  fixed  by  the  shareholders,  or  by  the  directors  if 

they  are  authorized  so  to  do  by  the  shareholders,  and  the  remuner- 
ation of  an  auditor  appointed  by  the  directors  shall  be  fixed  by  the 
directors. 

(8)  If  a  corporation  does  not  have  an  auditor,  the  court  may.  Appointment 
upon  the  application  of  a  shareholder  or  the  Director,  appoint  and 

fix  the  remuneration  of  an  auditor  to  hold  office  until  an  auditor  is 
appointed  by  the  shareholders. 

(9)  The  corporation  shall  give  notice  in  writing  to  an  auditor  Notice  of 
of  his  appointment  forthwith  after  the  appointment  is  made. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  168;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  47,  amended. 

149. — (1)  The  auditor  of  a  corporation  is  entitled  to  receive  Auditor  may 
notice  of  every  meeting  of  shareholders  and,  at  the  expense  of  the  shareholders' 
corporation,  to  attend  and  be  heard  thereat  on  matters  relating  to  "meetings 
his  duties  as  auditor. 

(2)  If  any  director  or  shareholder  of  a  corporation,  whether  or  Auditor's 
not  the  shareholder  is  entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting,  gives  written  may  be 
notice,  not  less  than  five  days  or  more  before  a  meeting  of  required 
shareholders,  to  the  auditor  or  a  former  auditor  of  the  corporation, 

the  auditor  or  former  auditor  shall  attend  the  meeting  at  the 
expense  of  the  corporation  and  answer  questions  relating  to  his 
duties  as  auditor. 

(3)  A  director  or  shareholder  who  sends  a  notice  referred  to  in  ^°[,o^a^j°,n 
subsection  2  shall  send  concurrently  a  copy  of  the  notice  to  the 
corporation. 

(4)  No  person  shall  accept  appointment  or  consent  to  be  Replacing 
appointed  as  auditor  of  a  corporation  if  he  is  replacing  an  auditor 

who  has  resigned,  been  removed  or  whose  term  of  office  has 
expired  or  is  about  to  expire  until  he  has  requested  and  received 
from  that  auditor  a  written  statement  of  the  circumstances  and  the 
reasons  why,  in  that  auditor's  opinion,  he  is  to  be  replaced. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  subsection  4,  a  person  otherwise  qualified  Wem 
may  accept  appointment  or  consent  to  be  appointed  as  auditor  of  a 
corporation  if,  within  fifteen  days  after  making  the  request  refer- 
red to  in  that  subsection,  he  does  not  receive  a  reply. 

(6)  Any  interested  person  may  apply  to  the  court  for  an  order  Wem 
declaring  an  auditor  to  be  disqualified  and  the  office  of  auditor  to 


104 

be  vacant  if  the  auditor  has  not  complied  with  subsection  4,  unless 
subsection  5  applies  with  respect  to  the  appointment  of  the 
auditor. 

Statement  by         (7)  Any  Oral  or  written  statement  or  report  made  under  this 

auditor  *         i  i  i-  r  i-  <-      i 

privileged  Act  by  the  auditor  or  former  auditor  of  the  corporation  has 
qualified  privilege.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  171;  1972,  c.  138, 
s.  48,  amended. 

S'TdUo?^"""  150.— (1)  Subject  to  subsection  5,  a  person  is  disqualified 
from  being  an  auditor  of  a  corporation  if  he  is  not  independent  of 
the  corporation,  all  of  its  affiliates,  or  of  the  directors  or  officers  of 
the  corporation  and  its  affiliates. 

Independence         (2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section, 

(a)  independence  is  a  question  of  fact;  and 

(b)  a  person  is  deemed  not  to  be  independent  if  he  or  his 
business  partner, 

(i)  is  a  business  partner,  director,  officer  or 
employee  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its 
affiliates,  or  a  business  partner  of  any  director, 
officer  or  employee  of  the  corporation  or  any  of 
its  affiliates, 

(ii)  beneficially  owns  directly  or  indirectly  or  exer- 
cises control  or  direction  over  a  material 
interest  in  the  securities  of  the  corporation  or  any 
of  its  affiliates,  or 

(iii)  has  been  a  receiver,  receiver  and  manager, 
liquidator  or  trustee  in  bankruptcy  of  the  corpo- 
ration or  any  of  its  affiliates  within  two  years  of 
his  proposed  appointment  as  auditor  of  the  cor- 
poration. 

Resignation  by       (3)  An  auditor  who  becomes  disqualified  under  this  section 

auditor  1     11  1   •  •         ,-  ■         r       %       ■  ^ 

shall,  subject  to  subsection  5,  resign  forthwith  upon  becoming 
aware  of  his  disqualification. 

Application  to  (4)  An  interested  person  may  apply  to  the  court  for  an  order 
declaring  an  auditor  to  be  disqualified  under  this  section  and  the 
office  of  auditor  to  be  vacant. 

^^^"^  (5)  An  interested  person  may  apply  to  the  court  for  an  order 

exempting  an  auditor  from  disqualification  under  this  section  and 
the  court  may,  if  it  is  satisfied  that  an  exemption  would  not 
unfairly  prejudice  the  shareholders,  make  an  exemption  order  on 


105 

such  terms  as  it  thinks  fit,  which  order  may  have  retrospective 
effect.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  170,  amended. 

151 . — ( 1)  An  auditor  of  a  corporation  shall  make  such  exami-  Examination 
nation  of  the  financial  statements  required  by  this  Act  to  be  placed  "^^ ''"''"°' 
before  shareholders  as  is  necessary  to  enable  him  to  report  thereon 
and  he  shall  report  as  prescribed  and  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted  auditing  standards. 

(2)  A  director  or  an  officer  of  a  corporation  shall  forthwith  Reporting  error 
notify  the  audit  committee  and  the  auditor  or  the  former  auditor 

of  any  error  or  misstatement  of  which  he  becomes  aware  in  a 
financial  statement  that  the  auditor  or  the  former  auditor  has 
reported  upon  if  the  error  or  misstatement  in  all  the  circumstances 
appears  to  be  significant. 

(3)  If  the  auditor  or  former  auditor  of  a  corporation  is  notified  or  Wem 
becomes  aware  of  an  error  or  misstatement  in  a  financial  state- 
ment upon  which  he  has  reported,  and  if  in  his  opinion  the  error  or 
misstatement  is  material,  he  shall  inform  each  director  accord- 
ingly. 


(4)  When  under  subsection  3  the  auditor  or  former  auditor  Amendment  of 
informs  the  directors  of  an  error  or  misstatement  in  a  financial  ^"  '°''*''ep°'' 
statement,  the  directors  shall  within  a  reasonable  time, 

(a)  prepare  and  issue  revised  financial  statements;  or 

{b)  otherwise  inform  the  shareholders. 

(5)  Uponthedemandof  an  auditor  of  a  corporation,  the  present  Right  of  access 
or  former  directors,  officers,  employees  or  agents  of  the  corpora- 
tion shall  furnish  such, 

(a)  information  and  explanations;  and 

{b)  access  to  records,  documents,  books,  accounts  and  vou- 
chers of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries, 

as  are,  in  the  opinion  of  the  auditor,  necessary  to  enable  him  to 
make  the  examination  and  report  required  under  this  section  and 
that  the  directors,  officers,  employees  or  agents  are  reasonably 
able  to  furnish. 

(6)  Upon  the  demand  of  the  auditor  of  a  corporation,  the  direc-  j^f^^^i^^f^ 
tors  of  the  corporation  shall, 

(a)  obtain  from  the  present  or  former  directors,  officers, 
employees  and  agents  of  any  subsidiary  of  the  corpora- 
tion the  information  and  explanations  that  the  present  or 


106 

former  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents  are 
reasonably  able  to  furnish  and  that  are,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  auditor,  necessary  to  enable  him  to  make  the  exami- 
nation and  report  required  under  this  section;  and 

(b)  furnish  the  information  and  explanations  so  obtained  to 
the  auditor. 

^^^^  (7)  Any  oral  or  written  communication  under  this  section 

between  the  auditor  or  former  auditor  of  a  corporation  and  its 
present  or  former  directors,  officers,  employees  or  agents  or  those 
of  any  subsidiary  of  the  corporation,  has  qualified  privilege. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  171;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  48,  amended. 

J,"^?''Tk'°."  to       1 52. — (1)  The  directors  shall  place  before  each  annual  meet- 
be  laid  before      •  ^    ,  ,     ,  , 

annual  meeting  mg  ot  Shareholders, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  that  is  not  an  offering 
corporation,  financial  statements  for  the  period  that 
began  on  the  date  the  corporation  came  into  existence 
and  ended  not  more  than  six  months  before  the  annual 
meeting  or,  if  the  corporation  has  completed  a  financial 
year,  the  period  that  began  immediately  after  the  end  of 
the  last  completed  financial  year  and  ended  not  more 
than  six  months  before  the  annual  meeting; 

(b)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  that  is  an  offering  corpora- 
tion, the  financial  statements  required  to  be  filed  under 

^^''*'  '^^  '^^  The  Securities  Act,  1978  and  the  regulations  thereunder 

relating  separately  to, 

(i)  the  period  that  began  on  the  date  the  corporation 
came  into  existence  and  ended  not  more  than  six 
months  before  the  annual  meeting  or,  if  the  cor- 
poration has  completed  a  financial  year,  the 
period  that  began  immediately  after  the  end  of 
the  last  completed  financial  year  and  ended  not 
more  than  six  months  before  the  annual  meeting, 
and 

(ii)  the  immediately  preceding  financial  year  if  any; 

(c)  the  report  of  the  auditor,  if  any,  to  the  shareholders;  and 

{d)  any  further  information  respecting  the  financial  position 
of  the  corporation  and  the  results  of  its  operations 
required  by  the  articles,  the  by-laws  or  any  unanimous 
shareholder  agreement. 

re"ort"^  *  (2)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  1  of  section  103 ,  the  report 

of  the  auditor  to  the  shareholders  shall  be  open  to  inspection  at  the 
annual  meeting  by  any  shareholder. 


107 

(3)  A  corporation  shall,  not  less  than  twenty-one  days,  in  the  Copy  of 
case  of  an  offering  corporation,  and  ten  days,  in  the  case  of  a  sha^ehoidert" 
corporation  that  is  not  an  offering  corporation,  before  each  annual 
meeting  of  shareholders  or  before  the  signing  of  a  resolution  under 
claused  of  subsection  1  of  section  103  in  lieu  of  the  annual  meeting, 
send  a  copy  of  the  documents  referred  to  in  this  section  to  each 
shareholder,  except  to  a  shareholder  who  has  informed  the  cor- 
poration in  writing  that  he  does  not  wish  to  receive  a  copy  of  those 
documents.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  172;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  49;  1978, 
c.  49,  s.  7,  amended. 

153.  The  financial  statements  required  under  this  Act  shall  be  Preparation  of 
prepared  as  prescribed  by  regulation  and  in  accordance  with  statements 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.     New. 

154.  An  offering  corporation  shall  prepare  and  file  with  the  Filing  by 
Commission  the  financial  statements  required  under  Part  XVII  of  corporation 
The  Securities  Act,  1978.  i978,  c.  47 


1 55. — (1)  True  copies  of  the  latest  financial  statements  of  each  1  inanciai 
subsidiary  of  a  holding  corporation  shall  be  kept  on  hand  by  the  subsidiaries" 
holding  corporation  at  its  registered  office  and  shall  be  open  to 
examination  by  the  shareholders  of  the  holding  corporation  and 
their  agents  and  legal  representatives  who  may  make  extracts 
therefrom  free  of  charge  on  request  during  the  normal  business 
hours  of  the  holding  corporation. 

(2)  A  corporation  may,  within  fifteen  days  after  a  request  to  Application  to 
examine  under  subsection  1,  apply  to  the  court  for  an  order 
barring  the  right  of  any  person  to  so  examine,  and  the  court  may,  if 
satisfied  that  such  examination  would  be  detrimental  to  the  cor- 
poration or  a  subsidiary  body  corporate,  bar  such  right  and  make 
any  further  order  it  thinks  fit.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  179  (3), 
amended. 

1 56. — (1)  A  corporation  that  is  an  offering  corporation  shall,  Audit 

J  .,  .  ,  ...  committee 

and  any  other  corporation  may,  have  an  audit  committee  com- 
posed of  not  fewer  than  three  directors  of  the  corporation,  a 
majority  of  whom  are  not  officers  or  employees  of  the  corporation 
or  any  of  its  affiliates,  to  hold  office  until  the  next  annual  meeting 
of  the  shareholders. 

(2)  An  audit  committee  shall  review  the  financial  statements  of  Wem 
the  corporation  and  shall  report  thereon  to  the  board  of  directors 

of  the  corporation  before  such  financial  statements  are  approved 
under  section  157. 

(3)  The  auditor  of  a  corporation  is  entitled  to  receive  notice  of  ^j"g^^'j°''  "^-^ 
every  meeting  of  the  audit  committee  and,  at  the  expense  of  the  committee 
corporation,  to  attend  and  be  heard  thereat,  and,  if  so  requested  "''^*'''"^* 


108 


Right  of 
auditor  to  be 
heard 


by  a  member  of  the  audit  committee,  shall  attend  every  meeting  of 
the  committee  held  during  the  term  of  office  of  the  auditor. 


(4)  The  auditor  of  a  corporation  or  a  member  of  the  audit 


Calling 

meetings  of  .  n  ■  ^    , 

committee        Committee  may  call  a  meetmg  of  the  committee. 


(5)  The  auditor  of  a  corporation  shall  be  entitled  to  attend  at  the 
expense  of  the  corporation  and  be  heard  at  meetings  of  the  board 
of  directors  of  the  corporation  on  matters  relating  to  his  duties  as 
auditor.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  182;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  53, 
amended. 


Approval  by 
directors 


157. — (1)  The  financial  statements  shall  be  approved  by  the 
board  of  directors  and  the  approval  shall  be  evidenced  by  the 
signature  at  the  foot  of  the  balance  sheet  by  two  of  the  directors 
duly  authorized  to  sign  or  by  the  director  where  there  is  only  one, 
and  the  auditor's  report,  unless  the  corporation  is  exempt  under 
section  147,  shall  be  attached  to  or  accompany  the  financial  state- 
ments.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  183;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  53. 


Publishing, 

etc.,  copies  of  ,       -.             .    ,                                 <-           i        •              •           h           i           i       ,-• 

financial  the  tinanciai  statements  referred  to  in  section  152  unless  the  f man- 
statements 


(2)  A  corporation  shall  not  issue,  publish  or  circulate  copies  of 
le  financial  stateme 
cial  statements  are, 


(a)  approved  and  signed  in  accordance  with  subsection  1; 
and 

(b)  accompanied  by  the  report  of  the  auditor  of  the  corpora- 
tion, if  any.     New. 


Interim 
financial 
statement 
1978,  c.  47 

Idem 


158. — (1)  An  offering  corporation  shall  send  to  each  share- 
holder a  copy  of  an  interim  financial  statement  required  to  be  filed 
under  The  Securities  Act,  1978  and  the  regulations  thereunder. 

(2)  The  interim  financial  statement  required  by  subsection  1 
shall  be  sent  to  each  shareholder,  within  sixty  days  of  the  date  to 
which  it  is  made  up,  at  his  latest  address  as  shown  on  the  records  of 
the  corporation.     1978,  c.  49,  s.  12,  part. 


PART  XII 

INVESTIGATION 

Investigation  J  59^ — (j)  ^  Security  holder  of  a  corporation  and,  in  the  case  of 
an  offering  corporation,  the  Commission  may  apply,  ex  parte  or 
upon  such  notice  as  the  court  may  require,  to  the  court  for  an 
order  directing  an  investigation  to  be  made  of  the  corporation 
and  any  of  its  affiliates. 


109 

(2)  Where,  upon  an  application  under  subsection  1,  it  appears  idem 
to  the  court  that, 

(a)  the  business  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its  affiliates  is  or 
has  been  carried  on  with  intent  to  defraud  any  person; 

{b)  the  business  or  affairs  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its 
affiliates  are  or  have  been  carried  on  or  conducted,  or  the 
powers  of  the  directors  are  or  have  been  exercised,  in  a 
manner  that  is  oppressive  or  unfairly  prejudicial  to,  or 
that  unfairly  disregards,  the  interests  of  a  security  hol- 
der; 

(c)  the  corporation  or  any  of  its  affiliates  was  formed  for  a 
fraudulent  or  unlawful  purpose  or  is  to  be  dissolved  for  a 
fraudulent  or  unlawful  purpose;  or 

id)  persons  concerned  with  the  formation,  business  or 
affairs  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its  affiliates  have  in 
connection  therewith  acted  fraudulently  or  dishonestly, 

the  court  may  order  an  investigation  to  be  made  of  the  corporation 
and  any  of  its  affiliates. 

(3)  Where  a  security  holder  makes  an  application  under  sub-  Notice 
section  1,  he  shall  give  the  Director  and,  if  the  corporation  is  an 
offering  corporation,  the  Commission,  reasonable  notice  thereof 
and  the  Director  and,  if  the  corporation  is  an  offering  corporation, 

the  Commission  are  entitled  to  appear  and  be  heard  in  person  or 
by  counsel. 

(4)  An  applicant  under  this  section  is  not  required  to  give  Security  for 

^    '  .  ^^  costs  not 

security  for  costs.  required 

(5)  An  ex  parte  application  under  this  section  shall  be  heard  in  ^^  ^^^^^^^^^ 
camera. 

(6)  No  person  may  publish  anything  relating  to  ex  parte  pro-  No  publication 
ceedings  under  this  section  except  with  the  authorization  of  the  sent 
court  or  the  written  consent  of  the  corporation  being  investi- 
gated.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  58,  s.  186,  part,  amended. 

160. — (1)  In  connection  with  an  investigation  under  this  Part,  ^^"be^^overed 
the  court  may  make  any  order  it  thinks  fit  including,  without  by  court  order 
limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 

(a)  an  order  to  investigate; 

(b)  an  order  appointing  and  fixing  the  remuneration  of  an 
"i      ,       inspector  or  replacing  an  inspector; 


no 

(c)  an  order  determining  the  notice  to  be  given  to  any 
interested  person,  or  dispensing  with  notice  to  any  per- 
son; 

(d)  an  order  authorizing  an  inspector  to  enter  any  premises 
in  which  the  court  is  satisfied  there  might  be  relevant 
information,  and  to  examine  any  thing  and  make  copies 
of  any  document  or  record  found  on  the  premises; 

(e)  an  order  requiring  any  person  to  produce  documents  or 
records  to  the  inspector; 

(/)  an  order  authorizing  an  inspector  to  conduct  a  hearing, 
administer  oaths  and  examine  any  person  upon  oath, 
and  prescribing  rules  for  the  conduct  of  the  hearing; 

(g)  an  order  requiring  any  person  to  attend  a  hearing  con- 
ducted by  an  inspector  and  to  give  evidence  upon  oath; 

(h)  an  order  giving  directions  to  an  inspector  or  any 
interested  person  on  any  matter  arising  in  the  investiga- 
tion; 

(i)  an  order  requiring  an  inspector  to  make  an  interim  or 
final  report  to  the  court; 

(J)  an  order  determining  whether  a  report  of  an  inspector 
should  be  made  available  for  public  inspection  and 
ordering  that  copies  be  sent  to  any  person  the  court 
designates; 

{k )  an  order  requiring  an  inspector  to  discontinue  an  inves- 
tigation; 

(/ )  an  order  requiring  the  corporation  to  pay  the  costs  of  the 
investigation. 

Inspector's  (2)  An  inspector  shall  send  to  the  Director  and,  where  an  offer- 

report  .  •       •    •       1      1     1      <^  •    • 

mg  corporation  is  involved,  the  Commission,  a  copy  of  every 

report  made  by  the  inspector  under  this  Part  which,  subject  to 

clause 7'  of  subsection  1,  shall  be  placed  on  the  corporation  file  for 

public  inspection.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  1S6, part;  1971,  c.  26, 

s.  31,  amended. 


Powers  of 
inspector 


161 . — (1)  An  inspector  under  this  Part  has  the  powers  set  out 
in  the  order  appointing  him. 


^'^^"^  (2)  In  addition  to  the  powers  set  out  in  the  order  appointing 

him,  an  inspector  appointed  to  investigate  a  corporation  may 
furnish  to,  or  exchange  information  and  otherwise  co-operate 


Ill 

with,  any  public  official  in  Canada  or  elsewhere  who  is  authorized 
to  exercise  investigatory  powers  and  who  is  investigating,  in 
respect  of  the  corporation,  any  allegation  of  improper  conduct  that 
is  the  same  as,  or  similar  to,  the  conduct  described  in  subsection  2 
of  section  159. 

(3)  An  inspector  shall  produce  upon  request  to  an  interested  Production 
person  a  copy  of  any  order  made  under  subsection  1  of  section 
160.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  186  (1),  amended. 

162. — (1)  A  hearing  conducted  by  an  inspector  under  this  Hearing 
Part  shall  be  heard  in  camera. 

(2)  Any  interested  person  may  apply  to  the  court  for  an  order  Wem 
that  a  hearing  conducted  under  this  Part  not  be  heard  in  camera 
and  for  directions  on  any  matter  arising  in  the  investigation. 

(3)  A  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  or  who  is  Right  to 
being  examined  at  a  hearing  conducted  by  an  inspector  under  this 

Part  has  a  right  to  be  represented  by  counsel.     New. 

1 63. — (1)  Any  oral  or  written  statement  or  report  made  by  an  Privileged 

,  .  .  •        •  1         1  •     C-v         statements 

mspector  or  any  other  person  m  an  mvestigation  under  this  Part 
has  absolute  privilege. 

(2)  No  person  is  excused  from  attending  and  giving  evidence  Giving 

evidence 

and  producing  documents  and  records  to  an  inspector  under  this 
Part  by  reason  only  that  the  evidence  tends  to  criminate  him  or 
subject  him  to  any  proceeding  or  penalty,  but  no  such  evidence 
shall  be  used  or  is  receivable  against  him  in  any  proceeding 
thereafter  instituted  against  him.     New. 

164.  Nothing  in  this  Part  shall  be  construed  to  affect  the  SoUdtor-dient 
privilege  that  exists  in  respect  of  communications  between  a  sol- 
icitor and  his  client.     New. 

165.  The  Director  may  make  inquiries  of  any  person  relating  {^^^^^[jf/  ^^ 
to  compliance  with  this  Act.     New. 


PART  XIII 

FUNDAMENTAL  CHANGES 

166. — (1)  Subject  to  sections  168  and  169,  a  corporation  may  Amendments 
from  time  to  time  amend  its  articles  to  add,  change  or  remove  any 
provision  that  is  permitted  by  this  Act  to  be,  or  that  is,  set  out  in  its 


112 

articles,  including  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 
to, 

(a)  change  its  name; 

(b)  change  the  municipality  or  geographic  township  in 
which  its  registered  office  is  located; 

(c)  add,  change  or  remove  any  restriction  upon  the  business 
or  businesses  that  the  corporation  may  carry  on  or 
upon  the  powers  that  the  corporation  may  exercise; 

(d)  add,  change  or  remove  any  maximum  number  of  shares 
that  the  corporation  is  authorized  to  issue  or  any 
maximum  consideration  for  which  any  shares  of  the 
corporation  are  authorized  to  be  issued; 

(e)  create  new  classes  of  shares; 

(/■)  increase  or  reduce  its  stated  capital  which,  for  the  pur- 
poses of  the  amendment,  is  deemed  to  be  set  out  in  the 
articles; 

(g)  change  the  designation  of  all  or  any  of  its  shares,  and 
add,  change  or  remove  any  rights,  privileges,  restric- 
tions and  conditions,  including  rights  to  accrued 
dividends,  in  respect  of  all  or  any  of  its  shares,  whether 
issued  or  unissued; 

(h)  change  the  shares  of  any  class  or  series,  whether  issued 
or  unissued,  into  a  different  number  of  shares  of  the 
same  class  or  series  or  into  the  same  or  a  different 
number  of  shares  of  other  classes  or  series; 

(i )  divide  a  class  of  shares,  whether  issued  or  unissued,  into 
series  and  fix  the  number  of  shares  in  each  series  and  the 
rights,  privileges,  restrictions  and  conditions  thereof; 

(j)  authorize  the  directors  to  divide  any  class  of  unissued 
shares  into  series  and  fix  the  number  of  shares  in  each 
series  and  the  rights,  privileges,  restrictions  and  condi- 
tions thereof; 

(k)  authorize  the  directors  to  change  the  rights,  privileges, 
restrictions  and  conditions  attached  to  unissued  shares 
of  any  series; 

(/)  revoke,  diminish  or  enlarge  any  authority  conferred 
under  clauses  j  and  k; 


113 

(m)  subject  to  sections  119  and  124,  increase  or  decrease  the 
number,  or  minimum  or  maximum  number,  of  direc- 
tors; and 

(w )  add,  change  or  remove  restrictions  on  the  issue  or  trans- 
fer of  shares  of  any  class  or  series. 


(2)  The  directors  of  a  corporation  may,  if  so  authorized  by  a  Revocation  of 
special  resolution  effecting  an  amendment  under  this  section, 

revoke  the  resolution  without  further  approval  of  the  shareholders 
at  any  time  prior  to  the  endorsement  by  the  Director  of  a  certificate 
of  amendment  of  articles  in  respect  of  such  amendment. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1 ,  where  a  corporation  has  a  Change  of 

'  "  .  ^  number  name 

number  name,  the  directors  may  amend  its  articles  to  change  that 
name  to  a  name  that  is  not  a  number  name. 

(4)  An  amendment  under  subsection  1  shall  be  authorized  by  a  Authorization 
special  resolution  and  an  amendment  under  subsection  3  may  be 
authorized  by  a  resolution  of  the  directors. 

(5)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  corporation  incorporated  by  ^^^"^^^^^^^ 
special  Act,  except  that  a  corporation  incorporated  by  special  Act,  excepted 
including  a  corporation  to  which  The  Railways  Act ,  being  chapter 

331  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1950,  applies,  may  under 
this  section  amend  its  articles  to  change  its  name.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  189;  1971,  c.  26,  s.  32,  amended. 

167. — (1)  The  directors  or  any  shareholder  who  is  entitled  to  ^^e'^j^j^artkies 
vote  at  an  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  may,  in  accordance 
with  section  98,  make  a  proposal  to  amend  the  articles. 

(2)  Notice  of  a  meeting  of  shareholders  at  which  a  proposal  to  Wem 
amend  the  articles  is  to  be  considered  shall  set  out  the  proposed 
amendment  and,  where  applicable,  shall  state  that  a  dissenting 
shareholder  is  entitled  to  be  paid  the  fair  value  of  his  shares  in 
accordance  with  section  183,  but  failure  to  make  that  statement 
does  not  invalidate  an  amendment.     New. 

168.— (1)  The  holders  of  shares  of  a  class  or,  subject  to  sub-  ^f  J°;:;^ttn" 
section  2,  of  a  series  are,  unless  the  articles  otherwise  provide  in  of  rights  of 
the  case  of  an  amendment  referred  to  in  clause  a,  bore,  entitled  to  '^P^'^l^^^i^gr^ 
vote  separately  as  a  class  or  series  upon  a  proposal  to  amend  the 
articles  to, 

(a)  increase  or  decrease  any  maximum  number  of 
authorized  shares  of  such  class  or  series,  or  increase  any 
maximum  number  of  authorized  shares  of  a  class  or 


114 

series  having  rights  or  privileges  equal  or  superior  to  the 
shares  of  such  class  or  series; 

(b)  effect  an  exchange,  reclassification  or  cancellation  of  the 
shares  of  such  class  or  series; 

(c)  add  to,  remove  or  change  the  rights,  privileges,  restric- 
tions or  conditions  attached  to  the  shares  of  such  class  or 
series  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  forego- 
ing, 

(i)  remove  or  change  prejudicially  rights  to  accrued 
dividends  or  rights  to  cumulative  dividends, 

(ii)  add,  remove  or  change  prejudicially  redemption 
rights  or  sinking  fund  provisions, 

(iii)  reduce  or  remove  a  dividend  preference  or  a 
liquidation  preference,  or 

(iv)  add,  remove  or  change  prejudicially  conversion 
privileges,  options,  voting,  transfer  or  pre-emp- 
tive rights,  or  rights  to  acquire  securities  of  a 
corporation ; 

(d)  add  to  the  rights  or  privileges  of  any  class  or  series  of 
shares  having  rights  or  privileges  equal  or  superior  to  the 
shares  of  such  class  or  series; 

(e)  create  a  new  class  or  series  of  shares  equal  or  superior  to 
the  shares  of  such  class  or  series; 

(/)  make  any  class  or  series  of  shares  having  rights  or 
privileges  inferior  to  the  shares  of  such  class  or  series 
equal  or  superior  to  the  shares  of  such  class  or  series; 

(g)  effect  an  exchange  or  create  a  right  of  exchange  of  the 
shares  of  another  class  or  series  into  the  shares  of  such 
class  or  series;  or 

(h)  add,  remove  or  change  restrictions  on  the  transfer  of 
such  class  or  series. 

^***'™  (2)  Theholdersof  a  series  of  shares  of  a  class  are  entitled  to  vote 

separately  as  a  series  under  subsection  1  only  if  such  series  is 
affected  by  an  amendment  in  a  manner  different  from  other  shares 
of  the  same  class. 


115 


(3)  Subsection  1  applies  whether  or  not  shares  of  a  class  or  series  Wem 
otherwise  carry  the  right  to  vote. 


(4)  A  proposed  amendment  to  the  articles  referred  to  in  subsec-  idem 
tion   1  is  adopted  when  the  shareholders  have  approved  the 
amendment  by  a  special  resolution  of  the  holders  of  the  shares  of 
each  class  or  series  entitled  to  vote  thereon.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  189  (4),  amended. 


169. — (1)  Subject  to  any  revocation  under  subsection  2  of  Articles  of 
section  166,  after  an  amendment  has  been  adopted  under  section  sent  to 
166  or  168,  articles  of  amendment  in  prescribed  form  shall  be  sent  Director 
to  the  Director. 


(2)  If  an  amendment  effects  or  requires  a  reduction  of  stated  Application  of 
capital,  subsections  4  and  5  of  section  34  apply. 

(3)  No  corporation  shall  change  its  name  if,  Change  of 


name 


(a)  the  corporation  is  unable  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they 
become  due;  or 

{b)  the  realizable  value  of  the  corporation's  assets  is  less  than 
the  aggregate  of  its  liabilities, 

unless  it  shall  have  satisfied  the  Director  that  such  change  of  name 
would  not  be  prejudicial  to  the  public  interest.  1979,  c.  36, 
s.  12.  amended. 


170.   Upon  receipt  of  articles  of  amendment,  the  Director  Certificate  of 

,      11  1  ,  .  1  -1  .         ^-.  ,./-•      i     amendment 

shall  endorse  thereon  m  accordance  with  section  271a  certificate 
of  amendment.     1979,  c.  36,  s.  13,  amended. 


171 . — (1)  The  directors  may  at  any  time  restate  the  articles  of  ^j."J^g^*J,j 
incorporation  as  amended.  incorporation 


(2)  Restated  articles  of  incorporation  in  prescribed  form  shall  ^'^^'^ 
be  sent  to  the  Director. 


(3)  Upon  receipt  of  restated  articles  of  incorporation,   the  Restated 
Director  shall  endorse  thereon  in  accordance  with  section  271  a  incorporation 
certificate  which  shall  constitute  the  restated  certificate  of  incor- 
poration. 


116 

Idem  (4)  Restated  articles  of  incorporation  supersede  the  original 

articles  of  incorporation  and  all  amendments  thereto.  1979, 
c.  36,  s.  14,  amended. 

Amalgamation  172.  Two  or  more  Corporations,  including  holding  or  sub- 
sidiary corporations,  may  amalgamate  and  continue  as  one  cor- 
poration.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  196  (1). 

Amalgamation       173. — (1)  Where  corporations  propose  to  amalgamate,  each 

agreement  ,  ,•  i      n  •  .  , 

such  corporation  shall  enter  mto  an  agreement  settmg  out  the 
terms  and  means  of  effecting  the  amalgamation  and,  in  particular, 
setting  out, 

(a)  the  provisions  that  are  required  to  be  included  in  articles 
of  incorporation  under  section  5; 

Q))  subject  to  subsection  2,  the  basis  upon  which  and  man- 
ner in  which  the  holders  of  the  issued  shares  of  each 
amalgamating  corporation  are  to  receive, 

(i)  securities  of  the  amalgamated  corporation, 
(ii)  money,  or 

(iii)  securities  of  any  body  corporate  other  than  the 
amalgamated  corporation, 

in  the  amalgamation; 

(c)  the  manner  of  payment  of  money  instead  of  the  issue  of 
fractional  shares  of  the  amalgamated  corporation  or  of 
any  other  body  corporate  the  securities  of  which  are  to  be 
received  in  the  amalgamation; 

{d)  whether  the  by-laws  of  the  amalgamated  corporation  are 
to  be  those  of  one  of  the  amalgamating  corporations  and 
the  address  where  a  copy  of  the  proposed  by-laws  may  be 
examined;  and 

(e)  such  other  details  as  may  be  necessary  to  perfect  the 
amalgamation  and  to  provide  for  the  subsequent  man- 
agement and  operation  of  the  amalgamated  corpora- 
tion. R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  196  (2);  1971,  c.  26,  s.  34, 
amended. 

Shares  of  (2)  Where  shares  of  one  of  the  amalgamating  corporations  are 

amalgamating  1     1     ir     r  r    1  1  . 

corporation       held  by  or  on  behalf  of  another  of  the  amalgamatmg  corporations, 

another  ^^^  amalgamation  agreement  shall  provide  for  the  cancellation  of 

such  shares  upon  the  amalgamation  becoming  effective  without 

any  repayment  of  capital  in  respect  thereof,  and  no  provision  shall 

be  made  in  the  agreement  for  the  conversion  of  such  shares  into 


117 

shares  of  the  amalgamated  corporation.     R.S.O.   1970,  c.  53, 
s.  196  (3). 

174. — (1)  The  directors  of  each  amalgamating  corporation  Submission  of 
shall  submit  the  amalgamation  agreement  for  approval  at  a  a^reem^f *°" 
meeting  of  the  shareholders  of  the  amalgamating  corporation 
of  which  they  are  directors  and,  subject  to  subsection  3,  of  the 
holders  of  shares  of  each  class  or  series  entitled  to  vote  thereon. 

(2)  The  notice  of  the  meeting  of  shareholders  of  each  amal-  Notice  of 
gamating  corporation  shall  include  or  be  accompanied  by,  ^^^  '"^ 

(a)  a  copy  or  summary  of  the  amalgamation  agreement;  and 

(b)  a  statement  that  a  dissenting  shareholder  is  entitled  to  be 
paid  the  fair  value  of  his  shares  in  accordance  with 
section  183,  but  failure  to  make  that  statement  does  not 
invalidate  an  amalgamation. 

(3)  The  holders  of  a  class  or  series  of  shares  of  an  amalgamating  Voting  by 
corporation ,  whether  or  not  they  are  otherwise  entitled  to  vote ,  are 
entitled  to  vote  separately  as  a  class  or  series  in  respect  of  an 
amalgamation  if  the  amalgamation  agreement  contains  a  provi- 
sion that,  if  contained  in  a  proposed  amendment  to  the  articles, 
would  entitle  such  holders  to  vote  separately  as  a  class  or  series 
under  section  168. 

(4)  An  amalgamation  agreement  is  adopted  when  the  share-  Adoption  of 
holders  of  each  amalgamating  corporation  have  approved  of  the  agreement 
amalgamation  by  a  special  resolution  of  the  holders  of  the  shares  of 

each  class  or  series  entitled  to  vote  thereon. 

(5)  An  amalgamation  agreement  may  provide  that  at  any  time  Termination 
before  the  endorsement  of  a  certificate  of  amalgamation  the  agreement 
agreement  may  be  terminated  by  the  directors  of  an  amalgamating 
corporation,  notwithstanding  approval  of  the  agreement  by  the 
shareholders  of  all  or  any  of  the  amalgamating  corporations. 

New. 

1  75. — (1)  A  holding  corporation  and  one  or  more  of  its  whol-  Amalgamation 
ly-owned  subsidiary  corporations  may  amalgamate  and  continue  corporation 
as  one  corporation  without  complying  with  sections  173  and  174  subJ^^ry 
if, 

(a)  the  amalgamation  is  approved  by  a  resolution  of  the 
directors  of  each  amalgamating  corporation;  and 

(b)  the  resolutions  provide  that, 

(i)  the  shares  of  each  amalgamating  subsidiary  cor- 
poration shall  be  cancelled  without  any  repay- 
ment of  capital  in  respect  thereof. 


118 

(ii)  except  as  may  be  prescribed,  the  articles  of  amal- 
gamation shall  be  the  same  as  the  articles  of 
incorporation  of  the  amalgamating  holding  cor- 
poration, and 

(iii)  no  securities  shall  be  issued  and  no  assets  shall  be 
distributed  by  the  amalgamated  corporation  in 
connection  with  the  amalgamation. 

Amalgamation       (2)  Two  or  more  wholly-owned  subsidiary  corporations  of  the 

subsidiaries       Same  holding  body  corporate  may  amalgamate  and  continue  as 

one  corporation  without  complying  with  sections  173  and  174  if, 

(a)  the  amalgamation  is  approved  by  a  resolution  of  the 
directors  of  each  amalgamating  corporation;  and 

(b)  the  resolutions  provide  that, 

(i)  the  shares  of  all  but  one  of  the  amalgamating 
subsidiary  corporations  shall  be  cancelled  with- 
out any  repayment  of  capital  in  respect  thereof, 

(ii)  except  as  may  be  prescribed,  the  articles  of  amal- 
gamation shall  be  the  same  as  the  articles  of 
incorporation  of  the  amalgamating  subsidiary 
corporation  whose  shares  are  not  cancelled,  and 

(iii)  the  stated  capital  of  the  amalgamating  sub- 
sidiary corporations  whose  shares  are  cancelled 
shall  be  added  to  the  stated  capital  of  the  amal- 
gamating subsidiary  corporation  whose  shares 
are  not  cancelled.     New. 


Articles  of  176. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  5  of  section  174,  after  an 

amalgamation  •         i         i 

to  be  sent  to      amalgamation  has  been  adopted  under  section  174  or  approved 
Director  under  section  175,  articles  of  amalgamation  in  prescribed  form 

shall  be  sent  to  the  Director. 


statement  ^^^  ^^^  articles  of  amalgamation  shall  have  attached  thereto  a 

statement  of  a  director  or  an  officer  of  each  amalgamating  cor- 
poration stating  that, 

(a)  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that, 

(i)  each  amalgamating  corporation  is  and  the  amal- 
gamated corporation  will  be  able  to  pay  its 
liabilities  as  they  become  due,  and 


119 

(ii)  the  realizable  value  of  the  amalgamated  cor- 
poration's assets  will  not  be  less  than  the  aggre- 
gate of  its  liabilities  and  stated  capital  of  all 
classes; 

(b)  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that, 

(i)  no  creditor  will  be  prejudiced  by  the  amalgama- 
tion, or 

(ii)  adequate  notice  has  been  given  to  all  known 
creditors  of  the  amalgamating  corporations; 

(c)  the  grounds  upon  which  the  objections  of  all  creditors 
who  have  notified  the  corporation  that  they  object  to  the 
amalgamation,  setting  forth  with  reasonable  particular- 
ity the  grounds  for  such  objections,  are  either  frivolous 
or  vexatious;  and 

(d)  the  corporation  has  given  notice  to  each  person  who  has, 
in  the  manner  referred  to  in  clause  c ,  notified  the  cor- 
poration of  his  objection  to  the  amalgamation,  that, 

(i)  the  grounds  upon  which  his  objection  is  based  are 
considered  to  be  frivolous  or  vexatious,  and 

(ii)  a  creditor  of  a  corporation  who  objects  to  an 
amalgamation  has  the  status  of  a  complainant 
under  section  246. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  2 ,  adequate  notice  is  given  if.  Notice 

(a)  a  notice  in  writing  is  sent  to  each  known  creditor  having 
a  claim  against  the  corporation  that  exceeds  $2,500,  at 
the  last  address  of  the  creditor  known  to  the  corporation; 

(b)  a  notice  is  published  once  in  a  newspaper  published  or 
distributed  in  the  place  where  the  corporation  has  its 
registered  office;  and 

(c)  each  notice  states  that  the  corporation  intends  to  amal- 
gamate with  one  or  more  specified  corporations  in 
accordance  with  this  Act  unless  a  creditor  of  the  cor- 
poration objects  to  the  amalgamation  within  thirty  days 
from  the  date  of  the  notice. 

(4)  Upon  receipt  of  articles  of  amalgamation,  the  Director  shall  ^^""^^'^^matron 
endorse  thereon  in  accordance  with  section  271a  certificate  which 


120 

shall  constitute  the  certificate  of  amalgamation. 
s.  lb,  part,  amended. 


1979,  c.  36, 


Effect  of 
certificate 


177.   Upon  the  articles  of  amalgamation  becoming  effective, 

(a)  the  amalgamating  corporations  are  amalgamated  and 
continue  as  one  corporation  under  the  terms  and  condi- 
tions prescribed  in  the  amalgamation  agreement; 


(6)  the  amalgamated  corporation  possesses  all  the  property, 
rights,  privileges  and  franchises  and  is  subject  to  all 
liabilities,  including  civil,  criminal  and  quasi-criminal, 
and  all  contracts,  disabilities  and  debts  of  each  of  the 
amalgamating  corporations; 

(c)  a  conviction  against,  or  ruling,  order  or  judgment  in 
favour  or  against  an  amalgamating  corporation  may  be 
enforced  by  or  against  the  amalgamated  corporation; 

{d)  the  articles  of  amalgamation  are  deemed  to  be  the  arti- 
cles of  incorporation  of  the  amalgamated  corporation 
and,  except  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  1  of  section 
116,  the  certificate  of  amalgamation  is  deemed  to  be  the 
certificate  of  incorporation  of  the  amalgamated  cor- 
poration; 

{e)  the  amalgamated  corporation  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the 
party  plaintiff  or  the  party  defendant,  as  the  case  may 
be,  in  any  civil  action  commenced  by  or  against  an 
amalgamating  corporation  before  the  amalgamation  has 
become  effective.     1979,  c.  36,  s.  16,  part,  amended. 


Articles  of 
continuance 


178. — (1)  A  body  corporate  incorporated  under  the  laws  of 
any  jurisdiction  other  than  Ontario  may,  if  it  appears  to  the 
Director  to  be  thereunto  authorized  by  the  laws  of  the  jurisdiction 
in  which  it  was  incorporated,  apply  to  the  Director  for  a  certificate 
of  continuance.  1972,  c.  138,  s.  55,  part;  1979,  c.  36,  s.  17,  part, 
amended. 


Idem 


(2)  Articles  of  continuance  in  prescribed  form  shall  be  sent  to 
the  Director  together  with  any  other  prescribed  documents. 


Amendments 
to  original 
articles 


(3)  The  articles  of  continuance  shall  make  any  amendments  to 
the  original  or  restated  articles  of  incorporation,  articles  of  amal- 
gamation, letters  patent,  supplementary  letters  patent,  a  special 
Act  and  any  other  instrument  by  which  the  body  corporate  was 
incorporated  and  any  amendments  thereto  necessary  to  make  the 


121 

articles  of  continuance  conform  to  the  laws  of  Ontario,  and  may 
make  such  other  amendments  as  would  be  permitted  under  this 
Act  if  the  body  corporate  were  incorporated  under  the  laws  of 
Ontario,  provided  that  at  least  the  same  shareholder  approval  has 
been  obtained  for  such  other  amendments  as  would  have  been 
required  under  this  Part  if  the  body  corporate  were  incorporated 
under  the  laws  of  Ontario.     1972,  c.  138,  s.  55,  part,  amended. 

(4)  Upon  receipt  of  articles  of  continuance  and  any  other  pre-  Endorsement 
scribed  documents,  the  Director  may,  on  such  terms  and  subject  of  continu^ance 
to  such  limitations  and  conditions  as  he  considers  proper,  endorse 
thereon  in  accordance  with  section  271a  certificate  which  shall 
constitute  the  certificate  of  continuance. 

(5)  Upon  the  articles  of  continuance  becoming  effective,  Effect  of 

certificate 

(a)  the  body  corporate  becomes  a  corporation  to  which  this 
Act  applies  as  if  it  had  been  incorporated  under  this  Act; 

(b)  the  articles  of  continuance  are  deemed  to  be  the  articles 
of  incorporation  of  the  continued  corporation;  and 

(c)  except  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  1  of  section  116,  the 
certificate  of  continuance  is  deemed  to  be  the  certificate 
of  incorporation  of  the  continued  corporation. 

(6)  The  Director  shall  send  a  copy  of  the  certificate  of  con-  Copy  of  certifi- 
tinuance  to  the  appropriate  official  or  public  body  in  the  jurisdic-  tinuance 
tion  in  which  continuance  under  the  Act  was  authorized.     1979, 

c.  53,  s.  17,  part,  amended. 

(7)  When  a  body  corporate  is  continued  as  a  corporation  under  ^'^h^^- 

I  .      ^  iiaDiiities,  cic . . 

tnlS  Act,  preserved 

(a)  the  corporation  possesses  all  the  property,  rights, 
privileges  and  franchises  and  is  subject  to  all  the 
liabilities,  including  civil,  criminal  and  quasi-criminal, 
and  all  contracts,  disabilities  and  debts  of  the  body 
corporate; 

(b)  a  conviction  against,  or  ruling,  order  or  judgment  in 
favour  of  or  against,  the  body  corporate  may  be  enforced 
by  or  against  the  corporation;  and 

(c)  the  corporation  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  party  plaintiff 
or  the  party  defendant,  as  the  case  may  be,  in  any  civil 
action  commenced  by  or  against  the  body  corpo- 
rate.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  200,  amended. 


122 


Shares  issued 
before  body 
corporate  con- 
tinued under 
this  Act 


(8)  Subject  to  subsection  3  of  section  55,  a  share  of  a  body 
corporate  issued  before  the  body  corporate  was  continued  under 
this  Act  is  deemed  to  have  been  issued  in  compHance  with  this  Act 
and  with  the  provisions  of  the  articles  of  continuance,  irrespective 
of  whether  the  share  is  fully  paid  and  of  any  designation,  rights, 
privileges,  restrictions  or  conditions  set  out  on  or  referred  to  in  the 
certificate  representing  the  share,  and  continuance  under  this 
section  does  not  deprive  a  holder  of  any  right  or  privilege  that  he 
claims  under,  or  relieve  him  of  any  liability  in  respect  of,  an  issued 
share.     New. 


Transfer  of 
Ontario  cor- 
porations 


1  79. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  9,  a  corporation  may,  if  it  is 
authorized  by  the  shareholders  and  the  Director  in  accordance 
with  this  section,  apply  to  the  appropriate  official  or  public  body 
of  another  jurisdiction  requesting  that  the  corporation  be  con- 
tinued as  if  it  had  been  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  that  other 
jurisdiction. 


Notice  to 
shareholders 


(2)  The  notice  of  the  meeting  of  shareholders  shall  include  or  be 
accompanied  by  a  statement  that  a  dissenting  shareholder  is  enti- 
tled to  be  paid  the  fair  value  of  his  shares  in  accordance  with 
section  183,  but  failure  to  make  that  statement  does  not  invalidate 
an  authorization  under  clause  a  of  subsection  3. 


Application  for 
continuance 


(3)  An  application  for  continuance  becomes  authorized, 

{a)  by  the  shareholders  when  the  shareholders  voting  there- 
on have  approved  of  the  continuance  by  a  special  resol- 
ution; and 

{b)  by  the  Director  when,  following  receipt  from  the  cor- 
poration of  an  application  in  prescribed  form,  he 
endorses  an  authorization  on  the  application. 


Authorization 
bv  Director 


(4)  The  Director  may  endorse  the  authorization  if  he  is  satisfied 
that  the  application  is  not  prohibited  by  subsection  9. 


Abandoning 
application 


(5)  The  directors  of  a  corporation  may,  if  authorized  by  the 
shareholders,  abandon  an  application  without  further  approval  of 
the  shareholders. 


Time  limit  (6)  xhe  authorization  of  the  Director  for  an  application  for 

authorization  continuance  expires  ninety  days  after  the  date  of  endorsement  of 
the  authorization  unless,  within  the  ninety  day  period,  the  cor- 
poration is  continued  under  the  laws  of  the  other  jurisdiction. 


Filing 
instrument 
of  issuance 


(7)  The  corporation  shall  file  with  the  Director  a  copy  of  the 
instrument  of  continuance  issued  to  it  by  the  other  jurisdiction 
within  sixty  days  after  the  date  of  issuance. 


123 

(8)  This  Act  ceases  to  apply  to  the  corporation  on  the  date  Effective 
»on  which  the  c 
other  jurisdiction. 


upon  which  the  corporation  is  continued  under  the  laws  of  the  ^^^^ 


(9)  A  corporation  shall  not  apply  under  subsection  1  to  be  con-  Continuance 
tinued  as  a  body  corporate  under  the  laws  of  another  jurisdiction  juHs"dktion 
unless  those  laws  provide  in  effect  that, 

(a)  the  property  of  the  corporation  continues  to  be  the  prop- 
erty of  the  body  corporate; 

(b)  the  body  corporate  continues  to  be  liable  for  the  obliga- 
tions of  the  corporation; 

(c)  an  existing  cause  of  action,  claim  or  liability  to  prosecu- 
tion is  unaffected; 

(d)  a  civil,  criminal  or  administrative  action  or  proceeding 
pending  by  or  against  the  corporation  may  be  continued 
to  be  prosecuted  by  or  against  the  body  corporate;  and 

(e)  a  conviction  against  the  corporation  may  be  enforced 
against  the  body  corporate  or  a  ruling,  order  or  judg- 
ment in  favour  of  or  against  the  corporation  may  be 
enforced  by  or  against  the  body  corporate.  1971,  c.  26, 
s.  37;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  56,  amended. 

180. — (1)  In  this  section,  "arrangement",  with  respect  to  a  Arrangement 
corporation,  includes, 

(a)  a  reorganization  of  the  shares  of  any  class  or  series  of  the 
corporation  or  of  the  stated  capital  of  any  such  class  or 
series; 

(b)  the  addition  to  or  removal  from  the  articles  of  the  cor- 
poration of  any  provision  that  is  permitted  by  this  Act  to 
be,  or  that  is,  set  out  in  the  articles  or  the  change  of  any 
such  provision; 

(c)  an  amalgamation  of  the  corporation  with  another  cor- 
poration; 

(d)  an  amalgamation  of  a  body  corporate  with  a  corporation 
that  results  in  an  amalgamated  corporation  subject  to 
this  Act; 

(e)  a  transfer  of  all  or  substantially  all  the  property  of  the 
corporation  to  another  body  corporate  in  exchange  for 
securities,  money  or  other  property  of  the  body  corpo- 
rate; 


124 


1978,  c.  47 


if)  an  exchange  of  securities  of  the  corporation  held  by 
security  holders  for  other  securities,  money  or  other 
property  of  the  corporation  or  securities,  money  or  other 
property  of  another  body  corporate  that  is  not  a  take- 
over bid  as  defined  in  Part  XIX  of  The  Securities  Act, 
1978; 


(g )  a  liquidation  or  dissolution  of  the  corporation; 


{h )  any  other  reorganization  or  scheme  involving  the  busi- 
ness or  affairs  of  the  corporation  or  of  any  or  all  of  the 
holders  of  its  securities  or  of  any  options  or  rights  to 
acquire  any  of  its  securities  that  is,  at  law,  an 
arrangement;  and 


(i )  any  combination  of  the  foregoing.     R.S.O. 
s.  193  (1),  amended. 


1970,  c.  53, 


Scheme  of 
arrangement 


Adoption  of 
arrangement 


(2)  A  corporation  proposing  an  arrangement  shall  prepare,  for 
the  approval  of  the  shareholders,  a  statement  thereof  setting  out  in 
detail  what  is  proposed  to  be  done  and  the  manner  in  which  it  is 
proposed  to  be  done. 

(3)  Subject  to  any  order  of  the  court  made  under  subsection  5, 
where  an  arrangement  has  been  approved  by  shareholders  of  a 
corporation  and  by  holders  of  shares  of  each  class  or  series  entitled 
to  vote  separately  thereon,  in  each  case  by  special  resolution,  the 
arrangement  shall  have  been  adopted  by  the  shareholders  of  the 
corporation  and  the  corporation  may  apply  to  the  court  for  an 
order  approving  the  arrangement. 


Separate 
votes 


(4)  The  holders  of  shares  of  a  class  or  series  of  shares  of  a 
corporation  are  not  entitled  to  vote  separately  as  a  class  or  series  in 
respect  of  an  arrangement  unless  the  statement  of  the  arrangement 
referred  to  in  subsection  2  contains  a  provision  that,  if  contained  in 
a  proposed  amendment  to  the  articles,  would  entitle  such  holders 
to  vote  separately  as  a  class  or  series  under  section  168  and,  if  the 
statement  of  the  arrangement  contains  such  a  provision,  such 
holders  are  entitled  to  vote  separately  on  the  arrangement  whether 
or  not  such  shares  otherwise  carry  the  right  to  vote. 


Application 
to  court 


(5)  The  corporation  may,  at  any  time,  apply  to  the  court  for 
advice  and  directions  in  connection  with  an  arrangement  or  pro- 
posed arrangement  and  the  court  may  make  such  order  as  it 
considers  appropriate,  including,  without  limiting  the  generality 
of  the  foregoing, 


{a)  an  order  determining  the  notice  to  be  given  to  any 
interested  person  or  dispensing  with  notice  to  any  per- 
son; 


125 

(b)  an  order  requiring  a  corporation  to  call,  hold  and  con- 
duct an  additional  meeting  of,  or  to  hold  a  separate  vote 
of,  all  or  any  particular  group  of  holders  of  any  securities 
or  warrants  of  the  corporation  in  such  manner  as  the 
court  directs; 

(c)  an  order  permitting  a  shareholder  to  dissent  under  sec- 
tion 183  if  the  arrangement  is  adopted; 

(d)  an  order  appointing  counsel,  at  the  expense  of  the  cor- 
poration, to  represent  the  interests  of  shareholders; 

(e)  an  order  that  the  arrangement  or  proposed  arrangement 
shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  been  adopted  by  the  share- 
holders of  the  corporation  unless  it  has  been  approved  by 
a  specified  majority  that  is  greater  than  two- thirds  of  the 
votes  cast  at  a  meeting  of  the  holders,  or  any  particular 
group  of  holders,  of  securities  or  warrants  of  the  cor- 
poration; and 

(/)  an  order  approving  the  arrangement  as  proposed  by  the 
corporation  or  as  amended  in  any  manner  the  court  may 
direct,  subject  to  compliance  with  such  terms  and  con- 
ditions, if  any,  as  the  court  thinks  fit, 

and  to  the  extent  that  any  such  order  is  inconsistent  with  a  provi- 
sion of  this  section  such  order  shall  prevail. 

(6)  Where   a   reorganization   or   scheme   is   proposed  as  an  Procedure 
arrangement  and  involves  an  amendment  of  the  articles  of  a 
corporation  or  the  taking  of  any  other  steps  that  could  be  made  or 
taken  under  any  other  provision  of  this  Act,  the  procedure  pro- 
vided for  in  this  section,  and  not  the  procedure  provided  for  in 

such  other  provision,  applies  to  such  reorganization  or  scheme. 

(7)  Where  an  amendment  of  articles  is  proposed  to  be  made  Wem 
under  section  166  that  could  be  made  under  this  section,  the 
procedure  provided  for  in  section  166  and  not  the  procedure 
provided  for  in  this  section  applies  in  respect  of  the  amendment. 

(8)  An  applicant  under  this  section  shall  give  the  Director  notice  ^^[^^^^'^^ 
of  the  application,  and  the  Director  is  entitled  to  appear  and  be  to  be  heard 
heard  in  person  or  by  counsel.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  194  (2-8), 
amended. 


181. — (1)  After  an  order  referred  to  in  clause/ of  subsection  5  ^^"J^jJ^gj^gn^ 
of  section  180  has  been  made,  articles  of  arrangement  in  pre-  sent  to 
scribed  form  shall  be  sent  to  the  Director.  ^'''^^^°' 


126 


Certificate  of 
arrangement 


(2)  Upon  receipt  of  articles  of  arrangement  the  Director  shall 
endorse  thereon  in  accordance  with  section  271a  certificate  which 
shall  constitute  the  certificate  of  arrangement.     New. 


Borrowing 
powers 


182. — (1)  Unless  the  articles  or  by-laws  of  or  a  unanimous 
shareholder  agreement  otherwise  provide,  the  articles  of  a  cor- 
poration are  deemed  to  state  that  the  directors  of  a  corporation 
may,  without  authorization  of  the  shareholders, 


(a)  borrow  money  upon  the  credit  of  the  corporation; 

{h)  issue,  reissue,  sell  or  pledge  debt  obligations  of  the  cor- 
poration; 

(c)  subject  to  section  20,  give  a  guarantee  on  behalf  of  the 
corporation  to  secure  performance  of  an  obligation  of 
any  person;  and 

{d)  mortgage,  hypothecate,  pledge  or  otherwise  create  a 
security  interest  in  all  or  any  property  of  the  corporation, 
owned  or  subsequently  acquired,  to  secure  any  obliga- 
tion of  the  corporation. 


Delegation  of 
powers 


(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  3  of  section  126  and  clause  a  of 
section  132,  unless  the  articles  or  by-laws  of  or  a  unanimous 
shareholder  agreement  relating  to  a  corporation  otherwise  pro- 
vide, the  directors  may  by  resolution  delegate  any  or  all  of  the 
powers  referred  to  in  subsection  1  to  a  director,  a  committee  of 
directors  or  an  officer.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  Si,  amended. 


Sale,  etc.. 
requires 
approval  of 
shareholders 


(3)  A  sale,  lease  or  exchange  of  all  or  substantially  all  the 
property  of  a  corporation  other  than  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
business  of  the  corporation  requires  the  approval  of  the  share- 
holders in  accordance  with  subsections  4  to  8. 


Notice 


(4)  The  notice  of  the  meeting  of  shareholders  shall  include  or  be 
accompanied  by. 


(a)  a  copy  or  summary  of  the  agreement  of  sale,  lease  or 
exchange;  and 


{h)  a  statement  that  a  dissenting  shareholder  is  entitled  to  be 
paid  the  fair  value  of  his  shares  in  accordance  with 
section  183,  but  failure  to  make  that  statement  does  not 
invalidate  a  sale,  lease  or  exchange  referred  to  in  subsec- 
tion 3. 


127 

(5)  At  the  meeting  referred  to  in  subsection  4,  the  shareholders  shareholders 
may  authorize  the  sale,  lease  or  exchange  and  may  fix  or  authorize  T^l  e"c.  °"^^ 
the  directors  to  fix  any  of  the  terms  and  conditions  thereof. 

(6)  If  a  sale,  lease  or  exchange  by  a  corporation  referred  to  in  i^'sht  to  vote 
subsection  3  would  affect  a  particular  class  or  series  of  shares  of  ^^^^^^  ^  ^ 
the  corporation  in  a  manner  different  from  the  shares  of  another 

class  or  series  of  the  corporation  entitled  to  vote  on  the  sale,  lease 
or  exchange  at  the  meeting  referred  to  in  subsection  4,  the  holders 
of  such  first  mentioned  class  or  series  of  shares,  whether  or  not 
they  are  otherwise  entitled  to  vote,  are  entitled  to  vote  separately 
as  a  class  or  series  in  respect  to  such  sale,  lease  or  exchange. 

(7)  The  approval  of  a  sale,  lease  or  exchange  referred  to  in  Adoption 
subsection  3  is  effective  when  the  shareholders  have  approved  the 

sale,  lease  or  exchange  by  a  special  resolution  of  the  holders  of  the 
shares  of  each  class  or  series  entitled  to  vote  thereon. 

(8)  The  directors  of  a  corporation  may,  if  authorized  by  the  Approval  by 
shareholders  approving  a  proposed  sale,  lease  or  exchange,  and 
subject  to  the  rights  of  third  parties,  abandon  the  sale,  lease  or 
exchange  without  further  approval  of  the  shareholders.     New. 

1 83. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  3  and  to  sections  184  and  246,  i^'ghts  of  dis- 

.  .  senting  share- 

if  a  corporation  resolves  to,  holders 

(a)  amend  its  articles  under  section  166  to  add,  remove  or 
change  restrictions  on  the  transfer  of  shares  of  a  class  or 
series  of  the  shares  of  the  corporation; 

{b)  amend  its  articles  under  section  166  to  add,  remove  or 
change  any  restriction  upon  the  business  or  businesses 
that  the  corporation  may  carry  on  or  upon  the  powers 
that  the  corporation  may  exercise; 

(c)  amalgamate  with  another  corporation  under  sections 
173  and  174; 

(d)  be  continued  under  the  laws  of  another  jurisdiction 
under  section  179;  or 

(e)  sell,  lease  or  exchange  all  or  substantially  all  its  property 
under  subsection  3  of  section  182, 

a  holder  of  shares  of  any  class  or  series  entitled  to  vote  on  the 
resolution  may  dissent. 

(2)  If  a  corporation  resolves  to  amend  its  articles  in  a  manner  Wem 
referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  168,  a  holder  of  shares  of  any 


128 

class  or  series  entitled  to  vote  on  the  amendment  under  section  166 
or  168  may  dissent,  except  in  respect  of  an  amendment  referred  to 
in  clause  a,  boreoi  subsection  1  of  section  168  where  the  articles 
provide  that  the  holders  of  shares  of  such  class  or  series  are  not 
entitled  to  dissent. 

Exception  (3)  \  shareholder  of  a  corporation  incorporated  before  this  Act 

comes  into  force  is  not  entitled  to  dissent  under  this  section  in 
respect  of  an  amendment  of  the  articles  of  the  corporation  to 
the  extent  that  the  amendment, 

(a)  amends  the  express  terms  of  any  provision  of  the  articles 
of  the  corporation  to  conform  to  the  terms  of  the  provi- 
sion as  deemed  to  be  amended  by  section  274;  or 

(b)  deletes  from  the  articles  of  the  corporation  all  of  the 
objects  of  the  corporation  set  out  in  its  articles,  provided 
that  the  deletion  is  made  within  three  years  after  this  Act 
comes  into  force. 


Shareholder's 
right  to  be 
paid  fair 
value 


(4)  In  addition  to  any  other  right  he  may  have,  but  subject  to 
subsection  28,  a  shareholder  who  complies  with  this  section  is 
entitled,  when  the  action  approved  by  the  resolution  from  which 
he  dissents  becomes  effective,  to  be  paid  by  the  corporation  the 
fair  value  of  the  shares  held  by  him  in  respect  of  which  he  dissents, 
determined  as  of  the  close  of  business  on  the  day  before  the 
resolution  was  adopted  or  the  order  was  made. 


No  partial 
dissent 


(5)  A  dissenting  shareholder  may  only  claim  under  this  section 
with  respect  to  all  the  shares  of  a  class  held  by  him  on  behalf  of  any 
one  beneficial  owner  and  registered  in  the  name  of  the  dissenting 
shareholder. 


Objection  (5)  ^  disscnting  shareholder  shall  send  to  the  corporation,  at  or 

before  any  meeting  of  shareholders  at  which  a  resolution  referred 
to  in  subsection  1  or  2  is  to  be  voted  on,  a  written  objection  to  the 
resolution,  unless  the  corporation  did  not  give  notice  to  the  share- 
holder of  the  purpose  of  the  meeting  or  of  his  right  to  dissent. 


Notice  of 
adoption  of 
resolution 


(7)  The  corporation  shall,  within  ten  days  after  the  share- 
holders adopt  the  resolution,  send  to  each  shareholder  who  has 
filed  the  objection  referred  to  in  subsection  6  notice  that  the 
resolution  has  been  adopted,  but  such  notice  is  not  required  to  be 
sent  to  any  shareholder  who  voted  for  the  resolution  or  who  has 
withdrawn  his  objection. 


(8)  A  dissenting  shareholder  entitled  to  receive  notice  under 


Demand  for 

pavment  of  fair        .  ,  •  „      i     n  .  ,  .  ,  <•         i  •  , 

value  subsection  7  shall,  withm  twenty  days  after  he  receives  such 


129 

notice,  or,  if  he  does  not  receive  such  notice,  within  twenty  days 
after  he  learns  that  the  resolution  has  been  adopted,  send  to  the 
corporation  a  written  notice  containing, 

(a)  his  name  and  address; 

(b)  the  number  and  class  of  shares  in  respect  of  which  he 
dissents;  and 

(c)  a  demand  for  payment  of  the  fair  value  of  such  shares. 

(9)  Not  later  than  the  thirtieth  day  after  the  sending  of  a  notice  Certificates  to 
under  subsection  8,  a  dissenting  shareholder  shall  send  the  certifi- 
cates representing  the  shares  in  respect  of  which  he  dissents  to  the 
corporation  or  its  transfer  agent. 

(10)  A  dissenting  shareholder  who  fails  to  comply  with  subsec-  ^'^^^ 
tions  6,  8  and  9  has  no  right  to  make  a  claim  under  this  section. 

(11)  A  corporation  or  its  transfer  agent  shall  endorse  on  any  Endorsement 
share  certificate  received  under  subsection  9  a  notice  that  the 

holder  is  a  dissenting  shareholder  under  this  section  and  shall 
return  forthwith  the  share  certificates  to  the  dissenting  share- 
holder. 

(12)  On  sending  a  notice  under  subsection  8,  a  dissenting  Rights  of  dis- 

•    1  11  senting  share- 

shareholder  ceases  to  have  any  rights  as  a  shareholder  other  than  holder 
the  right  to  be  paid  the  fair  value  of  his  shares  as  determined  under 
this  section  except  where, 

(a)  the  dissenting  shareholder  withdraws  his  notice  before 
the  corporation  makes  an  offer  under  subsection  13; 

(b)  the  corporation  fails  to  make  an  offer  in  accordance  with 
subsection  13  and  the  dissenting  shareholder  withdraws 
his  notice;  or 

(c)  the  directors  revoke  a  resolution  to  amend  the  articles 
under  subsection  2  of  section  166,  terminate  an  amalga- 
mation agreement  under  subsection  5  of  section  174  or 
an  application  for  continuance  under  subsection  5  of 
section  179,  or  abandon  a  sale,  lease  or  exchange  under 
subsection  8  of  section  182, 

in  which  case  his  rights  as  the  holder  of  the  shares  in  respect  of 
which  he  has  dissented  are  reinstated  as  of  the  date  he  sent  the 
notice  referred  to  in  subsection  8,  and  he  is  entitled,  upon  presen- 
tation and  surrender  to  the  corporation  or  its  transfer  agent  of  any 
certificate  representing  the  shares  that  has  been  endorsed  in 


130 

accordance  with  subsection  11,  to  be  issued  a  new  certificate 
representing  the  same  number  of  shares  as  the  certificate  so  pre- 
sented, without  payment  of  any  fee. 

Offer  to  pay  (13)  A  Corporation  shall,  not  later  than  seven  days  after  the 

later  of  the  day  on  which  the  action  approved  by  the  resolution  is 
effective  or  the  day  the  corporation  received  the  notice  referred  to 
in  subsection  8,  send  to  each  dissenting  shareholder  who  has  sent 
such  notice, 

(a)  a  written  offer  to  pay  for  his  shares  in  an  amount 
considered  by  the  directors  of  the  corporation  to  be  the 
fair  value  thereof,  accompanied  by  a  statement  showing 
how  the  fair  value  was  determined;  or 

{b)  if  subsection  28  applies,  a  notification  that  it  is  unable 
lawfully  to  pay  dissenting  shareholders  for  their  shares. 

^^^"^  (14)  Every  offer  made  under  subsection  13  for  shares  of  the 

same  class  or  series  shall  be  on  the  same  terms. 

^^^"^  (15)  Subject  to  subsection  28,  a  corporation  shall  pay  for  the 

shares  of  a  dissenting  shareholder  within  ten  days  after  an  offer 
made  under  subsection  13  has  been  accepted,  but  any  such  offer 
lapses  if  the  corporation  does  not  receive  an  acceptance  thereof 
within  thirty  days  after  the  offer  has  been  made. 

Application  to       (16)  Where  a  corporation  fails  to  make  an  offer  under  subsec- 

court  to  fix  fair     .  .  . 

value  tion  13  or  it  a  dissentmg  shareholder  fails  to  accept  an  offer,  the 

corporation  may,  within  fifty  days  after  the  action  approved  by 
the  resolution  is  effective  or  within  such  further  period  as  the  court 
may  allow,  apply  to  the  court  to  fix  a  fair  value  for  the  shares  of 
any  dissenting  shareholder. 

^'^^"'  (17)  If  a  corporation  fails  to  apply  to  the  court  under  subsection 

16,  a  dissenting  shareholder  may  apply  to  the  court  for  the  same 
purpose  within  a  further  period  of  twenty  days  or  within  such 
further  period  as  the  court  may  allow. 

^•^^"^  (18)  A  dissenting  shareholder  is  not  required  to  give  security  for 

costs  in  an  application  made  under  subsection  16  or  17. 

^°^^^  (19)  Ifacorporationfailstocomply  with  subsection  13,  then  the 

costs  of  a  shareholder  application  under  subsection  17  are  to  be 
borne  by  the  corporation  unless  the  court  otherwise  orders. 

Notice  to  (20)  Before  making  application  to  the  court  under  subsection  16 

shareholders  i  r  •    •  •  r 

or  not  later  than  seven  days  after  receiving  notice  of  an  application 
to  the  court  under  subsection  17,  as  the  case  may  be,  a  corporation 


131 

shall  give  notice  to  each  dissenting  shareholder  who,  at  the  date 
upon  which  the  notice  is  given, 

(a)  has  sent  to  the  corporation  the  notice  referred  to  in 
subsection  8;  and 

(b)  has  not  accepted  an  offer  made  by  the  corporation  under 
subsection  13,  if  such  an  offer  was  made, 

of  the  date,  place  and  consequences  of  the  application  and  of  his 
right  to  appear  and  be  heard  in  person  or  by  counsel,  and  a  similar 
notice  shall  be  given  to  each  dissenting  shareholder  who,  after  the 
date  of  such  first  mentioned  notice  and  before  termination  of  the 
proceedings  commenced  by  the  application,  satisfies  the  condi- 
tions set  out  in  clauses  a  and  b  within  three  days  after  he  satisfies 
such  conditions. 

(2 1)  All  dissenting  shareholders  who  satisfy  the  conditions  set  Parties  joined 
out  in  clauses  a  and  b  of  subsection  20  shall  be  deemed  to  be  joined 

as  parties  to  an  application  under  subsection  16  or  17  on  the  later 
of  the  date  upon  which  the  application  is  brought  and  the  date 
upon  which  they  satisfy  the  conditions,  and  shall  be  bound  by  the 
decision  rendered  by  the  court  in  the  proceedings  commenced  by 
the  application. 

(22)  Upon  an  application  to  the  court  under  subsection  1 6  or  1 7 ,  Wem 
the  court  may  determine  whether  any  other  person  is  a  dissenting 
shareholder  who  should  be  joined  as  a  party,  and  the  court  shall 

fix  a  fair  value  for  the  shares  of  all  dissenting  shareholders. 

(23)  The  court  may  in  its  discretion  appoint  one  or  more  Appraisers 
appraisers  to  assist  the  court  to  fix  a  fair  value  for  the  shares  of  the 
dissenting  shareholders. 

(24)  The  final  order  of  the  court  in  the  proceedings  commenced  ^"'"^1  °^'^^^ 
by  an  application  under  subsection  16  or  17  shall  be  rendered 
against  the  corporation  and  in  favour  of  each  dissenting  share- 
holder who,  whether  before  or  after  the  date  of  the  order,  complies 

with  the  conditions  set  out  in  clauses  a  and  b  of  subsection  20. 

(25)  The  court  may  in  its  discretion  allow  a  reasonable  rate  of  interest 
interest  on  the  amount  payable  to  each  dissenting  shareholder 
from  the  date  the  action  approved  by  the  resolution  is  effective 
until  the  date  of  payment. 

(26)  Where  subsection  28  applies,  the  corporation  shall,  within  ^J^[fo"yn^i3,g 
ten  days  after  the  pronouncement  of  an  order  under  subsection  24,  to  pay 
notify  each  dissenting  shareholder  that  it  is  unable  lawfully  to  pay 
dissenting  shareholders  for  their  shares. 


132 


Idem 


(27)  Where  subsection  28  applies,  a  dissenting  shareholder,  by 
written  notice  delivered  to  the  corporation  within  thirty  days  after 
receiving  a  notice  under  subsection  26,  may, 


(a)  withdraw  his  notice  of  dissent,  in  which  case  the  cor- 
poration is  deemed  to  consent  to  the  withdrawal  and  the 
shareholder  is  reinstated  to  his  full  rights  as  a  share- 
holder; or 

(b)  retain  a  status  as  a  claimant  against  the  corporation,  to 
be  paid  as  soon  as  the  corporation  is  lawfully  able  to  do 
so  or,  in  a  liquidation,  to  be  ranked  subordinate  to  the 
rights  of  creditors  of  the  corporation  but  in  priority  to  its 
shareholders. 


Idem 


(28)  A  corporation  shall  not  make  a  payment  to  a  dissenting 
shareholder  under  this  section  if  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for 
believing  that, 


(a)  the  corporation  is  or,   after  the  payment,  would  be 
unable  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they  become  due;  or 

(b)  the  realizable  value  of  the  corporation's  assets  would 
thereby  be  less  than  the  aggregate  of  its  liabilities. 


Court  order 


Director  may 
appear 


(29)  Upon  application  by  a  corporation  that  proposes  to  take 
any  of  the  actions  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  the  court  may,  if 
satisfied  that  the  proposed  action  is  not  in  all  the  circumstances 
one  that  should  give  rise  to  the  rights  arising  under  subsection  4, 
by  order  declare  that  those  rights  will  not  arise  upon  the  taking  of 
the  proposed  action,  and  the  order  may  be  subject  to  compliance 
with  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  court  thinks  fit  and  notice  of 
any  such  application  and  a  copy  of  any  order  made  by  the  court 
upon  such  application  shall  be  served  upon  the  Director  and,  if  the 
corporation  is  an  offering  corporation,  upon  the  Commission. 

(30)  The  Director  and,  in  the  case  of  an  offering  corporation, 
the  Commission  may  appoint  counsel  to  assist  the  court  upon  the 
hearing  of  an  application  under  subsection  29.  R.S.O.  1970,  c. 
53,  s.  100;  1972,  c.  138,  s.  24,  amended. 


Reorganization       184. — (1)  In  this  section,  "reorganization"  means  a  court 
1970,     order  made  under  section  246  or  an  order  made  under  the  Bank- 
ruptcy Act  (Canada)  approving  a  proposal. 


R.S.C 
c.  B-4 


Articles 
amended 


Auxiliary 
powers  of 
court 


(2)  If  a  corporation  is  subject  to  a  reorganization,  its  articles 
may  be  amended  by  such  order  to  effect  any  change  that  might 
lawfully  be  made  by  an  amendment  under  section  166. 

(3)  Where  a  reorganization  is  made,  the  court  may  also. 


133 

(a)  authorize  the  issue  of  debt  obHgations  of  the  corporation, 
whether  or  not  convertible  into  shares  of  any  class  or 
having  attached  any  rights  or  options  to  acquire  shares 
of  any  class,  and  fix  the  terms  thereof;  and 

(b)  appoint  directors  in  place  of  or  in  addition  to  all  or  any  of 
the  directors  then  in  office. 

(4)  After  a  reorganization  has  been  made,  articles  of  reorgani-  Articles  of 
zation  in  prescribed  form  shall  be  sent  to  the  Director.  reorganization 

(5)  Upon  receipt  of  articles  of  reorganization,  the  Director  shall  Certificate 
endorse  thereon  in  accordance  with  section  271  a  certificate  which 

shall  constitute  the  certificate  of  amendment  and  the  articles  are 
amended  accordingly. 

(6)  A  shareholder  is  not  entitled  to  dissent  under  section  183  if  No  dissent 
an  amendment  to  the  articles  is  effected  under  this  section.     New. 


PART  XIV 

COMPULSORY  ACQUISITIONS 
185. — (1)  This  Part  applies  only  to  an  offering  corporation.  Application 

(2)    In  this  Part,  interpre- 


tation 


(a)  "dissenting  offeree"  means  a  person  to  whom  a  take-over 
bid  or  issuer  bid  is  made  who  does  not  accept  the 
take-over  bid  or  issuer  bid  and  includes  a  person  who 
subsequently  acquires  a  security  that  is  the  subject  of  the 
bid; 

(b)  "equity  security"  means  any  security  other  than  a  debt 
obligation  of  a  corporation; 

(c)  "issuer  bid"  means  an  offer  made  by  a  corporation  to 
security  holders  to  purchase,  redeem  or  otherwise 
acquire  any  or  all  of  a  class  of  the  securities  of  the 
corporation,  other  than  where, 

(i)  the  securities  to  be  purchased,  redeemed  or 
otherwise  acquired  are  debt  securities  that  are 
not  convertible  into  equity  securities, 

(ii)  the  securities  are  to  be  purchased,  redeemed  or 
otherwise  acquired  in  accordance  with  the  terms 
and  conditions  thereof  or  otherwise  agreed  to  at 


134 

the  time  they  were  issued  or  subsequently  varied 
by  amendment  of  the  documents  setting  out  those 
terms  and  conditions,  or  are  acquired  to  meet 
sinking  fund  requirements  or  from  an  employee 
or  a  former  employee  of  the  issuer  or  of  an 
affiliate,  or 

(iii)  the  purchases,  redemptions  or  other  acquisitions 
to  be  made  are  required  by  the  instrument  creat- 
ing or  governing  the  class  of  securities  or  by 
this  Act; 

(d)  "offeree"  means  a  person  to  whom  a  take-over  bid  or  an 
issuer  bid  is  made; 

(e)  "offeree  corporation"  means  a  corporation  whose  sec- 
urities are  the  subject  of  a  take-over  bid; 

(/)  "offeror"  means  a  person,  other  than  an  agent,  who 
makes  a  take-over  bid  or  an  issuer  bid; 

(g)  "take-over  bid"  means  an  offer  made  to  security  holders 
of  an  offeree  corporation  to  purchase  directly  or  indi- 
rectly voting  securities  of  the  offeree  corporation,  where 
the  voting  securities  that  are  the  subject  of  the  offer  to 
purchase,  the  acceptance  of  the  offer  to  sell  or  the  com- 
bination thereof,  as  the  case  may  be,  together  with  the 
securities  currently  owned  by  the  offeror,  its  affiliates 
and  associates  will  in  the  aggregate  exceed  20  per  cent  of 
the  outstanding  voting  securities  of  the  offeree  corpora- 
tion.    New. 


Take-over  or         igg. — (1)  If  within  120  days  after  the  date  of, 

issuer  bid 

(a)  a  take-over  bid,  the  bid  is  accepted  by  the  holders  of  not 
less  than  90  per  cent  of  the  securities  of  any  class  of 
securities  to  which  the  bid  relates,  other  than  securities 
held  at  the  date  of  the  bid  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  offeror, 
or  an  affiliate  or  associate  of  the  offeror;  or 

(b)  an  issuer  bid,  the  bid  is  accepted  by  the  holders  of  not  less 
than  90  per  cent  of  the  securities  of  any  class  of  securities 
to  which  the  bid  relates,  other  than  securities  held  at  the 
date  of  the  bid  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  issuer,  or  an  affiliate 
or  associate  of  the  issuer, 

the  offeror  is  entitled,  upon  complying  with  this  section,  to  acquire 
the  securities  held  by  dissenting  offerees. 


135 

(2)  An  offeror  may  acquire  the  securities  of  any  class  to  which  shares  of 
the  bid  relates  that  are  held  by  a  dissenting  offeree  by  sending  by  offeree'"^ 
registered  mail  on  or  before  the  earlier  of  the  sixtieth  day  following 

the  termination  of  the  bid  and  the  one  hundred  and  eightieth  day 
following  the  date  of  the  bid  an  offeror's  notice  to  each  dissenting 
offeree  and  to  the  Director  stating  in  substance  that, 

(a)  offerees  holding  more  than  90  per  cent  of  the  securities  to 
which  the  bid  relates  other  than  securities  held  at  the 
date  of  the  bid  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  offeror  or  an  affiliate 
or  associate  of  the  offeror  have  accepted  the  bid; 

{b)  the  offeror  is  bound  to  take  up  and  pay  for  or  has  taken 
up  and  paid  for  the  securities  of  the  offerees  who 
accepted  the  bid; 

(c)  a  dissenting  offeree  is  required  to  elect, 

(i)  to  transfer  his  securities  to  the  offeror  on  the 
terms  on  which  the  offeror  acquired  the  sec- 
urities of  the  offerees  who  accepted  the  bid,  or 

(ii)  to  demand  payment  of  the  fair  value  of  his  sec- 
urities in  accordance  with  subsections  13  to  2 1  by 
notifying  the  offeror  within  twenty  days  after 
receipt  of  the  offeror's  notice; 

(d)  a  dissenting  offeree  who  does  not  notify  the  offeror  in 
accordance  with  subclause  ii  of  clause  c  is  deemed  to 
have  elected  to  transfer  his  securities  to  the  offeror  on  the 
same  terms  that  the  offeror  acquired  the  securities  from 
the  offerees  who  accepted  the  bid;  and 

(e)  a  dissenting  offeree  must  send  the  certificates  repre- 
senting his  securities  to  which  the  bid  relates  to  the 
offeree  corporation  or,  in  the  case  of  an  issuer  bid,  to  the 
offeror  within  twenty  days  after  he  receives  the  offeror's 
notice. 

(3)  In  the  case  of.  Notice 

(a)  a  take-over  bid,  concurrently  with  sending  the  offeror's 
notice  under  subsection  2,  the  offeror  shall  send  or 
deliver  to  the  offeree  corporation  a  notice  of  adverse 
claim  in  accordance  with  section  87  with  respect  to  each 
share  held  by  a  dissenting  offeree;  or 

(b)  an  issuer  bid,  the  offeror  shall  be  deemed  to  have  notice 
of  an  adverse  claim  for  the  purpose  of  section  87  with 
respect  to  each  share  held  by  a  dissenting  offeree. 


136 


Sending  in 

share 

certificates 


(4)  A  dissenting  offeree  to  whom  an  offeror's  notice  is  sent 
under  subsection  2  shall,  within  twenty  days  after  he  receives  that 
notice, 


(a)  send  the  certificates  representing  his  securities  to  which 
the  take-over  bid  relates  to  the  offeree  corporation;  or 

(b)  send  the  certificates  representing  his  securities  to  which 
the  issuer  bid  relates  to  the  offeror. 


Payment  by 
offeror 


(5)  Within  twenty  days  after  the  offeror  sends  an  offeror's 
notice  under  subsection  2,  the  offeror  shall  pay  or  transfer  to  the 
offeree  corporation  the  amount  of  money  or  other  consideration 
that  the  offeror  would  have  had  to  pay  or  transfer  to  all  dissenting 
offerees  if  they  had  elected  to  accept  the  take-over  bid  under 
subclause  i  of  clause  c  of  subsection  2 . 


Trust  funds  (5)  js^^  offeree  corporation  is  deemed  to  hold  in  trust  for 

dissenting  offerees  the  money  or  other  consideration  it  receives 
under  subsection  5 ,  and  the  offeree  corporation  shall  deposit  the 
money  in  a  separate  account  in  a  bank  or  other  body  corporate  any 
of  whose  deposits  are  insured  by  the  Canada  Deposit  Insurance 
Corporation  and  shall  place  the  other  consideration  in  the  custody 
of  a  bank  or  other  such  body  corporate. 


Idem 


(7)  The  offeror  making  an  issuer  bid  is  deemed  to  hold  in 
trust  for  dissenting  offerees  the  money  or  other  consideration 
that  the  offeror  would  have  had  to  pay  or  transfer  to  all  dissenting 
offerees  if  they  had  elected  to  accept  the  issuer  bid  under  subclause 
i  of  clause  c  of  subsection  2  and,  within  twenty  days  after  the  issuer 
sends  an  offeror's  notice  under  subsection  2,  the  issuer  shall 
deposit  any  such  money  in  a  separate  account  in  a  bank  or  other 
body  corporate  any  of  whose  deposits  are  insured  by  the  Canada 
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  and  shall  place  the  other  consider- 
ation in  the  custody  of  a  bank  or  such  other  body  corporate  within 
twenty  days  after  the  offeror  sends  an  offeror's  notice  under  sub- 
section 2. 


Notice  of 
compliance 


(8)  Within  ten  days  after  the  offeror  complies  with  subsection  5 
or  subsection  7,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  offeror  shall  give  notice  of 
the  date  of  such  compliance  to  all  dissenting  offerees. 


Application 
to  court 


(9)  At  any  time  prior  to  the  thirtieth  day  following  the  day  upon 
which  the  offeror's  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  2  is  sent  to 
dissenting  offerees,  a  dissenting  offeree  who  has  demanded  pay- 
ment of  the  fair  value  of  his  securities  in  accordance  with  sub- 
clause ii  of  clause  c  of  subsection  2  may  apply  to  the  court  for  an 
order  requiring  the  person  who  has  sent  the  offeror's  notice  to 
provide,  in  such  form  as  the  court  considers  appropriate,  such 


137 

additional  security  for  payment  to  dissenting  offerees  of  the  fair 
value  of  their  securities  as  the  court  may  determine  to  be  neces- 
sary, pending  the  determination  of  such  fair  value. 


(10)  The  securities  of  all  dissenting  offerees  shall  be  deemed  to  where  shares 
have  been  acquired  by  the  offeror,  acquired 

(a)  where  an  application  under  subsection  9  has  not  been 
made  within  the  time  set  out  in  subsection  9,  upon  the 
expiration  of  that  time;  or 

(b)  where  an  application  has  been  made  under  subsection  9, 
upon  compliance  with  the  order  made  in  respect  of  the 
application. 


(11)  Within  ten  days  after  the  acquisition  of  the  securities  of  Duties  of 

offeree 

dissenting  offerees  under  subsection  10  by  an  offeror  who  has  corporation 
made  a  take-over  bid,  the  offeree  corporation  shall, 

(a)  issue  to  the  offeror  a  security  certificate  in  respect  of  the 
securities  that  were  held  by  dissenting  offerees; 

ib)  send  to  each  dissenting  offeree  who  elects  to  accept  the 
take-over  bid  terms  under  subclause  i  of  clause  c  of 
subsection  2  and  who  sends  his  security  certificates  as 
required  under  clause  a  of  subsection  4,  the  money  or 
other  consideration  to  which  he  is  entitled;  and 

(c)  send  to  each  dissenting  offeree  who  has  not  sent  his 
security  certificates  as  required  under  clause  a  of  sub- 
section 4,  notice  stating  in  substance  that, 

(i)  the  certificates  representing  his  securities  have 
been  cancelled, 

(ii)  the  offeree  corporation  or  some  designated  per- 
son holds  in  trust  for  him  the  money  or  other 
consideration  to  which  he  is  entitled  as  payment 
for  or  in  exchange  for  his  securities,  and 

(iii)  the  offeree  corporation  will,  subject  to  subsec- 
tions 13  to  2 1 ,  send  that  money  or  other  consider- 
ation to  him  forthwith  after  receiving  his  sec- 
urities. 


(12)  Within  ten  days  after  the  acquisition  of  the  securities  of  ^j^^™^"*  "^^ 
dissenting  offerees  under  subsection  10  by  an  offeror  who  has 
made  an  issuer  bid,  the  offeror  shall, 


138 


(a)  send  to  each  dissenting  offeree  who  elects  to  accept  the 
issuer  bid  terms  under  subclause  i  of  clause  c  of  subsec- 
tion 2  and  who  sends  his  security  certificates  as  required 
under  clause  b  of  subsection  4,  the  money  or  other  con- 
sideration to  which  he  is  entitled;  and 


Application  to 
fix  fair  value 


{b)  send  to  each  dissenting  offeree  who  has  not  sent  his 
security  certificates  as  required  under  clause  b  of  sub- 
section 4  a  notice  stating  in  substance  that, 

(i)  the  certificates  representing  his  securities  have 
been  cancelled, 

(ii)  the  offeror  or  some  designated  person  holds  in 
trust  for  him  the  money  or  other  consideration  to 
which  he  is  entitled  as  payment  for  or  in  exchange 
for  his  securities,  and 

(iii)  the  offeror  will,  subject  to  subsections  13  to  21, 
send  that  money  or  other  consideration  to  him 
forthwith  after  receiving  his  securities. 

(13)  If  a  dissenting  offeree  has  elected  to  demand  payment  of 
the  fair  value  of  his  securities  under  subclause  ii  of  clause  c  of 
subsection  2 ,  the  offeror  may,  in  the  case  of  a  take-over  bid,  within 
twenty  days  after  it  has  complied  with  subsection  5  or,  in  the  case 
of  an  issuer  bid,  within  twenty  days  after  it  has  complied  with 
subsection  7 ,  apply  to  the  court  to  fix  the  fair  value  of  the  securities 
of  that  dissenting  offeree. 


Idem 


Where  no 
application 


(14)  If  an  offeror  fails  to  apply  to  the  court  under  subsection  13, 
a  dissenting  offeree  may  apply  to  the  court  for  the  same  purpose 
within  a  further  period  of  twenty  days. 

(15)  If  no  application  is  made  to  the  court  under  subsection  13  or 
14  within  the  periods  set  out  in  those  subsections,  a  dissenting 
offeree  is  deemed  to  have  elected  to  transfer  his  securities  to  the 
offeror  on  the  same  terms  that  the  offeror  acquired  the  securities 
from  offerees  who  accepted  the  take-over  or  issuer  bid  and,  pro- 
vided that  the  dissenting  offeree  has  complied  with  subsection  4, 
the  issuer  or  the  offeree  corporation,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall 
pay  or  transfer  to  the  dissenting  offeree  the  money  or  other  consid- 
eration to  which  he  is  entitled. 


(16)  A  dissenting  offeree  is  not  required  to  give  security  for  costs 


Security  for 

required  in  an  application  made  under  subsection  13  or  14. 


Parties 


(17)  Upon  an  application  under  subsection  13  or  14, 

(a)  all  dissenting  offerees  referred  to  in  subclause  ii  of  clause 
c  of  subsection  2  whose  securities  have  not  been  acquired 


139 

by  the  offeror  shall  be  joined  as  parties  and  are  bound  by 
the  decision  of  the  court;  and 

(b)  the  offeror  shall  notify  each  such  dissenting  offeree  of 
the  date,  place  and  consequences  of  the  application  and 
of  his  right  to  appear  and  be  heard  in  person  or  by 
counsel. 

(18)  Upon  an  application  to  the  court  under  subsection  13  or  14,  '^^™ 
the  court  may  determine  whether  any  other  person  is  a  dissenting 
offeree  who  should  be  joined  as  a  party,  and  the  court  shall  then  fix 
a  fair  value  for  the  securities  of  all  dissenting  offerees. 


(19)  The  court  may  appoint  one  or  more  appraisers  to  assist  the  Appointment  of 
urt  ir 
offeree. 


court  in  fixing  a  fair  value  for  the  securities  of  each  dissenting  ^pp''^'*'^''^ 


(20)  The  final  order  of  the  court  shall  be  made  against  the  final 
offeror  in  favour  of  each  dissenting  offeree. 

(21)  In  connection  with  proceedings  under  this  section,  the  what  court 
court  may  make  any  order  it  thinks  fit  and,  without  limiting  the 
generality  of  the  foregoing,  it  may, 

(a)  fix  the  amount  of  money  or  other  consideration  that  is 
required  to  be  held  in  trust  under  subsection  6  or  7; 

(b)  order  that  the  money  or  other  consideration  be  held  in 
trust  by  a  person  other  than, 

(i)  the  offeree  corporation,  or 

(ii)  in  the  case  of  an  issuer  bid,  the  offeror  corpora- 
tion; 

(c)  allow  a  reasonable  rate  of  interest  on  the  amount  payable 
to  each  dissenting  offeree  from  the  date  he  sends  his 
security  certificates  under  subsection  4  until  the  date  of 
payment;  or 

(d)  order  that  any  money  payable  to  a  dissenting  offeree  who 
cannot  be  found  be  paid  to  the  Public  Trustee.     New. 

187. — (1)  Where  90  per  cent  or  more  of  a  class  of  securities  of  Where 

,  11111.-  •        1  1  corporation 

a  corporation,  other  than  debt  obligations,  are  acquired  by  or  on  required  to 
behalf  of  a  person,  his  affiliates  and  his  associates,  then  the  holder  acquire 

•^  '  '  securities 

of  any  securities  of  that  class  not  counted  for  the  purposes  of 
calculating  such  percentage  shall  be  entitled  in  accordance  with 
this  section  to  require  the  corporation  to  acquire  his  securities  of 
that  class. 


140 

Notice  (2)  Every  corporation,   within  thirty  days  after  it  becomes 

aware  that  security  holders  are  entitled  to  require  it  to  acquire 
their  securities  under  subsection  1,  shall  send  a  written  notice  to 
each  such  security  holder  that  he  may  within  sixty  days  of  the  date 
of  such  notice  require  the  corporation  to  acquire  his  securities. 

Wem  (3)  The  notice  sent  by  the  corporation  under  subsection  2 

shall, 

(a)  set  out  a  price  that  the  corporation  is  willing  to  pay  for 
the  securities; 

(b)  give  the  basis  for  arriving  at  the  price; 

(c)  state  the  location  where  any  supporting  material  used  for 
arriving  at  the  price  may  be  examined  and  extracts  taken 
therefrom  by  the  security  holder  or  his  duly  authorized 
agent;  and 

(d)  state  that  if  the  security  holder  is  not  satisfied  with  the 
price  offered  by  the  corporation  in  the  notice  he  is  enti- 
tled to  have  the  fair  value  of  his  securities  fixed  by  the 
court. 

Election  by  (4)  Where  a  security  holder  receives  a  notice  under  subsection  2 

secunty  holder  i        •   i  i  .  .        ,  .  ... 

and  wishes  the  corporation  to  acquire  his  securities,  he  may, 
within  sixty  days  after  the  date  of  the  notice, 

(a)  elect  to  accept  the  price  offered  by  the  corporation  by 
giving  notice  of  his  acceptance  to  the  corporation  and  by 
forthwith  sending  his  security  certificates  to  the  cor- 
poration; or 

ib)  notify  the  corporation  that  he  wishes  to  have  the  fair 
value  of  his  securities  fixed  by  the  court. 

Application  to  (5)  Where  a  security  holder  wishes  to  have  the  fair  value  of  his 
securities  fixed  by  the  court,  the  corporation  shall  make  an  appli- 
cation to  the  court  within  ninety  days  after  the  date  of  the  notice 
under  subsection  2. 

^^^"^  (6)  If  a  corporation  fails  to  send  notice  under  subsection  2,  a 

security  holder,  after  giving  the  corporation  thirty  days  notice  of 
his  intention  so  to  do,  may  apply  to  the  court  to  have  the  fair  value 
of  his  securities  fixed. 


^'1^'"  (7)  If  a  corporation  fails  to  make  an  application  to  the  court  as 

required  under  subsection  5,  a  security  holder  may  make  the 
application. 


141 

(8)  Upon  an  application  to  the  court  under  subsection  5 ,  6  or  7 ,     Parties 

(a)  all  security  holders  who  have  notified  the  corporation 
under  clause  b  of  subsection  4  may  be  joined  as  parties  as 
the  court  thinks  fit  and,  if  so  joined,  are  bound  by  the 
decision  of  the  court;  and 

(b)  the  corporation  shall  notify  each  security  holder  entitled 
to  notice  under  subsection  2  of  the  date,  place  and  pur- 
pose of  the  application  and  of  his  right  to  appear  and  be 
heard  in  person  or  by  counsel. 

(9)  Upon  an  application  to  the  court  under  subsection  5,  6  or  7,  Wem 
the  court  may  determine  whether  any  security  holders  should 
properly  be  sent  or  have  been  sent  notice  and  whether  such 
security  holders  should  be  joined  as  parties. 

(10)  The  court  may  appoint  one  or  more  appraisers  to  assist  the  Appointment  of 

,-,  ..  appraiser 

court  m  fixmg  a  fair  value  for  the  securities. 

(11)  The  final  order  of  the  court  shall  be  made  against  the  Final 

order 

corporation  in  favour  of  each  entitled  security  holder. 

(12)  A  security  holder  requesting  the  court  to  fix  the  fair  value  Security  not 

...  ...  ...  •        r  1       required 

of  his  securities  is  not  required  to  give  security  tor  costs  on  the 
application. 

(13)  The  costs  under  this  section  shall  be  on  a  solicitor  and  client  ^osts 
basis.     New. 

188.— (1)    In  this  section,  Interpre- 


tation 


(a)  "affected  security"  means  a  participating  security  of  a 
corporation  in  which  the  interest  of  the  holder  would  be 
terminated  by  reason  of  a  going  private  transaction; 

(b)  "going  private  transaction"  means  an  amalgamation, 
arrangement,  consolidation  or  other  transaction  carried 
out  under  this  Act  by  a  corporation  that  would  cause  the 
interest  of  a  holder  of  a  participating  security  of  the 
corporation  to  be  terminated  without  the  consent  of  the 
holder  and  without  the  substitution  therefor  of  an 
interest  of  equivalent  value  in  a  participating  security 
that, 

(i)  is  issued  by  the  corporation,  an  affiliate  of  the 
corporation  or  a  successor  body  corporate,  and 


142 

(ii)  is  not  limited  in  the  extent  of  its  participation  in 
earnings  to  any  greater  extent  than  the  par- 
ticipating security  for  which  it  is  substituted, 

but  does  not  include, 

(iii)  an  acquisition  under  section  186, 

(iv)  a  redemption  of,  or  other  compulsory  termina- 
tion of  the  interest  of  the  holder  in,  a  security  if 
the  security  is  redeemed  or  otherwise  acquired  in 
accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions 
attaching  thereto  or  under  a  requirement  of  the 
articles  relating  to  the  class  of  securities  or  of  this 
Act,  or 

(v)  a  proceeding  under  Part  XV; 

(c)  "participating  security"  means  a  security  issued  by  a 
body  corporate  other  than  a  security  that  is,  in  all  cir- 
cumstances, limited  in  the  extent  of  its  participation  in 
earnings  and  includes, 

(i)  a  security  currently  convertible  into  such  a 
security,  and 

(ii)  currently  exercisable  warrants  entitling  the  hol- 
der to  acquire  such  a  security  or  such  a  converti- 
ble security. 

Going  private  (2)  A  Corporation  that  proposes  to  carry  out  a  going  private 
transaction  shall  have  prepared  by  an  independent,  quahfied 
valuer  a  written  valuation  indicating  a  per  security  value  or  range 
of  values  for  each  class  of  affected  securities,  and, 

(a)  the  valuation  shall  be  prepared  or  revised  as  of  a  date  not 
more  than  120  days  before  the  announcement  of  the 
going  private  transaction,  with  appropriate  adjustments 
for  subsequent  events  other  than  the  going  private 
transaction; 

(b)  the  valuation  shall  not  contain  a  downward  adjust- 
ment to  reflect  the  fact  that  the  affected  securities  do  not 
form  part  of  a  controlling  interest;  and 

(c)  if  the  consideration  to  be  received  by  the  holders  of  the 
affected  securities  is  wholly  or  partly  other  than  cash,  or 
a  right  to  receive  cash  within  ninety  days  after  the 
approval  by  security  holders  of  the  going  private  trans- 
action, the  valuation  shall  include  the  valuer's  opinion 


143 

whether  the  value  of  each  affected  security  to  be  surren- 
dered is  equal  to  or  greater  than  the  total  value  of  the 
consideration  to  be  received  therefor. 

(3)  The  corporation  shall  send  a  management  information  cir-  information 
cular  to  the  holders  of  the  affected  securities  not  less  than  forty 

days  prior  to  the  date  of  a  meeting  which  shall  be  called  by  it  to 
consider  that  transaction,  and  the  information  circular  shall  con- 
tain, in  addition  to  any  other  required  information  and  subject  to 
any  exemption  granted  under  subsection  6, 

(a)  a  summary  of  the  valuation  prepared  in  compliance  with 
subsection  2  and  a  statement  that  a  holder  of  an  affected 
security  may  inspect  a  copy  of  the  valuation  at  the  regis- 
tered office  of  the  corporation  or  may  obtain  a  copy  of  the 
valuation  upon  request  and  payment  of  a  specified 
amount  sufficient  to  cover  reasonable  costs  of  reproduc- 
tion and  mailing; 

(b)  a  statement  of  the  approval  or  approvals  of  holders  of 
affected  securities  required  to  be  obtained  in  accordance 
with  this  section; 

(c)  a  certificate  signed  by  a  senior  officer  or  a  director  of  the 
corporation  certifying  that  he  and,  to  his  knowledge,  the 
corporation  are  unaware  of  any  material  fact  relevant  to 
the  valuation  prepared  in  compliance  with  subsection  2 
that  was  not  disclosed  to  the  valuer;  and 

(d)  a  statement  of  the  class  or  classes  of  affected  securities 
and  of  the  number  of  securities  of  each  class  and,  if  any 
securities  of  any  such  class  are,  under  paragraph  3  of 
subsection  4,  not  to  be  taken  into  account  in  the  vote 
required  by  subsection  4,  a  statement  of  the  number 
thereof  and  why  they  are  not  to  be  taken  into  account, 

but  if  all  or  any  portion  of  a  class  of  affected  securities  is  rep- 
resented by  certificates  that  are  not  in  registered  form,  it  shall  be 
sufficient  to  make  the  information  circular  available  to  the  holders 
of  such  affected  securities  in  the  manner  provided  for  in  the  terms 
of  the  securities  for  sending  notice  to  such  holders  or  otherwise  in 
such  manner  as  may  be  prescribed. 

(4)  A  corporation  shall  not  carry  out  a  going  private  transaction  Wem 
unless,  in  addition  to  any  other  required  security  holder  approval, 

the  transaction  is  approved  by  the  holders  of  each  class  of  affected 
securities  by  a  vote  in  accordance  with  the  following  provisions: 

1.  If  the  consideration  to  be  received  by  a  holder  of  an 
affected  security  of  the  particular  class  is. 


144 

i.  payable  wholly  or  partly  other  than  in  cash  or  a 
right  to  receive  cash  within  ninety  days  after  the 
approval  of  the  going  private  transaction,  or 

ii.  payable  entirely  in  cash  and  is  less  in  amount 
than  the  per  security  value  or  the  mid-point  of 
the  range  of  per  security  values,  arrived  at  by  the 
valuation  prepared  in  compliance  with  subsec- 
tion 2, 

then  the  approval  shall  be  given  by  a  special  resolution. 

2 .  In  cases  other  than  those  referred  to  in  paragraph  1 ,  the 
approval  shall  be  given  by  an  ordinary  resolution. 

3.  In    determining    whether    the    transaction    has    been 
approved  by  the  requisite  majority,  the  votes  of, 

i.  securities  held  by  affiliates  of  the  corporation, 

ii.  securities  the  beneficial  owners  of  which  will, 
consequent  upon  the  going  private  transaction,  be 
entitled  to  a  per  security  consideration  greater 
than  that  available  to  other  holders  of  affected 
securities  of  the  same  class, 

iii.  securities  the  beneficial  owners  of  which,  alone 
or  in  concert  with  others,  effectively  control  the 
corporation  and  who,  prior  to  distribution  of  the 
information  circular,  entered  into  an  under- 
standing that  they  would  support  the  going  pri- 
vate transaction, 

shall  be  disregarded  both  in  determining  the  total 
number  of  votes  cast  and  in  determining  the  number  of 
votes  cast  in  favour  of  or  against  the  transaction. 

^cUon"^  (5)  The  rights  provided  by  this  section  are  in  addition  to  any 

other  rights  of  a  holder  of  affected  securities. 

Powers  of  (5)  Upon  an  application  by  an  interested  person,  the  Commis- 

Commission  .  1   •  1 

sion  may,  subject  to  such  terms  and  conditions  as  it  may  impose, 
exempt  any  person  from  any  requirement  of  this  section  where  in 
its  opinion  to  do  so  would  not  be  prejudicial  to  the  public  interest, 
and  the  Commission  may  publish  guidelines  as  to  the  manner  and 
circumstances  in  which  it  will  exercise  this  discretion. 

Rights  of  (7)  A  holder  of  an  affected  security  that  is  a  share  of  any  class  of 

security  holder  .  •'  ■' 

a  corporation  may  dissent  from  a  going  private  transaction  upon 
compliance  with  the  procedures  set  out  in  section  183,  in  which 
case  he  shall  be  entitled  to  the  rights  and  remedies  provided  by 
that  section.     New. 


145 
PART  XV 

LIQUIDATION  AND  DISSOLUTION 

189.  In  sections  191  to  234,  "contributory"  means  a  person  interpre- 
who  is  liable  to  contribute  to  the  property  of  a  corporation  in  the 
event  of  the  corporation  being  wound  up  under  this  Act.     R.S.O. 

1970,  c.  53,  s.  201. 

190.  Sections  191  to  203  apply  to  corporations  being  wound  Application  of 
up  voluntarily.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  202.  ''■  ^^^"^°^ 

191. — (1)  The  shareholders  of  a  corporation  may,  by  special  Voluntary 
resolution,  require  the  corporation  to  be  wound  up  voluntarily.  "^"^  '"^"^ 

(2)  At  such  meeting,  the  shareholders  shall  appoint  one  or  more  Appointment 
persons,  who  may  be  directors,  officers  or  employees  of  the  cor-  liquidator 
poration,  as  liquidator  of  the  estate  and  effects  of  the  corporation 

for  the  purpose  of  winding  up  its  business  and  affairs  and  dis- 
tributing its  property,  and  may  at  that  or  any  subsequent  meeting 
fix  his  remuneration  and  the  costs,  charges  and  expenses  of  the 
winding  up. 

(3)  On  the  application  of  any  shareholder  or  creditor  of  the  Review  of 
corporation  or  of  the  liquidator,  the  court  may  review  the  remun-  by  court 
eration  of  the  liquidator  and,  whether  or  not  the  remuneration  has 

been  fixed  in  accordance  with  subsection  2 ,  the  court  may  fix  and 
determine  the  remuneration  at  such  amount  as  it  thinks  proper. 

(4)  A  corporation  shall  file  notice,  in  the  prescribed  form,  of  a  Publication 
resolution  requiring  the  voluntary  winding  up  of  the  corporation 

with  the  Director  within  ten  days  after  the  resolution  has  been 
passed  and  shall  publish  the  notice  in  The  Ontario  Gazette  within 
twenty  days  after  the  resolution  has  been  passed.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  203,  amended. 

192.  The  shareholders  of  a  corporation  being  wound  up  vol-  inspectors 
untarily  may  delegate  to  any  committee  of  shareholders,  con- 
tributories  or  creditors,  hereinafter  referred  to  as  inspectors,  the 
power  of  appointing  the  liquidator  and  filling  any  vacancy  in  the 

office  of  liquidator,  or  may  enter  into  any  arrangement  with 
creditors  of  the  corporation  with  respect  to  the  powers  to  be 
exercised  by  the  liquidator  and  the  manner  in  which  they  are  to  be 
exercised.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  204,  amended. 

193.  If  a  vacancy  occurs  in  the  office  of  liquidator  by  death.  Vacancy  in 

•  i_  •  office  of 

resignation  or  otherwise,  the  shareholders  may,  subject  to  any  liquidator 
arrangement  the  corporation  may  have  entered  into  with  its  cre- 
ditors upon  the  appointment  of  inspectors,  fill  such  vacancy,  and  a 
meeting  for  that  purpose   may  be   called   by  the   continuing 


146 


Removal  of 
liquidator 


liquidator,  if  any,  or  by  any  shareholder  or  contributory,  and  shall 
be  deemed  to  have  been  duly  held  if  called  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed by  the  articles  or  by-laws  of  the  corporation,  or,  in  default 
thereof,  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  this  Act  for  calling  meetings 
of  the  shareholders  of  the  corporation.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  205,  amended. 

194.  The  shareholders  of  a  corporation  may  by  ordinary 
resolution  passed  at  a  meeting  called  for  that  purpose  remove  a 
liquidator  appointed  under  section  191,  192  or  193,  and  in  such 
case  shall  appoint  another  liquidator  in  his  stead.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  206,  amended. 


Commence- 
ment of 
winding  up 


195.  A  voluntary  winding  up  commences  at  the  time  of  the 
passing  of  the  resolution  requiring  the  winding  up  or  at  such  later 
time  as  may  be  specified  in  the  resolution.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  207,  amended. 


Corporation 
to  cease 
business 


196.  A  corporation  being  wound  up  voluntarily  shall,  from 
the  commencement  of  its  winding  up,  cease  to  carry  on  its  under- 
taking, except  in  so  far  as  may  be  required  as  beneficial  for  the 
winding  up  thereof,  and  all  transfers  of  shares,  except  transfers 
made  to  or  with  the  sanction  of  the  liquidator  taking  place  after  the 
commencement  of  its  winding  up,  are  void,  but  its  corporate 
existence  and  all  its  corporate  powers,  notwithstanding  that  it  is 
otherwise  provided  by  its  articles  or  by-laws,  continue  until  its 
affairs  are  wound  up.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  208,  amended. 


No  proceedings      197.  After  the  Commencement  of  a  Voluntary  winding  up. 


corporation 
after 

voluntary 
winding  up 
except  by  leave 


(a)  no  action  or  other  proceeding  shall  be  commenced 
against  the  corporation;  and 

Q})  no  attachment,  sequestration,  distress  or  execution  shall 
be  put  in  force  against  the  estate  or  effects  of  the  cor- 
poration, 

except  by  leave  of  the  court  and  subject  to  such  terms  as  the  court 
imposes.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  209. 


List  of 

contributories 
and  calls 


198. — (1)  Upon  a  voluntary  winding  up,  the  liquidator, 
(a)  shall  settle  the  list  of  contributories;  and 


{b)  may,  before  he  has  ascertained  the  sufficiency  of  the 
property  of  the  corporation,  call  on  all  or  any  of  the 
contributories  for  the  time  being  settled  on  the  list  of 
contributories  to  the  extent  of  their  liability  to  pay  any 
sum   that  he   considers   necessary  for  satisfying  the 


more  than 
one  year 


147 

liabilities  of  the  corporation  and  the  costs,  charges  and 
expenses  of  winding  up  and  for  adjusting  the  rights  of 
the  contributories  among  themselves. 

(2)  A  list  settled  by  the  liquidator  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1  Ust  prima 
isprima  facie  proof  of  the  liability  of  the  persons  named  therein  to  ^""^  ^'°°^ 
be  contributories. 

(3)  The  liquidator  in  making  a  call  under  clause  b  of  subsection  Default 
1  may  take  into  consideration  the  probability  that  some  of  the  °"  ""^ 
contributories  upon  whom  the  call  is  made  may  partly  or  wholly 

fail  to  pay  their  respective  portions  of  the  call.     R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  S3,  s.  210. 

199. — (1)  The  liquidator  may,  during  the  continuance  of  the  Meetings  of 
voluntary  winding  up,  call  meetings  of  the  shareholders  of  the  during""" 
corporation  for  any  purpose  he  thinks  fit.  winding  up 

(2)  Where  a  voluntary  winding  up  continues  for  more  than  one  where 
year,  the  liquidator  shall  call  a  meeting  of  the  shareholders  of  the  rontin'Jfes"^ 
corporation  at  the  end  of  the  first  year  and  of  each  succeeding  year 
from  the  commencement  of  the  winding  up,  and  he  shall  lay  before 
the  meeting  an  account  showing  his  acts  and  dealings  and  the 
manner  in  which  the  winding  up  has  been  conducted  during  the 
immediately  preceding  year.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  211. 


200.  The  liquidator,  with  the  approval  of  the  shareholders  of  Arrangements 
the  corporation  or  the  inspectors,  may  make  such  compromise  or  creditors 
other  arrangement  as  the  liquidator  thinks  expedient  with  any 
creditor  or  person  claiming  to  be  a  creditor  or  having  or  alleging 
that  he  has  a  claim,  present  or  future,  certain  or  contingent, 
liquidated  or  unliquidated,  against  the  corporation  or  whereby  the 
corporation  may  be  rendered  liable.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  212, 
amended. 


201.   The  liquidator  may,  with  the  approval  referred  to  in  Power  to 

•  11      1    1  !•    1  •!•   •  r  compromise 

section  200,  compromise  all  debts  and  liabilities  capable  of  with  debtors 
resulting  in  debts,  and  all  claims,  whether  present  or  future,  contributories 
certain  or  contingent,  liquidated  or  unliquidated,  subsisting  or 
supposed  to  subsist  between  the  corporation  and  any  contribut- 
ory, alleged  contributory  or  other  debtor  or  person  who  may  be 
liable  to  the  corporation  and  all  questions  in  any  way  relating  to  or 
affecting  the  property  of  the  corporation,  or  the  winding  up  of  the 
corporation,  upon  the  receipt  of  such  sums  payable  at  such  times 
and  generally  upon  such  terms  as  are  agreed,  and  the  liquidator 
may  take  any  security  for  the  discharge  of  such  debts  or  liabilities 
and  give  a  complete  discharge  in  respect  thereof.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  213. 


148 


Power  to 
accept  shares, 
etc.,  as 
consideration 
for  sale  of 
property  to 
another  body 
corporate 


202. — (1)  Where  a  corporation  is  proposed  to  be  or  is  in  the 
course  of  being  wound  up  voluntarily  and  it  is  proposed  to  transfer 
the  whole  or  a  portion  of  its  business  or  property  to  another  body 
corporate,  the  Uquidator,  with  the  approval  of  a  resolution  of  the 
shareholders  of  the  corporation  conferring  either  a  general 
authority  on  the  liquidator  or  an  authority  in  respect  of  any 
particular  arrangement,  may  receive,  in  compensation  or  in  part- 
compensation  for  the  transfer,  cash  or  shares  or  other  like  interest 
in  the  purchasing  body  corporate  or  any  other  body  corporate  for 
the  purpose  of  distribution  among  the  creditors  or  shareholders  of 
the  corporation  that  is  being  wound  up  in  the  manner  set  forth  in 
the  arrangement,  or  may,  in  lieu  of  receiving  cash  or  shares  or 
other  like  interest,  or  in  addition  thereto,  participate  in  the  profits 
of  or  receive  any  other  benefit  from  the  purchasing  body  corporate 
or  any  other  body  corporate. 


Confirmation 
of  sale  or 
arrangement 


(2)  A  transfer  made  or  arrangement  entered  into  by  the 
liquidator  under  this  section  is  not  binding  on  the  shareholders  of 
the  corporation  that  is  being  wound  up  unless  the  transfer  or 
arrangement  is  approved  in  accordance  with  subsections  3,  6  and 
7  of  section  182. 


Where 
resolution 
not  invalid 


(3)  No  resolution  is  invalid  for  the  purposes  of  this  section 
because  it  was  passed  before  or  concurrently  with  a  resolution  for 
winding  up  the  corporation  or  for  appointing  the 
liquidator.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  214,  amended. 


Account  of 
voluntary 
winding  up  to 
be  made  by 
liquidator  to 
a  meeting 


203. — (1)  The  Hquidator  shall  make  up  an  account  showing 
the  manner  in  which  the  winding  up  has  been  conducted  and  the 
property  of  the  corporation  disposed  of,  and  thereupon  shall  call  a 
meeting  of  the  shareholders  of  the  corporation  for  the  purpose  of 
having  the  account  laid  before  them  and  hearing  any  explanation 
that  may  be  given  by  the  liquidator,  and  the  meeting  shall  be 
called  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  articles  or  by-laws  or,  in 
default  thereof,  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  this  Act  for  the  calling 
of  meetings  of  shareholders. 


Notice  of 
holding  of 
meeting 


(2)  The  liquidator  shall  within  ten  days  after  the  meeting  is  held 
file  a  notice  in  the  prescribed  form  with  the  Director  stating  that 
the  meeting  was  held  and  the  date  thereof  and  shall  forthwith 
publish  the  notice  in  The  Ontario  Gazette. 


Dissolution 


(3)  Subject  to  subsection  4,  on  the  expiration  of  three  months 
from  the  date  of  the  filing  of  the  notice,  the  corporation  is  dis- 
solved. 


Extension 


(4)  At  any  time  during  the  three-month  period  mentioned  in 
subsection  3,  the  court  may,  on  the  application  of  the  liquidator  or 
any  other  person  interested,  make  an  order  deferring  the  date  on 


149 

which  the  dissolution  of  the  corporation  is  to  take  effect  to  a  date 
fixed  in  the  order,  and  in  such  event  the  corporation  is  dissolved  on 
the  date  so  fixed. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Act,  the  court  at  any  time  Dissolution  by 
after  the  affairs  of  the  corporation  have  been  fully  wound  up  may,  '^^^  "^'^^ 
upon  the   application  of  the  liquidator  or  any  other  person 
interested,  make  an  order  dissolving  it,  and  it  is  dissolved  on  the 

date  fixed  in  the  order. 

(6)  The  person  on  whose  application  an  order  was  made  under  Copy  of  exten- 
subsection  4  or  5  shall  within  ten  days  after  it  was  made  file  with  fiTed"''^^'  ^°  ^ 
the  Director  a  certified  copy  of  the  order  and  forthwith  publish 

notice  of  the  order  in  The  Ontario  Gazette.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  215,  amended. 

204.   Sections  205  to  216  apply  to  corporations  being  wound  ^^fow'iT"^ 
up  by  order  of  the  court.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  216. 

205. — (1)  A  corporation  may  be  wound  up  by  order  of  the  Winding  up  by 
court, 

(a)  where  the  court  is  satisfied  that  in  respect  of  the  cor- 
poration or  any  of  its  affiliates, 

(i)  any  act  or  omission  of  the  corporation  or  any  of 
its  affiliates  effects  a  result, 

(ii)  the  business  or  affairs  of  the  corporation  or  any  of 
its  affiliates  are  or  have  been  carried  on  or  con- 
ducted in  a  manner,  or 

(iii)  the  powers  of  the  directors  of  the  corporation  or 
any  of  its  affiliates  are  or  have  been  exercised  in  a 
manner, 

that  is  oppressive  or  unfairly  prejudicial  to  or  that 
unfairly  disregards  the  interests  of  any  security  holder, 
creditor,  director  or  officer;  or 

(b)  where  the  court  is  satisfied  that, 

(i)  a  unanimous  shareholder  agreement  entitled  a 
complaining  shareholder  to  demand  dissolution 
of  the  corporation  after  the  occurrence  of  a 
specified  event  and  that  event  has  occurred, 

(ii)  proceedings  have  been  begun  to  wind  up  volun- 
tarily and  it  is  in  the  interest  of  contributories  and 


150 


creditors  that  the  proceedings  should  be  con- 
tinued under  the  supervision  of  the  court, 

(iii)  the  corporation,  though  it  may  not  be  insolvent, 
cannot  by  reason  of  its  liabilities  continue  its 
business  and  it  is  advisable  to  wind  it  up,  or 

(iv)  it  is  just  and  equitable  for  some  reason,  other  than 
the  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  of  the  corporation, 
that  it  should  be  wound  up;  or 

(c)  where  the  shareholders  by  special  resolution  authorize 
an  application  to  be  made  to  the  court  to  wind  up  the 
corporation. 


Court  order 


Who  may 
apply 


Notice 


(2)  Upon  an  application  under  this  section,  the  court  may  make 
such  order  under  this  section  or  section  246  as  it  thinks 
fit.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  217,  amended. 

206. — (1)  A  winding-up  order  may  be  made  upon  the  appli- 
cation of  the  corporation  or  of  a  shareholder  or,  where  the  cor- 
poration is  being  wound  up  voluntarily,  of  the  liquidator  or  of  a 
contributory  or  of  a  creditor  having  a  claim  of  $2,500  or  more. 

(2)  Except  where  the  application  is  made  by  the  corporation, 
four  days'  notice  of  the  application  shall  be  given  to  the  corpora- 
tion before  the  making  of  the  application.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3, 
s.  218. 


Power  of  court 


Appointment  of 
liquidator 


Remuneration 


207.  The  court  may  make  the  order  applied  for,  may  dismiss 
the  application  with  or  without  costs,  may  adjourn  the  hearing 
conditionally  or  unconditionally  or  may  make  any  interim  or  other 
order  as  is  considered  just,  and  upon  the  making  of  the  order  may, 
according  to  its  practice  and  procedure,  refer  the  proceedings  for 
the  winding  up  to  an  officer  of  the  court  for  inquiry  and  report  and 
may  authorize  the  officer  to  exercise  such  powers  of  the  court  as 
are  necessary  for  the  reference.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  219. 

208. — (1)  The  court  in  making  the  winding-up  order  may 
appoint  one  or  more  persons  as  liquidator  of  the  estate  and  effects 
of  the  corporation  for  the  purpose  of  winding  up  its  business  and 
affairs  and  distributing  its  property. 

(2)  The  court  may  at  any  time  fix  the  remuneration  of  the 
liquidator. 


Vacancy  (3)  If  a  liquidator  appointed  by  the  court  dies  or  resigns  or  the 

office  becomes  vacant  for  any  reason,  the  court  may  by  order  fill 
the  vacancy.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  215  (1-3). 


151 

(4)  A  liquidator  appointed  by  the  court  under  this  section  shall  Notice  of 
forthwith  give  to  the  Director  notice  in  the  prescribed  form  of  his  ^pp°'"  ™^" 
appointment  and  shall,  within  twenty  days  of  his  appointment, 
publish  the  notice  in  The  Ontario  Gazette.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  215  (4),  amended. 

209.  The  court  may  by  order  remove  for  cause  a  liquidator  Removal  of 
appointed  by  it,  and  in  such  case  shall  appoint  another  liquidator 

in  his  stead.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  221. 

210.  The  costs,  charges  and  expenses  of  a  winding  up  by  Costs  and 
order  of  the  court  shall  be  taxed  by  a  taxing  officer  of  the  Supreme 
Court.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  222. 

211.  Where  a  winding-up  order  is  made  by  the  court  without  Commence- 
prior  voluntary  winding-up  proceedings,  the  winding  up  shall,  winding  up 
unless  a  court  otherwise  orders,  be  deemed  to  commence  at  the 

time  of  the  service  of  notice  of  the  application,  and,  where  the 
application  is  made  by  the  corporation,  at  the  time  the  application 
is  made.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  223. 

212.  Where  a  winding-up  order  has  been   made  by  the  Proceedings  in 
court,  proceedings  for  the  winding  up  of  the  corporation  shall  be  after  order 
taken  in  the  same  manner  and  with  the  like  consequences  as 
provided  for  a  voluntary  winding  up,  except  that  the  list  of  con- 
tributories  shall  be  settled  by  the  court  unless  it  has  been  settled  by 

the  liquidator  before  the  winding-up  order,  in  which  case  the  list  is 
subject  to  review  by  the  court,  and  except  that  all  proceedings  in 
the  winding  up  are  subject  to  the  order  and  direction  of  the 
court.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  224. 


213. — (1)  Where  a  winding-up  order  has  been  made  by  the  Meetings  of 

1  1-  .  r     ^  1  111  r     1       shareholders  of 

court,  the  court  may  direct  meetmgs  of  the  shareholders  of  the  corporation 
corporation  to  be  called,  held  and  conducted  in  such  manner  as  the  '"^^  "^^  ordered 
court  thinks  fit  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  their  wishes,  and 
may  appoint  a  person  to  act  as  chairman  of  any  such  meeting  and 
to  report  the  result  of  it  to  the  court. 

(2)  Where  a  winding-up  order  has  been  made  by  the  court,  the  9'','^er  for 

.,  .,.,.  ,,  delivery  by 

court  may  require  any  contributory  lor  the  time  being  settled  on  contributories 
the  list  of  contributories,  or  any  director,  officer,  employee,  trus-  ^^^  grt^'^lt"^ 
tee,  banker  or  agent  of  the  corporation  to  pay,  deliver,  convey, 
surrender  or  transfer  forthwith,  or  within  such  time  as  the  court 
directs,  to  the  liquidator  any  sum  or  balance,  documents,  records, 
estate  or  effects  that  are  in  his  hands  and  to  which  the  corporation 
is  prima  facie  entitled. 

(3)  Where  a  winding-up  order  has  been  made  by  the  court,  the  inspection  of 

,        r         ^       •  ■  r    1        1  J  documents  and 

court  may  make  an  order  for  the  inspection  ot  the  documents  and  records 


152 


records  of  the  corporation  by  its  creditors  and  contributories,  and 
any  documents  and  records  in  the  possession  of  the  corporation 
may  be  inspected  in  conformity  with  the  order.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  225. 


Proceedings 
against  cor- 
poration after      COUrt, 
court  winding 


1 4 .  After  the  commencement  of  a  winding  up  by  order  of  the 


Provision  for 
discharge  and 
distribution  by 
the  court 


(a)  no  action  or  other  proceeding  shall  be  proceeded  with  or 
commenced  against  the  corporation;  and 

(b)  no  attachment,  sequestration,  distress  or  execution  shall 
be  put  in  force  against  the  estate  or  effects  of  the  cor- 
poration, 

except  by  leave  of  the  court  and  subject  to  such  terms  as  the  court 
imposes.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  226. 

2 1 5. — (1)  Where  the  realization  and  distribution  of  the  prop- 
erty of  a  corporation  being  wound  up  under  an  order  of  the  court 
has  proceeded  so  far  that  in  the  opinion  of  the  court  it  is  expedient 
that  the  liquidator  should  be  discharged  and  that  the  property  of 
the  corporation  remaining  in  his  hands  can  be  better  realized  and 
distributed  by  the  court,  the  court  may  make  an  order  discharging 
the  liquidator  and  for  payment,  delivery  and  transfer  into  court, 
or  to  such  person  as  the  court  directs,  of  such  property,  and  it  shall 
be  realized  and  distributed  by  or  under  the  direction  of  the  court 
among  the  persons  entitled  thereto  in  the  same  way  as  nearly  as 
may  be  as  if  the  distribution  were  being  made  by  the  liquidator. 


Disposal  of  (2)  In  such  case,  the  court  may  make  an  order  directing  how  the 

records  documents  and  records  of  the  corporation  and  of  the  liquidator  are 

to  be  disposed  of,  and  may  order  that  they  be  deposited  in  court  or 

otherwise  dealt  with  as  the  court  thinks  fit.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 

s.  227. 


Order  for 
dissolution 


2 16. — (1)  The  court  at  any  time  after  the  business  and  affairs 
of  the  corporation  have  been  fully  wound  up  may,  upon  the 
application  of  the  liquidator  or  any  other  person  interested,  make 
an  order  dissolving  it,  and  it  is  dissolved  on  the  date  fixed  in  the 
order. 


Copy  of  dissol- 
ution order  to 
be  filed 


(2)  The  person  on  whose  application  the  order  was  made  shall 
within  ten  days  after  it  was  made  file  with  the  Director  a  certified 
copy  of  the  order  and  shall  forthwith  publish  notice  of  the  order  in 
The  Ontario  Gazette.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  228,  amended. 


i'^mS"  °^  217.  Sections  2 18  to  234  apply  to  corporations  being  wound 
up  voluntarily  or  by  order  of  the  court.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  229. 


153 
218.   Where  there  is  no  liquidator,  Where  no 

liquidator 

(a)  the  court  may  by  order  on  the  appUcation  of  a  share- 
holder of  the  corporation  appoint  one  or  more  persons  as 
liquidator;  and 

(b)  the  estate  and  effects  of  the  corporation  shall  be  under 
the  control  of  the  court  until  the  appointment  of  a 
liquidator.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  230. 

219. (1)    Upon  a  winding  up,  Consequences 

of  winding  up 

(a)  the  liquidator  shall  apply  the  property  of  the  corporation 
in  satisfaction  of  all  its  debts,  obligations  and  liabilities 
and,  subject  thereto,  shall  distribute  the  property  rate- 
ably  among  the  shareholders  according  to  their  rights 
and  interests  in  the  corporation; 

(b)  in  distributing  the  property  of  the  corporation,  debts  to 
employees  of  the  corporation  for  services  performed  for 
it  due  at  the  commencement  of  the  winding  up  or  within 
one  month  before,  not  exceeding  three  months'  wages 
and  vacation  pay  accrued  for  not  more  than  twelve 
months,  shall  be  paid  in  priority  to  the  claims  of  the 
ordinary  creditors,  and  such  persons  are  entitled  to  rank 
as  ordinary  creditors  for  the  residue  of  their  claims; 

(c)  all  the  powers  of  the  directors  cease  upon  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  liquidator,  except  in  so  far  as  the  liquidator 
may  sanction  the  continuance  of  such  powers. 

(2)  Section  53  of  The  Trustee  Act  applies  with  necessary  modifi-  Distribution  of 


cations  to  liquidators.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  231. 


property 


220.  The  costs,   charges  and  expenses  of  a  winding  up,  ^^^^f^"^"^ 
including  the  remuneration  of  the  liquidator,  are  payable  out  of  expenses 
the  property  of  the  corporation  in  priority  to  all  other  claims. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  232. 

221. — (1)  A  liquidator  may,  uTidators 

(a)  bring  or  defend  any  action,  suit  or  prosecution,  or  other 
legal  proceedings,  civil  or  criminal,  in  the  name  and  on 
behalf  of  the  corporation; 

(b)  carry  on  the  business  of  the  corporation  so  far  as  may  be 
required  as  beneficial  for  the  winding  up  of  the  corpora- 
tion; 


154 

(c)  sell  the  property  of  the  corporation  by  public  auction  or 
private  sale  and  receive  payment  of  the  purchase  price 
either  in  cash  or  otherwise; 

(d)  do  all  acts  and  execute,  in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of  the 
corporation,  all  documents,  and  for  that  purpose  use  the 
seal  of  the  corporation,  if  any; 

(e)  draw,  accept,  make  and  endorse  any  bill  of  exchange  or 
promissory  note  in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of  the  cor- 
poration; 

(f)  raise  upon  the  security  of  the  property  of  the  corporation 
any  requisite  money; 

(g )  take  out  in  his  official  name  letters  of  administration  of 
the  estate  of  any  deceased  contributory  and  do  in  his 
official  name  any  other  act  that  is  necessary  for  obtaining 
payment  of  any  money  due  from  a  contributory  or  from 
his  estate  and  which  act  cannot  be  done  conveniently  in 
the  name  of  the  corporation;  and 

(h )  do  and  execute  all  such  other  things  as  are  necessary  for 
winding  up  the  business  and  affairs  of  the  corporation 
and  distributing  its  property. 

Bills  of  (2)  The  drawing,  accepting,  making  or  endorsing  of  a  bill  of 

cxcn3.ns[C    etc 

to  be  deemed  exchange  or  promissory  note  by  the  liquidator  on  behalf  of  a 
coulee  of  *^^  corporation  has  the  same  effect  with  respect  to  the  liability  of  the 
business  Corporation  as  if  such  bill  or  note  had  been  drawn,  accepted,  made 

or  endorsed  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  corporation  in  the  course  of 

carrying  on  its  business. 

Where  moneys  (3)  Where  the  liquidator  takes  out  letters  of  administration  or 
due  otherwise  uses  his  official  name  for  obtaining  payment  of  any 

to  liquidator     money  due  from  a  contributory,  such  money  shall  be  deemed,  for 

the  purpose  of  enabling  him  to  take  out  such  letters  or  recover  such 

money,  to  be  due  to  the  liquidator  himself. 


What  (4)  Where  he  does  so  in  good  faith,  a  liquidator  is  entitled  to  rely 

liquidator 

ma>  rely  Upon, 

upon 

(a)  financial  statements  of  the  corporation  represented  to 
him  by  an  officer  of  the  corporation  or  in  a  written  report 
of  the  auditor  of  the  corporation  to  present  fairly  the 
financial  position  of  the  corporation  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles;  or 

(b)  an  opinion,  a  report  or  a  statement  of  a  lawyer,  an 
accountant,  an  engineer,  an  appraiser  or  other  profes- 


155 

sional  adviser  retained  by  the  liquidator.     R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  233,  amended. 

222.  Where  more  than  one  person  is  appointed  as  liquidator,  ^cts  by  more 
any  power  conferred  by  sections  191  to  234  on  a  liquidator  may  be  liquidator 
exercised  by  such  one  or  more  of  such  persons  as  may  be  deter- 
mined by  the  resolution  or  order  appointing  them  or,  in  default  of 

such  determination,  by  any  number  of  them  not  fewer  than 
two.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  234. 

223.  The  liability  of  a  contributory  creates  a  debt  accruing  Mature  of 
due  from  him  at  the  time  his  liability  commenced,  but  payable  at  contributory 
the  time  or  respective  times  when  calls  are  made  for  enforcing  such 
liability.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  235. 

224.  If  a  contributory  dies  before  or  after  he  has  been  placed  Liability 
on  the  list  of  contributories,  his  personal  representative  is  liable  in  his  death 
due  course  of  administration  to  contribute  to  the  property  of  the 
corporation  in  discharge  of  the  liability  of  the  deceased  contribut- 
ory and  shall  be  a  contributory  accordingly.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 

s.  236. 

225. — (1)  The  liquidator  shall  deposit  all  moneys  that  he  has  Deposit  of 

1     ,  .  ,  .  1  .  .      moneys 

belongmg  to  the  corporation  and  amountmg  to  $100  or  more  m 
any  chartered  bank  of  Canada  or  in  the  Province  of  Ontario 
Savings  Office  or  in  any  trust  company  or  loan  corporation  that  is 
registered  under  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act  or  in  any  R  s.o.  i97o, 
other  depository  approved  by  the  court.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  231  (1),  amended. 


(2)  If  inspectors  have  been  appointed,  the  depository  under  Approval  by 
subsection  1  shall  be  one  approved  by  them. 


(3)  Such  deposit  shall  not  be  made  in  the  name  of  the  liquidator  Separate 
individually,  but  a  separate  deposit  account  shall  be  kept  of  the  account  to 
money  belonging  to  the  corporation  in  his  name  as  liquidator  of  ^Ij^drnwai 
the  corporation  and  in  the  name  of  the  inspectors,  if  any,  and  such  from  account 
money  shall  be  withdrawn  only  by  order  for  payment  signed  by 

the  liquidator  and  one  of  the  inspectors,  if  any. 

(4)  At  every  meeting  of  the  shareholders  of  the  corporation,  the  Liquidator 
liquidator  shall  produce  a  pass-book,  or  statement  of  account  bLnk"  "" 
showing  the  amount  of  the  deposits,  the  dates  at  which  they  were  pass-book 
made,  the  amounts  withdrawn  and  the  dates  of  withdrawal,  and 
mention  of  such  production  shall  be  made  in  the  minutes  of  the 
meeting,  and  the  absence  of  such  mention  is  admissible  in  evi- 
dence as  prima  facie  proof  that  the  pass-book  or  statement  of 
account  was  not  produced  at  the  meeting. 


156 


Idem 


(5)  The  liquidator  shall  also  produce  the  pass-book  or  state- 
ment of  account  whenever  so  ordered  by  the  court  upon  the 
application  of  the  inspectors,  if  any,  or  of  a  shareholder  of  the 
corporation.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  231  (2-5). 


Proving  claim 
R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  34 


226.  Forthepurposeof  proving  claims,  sections  23,  24  and  25 
of  The  Assignments  and  Preferences  Act  apply  with  necessary 
modifications,  except  that  where  the  word  "judge"  is  used  therein, 
the  word  "court"  as  used  in  this  Act  shall  be  substituted.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  53,  s.  238. 


Application 
for  direction 


227.  Upon  the  application  of  the  liquidator  or  of  the  inspec- 
tors, if  any,  or  of  any  creditors,  the  court,  after  hearing  such 
parties  as  it  directs  to  be  notified  or  after  such  steps  as  the  court 
prescribes  have  been  taken,  may  by  order  give  its  direction  in  any 
matter  arising  in  the  winding  up.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  239. 


Examination 
of  persons 
as  to 
estate 


228. — (1)  The  court  may  at  any  time  after  the  commencement 
of  the  winding  up  summon  to  appear  before  the  court  or  liquidator 
any  director,  officer  or  employee  of  the  corporation  or  any  other 
person  known  or  suspected  to  have  in  his  possession  any  of  the 
estate  or  effects  of  the  corporation,  or  alleged  to  be  indebted  to  it, 
or  any  person  whom  the  court  thinks  capable  of  giving  informa- 
tion concerning  its  trade,  dealings,  estate  or  effects. 


Damages 

against 

delinquent 

directors, 

etc. 


Proceedings 

by 

shareholders 


(2)  Where  in  the  course  of  the  winding  up  it  appears  that  a 
person  who  has  taken  part  in  the  formation  or  promotion  of  the 
corporation  or  that  a  past  or  present  director,  officer,  employee, 
liquidator  or  receiver  of  the  corporation  has  misapplied  or 
retained  in  his  own  hands,  or  become  liable  or  accountable  for, 
property  of  the  corporation,  or  has  committed  any  misfeasance  or 
breach  of  trust  in  relation  to  it,  the  court  may,  on  the  application  of 
the  liquidator  or  of  any  creditor,  shareholder  or  contributory, 
examine  the  conduct  of  that  person  and  order  him  to  restore 
the  property  so  misapplied  or  retained,  or  for  which  he  has  become 
liable  or  accountable,  or  to  contribute  such  sum  to  the  property  of 
the  corporation  by  way  of  compensation  in  respect  of  such  misap- 
plication, retention,  misfeasance  or  breach  of  trust,  or  both,  as  the 
court  thinks  just.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  240. 

229. — (1)  Where  a  shareholder  of  the  corporation  desires  to 
cause  any  proceeding  to  be  taken  that,  in  his  opinion,  would  be  for 
the  benefit  of  the  corporation,  and  the  liquidator,  under  the 
authority  of  the  shareholders  or  of  the  inspectors,  if  any,  refuses  or 
neglects  to  take  such  proceedings  after  being  required  so  to  do,  the 
shareholder  may  obtain  an  order  of  the  court  authorizing  him  to 
take  such  proceeding  in  the  name  of  the  liquidator  or  corporation, 
but  at  his  own  expense  and  risk,  upon  such  terms  and  conditions 
as  to  indemnity  to  the  liquidator  or  corporation  as  the  court 
prescribes. 


157 

(2)  Any  benefit  derived  from  a  proceeding  under  subsection  1  Benefits: 

1111  -1  •        •  r  when  for 

belongs  exclusively  to  the  shareholder  causing  the  institution  of  shareholders 
the  proceeding  for  his  benefit  and  that  of  any  other  shareholder 
who  has  joined  him  in  causing  the  institution  of  the  proceeding. 

(3)  If,  before  the  order  is  granted,  the  liquidator  signifies  to  the  when  for 

...  1-         r         1      1  r-       r    1       Corporation 

court  his  readiness  to  institute  the  proceeding  for  the  benefit  of  the 
corporation,  the  court  shall  make  an  order  prescribing  the  time 
within  which  he  is  to  do  so,  and  in  that  case  the  advantage  derived 
from  the  proceeding,  if  instituted  within  such  time,  belongs  to  the 
corporation.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  241. 

230.  The  rights  conferred  by  this  Act  are  in  addition  to  any  Rights 

...  .         .  ,.  .  .,  conferred  bv 

other  right  to  institute  proceedings  against  any  contributory,  or  Act  to  be  in 
against  any  debtor  of  the  corporation,  for  the  recovery  of  any  sum  other'°owers 
due  from  such  contributory  or  debtor  or  his  estate.     R.S.O.  1970, 

c.  53,  s.  242. 

231.  At  any  time  during  a  winding  up,  the  court,  upon  the  stay  of 
application  of  a  shareholder,  creditor  or  contributory  and  upon  proceedings 
proof  to  its  satisfaction  that  all  proceedings  in  relation  to  the 
winding  up  ought  to  be  stayed,  may  make  an  order  staying  the 
proceedings  altogether  or  for  a  limited  time  on  such  terms  and 
subject  to  such  conditions  as  the  court  thinks  fit.     R.S.O.  1970, 

c.  53,  s.  243. 

232. — (1)  Where  the  liquidator  is  unable  to  pay  all  the  debts  where 
of  the  corporation  because  a  creditor  is  unknown  or  his  where-  unknown 
abouts  is  unknown,  the  liquidator  may,  by  agreement  with  the 
Public  Trustee,  pay  to  the  Public  Trustee  an  amount  equal  to  the 
amount  of  the  debt  due  to  the  creditor  to  be  held  in  trust  for  the 
creditor,  and  thereupon  subsections  5  and  6  of  section  236  apply 
thereto. 

(2)  A  payment  under  subsection  1  shall  be  deemed  to  be  in  ^^'^"^ 
satisfaction  of  the  debt  for  the  purposes  of  winding  up.     R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  53,  s.  244. 

233. — (1)  Where  the  liquidator  is  unable  to  distribute  rate- where 
ably  the  property  of  the  corporation  among  the  shareholders  unknown 
because  a  shareholder  is  unknown  or  his  whereabouts  is 
unknown,  the  share  of  the  property  of  the  corporation  of  such 
shareholder  may,  by  agreement  with  the  Public  Trustee,  be  deli- 
vered or  conveyed  by  the  liquidator  to  the  Public  Trustee  to  be 
held  in  trust  for  the  shareholder,  and  thereupon  subsections  5  and 
6  of  section  236  apply  thereto. 

(2)  A  delivery  or  conveyance  under  subsection   1   shall  be  ^'^^^ 
deemed  to  be  a  distribution  to  that  shareholder  of  his  rateable 


158 


share  for  the  purposes  of  the  winding  up. 
s.  245. 


R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 


Disposal  of 
records,  etc. 
after 
winding  up 


234. — (1)  Where  a  corporation  has  been  wound  up  under 
sections  190  to  233  and  is  about  to  be  dissolved,  its  documents  and 
records  and  those  of  the  liquidator  may  be  disposed  of  as  it  by 
resolution  directs  in  case  of  voluntary  winding  up,  or  as  the  court 
directs  in  case  of  winding  up  under  an  order. 


When 

responsibility 
as  to  custody 
of  records, 
etc.,  to  cease 


(2)  After  the  expiration  of  five  years  from  the  date  of  the  dissol- 
ution of  the  corporation,  no  responsibility  rests  on  it  or  the 
liquidator,  or  anyone  to  whom  the  custody  of  the  documents  and 
records  has  been  committed,  by  reason  that  the  same  or  any  of 
them  are  not  forthcoming  to  any  person  claiming  to  be  interested 
therein.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  246. 


Voluntary 
dissolution 


of, 


235.  A  corporation  may  be  dissolved  upon  the  authorization 


(a)  a  special  resolution  passed  at  a  meeting  of  the  share- 
holders of  the  corporation  duly  called  for  the  purpose  or, 
in  the  case  of  a  corporation  that  is  not  an  offering  cor- 
poration, by  such  other  proportion  of  the  votes  cast  as 
the  articles  provide,  but  such  other  proportion  shall  not 
be  less  than  50  per  cent  of  the  votes  of  all  the  share- 
holders entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting; 

(b)  the  consent  in  writing  of  all  the  shareholders  entitled  to 
vote  at  such  meeting;  or 

(c)  all  its  incorporators  or  their  personal  representatives  at 
any  time  within  two  years  after  the  date  set  out  in  its 
certificate  of  incorporation  where  the  corporation  has 
not  commenced  business  and  has  not  issued  any  shares. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  247;  1971,  c.  26,  s.  38,  amended. 


Articles  of 

dissolution 

where 

corporation 

active 


236. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  bringing  the  dissolution 
authorized  under  clause  a  or  6  of  section  235  into  effect,  articles  of 
dissolution  shall  follow  the  prescribed  form  and  shall  set  out. 


(a)  the  name  of  the  corporation; 

(6)  that  its  dissolution  has  been  duly  authorized  under 
clause  a  or  6  of  section  235; 


(c)  that  it  has  no  debts,  obligations  or  liabilities  or  its  debts, 
obligations  or  liabilities  have  been  duly  provided  for  in 
accordance  with  subsection  3  or  its  creditors  or  other 


159 

persons  having  interests  in  its  debts,  obligations  or 
liabilities  consent  to  its  dissolution; 

(d)  that  after  satisfying  the  interests  of  creditors  in  all  its 
debts,  obligations  and  liabilities,  if  any,  it  has  no  prop- 
erty to  distribute  among  its  shareholders  or  that  it  has 
distributed  its  remaining  property  rateably  among  its 
shareholders  according  to  their  rights  and  interests  in  the 
corporation  or  in  accordance  with  subsection  4  where 
applicable; 

(e)  that  there  are  no  proceedings  pending  in  any  court 
against  it;  and 

if)  that  it  has  given  notice  of  its  intention  to  dissolve  by 
publication  once  in  The  Ontario  Gazette  and  once  in  a 
newspaper  having  general  circulation  in  the  place  where 
it  has  its  principal  place  of  business  in  Ontario  or,  if  it 
does  not  have  a  place  of  business  in  Ontario,  where  it  has 
its  registered  office.     1979,  c.  36,  s.  18  (1),  amended. 

(2)  For  the  purpose  of  bringing  a  dissolution  authorized  under  Articles  of 

1  r  .•  ^.r-     •      .  rr       .  .-1  r      1-  1      .•  ,       ,i    dissolution 

clause  c  of  section  235  mto  eiiect,  articles  of  dissolution  shall  where 
follow  the  prescribed  form  and  shall  set  out,  corporation 

^  '  never  active 

(a)  the  name  of  the  corporation, 

(b)  the  date  set  out  in  its  certificate  of  incorporation; 

(c)  that  the  corporation  has  not  commenced  business; 

(d)  that  none  of  its  shares  has  been  issued; 

(e)  that  dissolution  has  been  duly  authorized  under  clause  c 
of  section  235; 

(/■)  that  it  has  no  debts,  obligations  or  liabilities; 

(g)  that  after  satisfying  the  interests  of  creditors  in  all  its 
debts,  obligations  and  liabilities,  if  any,  it  has  no  prop- 
erty to  distribute  or  that  it  has  distributed  its  remaining 
property  to  the  persons  entitled  thereto; 

(h)  that  there  are  no  proceedings  pending  in  any  court 
against  it;  and 

(i)  that  it  has  given  notice  of  its  intention  to  dissolve  by 
publication  once  in  The  Ontario  Gazette  and  once  in  a 
newspaper  having  general  circulation  in  the  place  where 


160 


it  has  its  registered  office.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  248 
(2);  1971,  c.  26,  s.  39;  1979,  c.  36,  s.  18  (2),  amended. 


Where  creditor 
unknown 


(3)  Where  a  corporation  authorizes  its  dissolution  and  a  cre- 
ditor is  unknown  or  his  whereabouts  is  unknown,  the  corporation 
may,  by  agreement  with  the  Public  Trustee,  pay  to  the  Public 
Trustee  an  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  the  debt  due  to  the 
creditor  to  be  held  in  trust  for  the  creditor,  and  such  payment  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  due  provision  for  the  debt  for  the  purposes  of 
clause  c  of  subsection  1. 


Where 

shareholder 

unknown 


(4)  Where  a  corporation  authorizes  its  dissolution  and  a  share- 
holder is  unknown  or  his  whereabouts  is  unknown,  it  may,  by 
agreement  with  the  Public  Trustee,  deliver  or  convey  his  share  of 
the  property  to  the  Public  Trustee  to  be  held  in  trust  for  him,  and 
such  delivery  or  conveyance  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  distribution  to 
that  shareholder  of  his  rateable  share  for  the  purposes  of  the 
dissolution. 


Power  to 
convert 


(5)  If  the  share  of  the  property  so  delivered  or  conveyed  to  the 
Public  Trustee  under  subsection  4  is  in  a  form  other  than  cash,  the 
Public  Trustee  may  at  any  time,  and  within  ten  years  after  such 
delivery  or  conveyance  shall,  convert  it  into  cash. 


Payment  to 
person  entitled 


(6)  If  the  amount  paid  under  subsection  3  or  the  share  of  the 
property  delivered  or  conveyed  under  subsection  4  or  its  equiva- 
lent in  cash,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  claimed  by  the  person  benefi- 
cially entitled  thereto  within  ten  years  after  it  was  so  delivered, 
conveyed  or  paid,  it  shall  be  delivered,  conveyed  or  paid  to  him, 
but,  if  not  so  claimed,  it  vests  in  the  Public  Trustee  for  the  use  of 
Ontario,  and,  if  the  person  beneficially  entitled  thereto  at  any  time 
thereafter  establishes  his  right  thereto  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  an  amount  equal  to  the  amount 
so  vested  in  the  Public  Trustee  shall  be  paid  to  him.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  53,  s.  248  (3-6). 


SssoiuUon°^  237.— (1)  Upon  receipt  of  the  articles  of  dissolution,  the 
Director  shall  endorse  thereon  in  accordance  with  section  271a 
certificate  which  shall  constitute  the  certificate  of  dissolution. 


to'srn'art'ides  ^^^  Notwithstanding  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  271, 
of  dissolution  articles  of  dissolution  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  2  of  section 
atLTd^d'^not  ^^^  ^^^^^  ^^  signed  by  all  its  incorporators  or  their  personal  rep- 
commence  resentatives.      1979,  c.  36,  s.  19,  part,  amended. 

business 


SuSe°etf      ^^** — ^^^  Where  sufficient  cause  is  shown  to  the  Director, 
by  Director     '  notwithstanding  the  imposition  of  any  other  penalty  in  respect 


161 

thereof  and  in  addition  to  any  rights  he  may  have  under  this  or  any 
other  Act,  he  may,  after  he  has  given  the  corporation  an  oppor- 
tunity to  be  heard,  by  order,  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  he 
thinks  fit,  cancel  a  certificate  of  incorporation  or  any  other  certifi- 
cate issued  by  him  under  this  Act,  and, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  the  cancellation  of  a  certificate  of  incorpor- 
ation, the  corporation  is  dissolved  on  the  date  fixed  in  the 
order;  and 

(b)  in  the  case  of  the  cancellation  of  any  other  certificate,  the 
matter  that  became  effective  upon  the  issuance  of  the 
certificate  ceases  to  be  in  effect  from  the  date  fixed  in  the 
order.     1979,  c.  36,  s.  19,  part. 


(2)  In  this  section,  "sufficient  cause"  with  respect  to  cancella-  inte^pre- 
tion  of  a  certificate  of  incorporation  includes, 

(a)  failure  to  pay  the  prescribed  fee  for  incorporation; 

(b)  failure  to  comply  with  subsection  2  of  section  114  or 
subsection  3  of  section  117;  or 

(c)  failure  to  comply  with  a  request  under  section  5  or  a 
notice  under  section  8  of  The  Corporations  Information  ^^^^'  '^-  ^^ 
Act,  1976. 

239. — (1)  Where  the  Director  is  notified  by  the  Minister  of  Notice  of 

T^  •••iri-  1-  •!!       dissolution 

Revenue  that  a  corporation  is  in  default  in  complying  with  the 
provisions  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972 ,  the  Director  may  ^''^^'  "^  ^^^ 
give  notice  by  registered  mail  to  the  corporation  or  by  publication 
once  in  The  Ontario  Gazette  that  an  order  dissolving  the  corpora- 
tion will  be  issued  unless  the  corporation  remedies  its  default 
within  ninety  days  after  the  giving  of  the  notice. 

(2)  Where  the  Director  is  notified  by  the  Commission  that  a  ^'^'^^ 
corporation  has  not  complied  with  sections  76  and  77  of  The  ^^^^' *^  '♦^ 
Securities  Act,  1978,  the  Director  may  give  notice  by  registered 

mail  to  the  corporation  or  by  publication  once  in  The  Ontario 
Gazette  that  an  order  dissolving  the  corporation  will  be  issued 
unless  the  corporation  complies  with  sections  76  and  77  of  The 
Securities  Act,  1978  within  ninety  days  after  the  giving  of  the 
notice. 

(3)  Upon  default  in  compliance  with  the  notice  given  under  9''*^^''  ^°^ 

,  .  1       T^-  11  -r-  dissolution 

subsection  1  or  2,  the  Director  may  by  order  cancel  the  certificate 
of  incorporation  and,  subject  to  subsection  4,  the  corporation  is 
dissolved  on  the  date  fixed  in  the  order. 


162 


Revival 


(4)  Where  a  corporation  is  dissolved  under  subsection  3  or  any 
predecessor  thereof,  the  Director  on  the  appUcation  of  any 
interested  person  immediately  before  the  dissolution,  made  within 
five  years  after  the  date  of  dissolution,  may,  in  his  discretion,  on 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  he  sees  fit  to  impose,  revive  the 
corporation  and  thereupon  the  corporation,  subject  to  the  terms 
and  conditions  imposed  by  the  Director  and  to  any  rights  acquired 
by  any  person  after  its  dissolution,  is  restored  to  its  legal  position, 
including  all  its  property,  rights  and  privileges  and  franchises,  and 
is  subject  to  all  its  liabilities,  contracts,  disabilities  and  debts,  as  of 
the  date  of  its  dissolution,  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the  same 
extent  as  if  it  had  not  been  dissolved. 


Articles  of 
revival 


(5)  The  application  referred  to  in  subsection  4  shall  be  in  the 
form  of  articles  of  revival  which  shall  be  in  prescribed  form. 


Certificate 
of  revival 


Actions 

after 

dissolution 


(6)  Upon  receipt  of  articles  of  revival  and  any  other  prescribed 
documents,  the  Director,  subject  to  subsection  4,  shall  endorse 
thereon  in  accordance  with  section  271a  certificate  which  shall 
constitute  the  certificate  of  revival.  1976,  c.  67,  s.  1;  1978,  c.  49, 
s.  13,  amended. 

240. — (1)  Notwithstanding  the  dissolution  of  a  corporation 
under  section  237,  238  or  239, 

(a)  a  civil,  criminal  or  administrative  action  or  proceeding 
commenced  by  or  against  the  corporation  before  its 
dissolution  may  be  continued  as  if  the  corporation  had 
not  been  dissolved; 

ib)  a  civil,  criminal  or  administrative  action  or  proceeding 
may  be  brought  against  the  corporation  within  five  years 
after  its  dissolution  as  if  the  corporation  had  not  been 
dissolved;  and 

(c)  any  property  that  would  have  been  available  to  satisfy 
any  judgment  or  order  if  the  corporation  had  not  been 
dissolved  remains  available  for  such  purpose. 


Service 

after 

dissolution 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  the  service  of  any  process  on 
a  corporation  after  its  dissolution  shall  be  deemed  to  be  sufficiently 
made  if  it  is  made  upon  any  person  last  shown  on  the  records  of  the 
Ministry  as  being  a  director  or  officer  of  the  corporation  before  the 
dissolution.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  252  (2). 


Idem 


(3)  Where  an  action,  suit  or  other  proceeding  has  been  brought 
against  a  corporation  after  its  dissolution,  notice  of  the  com- 
mencement of  the  action,  suit  or  other  proceeding,  together  with 
the  writ  or  other  document  by  which  the  action,  suit  or  other 
proceeding  was  commenced,  shall  be  served  upon  the  Public 
Trustee.     New. 


163 

241. — (1)  Notwithstanding  the  dissolution  of  a  corporation,  ^jj^^g|||,^j°^r5 
each  shareholder  to  whom  any  of  its  property  has  been  distributed  to  creditors 
is  liable  to  any  person  claiming  under  section  240  to  the  extent  of 
the  amount  received  by  that  shareholder  upon  the  distribution, 
and  an  action  to  enforce  such  liability  may  be  brought  within  five 
years  after  the  date  of  the  dissolution  of  the  corporation. 

(2)  The  court  may  order  an  action  referred  to  in  subsection  1  to  Party 

1  action 

be  brought  agamst  the  persons  who  were  shareholders  as  a  class, 
subject  to  such  conditions  as  the  court  thinks  fit  and,  if  the 
plaintiff  establishes  his  claim,  the  court  may  refer  the  proceedings 
to  a  referee  or  other  officer  of  the  court  who  may, 

(a)  add  as  a  party  to  the  proceedings  before  him  each  person 
who  was  a  shareholder  found  by  the  plaintiff; 

(b)  determine,  subject  to  subsection  1 ,  the  amount  that  each 
person  who  was  a  shareholder  shall  contribute  towards 
satisfaction  of  the  plaintiffs  claim;  and 

(c)  direct  payment  of  the  amounts  so  determined. 

(3)  In  this  section,  "shareholder"  includes  the  heirs  and  legal  Jnterpre- 

^    '  '  °       tation 

representatives  of  a  shareholder.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  253, 
amended. 

242. — (1)  Any  property  of  a  corporation  that  has  not  been  Forfeiture  of 
disposed  of  at  the  date  of  its  dissolution  is  immediately  upon  such  property 
dissolution  forfeit  to  the  Crown.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  254, 
amended. 

(2)  Where  judgment  is  given  or  an  order  or  decision  is  made  in  Exception 
an  action,  suit  or  proceeding  commenced  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  section  240  and  the  judgment,  order  or  decision 
affects  property  formerly  belonging  to  the  corporation,  the  prop- 
erty, notwithstanding  subsection  1,  shall  be  available  to  satisfy  the 
judgment,  order  or  other  decision  unless  the  plaintiff  or  applicant 
has  failed  to  give  notice  to  the  Public  Trustee  in  accordance  with 
subsection  3  of  section  240.     New. 


PART  XVI 

REMEDIES,  OFFENCES  AND  PENALTIES 

243.    In  this  Part,  Interpre- 

'  tation 

(a)  "action"  means  an  action  under  this  Act; 

(b)  "complainant"  means, 


164 


(i)  a  registered  holder  or  beneficial  owner,  and  a 
former  registered  holder  or  beneficial  owner,  of  a 
security  of  a  corporation  or  any  of  its  affiliates, 

(ii)  a  director  or  an  officer  or  a  former  director  or 
officer  of  a  corporation  or  of  any  of  its  affiliates, 

(iii)  any  other  person  who,  in  the  discretion  of  the 
court,  is  a  proper  person  to  make  an  application 
under  this  Part.     New. 


Derivative 
actions 


244. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  a  complainant  may  apply 
to  the  court  for  leave  to  bring  an  action  in  the  name  and  on  behalf 
of  a  corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries,  or  intervene  in  an  action 
to  which  any  such  body  corporate  is  a  party,  for  the  purpose  of 
prosecuting,  defending  or  discontinuing  the  action  on  behalf  of  the 
body  corporate. 


Idem 


(2)  No  action  may  be  brought  and  no  intervention  in  an  action 
may  be  made  under  subsection  1  unless  the  complainant  has  given 
fourteen  days'  notice  to  the  directors  of  the  corporation  or  its 
subsidiary  of  his  intention  to  apply  to  the  court  under  subsection  1 
and  the  court  is  satisfied  that. 


(a)  the  directors  of  the  corporation  or  its  subsidiary  will  not 
bring,  diligently  prosecute  or  defend  or  discontinue  the 
action; 


Ex  parte 
application 


{b)  the  complainant  is  acting  in  good  faith;  and 

(c)  it  appears  to  be  in  the  interests  of  the  corporation  or  its 
subsidiary  that  the  action  be  brought,  prosecuted, 
defended  or  discontinued. 

(3)  Where  a  complainant  on  an  ex  parte  application  can  estab- 
lish to  the  satisfaction  of  the  court  that  it  is  not  expedient  to  give 
notice  as  required  under  clause  a  of  subsection  2,  the  court  may 
make  such  interim  order  as  it  thinks  fit  pending  the  complainant 
giving  notice  as  required. 


Interim 
order 


(4)  Where  a  complainant  on  an  application  can  establish  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  court  that  an  interim  order  for  relief  should  be 
made,  the  court  may  make  such  order  as  it  thinks  fit.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  Si,  s.  99  (1,  2),  amended. 


Court 
order 


245.  In  connection  with  an  action  brought  or  intervened  in 
under  section  244,  the  court  may  at  any  time  make  any  order  it 
thinks  fit  including,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  forego- 
ing, 


165 

(fl)  an  order  authorizing  the  complainant  or  any  other  per- 
son to  control  the  conduct  of  the  action; 

(b)  an  order  giving  directions  for  the  conduct  of  the  action; 

(c)  an  order  directing  that  any  amount  adjudged  payable  by 
a  defendant  in  the  action  shall  be  paid,  in  whole  or  in 
part,  directly  to  former  and  present  security  holders  of 
the  corporation  or  its  subsidiary  instead  of  to  the  cor- 
poration or  its  subsidiary;  and 

(d)  an  order  requiring  the  corporation  or  its  subsidiary  to 
pay  reasonable  legal  fees  and  any  other  costs  reasonably 
incurred  by  the  complainant  in  connection  with  the 
action.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  99  (3),  amended. 

246. — (1)  A  complainant  and,  in  the  case  of  an  offering  cor-  Application 

,        ^  •      •  1      X      xi  ^  r  J        to  court: 

po ration,  the  Commission  may  apply  to  the  court  tor  an  order  oppression 
under  this  section.  remedy 

(2)  Where,  upon  an  application  under  subsection  1,  the  court  is  ^"^^"^ 
satisfied  that  in  respect  of  a  corporation  or  any  of  its  affiliates, 

(a)  any  act  or  omission  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its 
affiliates  effects  or  threatens  to  effect  a  result; 

(Jb)  the  business  or  affairs  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its 
affiliates  are,  have  been  or  are  threatened  to  be  carried 
on  or  conducted  in  a  manner;  or 

(c)  the  powers  of  the  directors  of  the  corporation  or  any  of  its 
affiliates  are,  have  been  or  are  threatened  to  be  exercised 
in  a  manner, 

that  is  oppressive  or  unfairly  prejudicial  to  or  that  unfairly  disre- 
gards the  interests  of  any  security  holder,  creditor,  director  or 
officer  of  the  corporation,  the  court  may  make  an  order  to  rectify 
the  matters  complained  of. 

(3)  In  connection  with  an  application  under  this  section,  the  Court 
court  may  make  any  interim  or  final  order  it  thinks  fit  including, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 

(a)  an  order  restraining  the  conduct  complained  of; 

(b)  an  order  appointing  a  receiver  or  receiver-manager; 

(c)  an  order  to  regulate  a  corporation's  affairs  by  amending 
the  articles  or  by-laws  or  creating  or  amending  a  unani- 
mous shareholder  agreement; 


166 


(d)  an  order  directing  an  issue  or  exchange  of  securities; 

(e)  an  order  appointing  directors  in  place  of  or  in  addition  to 
all  or  any  of  the  directors  then  in  office; 

(/)  an  order  directing  a  corporation,  subject  to  subsection  6, 
or  any  other  person,  to  purchase  securities  of  a  security 
holder; 

(g)  an  order  directing  a  corporation,  subject  to  subsection  6, 
or  any  other  person,  to  pay  to  a  security  holder  any  part 
of  the  moneys  paid  by  him  for  securities; 

(h)  an  order  varying  or  setting  aside  a  transaction  or  con- 
tract to  which  a  corporation  is  a  party  and  compensating 
the  corporation  or  any  other  party  to  the  transaction  or 
contract; 

(i)  an  order  requiring  a  corporation,  within  a  time  specified 
by  the  court,  to  produce  to  the  court  or  an  interested 
person  financial  statements  in  the  form  required  by  sec- 
tion 152  or  an  accounting  in  such  other  form  as  the  court 
may  determine; 

0)  an  order  compensating  an  aggrieved  person; 

(k)  an  order  directing  rectification  of  the  registers  or  other 
records  of  a  corporation  under  section  248; 

(/)  an  order  winding  up  the  corporation  under  section  205; 

(m)  an  order  directing  an  investigation  under  Part  XII  be 
made;  and 

(n)  an  order  requiring  the  trial  of  any  issue. 


Idem 


(4)  Where  an  order  made  under  this  section  directs  amendment 
of  the  articles  or  by-laws  of  a  corporation, 


(a)  the  directors  shall  forthwith  comply  with  subsection  4  of 
section  184;  and 

(b)  no  other  amendment  to  the  articles  or  by-laws  shall  be 
made  without  the  consent  of  the  court,  until  the  court 
otherwise  orders. 


(5)  A  shareholder  is  not  entitled  to  dissent  under  section  183  if 


Shareholder 
mav  not 

dissent  an  amendment  to  the  articles  is  effected  under  this  section. 


167 

(6)  A  corporation  shall  not  make  a  payment  to  a  shareholder  ^'^ere 
under  clause/  or  g  of  subsection  3  if  there  are  reasonable  grounds  prohibited 
for  believing  that,  f™"" 

°  '  paying 

shareholder 

(a)  the  corporation  is  or,   after  the  payment,   would  be 
unable  to  pay  its  liabilities  as  they  become  due;  or 

(b)  the  realizable  value  of  the  corporation's  assets  would 
thereby  be  less  than  the  aggregate  of  its  liabilities. 

New. 

247. — (1)  An  application  made  or  an  action  brought  or  inter-  Discontinu- 
vened  in  under  this  Part  shall  not  be  stayed  or  dismissed  by  reason  settlement 
only  that  it  is  shown  that  an  alleged  breach  of  a  right  or  duty  owed 
to  the  corporation  or  its  affiliate  has  been  or  may  be  approved  by 
the  shareholders  of  such  body  corporate,  but  evidence  of  approval 
by  the  shareholders  may  be  taken  into  account  by  the  court  in 
making  an  order  under  section  205,  245  or  246.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  99  (6),  amended. 


(2)  An  application  made  or  an  action  brought  or  intervened  in  Wem 
under  this  Part  shall  not  be  stayed,  discontinued,  settled  or  dismiss- 
ed for  want  of  prosecution  without  the  approval  of  the  court 
given  upon  such  terms  as  the  court  thinks  fit  and,  if  the  court 
determines  that  the  interests  of  any  complainant  may  be  substan- 
tially affected  by  such  stay,  discontinuance,  settlement  or  dismiss- 
al, the  court  may  order  any  party  to  the  application  or  action  to 
give  notice  to  the  complainant. 

(3)  A  complainant  is  not  required  to  give  security  for  costs  in  Costs 
any  application  made  or  action  brought  or  intervened  in  under  this 
Part. 

(4)  In  an  application  made  or  an  action  brought  or  intervened  in  ^'^^'^ 
under  this  Part,  the  court  may  at  any  time  order  the  corporation  or 

its  affiliate  to  pay  to  the  complainant  interim  costs,  including 
reasonable  legal  fees  and  disbursements,  for  which  interim  costs 
the  complainant  may  be  held  accountable  to  the  corporation  or  its 
affiliate  upon  final  disposition  of  the  application  or 
action.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  99  (3,  4),  amended. 

248. — (1)  Where  the  name  of  a  person  is  alleged  to  be  or  Rectifying 
have  been  wrongly  entered  or  retained  in,  or  wrongly  deleted  or  entering,  etc. 
wrongly  omitted  from,  the  registers  or  other  records  of  a  corpora-  "^"^"^ 
tion,  the  corporation,  a  security  holder  of  the  corporation  or  any 
aggrieved  person  may  apply  to  the  court  for  an  order  that  the 
registers  or  records  be  rectified. 


168 


Idem 


(2)  In  connection  with  an  application  under  this  section,  the 
court  may  make  any  order  it  thinks  fit  including,  without  Hmiting 
the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 

(a)  an  order  requiring  the  registers  or  other  records  of  the 
corporation  to  be  rectified; 

(b)  an  order  restraining  the  corporation  from  calling  or 
holding  a  meeting  of  shareholders  or  paying  a  dividend 
or  making  any  other  distribution  or  payment  to  share- 
holders before  the  rectification; 

(c)  an  order  determining  the  right  of  a  party  to  the  proceed- 
ings to  have  his  name  entered  or  retained  in,  or  deleted  or 
omitted  from,  the  registers  or  records  of  the  corporation, 
whether  the  issue  arises  between  two  or  more  security 
holders,  or  between  the  corporation  and  any  security 
holders  or  alleged  security  holders; 

(d)  an  order  compensating  a  party  who  has  incurred  a 
loss.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  166,  amended. 


Notice  of 
refusal 
to  file 


249. — (1)  Where  the  Director  refuses  to  endorse  a  certificate 
on  articles  or  any  other  document  required  by  this  Act  to  be 
endorsed  with  a  certificate  by  him  before  it  becomes  effective,  he 
shall  give  written  notice  to  the  person  who  delivered  the  articles  or 
other  document  of  his  refusal,  specifying  the  reasons  therefor. 


Failure  to 
act  deemed 
refusal 


(2)  Where,  within  six  months  after  the  delivery  to  the  Director 
of  articles  or  other  documents  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  the 
Director  has  not  endorsed  a  certificate  on  such  articles  or  other 
document,  he  shall  be  deemed  for  the  purposes  of  section  250  to 
have  refused  to  endorse  it.     1979,  c.  36,  s.  23,  amended. 


Appeal  from 
Director 


250. — (1)  A  person  who  feels  aggrieved  by  a  decision  of  the 
Director, 

(a)  to  refuse  to  endorse  a  certificate  on  articles  or  on  any 
other  document; 

(b)  to  issue  or  to  refuse  to  issue  a  certificate  of  amendment 
under  section  12; 

(c)  to  refuse  to  grant  an  order  under  section  143; 

id)  to  grant  or  refuse  to  grant  exemption  under  section  147; 

(e)  to  refuse  to  endorse  an  authorization  under  section  179; 
or 


169 

(/)  to  issue  an  order  under  section  238, 
may  appeal  to  the  court.     1979,  c.  36,  s.  24  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Every  appeal  shall  be  by  notice  of  motion  sent  by  registered  Fo""  of 
mail  to  the  Director  within  thirty  days  after  the  mailing  of  the 
notice  of  the  decision,  and  the  practice  and  procedure  upon  and  in 
relation  to  the  appeal  shall  be  the  same  as  upon  an  appeal  from  a 
judgment  of  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  in  an  action,  provided 

that  the  Rules  Committee  may  vary  or  amend  the  practice  and 
procedure  applicable  to  appeals  taken  under  this  Act. 

(3)  The  Director  shall  certify  to  the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Certificate 

Court,  Director 

(a)  the  decision  of  the  Director  together  with  a  statement  of 
the  reasons  therefor; 

{h)  the  record  of  any  hearing;  and 

(c)  all  written  submissions  to  the  Director  or  other  material 
that  is  relevant  to  the  appeal. 

(4)  The  Director  is  entitled  to  be  heard,  by  counsel  or  otherwise,  Representation 
upon  the  argument  of  an  appeal  under  this  section. 

(5)  Where  an  appeal  is  taken  under  this  section,  the  court  may  Court 
by  its  order  direct  the  Director  to  make  such  decision  or  to  do  such 
other  act  as  the  Director  is  authorized  and  empowered  to  do  under 
this  Act  and  as  the  court  thinks  proper,  having  regard  to  the 
material  and  submissions  before  it  and  to  this  Act,  and  the  Direc- 
tor shall  make  such  decision  or  do  such  act  accordingly. 

(6)  Notwithstanding  an  order  of  the  court  under  subsection  5,  Erector  may 
the  Director  has  power  to  make  any  further  decision  upon  new  decision 
material  or  where  there  is  a  material  change  in  the  circumstances, 

and  every  such  decision  is  subject  to  this  section.     R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  268  (2-6);  1979,  c.  36,  s.  24  (2,  3),  amended. 

251. — (1)  Where  a  corporation  or  any  shareholder,  director.  Orders  for 
officer,  employee,  agent,  auditor,  trustee,  receiver  and  manager,  """P'^"" 
receiver,  or  liquidator  of  a  corporation  does  not  comply  with  this 
Act,  the  regulations,  articles,  by-laws,  or  a  unanimous  share- 
holder agreement,  a  complainant  or  a  creditor  of  the  corporation 
may,  notwithstanding  the  imposition  of  any  penalty  in  respect  of 
such  non-compliance  and  in  addition  to  any  other  right  he  has, 
apply  to  the  court  for  an  order  directing  the  corporation  or  any 
person  to  comply  with,  or  restraining  the  corporation  or  any 


170 

person  from  acting  in  breach  of,  any  provisions  thereof,  and  upon 
such  application  the  court  may  so  order  and  make  any  further 
order  it  thinks  fit. 


Idem 


(2)  Where  it  appears  to  the  Commission  that  any  person  to 
whom  section  110  or  subsection  1  of  section  111  applies  has  failed  to 
comply  with  or  is  contravening  either  or  both  of  such  provisions, 
notwithstanding  the  imposition  of  any  penalty  in  respect  of  such 
non-compliance  or  contravention,  the  Commission  may  apply  to 
the  court  and  the  court  may,  upon  such  application,  make  any 
order  it  thinks  fit  including,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the 
foregoing. 


(a)  an  order  restraining  a  solicitation,  the  holding  of  a 
meeting  or  any  person  from  implementing  or  acting 
upon  any  resolution  passed  at  a  meeting,  to  which  such 
non-compliance  with  or  contravention  of  section  110  or 
subsection  1  of  section  111  relates; 

(b)  an  order  requiring  correction  of  any  form  of  proxy  or 
information  circular  and  a  further  solicitation;  or 

(c)  an  order  adjourning  the  meeting  to  which  such  non- 
compliance with  or  contravention  of  section  1 10  or  sub- 
section 1  of  section  HI  relates.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  261,  amended. 


Ex  parte 
application 


252.  Where  this  Act  states  that  a  person  may  apply  to  the 
court,  that  person  may  apply  for  injunctive  reliefer  parte  as  the 
rules  of  the  court  provide.     New. 


Appeal  from 
Court 


253.  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from  any  order 
made  by  the  court  under  this  Act.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  270. 


Interpre- 
tation 


254. — (1)  In  this  section,  "misrepresentation"  means, 

(a)  an  untrue  statement  of  material  fact;  or 

(b)  an  omission  to  state  a  material  fact  that  is  required  to  be 
stated  or  that  is  necessary  to  make  a  statement  not 
misleading  in  the  light  of  the  circumstances  in  which  it 
was  made. 


Offence,  false 

statements, 

etc. 


(2)  Every  person  who, 

(a)  makes  or  assists  in  making  a  statement  in  any  material, 
evidence  or  information  submitted  or  given  under  this 


171 

Act  or  the  regulations  to  the  Director,  his  delegate  or  the 
Commission  or  any  person  appointed  to  make  an  inves- 
tigation or  audit  under  this  Act  that,  at  the  time  and  in 
the  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  it  is  made ,  is  a 
misrepresentation; 

(b)  makes  or  assists  in  making  a  statement  in  any  applica- 
tion, articles,  consent,  financial  statement,  information 
circular,  notice,  report  or  other  document  required  to  be 
filed  with,  furnished  or  sent  to  the  Director  or  the  Com- 
mission under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  that,  at  the  time 
and  in  the  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  it  is 
made,  is  a  misrepresentation; 

(c)  fails  to  file  with  the  Director  or  the  Commission  any 
document  required  by  this  Act  to  be  filed  with  him  or  the 
Commission;  or 

(d)  fails  to  observe  or  to  comply  with  any  direction,  deci- 
sion, ruling,  order  or  other  requirement  made  by  the 
Director  or  the  Commission  under  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $2,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
one  year,  or  to  both,  or,  if  such  person  is  a  body  corporate,  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $25,000. 

(3)  Where  a  body  corporate  is  guilty  of  an  offence  under  sub-  ^^^"^ 
section  2,  every  director  or  officer  of  such  body  corporate  who, 
without  reasonable  cause,  authorized,  permitted  or  acquiesced  in 

the  offence  is  also  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  more  than  $2,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  one  year,  or  to  both. 

(4)  No  person  is  guilty  of  an  offence  under  clause  a  or  6  of  Defence 
subsection  2  if  he  did  not  know  and  in  the  exercise  of  reasonable 
diligence  could  not  have  known  that  the  statement  was  a  misrep- 
resentation.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  ss.  256  (1,  2),  257,  259  (2). 

255.   No  proceeding  under  section  254  shall  be  commenced  Consent 
except  with  the  consent  or  under  the  direction  of  the  Minis- 
ter.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  258. 

256. — (1)  Every  person  who,  o^^nce 

(a)  without  reasonable  cause  uses  a  list  of  holders  of 
securities  in  contravention  of  subsection  5  of  section  5 1 
or  subsection  8  of  section  145; 


172 


(b)  fails  without  reasonable  cause  to  send  a  prescribed  form 
of  proxy  to  each  shareholder  of  an  offering  corporation 
with  notice  of  a  meeting  of  shareholders  in  contravention 
of  subsection  1  of  section  110; 

(c)  fails  without  reasonable  cause  to  send  an  information 
circular  in  connection  with  a  proxy  solicitation  in  con- 
travention of  subsection  1  of  section  111; 

(d)  being  a  proxyholder  or  alternate  proxyholder,  fails  with- 
out reasonable  cause,  to  comply  with  the  directions  of 
the  shareholder  who  appointed  him  in  contravention  of 
subsection  1  of  section  113; 

(e)  without  reasonable  cause  contravenes  section  144; 

(/)  being  a  director  of  a  corporation,  fails,  without  reason- 
able cause,  to  appoint  an  auditor  or  auditors,  as  the  case 
may  be,  under  subsection  1  of  section  148; 

(g)  being  an  auditor  or  former  auditor  of  a  corporation  fails 
without  reasonable  cause  to  comply  with  subsection  2  of 
section  149; 

(h)  fails  without  reasonable  cause  to  comply  with  subsection 
1  of  section  152;  or 


Idem 


Limitation 


Idem 


(i)  otherwise  without  reasonable  cause  commits  an  act 
contrary  to  or  fails  or  neglects  to  comply  with  any 
provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $2,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
one  year,  or  to  both,  or  if  such  person  is  a  body  corporate,  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $25,000. 

(2)  Where  a  body  corporate  is  guilty  of  an  offence  under  sub- 
section 1,  every  director  or  officer  of  such  body  corporate  who, 
without  reasonable  cause,  authorized,  permitted  or  acquiesced  in 
such  offence  is  also  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $2 ,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  one  year,  or  to  both.     New. 

257. — (1)  No  proceeding  under  section  254  or  under  claused 
of  subsection  1  of  section  256  for  a  contravention  of  section  143 
shall  be  commenced  more  than  two  years  after  the  facts  upon 
which  the  proceedings  are  based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
Director  as  certified  by  him. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  1,  no  proceeding  for  an  offence  under 
this  Act  or  the  regulations  shall  be  commenced  more  than  two 


173 

years  after  the  time  when  the  subject-matter  of  the  offence 
arose.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  260;  1978,  c.  49,  s.  14,  amended. 

258.  An  information  in  respect  of  any  contravention  of  this  information 
Act  may  be  for  one  or  more  offences  and  no  information,  sum-  more  than 
mons,  warrant,  conviction  or  other  proceeding  in  any  prosecution  °"*^  offence 
is  objectionable  as  insufficient  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  it  relates 
to  two  or  more  offences.     New. 

259. — (1)  Whereapersonisguiltyof  an  offence  under  this  Act  Additional 

?•!  !••  ri       powers 

or  the  regulations,  any  court  m  which  proceedmgs  m  respect  of  the  of  court 
offence  are  taken  may,  in  addition  to  any  penalty  it  may  impose, 
order  that  person  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  Act  or  the 
regulations  for  the  contravention  of  which  he  has  been  convicted. 

(2)  No  civil  remedy  for  an  act  or  omission  is  suspended  or  Civii  remedy 

11  ...  rr  1         1  ■     no'  affected 

affected  by  reason  that  the  act  or  omission  is  an  offence  under  this 
Act.     New. 


PART  XVII 

GENERAL 

260. — (1)  A  notice  or  document  required  by  this  Act,  the  Notice  to 

1  1     1 J        directors  or 

regulations,  the  articles  or  the  by-laws  to  be  sent  to  a  shareholder  shareholders 
or  director  of  a  corporation  may  be  sent  by  prepaid  mail  addressed 
to,  or  may  be  delivered  personally  to, 

(a)  a  shareholder  at  his  latest  address  as  shown  in  the 
records  of  the  corporation  or  its  transfer  agent;  and 

ib)  a  director  at  his  latest  address  as  shown  in  the  records  of 
the  corporation  or  in  the  most  recent  notice  filed  under 
The  Corporations  Information  Act,  1976,  whichever  is  '^^^^  *^  ^^ 
the  more  current. 

(2)  A  notice  or  document  sent  in  accordance  with  subsection  1  w^m 
to  a  shareholder  or  director  of  a  corporation  is  deemed  to  be 
received  by  the  addressee  on  the  fifth  day  after  mailing. 

(3)  A  director  named  in  the  articles  or  the  most  recent  return  or  Director 
notice  filed  under  The  Corporations  Information  Act,  1976,  or  a 
predecessor  thereof,  is  presumed  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  to  be 

a  director  of  the  corporation  referred  to  in  the  articles,  return  or 
notice. 

(4)  Where  a  corporation  sends  a  notice  or  document  to  a  share-  Where  notice 

,      ,  ,       .  ,.11  .  11  •  1  i  returned 

holder  in  accordance  with  subsection  1  and  the  notice  or  document 


174 


is  returned  on  three  consecutive  occasions  because  the  shareholder 
cannot  be  found,  the  corporation  is  not  required  to  send  any 
further  notices  or  documents  to  the  shareholder  until  he  informs 
the  corporation  in  writing  of  his  new  address. 

Application  (5)  Where  it  is  impracticable  or  impossible  to  comply  with 

to  court  !•,  11,-  ,r, 

subsection  1,  a  person  may  apply  to  the  court  for  such  order  as  the 
court  thinks  fit.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53,  s.  255  (1);  1972,  c.  138,  s.  59, 
amended. 


Notice  to 
corporation 


261.  Except  where  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  a  notice  or 
document  required  to  be  sent  to  a  corporation  may  be  sent  to  the 
corporation  by  prepaid  mail  at  its  registered  office  as  shown  on  the 
records  of  the  Director  or  may  be  delivered  personally  to  the 
corporation  at  such  office  and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  received  by 
the  corporation  on  the  fifth  day  after  mailing.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  53,  s.  255  (2),  amended. 


Waiver  of  262.  Where  a  notice  or  document  is  required  by  this  Act  or  the 

notice  and  ,      .  .  ^  •' 

abridgement  of  regulations  to  be  Sent,  the  notice  may  be  waived  or  the  time  for  the 
times  sending  of  the  notice  or  document  may  be  waived  or  abridged  at 

any  time  with  the  consent  in  writing  of  the  person  entitled  there- 
to.    1971,  c.  26,  s.  42,  amended. 


Delegation 
of  powers 
and  duties 


263. — (1)  The  Director  may  delegate  in  writing  any  of  his 
duties  or  powers  under  this  Act  to  any  public  servant  in  the 

Ministry.     New. 


Execution  of         (2)  Where  this  Act  requires  or  authorizes  the  Director  to 
Director  cndorsc  or  issue  a  certificate  or  to  certify  any  fact,  the  certificate 

shall  be  signed  by  the  Director  or  any  other  person  designated  by 

the  regulations. 

Certificate  as         (3)  A  Certificate  referred  to  in  subsection  2  or  a  certified  copy 

evidence 

thereof,  when  introduced  as  evidence  in  any  civil,  criminal,  or 
administrative  action  or  proceeding,  is  prima  facie  proof  of  the 
facts  so  certified  without  personal  appearance  to  prove  the 
signature  or  official  position  of  the  person  appearing  to  have 
signed  the  certificate. 

Mechanical  (4)  Yox  the  purposes  of  subscctions  2  and  3 ,  any  signature  of  the 

reproduction  of  .  -    ,  .    . 

signature  Director  or  any  signature  of  an  officer  of  the  Ministry  designated 

by  the  regulations  may  be  printed  or  otherwise  mechanically 
reproduced.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  S3,  s.  266  (1,  2),  amended. 


264. — (1)  A  certificate  issued  on  behalf  of  a  corporation  stat- 


Certificate 

signed  by         ing  any  fact  that  is  set  out  in  the  articles,  the  by-laws,  a  unanimous 
directors,  etc.    shareholder  agreement,  the  minutes  of  the  meetings  of  the  direc- 
tors, a  committee  of  directors  or  the  shareholders,  or  a  trust  in- 


175 

denture  or  other  contract  to  which  the  corporation  is  a  party,  may 
be  signed  by  a  director,  an  officer  or  a  transfer  agent  of  the 
corporation. 

(2)  When  introduced  as  evidence  in  any  civil,  criminal  or  Prima  facie 

,      .     .  ,.  , .  , .  evidence 

admmistrative  action  or  proceedmg, 

(a)  a  fact  stated  in  a  certificate  referred  to  in  subsection  1; 

(b)  a  certified  extract  from  a  register  of  a  corporation 
required  to  be  maintained  by  this  Act;  or 

(c)  a  certified  copy  of  minutes  or  extract  from  minutes  of  a 
meeting  of  shareholders,  directors  or  a  committee  of 
directors  of  a  corporation, 

is,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary,  proof  of  the  facts  so 
certified  without  proof  of  the  signature  or  official  character  of  the 
person  appearing  to  have  signed  the  certificate. 

(3)  An  entry  in  a  securities  register  of,  or  a  security  certificate  Wem 
issued  by,  a  corporation  is,  in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the 
contrary,  proof  that  the  person  in  whose  name  the  security  is 
registered  or  whose  name  appears  on  the  certificate  is  the  owner  of 
the  securities  described  in  the  register  or  in  the  certificate,  as  the 
case  may  be.     New. 

265.  Where  a  notice  or  document  is  required  to  be  sent  to  the  Copy  of 

1  .      .  1       T-^.  .  1     i      i    i-  document 

Director  under  this  Act,  the  Director  may  accept  a  photostatic  or  acceptable 
photographic  copy  thereof.  New. 

266. — (1)  The  Director  may  require  any  fact  relevant  to  the  P[°^^^y 
performance  of  his  duties  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  to  be 
verified    by    affidavit    or    otherwise.     R.S.O.     1970,     c.  53, 
s.  263  (1). 

(2)  For  the  purpose  of  holding  a  hearing  under  this  Act,  the  ^^^^^^^ 
Director  may  administer  oaths  to  witnesses  and  require  them  to 
give    evidence    under   oath.     R.S.O.    1970,    c.  53,    s.  263  (2), 
amended. 

267.  The  Director  shall  cause  notice  to  be  published  forth-  Publication  of 

notices  in  The 

with  in  The  Ontario  Gazette ,  Ontario  Gazette 

(a)  of  every  endorsement  of  a  certificate  in  accordance  with 
section  271; 

(b)  of  every  order  made  under  subsection  3  or  4  of  section 
143,  section  238  or  subsection  3  of  section  239;  and 


176 


(c)  of  every  endorsement  of  a  corrected  certificate  described 
in  subsection  3  of  section  272.  1979,  c.  36,  s.  20, 
amended. 


Examination, 
etc.,  of 
documents 


268. — (1)  A  person  who  has  paid  the  prescribed  fee  is  entitled 
during  usual  business  hours  to  examine  and  to  make  copies  of  or 
extracts  from  any  document  required  by  this  Act  or  the  regulations 
to  be  sent  to  the  Director  or  the  Commission,  except  a  report  sent 
to  the  Director  under  subsection  2  of  section  160  that  the  court  has 
ordered  not  to  be  made  available  to  the  public. 


Copies  to  be 
furnished 


(2)  Subject  to  clause  J  of  subsection  1  of  section  160,  the  Direc- 
tor or  the  Commission  shall  furnish  any  person  with  a  copy  or  a 
certified  copy  of  a  document  required  by  this  Act  or  the  regulations 
to  be  sent  to  the  Director  or  the  Commission.     New. 


Appeal  from         369.  Any  person  who  feels  aggrieved  by  a  decision  of  the 

Commission        ^  ...  ,  .      »  i     i         i       .    .  , 

Commission  under  this  Act  may  appeal  the  decision  to  the  court 
1978,  c.  47        and  subsections  2  to  6  of  section  9  of  The  Securities  Act,  1978 
apply  to  the  appeal.     1978,  c.  49,  s.  16. 

Regulations  270.  The  Lieutenant  Govemor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 

tions respecting  any  matter  he  considers  necessary  for  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act  including,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the 
foregoing,  regulations. 


(ft)  respecting  names  of  corporations  or  classes  thereof,  the 
designation,  rights,  privileges,  restrictions  or  conditions 
attaching  to  shares  or  classes  of  shares  of  corporations, 
or  any  other  matter  pertaining  to  articles  or  the  filing 
thereof; 

(6)  requiring  the  payment  of  fees  for  any  matter  that  the 
Director  or  the  Commission  is  required  or  authorized  to 
do  under  this  Act,  and  prescribing  the  amounts  thereof; 

(c)  prescribing  forms  for  use  under  this  Act  and  providing 
for  the  use  thereof; 

id)  prescribing  the  form  and  content  of  any  notices  or  docu- 
ments required  to  be  filed  under  this  Act; 

{e)  designating  officers  of  the  Ministry  for  the  purposes  of 
endorsing  certificates,  issuing  certificates  as  to  any  fact 
or  certifying  true  copies  of  documents  required  or 
authorized  under  this  Act; 

(/)  prescribing  the  form  and  content  of  proxies  and  infor- 
mation circulars  required  by  Part  VII; 


177 

(g)  prescribing  rules  with  respect  to  applications  for  exemp- 
tions permitted  by  this  Act; 

{h)  prohibiting  the  use  of  any  words  or  expressions  in  a 
corporate  name; 

(i)  defining  any  word  or  expression  used  in  clause  b  of 
subsection  1  of  section  9; 

0)  prescribing  requirements  for  the  purposes  of  clause  c  of 
subsection  1  of  section  9; 

( k )  prescribing  conditions  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  2  of 
section  9; 

(/)  prescribing  the  documents  relating  to  names  that  shall 
be  filed  with  the  Director  under  subsection  3  of  section  9; 

( w )  respecting  the  name  of  a  corporation  under  subsection  2 
of  section  10; 

(n )  prescribing  the  punctuation  marks  and  other  marks  that 
may  form  part  of  a  corporate  name  under  subsection  3  of 
section  10; 

(o)  respecting  the  content  of  a  special  language  provision 
under  subsection  4  of  section  10; 

(/> )  prescribing  the  form  of  the  statutory  declarations  under 
subsection  1  of  section  5 1  and  subsection  1  of  section  145; 

( q )  prescribing  the  form  and  content  of  financial  statements 
and  interim  financial  statements  required  under  this 
Act; 

(r)  prescribing  standards  to  be  used  by  an  auditor  in  making 
an  examination  of  financial  statements  required  under 
this  Act  and  the  manner  in  which  the  auditor  shall  report 
thereon; 

is)  prescribing  exceptions  under  section  175; 

{t)  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  notice  may  be  sent 
under  subsection  3  of  section  188.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  53, 
s.  271;  1979,  c.  36,  s.  25,  amended. 

271. — (1)  Where  this  Act  requires  that  articles  relating  to  a  where 
corporation  be  sent  to  the  Director,  unless  otherwise  specifically  to  be  sent 
provided,  ^°  ^''^^'''' 


178 


(a)  two  duplicate  originals  of  the  articles  shall  be  signed  by 
a  director  or  an  officer  of  the  corporation  or,  in  the  case 
of  articles  of  incorporation,  by  an  incorporator;  and 

(b)  upon  receiving  duplicate  originals  of  any  articles  in  the 
prescribed  form  that  have  been  executed  in  accordance 
with  this  Act,  any  other  required  documents  and  the 
prescribed  fees,  the  Director  shall,  subject  to  the  discre- 
tion of  the  Director  as  provided  in  subsection  4  of  section 
178  and  subsection  6  of  section  239,  and,  subject  to 
subsection  2, 

(i)  endorse  on  each  duplicate  original  a  certificate, 
setting  out  the  day,  month  and  year  of  endorse- 
ment and  the  corporation  number, 

(ii)  file  a  copy  of  the  articles  with  the  endorsement  of 
the  certificate  thereon, 

(ill)  send  to  the  corporation  or  its  representative  one 
duplicate  original  of  the  articles  with  the 
endorsement  of  the  certificate  thereon,  and 

(iv)  publish  in  The  Ontario  Gazette,  in  accordance 
with  section  267 ,  notice  of  the  endorsement  of  the 
certificate. 


Date  on 
certificate 


(2)  A  certificate  referred  to  in  subsection  1  shall  be  dated  as  of 
the  day  the  Director  receives  the  duplicate  originals  of  any  articles 
together  with  all  other  required  documents  executed  in  accord- 
ance with  this  Act  and  the  prescribed  fee,  or  as  of  any  later  date 
acceptable  to  the  Director  and  specified  by  the  person  who  sub- 
mitted the  articles  or  by  the  court. 


Effective 
date  of 
articles 


(3)  Articles  endorsed  with  a  certificate  under  subsection  1 ,  are 
effective  on  the  date  shown  in  the  certificate  notwithstanding  that 
any  action  required  to  be  taken  by  the  Director  under  this  Act  with 
respect  to  the  endorsement  of  the  certificate  and  filing  by  him  is 
taken  at  a  later  date.     New. 


Where  error 
in  respect  of 
certificate 


272. — (1)  Where  a  certificate  endorsed  by  the  Director  con- 
tains an  error  or  where  a  certificate  is  endorsed  by  the  Director  on 
articles  or  any  other  documents  that  contain  an  error,  the  cor- 
poration and  its  directors  and  shareholders  shall,  upon  the  request 
of  the  Director  and  after  being  given  an  opportunity  to  be  heard, 
surrender  the  certificate  and  related  articles  or  documents  to  the 
Director  and  pass  such  resolutions  and  take  such  other  steps  as  the 
Director  may  reasonably  require,  and  the  Director  shall  then 
endorse  a  corrected  certificate. 


179 

(2)  A  corrected  certificate  endorsed  under  subsection  1  may  Date  on 

■  r-  ■  ^  certificate 

bear  the  date  of  the  certificate  it  replaces. 

(3)  Where  a  correction  made  under  subsection  1  is  material,  the  Material 

1      11    /-       1       •  1         •  •  r     1  •  •        rw^i       amendment 

Director  shall  forthwith  give  notice  of  the  correction  in  The 
Ontario  Gazette  in  accordance  with  section  267. 

(4)  A  decision  of  the  Director  under  subsection   1  may  be  Appeal 
appealed  to  the  court  which  may  order  the  Director  to  change  his 
decision  and  make  such  further  order  as  it  thinks  fit.     New. 

273. — (1)  Records  required  by  this  Act  to  be  prepared  and  Records 
maintained  by  the  Director  or  Commission  may  be  in  bound  or 
loose-leaf  form  or  in  photographic  film  form,  or  may  be  entered  or 
recorded  by  any  system  of  mechanical  or  electronic  data  process- 
ing or  by  any  other  information  storage  device  that  is  capable  of 
reproducing  any  required  information  in  an  accurate  and  intel- 
ligible form  within  a  reasonable  time. 

(2)  When  records  maintained  by  the  Director  or  the  Commis-  Admission  as 

evidence 

sion  are  prepared  and  maintained  other  than  in  written  form, 

(a)  the  Director  or  the  Commission  shall  furnish  any  copy 
required  to  be  furnished  under  subsection  2  of  section 
268  in  intelligible  written  form;  and 

(b)  a  report  reproduced  from  those  records,  if  it  is  certified 
by  the  Director  or  the  Commission  or  a  member  thereof, 
as  the  case  may  be,  is,  without  proof  of  the  office  or 
signature  thereof,  admissible  in  evidence  to  the  same 
extent  as  the  original  written  records  would  have  been. 

(3)  The  Director  or  Commission,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  not  Copy  in  lieu  of 

/•    1        1  document 

required  to  produce  any  document  where  a  copy  of  the  document 
is  furnished  in  compliance  with  clause  a  of  subsection  2 .     New . 

274. — (1)  Any  provision  contained  in  the  articles,  by-laws  or  Saving 

,  ,      .  r  ■  I'l'j-  provision 

any  special  resolution  of  a  corporation  that  was  valid  immediately 
before  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force,  but  that  is  not  in  confor- 
mity with  this  Act,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended  on  the  day  this 
Act  comes  into  force  to  the  extent  necessary  to  bring  the  terms  of 
such  provision  into  conformity  with  this  Act. 

(2)  A  corporation  may  by  articles  of  amendment  change  the  Amendments 
express  terms  of  any  provision  in  its  articles  referred  to  in  subsec- 
tion 1  to  conform  to  the  terms  of  such  provision  as  deemed  to  be 
amended  by  subsection  1. 

(3)  A  corporation  may  not  restate  its  articles  in  accordance  with  ^^^^ 
section  171  unless  the  corporation  has  amended  the  express 


180 

terms  of  any  provision  in  its  articles  referred  to  in  subsection  1  in 
accordance  with  the  procedure  set  forth  in  subsection  2. 

ctoernot'  ^^^         ^^^  ^  shareholder  is  not  entitled  to  dissent  under  section  183  in 
apply  respect  of  any  deemed  amendment  under  this  section. 

Appointment         275.  The  Minister  may  appoint  a  Director  to  carry  out  the 

of  Director  ,,.  ,  .,  ,-,t^.  . 

duties  and  exercise  the  powers  of  the  Director  under  this  Act. 
Repeals  276.  The  following  are  repealed: 

1.  The  Business  Corporations  Act,  being  chapter  53  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970. 

2 .  The  Business  Corporations  Amendment  Act,  1971 ,  being 
chapter  26. 

3.  Paragraph  4  of  the  Schedule  to  The  Age  of  Majority  and 
Accountability  Act,  1971,  being  chapter  98. 

4.  Section  30  of  The  Government  Reorganization  Act, 
1972,  being  chapter  1. 

5 .  The  Business  Corporations  Amendment  Act,  1972 ,  being 
chapter  138. 

6.  The  Business  Corporations  Amendment  Act,  1974,  being 
chapter  26. 

7.  The  Business  Corporations  Amendment  Act,  1976,  being 
chapter  67. 

8.  The  Business  Corporations  Amendment  Act,  1978 ,  being 
chapter  49. 

9.  The  Business  Corporations  Amendment  Act,  1979 ,  being 
chapter  36. 

Commencement     277.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

Short  title  278.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Business  Corporations 

Act,  1980. 


3 


6a 


^ 

H 

o 

X 

o 
3 

3 

En" 

m 

o 

n 
2. 

o 

1-h 

^ 

B^ 

n 

^ 

o 

^ 

^ 

3 

C/3 

n 

1 
o 

C 

3 

0 

3 

» 

in 

3 

> 

o 

rt 

o 

Uj 

t\J 

3 

k.^ 

;$ 

s 

Oj 

Ci, 

a. 

cr 

>i 

>i 

>0 

«i 

<^ 

OS 

Si 

J5 

1—' 

S 

Pi- 

?5- 

1" 

3- 

00 
O 

(X5 

H 

3- 

ft> 

w 

c 

t£_ 

> 

5' 

3 

n 

C/5 

> 

o 

o 

r* 
a 

V 

>-< 

o 

(n 

l-l 

<_ 

fa 

S' 

ft 

o" 

3 

w 

> 

o 

BILL  230  Private  Member's  Bill 


4th  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Mr.  Cunningham 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  require  annual  safety  inspections  for  motor 
vehicles  in  Ontario. 


BILL  230  1980 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,    by   and   with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative    Assembly   of   the    Province    of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows: 

1.  Section  5 7a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  the  *  ^^"' 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1975  (2nd  Session),  chapter  6,  section  1  and  amended  by 
1976,  chapter  37,  section  6  and  1979,  chapter  57,  section  3,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

57a. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  or  permit  to  be  operated  on  a  Evidence 
highway  a  motor  vehicle  unless  the  vehicle  displays,  affixed  in  the  required^  "'" 
place  and  manner  prescribed  in  the  regulations,  a  device  issued  by 
the  Ministry  as  evidence  that  the  inspection  requirements  and 
performance  standards  prescribed  by  the  regulations  have  been 
complied  with. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  an  operator  of  a  motor  vehicle  Where 
who  produces  evidence  that  the  vehicle  has  met  the  inspection  not  apply 
requirements   and   performance   standards   of  a   reciprocating 
province  or  state  designated  by  the  regulations. 

(3)  Where  the  device  required  by  subsection  1  is  not  displayed  Removal  of 
as  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  a  constable  or  officer  appointed  officer 
for  the  purposes  of  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  may  seize 

the  number  plates  of  the  vehicle. 

(4)  A  device  issued  by  the  Ministry  under  subsection  1  shall  ^''P'''^V°"' 

•^  ■'  renewal 

expire  on  the  day  one  year  following  the  day  on  which  the  device 
was  issued  unless  the  device  is  renewed  upon  completion  of  a 
renewal  inspection. 

2.  Section  57c  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  ^  57c, 
1975  (2nd  Session),  chapter  6,  section  1  and  1979,  chapter  57, 
section  4,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Regulations 
re: 

inspection 
of  vehicles 


57c.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 
tions, 

(a)  prescribing  the  methods  and  procedures  relating  to  the 
use  or  issue  of  a  device  as  evidence  that  the  prescribed 
inspection  procedures,  inspection  requirements  and 
performance  standards  have  been  complied  with;  and 

(b)  exempting  types  or  classes  of  vehicle  from  the  require- 
ments of  section  57a. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act, 
1980. 


?3 


n 

d 

t—l 

o 

K 
> 


0^ 


d 

a> 

0 

3 

05 

?X 

cr 

"^ 

>3 

n 

t— ' 

>3 

0^ 

cr 

s 

■^ 

Q^ 

1— ' 

vO 

00 

0 

H 

cr 

m 

K 

> 

3 

> 

^ 

n 

<^ 

r-f- 
0 

H 

P 

3 

fD 

3 

BILL  231 


4th  Session,  3  1st  Legislature,  Ontario 
29  Elizabeth  II,  1980 


An  Act  for  granting  to  Her  Majesty  certain  sums  of  money  for 
the  Public  Service  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  the  31st  day  of 

March,  1981 


The  Hon.  F.  S.  Miller 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  231  1980 


An  Act  for  granting  to  Her  Majesty  certain 

sums  of  money  for  the  Public  Service  for  the 

fiscal  year  ending  the  31st  day  of  March,  1981 

MOST  GRACIOUS  SOVEREIGN: 

WHEREAS  it  appears  by  messages  from  the  Honourable 
Pauline  M.  McGibbon,  Lieutenant  Governor  of  the  Prov- 
ince of  Ontario  and  the  Honourable  John  B.  Aird,  Lieutenant 
Governor  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  and  from  the  estimates  and 
supplementary  estimates  accompanying  the  same,  that  the  sums 
mentioned  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Act  are  required  to  defray 
certain  charges  and  expenses  of  the  public  service  of  this  Province, 
not  otherwise  provided  for,  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  the  31st  day 
of  March,  1981;  may  it  therefore  please  Your  Majesty  that  it  be 
enacted  and  it  is  hereby  enacted  by  the  Queen's  Most  Excellent 
Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Legislative 
Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  as  follows: 

l._(l)  There  may  be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  ^l^;J^^^j^^^'^°° 
Fund  a  sum  not  exceeding  in  the  whole  $14,781,546,700  to  be  fiscal  year 
applied  towards  defraying  the  several  charges  and  expenses  of  the  i^so-si 
public  service,  not  otherwise  provided  for,  from  the  1st  day  of 
April,  1980,  to  the  31st  day  of  March,  1981,  as  set  forth  in  the 
Schedule  to  this  Act,  and,  subject  to  subsection  2,  such  sum  shall 
be  paid  and  applied  only  in  accordance  with  the  votes  and  items  of 
the   estimates  and  supplementary  estimates  upon   which  the 
Schedule  is  based. 

(2)  Where,  in  the  fiscal  year  ending  the  31st  day  of  March,  Exception 
1981,  powers  and  duties  are  assigned  and  transferred  from  one 
minister  of  the  Crown  to  another  minister  of  the  Crown,  the 
appropriate  sums  in  the  votes  and  items  of  the  estimates  and 
supplementary  estimates  upon  which  the  Schedule  is  based  that 
are  approved  to  defray  the  charges  and  expenses  of  the  public 
service  in  the  exercise  and  performance  of  such  powers  and  duties, 
may  be  assigned  and  transferred  from  time  to  time  as  required  by 
certificate  of  the  Management  Board  of.  Cabinet  to  the  ministry 
administered  by  the  minister  to  whom  the  powers  and  duties  are  so 
assigned  and  transferred. 


Accounting  2.  The  duc  application  of  all  moneys  expended  under  this  Act 

expenditure      shall  be  accounted  for  to  Her  Majesty. 


Commence- 
ment 


3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Supply  Act,  1980. 


SCHEDULE 


Estimates 


Supplementary 
Estimates 


Total 


Office  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  .  .  . 

Office  of  the  Premier 

Cabinet  Office 

Management  Board  

Government  Services 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 

Northern  Affairs 

Revenue  

Treasury  and  Economics 

Office  of  the  Assembly 

Office  of  the  Provincial  Auditor 

Office  of  the  Ombudsman 

Justice  Policy 

Attorney  General 

Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 

Correctional  Services 

Solicitor  General 

Resources  Development  Policy 

Agriculture  and  Food 

Energy  

Environment 

Housing  

Industry  and  Tourism  

Labour  

Natural  Resources 

Transportation  and  Communications 

Social  Development  Policy   

Colleges  and  Universities 

Community  and  Social  Services 

Culture  and  Recreation 

Education 

Health 

Total 


$ 

$ 

$ 

145,800 

145,800 

1,718,100 

1,718,100 

1,275,200 

1,275,200 

171,258,800 

171,258,800 

287,263,000 

287,263,000 

469,538,000 

469,538,000 

157,733,000 

157,733,000 

188,264,000 

188,264,000 

147,255,300 

147,255,300 

21,553,800 

2,376,700 

23,930,500 

2,590,000 

110,000 

2,700,000 

4,750,000 

83,000 

4,833,000 

717,500 

717,500 

164,814,300 

164,814,300 

72,695,200 

72,695,200 

145,962,800 

145,962,800 

191,732,700 

191,732,700 

2,821,000 

2,821,000 

170,547,900 

6,900,000 

177,447,900 

30,708,000 

30,708,000 

310,705,400 

310,705,400 

297,836,000 

297,836,000 

73,890,000 

1,026,000 

74,916,000 

49,441,400 

49,441,400 

288,670,300 

20,060,500 

308,730,800 

1,199,058,000 

1,199,058,000 

2,353,000 

2,353,000 

1,526,226,000 

1,526,226,000 

1,454,809,000 

1,454,809,000 

190,680,000 

190,680,000 

2,407,278,000 

2,407,278,000 

4,716,699,000 

4,716,699,000 

14,750,990,500 

30,556,200 

14,781,546,700 

HH 

5. 

c/j' 

w 
ffl 

f? 

o 

l-t 

i-t 

z 

O 

o 

i-h 

i-h 

/^ 

w  o 

o 

3 

C/i 

o 

<-»■ 

3 
o 

p. 

^ 

3 

O 

o 

pj 

f 

C/) 

J3 

w 

a 

w 

D 

d 

0 

ft> 

a> 

ro 

o 

o 

r> 

n 

B 

;5 

B 

B 

1-^ 

cr 

ei- 

cr 

o. 

cr 

r*. 

^ 

>3 

n 
►I 

>0 

^ 

t— ' 

?5- 

>_ 

<-^ 

S- 

cr 

1' 

jr 

0^ 

cr 

0^ 

H-^ 

H-* 

H- ' 

vO 

vO 

o 

00 

00 

00 

o 

O 

o 

> 

C/3 

3 

cr 

3 

> 

n> 

t/j 

n 

r-t- 

2^ 

o 

En' 
O 

3 

l-t 

o 

ores 

v; 

3 

fC 

n> 

^ 

>-< 

vj 

3 

fa 

ft> 

o 

5' 

3 

-< 

QTQ 

cr 

a 

r^ 

<-♦ 

cr 

O 

3 

n 

00 

org 

c 

p 


o    p 

"  5-